Skip to main content

Full text of "The resource inventory: in the context of the Convention on Biological Diversity. (Biodiversity Data Management - document 4)"

See other formats 


BIODIVERSITY DATA M ANAGEMENT , 


(Document 43 


im the context cf tne 
Convention on Biclogical Div ersity 


“WORLD CONSERVATION : 


- MONITORING CENTRE 


The mission of the 
World Conservation Monitoring Centre is to provide 


information on the status, security and 
management of the Earth’s biological diversity. 


BIODIVERSITY DATA MANAGEMENT 
(Document 4) 


RESOURCE INVENTORY 


in the context of the 
Convention on Biological Diversity 


United Nations Environment Programme 


March 1995 


i PA ee 
— Ria Ba aeons i, ‘a ue 


£9% ve # Las a TS . 0 ¥ 
oie eee ae sone igs ssi 


, i ’ < . ‘ ae art ’ 
| +. wy 7 t 


Vea weg Bos og 
hip” ue 


sea Say ae 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


This document is one of a series of four researched and compiled by the World 
Conservation Monitoring Centre, Cambridge UK with 80% funding from the Global 
Environment Facility (GEF) through the United Nations Environment Programme 
(UNEP), Project GF/0301-94-40 (GF/0301-94-06). The need for the development of 
a package of tools and materials to support national information management for the 
Convention was identified and the project promulgated by Mark Collins (Director, 
WCMC) and Robin Pellew (former Director of WCMC). 


The Resource Inventory was compiled by a large team of WCMC staff, consultants 
and external contributors, including Alistair Bailey, Ian Barnes, Laura Battlebury, 
Clare Billington, John Busby, Christine Carey, Mary Cordiner, Helen Corrigan, Ian 
Crain, Inigo Everson, Scott Frazier, Harriet Gillett, Don Gordon, Jeremy Harrison, 
Gareth Lloyd, Chris Magin, Gwynneth Martin, Jake Reynolds, Jonathan Rhind, Doug 
Sheil, Tom Spencer, Kerry Walter, and D.D.Wynn-Williams. 


The document has benefited, as well, from review and comment by Michael Green, 
Brian Groombridge, Jeremy Harrison, Keith Hiscock, Paul Holthus, Joe Horwood, 
Martin Jenkins, Ed Maltby, Stuart McRae, Chris Magin, Peter Scott, Andy Tickle, 
Kerry Walter, Ed Wiken, Barry Wyatt, and from experts in a number of countries 
who participated in a consultation meeting hosted by UNEP in Nairobi in October, 
1994. Parts of the inventory have utilised international and public domain sources, 
bibliographies, and reference materials. Document organisation, integration, and 
editing was by Jake Reynolds with the assistance of Laura Battlebury. Ian Crain was 
the project manager and responsible for overall design. 


Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2010 with funding from 
UNEP-WCMC, Cambridge 


http://www.archive.org/details/resourceinventor95wcmc 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


1 GUIDE to the RESOURCE INVENTORY ....................... 1-1 
id | “Background! ghey y 25 eases eres Seeds se Be cu 1-1 
1.2 Howto Use the Resource Inventory....................... 1-2 

2 INFORMATION SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT ................... 2-1 
2.1 Development Methodologies ...................2000005. 2-1 
D2 peSstablishingsWser Needs 2). milena aie ech e @ 2s SRI 2-2 

D2 OVERVIEW See aaty nity Crist era cea atiartiyiey valteuley agledee asennad 2-2 
DP) iP) EXaMplespy ci) cliwess seav ce MED ee PA A, Gere 2-3 
2.3 Database Development Techniques ....................... 2-5 
2.3.1 OVERVIEWRNRONS Schiele thacee ne) 6 oe A ee 2-5 
2.3.2 CASE goolsaeg eis cpitia es eee) 6 hee oP ea 2-5 
2.3.3 Entity-Relationship Modelling .................... 2-5 
2.3.4 Metadatabase Development ..................... 2-6 
2:4. ..-Frameworkslssucsystusier © Saks jeacierereieh- fees Seen 6 ot es: 2-8 
2.4.1 Custodianship and Information Access............... 2-8 
2.4.2 egatwlssues:, i 405; a ESP: RVELE Lee ss PE es 2-10 
2.5) ,| References: gare Se ae: Syke «Pena TE Sree 5. 2-10 

3-+TOOLS: for: MANAGING: DATA. ©... citisneseusd “emeeedth. . AR Sek. . 3-1 
3.1 Selection of Hardware and Software ...................... 3-1 
3:2) + Software Toolsevs: Pi Keri: Peierls of) Inarcnaklumsl. pata 3-5 

3.2.1 Ovenviewson Ay ie tor Matiaed. Pes. 2/2... gern | oe 3-5 
B44 Database Management Systems ................... 3-5 
3.2.3 Spreadshecisunwh Gatch: Wee es PE Re 3-11 
3.2.4 StatisticaluBackages aint: 24) Woes 2esl. eee ee ae 3-15 
BPRS GIS/Mapping Systems ......................-. 3-21 
3.2.6 Image Analysis Systems ...................0-. 3-29 
3.2.7 Biodiversity Application Software ................ 3-33 
3.2.8 Data:Capture; Toolset Sia pecs... Re 3-47 
3:3) Anternet Communications, \.): 2... ss aa 0s SOE Aree. 3-48 
3.3.1 What isthe Internet?) 5. 36... 2 eR EB 3-48 
3.3.2 Usefulness of the Internet ..................... 3-49 
3.3.3 Getting Started Peasnte Rink aes cant. 0.2. 3-49 
3.3.4 Choosing the Internet Provider .................. 3-49 
3.3.5 What Kind of Connection is Suitable? .............. 3-51 


3.4: . Internet Resources. : GAS e eve Maw ieee «es ey cae eee 3-51 
3.4.1 Sending:Messages) = 5 sao ae eee PNET Gar 3-51 
3.4.2 Network: News: «4... 23k ee). nearer ne Aan ee 3-54 
3.4.3 Network Information Retrieval (NIR) Tools .......... 3-54 
3.4.4 Further Internet Resources ................-2-.-. 3-58 
3.5 Non Digital Information Exchange Formats ................. 3-59 
3.5.1 Microform «2.2 © S12 0s. ee ae. ; 3-59 
3:6) - (References? <.. e6 ho 5.15 Bw Shoe eso Sr Te eee 2 3-60 
DATA MANAGEMENT STANDARDS .................-++-205: 4-1 
4:1. . Documentation of Data, 22 22-5 com ee ele ee ot Oe eee 4-1 
4.2.~ Datas Quality 25s oes, eos koe ce. Gis ee eae SU >. eee a 4-2 
4:3) DatajExchangesFormats) = recente ieee nen ee rs ee weaey oe 4-3 
4.3.1 OVERVIEW! 5,445) so es Satie te one nieces can 4-3 
4.3.2 De facto Data Exchange Standards .................. 4-4 
4.3.3 National and International Data Transfer Standards ........ 4-4 
4.3.4 Graphics Exchange Formats .................-+..-. 4-6 
4.3.5 Spatial Data Conversion ...........-..-----+--0-- 4-7 
4:4) )Environmentaliihesauri) 5 j44 4-0) 4 oe] 2a |) eee ee 4-8 
4.4.1 OVERVIEW le Pa cue sirmnurrn se nae aren cr a iGuic <n: ihe eitmpereer erat 4-8 
4.4.2 Thesaurus Functionality ...............-..--2--204- 4-9 
4.4.3 hesaurus Software: 2 avs pees ea ees os 4-10 
4.4.4 Environmental Thesauri Listing ..................- 4-11 
ASA aRETETENCES ng. rine alte, ou alee tice cares lapis osc oe ie: ete tes 4-13 
THEMATIC INFORMATION STANDARDS .................... 5-1 
Sal's Introductions, <2 25 e,2s Fb he. aoe eR Ree oe OR Dike oe 5-1 
5.1.1 OVERVIEW! 23.3 8 ks ee Re es SEB 2G 5-1 
Salad Geopolitical Definitions ....................... 5-1 
5.1.3 Habitat Classification Definitions .................. 5-3 
5.1.4 Referencess 5 cia ne aa OE ee a to a 5-5 
5.2. % Terrestrial, Vegetation: 2..\h%:. 2 ein! ee ee cD.) ie 5-5 
Soll OVERVIEW! a. 22 2 5. sia, cs ees a, » Seas 5-5 
S47? Minimum Data Requirements .................... 5-7 
S223 Development of Classification Systems .............. 5-9 
5.2.4 Classification Systems and Standards .............. 5-10 
5745) Data Definitions and Models ................... 5-15 
5.2.6 IRELERENCES ae. rie peewee Tice eos) 1s) ay en iid, id wd cue 5-15 
Annex 1: NALC Pathfinder Categorisation System ............ 5-20 
Annex 2: CORINE Land Cover Nomenclature............... 5-21 


5.3 


5.4 


325 


5.6 


5.7 


Annex 4: ITC Land Use and Land Cover Classification System .... 5-24 


Annex 5: White’s Vegetation Classification of Africa........... 5-25 
Annex 6: FAO Tropical Forest Resources Project............. 5-27 
Acriculturemeseesiee: Fav) Omar oi este RAED cls 2 2 caceakens | 5-28 
5.3.1 OverviewR seer ees ee Reel Panis. 3s Ee 2s 5-28 
Des )e/ Classification Systems and Standards .............. 5-29 
5.3.3 Data Definitions and Models ................... 5-32 
5.3.4 IREferencesh Aces ee ae eee ARORA 6 8 EE. Ss 5-32 
FF OFEStEY. 9 eee ee ee eal’ RANI aS oe BIE ke 5-34 
5.4.1 OVenviCWa eta ore ae ee AS AO ee 5-34 
5.4.2 Classification Systems and Standards .............. 5-34 
5.4.3 Minimum Data Requirements ................... 5-42 
5.4.4 DatavDefinitionss,..preesie CURRED Sh eeeND 2 2 RARE. 5-42 
5.4.5 Databases Models si ca0n ee Varma tal ened 2 ML 5-43 
5.4.6 References: .:;,. Heys AIA. eres so BAP 2 5-44 
Annex 1: Forest Terminology .................----+-+--- 5-49 
Wetlands: «See et die ras: ae Ae he os! os ere 5-51 
5.5.1 OVERVIS Wiese eerie ee) LOD. OEY nn! REAR 38 5-51 
S72 Development of Classification Systems... . . 5-51 
5.5.3 Example Classification Systems .................. 5-54 
5.5.4 Minimum Data Requirements ................... 5-55 
S525 Referencesann) toned, Seeds EMIS se oS. eee 2 5-57 
Annex 1: Information Sheet on Ramsar Sites................ 5-60 
Annex 2: Criteria for Identifying Wetlands of International Importance 5-62 
Annex 3: Classification System for Wetland Types ............ 5-65 
Annex 4: Coding System for Wetland Types ................ 5-67 
Annex 5: Database Coding for Ramsar Wetland Type Classification .. 5-69 
Annex 6: The Cowardin Hierarchy of Wetlands and Deepwater Habitats 5-71 
Coastal and Marine Habitats ......................00.. 5-73 
5.6.1 OVER VIC WH rare evs elo neste ee ete A. fo SPP 5-73 
5.6.2 Classification Systems and Standards .............. 5-73 
5.6.3 Data Definitions and Models ................... 5-76 
5.6.4 REfETENCES bh to So Wee ese a Nem GN 1 OS, RTS 5-78 
Annex 1: Global Marine Classification Systems .............. 5-81 
Annex 2: Major Marine Ecosystem Divisions and Sub-divisions .... 5-82 
Protected Areas avy Gr esis o fete ees Ge, SORT, MS I 5-88 
5.7.1 OVERVIEW. Ai e 5.0 @ DR REED Eade 5-88 
S)5 1/72 Classification Systems and Standards .............. 5-88 
5.7.3 Minimum Data Requirements ................... 5-93 
5.7.4 Database Structures.................. 5-97 


5.7.5 Protected Area Themes':%.. 22.500 ..6¢500 6008080545 5-98 


5.8. . Species .....v.aesheeyie Rech Sie HESS ek. Saonepeur ye, 5-105 
5.8.1 OVERVIEW Pen cpeh aie ec Nc WIR oS, oa tie aes 5-105 
5.8.2 Nomenclatural Standards ..................... 5-105 
5.8.3 Standard Lists of Species Names ................ 5-107 
5.8.4 Organisations and Networks Setting Standards ........ 5-107 
5.8.5 TDWG Published Standards .................. 5-112 
5.8.6 Database; Models oi fevc cya dive yey OT ees oo See 5-114 - 
5.8.7 Miscellaneous Standards ..................... 5-115 
5.8.8 RELETENCES) hayes use weenie we ae eg dieye: Eee 5-116 
5:9). Dhreats een FR ea ee ee ise a eels so RE 5-119 
5.9.1 OVETVAEW? is, 62 osc: SURES TERE he see oe eas 5-119 
5.9.2 Threats to Genetic Diversity ................... 5-119 
5.9.3 Threats to Species Diversity ............. ae oe ote 5-120 
5.9.4 Threats to Ecosystem Diversity ................. 5-122 
5.9.5 Habitat Loss and Fragmentation ................ 5-127 
5.9.6 Global Climate Change ....................2.. 5-128 
5.9.7 IACI RATT Weyrs sori cites see: ee toi ayes We keh Nee al ane) ace 5-129 
5.9.8 Ozone Depletiones Sep eisse ks ade 6 ee) ee co, SE 5-130 
5.9.9 Joxic/Contaminantskae ees i ee nee 5-131 
5.9.10 References ceo eea sleet es ieee. 2 ook A 5-132 
Annex 1: Original IUCN Threatened Species Categories ........ 5-136 
Annex 2: New IUCN Threatened Species Categories .......... 5-137 
6 EDUCATION and TRAINING .....................2 000000 6-1 
6:1, salintroductiong iiiiaeis Amehe eer el et Grae a ke ORR ssc 6-1 
6.1.1 Overviews bars. Wes vie beta 2h ae 2 6-1 
6.1.2 On-site Training y= Ass es eS pn eee Pd RES hs 6-1 
6.1.3 Mendon raining? -tareichcgane Ae ene CR TRIE MAIS yc coe 6-2 
6:2" Education‘andWiraining; Opportunities 2215) eee ee 6-3 
6.2.1 Approach qi.) eyes Re eee Ses he 6-3 
6.2.2 SUMM Ary: 102s hh uct eee, sc Re: od Te 28 6-4 
6.2.3 Listiof Opportunities sy eaters, au weleetid = kate) alc 6-7 
6:3.) "Bunding Sources wise. 6 8s oe aa ae <a: (oo 6-33 
6.4. ‘Referencés eu2)c 42. Sei. Ree ape rane Sedelsy.. 21 SoRRR.. 6-34 
7. INFORMATION ‘SOURCES © ied iswcgh ee hee ee ys teal deh ee 7-1 
7.1, Blestronic ‘DatatSouncesiys we Meee so i. Ge, aa Sagres 7-1 
7.1.1 CD-ROMrand Diskette. bo 2 oun AO, . ER 7-1 
Tetha72 On-line Serviceste”, hed. exrnene Sena... 7-10 
TAC3 Network Based Special Interest Groups .............. 7-15 
7.1.4 Metadatabasesi, <\-::.h<, eae, ceeuieth. 2 AES. 7-29 


5.7.6 Referencesish 2940) Sebel tae OA eet Eo epee 5-102 


(POM MERIGIDFATICS MPMI MMe See lt ene a, cllatit (e eisn cs MWe reas pte oot saci us 7-36 
JE. JSTDINC IFS curs eg ERR a Ce eee er NS eer abe ome oer ae 7-41 
7.3.1 Genieraley er mee nec ei eas fat ee ciieaia kos aco k Lake 7-42 
TEBED PSC ONOMIICVASPCCIS Te eee ee ce eg ee ee cies Co a ood oe cc 7-44 
7.3.3 egal Aidyand Policy Issues. ee ee co 7-45 
7.3.4 StATISLICSPORE Ter en ere ke ceeieyolne. sprog sce tale lets 7-45 
7.3.5 INIICEO-ODEAUNSIISM ores tere Se eee: cicas Mais) exe ceca 7-45 
7.3.6 Information system’ Development Fo... 7-46 ~ 
7.3.7 Tools for Managing Data ...................4-. 7-50 
7.3.8 Data’ Management standards.) os es sl 7-54 
7.3.9 derrestrialeVievetasionwe ae see cis cle eee ree 7-57 
Ges AO mw Agricultrer sive eer 3 ores cnc eo fo cmeeelet fous cece 7-64 
7.3.11 RL OLESERYE Hee Pe ee nee tre ne ete a ate in a weit te iterte, 7-67 
ESM DWeWietlandSi tas cro cie ce discs: Cass Go Shee Ghose e e) citet lasso oor 7-72 
7.3.13 Goastalvand’Marine™ (S022) si sie sc tiec cas ee eae eee ue 7-76 
(eS Atae WEISHericSe te este: eee ee eee ae fe coke oak isp hla nas os cious 7-79 
7.3.15 Profected@Areas® Mere fn Se ee ee ee espns depres oy eee 7-80 
7.3.16 SPCCIES Wr. Parrttes Meet tre cee See iar o ces) auna cen wus ee 7-84 
eS Sli/ Rameelnrentsm este tse eee mote PA ee Gye eens ee ge cick sages fe 7-88 
7.3.18 Educational. 00) eesemetinm . Stree os con cee cuceese easy cactus 7-93 
HOAOve, Information’Sources®: 2772) OS. oe ee oe es ee 7-95 
(uA ESP ErIOGICalSm Een See ree a hs be eee ae ee ee a, aie 7-96 
je Shae Referencest saeeweres tats ee ie Me a nce eo etna Sacnemnroas tes 7-99 
REBKERENCE/MATERITAUS (Fe a hci eee ce 5 See ah eee Ge sie oe 8-1 
8.1 Profiles of Key Organisations ...............-.-205022 eee 8-1 
8:2) VAGAEESSHICISHP NEN: ime estes Sede oie ele chien etenje a pcbin er Segawa ste Men oa 8-22 
8.3. Acronyms & Abbreviations ...............-0-5 +e ee ee eeee 8-42 
8.45" NGIOSSarypei ee cones te ie trey Ec cent et alle airy, fone © youl tea oa) tel 8-65 
8.4.1 Biodiversity Mermsm tes = oe ee eis, es ee ee ee.) oe 8-65 
8.4.2 Information Management Terms .................. 8-77 
SPOMMEARETETENCES hae ee etn oe ae lenmet tre ee note ee vegteytons “erkealer a. 8 aus 8-84 


ott Dh, Rees 
: é * ‘ TAN ee 
tiie Be 
$25 7. 
vo 2 5 
: 1 i Tag 
w i 


, tt Mia eau? 

= . ‘50° eeteaae ~ : daaigacane roheloet 

. 7 tie a ties 8 “a eo sett BET 

Wbiady ties VE sale lana @£.0 

a i ‘e ‘Se Ron “ee Ae atnihs i oe i + HE Fanon)" 
r= aks ate hae idle Armee See 

ane ae é Yel f «> ie oe ba saree es: em abit rel 

are ie at ae Mabie Ci saver) A eh 

t 

v 


a ky ASTER ~ 
re Ai ry sare 4 PET. 


is 3 Lut ge Y Ate y 
A a oath is NOS aan weed EDs 
| a. SN Ree saa 1 ME BOE 
.) ¥ : ime >: bbl ar at Hie ; i ‘ iw fey ! i een: Wheel hyn 
Re alle age aa | 
OS gay vw raat Perot | aoa rene ee y 
i Co o 


#3 


Son Soin 


- our? 


ae 


: hom, 


1 GUIDE to the RESOURCE INVENTORY 


1.1 Background 

The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) was signed at the United Nations Conference 
on Environment and Development in Rio de Janeiro in June 1992 by 154 nations and 
subsequently came into force in November 1993. Article 7 of the Convention is concerned 
with identification and monitoring activities to support Articles 8 to 10 (in-situ conservation, 
ex-situ conservation and sustainable use of components of biological diversity). Contracting 
parties are required to identify components of biological diversity important for its 
conservation and sustainable use (Article 7a); to identify activities likely to have adverse 
impacts (Article 7c); and to monitor the status of both components and threats (Articles 7b 
and 7c). Specifically Article 7d identifies the requirement to: 


"Maintain and organise, by any mechanism, data derived from identification and 
monitoring activities". 


Having recognised this clearly identified need for management of data in support of national 
planning related to biodiversity, the United Nations Environment Program (UNEP), in 
collaboration with the World Conservation Monitoring Centre (WCMC), designed and 
submitted to the Global Environment Facility (GEF), a project proposal entitled Biodiversity 
Data Management Capacitation in Developing Countries and Networking Biodiversity 
Information (BDM). This proposal was endorsed and subsequently a sub-project was 
established between UNEP and WCMC for Development of Supporting Materials for 
Biodiversity Data Management and Exchange. 


The sub-project has produced an interlinked package of resource materials to assist in 
national capacity building. There are four principal components of this package: 


Document 1. Data Flow Model 
- to identify in a formal structure the relationships between components of 
biodiversity data, from acquisition through to use in national strategy 
development, planning, and monitoring for implementation of the CBD. 


Document 2. Guidelines for a National Institutional Survey 
- to provide guidance to countries in conducting a survey and assessment of 
the capacity of existing national institutions to support biodiversity 
information management. 


Document 3. Guidelines for Information Management 
- to facilitate the development of capacity for information management and 
exchange as required by the CBD. 


Document 4. Resource Inventory 
(This Document) 


The Resource Inventory is the core output of the project. It provides a range of information 
and reference directories on software, hardware, methodologies, standards, common 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 1-1 


practices, data sources, key organisations, and exemplary projects related to biodiversity 
information management. These materials are to support the Data Flow Model and the 
Guidelines, and other national activities in information management undertaken in the context 
of the CBD. 


The Resource Inventory is designed to be an aid to finding the additional technical 
information needed for the practical implementation of the Guidelines. As a result, the 
sections generally consist of a brief discussion of the issues, followed by key "where-to-find- 
it" information by way of references to the literature, and addresses of vendors and useful 
biodiversity organisations. It is a reference document which provides alternatives and 
sources, not all of which will be relevant to all national situations. 


Please note that while every attempt has been made to ensure that addresses of vendors and 
organisations are correct and up-to-date (as of late 1994), these may change quickly, and 
commercial products, such a software packages may change vendor organisation or be 
discontinued without notice. In most case addresses have been given for North American or 
European main offices. Most commercial companies have offices and representatives in 
various regions of the world. A brief references by telephone or fax to the main office given 
will lead to a the most appropriate local contact. Many of the names of products listed are 
registered trademarks or business names in a number of countries. The listing of specific 
commercial products in the directories does not indicate any endorsement by UNEP or 
WCMC, or that any verification of product quality of performance has been undertaken. The 
information is provided as an aid to locating the sources of advice and alternative supporting 
products. The normal precautions on the selection of technology and services should always 
be taken, as outlined in Section 3.1. 


It is suggested that this document be used as a starting point to develop a continuously 
updated national resource inventory. 


1.2 How to Use the Resource Inventory 

The current document is longer, more complex, and less restricted to a specific theme than 
Documents 1-3. This reflects an ambitious attempt to present a wide range of background and 
reference material on biodiversity information management in a single document. 


The Resource Inventory is not designed to be read from cover to cover; it is designed to be 
consulted when additional information is required on a particular issue, perhaps one that is 
touched on in Documents 1-3. The major aim of the document is to document the growing 
array of standards in biodiversity information management, and where these are yet to 
emerge, to provided pointers to further information sources, such as lead institutions, 
bibliographic references, and Internet addresses. To assist in this purpose, the document is 
split up into seven subsequent sections as described below: 


© Information System Development 
A review of information system development methodologies, with special 
emphasis on the conduct of user needs assessments, the use of database 
development techniques, and issues relating to the framework (context) in which 
systems are developed. 


ee ee ee ee 


1-2 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


e@ Tools for Managing Data 
A discussion of how to select hardware and software tools for efficient 
management of biodiversity data, plus in depth reviews of products which have 
proved popular or useful in a range of circumstances. The section is finished by 
a full discussion of the global communications network known as the Internet, 
complete with advice on how to get connected and make maximum use of its 
information offerings. 


e@ Data Management Standards 
A review of standards in data management, covering the issues of documentation, 
quality and exchange for a range of different kinds of data. A discussion of 
environmental thesauri is also included to promote the use of standard 
terminologies as well as standard data management processes. 


@ Thematic Information Standards 
This key section outlines a wide variety of classification systems, data definitions, 
database structures, minimum datasets, bibliographic, and other reference 
materials relating to the following thematic information areas: natural and 
managed habitats, protected areas, species, and threats. 


e@ Education and Training 
An overview of current opportunities for education and training in biodiversity 
information management, including commercial (product-related) suppliers. The 
section includes an extensive list of relevant training institutions and funding 
bodies. 


@ Information Sources 
A review of information sources relevant to biodiversity information management 
covering a wide range of formats and media. Particular emphasis is placed on 
electronic data sources provided in CD-ROM, on-line databases, Internet, and 
metadatabase form, plus traditional library sources. Extensive bibliographic and 
periodicals sections are also included. 


e@ Reference Materials 
Lists of addresses, acronyms and abbreviations, and non-standard terms, 
supporting not only the contents of this document, but others in the series (ie 
Documents 1-3). 


Each section is closed by a list of references cited within the text. However, a fuller range 
of references for each section is included in the Bibliography and Periodicals sections of 
Information Sources (Section 7.3 and 7.4 respectively). 


It should be noted that all cited organisations, acronyms and non-standard terms should be 
described in the Address List, Acronyms and Abbreviations, and Glossary sections of 
Reference Materials (Section 8.2, 8.3, and 8.4 respectively). Further, those organisations 
in the address list marked with a "*" receive additional description in Profiles of Key 
Organisations, Section 8.1. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 1-3 


An example of the use of the Resource Inventory might be the following: a reader of 
Guidelines for Information Management (Document 3) encounters the acronym "TNC"; they 
look this up in Acronyms and Abbreviations, Section 8.3, and discover that the term stands 
for the institution "The Nature Conservancy"; they then look up this organisation in the 
Address List, Section 8.2, and find its address and related contact details; finally they notice 
that the organisation is marked by a "*", and may browse the relevant entry in Profiles of 
Key Organisations, Section 8.1. 


Alternatively, a reader of Guidelines for a National Institutional Survey (Document 2), may 
encounter a reference to the use of the dBASE relational database management system; they 
can look this product up in Database Management Systems, Section 3.2.2, and find a 
description of dBASE plus a range of other similar systems for comparison. 


14 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


2 INFORMATION SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT 


2.1 Development Methodologies 

The information system development process is a complex and broad subject about which 
many books have been written. Comprehensive discussion of the process and alternatives can 
be found in general texts, such as Flaaten (1989) or Jordan and Machesky (1990). 
Descriptions of a number of important system development methodologies can be found in 
Olle et al (1982, 1983), and comparative analyses of some of them in Maddison et al (1983) 
and Fitzgerald et al (1985). Cutts (1991) provides an excellent guide to general systems 
analysis and development, with clear examples. 


As noted in Guidelines for Information Management (Document 3), modern system 
development methodologies have been well established in industrial areas and largely fall into 
two categories: structured development life cycle methodologies which follow a sequence of ~ 
steps from project initiation through to implementation with minimal iteration, and 
prototyping methodologies which progressively and iteratively develop the system. Both 
methodologies may utilise Computer Assisted Software Engineering (CASE) tools (see 
Section 2.3.2). 


More information on structured methodologies can be found in Edwards (1983) and DeMarco 
(1979). The DeMarco reference is considered the classic description of structured 
programming techniques and is particulary good on the topic of data flow diagrams and 
process models. 


Some excellent guidelines have been prepared covering information systems development, 
backup and storage, data and hardware security, and how to prepare users guides in the 
context of a developing country. These have been tested and refined in practice in a Kenyan 
government department. While not specific to biodiversity, such guidelines may be useful as 
a model in developing methodologies. 


The key document to obtain is entitled Model Software Development Standard, and is 
available at nominal cost from Mark Nicholson at Thunder and Associates (see Address List, 
Section 8.2). 


Prototyping methodologies are well documented in DeMarco (1979), Yourdon (1975) and 
Connell and Shatner (1989). The last of these references provides exercises and self teaching 
aids on various topics in systems development. 


System development issues more specific to the needs of natural history museums and 
botanical gardens are discussed in Cooley et al (1993). Prominence is this report is given to 
the need for agreement on standardised data models in the biodiversity community. 


The Smithsonian Institution’s National Museum of Natural History has recently assessed their 
computer needs and priorities for collections and research information management and is 
described in Cooley (1992). The NMNH followed a process of assessment and system 
planning similar to the one described in Cooley et al (1993). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 2-1 


2.2 Establishing User Needs 


2.2.1 Overview 

The usual result of a user needs survey for an information systems project is a document 
termed the "functional specification". This document lists essential datasets and describes the 
processes necessary to convert these into the information requested by users. The functional 
specification should be independent of hardware or software issues, indeed, free from any 
kind of implementation details. 


The process leading to the production of the functional specification will depend greatly upon 
the particular circumstances of the project. However, Stein (1994) suggests some key outputs 
which should result: 


@ clear definition of intended users 
@ precise information needs of these users 


@ list of relevant datasets which are currently available, expected soon, or which 
can be developed in a cost effective manner. 


In small scale projects, particularly those with a strong academic bias, it may be possible for 
the information system developers to answer these questions themselves. However, where 
projects involving a wide range of users across different sectors of the biodiversity domain, 
a period of close consultation between developers and users is essential. 


One reason for consultation is to encourage a sense of participation in the development 
process by users. A second reason is that the information needs of a diverse set of users 
cannot be "guessed" reliably by information system developers. A third reason is that users 
may not always be aware of the potential possibilities and limitations of information 
technology, and the consultative process therefore serves as a useful educational exercise. 


As indicated earlier, methods of establishing user needs vary greatly between projects. 
During this phase techniques such as data modelling (which results in entity relationship 
diagrams) and prototyping are often used to formalise and structure the information obtained. 
An example of the results of such a formal process (for Birdlife International) can be found 
in Van Dijkhuizen (1994), and an example of a less formal functional specification (for the 
UNEP Office of Harmonization of Environmental Information) in Crain (1992). Sections 2.1 
and 2.3 of this document provide information on these formal techniques. 


The information required to establish the user needs can be elicited through a number of 
means, including structured interviews, focus groups, workshops and "structured walk- 
throughs". The process is often facilitated by the use of external consultants experienced in 
data modelling and in analysing user needs. However, a formal assessment may begin with 
a workshop attended by representatives of all major user groups and the development team. 
The purpose of this workshop is for the developers to explain how information systems can 
be applied to the key information handling problems experienced by users, and what steps 
are necessary to achieve this. 


2-2 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


During the workshop it is wise to consider the issue of information sharing, and in particular, 
to agree formal mechanisms for data exchange. These may take the form of Memoranda of 
Understanding between organisations, or the allocation of custodianship to particular 
organisations for particular datasets. 


Following the workshop, more detailed consultations take place between specific users and 
members of the development team. Consultations may take the form of interviews during 
which the user is requested to outline gaps in their data portfolio, and make specific requests 
for new datasets and data processing capabilities. In response, representatives of the 
development team may probe the operational procedures of the user’s organisation to judge 
how best to implement their requests. A series of consultations may be necessary with each 
participating organisation. 


On the basis of the interview notes, and given full knowledge of the human and technical ~ 
resources at their disposal, the development team should now be in a position to draft a 
functional specification of the required information system. An indication of the importance 
of this exercise is provided by Richardson (1994), who claims that this step "took 80% of the 
time of the start-up phase" of the Environmental Resources Information Network (ERIN) 
information system in Australia, and that "great self-control was needed not to be ’busy’ 
purchasing hardware, software, and data until these matters were settled" . 


Most standard text books on information systems development devote a chapter to user needs 
assessment, as do more specific books on GIS implementation. Two examples are Powers 
and Cheney (1990) and Aronoff (1989). A useful guide to establishing needs for GIS can also 
be found in Wiggins and French (1992) and guidelines for the requirements phase for general 
information systems development in the Model Software Development Standard referenced 
in Section 2.1. 


2.2.2 Examples 

Good examples of properly conducted user needs assessments in biodiversity are rare, since 
this stage of the systems development process is often hurried or ignored. However, two 
good examples are presented below which illustrate many of the essential concepts. 


Indira Gandhi Conservation Monitoring Centre (IGCMC), WWF-India 

The IGCMC was originally conceived in 1989 with the primary purpose of providing a 
central monitoring role. Since then, there has been further thinking on how IGCMC should 
contribute to the conservation of nature and natural resources of India. Through a purpose 
of informal dialogue with other like-minded institutions and concerned agencies, provision 
of services to users via project-based activities and the very recent inauguration programme, 
IGCMC has tested the viability of its original purpose. It now sees the Centre coordinating, 
facilitating and integrating the extensive data already available in India and providing timely, 
accurate, usable and readily available information to its potential users. A revised mission 
statement has been prepared to reflect this new thinking. 


However, before a tactical programme was developed to implement the revised mission 
statement, it was necessary to obtain the views and inputs of the network of cooperating 
institutions and agencies supporting the development of IGCMC. This was achieved during 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 2-3 


a special two day workshop in January 1995 attended by fellow NGOs, plus leading institutes 
and concerned government agencies. 


The specific purpose of the workshop was to clarify the role and future direction of IGCMC, 
finalise its broad action plan, and explore options for becoming a self-sustaining organisation. 
Issues such as data accessibility and exchange, custodianship, and dissemination were 
discussed. 


The workshop provided a forum for identifying the major custodians of India’s biodiversity 
information, clearing the way for discussions between technical members of cooperating 
organisations and the IGCMC development team. 


World Bird Database (WBDB), BirdLife International 

Birdlife International is currently developing a large database intended to hold information, 
at a global scale, on bird species, sites, habitats, and conservation issues. The information 
will be used to support its own research and advocacy programme, and also those of its 
partner organisations in other countries. 


The main users of the intended database are the staff of Birdlife and its partners. User needs 
were determined by means of regular consultations between the development team (in this 
case led by a specially recruited consultant with experience in biodiversity information system 
design), and staff of the major Birdlife programmes, which include: 


@ globally threatened species 
@ species of regional conservation concern 
@ Important Bird Areas (IBAs). 


Initially, group consultations were held in which the major objectives of the database were 
decided by a broad spectrum of users. Following this, specific interest groups were consulted 
consecutively by the consultant, each one being requested to set out their mission, operational 
practices, and information holdings and requirements. 


The task of the consultant was to design a system capable of managing the various 
information sources in an efficient manner, that would be scalable in the future, and would 
perform the analyses requested by its users. As consultation proceeded (a process which took 
six months in total), draft functional specifications were circulated to invite critical comment. 


The final stage of consultation involved the invitation of external comment from concerned 
organisations in the biodiversity data management sector, including WCMC and the 
International Waterfowl and Wetlands Research Bureau (IWRB). The resulting functional 
specification was documented in a full report with formal E-R diagrams (Van Dijkhuizen, 
1994). 


2-4 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


2.3 Database Development Techniques 


2.3.1 Overview 

Database development methodologies, such as the use of entity-relationship (E-R) diagrams 
and CASE tools, are now very well established and mature methodologies are available in 
many text books. The books by Date (1983, 1990) and Ullman (1982) are solid references 
to the history, terminology and theory of database management systems. Kroenke (1992) is 
a very comprehensive text. It provides a detailed description on the theoretical basis of 
databases. However, the consequence of this is that the text can be more academic than 
applied in its nature. Townsend (1992) is a good introductory book, especially useful for 
getting a simple, PC-based database designed and built. Helpful advice is provided for 
selecting the most appropriate DBMS software package. Oxborrow (1989) has good 
explanations of database concepts and introduces advanced concepts such as "distributed 
DBMS", "knowledge-based systems" and "object-oriented DBMS". The relational approach 
to data modelling was first introduced in Codd (1970). Codd (1979) provides a more 
accessible summary of the relational approach, together with some suggested extensions. 


2.3.2 CASE Tools 

Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE) is reviewed well by Gane (1990) and the text 
by Powers and Cheney (1990) provides exercises and self-teaching aids on CASE and other 
related topics. Edward Yourdon publishes a useful newsletter, The CASE Report, six times 
per year, providing a means of staying up to date on new releases of CASE software. 


2.3.3 Entity-Relationship Modelling 

The books by Date (1983, 1990) are considered the classic references to the definition of data 
modelling and the use of E-R Diagrams. The original introduction of the Entity-Relationship 
concept is to be found in Chen (1976). Fidel (1987) puts the focus on the design stage of 
development. This book emphasises the entity-relationship model heavily. Gause (1989) is 
a helpful guide for the early stage of the design process. The use of E-R diagrams is 
illustrated with good examples. Howe (1983) suggests a different approach to Chen using 
"foreign keys" to reduce the number of relations in the resulting model. Verheijen (1982) 
describes E-R models with relationship-naming in both directions. 


Relationship Notations 

There are a number of different notations currently in use for representing the relationships 
between modelled objects. For instance, all of the examples in the figure below represent a 
simple one-to-many relationship between object A and object B. 


Some notations (such as (i) and (ii)) are somewhat restrictive, partly for historical reasons. 
Notation (ii) was designed by Charles Bachman for the diagrammatic representation of 
Codasyl database descriptions. Other notations (such as (iii), (iv) and (v)) are capable of 
supporting different types of relationship, not just the simple one-to-many relationship. 
Notation (iii) is described in detail by Robinson (1981); notation (iv) is the standard used for 
the E-R diagrams in the reports of this project and is described by Rock-Evans (1981); 
notation (v) was designed by Chen (1976). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 2-5 


() [A Le] ai) [A] ww (v) 
oO cg 


Figure 2.3.2: Different One-to-many Relationship Notations 


2.3.4 Metadatabase Development 
Metadata are defined as: 


"Information regarding the location, source, content, or other specifics in 
relation to actual data”. 


A metadatabase is thus a database that has been designed and implemented to hold the 
requisite metadata. A metadatabase operates in the exactly the same way as a "normal' 
database, although the underlying data model reflects a quite different content. The definition 
of "metadata" given above is deliberately non-specific; the level and detail at which metadata 
is collected and recorded is entirely flexible and is determined by the designer of the 
metadatabase. 


At the highest level, a metadatabase can essentially be a "catalog" of organisations, for 
example the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) HEM-Disk (Harmonization 
of Environmental Measurements) (UNEP, 1994) and European Environment Agency (EEA) 
Catalog of Data Sources (CDS) (Pinborg 1992). These catalogues can record detailed 
operational details of the organisations (postal address, telephone numbers etc) and describe, 
in broad terms, the data management areas of the organisations. 


Catalog-type metadatabases such as the Consortium for International Earth Science 
Information Network (CIESIN) Catalog Service (Burley, 1994) can additionally hold 
information on the specific datasets that the organisations manage. 


The metadatabase constructed by UNEP-GRID (Global Resource Information Database) 
(UNEP, 1992) provides no information about the organisation directly to the user. The 
metadata is confined to the two levels of dataset and member of dataset. 


2-6 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


At the lowest level, a metadatabase holds complete information of the data structures of a 
database. This kind of information is commonly referred to as a "data dictionary". This kind 
of information is too detailed to be held except within an organisation. An example of such 
a metadatabase is the one developed by the World Conservation Monitoring Centre 
(WCMC). This internal metadatabase holds information on the tables within the centre, such 
as the width of fields and the datatypes that they contain, (eg "integer", "character"). 


Countries have the option of either constructing a metadatabase of their own or contributing 
to a pre-existing database, or doing both. j 


In order to facilitate the national and international exchange of datasets and assist an 
institution in querying the metadata obtained during the institutional survey, countries may 
decide to construct a metadatabase of their biodiversity information holdings. This should be 
viewed as an adjunct to the institutional capacity survey, not a necessary and integral part ~ 
of it. Many such initiatives are currently being developed around the world, and countries 
are strongly advised to follow the recommendations below if they wish their metadata to be 
nationally and internationally compatible. 


The metadatabase will concern itself with the actual information that an institution manages 
(and very brief background details about the institution such as its address and title) and not 
with the resources that it uses to manage that information. 


Metadatabase and Data Dictionary tools 

The terms "metadatabase" and "data dictionary" are frequently used interchangeably. If a 
distinction between the two is to be made, then a data dictionary is usually a record of the 
data definitions for a database (data structures etc); a metadatabase is broader in its scope 
(see definition of "metadata" at the beginning of this section). 


A standard mode of operation for data dictionaries is defined by the Information Resources 
Dictionary System (IRDS) (Malamud, 1989). IRDS has been adopted as a standard by the 
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and is also being developed as an international 
standard by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). IRDS defines a set of 
standard operations on meta-data. These standard operations, such as retrieving the definition 


of an element, allow a consistent method for accessing meta-data as well as allowing the 
migration of data definitions from one dictionary to another. 


The key advantage of an IRDS-based environment is the extensibility of the data dictionary. 
If a user wishes to store definitions for a new type of information, say "projects", IRDS can 
be extended to include information about this new type of information. 


Vinden (1990) describes the three principal software tools that give full data dictionary 
facilities as: Cullinet Data Dictionary, IBM Data Dictionary and Datamanager Data 
Dictionary. Vinden also mentions other software with lower functionality:- M204 Data 
Dictionary, ADR Data Dictionary, TIS Directory, Nomad 2, Data Catalogue 2 and Predict. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 2-7 


Metadatabases, due to their more custom-built nature, do not exist as "off-the-shelf" software 
tools. Generally, each metadatabase developed has unique requirements that needs unique 
functionality and for this reason the developer generally uses low level programming 
languages (eg C, Fortran), hypertext environments (eg FolioViews, NCSA Mosaic), or 
database software (eg Oracle, SQL Server, FoxPro). 


Metadatabase Formats 

In order to facilitate the exchange of data it is important that the metadatabase format (ie the 
structure of data entries) and terminology conforms to internationally accepted standards. 
This will facilitate both cooperation and data-sharing between similarly-oriented national 
institutions and their counterparts in neighbouring countries, and with organisations with 
international (as opposed to national) scopes. Further details of currently accepted 
metadatabase formats and that proposed by WCMC are given in Document 3, currently under 
development as part of this series. 


The syntax used is based on that defined by the U.S National Aeronautics and Space 
Administration (NASA) in its Directory Interchange Format (DIF - see WDC 1991). This 
syntax allows the contents of the metadatabase to be output into a standard digital text report 
which can then be unambiguously understood by other organisations using the same format. 
By following the syntax precisely, (ie putting in field titles and field values exactly as 
defined, separated by colons ’:’ etc) we provide the possibility for an organisation to "auto- 
ingest" metadata. Thus, rather than the metadata exchange being manually typed into the 
system, the ASCII metadata file can be read in electronically. 


2.4 Framework Issues 


2.4.1 Custodianship and Information Access 

An important key to effective management of biodiversity data is to have the data held by 
that institution which is best qualified to ensure its quality and ready availability. 
"Custodianship" is the means by which responsibility for a dataset is assigned to and accepted 
by the most appropriate agency. It provides a mechanism to ensure that each information 
holding is established, maintained and made available by that agency best able to do so. 
Custodianship implies responsibilities towards data acquisition, management and 
documentation, as well as a role in determining the conditions under which information is 
accessed and used. 


Responsibility for each dataset must be clear and unambiguous. One agency must be the 
designated custodian for the dataset as a whole, although entities within the dataset may be 
maintained by others. An example would be a species-site dataset held in a protected-area 
management agency, where the species authority files within that dataset could be maintained 
by national collection management agencies such as museums and herbaria. 


Custodianship needs to be managed at multiple levels. At the national level, responsibility 
for broad themes should be allocated among the various government departments, eg 
topographic infrastructure such as national boundaries, topography, roads, rivers, etc to the 
central mapping agency, and so on. These agencies should build datasets to support decision 
making at that level, in consultation with key users. Datasets to support regional and local 


a i eee eee ee 
2-8 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


activities should be built by agencies, or regional offices of national agencies, at or close to 
those levels. All these activities need to be coordinated at various levels to ensure standards 
are adhered to, overlap and duplication are minimised, and local-scale datasets can be 
smoothly integrated and generalised to support national-level decision making. 


All datasets required to support environmental assessment and decision making are complex 
and require the involvement and supervision of professionals. Key issues are sound design, 
development and adherence to standards and quality assurance, and provision of 
documentation and advice on appropriate uses. 


Although there are major gaps, and not only in developing countries where the scientific and 
technological infrastructure is inadequate, there is a great deal of existing information on the 
environment. Unfortunately, much of it is largely inaccessible and contributes very little to 
environmental assessment and decision making. This is because the data are stored in 
obsolete or inaccessible forms, are poorly standardised and documented, or the institutional 
culture is unsympathetic to their wider access and use. 


Decision makers and other end users are seldom able to use raw, unprocessed data. They 
require data relevant to some particular issue to be selectively extracted, integrated with other 
data, perhaps assessed by specialists, and summarised into information. The concept of 
custodianship also includes responsibility for being a source of advice on those modelling and 
analytical tools that are most appropriate to integrate and summarise data. 


Custodians are responsible also for management of the various licensing agreements, which 
can become quite complex. Every effort should be made to develop relatively simple generic 
licences for data access and use within each jurisdiction. "Memoranda of Understanding’ and 
similar high-level mechanisms that would allow the unrestricted flow of information between 
agencies should be negotiated. Successful biodiversity management requires ready access to 
many datasets from a wide variety of institutions. There should be an absolute minimimum 
of administrative, cost and other impediments to the flow of information, consistent with 
protection of copyright, intellectual property and other legitimate custodian rights. Any 
obstacles to the free flow of information will inevitably inhibit responsible decision making 
and sound biodiversity management. 


Consistent with protection of custodians’ legitimate interests in the data, there should be a 
minimum of administrative, cost and other impediments to the free flow of data among 
agencies. In the past, agencies rarely devoted much attention to comprehensive dataset 
documentation. This is because datasets were usually built for one specific project by people 
who well understood the nature of the data and any deficiencies and caveats. At the end of 
the project, each dataset was usually archived, filed or (commonly) neglected. Dataset 
documentation has always been regarded as desirable, but has seldom been accorded a high 
priority because no one believed it would be of much real value. 


Because datasets can and must be used for multiple purposes within the institution and as part 
of the overall national biodiversity information system, comprehensive documentation of 
datasets is increasingly being recognised, not only as an important obligation of data 
custodianship, but also as a strategic corporate asset. Dataset documentation must, therefore, 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 2-9 


be planned for and the necessary resources allocated. 


2.4.2 Legal Issues 

The transfer of information - for instance on resources, on government strategies, policies 
and legislation - may impinge on legal and conceptual views of sovereignty and security. The 
CBD is careful to try to minimise this issue with such words as "Recognising the sovereign 
rights of nations over their natural resources..." , but the effective exchange of information 
on biodiversity resources and related technology can only occur in an atmosphere of mutual 
trust. The principle of mutual benefit must over-ride concerns of misuse of the information 
for strategic or political purposes. 


The transfer of bio-technology information and other enabling technology, including software 
(whether between nations or within the country) may be restricted by copyright, patents and 
the like, and the ownership of technology may not always lie with government authorities, © 
but with private sector companies. 


While the details of the laws differ between countries, it is often the case that the provider 
of information - which turns out to be incorrect and causes harm as a result - may be held 
liable for the damage caused. This liability could fall on the providing agency or the 
designated custodian or both. This is especially true if there is "negligence", where, for 
instance, no reasonable attempt was made to ensure quality, or poor information management 
practices allowed information to be corrupted. The establishment of a network of expert 
custodians coupled with quality management procedures (eg meeting ISO-9000) in the 
national biodiversity information management process would likely eliminate any possibility 
of negligence, and greatly reduce the chances of being considered liable. 


The spirit of the CBD encourages open and free access to biodiversity information. This may 
impinge on considerations of information "ownership" and copyright. The above issues are 
not unique to biodiversity, and are the subject of considerable discussion and debate in the 
literature. A useful references for further reading is Obermeyer (1994). 


This book covers a number of important issues relevant to custodianship, access and legal 
issues surrounding spatial data - all of which are applicable more widely to biodiversity 
information in general. Chapter 9 deals with the question of the qualifications of GIS 
specialists and Chapter 10 (GIS in a Democratic Society) deals with such issues as, 
copyright, privacy and confidentiality, liability, data sharing and distribution etc. 


Ayers (1994) deals well with issues regarding the professional conduct and liability of 
technology practitioners. For articles and books dealing with legal issues regarding data and 
information distribution, see Archer (1989), Clark (1981), Epstein (1990), McLean (1989), 
and Onsrud (1989). 


2.5 References 
Aronoff, S. 1989. Geographic Information Systems - A Management Perspective. WDL 


Publications, Ottawa, Canada. 


ee 
2-10 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Burley, C. 1994. CIESIN Metadata Entry Form Instructions, CYESIN. 


Chen, P.P. 1976. The Entity-Relationship Model - Toward a Unified View of Data, ACM 
Trans. Database Systems. 1(1):9-36. 


Codd, E.F. 1970. A Relational Model of Data for Large Shared Data Banks, Comm. ACM. 
13(6):377-387. 


Codd, E.F. 1979. Extending the Database Relational Model to Capture More Meaning, ACM 
Trans. Database Systems. 4(4):397-434. 


Connell, J.L., Shatner L.B. 1989. Structured Rapid Prototyping: An evolutionary Approach 
to Software Development. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ. 


Cooley, G.P. 1992. Collections and Research Information System Master Plan. Mitre. 
Cooley G.P., Harrington, M.B., and Lawrence, L.M. 1993. Analysis and Recommendations 
for Scientific Computing and Collections Information Management of Free-Standing Museums 
of Natural History and Botanical Gardens. Vol.1. Mitre. 


Crain, I.K. 1992. User Requirements for the Harmonization of Environmental Measurement 
Information System (HEMIS). United Nations Environment Programme, HEM Office, 
Munich, Germany. pp.86. 


Cutts, G. 1991. Structured Systems Analysis and Design Methodology. Blackwell Scientific 
Publications. 


Date, C.J. 1990. An Introduction to Database Systems. Fifth Edition, Vol. I, Addison-Wesley 
Publishing Co., Reading, Mass. 


Date, C.J. 1983, An Introduction to Database Systems. Vol. I1, Addison-Wesley Publishing 
Co., Reading, Mass. 


DeMarco, T. 1979. Structured Analysis and System Specification. Prentice-Hall Software 
Series. 


Edwards, P. 1983. Systems Analysis and Design. Mitchell McGraw Hill. 
Fidel, R. 1987. Database Design for Information Retrieval. John Wiley. 


Fitzgerald, G., Stokes, N., and Wood, J.R.G. 1985. Feature Analysis of Contemporary 
Information System Methodologies. Computer Journal. 28(3):223-230. 


Flaaten, P. 1989. Foundations of Business Systems. Dryden Press. 


Gane, C. 1990. Computer Aided Software Engineering: The Methodologies, the Products and 
the Future. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 2-11 


Gause, D.C and Weinberg, G.M. 1989. Exploring Requirements: Quality Before Design. 
Dorset House Publishing Company. 


Howe, D.R. 1983. Data Analysis for Database Design. Arnold. 

Jordan, E., and Machesky, J. 1990. Systems Development. PWS-Kent. 

Kroenke, D.M. 1992. Database Processing. Maxmillan. 

Maddison, R.N., et al. 1983. Information System Design Methodologies. Wiley Heyden. 


Malamud, C. 1989. INGRES: Tools for Building an Information Architecture, Van Nostrand 
Reinhold. 


Olle, T.W., Sol, H.G., and Verrijn Stuart A.A. (Eds). 1982. Information Systems Design 
Methodologies - A Comparative Review, North Holland. 


Olle, T.W., Sol, H.G., and Tully, C.J. (Eds). 1983. Information Systems Design 
Methodologies - A Feature Analysis, North Holland. 


Oxborrow, E. 1989. Databases and Database Systems. Chartwell-Bratt. 


Pinborg, U. 1992. Catalogue of Data Sources (CDS) for the Environment: Analysis and 
Suggestions for a Meta-data System and Service. European Environment Agency (EEA). 


Powers, M.J. and Cheney, P.H. 1990. Structured Systems Development. Boyd and Fraser 
Publishing. 


Richardson, B.J. 1994. The Industrialisation of Scientific Information. In: Forey, P.L., 
Humphries, C.J., and Vane-Wright, R.I. (Eds), Systematics and Conservation Evaluation. 
Systematics Association Special 50:123-31, Clarendon Press, Oxford. 

Robinson, H. 1981. Database Analysis and Design. Chartwell-Bratt. 

Rock-Evans, R. 1981. Data Analysis. IPC Business press. 


Stein, B.A. 1994. Strengthening National Capacities for Biodiversity Information 
Management. The Nature Conservancy, US. 


Townsend, J.T. 1992. Introduction to Databases. Que. 


Ullman, J.D. 1982. Principles of Database Systems. 2nd edn. Computer Science Press, 
Rockville, Maryland. 


UNEP. 1992. The Grid Meta-Database (MDb) Entity-Attribute Definitions. United Nations 
Environment Programme Global Resource Information Database (UNEP-GRID), Geneva. 


2-12 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


UNEP. 1994. Hem-Disk: Catalog of Organisations. United Nations Environment 
Programme-Harmonization of Environmental Measurement (UNEP-HEM). 


Verheijen, G.M.A. and van Bekkum, J. 1982. NIAM: An Information Analysis Method, in 
Information Systems Design Methodologies - A Comparative Review, Olle, T.W., et al (Eds), 
North-Holland. 


Vinden R.J. 1982. Data Dictionaries for Database Administrators. TAB Books. 


Van Dijkhuizen, H. 1994. World Bird Database: User Requirement Specification and System 
Design Specification. BirdLife International. 


WDC. 1991. Directory Interchange Format Manual (version 4.0). World Data Center, 
National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), US. 


Wiggins, L.L. and French, S.P. 1992. Geographic Information Systems: Assessing Your 
Needs and Choosing a System. Planning Advisory Service Report, American Planning 
Association, Chicago. 


Yourdon, E. 1975. Techniques of Program Structure and Design. Prentice-Hall, Englewood 
Cliffs, NJ. 


Yourdon, E. (undated). The CASE Report, Nastec Corporation, Southfield, MI. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 2-13 


jieer Or, nigh ry hae bss jerky tibiae idl i td ; 
= > oe EEO. ifagpoticott Wosrais ie 


Na j Tas rest ree viens 
ee as a ae eed we “ec Rr = 


NETS Aa! Ny spe Wi gyri 


ia was 


way yee gerne 
“i huna om 


at (ete 2) 


3 TOOLS for MANAGING DATA 
3.1 Selection of Hardware and Software 


3.1.1 Selection of Computer Software 

There are many factors to be considered when buying software. In most applications it is 
more important than the hardware. Often, however, the hardware already exists and the 
software must be adapted to it. 


Software may either be bought as an off-the-shelf product, providing you have or can get the 
hardware to match it, or a new package can be developed specifically for the application in 
mind (or perhaps modified from an existing package to meet the specific requirements). The 
arguments for and against both these approaches are discussed in FAO (1986). 


Software can be run on a bewildering variety of different classes of computer. Because many 
software packages are written for a specific type of hardware, knowing which computers will 
be used to run the application will eliminate some software packages from consideration. 


3.1.2 Selection of Computer Hardware 

If hardware as well as software is being bought, then the best match between the system 
needs (and budget) and the various hardware options available needs to be determined. 
Establishing criteria for sizing applications is a complex process and is discussed at length 
in Bentley (1984). The following are some preliminary, basic questions that can be used to 
narrow down the hardware choices before moving on to the selection process discussed in 
the next section. 


How many people need simultaneous access to the data ? 

If the answer is one, a microcomputer (PC) is the best choice, unless a very large amount 
of data needs to be handled. Fairhead (1992) provides an excellent, comprehensive guide to 
the technical options available for PCs and discusses their practical implications for the user. 
For simultaneous access by more than one person, a workstation is a better choice. 


How much data will need to be managed (hundreds or millions of records)? 

If the plan is to store and manipulate a large volume of data, the options to consider include 
networks, minicomputers, and possibly client-server architecture. In the business world, 
mainframe computers would also be considered, but these are a very rare (or even, non- 
existent) choice in the biodiversity world. Mainframes and large mini-computers provide a 
processing power and speed of response that is generally not required and at a price that is 
generally beyond the budgets of biodiversity-related institutions. What is frequently required 
for biodiversity information is the ability to store and access very large amounts of data. 


3.1.3 The Selection Process 

The selection and purchase both of software and of hardware follows a similar path that can 
be broken down into the following 8 stages. These stages are discussed in more detail in 
Wright (1988). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-1 


Decide What is Required of the System 
If necessary, obtain advice on realistic expectations from impartial organisations (eg 
institutions using computers to manage similar quantities and complexities of data). 


Feasibility Study 

In most cases, the development of a system to manage biodiversity information should not 
be breaking wholly new ground. Someone, somewhere will already have done something 
similar. If a formal feasibility study is needed, it might be a task best left for skilled systems 
analysts or other experts. 


Prepare Specification 
Success in selection is more likely if a detailed and accurate specification of the needs is 
produced. Specification guidelines and checklists can be found in various publications, 
including Standards guide, but at a minimum the following should be included: 

@ the system’s objectives and functions 


@ the work load to be executed (volumes of transactions to be input, processed, output, 
stored) 


@ performance targets 

@ special requirements in hardware, software and support services 

© operational requirements (availability targets etc). 
Beware of giving an indication of the expected cost on the specification. If this is done, the 
quotations will likely be at or slightly below the price you have suggested and quotes will not 
be truly competitive. 
Invitations to Tender 
For first-time computer users there will usually be no shortage of potential vendors - though 
this will depend on the global location of the institution. Some countries may have a very 
restricted list of potential suppliers. Valid factors to be used in pre-selection include: 

© country of origin of machine or software package 

®@ reputation of supplier 

© locality of supplier (local suppliers have obvious advantages). 
Evaluate Tenders 
Tenders submitted can be evaluated against an almost endless list of criteria, but the 


following criteria should be amongst those used: 


® Specification 
Does the solution proposed fully meet the specification? 


ee ee re ee eaten NE ePRR SReeR ENS ee et ee eT ee ee ee 
3-2 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


e Price 
Purchasers of computer products occasionally use this as their only criterion for 
selection, which is seldom useful for decision making. 


e Additional Functionality 
Does the solution proposed have functionality that was not in the specification, but 
would nonetheless be useful? For example, does the user interface provide labour- 
saving tools? 


e@ Ease-of-Use 
The more easily a product can be used, the better. Software products that require an 
expert programmer to keep them going will have limited appeal in the biodiversity 
community. 


® Follow-on Services 
Does the supplier readily provide product upgrades, product maintenance and 
technical support? Will they make visits to your site to fix problems? Are these 
services free; if not, how much will they cost? What is the warranty period ? A clear 
indication of the cost of maintenance outside the warranty period must be obtained. 


e Product Reputation 
Does the product already have a large market share? Is it well-known? A popular 
product does not guarantee that it is a good product, but it is a good indicator of 
value-for-money. 


@ Vendor Reputation 
Is the potential vendor well-known, with a solid reputation ? Small-scale vendors can 
give an excellent personal service that is responsive to the needs of the client and they 
should not be discounted solely on the grounds of small size. However, proceeding 
with an unknown, start-up vendor can be risky. 


@ Product Durability 
Does it appear that the proposed solution is going to rapidly become obsolete ? For 
example, a software proposal that is based on a hardware platform that is being 
superseded is not a good selection. A product that is inflexible and cannot be 
modified to address unforeseen requirements can also cause problems. 


Is the solution "expandable"? For example, can the proposed computer system be 
upgraded in the future to a faster CPU chip or have its memory expanded with the 
addition of memory chips? In the case of DBMS software, can the data tables be 
expanded far beyond their currently specified size? 


© Compatibility 
Is the solution compatible with other products? For example, buying a Personal 
Computer that is IBM-compatible (as are more than 90% of current PC purchases) 
makes the subsequent purchase of hardware peripherals, software or exchange of data 
relatively straightforward. Buying DBMS software that uses SQL and DBF data 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-3 


format will facilitate the exchange of data. 


e@ Performance 
Analytical investigation of the comparative performance claimed. This is probably the 


hardest of these criteria to assess. 


Performance of both software and hardware products are frequently estimated in 
computer publications in terms of comparative "benchmarks". These are lists of 
values that are intended to objectively give a rating for the performance of a product 
in a specific test. For example, the time in seconds for a DBMS to retrieve a data 
item from a standard test database could be quoted; the shorter the time, then the 
faster the DBMS. Fairhead (1992) provides a list of standard benchmarks, along with 
a brief description of what they measure and how the test is done. 


Benchmarks need to be measured with all other factors, other than the product being 
benchmarked, standardised. For example, if DBMS software is being compared, then 
the test has to be conducted with the software installed on the same computer system. 


Anderson (1993) published a review of 14 DBMS packages for the PC Windows 
environment. The article presents a table of benchmark performance tests on the 
DBMS packages. Anderson considers that it is impossible to benchmark database 
managers satisfactorily. Because different database managers all have a different 
implementation of database management tools, the same query may be easy for one 
and hard for another. Choose a different query and the reverse may apply. However, 
his message is: do not attach major significance to small performance differences. Its 
major differences, by factors of 100% or more, that probably say something about 
the inherent performance of the product. 


PC Direct (1994) reviews several different PCs and comments that machines with 
similar configurations often perform very differently. To help the confused purchaser, 
the magazine review includes a comprehensive set of benchtests for both Dos and 
Windows that give benchmark test results as a ratio compared to the 1.00 score 
assigned to their chosen benchmark machine. If a computer system is twice as fast 
as the benchmark machine in the test, a figure of 2.00 would be assigned. 


However, benchmarks are notoriously unreliable in providing an objectively complete 
assessment. It can be very hard to standardise the testing environment or to chose 
tests that do not unfairly favour or discriminate. Benchmarks published for a product 
in an advertisement are often optimistic and may not reflect the particular 
requirements of the intended application. If product reliability and speed is a critical 
consideration, the purchaser may have to test the software/hardware himself. 


@ Short-listing 
Based on the tender documents. This process should result in a short list of 3 to 5 
proposals that are outwardly satisfactory. 


a Se A ee ee ee ee 
3-4 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


© Acceptance Test 
The final opportunity to ensure that the system to be delivered meets the specification 


in its essential points. 
3.2 Software Tools 


3.2.1 Overview 

This section is intended to provide guidance on how to select and purchase specific software 
tools. Each of the following sub-sections is therefore divided into two parts dealing with © 
selection criteria and software listings respectively. A standard template was used to describe 
software products, although some flexibility was required in describing particular products. 
The software template is presented below: 


Product Name Name (plus acronym) of the package. 

Publisher Contact details for further enquiries. 

Category Category/sub-category of software, eg database management system; 
spreadsheet; general statistics package. 

Configuration Operating system/environment for which the package is intended (eg DOS, 
MS Windows, Mac, UNIX, NeXT). 
Minimum hardware requirement where known. 


Languages Availability and description of programming languages supplied. 
Version Most recent version. 
Users Approximate number of licensed users worldwide. 


Availability Software license arrangements (hardware key, full edit work station, read- 
only etc); documentation and support. 

Description General descriptive information on the software. Taken from several 
sources, including promotional materials from manufacturers, magazine 
reviews, and standard software listings. 


Note that in the case of database management systems and spreadsheet packages, the 
functionality of different products is also presented in tabular form. 


3.2.2 Database Management Systems 

All databases - whether they are simple card index programs or full blown professional 
development systems - store records of information in computer disk files, rather like record 
cards in a filing cabinet. 


All database management systems provide a way of entering new records and changing 
existing ones through screen forms - usually you can design your own layouts. They will also 
let you search for specific records and let you sort records into different orders. Finally, all 
databases let your design reports in which you can print details of the records you have 
selected in the order you want them. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-5 


Flatfile databases are the simplest (and are often included as a part of integrated packages 
like Microsoft Office’) and are best suited to applications such as mailing lists. If you want 
to go further you will need to be able to link (or ’relate’) data held in a number of different 
files. Most databases today are "relational" in one form or another and the majority follow 
a non-programmed approach by getting the user to complete on-screen forms or choose menu 
options. 


The most sophisticated databases are programmable. They allow you to handle more 
advanced data structures and tailor the resulting database to your own needs. The drawback 
is that they are difficult to learn to program. 


Selection Criteria 
Some of the most important options to consider when deciding which DBMS to select are 


described below. 


@ Fiat File vs Relational 
A flat file database is the simplest form of design, allowing the user to work with 
only one table at a time. This means that you can not link data from more than one 
table using a flat file database. 


Relational databases can combine data from two or more tables. The linking between 
tables is usually done via key values. 


@ Data Validation 
This is the process of ensuring - as far as possible - that information held on the 
database is correct. This is usually done when data is edited or entered via a form by 
checking it against other data and format rules. 


@ File Import/Export Formats 
Occasionally you will need to transfer data between databases or receive data from 
somebody who uses a different database. Most databases support ASCII files (with 
fields delimited by special characters like tabs or commas), but these do not contain 
any formatting information or identify different field types. 


If you want to preserve the special formatting information held in a database file your 
database will need to support imports and exports to a range of different applications. 
The most important file type to support is DBF - the format used by dBASE, the 
product that originally popularised the use of database applications on personal 
computers. 


@ Form Designers 
A form is a screen display with fixed captions plus areas for variable (database) data 
to be displayed. Forms can be used to allow an operator to enter new data or edit 
existing data. You can think of database forms in the same way you would a paper 


' Trademark of Microsoft Corporation 


ee 
3-6 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


form. yf 

Any worthwhile database will provide a form designer to help you. It should let you 
choose the position and style of captions and data areas and even personalise your 
own forms with the inclusion of institution logos or other graphics. For example, 
Microsoft Access has a "Forms Wizard’ that leads you through the process of 
designing a form by asking questions about what you need to include in the form. 


e@ Indexes 

An index is a set of pointers that give fast access to individual records, plus the 
ability to access records in a particular order. These are particularly important for 
very large databases. For example, retrieving a particular record or set of records 
from the more than 2 million records stored in the Convention In Trade in 
Endangered Species (CITES) Wildlife Trade Database held at World Conservation 
Monitoring Centre (WCMC) would be prohibitively slow without the use of an index. 
An index is particularly useful if there is one field you regularly sort on because it 
allows faster sorting than is possible on non-indexed fields. 


The data value an index is based on is called a key. For example, a "country of 
export" key in the CITES database allows the rapid location of wildlife product 
exports from a particular country and allows the production of shipment reports in 
"country of export” order. 


@ Programmability 
Many databases are non-programmable - you complete tasks by filling in on-screen 
forms or choosing menu options as with word processors or spreadsheets. But the 
need can arise for a specialised database or a higher level or performance. Often, the 
only way to get this by using a programmable database and write the application 
yourself (or pay somebody else to do it). 


The advantages of using a programmable database are twofold: flexibility and power. 
You can design a database tailored exactly to your needs and update it as necessary. 
Programmable databases also provide the tools to manipulate and validate data in 
ways not possible with non-programmable ones - and the resulting program can run 
more quickly too. The major disadvantage is that programmable databases are usually 
hard to learn how to use and should only be used when a need is identified. 


@ Report Designer 
A database must allow you to extract the information you want from it, in the style 
that you want and to produce this as a printout (or report). Most database 
management systems have tools to help you design reports that you require. The 
report designer should allow you to combine data from more than one table and 
format it in a professional way. 


@ SQL And Client-Server Architecture 
Structured Query Language (SQL) and the concept of client-server architecture are 
closely linked and are now increasingly common on PC networks. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-7 


Normally a PC database is a single program that handles both the data files and the 
user interface (forms, reports and so on) but these responsibilities are spit in a client- 
server system. One application - the client - looks after the user interface, while 
another - the server - manages the data files at a central location (usually the network 
file server) and can deal with many clients on a network simultaneously. 


Of course, the client and the server have to be able to communicate and the most 
widely used language for this is SQL. SQL and the client-server architecture started 
life on mainframe and mini-computers, so that the early PC client applications had 
to be developed in other languages like C or Pascal. Now, however, PC databases 
such as Paradox, Approach, dBASE and Access provide SQL support. 


xBASE Standard 
Many of the available PC databases use a generic data storage and programming © 
methodology based on those used in the dBASE package. Use of an xBASE system 
will facilitate the likelihood of trouble-free Import/Export of data with other 
databases. 


or totals in your reports? specialised report generator 


Do you need to use files from other 
databases? 


Choose a database that supports 
the import/export file formats 


Choose a database that 
supports these requirements 


Do you have any unusual requirements ? 


Is a user friendly interface important? Xd Consider a Windows database. 
Will you need to link data from more Vers Choose a relational 
than one table? database 
Will more than one person need to access N__, Choose a flatfile 
the database at any one time? database 
Do you need to design complex Y , Choose a database with 
database structures? network support 
Do you need to distribute copies Yaar Choose a programmable 
of your database? database 
Y Choose a database with 
Do you need to access the data in lots SQL support 
of different ways? —N_. Choose a database with 
query-by-example support 
Will you need to include graphs, summations Yas Choose a database with a 
eae eee ea as! yor . 
Eien pele ‘ 


Figure 3.2: Choosing the Right Database 


The options discussed above, in combination with others, can be used to make a decision on 
which DBMS will best serve the needs of the overall information system. Figure 1 illustrates 
this process. 


ee ee ee 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Software Listing 


The following is an alphabetically-ordered list of the commonly used database management 
system software, with the approximate cost of a license and name of vendor. The vendors 
listed are those sales branches located in the United Kingdom. These branches can provide 
customers with details of branches located in other countries. 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Languages 
Version 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Version 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Version 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Version 
Availability 


Access 

Microsoft Corporation 

Database management system 

Windows 3.0 or higher. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher, 4 Mb RAM or higher. 

Access Basic. 

2.0 

£395 single-user license. 

Part of the Microsoft Office family of applications; modern, easy-to-use 
end-user Windows relational database. Suitable for small-mid sized 
applications only (<20 users, 100,000-500,000 records). 


Advanced Revelation 

Revelation Technologies Ltd 

Database management system 

DOS; Windows 3.1 or higher. 

IBM-PC 286 or higher (DOS); IBM-PC 386 or higher (Windows). 

Zl 

£895 

Powerful relational database distinguished by variable-length, multi-valued 
fields. 


Approach 

Lotus Development Corporation 

Database management system 

Windows 3.1 or higher. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher, 6 Mb RAM or higher. 

3.0 

£95 

End-user relational database for Windows, integrated well with other Lotus 
programs such as SmartSuite and Notes. 


DataEase 

DataEase International Inc 

Database management system 

DOS 3.1 or higher; Windows 3.1 or higher. 

IBM-PC 8086 or higher, 640 Kb RAM (DOS); IBM-PC 386 or higher, 
4Mb RAM or higher (Windows). 

4.53 (DOS; 1.1 (Windows). 

£425 (DOS); £249 (Windows). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-9 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Languages 
Version 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Languages 
Version 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Languages 
Version 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Version 

Cost 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


3-10 


dBASE 5.0 

Borland International Inc 

Database management system 

DOS 3.1 or higher; Windows 3.1 or higher. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher, 8 Mb RAM (DOS and Windows). 

xBASE. 

5.0 (1994). 

£347 (DOS); £245 (Windows) single-user license. 

Totally rewritten version of this widespread database. Now includes "two- 
way tools", object oriented event-driven programming, client-server 
readiness, and numerous graphical application development tools. 


FoxPro 

Microsoft Corporation 

Database management system 

DOS 3.0 or higher; Windows 3.0 or higher; Mac; UNIX. 

IBM-PC 8086 or higher, 1 Mb RAM (DOS); IBM-PC 386 or higher, 4 
Mb RAM or higher (Windows). 

xBASE derivative. 

2.6 (January 1995). 

£77 single-user licence. 

High performance, cross-platform, relational database application 
development tool. Market leader in xBASE. Will be fully integrated into 
Microsoft family in next version "Visual FoxPro 3.0", out mid-1995. 


Ingres 

Computer Associates 

Database management system 

UNIX 

Ingres 4GL 

6.4 

Well-established relational database system for UNIX. 


Oracle 

Oracle Corporation 

Database management system 

UNIX 

7 

£695 two users. 

The best know UNIX database, suitable for even very large database 
applications and client-server architectures. 


Paradox 

Borland International Inc 

Database management system 

DOS 3.3 or higher; Windows 3.0 or higher. 

IBM-PC 286 or higher, 2 Mb RAM (DOS); IBM-PC 386 or higher, 4 Mb 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


RAM (Windows). 

Languages PAL (Program Application Language - proprietary). 

Version 4.5 

Availability £349 (DOS); £88 (Windows). 

Description Advanced PC relational database development system. The PAL language 
provides developers with a lot of power and flexibility; though not always 
suitable for the novice programmer. 


Comparison of Functionality 
Table 3.1 below provides a comparison of the functionality of the most popular database 
packages. 


A more comprehensive review of 100 database management systems can be found in [1]. 
Popular computer magazines, such as What PC? carry regular "buyer’s guides" for software ~ 
packages, including comparison tables for database packages. These should be consulted to 
obtain the most up-to-date view on the current state of the market. 


Daas |r [uw |e |m so |e | ow | toe | 
Pe O87 Ea ee ee ee Ee 
Pe eee 

Aoproach 3.0 Ea 
Be 2 See 

Ree y 


dBASE IV 5.0 
Foxpro 2.6 Y 
Parador 4 PAG ee ee | 


Table 3.1: Comparison of Functionality of the Most Popular Database Packages 


KEY T - Type of database (R = relational, F = flat file) 
M - Menus and macros provided 
P - Programmable 
Tb - Maximum number of tables open (Un. = unlimited) 
SQL - Integral SQL included 
xB - XBASE software 


WW ~-_ Word-wrapping editor 
Lang - Non-English languages available (F = French, G = German, S = 
Spanish, Euro = all European). 


3.2.3 Spreadsheets 

Spreadsheets are basically simple things - little more than automated graph paper. You enter 
some values into the squares or cells’ and the spreadsheet does the calculations and puts the 
answers in other cells. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-11 


Some modern spreadsheets, however, have gained so many additional features that the 
newcomer may be baffled by the apparent complexities. 


A few years ago, the only words and concepts you needed to grasp in order to use a 
spreadsheet efficiently were "cell", "function", "formula", "macro" and "database". Now you 
can add to that list a few other essentials such as "3D", "multidimensional", "workbook" and 
"spreadsheet publishing". 


Despite the obvious capabilities of spreadsheets, you should not use a spreadsheet as a 
database management system. Spreadsheets are specifically designed to be used for complex 
calculations, not for flexible management of documented data. With spreadsheets, it is 
usually not possible to relate different files, the search/report facilities of spreadsheets are 
limited and sometimes non-existent (which can make information retrieval very difficult), the 


modification of stored data can also be time consuming - especially when working with large 
data files. 


If you want to store large amounts of data in several files, these limitations will cause you 
many problems. The use of spreadsheets should be restricted to the tasks they were designed 
for performing complex calculations. 


Selection Criteria 


e@ 123 Compatibility 
Lotus 123 defines the standard file format for PC spreadsheets and most competing 
products provide some degree of 123 compatibility. At the very least, a spreadsheet 
should be able to load and save 123 worksheets. However, not all spreadsheets are 
able to load the macros and formulae that may be embedded in a 123 worksheet. 
Following Lotus’ successful legal action against Borland’s Quattro spreadsheet, 123 
compatibility may no longer extend to the user interface of a spreadsheet. 


e 3D 
A single worksheet calculates and formats data in two "dimensions" - the height and 
breadth defined by its rows and columns. A 3D spreadsheet adds depth by allowing 
calculations and formatting to "penetrate" through into the cells of several worksheets 
conceptually arranged behind one another like the pages of a book. Three dimensional 
spreadsheets are sometimes called multi-page spreadsheets. 


@ Add-Ins 
New spreadsheet tools and utilities are often implemented in the form of templates or 
files of macros that can be loaded (added in) whenever needed and subsequently 
unloaded in order to free up computer memory. Many third party suppliers provide 
commercial add-ins for the leading spreadsheet products. Inevitably, Lotus 1-2-3 is 
the best supported in this respect with Microsoft Excel and Quattro Pro not far 
behind. 


3-12 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


© Cell 
A cell is the smallest unit of a worksheet. Each cell may contain a single datum and 
may also contain a formula to calculate data. A cell is formed by the intersection of 


a row and column. 


e@ Chart Editor 
Most (but not all) spreadsheets can generate graphic charts from worksheet data. For 
example, a spreadsheet recording trade in wildlife products could automatically 
generate a pie-chart to show the sectoral breakdown of the trade. 


TIMBER 48.3% 
| 


IVORY 3.1% 


GARMENTS LIVE ANIMALS 5.9% 


LEATHER 11.1% DRIED PLANTS 8.2% 


MEAT 10.0% 


Figure 3.2: Example of a Pie Chart 


The best spreadsheets also include interactive chart editors to allow you to add labels 
and lines, change the colours and fill-patterns or even alter the perspective of the 
chart. 


Spreadsheets have changed considerably over the years. Options that would once have been 
attractive have now become either redundant, or universally adopted. Market leaders such 
as Excel, Lotus 1-2-3 and Quattro Pro all offer a similar range of facilities. Consequently, 
choosing a suitable spreadsheet is considerably easier than choosing a database management 
system. 


Software Listing v 

The following is an alphabetically-ordered list of the commonly used spreadsheet software, 
with the approximate cost of a license and the name of vendor. The vendors listed are those 
sales branches located in the United Kingdom. These branches can provide interested parties 
with the details of branches they have located in other countries. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-13 


Product Name CA-SuperCalc 

Publisher Computer Associates 

Category Spreadsheet package 

Configuration DOS 3.0 or higher; Windows 3.1 or higher. 

IBM-PC 8086 or higher, 512 Kb RAM (DOS); IBM-PC 386 or higher, 4 
Mb RAM (Windows). 

Version 5.5 (DOS); 1.0 (Windows). 

Availability £69 (DOS); £73 (Windows). 

Description Complete analysis solution offering full-featured spreadsheeting and multi- 
dimensional modelling, along with charting, auditing, security and 
automation. 

Product Name_ Excel 

Publisher Microsoft Corporation 

Category Spreadsheet package 

Configuration Windows 3.0 or higher; Mac. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher, 4 Mb of RAM; 2 Mb RAM (Mac). 

Version 5.0 (Windows); 4.0 (Mac). 

Availability £243 single-user licence. 

Description Part of the Microsoft Office family of applications; market leader 
spreadsheet taking performance to the highest level. Next release will 
include basic desk-top mapping facilities and geo-reference capability. 

Product Name Lotus 123 

Publisher Lotus Development Corporation 

Category Spreadsheet package 

Configuration DOS; Windows 3.1 or higher. 

IBM-PC 286 or higher, 1 Mb RAM (DOS); IBM-PC 386 or higher, 4 Mb 
RAM (Windows). 

Version 5.0. 

Availability £239 single-user licence. 

Description Enhanced version of the most popular database of the 1980s, now 
available for DOS and Windows. 

Product Name Lotus Improv 

Publisher Lotus Development Corporation 

Category Spreadsheet package 

Configuration Windows 3.1 or higher. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher, 4 Mb RAM. 

Version 2.1 

Availability £135 

Description Dynamic spreadsheet for Windows, permitting instant rearrangement of 
data presentation. Well specified with mathematical modelling and analysis 
functions. 

3-14 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Version 
Availability 
Description 


Quattro Pro 

Borland International Inc 

Spreadsheet package 

DOS 3.3 or higher; Windows 3.0 or higher. 

IBM-PC 8088 or higher, 640 Kb RAM (DOS); IBM-PC 386 or higher, 2 
Mb RAM (Windows). 

5.0 

£38 

Comprehensive spreadsheet solution for usability, data analysis and 
connectivity. 


Comparison of Functionality 
Table 3.2 below provides a comparison of the functionality of the most popular spreadsheet 


packages. 


Y 


Table 3.2: Comparison of Functionality of the Most Popular Spreadsheet Packages. 


KEY Size 
Shts 
G 


Chts 
Fncs 


3D 
123 


- Maximum worksheet size (no. of columns x no. of rows) 

- Number of worksheets open simultaneously (Un. = unlimited) 
- Graphics facility 

- Number of chart types 

- Number of functions 

- 3 Dimensional worksheets 

- Compatible with Lotus 123 


Lang - Non-English languages available (TBA = To Be Announced) 


3.2.4 Statistical Packages 

Elementary data analysis procedures, such as summation and averaging, are standard features 
of most database and spreadsheet packages. They enable data to be summarised with relative 
ease in the form of lists, tables, and charts. Typical tasks include the determination of species 
numbers in a given area, or average population densities from quantitative data. 


2 ee EE 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-15 


However, in many situations it is necessary to apply more complex statistical procedures to 
biodiversity data in order to obtain the required outputs. Some examples of situations 
demanding more complex analyses are: 


assessment of population trends using time-series analysis 

modelling of species-habitat relationship using canonical analysis 
assessment of biodiversity indices using weighted summation 

assessment of protected area complementarity using clustering algorithms. 


Selection Criteria 

Three distinct approaches to performing statistical analyses are common. The first is to 
develop one’s own custom statistical routines using a computer programming language; the 
second is to make use of non-commercial programs that have been written by academics to 
perform specific statistical procedures (in some cases the source code for such programs may 
be supplied, allowing alterations to be made); the third is to make use of the predefined 
statistical routines offered by a commercial statistics package. 


This first approach provides the greatest flexibility in designing statistical routines, but does 
require a good knowledge of statistical theory and programming techniques. In some cases 
the task may be simplified by drawing on third party "libraries" of commonily used statistical 
routines, or alternatively, implementing published program listings directly (these are referred 
to as "numeric recipes"). Libraries and program listings are commonly available for the "C", 
FORTRAN, and BASIC programming languages, plus some less widely used languages such 
as PASCAL. A selection of program listing sources is provided at the end of this section. 


The second approach depends upon the availability of suitably designed programs. Academics 
often write programs in the BASIC and FORTRAN languages, the latter being especially 
popular for complex, multivariate analyses. The most common platform for these programs 
is the DOS operating system running on an IBM-PC, although programs for the Macintosh 
computer are also seen frequently. Three academic programs are reviewed in the case studies 
section below (Ecostat, MVSP, TWINSPAN). 


Despite the greater flexibility offered by programming approaches, many analysts will be 
satisfied with the third approach which makes use of the predefined routines of a commercial 
statistics package. The decision as to which package to adopt is not straightforward however. 
Some of the most important issues to consider are: 


range of data analysis techniques offered 

facilities for presentation of results 

design of the user interface 

import/export facilities for data exchange 

quality of user documentation and after-sales support. 


Software Listing 

The rest of this section reviews the functionality, platform, and availability of several popular 
Statistics packages (prospective users are encouraged to seek further information on the 
products from their respective publishers). Software is listed alphabetically and attributed to 


3-16 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


the following sub-categories: 


@ matrix manipulation package 
@ commercial mathematical processor 
@ academic (non-commercial) package. 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Availability 


Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Version 
Users 
Availability 


Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Ecostat 

Biological Software 

Academic (non-commercial) package 

DOS 2.0 or higher 

IBM-PC 8086 or higher 

One off charge covering copying, media and postage. Programs only 
supplied on 720 Kb 3.5 inch IBM format disk 

FORTRAN -based suite of statistics routines aimed at biologists. Contains — 
functions for descriptive statistics, chi square, students t test, Mann- 
Whitney U test, Wilcoxon signed ranks test, Linear regression (least 
squares), product moment correlation coefficient, Spearman’s rank 
correlation coefficient, plotless sampling calculations (closest individual 
and nearest neighbour methods), and multiple correlation and regression 


MATLAB (Matrix Laboratory) 

The MathWorks Inc 

Matrix manipulation package 

DOS 3.1 or higher; Windows 3.1 or higher; Macintosh; SUN; DEC 
VAX/VMS; DEC RISC; HP 9000; IBM RS/6000; Silicon Graphics; 
CONVEX; CRAY 

IBM-PC 386 or higher, 4 Mb RAM or higher, 8 Mb hard disk space 
(Windows) 

4.0 (1993) 

Large 

Strictly by licence from The Mathworks, Inc. Documentation and support 
are impressive. University science departments and industry are main users 
High-performance numeric computation and visualisation software. The 
standard instructional tool for introductory courses in applied linear 
algebra, as well as more advanced courses. Used for research and practical 
engineering and mathematical problem solving in industry. Typical uses 
include general purpose numerical computation, algorithm prototyping, 
matrix algebra, statistical modelling, and signal processing 


Mathematica 

Wolfram Research Inc 

Mathematics package 

DOS 3.1 or higher; Windows 3.1 or higher; Windows NT; Macintosh; 
CONVEX; DEC; HP Apollo; IBM; MIPS; NEC PC 9801; NEC EWS; 
NeXTSTEP; Silicon Graphics; Sony; Sun Microsystems; other UNIX 
platforms 

IBM-PC 386 or higher, 4 Mb RAM or higher (DOS and Windows); 68020 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


3-17 


Version 
Users 
Availability 


Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Version 
Users 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name — 


Publisher 


Category 
Configuration 


Availability 


Description 


CPU or higher, 6 Mb RAM or higher (Macintosh) 

2.2 (1992) 

200,000 

Single or multi-user licence from Wolfram Research, Inc. Demonstration 
disks available upon request. Comprehensive documentation available from 
Wolfram Research and many bookshops and libraries (eg periodicals, 
guides, applications) 

General system for mathematical applications. Handles numeric, symbolic, 
and graphical computations, and can be used as both an interactive 
calculation tool and a programming language. Numerical capabilities 
include arbitrary precision arithmetic and matrix manipulation. 
Mathematica can be used for representing knowledge in mathematical 
fields, modelling data, and visualising results in a variety of media (text 
and animated graphics) 


Minitab 

Minitab Inc 

General statistics package 

DOS 3.1 or higher; Windows 3.1 or higher; Macintosh System 6.0 or 
higher; UNIX 

IBM-PC 286 or higher (DOS); IBM-PC 386 or higher (Windows); 2 Mb 
RAM or higher (Macintosh) 

8.0 (Macintosh 1992) 

120,000 

Single or multi-user licence from Minitab Inc 

Complete and flexible statistics package used by commercial, government, 
and educational users worldwide. Used for arithmetic and matrix 
operations, statistical analysis and process control. Number range rather 
restrictive, and graphical capabilities primitive in comparison with other 
packages. However, Minitab is very easy to use and contains a wide range 
of routines 


MVSP (Multivariate Statistics Package) 

Dr Warren Kovach, Institute of Earth Studies, University College of 
Wales. 

Academic (non-commercial) package 

DOS 2.0 or higher 

IBM-PC 8086 or higher 

Supplied on shareware terms: demo version is provided free, full version 
only after registration fee is paid 

FORTRAN-based package including routines for principal components 
analysis (PCA), principle coordinates analysis (PCO), correspondence 
analysis/reciprocal averaging, (dis)similarity matrices, diversity indices 
(Simpson, Shannon, Brillouin), cluster (similarity) analysis (nearest 
neighbour, furthest neighbour, weighted/unweighted pair group, 
weighted/unweighted centroid sorting, minimum variance), basic plotting 
routines 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Version 
Users 
Availability 


Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Version 
Users 
Availability 


Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


SAS/STAT 

SAS Institute Inc (worldwide distributors) 

General statistics package 

DOS 3.1 or higher; Windows 3.1 or higher; Macintosh System 6.0 or 
higher; OS/2; UNIX; VMS; VM; MVS 

IBM-PC 286 or higher (DOS); IBM-PC 386 or higher (Windows); 4 Mb 
RAM or higher (Macintosh); SUN Sparc/IBM RS 6000/DEC Alpha/HP 
9000 (UNIX) 

6.09 (1993) 

20,000 

Single or multi-user licence from SAS Institute. Full range of technical 
support options available, including publications, consulting, training 
courses, user groups, and telephone support 

A range of data analysis tools from simple descriptive statistics to 
advanced regression, analysis of variance, categorical data analysis, 
multivariate analysis, clustering, scoring, discriminant analysis, survival 
analysis, psychometric analysis, and non-parametric statistics 


S-PLUS 

MathSoft Inc 

General statistics package 

Windows 3.1 or higher; X11, Motif, and OPENLOOK window system on 
UNIX 

IBM-PC 386 or higher, 4 Mb RAM or higher (Windows); many UNIX 
workstations 

3.2 (1993) 

Large 

Users of S-PLUS share new functions and techniques over an electronic 
bulletin board, which also contains access to a library of state-of-the-art 
functions. An instructional video is available upon request 

Interactive computing environment for graphical data analysis, statistics, 
and computational programming. Supports a superset of the S 
programming language developed by AT&T, enabling one to compute, 
view, and program interactively with data. S-PLUS contains all the usual 
Statistical routines such as hypothesis testing, statistical modelling, and 
presentation graphics, plus flexible tools for exploratory data analysis 
(including dynamic graphics that allow ‘brushing’ of scatterplot matrices); 
support for window systems (X11 and Windows); spreadsheet like data 
editor; advanced statistical functions implementing leading ideas in modern 
research; object oriented programming language with interfaces to C and 
FORTRAN 


SPSS (Statistics Package for the Social Sciences) 

SPSS Inc (worldwide distributors) 

General statistics package 

DOS 3.1 or higher; Windows 3.1 or higher; Macintosh System 6.0 or 
higher; UNIX (SUN Solaris 2.2 or higher; SUN Motif 1.1 or higher; DEC 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


3-19 


Version 
Users 
Availability 


Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Version 
Users 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Version 
Availability 


_Description 


Alpha Open DMS; HP UX); VMS 

IBM-PC 286 or higher, 2 Mb RAM or higher, 11 Mb hard disk space 
(DOS); IBM-PC 386 or higher, 8 Mb RAM, 21 Mb hard disk space 
(Windows); 4 Mb RAM or higher, 20 Mb hard disk space (Macintosh); 
SUN Sparc/IBM RS 6000/DEC Alpha/HP 9000 (UNIX) 

5.0 (DOS); 6.1 (Windows); 6.1 (Macintosh); 5.0 (UNIX). 

100,000 (DOS); 50,000 (Windows); 500,000 (others) 

Single or multi-user licence from SPSS Inc. Full range of technical support 
options available, including excellent documentation, training courses, 
bulletin board, and telephone support 

Tool for managing, analysing and displaying information. Comes with 
Statistical glossary, integrated data editor (spreadsheet), and high resolution 
graphics (GUI versions only). A very wide range of statistical routines and 
data manipulation facilities are available via a series of modules which 
may be purchased independently. Interface to MapInfo desktop mapping 
software is particularly good in Windows version 


Stata 

Computing Resource Center 

General statistics package 

DOS 3.1 or higher; UNIX 

IBM-PC 286 or higher, 512 Kb RAM or higher (DOS); HP 9000 (UNIX) 
3.1 (1993) 

6000 

Single or multi-user licence from Computing Resource Center 

Very stable statistics, graphics, and data management tool. Functions 
include Logit, Probit, regression, instrumental! variables, survival analysis, 
econometric functions, maximum likelihood, matrix programming, non- 
linear regression, multivariate analysis, cluster analysis 


Systat 

Systat Inc 

General statistics package 

DOS 3.1 or higher; Windows 3.1 or higher; Macintosh; UNIX; VMS. 
IBM-PC 286 or higher, 512 Kb RAM or higher (DOS); IBM-PC 386 or 
higher, 4 Mb RAM (Windows) 

6 (1990) 

Single or multi-user licence from Systat Inc. Demonstration disks available 
upon request 

Statistics, graphics, and data management package. Provides full range of 
univariate and multivariate statistics routines, including cluster analysis, 
multidimensional scaling, time-series analysis, and factor analysis. Also 
provides facilities for Logit, Probit, quality assurance, and market research 
projects. Wide range of data manipulation facilities, plus macro language 
for process automation. Excellent 3-D graphics 


EE eee 


3-20 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Product Name TWINSPAN (Two-way Indicator Species Analysis), DECORANA 
(Detrended Correspondence Analysis), CANOCO (Canonical 
Correspondence Analysis) 

Publisher Microcomputer Power; also available from Biological Software 

Category Academic (non-commercial) package 

Configuration DOS 2.0 or higher; Macintosh (CANOCO only) 
IBM-PC 8086 or higher; Macintosh (CANOCO only) 

Availability Public domain software, packaged for use on the IBM-PC by 
Microcomputer Power (full catalogue of programs available upon request). 
Version from Biological Software is cheaper but has restricted data 
handling capacity 

Description Mathematical procedures for analysing site-species matrices, generated for 
instance by dividing a study area into quadrats and conducting a species 
inventory in each. TWINSPAN is the most widely used technique for ~ 
community classification, producing a two-way sorted table of the original 
matrix. DECORANA and CANOCO are the most widely used methods of 
ordination, producing diagrams representing the similarity in species 
composition of different quadrats 

Product Name UNISTAT for DOS/Windows 

Publisher Unistat Ltd 

Category General statistics package 

Configuration DOS 3.1 or higher; Windows 3.1 or higher 
IBM-PC 8086 or higher (DOS); IBM-PC 386 or higher, 4 Mb RAM 
(Windows) 

Version 4.72 (DOS 1993); 2 (Windows 1994) 

Availability Single or multi-user licence from Unistat Ltd. Demonstration disks 
available upon request 

Description Complete data handling, analysis, and presentation tool featuring dedicated 


spreadsheet, plus a wide range of statistics and presentation quality 2D/3D 
graphics. Package includes non-parametric tests, contingency tables, cross- 
tabulation, regression, ANOVA, multivariate analysis, time-series 
analysis, quality control, and many other routines. Support for string data 
and missing data is provided, plus data exchange into a variety of formats 
including Lotus 123, Excel, dBASE 2,3,4,5, DIF, Sylk, and ASCII 


3.2.5 GIS/Mapping Systems 


A Geographic Information Systems (GIS) is a system which will manage data which is 
referenced to locations on the earths surface (for example sample locations, topography, 
boundaries of regions, maps etc). GIS have has been used to manage environmental 
information and aid decision-makers since the mid 1960’s and is thus a fairly mature 
technology. The concept of GIS is that it permits the management and processing of spatial 
information in the same way that conventional DBMS can handle numeric or categoric data. 
This allows for the integration and summarisation of environmental information using natural 
units - such as watersheds, natural forest areas, soil units and so on, and to combine these 
effectively with man-made administrative data collection units. Thus it can provide the link 
between the decision-maker’s viewpoint and the natural boundaries of the problem. GIS 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-21 


software is therefore a potentially valuable tool in biodiversity information management. 


Selection Criteria 

Several hundred commercial vendors can provide GIS software packages, and consequently 
a very wide choice of functionality is available. The two basic approaches are raster, in 
which the data are represented by a huge matrix of grid cells, and vector, in which the 
spatial data is kept as a series of connected line segments (sometimes called "arcs"). 


Raster GIS are generally cheaper and simpler, and can provide very quick processing for 
approximate answers, and are thus often applied to regional planning and assessment. Vector- 
based GIS software is more complex and defines the data with much more detail and spatial 
accuracy. Application is wide-spread, particularly where there is a need for complex analysis 
and accurate delineation of boundaries. 


GIS software prices vary considerably. Three rough price categories occur: 


@ Demonstration Systems ($0-1000) 
These systems are mostly for training and demonstrating the concepts of GIS. 
Generally they are raster based and will only handel relatively small datasets. 


@ Limited GIS ($1000-10,000) 
These are production systems (for real applications) that offer functions which 
allow the processing of modest sized datasets. They are thus useful for project- 
oriented studies and decision making applications. Many of them in this class are 
raster based and relatively limited in the range of functions available, for instance 
these may lack elaborate input and output options, and map projections. 


© Full GIS ($10,000-100,000) 
Full GIS are usually vector based and offer full geometric processing capabilities, 
including a range of input and output options, ability to handle very large 
databases, full topological overlay, multiple map projections, input and transfer 
form other GIS, and so on. These often require Unix based operating systems and 
powerful computers. 


Geographic Information (GIS) packages offer a vast array of spatial analysis functionality. 
Prior to purchasing a GIS, the requirements for a GIS package should therefore be defined 
clearly. For example, will the GIS be used for modelling or simple two dimensional map 
design? This type of consideration will greatly affect the choice of GIS and its cost. 


Many of the longer established products have built up an international user base that 
collectively attend regular local, regional and international conferences. Several now have 
their own email list servers and news groups over the Internet and Compuserve to exchange 
ideas and provide answers to problems. International or local support for the product maybe 
provided by the manufacturer or distributor as part of the cost of purchase or as an additional 
maintenance contract. For a complicated software package, support, both as training and 
continued technical support is an extremely important factor in the success of new 
installation. Different distributors are strong in different areas of the world, and consequently 


3-22 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


the support a user can expect varies with their locality. Local support and an established user 
base should be an important consideration when reviewing the possible options for the 
implementation of a GIS. 


There is considerable research into GIS and its application and a number of journals 
dedicated to the subject, such as International Journal of Geographic Information Systems, 
Geojournal, and Cartographica. A number of trade magazines provide useful information on 
GIS software and related hardware, and often feature consumer reports. Popular magazines 
include Geolnfo Systems, GIS Europe, GIS World (see Bibliography, Section 7.3). 


Basic text books on the subject are numerous and include Aronoff (1989), Burroughs (1989), 
McGuire (1988), and Antenucci (1991). 


Software Listing 

The following list details a number of commercially available GIS packages. The list has 
been compiled from a number of published sources, including The European GIS Yearbook 
1994 and the UNEP publication A Survey of Geographic Information System and Image 
Processing Software 1993, as well as experience of users of the package. The vendors listed 
are predominantly located in Europe or North America, but many have offices or 
representatives in developing countries. An initial contact with the address given should 
permit the location of the nearest local distributor of the producer. 


Software is ordered alphabetically and attributed to one of the following sub-categories: 


© automated mapping (do not provide spatial analysis) 

@ CAD (many drawing tools, but usually lack database links and map transformation 
utilities) 

@ GIS (includes map viewer software). 


Product Name 4CE 

Publisher Applications in CAD Ltd 

Category CAD 

Configuration DOS. 

Description Spatial data model in vector/grid form. Data import/export. Data 
transformation functions. Data capture from digitising tablet. 

Product Name ARC/CAD 

Publisher Environmental Systems Research Limited, Inc. 

Category GIS/CAD 

Configuration Windows 3.1 or higher, AutoCad. 
IBM-PC 386, 8 Mb RAM. 

Languages PC ARC/INFO simple macro language and AutoCad autoLISP language 

Availability Single platform 

Description ARC/CAD brings GIS functionality to the AutoCAD environment. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


ArcCAD is seemlessly integrated into the AutoCAD graphical 
environment. 


3-23 


Product Name 
Publisher 


Category 
Configuration 
Languages 


Version 
Availability 


Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 


Category 
Configuration 


Languages 


Version 
Description 


ARC/INFO; PC ARC/INFO 

Environmental Systems Research Limited, Inc. 

(regional distribution network throughout the world) 

GIS 

DOS; UNIX; VMS. 

IBM-PC 386, maths co-processor (DOS-PC); 24 Mb RAM, 100 Mb disk 

space for program, 100 Mb disk swap space (UNIX/VMS). 

Simple Macro Language (SML) (PC); Arc Macro Language (AML) 

(UNIX/VMS). 

3.4.2 (PC); 7.0.2 (UNIX/VMS). 

PC: hardware key. 

- UNIX/VMS: floating license: install on a single machine, accessible 
to a specific number of user across a network. Node locked license: 
lock to a single machine, accessible to a specific number of users. 
Core vector based product, several extensions to include grid cell 
modelling, network analysis, raster to vector conversion, terrain 
analysis, co-ordinate geometry, feature based data management tools 
and performance enhancement extensions (UNIX/VMS). 

- PC: version stores attribute information in dBASE III format. 
Management of spatial data in vector format. Data import/export. Data 
transformation/integration/manipulation functions. Data capture from 
digitising tablet. Spatial analysis. Application toolkit. 

- UNIX/VMS: versions offer a complete GIS environment. UNIX is the 
current development platform, VMS release usually several months 
later. Manages spatial data mcdel in vector/raster/grid form. Data 
import/export. Data transformation/integration/manipulation functions. 
Data capture from digitising tablet/raster image. Spatial analysis. 
Integrated model processing. Applications/external database integration 
toolkit. Currently the most popular GIS package in the world. 
ARC/INFO export files becoming a standard as a method for the 
transfer of spatial data between various GIS. Interaction with GIS is 
via command line, although very flexible and manuals are very good, 
this can result in a rather steep learning curve. 


ArcView 2 

Environmental Systems Research Limited, Inc. 

(regional distribution network throughout the world) 

GIS/Viewer 

Windows 3.1 or higher; Windows NT; Mac; UNIX. 

IBM-PC 486 66MHz, 16 Mb RAM (Windows 3.1/NT). 

Avenue: object oriented programming language enabling customisation of 
the graphics environment and automation of programming tasks. 

2 

A GIS/viewing package enabling visualisation and manipulation of 
ARC/INFO data in a flexible and windows and menus type graphical user 
interface. Main features include links to external databases: ORACLE, 
Ingres, Informix, Sybase, dBASE; DDE between ArcView 2 and other 


eee 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Languages 
Version 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 


Category 
Configuration 
Languages 
Version 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Languages 
Description 


Windows/Mac/UNIX programs; client server architecture enabling the 
Mac and Windows versions to access ARC/INFO data held on a UNIX 
host via a network. 


ATLAS GIS 

Strategic Mapping, Inc. 

GIS 

DOS; Windows 3.1 or higher. 
Application language 

2 


As full edit (ATLAS GIS) and read-only (ATLAS PRO) 

A popular menu driven desktop mapping package. Management of spatial 
data model in vector form. Integrated database facilities, plus links to 
dBASE II files. Data import/export (additional package). Data capture by ~ 
digitiser tablet. Spatial analysis. 


AutoCAD 

Autodesk LTD 

(extensive regional distribution network throughout the world) 

CAD 

DOS; Windows 3.1 or higher; UNIX; VMS. 

AUTOLisp 

12 

The most widely used CAD package in the world, with over 750,000 
copies sold. Available in 18 languages in over 80 countries. External 
databases supported include dBASE, Paradox, Informix, Oracle. 


AUTO/GIS 

Spatial Utilities, Inc. 

GIS/CAD 

DOS. 

A low-end GIS, AUTO/GIS integrates the functionality of AUTOcad and 
dBASE (or FoxPro) to perform over 150 spatial analysis functions as well 
as transformations and co-ordinate conversions. 


CADdy 

Berkshire & Avon Computing Ltd (UK distributor). 

GIS/CAD 

DOS. 

Applications toolkit 

Spatial data model in vector/raster form. Data transformation/ 
integration/manipulation functions. Data import/export. Data capture from 
digitising tablet or raster image. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


3-25 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Languages 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Languages 
Availability 
Description 


CARTOGRAPH 

Cartograph Ltd 

GIS 

DOS; Windows 3.1 or higher. 

As full edit work station per seat. 

External database: PARADOX. Spatial data model in vector/raster form. 
Data import/export. Data transformation/integration/manipulation 
functions. Data capture from digitising tablet/raster image. Spatial 
analysis. Applications/external database integration toolkit. 


DIGIT-0; GIMMS 

GIMMS (GIS) LTD 

Automated mapping 

DOS; UNIX; VMS. 

GIMMS batch mode - applications development toolkit. 

Prices vary depending upon organisation. 

Digit II is a user friendly digitising package, which can be used in 
conjunction with other GIS packages as well as GIMMS. GIMMS is a 
flexible automated map production/GIS package that can be run either in 
batch mode or through a user interface. Management of spatial data model 
in vector form. Data capture by digitiser tablet. 


FASTCAD 

Fatscad GIS Ltd 

GIS/CAD 

DOS; Windows 3.1 or higher. 

Management of spatial data model in vector form. Data 
transformation/integration/manipulation functions. Data capture from 
digitising tablet. Spatial analysis. Integrated model processing. Data 
import/export. 


GENAMAP 

GENASYS II LTD 

GIS 

UNIX. 

Applications(GENIUS)/external database integration toolkit. 

Several additional modules extend flexibility and range of functions. 
Management of spatial data model in vector/raster form. Data 
transformation/integration/manipulation functions. Data capture from 
digitising tablet. Spatial analysis. Integrated model processing. 
Applications/external database integration toolkit. Its development toolkit 
allows Genamap to be incorporated into larger integrated systems via C- 
based libraries. Popular in the Southern Hemisphere. 


a ae 


3-26 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Languages 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Version 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Languages 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Description 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


GIS PLUS 

Caliper Corporation 

GIS 

DOS; Windows 3.1 or higher. 

Applications toolkit 

A full featured, easy-to-use system. Spatial data model in vector/raster 
form. Data import/export. Data integration/manipulation functions. Data 
capture from digitising tablet/raster image. Spatial analysis Applications 
toolkit. 


GRASS (Geographic Resources Analysis Support System) 

US Army Construction Engineering Research Laboratory (USA-CERL) 
GIS/IA 

UNIX. 

4.1 

A popular public domain package with many spatial functions. Good 
integration of raster/vector. Probably the most widely used GIS for 
hydrological/watershed modelling applications. Possible port to PC soon. 
Spatial data model in vector/raster form. Data transformation/ 
integration/manipulation functions. Spatial analysis. Integrated model 
processing. Weak points: relatively poor user interface, need to improve 
vector query and DBMS links. 


ILWIS 

ITC 

GIS/IA 

DOS. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher, math co-processor. 

Batch processing capabilities. 

As minimal system and fully capable software. 

Spatial data model in vector/raster form. Data transformation/ 
integration/manipulation functions. Data capture by digitiser tablet. Data 
import/export. Will read/write in dBASE format. Spatial analysis. 
Integrated model processing. Popular with biodiversity workers. 


JMAP 

Era-Maptec Ltd 

Automated mapping 

Macintosh. 

Countries supported: Australia, Chile, Ireland, UK, Bolivia. 
Desktop Mapping package. 


LOCATOR GIS 

Sokkia Ltd 

GIS 

Windows 3.1 or higher. 

LOCATOR GIS used for the collection, addition and editing of GIS data 


3-27 


in the field. 


Product Name MACGIS 

Publisher Institute for a Sustainable Environment 

Category GIS 

Configuration Macintosh. 

Mac II minimum. 

Languages Application development language. 

Availability As fully capable software. 

Description A relatively cheap raster based GIS for the Macintosh. Spatial data model 
in raster form. Data integration/manipulation functions. Integrated model 
processing. Spatial analysis. Data capture from raster image. Data 
import/export. 

Product Name MapInfo 

Publisher MapInfo Corporation 

Category GIS 

Configuration Windows 3.1 or higher; Macintosh; UNIX. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher, 4 Mb RAM (Windows). 

Languages MapBasic; applications development toolkit. 

Version 3.02 

Availability As full edit work stations. 

Description MapInfo is the best selling desktop mapping software. Built-in database 
format using SQL format queries. Management of spatial data model in 
vector/raster/grid/matrix form. Data import/export. Data transformation/ 
integration/manipulation functions. Data capture from digitiser tablet/raster 
image. Spatial analysis. Integrated model processing. Applications/external 
database integration toolkit. 

Product Name MGE - Modular GIS Environment 

Publisher Intergraph (UK) LTD 

Category GIS 

Configuration DOS; Windows 3.1 or higher; Windows NT; UNIX. 

Languages Applications/external database integration toolkit. 

Availability As license for read-only and full-edit work station 

Description Popular high end GIS system available on many platforms, in direct 
competition with ARC/INFO. Management of spatial data model in 
vector/raster/grid form. Data import/export. Data transformation/ 
integration/manipulation functions. Data capture from digitising 
tablet/raster image. Spatial analysis. Integrated model processing. 

Product Name MOBILE GIS 

Publisher Procis Software Ltd 

Category GIS 

Configuration DOS. 

Description MOBILE GIS extends the availability of digital maps and related data to 
the field workforce through the use of DOS pen-based or portable 

3-28 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


computers. It provides GIS functionality required in the field with facilities 
for on-site data collection in graphical format. 


Product Name OZGIS 

Publisher The Clever Company 

Category GIS 

Configuration DOS; Windows 3.1 or higher. 

Languages Application development language 

Version 10.2 

Availability As minimal or fully capable software. Evaluation software available. 

Description Spatial data model in vector form. Data import/export. Data 
transformation/integration/manipulation functions. Spatial analysis. 
Application development language. 

Product Name REGIS/ULTIMATE CAD 

Publisher Art Systems Ltd 

Category GIS/CAD 

Configuration Windows 3.1 or higher. 

Description Fully integrated with windows GIS system. Spatial data model in vector 
form. Data import/export. Data transformation functions. Data capture 
from digitising tablet. 

Product Name SPANS GIS; SPANS MAP 

Publisher Tydac Technologies Ltd, 

Category GIS; Viewer 

Configuration OS/2. 

Languages Applications toolkit 

Description A powerful and modular analytical GIS (SPAN GIS) and stand-alone 


desktop mapping package (SPANS MAP). Management of spatial data 
model in raster form. Data import/ export. Data transformation/ 
integration/manipulation functions. Data capture from digitiser tablet/raster 
image. Spatial analysis. Integrated model processing. Applications toolkit. 


3.2.6 Image Analysis Systems 

Image analysis systems provide tools for the processing of digital images. Thews may derive 
from remote sensing satellites, the scanning of photography or raster GIS. These have been 
mainly developed as aids to the interpretation of remote sensed imagery, but are now 
merging with GIS technology. Functions offered usually include geometric rectification and 
automated image classification. The basic differences between the very low cost systems and 
more expensive IA systems are the range of choice in automated classification, size of the 
image which can be handled, and the range of output choices. 


Product Listing 
The following lists some well known commercial packages: 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-29 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Languages 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Languages 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


CHIPS 

Institute of Geography 

Image analysis 

DOS; Windows 3.1 or higher. 

Spatial model in raster form. Data import/export. Spatial analysis. Data 
transformation/integration/manipulation. Integrated model processing. Data 
capture via TARGA. 


EASI/PACE 

PCI 

Image analysis/GIS 

Windows 3.1 or higher; Mac; UNIX; VMS 

Full edit work stations. 

A full featured remote sensing package with capabilities in satellite image 
analysis, terrain analysis, digital photogrammetry and vector GIS 
available. 


ERDAS IMAGINE 

ERDAS Inc 

Image Analysis/GIS 

Windows NT; UNIX. 

Applications toolkit; C programmers toolkit. 

Full edit work stations. 

Proprietary database. Linkages to Sybase, Oracle. Satellite imagery, aerial 
photography and vector data can be integrated. Sophisticated analytical 
models can be constructed by pointing and clicking on filenames and 
functions. Management of spatial data model in vector/raster/grid form. 
Data import/export. Data  transformation/integration/manipulation 
functions. Data capture from digitising tablet/raster image. Spatial 
analysis. Integrated model processing. Applications toolkit. Close 
integration with ARC/INFO, via integration of the ARC/INFO vector data 
model within IMAGINE. 


DISMAP 

Clough Engineering 

Image analysis 

UNIX. 

Applications development toolkit. 

As fully functional run time versions. 

A powerful UNIX based image processing system. Spatial data model in 
raster form. Data transformation/integration/manipulation functions. 
Integrated model processing. Spatial analysis. 


DRAGON 
Goldin-Rudahl Systems 
Image analysis 

DOS. 


ESSE 


3-30 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Languages 
Availability 
Description 


Product Name 
Publisher 
Category 
Configuration 


Availability 
Description 


As full edit work stations 
Data capture by raster image. Data import/export. Spatial analysis. Data 
transformation/integration/manipulation functions. 


IDRISI 

Clark University Graduate School of Geography. 

Image analysis 

DOS; Windows 3.1 or higher. 

The IDRISI software package provides professional level, high end 
analytical capability in geographical analysis, image processing and spatial 
statistics. Primarily raster based, with vector digitising, editing and display 
functions. Designed as a set of modules which can be readily integrated 
into other research applications. Easy to use, very affordable and 
extremely popular. Management of spatial data model in vector/raster 
form. Data import/export. Data transformation/integration/manipulation 
functions. Data capture from digitiser tablet. Spatial analysis. Integrated 
model processing. Applications toolkit. 


MAPBOX 

Decision Images, Inc 

Image analysis 

DOS; UNIX. 

Database proprietary. Management of spatial data model in raster/grid 
form. Data import/export. Spatial analysis. Integrated model processing. 


MICROBRAIN 

MPA Communications Pty. LTD. 

Image analysis 

DOS (Microsoft Windows and Windows NT pending). 

IBM-PC with SVGA graphics card. 

Applications development toolkit. 

As fully capable system. 

Spatial data model in raster form. Data import/export. Data 
integration/manipulation. Data capture by digitiser tablet/raster image. 


RESOURCE 

Decision Images, Inc 

Image analysis 

DOS. 

IBM-PC with Imagraph, Number Nine, ATVista, Matrix image processing 
card. 

As fully capable software. 

Fast image processing system with some GIS functionality. Spatial data 
model in vector/raster form. Data integration/manipulation functions. Data 
import/export. data capture by digitiser tablet/raster image. 


a 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


3-31 


Product Name ROOTS PRO 

Publisher Decision Images, Inc 

Category Image analysis 

Configuration DOS; Mac. 

Description Management of spatial data model in raster form. Data import/export. 
Data transformation functions. Data capture from digitising tablet. 

Product Name Satellite Image Processing System 

Publisher National Remote Sensing Agency 

Category Image analysis 

Configuration DOS; UNIX. 
IBM-PC 386, 4 Mb RAM, 160 Mb hard disk (DOS). 

Languages Batch capability 

Availability As minimal and fully capable software 

Description Spatial data model in raster form. Data capture by digitiser tablet/raster 
image. Data transformation/integration/manipulation functions. 

Product Name SPRING 

Publisher INPE-National Inst. Space Research 

Category Image analysis/GIS 

Configuration DOS; UNIX. 
IBM-PC 386 or higher, 8 Mb RAM, 400 Mb hard disk (DOS); 32 Mb 
RAM, 600 Mb hard disk, 8 bit display (UNIX). 

Description Spatial data model in vector/raster/grid form. Spatial analysis. Data 
import/export. Data transformation/integration/manipulation functions. 
Integrated model analysis. Integrated database called Codebase is dBASE 
IV; external DBMS supported include Ingres, Oracle, Sybase, Informix. 
Data capture by digitising tablet/raster image. 

Product Name TERRA-MAR - Micro Image (PC), IDIMS (UNIX) 

Publisher Sales and Service: CSI 

Category Image analysis 

Configuration DOS; UNIX. 

Languages Applications toolkit. 

Description Management of spatial data model in vector/raster form. Data 
import/export. Data transformation/integration/manipulation functions. 
Data capture from digitising tablet/raster image. Spatial analysis. 
Integrated model processing. Applications toolkit. 

Product Name TNT MIPS 

Publisher Microimages 

Category Image analysis 

Configuration DOS; Windows 3.1 or higher; UNIX. 

Languages Applications toolkit. 

Description Runs X-Windows system to achieve cross-platform capability. Spatial data 
model in vector/raster form. Data transformation/integration/manipulation. 
Data capture from digitising tablet/raster image. Spatial analysis. 

3-32 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Product Name VISTA 


Publisher International Imaging Systems 
Category Image analysis/GIS 
Configuration UNIX. 

Languages Applications development toolkit 


Availability Minimal package will carry out image exploration, enhancement and 
display in an X-Windows environment. Fully capable system includes over 
250 image processing commands, an advanced filter package, the raster 
GIS module and a tape ingest module that supports over 40 satellite and 
airborne sensor formats. 

Description Spatial data model in raster form. Comprehensive remote sensing toolkit. 
Data import/export. Data capture by digitising tablet/raster image. Data 
transformation/integration/manipulation. Integrated model processing. 
Spatial analysis. 


3.2.7 Biodiversity Application Software 

The primary objective of biodiversity information management is to provide governments and 
NGOs with the information they require to support environmental protection and sustainable 
development. The scale of this problem is such that over the last decade, many institutions 
holding biodiversity information have applied information technology specifically to manage 
biodiversity data in efficient ways. The resulting tools, which can broadly be defined as 
biodiversity application software, fall into the following rough categories: 


e@ Species Information Systems 
Sources of information on particular life forms or taxonomic groups (eg FishBase); 
some are released as multimedia packages containing "finished product" information 
sources (eg distribution maps, photographs, taxonomic nomenclature). 


© Biodiversity Assessment Tools 
Used to gauge the distribution and status of species, communities and habitats; by 
relating species occurrence to underlying habitat, some systems permit rapid 
biodiversity assessment using predictive techniques (eg BIMS). 


© Collection Management Systems 
Permit the entry, storage, querying, and reporting of biological specimens in 
museums, herbaria, universities and other collections (eg BRAHMS). 


@ Miscellaneous Systems 
Sources of information supporting biodiversity conservation in novel or indirect ways 
(eg ENVIS). 


With most systems, a trade off may be observed between the geographic scale of the 
information holdings, and its subject area. For example, a localised system serving the needs 
of a single institution, may bring together many areas of biodiversity information (see 
Biodiversity Data Bank), whereas a global system may be restricted to a single subject area 
for practical reasons (eg Index Kewensis is concerned purely with the nomenclature of 
plants). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-33 


Software Listing 

It is difficult to define "typical" biodiversity application software due to the wide variety of 
tools currently in use. One way forward is to review a variety of systems performing 
different functions and illustrating different approaches. The reader can then decide which 
systems (if any) are appropriate for their needs. Nevertheless, a common feature of the 
systems under review is that they are transferable to different situations, not rooted to one 
project or location. However, where transfer was not anticipated, or is not desirable for some 
reason, systems with novel methodologies are still included. 


To fully describe the functionality of biodiversity application software, a slightly richer 
template has been used. New elements include: 


Where used Locations using the system. 


Resolution Geographic resolution for which the system is intended (eg site, managed © 
area, country, world). 

Data Details of the main categories of data managed by the system. 

Format Format in which this data is maintained/exchanged. 

Language The application language in which the system was developed. 

Outputs Details of the main reporting tools available, plus other system outputs. 

Summary Summary statement. 

References Details of key documents describing the system. . 


The following list is ordered alphabetically, and each item is attributed to one of the 
following sub-categories: 


species information system 
biodiversity assessment tool 
collection management tool 
miscellaneous system. 


eee 
3-34 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Contact 
Category 
Description 


Where used 


Resolution 
Data 


Format 


Outputs 


Configuration 


Availability 


Summary 
References 
Name 
Contact 


Category 
Description 


Where used 


Resolution 


Data 


ALICE Biodiversity Database System 

Dr R Allkin, ALICE Software Partnership 

Biodiversity assessment tool 

A family of programs for biologists designing and building their own 
checklist or biodiversity database. Intended primarily for data capture, 
ALICE also has species-orientated query facilities and pre-defined reports. 
Applications include writing checklists, building species inventories, and 
developing species identification systems. 

The International Legume Database and Information Service (ILDIS), 
involving collaborating institutions in more than 20 countries; UK 
poisonous plants database; species inventories in several protected areas. 
Can be used at any scale from site to global. 

Taxonomic names, synonyms, homonyms, variants, authorities; 
geographic gazetteer of recording localities; custom species attributes (eg 
"wingspan", "leaf length"); free text species descriptions; bibliography. 
XDF (standard exchange format sanctioned by [UBS Commission for Plant 
Taxonomic Databases), ASCII, dBASE, DELTA. 

Pre-defined reports answering questions such as "Which poisonous tree 
species occur in country X?", "Which native species are threatened in 
country X?", "Who published taxonomic name X?", and "Who said that 
plant X is poisonous?". Report formats may be customised. 

DOS 2.0 or higher; UNIX (or Xenix); VMS. 

IBM-PC 286 or higher, 512 Kb RAM or higher, 20 Mb hard disk space. 
The Alice Software Partnership has a professional relationship with users. 
In exchange for a licence fee, programs are provided with documentation, 
user support and updates. On-site guidance for installation, use, and how 
to develop your own database, can be arranged. 

General purpose species description system with strong data exchange 
facilities. 

Alice Software Partnership (1999). 


BG-BASE 4.0 

Kerry S. Walter and Michael J. O’Neal, BG-BASE Inc 

Collection management tool 

Database application designed for managing biological information in four 
categories: taxonomy, distribution, conservation, and collections 
management (living and preserved). Suitable for a variety of institutions 
including botanic gardens, arboreta, zoos, wumiversity campuses, 
horticultural societies and private gardens. 

BG-BASE has been installed at 53 locations in eight countries, including 
Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University, USA; Royal Botanic Gardens, 
Kew, U.K., National Botanic Garden, Harare, Zimbabwe, and WCMC. 
There is no limit to the number, nor geographic scope of the records. BG- 
BASE can be used equally well to handle world datasets of threatened 
plants, and small, site specific collections. 

Taxonomic names, author, distribution, habit, habitat, common names, 
parentage, description; specimens; sources (such as contact, address, 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-35 


Format 
Outputs 


Configuration 
Language 


Availability 


Summary 


References 
Name 
Contact 


Category 
Description 


Where used 
Resolution 
Data 

Format 
Outputs 
Configuration 
Language 


Availability 


Summary 


Name 


phone, fax); bibliography (fully linked to specimens); verifications; 
images. Compatible with The International Transfer Format for Botanic 
Gardens, and World Geographic Scheme for Recording Plant Distributions. 
Advanced Revelation, ASCII, dBASE, Lotus 123. 

Automatic generation of accession books and cards; conservation status, 
population demographics, presence in protected areas, in the form of 
maps, printed lists, and statistical tables. Data can be queried freeform 
using Advanced Revelation native query language or SQL. 

DOS 3.0 or higher. Advanced Revelation 3.1 or higher. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher. 2 Mb RAM, 40 Mb hard disk space. 

Developed in Advanced Revelation relational database package (variable 
length, multi-value fields). Windows version planned for 1995. 
BG-BASE has been tuned to user’s needs over a ten year period. A 
comprehensive user manual is provided (currently under revision), and a 
regular newletter is produced containing news from BG-BASE users, 
technical tips, and details of new locations using the system. 

The most widespread plant collection management software available; very 
powerful reporting facilities; requires properly structured training for 
maximum benefit. 

O’Neal (1989). 


Bioclimate Prediction System (BIOCLIM) 

Dr John R Busby, Environmental Resources Information Network 
Biodiversity assessment tool 

Software that uses previously generated climate surfaces to generate 
climate estimates for sites where a species has been recorded, generates 
climate profile for that species, and evaluates geographic areas in terms of 
their climatic similarity to the profile. 

Mainly Australia, although suitable climate surface databases have been 
developed for New Zealand, Papua New Guinea and other areas (Africa?) 
Can be implemented at any scale for which climate and species distribution 
data are available (national and regional scale in practice). 

Climate surfaces, species distribution records. 

ASCII. 

Generation of species’ climate profile; prediction of species distribution 
based on climate correlation. 

DOS. 

IBM-PC 8086 or higher. 

Originally developed in FORTRAN; currently several versions, at least 
one converted to C++. 

A basic user manual is provided, continuous support is not; system was 
converted from a mainframe version to PC and does not meet commercial 
standards in terms of user interface design or ease of use; to realise the 
potential of BIOCLIM, a solid grounding in FORTRAN is required. 
Successfully used on a wide range of taxa (including vegetation units). 


Biodiversity Data Bank 1.0 (BDB) 


3-36 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Contact 


Category 
Description 
Where used 
Resolution 
Data 


Format 
Outputs 


Configuration 


Language 


Availability 


Summary 
References 
Name 
Contact 
Category 
Description 
Where used 


Resolution 


Data 


Format 
Outputs 


Dr J Reynolds, Prof. D Pomeroy, or Herbert Tushabe, Makerere 
University Institute of Environment and Natural Resources 

Biodiversity assessment too 

Desk-top tool for storing, analysing and mapping biodiversity data. 
National Biodiversity Data Bank, MUIENR, Uganda. 

Most appropriate for national scale. 

Taxonomic names, species distribution records, background maps 
(vegetation, altitude, endemic zones, protected area network); institutions; 
contacts; bibliography. 

FoxPro 2.5. 

Actual and predicted species distribution maps/area lists; estimation of 
population density from qualitative abundance scores; freeform queries in 
SQL. 

Windows 3.1 or higher. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher. 4 Mb RAM or higher. 

Originally developed in dBASE IV (DOS); upgraded to FoxPro 2.6 for 
Windows 1994; works in tandem with MapInfo desk-top mapping software 
(any PC mapping software capable of reading dBASE format files can be 
used). 

Full technical documentation is provided; however no user manual has yet 
been written; continuous support is not available outside Uganda; BDB is 
written professionally in terms of user interface design, ease of use, and 
data validation, but would require in situ training until a user manual is 
produced. 

Uganda’s first national biodiversity assessment tool; promising design; 
good range of analyses; lacks user manual. 

Reynolds (1993). 


Biodiversity Information Management System (BIMS) [formally 
MacKinnon-Ali Software System (MASS)] 

Dr John MacKinnon, Asian Bureau for Conservation 

Biodiversity assessment tool 

Relational database for monitoring the conservation status of species, 
wildlife habitat and protected areas 

Most Asian countries; used to determine conservation priorities at 
institutions in Bhutan, China, Indonesia, Thailand, and Vietnam. 

Can be implemented at any scale for which consistent background map 
sources are available (national scale in practice). 

Taxonomic names, species distribution records, background maps 
(vegetation, altitude, endemic zones, protected area network), threats to 
biodiversity (eg local hunting/harvesting, trade, livestock competition, 
pests, habitat fragmentation); institutions; contacts; bibliography. 
FoxPro 2.0. 

Automatic generation of species’ threat categories; prediction of species 
distribution based on habitat type; estimation of population density from 
qualitative abundance scores; dendrogram representation of species-habitat 
usage (via clustering algorithm). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-37 


Configuration 
Language 


Availability 


Summary 
References 


Name 
Contact 


Category 
Description 


Where used 


Resolution 
Data 


Format 


Outputs 


Configuration 
Language 
Availability 


Summary 


References 


Name 
Contact 
Category 
Description 


DOS. 

IBM-PC 8086 or higher. 

Originally developed in FORTRAN; upgraded to dBASE III and later 
FoxPro 2.0; graphical routines developed in C. 

User manual provided, continuous support is not; various aspects of BIMS 
are still under development (eg data validation, user interface design, ease 
of use, packaging); to realise the full potential of BIMS, an intensive 
period of training is required. 

Conceptually, a landmark system; needs improving for widespread use. 
MacKinnon (1992), MacKinnon (1994). 


Biological and Conservation Data (BCD) System 
Dr Richard Warner, The Nature Conservancy, 
Conservation Systems Department 

Biodiversity assessment tool 

Data management package that facilitates the collection, distribution, and 
exchange of information pertinent to the preservation of biodiversity. 

At Natural Heritage Programmes (NHPs) and Conservation Data Centres 
(CDCs) throughout the USA, plus Canada, Puerto Rico, and 13 Latin 
American countries. 

Can be used at any scale; most used at the national (or large state) level. 
Species and community types and occurrences; sites, land ownership 
parcels, managed areas; sources of information. Data organised in 
standard fields and files according to recommendations of Operating 
Procedures Group (OPG) of TNC. 

Advanced Revelation; can exchange with other database and GIS formats 
(eg GRASS, ARC/INFO). 

Biodiversity inventories; environmental assessments; element stewardship 
abstracts; preserve portfolios; legal reports; many others. Data can be 
queried using natural language interface (ie ‘English-like’ query phrases). 
DOS 3.0 or higher + Advanced Revelation 2.0 or higher. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher; 2 Mb RAM or higher; 70 Mb hard disk space. 
Advanced Revelation relational database (variable length, multi-value 
fields). 

Full training programme encouraged via collaborative agreement with 
TNC. 

Powerful tool designed originally for the USA but now functioning in 
other locations in North America and many Latin American countries. 
Suitability for each situation should be carefully examined. 

TNC (1992). 


Science Division, 


Botanical Research and Herbarium Management System (BRAHMS) 
Denis Filer, Oxford Forestry Institute 

Collection management tool 

An information system for storing and processing botanical data, primarily 
that derived from or relating to botanical collections. The system has been 
developed for use by professional botanists, for general herbarium 


3-38 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Where used 


Resolution 
Data 


Format 


Outputs 


Configuration 


Language 
Availability 


Summary 


References 


Name 
Contact 
Category 
Description 


Configuration 
Language 


Name 
Contact 
Category 
Description 


Where used 


Resolution 
Data 


management, and for those working in disciplines such as ecology, 
forestry, and conservation science. 

Locations in Africa and Central and South America, including National 
Museums of Kenya, Nairobi. 

Can be used at all scales; mostly used for national collections. 
Taxonomic names, common names, accession lists, species distribution 
records and phenology, institutional addresses and contacts, bibliography. 
FoxPro 2.0. 

Automatic generation of labels, determination slips and lists, addresses and 
mailing lists; taxonomic treatments formatted for different journals (with 
full synonymy); citation lists; distribution maps. 

DOS 3.0 or higher. Versions for Mac and Windows are planned. 
IBM-PC 386 or higher. 2 Mb RAM or higher. 

Initially developed using dBASE; upgraded to FoxPro relational database © 
in 1992. 

The system is supplied with full technical documentation and user manual. 
A module known as RDE is also provided for Rapid Data Entry. 
BRAHMS is only supplied via a formal collaborative arrangement, in 
which installation, training and support are provided. 

Powerful botanical data management tool, angled towards the research 
aspects of collection management. Support structures need examining 
carefully for widespread use. 

Filer (1994). 


CERCI 

Invertebrate Conservation Centre 

Species information system 

Computer software for the management and analysis of detailed husbandry 
and demographic data on animal collections and captive animal 
populations. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher. 

dBASE IV 1.5. 


Countryside Information System (CIS) 

Dr R.G.H Bunce, Land Use Group, Institute of Terrestrial Ecology (ITE) 
Biodiversity assessment tool 

Stores, analyses, and presents data for each one kilometre square of Great 
Britain (Northern Ireland). Intended to help policy makers and researchers 
obtain information about the British countryside in a standard and user 
friendly way. 

U.K. Department of the Environment, ITE (Merlewood Research Station, 
Monks Wood). 

U.K. 

Census data which are available for each one kilometre square of Great 
Britain; sample data which are referenced to the ITE Land Classification. 
Examples include land cover, linear features, summary vegetation, soils 
and freshwater animals data. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


3-39 


Format 
Outputs 


Configuration 
Availability 
Summary 
References 


Name 
Contact 


Category 
Description 


Where used 


Resolution 
Data 


Format 
Outputs 


Configuration 


Summary 


ASCII. 

Data can be extracted and presented in tables and charts for any region of 
Great Britain. Data can also be overlaid on maps highlighting arbitrary 
features. To ensure users have detailed information about the quality and 
accuracy of the presented statistics, these are automatically displayed. 
Windows 3.1 or higher. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher; 4 Mb RAM or higher. 

CIS is supplied as part of a commercial-quality package that includes 
technical documentation, user manual, and support. ; 
Professionally built desk-top tool permitting spatial analysis of the British 
countryside. A version is currently being planned for Europe. 

Barr (1993). 


Environmental Assessment and Reporting Support System (EARSS) 

Kurt Fedra, Advanced Computer Applications, International Institute for 
Applied Systems Analysis (IIASA) 

Under development 

Modular set of interactive computer tools to support State-of-the- 
Environment (SoE) reporting processes within an issues and model 
orientated framework, at a global, regional, and national level. It supports 
efficient access to a very large volume of environmental and development 
related socio-economic data, organised by issues, geographically, or in 
terms of processes and models. 

IIASA, Austria; GRID Bangkok; GRID Nairobi; ultimately the system is 
intended for scientific and professional staff at the level of national 
governments, regional organisations, and academic institutions that support 
SoE reporting. 

Global (and lower). 

Wide-ranging GIS coverages (eg roads, railways, lakes, rivers, districts, 
land use, vegetation, soil degradation, forest cover, raw satellite imagery, 
for many counties); public domain and commercially available worldwide 
environmental data sets (eg from Digital Chart of the World, CIA, Rutgers 
University, FAO/UNESCO, IIASA); world tabular data sets (eg Agenda 
21 Declaration, UN Global Population, CIA World Factbook, UNEP 
Environment Database, World Resources Institute (WRI) World Resources 
Reports). 

Various. 

The central function of EARSS is the assessment of SoE and related 
development indicators, organised by issues derived from Agenda 21 as 
the organisational framework. Issues are described in terms of: context 
(spatial and temporal reference); summary level assessment (status , trend, 
data availability); list of relevant indicators; hypertextual description of the 
issues (from Agenda 21) and a narrative summary of the assessment, 
indicating data needs. 

X-Windows; Windows NT version planned. 

UNIX workstation. 

Ambitious system aiming to centralise world environmental data sets for 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


References 
Name 
Contact 
Category 
Description 
Where used 


Resolution 
Data 


Format 
Outputs 


Configuration 
Language 
Availability 
Summary 
References 


Name 
Contact 


Category 
Description 


Where used 


Resolution 
Data 


analysis and reporting within a novel, indicator-based, framework. 
Fedra (1994). 


Environmental Information System (ENVIS) 

Mr S.K Puri, Indira Gandhi Conservation Monitoring Centre (IGCMC) 
Miscellaneous system 

A suite of packages aiding retrieval of information on government and 
non-governmental environmental activities. 

IGCMC, New Delhi. 

India. 

Environmental NGOs (>1200); environment-related questions in the 
Indian parliament (since 1980); media clips concerning the environment; 
Indian environmental bibliography (planned); photo library of Indian 
environmental issues. 
FoxPro 2.5; images in PCX, BMP, and GIF format. 

Each package is provided with a user interface offering ways to interrogate 
the data. Questions such as ‘Which NGOs are involved with wetland 
conservation in Kerala State?’, or ‘What questions in parliament related 
to the dam building in 1992?’ can be asked. The results may be printed 
by means of custom designed reports. 

Windows 3.1 or higher. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher; 4 Mb RAM or higher. 

FoxPro for Windows 2.6. 

The system is currently not available outside of IGCMC. However, plans 
are being made to release data holdings over the Internet, and to provide 
run-time versions to other organisations. 

A novel system concentrating on the institutional and media aspects of 
biodiversity conservation. 

WWF-India (1994). 


Expert Center for Taxonomic Identification (ETI) 

Dr R Sluys or Peter H. Schalk, Expert Center for Taxonomic 
Identification 

Species information system 

An ambitious project to create a centralised resource of worldwide 
biodiversity information, via a network of contributing partners. The 
project encompasses software for entry of species information, species 
identification, and multimedia species presentation. 

Queensland Museum, Australia; Smithsonian Institution; University of 
California; Institute of Taxonomic Zoology, Amsterdam; Shikoko 
University, Japan; may other institutions concerned with taxonomy in 
Europe and worldwide. 

Global. 

Taxonomic description, morphology and structure, reproduction, ecology, 
practical importance, distribution, molecules and chemistry, taxonomy, 
synonyms, references, line drawings, photographs, sound recordings, 
video. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Format 


Outputs 


Configuration 


Availability 


Summary 


References 


Name 
Contact 


Category 
Description 


Where used 


Resolution 
Data 


Format 


3-42 


Data received on any format (eg hard copy, database, ETI format); 
maintained in ETI format; released on CD-ROM (see Configuration). 
Multimedia presentation of species information (text, drawings, 
photographs, sounds, video); a module called “IdentifyIt" can help 
determine the identity of a specimen from a series of observations; a 
module called Maplt is planned to illustrate species distributions. 
Windows 3.1 or higher; Macintosh System 7.x; NeXT. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher/Macintosh/NeXT Cube; 4 Mb RAM or higher; 
CD-ROM drive; Soundblaster card (for sound production on IBM-PC). 
Partners for the ETI programme are actively encouraged. Each enters into 
an agreement with ETI to provide species data on a suitable media 
(including special purpose software such as Linneus II provided by ETI). 
In return ETI promises to distribute the results to partners regularly on 
CD-ROM. 
Although ETI encompasses various software items, it is better thought of 
as a structured process to assemble worldwide species information by 
means of a network of cooperating partners. ETI is a good example of the 
very latest technology being applied in appropriate ways. 

Schalk (1992). 


FishBase 

R Froese, M.L.D Palomares, or D Pauly, International Center for Living 
Aquatic Resources Management (ICLARM) 

Species information system 

A global database on fishes developed by ICLARM and FAO with support 
from the Commission of the European Communities (CEC). The database 
presents information on all aspects if ichthyology and of fishes as 
resources, notably on their nomenclature, distribution, ecology, 
reproduction, growth, mortality, etc 

More than 63 researchers from 18 countries have contributed to the 
collection and validation of FishBase data holdings. Particularly active 
countries are Australia, Bangladesh, Ghana, Hawaii, Malawi, Malaysia, 
Mexico, Peru, the Philippines, and Vietnam. 

Global. 

Systematics (valid scientific names); common names (English, French, and 
Spanish); distribution; commercial importance (target/bait species, sport, 
aquarium); morphology (photographs of larvae, adults, eggs, gills, striking 
features); physiology (oxygen and food consumption, swimming speed); 
ecology (relative abundance, ecological niches at different developmental 
stages, behaviour, reproduction and life history, diet, predators, 
competitors); population dynamics (growth rates, mortality rates); genetics 
(allele frequencies, cellular DNA contents); pathology (diseases, parasites); 
species introductions; bibliographic references. Current data comprises 
8000 species of fish (one third of the world total), including all North 
America and European species. 

Data received in any format (eg hard copy, database); maintained in 
DataEase format; released on CD-ROM (see Configuration). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Outputs 


Configuration 


Language 
Availability 


Summary 


References 
Name 
Contact 
Category 
Description 
Where used 
Resolution 


Data 


Format 
Outputs 
Configuration 


Language 
Availability 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


It is planned to release the whole database on CD-ROM by the end of 
1994. However, many specific outputs are also available such as species 
accounts, family accounts, lists of species sharing a common name, lists 
of dangerous fishes, and species lists for given geographic areas. For any 
given country it is also possible to prepare checklists of threatened fishes, 
freshwater fishes, marine fishes, introduced fishes, game fishes, aquarium 
fishes, and fishes used in aquaculture. 

DOS 3.0 or higher. 

IBM-PC 386 or higher; 4 Mb RAM or higher; 100 Mb hard disk space; 
CD-ROM drive. 

DataEase 4.5. 

The full FishBase software package (with pictures) currently requires 
about 100 Mb of hard disk space, and has only been provided to close 
collaborators (around 20 institutions). Most users will prefer to wait for ~ 
the CD-ROM which is planned for release by the end of 1994, and from 
then on to be updated regularly. 

The largest data bank on fishes in the world. Like ETI, the success of 
FishBase lies in the development of close collaborative ties with data 
providers around the world. 

Froese (1993). 


Forest. Reserves of Ghana: Geographic Information Exhibitor 
(FROGGIE) 

Dr W.D Hawthorne, Oxford Forestry Institute 

Biodiversity assessment tool 

Interactive map-based database for assessment of forest biodiversity. 
Developed originally to manage Ghana forest inventory, but now being 
extended into generic forest assessment tool. 

Planning Branch, Forestry Department, Kumasi, Ghana; Pasoh Forest 
Reserve, Malaysia. 

Can be implemented at any scale. 

Taxonomic list of trees, distribution records from 1 ha plot data eg 
300,000 individual trees in Ghana), tree status (based on economic use, 
local rarity, taxonomic relatedness, global rarity). 

FROGGIE, dBASE, BRAHMS. 

Biodiversity "scores" (genetic heat) for different forests/sites/plots, 
displayed using GIS-style interface; economic indices for similar areas; 
"red star" status assessments. 

DOS 3.0 and higher 

IBM-PC 386 or higher; 4 Mb RAM or higher. 

Microsoft Basic Professional Development System (compiled Basic). 
FROGGIE is currently being developed into a sophisticated visualisation 
tool for a variety of forest inventory data. The new version (planned for 
April 1995) will be written in Visual Basic (DOS) and come complete with 
full documentation. It will be entirely compatible with the BRAHMS 
collection management software and thus be able to share data files. The 
availability of support structures and documentation should be carefully 


Summary 


References 


Name 
Contact 


Category 
Description 


Where used 
Resolution 
Data 


Format 
Outputs 


Configuration 


Availability 


Summary 


Name 
Contact 
Category 
Description 


Where used 


examined. 

New version will be useful for mapping forest inventory data in different 
locations. In combination with BRAHMS may provide a complete 
biodiversity information management system. 

Hawthorne (1992). 


Index Kewensis (IK) 

Janet Caldwell or Alexander Powell, Customer Services, Electronic 
Publishing, Oxford University Press 

Species information system 

The world’s most comprehensive registry of plant names, begun in 1882 
with assistance from Charles Darwin. Recently published on CD-ROM by 
Oxford University Press in collaboration with the Royal Botanic Gardens, 
Kew. "s 
Libraries, herbaria, centres of botanical research worldwide. 

Global. 

Scientific names of plants (author-inclusive reference to the literature 
where the plant was first described. 

Data can be downloaded from IK as plain text (ASCII). 

IK can be searched quickly by typing the first letters of the family, genus 
or species to narrow the field (thus you do not need to know exact 
spellings); further, the boolean operators AND,OR, and NOT, plus the 
wildicard characters * and ? can be used to form more complex search 
expressions; records can be viewed, saved to file, or printed in three 
styles: author view (family, genus, species, author); publication view 
(genus, species, publication, author); and whole record view (entire entry). 
DOS 3.0 or higher; MS CD-ROM extensions 2.0 or higher. 

IBM-PC 286 (AT) or higher; 640 Kb RAM or higher; CD-ROM drive. 
IK on CD-ROM costs UK Sterling 995. For this one receives the search 
software and data on CD-ROM, a full user manual, and details of future 
updates as they are made available. Software allowing the CD-ROM to be 
networked is now available. 

An immense resource for the botanic researcher owning an IBM-PC with 
CD-ROM drive. Windows and MAC versions would be useful. However, 
it should be noted that IK provides only minimal information on each 
species. 


RECORDER 3.2 

Rosy Key, English Nature 

Biodiversity assessment tool 

Relational database for organising site related species records. Aims to 
answer two common queries: the species inventory for a particular 
location; and the circumstances of a record at a given location. 
Biological recording centres, researchers, conservation trusts, museums, 
local authorities, and individuals throughout Britain. For example the 
Lincolnshire Trust for Nature Conservation, and Somerset Environmental 
Recording Centre. 


a 


3-44 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Resolution 
Data 


Format 
Outputs 


Configuration 


Language 
Availability 


Summary 


References 


Name 
Contact 
Category 
Description 


Where used 


Resolution 
Data 


Format 
Outputs 


U.K. Although not generic, a version is being planned for Europe. 

Sites (gazetteer of biological recording locations); species (list of biological 
recording elements maintained centrally by English Nature); records 
(details pertaining to the observation/specimen recorded, including species, 
location, date, abundance, behaviour, recorder, and other information); 
sources (list of biological data recorders). 

Advanced Revelation. 

Users can determine species distributions and site inventories using the 
"Species Info" and "Site Info" windows respectively. Outputs are provided 
in the form of lists, tables, maps, and histograms. Maps are generated 
using an internal routine (PlotS) which allows grid overlays, symbol 
shading, re-sizing, and custom background map). Freeform queries can be 
made via the Advanced Revelation ‘Record Selection Window’ using the 
R/List language or sentence builder. 

DOS 2.0 or higher; versions for Windows, Mac and Unix are planned. 
IBM-PC 286 (AT) or higher; 640 Kb RAM or higher; 60 Mb hard disk 
space. 

Advanced Revelation 3.1. 

RECORDER is packaged with full documentation, training, and user 
support (eg a bi-monthly newsletter). The current version is also bundled 
with Advanced Revelation 3.1 software so that users do not have to 
purchase this separately. The package is continually being improved 
according to user demands. 

Widely used biological recording tool for use within the U.K. Excellent 
example of user support. Versions for other platforms than DOS would be 
welcome, as would a generic version for other countries. 

English Nature (1993). 


Wildlife Information Network (WIN): Wildlife Database 

Susan Jackson, Wildlife Information Network 

Under development 

Database of up to date wildlife veterinary and animal husbandry 
information, designed to support network of information centres 
worldwide. 

Information centres are currently located at Zoo Outreach Organisation, 
CBSG India; Ragunan and Surabaya Zoos, Indonesia; Zoo Negara, 
Malaysia; Singapore Zoological Gardens, Singapore; Dusit Zoo, Thailand; 
Uludag University Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, Turkey; The Royal 
Veterinary College, London. 

Global. 

Taxonomic names (with help from Natural History Museum, London); 
people and places having relevant experience with particular species (5 
year literature search to be conducted); veterinary and animal husbandry 
information (eg common complaints, anaesthesia, treatment regimes, 
nutritional requirements). 

Oracle (suggested only). 

Taxonomic or physical descriptions guide user to species identification; 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-45 


Configuration 


Language 
Availability 


Summary 


References 


Name 
Contact 
Category 
Description 


Where used 
Resolution 
Data 


Format 
Outputs 


Configuration 


Language 
Availability 


Summary 
References 


3-46 


hypertext links to veterinary and animal husbandry information; 
institutions and experts on the particular species are listed (including 
contact details). 

Windows 3.1 or higher. 

IBM-PC 486 or higher; 8 Mb RAM or higher; CD-ROM drive; fax 
modem; desirable are video controller with M-JDEC option; ISDN 
interface; laser printer. 

Oracle Book 1.0 (suggested only). 

Professional software and documentation planned; installation and training 
services likely; access to information holdings on plastic security card 
basis. Access charges and Internet compatibility uncertain at this stage. 
Welcome tool for wildlife veterinarians and conservation biologists, 
particularly in situations where species have dwindled to small 
populations. 
Jackson (1994). 


World Bird Database (WBDB) 

Dr Colin Bibby, BirdLife International 

Under development 

Network of site and country databases feeding a central global bird 
database at BirdLife International headquarters. Aims to provide 
information, at a global scale, on bird species, sites, habitats, and 
conservation issues. Will be used to monitor the conservation status of all 
species of birds, identify conservation needs, and locate important bird 
areas (IBAs). At a regional scale, the WBDB will be used to monitor bird 
populations and trends, and help develop integrated country conservation 
programmes. 

To include a worldwide network of partners cooperating with BI. 
Global. 

Global-level species database (threat status, major habitats, major threats, 
global population size, conventions, EBAs, biomes); country-level 
database (species lists, population estimates, trends, abundance, range, 
season); IBA database (sites-species information, threats, habitats, 
designations, population estimates, conservation actions and requirements); 
locality database (locality-related species records, abundance, habitats, 
altitude, season); supporting bibliography 

Not determined. 

Wide range of predefined listings, reports, tables, and maps. 

Not determined. 

Not determined. 

In return for managing and contributing national data, cooperating partners 
in the WBDB will have free access to the global species database 
developed at BirdLife International. Regional and national WBDB 
programmes will build on existing biodiversity data management activities 
wherever possible. 

Well designed distributed database for bird conservation. 

Van Dijkhuizen (1994). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Contact 


Category 
Description 


Where used 


Resolution 


Data 


Format 
Outputs 


Configuration 


Language 
Availability 


Summary 


References 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


WORLDMAP 2.4 

Dr Paul H Williams, Department of Entomology, The Natural History 
Museum (UK) 

Biodiversity assessment tool 

Graphical tool for the interactive assessment of priority areas for 
conserving biodiversity. Can be used to find a sequence of priority areas 
accounting for the maximum biodiversity as measured by species richness, 
higher-taxon richness, and various other phylogenetic dispersion measures. 
Natural History Museum, London; National Museums of Kenya, Nairobi; 
biodiversity research groups in Southern Africa. 

National and global; can be applied at any scale for which background 
mapping and species data exist. 

Species name, clade code, root weight, and distribution records 
(WORLDMAP is best suited to groups of species for which a cladogram ~ 
is readily available - eg ‘bumble bees’). Distribution is normally measured 
by presence/absence within the squares of a predefined grid imposed over 
the study area (eg quarter square degree grid over South Africa). 

ASCII. 

An inventory of species occurring in a grid square can be revealed by 
clicking the mouse on the square concerned; data for all squares (or 
alternatively all species) can be summarised in a text file report. To obtain 
a "priority areas sequence", high diversity squares (and their associated 
fauna) may be progressively removed from the analysis, revealing areas 
of next highest diversity as so on (greatest complementarity). The results 
of this process are automatically saved to an output file, including a 
histogram representing the "cumulative diversity score". 

DOS 2.0 or higher. 

IBM-PC 8086 or higher; 640 Kb RAM or higher; VGA colour video 
controller; mouse. 

C language. 

WORLDMAP is supplied with basic documentation covering installation, 
use, and potential error messages; users are referred to scientific journals 
for detailed discussion of biodiversity measuring methodologies. A sample 
data set is provided with the system to guide demonstrate its potential to 
new users. Ease of transfer of existing data and maps to WORLDMAP 
format, and long-term support issues should be examined carefully. 

A novel tool for assessing conservation priorities on the basis of 
maximising phylogenetic diversity. The biodiversity measures employed 
(eg spanning-tree length) are not universally accepted however, leading to 
the conclusion that conservation of ecosystem diversity may be more 
sensible at this stage. 

Humphries (1991), Williams (in-press). 


3.2.8 Data Capture Tools 

A number of new technical advances have recently greatly eased the process of collecting and 
converting biodiversity data, especially for spatial and geographically referenced information. 
A recent review of the state of this technology can be found in Crain (1992). Some of the 
more important areas are expanded in the following. 


Geographic Positioning Systems (GPS) 

Despite the new tools available for automated data conversion, in a great many cases data 
conversion is still carried out solely by human operators. No fully automated spatial and non- 
spatial data conversion utility is totally foolproof; all still require a degree of human input, 
but many of them can reduce the amount of input and the time required to train previous to 
the data conversion task. 


Global Position Systems utilise a series of satellites to enable the determination of positions - 
on the Earth’s surface. The units which achieve this are referred to a GPS Receivers and can 
be small enough to be hand-held or integrated into moving vehicles. These are obviously 
important aids in determining the location of sample sites or biological observation, which 
in the past was often accomplished by marking maps or air-photos - an error-prone process, 
especially in dense forest or featureless terrain. Absolute accuracy on the ground is normally 
limited to 100 meters, but relative accuracy using "differential" methods from a nearby 
accurately surveyed point can easily be a few centimetres. 


GPS uses the triangulation of stationary satellites to deduce their location. These receivers 
can be linked to digitising software, allowing data capture in the field. This process is 
becoming more popular, particularly in areas where very little data already exists and 
accurate locations are required (to the nearest 100 metres). 


Improved accuracy normally means increased cost, with highly accurate units (which utilise 
several transmission frequencies and many "channels",ie satellites) costing $50,000. Less 
accurate units suitable for field work cost a few thousand dollars. Analysis software is also 
needed and is in some cases at an extra charge. 


In a recent issue of GIS World (see Bibliography, Section 7.3) 8 models varying in price 
from $3000 to $12,000 were tested and reviewed (Van Diggelen, 1994). Some well known 
suppliers of GPS include Garmin International, Leica Inc, Magellan Systems Corp, Motorola 
Inc, and Trimble Navigation Ltd (see Address List, Section 8.2). Many of these companies 
have offices outside of the USA. 


A recent issue of Geolnfo Systems included a 9 page "Buyers Guide" which contains the 
addresses of approximately 40 suppliers of GPS equipment (Geolnfo Systems, 
November/December, 1994, p 53-61). 


Optical Scanners 

Laser technology coupled with artificial intelligence has allowed for the creation of devices 
for the rapid digitising of imagery and spatial data, such as maps, without tedious hand 
tracing on a digitising table. The large format optical scanners typically can cope with a 
document one metre square at a resolution as small as 25 microns. Following a scan of the 


3-48 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


map or document, raster-to-vector conversion is achieved through intelligent software. Some 
vendors offer optical recognition of characters as well to help with "tagging" of polygons or 
sample locations. Data entry using scanners into a GIS produces more consistent and error 
free results than manual digitising and greatly reduces human resource costs. 


These are physically large devices and tend to be costly (eg $100,000 including required 
computer and software). Because of the high capital cost, such an input device is best if there 
is a high volume of data to be converted and/or it can be shared between several institutions. 
Many of the advantages and disadvantages of this approach are outlined in Ingersoll (1994). 


These come in a variety of sizes and formats from A4 upto Al and from black and can 
produce results in just black and white or in thousands of colours. The costs of scanner 
generally reflects its functionality with reference to size, scan density and number of colours. 
There are many manufacturers now producing scanners and several more now provide 
scanning and vectorisation facilities. Some well known vendors of optical scanners are 
Calcomp, Carl Zeiss Inc, Intergraph Corp, Laser-Scan Inc, and UNISYS Ltd (see Address 
List, Section 8.2). 


Digitisers 

There are two large companies that dominate the field: CalComp and Summagraphics. 
Several other companies produce a variety of models including "clones" of the CalComp and 
Summagraphics digitisers, often at a lower price. 


Optical Character Recognition (OCR) 

OCR is the process of scanning and computerising text -automatically. Printed text is 
converted into a computer image by the scanner, and subsequently processed into digital 
characters by the OCR software. OCR works well with typed or printed material, but 
performs poorly with hand-written or poorly printed text. The relative advantage of OCR 
over manual entry of text into a word-processor, depends entirely on the performance 
observed. 


3.3. Internet Communications 


3.3.1 What is the Internet? 

The Internet is the term describing the emerging union of connected computer networks 
transferring information around the globe between millions of computer users every day. It 
is often referred to as the "network of networks". 


"You would not be far off if you imagined the Internet as a kind of computer amoeba, 
reaching out and connecting separate islands of computer resources into a seamless 
web" (Estrada, 1993). 


The networks that comprise the Internet are connected by computers, known as routers, 
which need to be able to decide how to transmit data most efficiently across different parts 
of the network. The Internet Protocol (IP) makes sure that the routers know where to send 
the data by addressing it in small data packets. These packets are prevented from being lost 
or damaged by the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP). The combination of these protocols 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-49 


is commonly denoted as TCP/IP. The important consequence in this standard for passing 
information is that all computers and operating systems are visible on the network provided 
they communicate with TCP/IP. 


3.3.2 Usefulness of the Internet 
There are clearly endless uses to be found when millions of computers are linked up in this 


way. However, to be helpful there are general uses which are commonly appreciated. These 
include: 


Electronic Mail 
A resource that allows messages and data to be sent and received by individuals or groups 


of individuals. 


Public Forums and Conferences 
A number of resources that allow news and messages to be publicly accessible. 


Information Resources 

Information, data and software is available all over the network. These may be accessed 
through a variety of Network Information Retrieval (NIR) resources. These resources will 
allow both the retrieval and serving of such information. 


Real-time Communication 
Resources are available to enable the simultaneous transmission of text, video and audio 
information between communicating individuals. 


These four uses encompass a wealth of individual resources. These shall be discussed later. 


3.3.3 Getting Started 

There are numerous considerations one can address in choosing both whether one should, and 
how one can access the Internet. A detailed appraisal of these is given in Connecting to the 
Internet (Estrada, 1993). Given that you wish to connect to the Internet there are two major 
decision that have to be taken: 


@ which Internet provider is most suitable 

© what kind of connection is suitable 
either dial-up connection via modem 
or dedicated (leased) line. 


3.3.4 Choosing the Internet Provider 

Network providers are primarily concerned with the installation and maintenance of the 
connection between them and their clients, be it a home or place of work. Commercial 
providers are likely to be able to meet most of the requirements made upon them. However, 
it is worth considering the following points for review with potential providers to be sure (the 
following information has been summarised from Estrada, 1993). 


Network Reliability 
Providers should be able to guarantee almost continuous connection time. Statistics should 


3-50 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


be available to confirm this. Providers should also show evidence that they have a capacity 
to ’troubleshoot’ problems over a 24 hour period. 


Network Performance 

Providers should be able to provide round-trip’ times for local connections in milliseconds 
for a variety of digital line speeds, typically 9.6, 19.2, 56, 1,544 and 10,000 kbps (kilobytes 
per second). These may be compared between providers. In addition it is important to 
understand their policy in adopting new hardware for expansion to faster and more reliable 
connections. 


Network Connectivity Restrictions 

Some networks have in place "acceptable use policies" (AUP). This can restrict access to 
specific user types such as with research and academics. Commercial gateways, notably the 
Commercial Internet Exchange (CIX) are AUP free. It is worth investigating whether the 
provider has at least one commercial gateway. 


User Services 

Given the ever changing resources available on the Internet it is worth noting whether a 
provider has a user support service. Such support will prove to be invaluable for keeping 
abreast of new developments. 


Security 

The Internet breeds the electronic equivalent of the thief who looks for open windows and 
doors. Security is only a real problem for dedicated lines (see below). The most robust form 
of security is to place a "firewall". This is a computer set up between your computer network 
and the Internet through which all the traffic is diverted. However, the issue of security is 
too complex an issue to discuss in full here. Your provider should be able to advise on this. 


Cost 

There is no single policy for charging to connect to the Internet. Charges may be fully 
commercial, shared or even free. Costs vary for services such as setup, line rental, router 
rental, usage tolls etc. For evaluating the relative costs quoted by providers one should 
review chapters 5 and 6 of Estrada (1993). 


Finding Providers 

This will depend upon whether the connection is to be a dedicated line or direct dial. A list 
of providers is given for each in Estrada (1993). If access to e-mail is possible contact the 
following: 


© for dedicated access providers e-mail dlist@ora.com with the message Send DLIST 


@ for direct dial providers e-mail info-deli-server@netcom.com with the message Send 
PDIAL. 


3.3.5 | What Kind of Connection is Suitable? 
Depending on the expertise and funds available, either a dialup or dedicated line connection 
may be established. The latter is mainly used by major Internet users who require an 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-51 


immediate and fast connection, possibly by many users in an organisation. Dialup 
connections are cheaper since a connection is only established when it is required, and can 
often be made by means of existing telecommunications paths. Dialup connections occur in 
two forms: 


Online Accounts 

These accounts are ideal for accessing the Internet for the first time. They are cheap and easy 
to implement. One simply pays for an account with an Internet provider giving you access 
to, at minimum e-mail, FTP and TELNET, and for most now WAIS, WWW and Gopher’ 
(see Network Information Retrieval (NIR), Section 3.4.3). This effectively makes the your 
computer (local) into a terminal of the Internet host computer (with appropriate emulation, 
eg VT100). This means that the Internet host is the machine performing all the operations. 
However, it is possible to "download" data retrieved to the host back to the local computer. 
The equipment required at the local site includes a computer, a modem (2400+ baud) 
communications software (often provided with the modem) and a standard telephone line. 
The Internet provider should provide additional information for connection one an account 
has been established. 


Dialup IP Links 

This is necessary when you are a heavy user of the Internet or you are part of a local area 
network with many users wanting access. The connection is commonly referred to by the 
particular protocol it is running, namely Serial Line Internet Protocol (SLIP) or the more 
advanced Point to Point Protocol (PPP). With either of these protocols your computer (local) 
becomes temporarily part of the Internet with its own IP address capable of directly sending 
and receiving data from other computers. The basic equipment is the same as with the online 
accounts except that SLIP or PPP software is required. You may, if you are very heavy users 
decide to invest or rent a "router". Modern versions have SLIP, PPP and a modem built in. 
Internet providers will assist in the installation of both router and router-less solutions, 
provided they are running SLIP or PPP themselves. 


You may also overcome the need to use modems by using the Integrated Services Digital 
Network (ISDN) which provides a much faster and reliable connection for dialup access. The 
local phone company should be able to advise on costs and accessibility. You may also use 
the X.25 network for direct dial though it is slow and is not recommended for SLIP or PPP. 


3.4 Internet Resources 
3.4.1 Sending Messages 


Electronic Mail 

The most commonly appreciated use the Internet is through the Electronic Mail (e-mail) 
system. It allows text written on a computer to be posted to ’mail boxes’ on other, ’remote’ 
computers. This has the advantage of convenience, in that users messages can be composed 
and sent directly from the computer, and speed, in that messages commonly reach their 
destination within minutes. These advantages encourage a ’dialogue’ between correspondents 
which is more difficult to achieve through the postal mail. In addition, e-mail facilitates 
group communication. E-mail allows you to set up arbitrarily large groups and any member 


3-52 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


of the group can communicate with the whole at any time. This makes it very useful both 
to disseminate information and to query a group for answers to questions. 


Choosing a Mail System 

E-mail systems have developed to such a point where it is possible to exchange basic e-mail 
with any other e-mail system. Though there are numerous systems around providing various 
features, some of the more sophisticated provide additional links into the Networked 
(Internet) Information Retrieval (NIR) tools including gopher, ftp etc. Others provide utilities 
for transferring a variety of file formats including for instance *binary’ data. One should © 
consider that there are good "public domain" e-mail systems available, notably NuPOP. 


Before deciding it is useful to consider the following questions: 


© Do you expect to exchange things other than just messages? 
All mailers will deal with basic messaging. Other transmission requirements such as 
binary graphics and voice, can only be used when the sender and recipient both have 
the local capability to deal with these formats. If your information exchange requires 
dealing with such specific needs then it is advisable to choose the exact same mailer 
and operating system. 


@ What is your preferred user interface? 
There are both character and graphic based mailers available. The most common 
distinction between such systems occurs between DOS and MS Windows. 


@ How often do you travel? 
If e-mail usage is necessary outside your regular place of work it is necessary to 
consider e-mail that enables the connection of a portable computer to the network, 
(or by dial-up). This would allow messages to be downloaded and conversely 
allow messages to be queued (off-line) for delivery. 


Essentially one should reflect upon any specific needs first. If your needs transpire not to be 
great and you are mainly concerned with basic messaging, then begin with looking at the 
systems used by your collaborators. It is worth noting that there are many ‘public domain’ 
mailing systems that are appropriate for basic messaging. 


Mailing Lists Using LISTSERV 

LISTSERV is a programme that automatically receives and sends e-mail. The programme 
is used in association with subject based groups of e-mail users who wish to communicate 
through a central messaging system. The programme is also given the task of maintaining 
multiple electronic mailing lists, handling all membership requests (subscriptions and 
cancellation of subscriptions, and so on). Many list owners collect monthly logs of all 
messages sent to the list, and some also provide files of other information. (Smith 1993) 


Listserver Commands 

A summary (Thomas 1993) of these commands can be retrieved by sending the message 
"send listserv refcard" to any listserver. The main listserver is listserv@BITNIC.educom.edu, 
but there are many listservers around the world. A comprehensive list of biological related 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-53 


listservers is provided on the Internet. (Smith 1993) 


To subscribe to any of these mailing lists, send e-mail to the listserver at the same address. 
For example, subscriptions to the Smithsonian Institution’s biological conservation list, 
CONSLINK, may be obtained by sending the following message (example provided in Smith, 
1993): 


subscribe conslink < Your Name > 


to listserv@SIVM.si.edu. To turn off mail from a list temporarily, for example while you 
are away on vacation, send the message: 


set <listname > nomail 


To unsubscribe permanently, for example because your e-mail address is about to change, 
send the message: 


unsubscribe <listname > 


Send subscription and other administrative requests to the listserver, not the list; e-mail 
messages sent directly to the mailing list will (generally) be sent to all the list subscribers. 
Only the listserver can process subscription requests, and the listserver only knows about 
requests that it receives directly. 


LISTSERV programs of version 1.7f and higher have a very useful feature that lets you 
receive a daily digest (actually a concatenation, with a table of contents) instead of many 
individual articles. Send e-mail to the appropriate listserver with the message: 


set <listname> digest 


Archives 

In addition to handling the membership requests for particular mailing lists, most listservers 
also archive all messages sent to each list in monthly log files. These files, along with other 
items contributed by list subscribers, are archived by the listserver and can be retrieved by 
e-mail. Listserv@SIVM.si.edu keeps an archive of various lists of conservation organisations 
and field stations, several newsletters, and a large collection of bibliographic references 
relating to biological conservation. (Smith 1993) 


Commands for retrieving files from listserver archives are described in the listserver 
command reference guide (Thomas, 1993). For quick online guides it is possible to request 
a list of information guides from a listserver by sending the message info to the listerver 
address. 


3.4.2 Network News ! 
Network news is the Internet equivalent of a discussion group or a "bulletin board" system 
(BBS) like those set up on private networks such as Compuserve. To the user the network 
news organises discussions under a set of broad headings called "news groups" which are 


3-54 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


sub-grouped into specific subjects. A "news reader" helps select different topics whilst 
keeping everything in order through the tracking of items read and received. 


News Groups 
News groups are organised hierarchically, with the main grouping first in the name, followed 


by an arbitrary number of subgroupings. The main and subgroups are delimited by the ". 
character. For example: 


sci.bio.ecology 


News is supplied from "news servers" which may be accessed from a computer by a news 
reader. The server collects news from a number of places the most important one being 
USENET. News servers keep the articles for a predefined time and then eventually discards 
them. Most of the server’s news groups come as part of USENET, a group of news groups 
generally considered to be of interest globally, and free. USENET is best described as a set 
of voluntary rules for passing and maintaining news groups. It is not a network, it does not 
require the Internet. There are seven major news categories associated with USENET; comp 
(computer science); mews (news about network news); rec (hobbies and recreation); sci 
(science, engineering and social science); soc (society and politics); talk (debate and 
controversy); misc (anything that does not fit into the above). In addition there are present 
"Alternative News Groups Hierarchies" which look like USENET news groups. Due to this 
the term USENET is frequently expanded to include these groups. The most common include 
alt (alternative thoughts, lifestyles etc); bionet (biology); bit (Bitnet listserv discussion 
groups); biz (business). 


Network news services predates the Internet and may still be used without requiring a 
connection. This makes it a valuable resource for institutions in countries that are not 
connected. 


3.4.3 Network Information Retrieval (NIR) Tools 

The following is an overview of major networked information retrieval (NIR) tools available 
on the Internet. There are many excellent books which discuss the Internet and NIR Tools 
in detail. Such books include Krol (1992). 


The number of these NIR tools is large and growing quickly. Certain techniques reappear 
regularly and seemingly different tools may perform similar tasks, allowing a simple 
classification of projects encompassing most of the existing tools and services. 


The classification presented here is only one possible ordering. The goal is to define in broad 
outlines what can be done with particular tools, realising that users will always find novel 
unanticipated ways of applying them. 


Interactive Information Delivery Services (Gopher, World Wide Web) 

Basic Internet services such as electronic mail and anonymous FTP can be used to share 
information across the Internet, but neither allows simple browsing and neither is particularly 
easy for the newcomer to learn to use. Gopher and the World Wide Web (WWW, W3) are 
two recent developments that attempt to make it easier to distribute information over the 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-55 


Internet. Both allow the user to browse information across the network without the necessity 
of logging in or knowing in advance where to look for information. 


@ Gopher 
The Gopher project was first developed at the University of Minnesota to provide a 
simple campus-wide on-line information system. Gopher represents information as a 
simple hierarchy of menus and files. It has limited capability to recognise different 
types of files, allowing, for example, the display of selected types of image files. 
Gateways to other services are provided (usually in a manner that is transparent to the 
user). The underlying Gopher protocol is simple, and has facilitated the creation of 
freely available clients for use on a variety of hardware platforms and operating 
systems. The more recent Gopher+ protocol adds the ability to provide documents 
in alternate forms (PDF, PostScript, RTF, Word). These features and the ease of 
installing and administering gopher servers has led to an explosive growth of gopher -- 
sites since its initial deployment. As of November 1993, there were over 2200 known 
servers. 


For further information contact: 


Name: The Internet Gopher Development Team 
Email address: | gopher@boombox.micro.umn.edu 
Postal address: Microcomputer & Workstation Networks Center 
152 Shepherd Labs 
100 Union Street SE. 
University of Minnesota 
Minneapolis, MN 55455 
Telephone: +1-612-625-1300 
Fax: + 1-612-625-6817 


@ World Wide Web 

World Wide Web relies on hypertext: formatted documents are displayed, and 
hypertext links within the document can be selected to travel from the current 
document to another. W3 allows a user to annotate documents (using hypertext links), 
provides gateways to other services, and has multimedia support (for example, on 
appropriate hardware platforms it can intermix text and images in a displayed 
document). There is a range of free W3 clients, supporting many environments. 
World Wide Web was originally developed at CERN for the High Energy Physics 
Community. 


For further information contact: 


Name: Tim Berners-Lee 

Email address: timbl@info.cern.ch 

Postal address: CERN, 1211 Geneva 23, Switzerland 
Telephone: +41-22-767-3755 

Fax: +41-22-767-7155 


ee 
3-56 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Gopher and W3 share a maintenance problem in that there is no automated way to update 
links to other documents when those documents are moved or removed. 


Directory Services (WHOIS, X.500) 

Directory Service tools are intended to provide a lookup service for locating information 
about users (often referred to as White Pages), or services and service providers (Yellow 
Pages). For example, a White Pages service might be used to locate an electronic mail 
address, given a name and organisation, while a Yellow Pages service could be used to locate 
an online library catalog or file archive site. 


@ Whoi 

One of the first directory services deployed on the Internet was WHOIS, a simple 
White Pages service created to track key network contacts for the early DARPA- 
sponsored incarnation of the Internet. A number of sites currently operate WHOIS » 
servers, based on a range of extensions and enhancements to the original model. 
WHOIS enjoys the advantages of simplicity and the presence of WHOIS client 
software on a preponderance of Internet-connected hosts. Work is underway on a 
more powerful protocol, known as WHOIS + +, which is backwards-compatible with 
WHOIS. 


For further information contact: 


Name: Network Solutions, Inc. 

Email address: hostmaster@rs.internic.net 

Postal address: Network Solutions 
AttN:InterNIC Registration Services 
505 Huntmar Park Drive 
Herndon, VA 22070 

Telephone: + 1-703-742-4777 


@ X.500 
The X.500 Directory Service is a much more ambitious Directory project that has 
been under development for a number of years under the aegis of ISO/OSI. 
Implementations, concerned primarily with White pages services, are available in the 
public domain and from commercial sources. There are LDAP based X.500 clients 
available for most major platforms, as well as a LDAP based gopher gateway to 
X.500. 


For further information contact: 


Name: The PARADISE Project 
Email address: helpdesk@paradise.ulcc.ac.uk 
Name: The White Pages Pilot Project 


Email address: | wpp-manager@psi.com 


Despite years of effort, there is still no single White Pages Directory Service for the entire 
Internet; Yellow Pages services remain even less well developed and deployed. The cost of 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-57 


setting up the service is one obstacle; maintaining the required databases is even more 
daunting. 


Indexing Services (archie, veronica) 

There are several Internet-based projects that build indexed catalogues of information to 
facilitate searching and retrieval. The first such services provided network access to library 
card catalogues, with more recent projects indexing network-based information. 


@ archie 
The archie service began as a simple project to catalog the contents of hundreds of 
ftp-accessible online file archives. The archie service gathers location information, 
name, and other details describing such files and creates an index database. Users can 
contact an archie server and search this database for files they require. 


The archie service is accessible through a range of access methods, including telnet, 
stand-alone client programs running on a user’s own machine, gopher, WWW, or via 
electronic mail. The initial implementation of archie tracks over 2,100,000 filenames 
on over 1,200 sites around the world (as of November 1993). There are about 30 
(geographically distributed) archie servers. Both commercial and freely available 
versions of the archie client software are available. 


Work continues on extending the archie service to provide additional types of 
information. The latest version is being used to provide a prototype Yellow Pages 
service and directories of online library catalogues and electronic mailing lists. 


For further information contact: 


Name: Archie Group, Bunyip Information Systems Inc. 
Email address: info@bunyip.com 
Postal address: Bunyip Information Systems Inc., 

310 St-Catherine St. West, suite 202, 


Montreal, QC 

CANADA H2X 2A1 
Telephone: +1-514-875-8611 
Fax: +1-514-875-8134 


@ veronica 
Veronica arose as an attempt to do for the world of Gopher what archie did for the 
world of ftp. A central server periodically scans the complete menu hierarchies of 
Gopher servers appearing on an ever-expanding list (over 2000 sites as of November 
1993). The resulting index is provided by a veronica server and can be accessed by 
any gopher client. 


For further infomation contact: 


Name: veronica development team 
Email address: veronica@veronica.scs.unr.edu 


ee Oe eT, 
3-58 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Postal address: VERONICA development team 
SCS Computer Center Building mailstop 270 
University of Nevada, Reno 


NV 89557-0023 
Telephone: + 1-702-784-4292 or +1-702-784-6557 
Fax: + 1-702-784-1108 


Text-based Indexing Services (WAIS) 


e WAIS 
Wide Area Information Servers (WAIS) is a system for indexing and serving infor 
mation in a network-based environment. It is distinct from indexing tools such as 
archie and veronica in that it is used to index text-based target documents on a server, 
as well as descriptions of the contents of a server. 


A WAIS server allows the administrator to set up an index of the documents (or 
resources) to be published. The user employs a WAIS client to attach to a 
particular WAIS server, and specifies a search pattern which is matched against 
the server’s index. In early WAIS clients, searches are specified as simple natural- 
language queries; common ("stop") words are removed, and Boolean "ORs" are 
implicitly added between the remaining list of words. Matching documents are 
rank-ordered according to a simple statistical weighting scheme which attempts 
to indicate likely relevance. The user may choose to view selected documents, or 
further refine the search. The results of one search may be used to successively 
refine future searches ("relevance feedback"). Gopher clients can also access 
WAIS servers via a transparent gateway. 


Both freely available and commercial versions of WAIS servers and clients are 
available. Current work is attempting to add Boolean expressions and proximity and 
field specifications to queries. 


There are currently (as of November 1993) some 500 registered WAIS databases 
with an estimated 2000 additional databases that are not yet registered. There are 
approximately another 100 commercial WAIS databases. 


For further information contact: 


Name: Than Lee, WAIS, Inc. 

Email address: info@wais.com 

Postal Address: 1040 Noel Drive, Suite 102, Menlo Park CA 94025 (USA) 
Telephone: + 1-415-617-0444 

Fax: +1-415-327-6513 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-59 


3.4.4 


Further Internet Resources 


Moving Files 


ftp 

For instances when files are required to be copied from a remote site the most robust 
method employs a tool called ftp. ftp is named after the application protocol it uses: 
the "File Transfer Protocol (FTP)." As the name implies, the protocol’s job is to 
move files from one computer to another. It does not matter where the computers are 
located, how they are connected, or even whether or not they use the same operating 
system. Provided that both computers can "talk" the FTP protocol and have access 
to the Internet, you can use the ftp command to transfer files. 


Anonymous FTP 

FTP has a limitation in that data suppliers must allow remote users to login with 
specific login/passwords which are known to the host system. This has a system 
administration overhead which can be unwelcome. Anonymous FTP overcomes this 
problem. I allows users who do not have a login name or password to access certain 
files on a machine. In order to ensure security anonymous FTP restricts users to a 
predefined area on the host file system generally only allowing files to be copied off. 
Never-the-less, anonymous-FTP is extremely popular and useful and is the 
commonest method used for transferring files over the Internet. 


Remote Computer Access 


3.5 


Eh odl 


Telnet 

Telnet allows someone using a computer with full Internet access to login to another 
computer that is also connected to the Internet. This is provided that a user name and 
password are granted to the person logging in. This is particularly useful if one is 
required to use your own machine from a different site. Public ‘guest’ logins are 
sometimes setup with restricted access rights to run applications. 


Non Digital Information Exchange Formats 


Microfilm and Microfiche 


In the past 25 years or so microform has been one of the main ways for libraries and 
organisations to store large quantities of documents. The main advantages of microform 
storage are: 


small space requirements 

relatively cheap production and distribution of microform and microfiche, in 
particular 

recognised international standards which assure the quality and thus the longevity 
of the medium under the appropriate storage conditions. 


The commonest formats for microform are: 


3-60 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


@ 35mm microfilm and 
@ 24 times reduction on 6 x 4 inches microfiche holding approximately 60 frames. 


There are, however, a number of variations on these formats which usually result in more 
data or information being presented, the exception being jacketed microfiche where the 
quantity of frames is less. Microforms are either positive or negative: positive being black 
printing on a white ground, or negative with a black or blue ground with print represented 
in white. The master copy is produced on silver halide film with copies of microfiche being 
prepared very cheaply on diazo material. 


The main disadvantage with the medium is user aversion. A microfilm or microfiche reader 
is an essential tool to permit the information on the microform to be read: it cannot be read 
with the naked eye. Reader aversion to microforms is due to difficulties experienced in 
finding the correct pages as serial searching is required with microfilm or the seeming © 
"jumping around" in the case of microfiche. Thus, although not essential, a microform reader 
which can provide prints is highly desirable. Until ten years ago the technology of printing 
was such that prints were produced by a chemical process on specially coated paper, the 
readable life of which was a few months. Now with appropriate equipment the prints will 
have the same life as those from a plain paper photocopier. 


Microforms are principally used for distribution of reports and learned journals, the latter 
being in positive microform and the former in diazo copies. 


3.6 References 

ALICE. 1990. ALICE: A Bio-Diversity Database System, ALICE Software Partnership. 
Andrews, M., Brennan, A., Kurppa, L. (Eds) 1994. Polar and Cold Regions Library 
Resources: a directory. 3rd edn. Institute of Arctic and Alpine Research, University of 


Colorado, Boulder, Colorado. xi + 208pp. 


Antenucci, J.C., Brown, K., Croswell, P.L., Kevany, M. 1991. Geographic Information 
Systems: A Guide to the Technology, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York. 


Aronoff, S. 1989. Geographic Information Systems - A Management Perspective, WDL 
Publications, Ottawa, Canada. 


Barr, C.J. et al. 1993. Countryside Survey 1990: Main Report, UK Department of the 
Environment. 


Bentley, T. 1984. Making Computers Work. Macmillan. 


Burroughs, P.A. 1989. Principles of Geographical Information Systems for Land Resources 
Assessment. Clarendon Press, Oxford. 


Crain I.K. 1992. Technology for Global and Regional Environmental Decision Making, 
Informatik Fachberichte. Computer Science for Environmental Protection. 296:237-246. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-61 


Van Diggelen F. 1994. GIS World. October:34-40. GIS World Inc. 


Van Dijkhuizen, H. 1994. World Bird Database: User Requirement Specification (Draft), 
BirdLife International. 


English Nature 1993. RECORDER Specification. English Nature, Peterborough, UK. 
Estrada, S. 1993. Connecting to the Internet - A Buyer’s Guide. O’ Reilly and Associates, Inc. 
Fairhead, H. 1992. The 386/486 PC: A Power User’s Guide, I/O Press. 

FAO, 1986. Animal Genetic Resources Data Banks: Computer Systems Study for Regional 
Data Banks. Food and Agriculture Organisation and United Nations Environment 


Programme. 


Fedra, K. 1994. State-of-the-Art Environmental Reporting Part IV: A Demonstration 
Prototype, Project Progress Report, ITASA. 


Filer, D. 1994. BRAHMS: A Pocket Introduction and Demonstration Guide. 
Froese, R. 1993. Report of the Study Group on FishBase, ICLARM, Phillipines. 
Geoinfo Systems. 1994. Buyers Guide. Geoinfo Systems. Pp. 53-61 

Hawthorne, W.D. 1992. FROGGIE: User Manual (Part 1). 


Humphries, C.J., Vane-Wright, R.I., Williams, P.H. 1991. Biodiversity Reserves: Setting 
New Priorities for the Conservation of Wildlife, Parks 2, pp. 34-38. 


Ingersoll, K. 1994. Solving the Data Conversion Puzzle, GIS World. August:35-38. GIS 
World Inc. 


Jackson, S. 1994. Wildlife Information Network Wildlife Database Proposal, Wildlife 
Information Network. 


Krol, E. 1992. The Whole Internet - User’s Guide and Catalog. O’Reilly and Associates, Inc. 
MacKinnon, J. 1992. The Logic of Mass, Asian Bureau for Conservation; 

MacKinnon, J. 1994. A Method for Evaluating and Classifying Habitat Importance for 
Biodiversity Conservation, WCMC/WCI Meeting on Identification of Habitat Criteria, 
Cambridge, U.K., 11-12 October 1994. 


Maguire, D.J., Goodchild, M.F., Rhind, D.W. (Eds). 1988. Geographical Information 
Systems: Principles and Applications. Volumes 1 and 2. Wiley, New York, US. 


O’Neal, M. and Walter, K.S., 1989. The BG-BASE Users’s Manual: Designing a 


3-62 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Computer-Software Application to Meet the Plant-Record Needs of the Arnold Arboretum, 
Arnoldia. 49(1):42-53. 


PC Direct. 1994. Product Reviews. PC Direct. Pp.79-119, July. 


Reynolds, J. 1993. National Biodiversity Data Bank: Software Guide and User Manual, 
Makerere University Institute of Environment and Natural Resources. 


Schalk, P.H. 1992. Computer-aided Taxonomy, Binary 4, pp. 124-126. 
Smith, U.R. 1993. A Biologist’s Guide to Internet Resources. Usenet sci.answers. Available 
via gopher, anonymous FTP and e-mail from many archives. For a free copy via e-mail, 


send the text send pub/usenet/sci.answers/biology/guide/* to the e-mail address mail- 
server@rtfm.mit.edu. 45 pages. 


Thomas, E. 1993. Revised LISTSERV System reference Library. 
Listserv@BITNIC.educom.edu, release 1.7c. Retrievable from any listserver using the 
message "send listserv refcard". 


TNC. 1992. An Overview of the Biological and Conservation Data (BCD) System, The 
Nature Conservancy (TNC), USA. 


UNEP. 1993. A Survey of Geographic Information System and Image Processing Software. 
United Nations Environment Programme, Nairobi, Kenya. 


Williams, P.H., Humphries, C.J., Vane-Wright, R.I. (in-press). Measuring Biodiversity: 
Taxonomic Relatedness for Conservation Priorities, Australian Systematic Biology. 


Wright, G. 1988. Mastering Computers, Macmillan. 


WWF. 1994. Indira Gandhi Conservation Monitoring Centre: A Profile, WWF-India. 


a re i et 
Resource Inventory - Document 4 3-63 


~ re k : 
areata hdr pelt Sak sta a Aston reataeaee ane oe -eanangrRO ES - = i 


Bs fa es 
pinches hh 2 wiiew ehh 


eas te one sek a 3 


‘ ay 


” stil vs ve a or ef ae aN 


Sania: yeh he ia yi ata 2 istaeiaotl 
lesedhi wk pei pratense ie! 


Be eh 
Peewee, Th é 
Atualteer ares nt i span “i r ’ 
dire nat ON es ae i nal 
eas ont ne a Pais 


bed. tilp- 


, ree . 
i i sais i 


cence 


4 DATA MANAGEMENT STANDARDS 
4.1 Documentation of Data 


4.1.1 Metadata 

Environmental data describe objects or phenomena of the environment or related to the 
environment. Without circumstantial information data values have no lasting meaning and 
cannot be interpreted or exchanged among organisations. It is the most widespread quality 
problem of all dataproduct sources, that documentation and circumstantial information is 
neglected. 


The circumstantial information in itself does not indicate anything about the environment. It 
solely gives the context for understanding and comparing the datavalues and is therefore often 
also termed "metadata" or "co-data" rather than circumstantial information. 


In the publication NMD (1981) and in subsequent information from the Nordic Council of 
Minitsters, a set of rules is set up to help characterise environmental data, dealing with 8 
groups of circumstantial information. 


The European Environment Agency makes extensive recommendations in its Chapter 
Descriptive Concepts for Environmental Data in the report prepared for the Catalogue of Data 
Sources project (EEA, 1993). 


4.1.2 Spatial Data 

The human eye is highly efficient at recognising shapes and forms, but the computer and 
Geographical Information System (GIS) needs to be instructed exactly how spatial patterns 
should be handled and displayed. Standards need to be defined for these spatial instructions. 


Haralick (1980) and Shapiro (1980) have shown how a relational database structure for 
points, lines and polygons can be established that treats the raster and vector approaches to 
modelling geographic topology as equivalent alternatives. They define a standard for data 
descriptions of these topological entities. 


With the wide range of commercial GIS and cartographic software available, until recently 
there was no standard for describing and transferring data between different data producers 
and users. The Spatial Data Transfer Standard (SDTS) or Federal Information Processing 
Standard 173 (FIPS 173 - see NIST, 1992 and FGDC, 1993) was designed to tackle this 
issue. SDTS defines a format for spatial (ie geographic and cartographic) data transfer from 
the conceptual level to the details of physical file encoding. The United States Geological 
Survey, as the FIPS 173 maintenance authority, is committed to promoting acceptance of 
FIPS 173 and to supporting its use. The United States Geological Survey (USGS) is seeking 
additional approvals from the American National Standards Institute and the International 
Standards Organization in an effort to broaden access to FIPS 173 among commercial and 
international users. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 41 


The GIS data transfer National Standard of Canada is Edition 1.2 of The Digital Geographic 
Information Exchange Standard (CGIS-DIGEST, 1994) developed. within the Digital 
Geographic Information Working Group (DGIWG). DIGEST also a NATO stndard, 
STANAG 7074. It is expected that future editions of DIGEST will also become National 
Standards of Canada, superseding this one. However, Edition 1.2 of DIGEST will be frozen 
until June 1996. 


4.2 Data Quality 

The modern approach to data quality is to consider it in terms of fitness for use - that is 
quality is a relative term which depends on the intended use and the ultimate end-user of the 
information. Quality standards therefore must reflect this. The most sweeping quality 
standards, which can apply to manufacturing as well as information management are the 
group of standards known as the ISO-9000 series, maintained by the International 
Organisation for Standardisation. 


The key documents of this series are: 


ISO 9000-1 Quality Management and Quality Assurance Standards - Part 1: Guidelines 
for selection and use 


This presents the structure of the standards and which ones apply to which situations. 


ISO 9000-3 Guide to the Application of ISO 9001 to the development, maintenance and 
supply of software. 


This is relevant to biodiversity software development and distribution. 


ISO-9001 Quality Systems - Model for Quality Assurance in Design, Development, 
Production, Installation and Servicing 


ISO-9002 Quality Systems - Model for Quality Assurance in Production, Installation and 
Servicing 


ISO-9003 Quality Systems - Model for Quality Assurance in Final Inspection and Test 


The above three standards vary in detail only and apply to differing manufacturing and 
service situations. An information management organisation would normally fall under 9002. 


ISO-9004-1 Quality Management and Quality System Elements - Part 1: Guidelines 


This defines the quality elements which make up a total quality system, and are the best 
advice of how to implement. 


ISO-9004-2 Quality Management and Quality System Elements - Part 2: Guidelines for 
Services 


Ce ne ey 


4-2 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


This guideline, in particular interprets Standards 9001, 9002 and 9003 in terms of service 
organisation - that is as they would apply to the provision of biodiversity information 
management services. 


ISO 8402 Quality Vocabulary 

Contains definitions of the terms which are now internationally accepted. 
ISO-10011-1 Auditing Quality Systems 

Contains information on how to verify or "audit" a quality assurance system. 


Copies of these standards may be obtained from International Organisation for 
Standardisation (ISO) (see Address List, Section 8.2). 


The International Organisation for Standardisation is also sponsoring international efforts in 
other areas of environmental quality management. ISO Technical Committee TC207 is 
addressing itself to "Environmental Management" standards, which includes sub-committees 
on Environmental Management Systems, Environmental Auditing, Environmental Labelling, 
Environmental Performance Evaluation, Life Cycle Assessment, Terms and Definitions, and 
Environmental Aspects in Product Standards. The overall chairmanship of this effort is with 
the Canadian Standards Association (see Address List, Section 8.2). 


Considerable attention has also been paid to questions of accuracy and quality in spatial data. 
A good review of the current situation can be found in Goodchild (1989) 


A major contribution toward standardising the definition, assessment and reporting of GIS 
data quality has been made by the Data Set Quality Working Group of the National 
Committee for Digital Cartographic Data Standards. A summary of the data quality standards 
developed by this working group, as well as work on other aspects of cartographic data 
standards, is presented in the January 1988 issue of The American Cartographer. 


More specific treatments of data quality can be found in Aronoff (1989), Chrisman (1984), 
Dunn (1990), Goodchild (1989), Hunter (1992), Kamran (1993), Ralphs (1993), and 
Vonderohe (1985). 


4.3. Data Exchange Formats 


4.3.1 Overview 

The exchange of information between systems can be a time consuming and difficult process, 
often requiring that the data are exported to a primitive ascii format. In particularly, 
conversion of spatial data has proved complex due to the very large size of some files and 
the varied nature of the data, for example, raster data, 2D and/or 3D vector and attribute 
information. These difficulties have led to the development of national and international 
standards for the transfer of data. Despite this, much spatial data is currently transferred via 
a de facto standard using a proprietary software exchange format. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 43 


Further reading on data exchange standards can be found in a variety of GIS journals, for 
example GIS World, Mapping Awareness and GIS in Europe, GIS Europe, GIS Asia and 
Pacific, plus several GIS reference books. 


4.3.2 De facto Data Exchange Standards 

The most popular spatial data exchange formats are those used by the most widely established 
GIS/CAD packages, namely ARC/INFO and AutoCAD. Each of these packages have their 
own interchange format which is used by a multitude of other packages to transfer or at least 
accept information. The most popular format is DXF produced by the Autodesk product 
AutoCAD. AutoCAD is by far the most popular CAD package in the world, with over 
750,000 copies sold and is now available in over 18 languages. The number of attributes that 
can be attached to a DXF file is very limited as it was designed to be used with CAD 
packages. 


The most common GIS exchange format is ARC/INFO export file (E00). This is an ASCII 
format and is capable of storing spatial data and a feature attribute table. This format was 
designed to allow the interchange of data between the various platforms of computers that 
ARC/INFO is available on. With new releases of software, additional features are included 
and the export format modified accordingly. This can lead to difficulties in transferring 
information between different versions of the export format. Other widely used vector 
exchange formats include Interactive Graphic Design Software (IGDS) and Standard 
Interchange Format (SIF) produced by Intergraph products; Initial Graphics Exchange 
Standard (IGES), often used in transferring CAD data and Digital Line Graph (DLG), one 
of the formats used by the US Geological Survey. 


ERDAS have produced a long established and popular set of image processing and raster GIS 
systems. The GIS format produced by these products has become a de facto standard for the 
exchange of raster satellite information. Tabular non-spatial information is most often 
transferred using the dBASE III format. dBASE III and clones of it are extremely common 
in the PC and Macintosh environment, making it a very popular choice for exchange of 
information. The alternative to dBASE III format is some form of ASCII delimited usually 
with commas or tabs. 


4.3.3 National and International Data Transfer Standards 

Information for this section has been provided from the journals GIS World, Mapping 
Awareness and GIS in Europe and a review of data transfer standards maintained on the 
Internet GIS-L listserver by Peter Bolton (1994). 


Many national standards are being set-up by national standards organisations, parts of these 
standards are also being used as a basis for international standards incorporated into the ISO 
standards scheme. 


"A number of efforts are under-way to develop standardised data exchange formats 
for digital cartographic data. These efforts are variations on the ‘neutral file 
Structure’ theme, with differing degrees of flexibility within the file structure. At a 
meeting of the International Cartographic Association Working Group on Digital 
Cartographic Data Exchange Standards representatives of the following countries 


4-4 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


indicated an active involvement in developing exchange standards: Australia, Canada, 
China, Federal Republic of Germany, Finland, France, Hungary, Japan, New 
Zealand, Norway, South Africa, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, Union of 
Soviet Socialist Republics and the United States.” (Guptill, 1991). 


The following is a brief list of some of the national standards, many other standards exist or 
are currently under construction. 


NTF (National Transfer Format) is a United Kingdom standard for the exchange of 
geographic data. "NTF is designed for all types of raster and vector map data" (Guptill, 
1991). Five levels of transfer are established from simple raster data to vector data, 
attributes, topological structure and a user defined format."NTF establishes a set of rules 
for formatting data on a magnetic tape or other medium, while at the same time offering 

flexibility." (Guptill, 1991). 


SAIF (Spatial Archive and Interchange Format) "is a Canadian standard for the exchange 
of geographic data. It uses an object oriented data model, and consists of definitions of 
the underlying building blocks, including tuples, sets, lists, enumerations, and primitives" 
(Bolton, 1994) 


SDTS (Spatial Data Transfer Standard) 
FIPS 173 (Federal Information Processing Standard). According to Bolton (1994): 


"SDTS is the newly approved standard for transfer of geographical, geologic and 
other spatial data. SDTS can contain a wide variety of geographical information and 
was developed on the need for a standard for US census data. At the basic level, 
STDS defines the physical location of a listed series of ‘primitives’ such as lines, 
points, polygons and arcs. It can position these primitives on a raster bitmap image 
of a region. The full power of SDTS comes from being able to define ‘objects’ that 
contain these primitives but also contain information fields. An object may be an 
airport or a freeway. Particular ’instances’ of these defined objects can then be 
modified to suit the particular case. The SDTS standard defines the data model. The 
actual file format is an adaption of a standard known as ISO 8211 (ANSI/ISO 
8211-1985 or FIPS 123). The format contains directories of objects and instances of 
objects. The data is stored in a combination of ASCII text and binary and is designed 
to be completely portable. There is much pressure for SDTS to become a universal 
standard for data”. 


However, it does incorporate some restrictions. For example, it was initially only able 
to store data in one of two projections used for the United States, making it unusable for 
anywhere else in the world. In addition, it is unable to store spatial data sets that contain 
both point and line topology together. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 45 


4.3.4 Graphics Exchange Formats 

The following is a list of graphics exchange formats which are in wide use in different parts 
of the world. It should be noted that many software packages intended for graphics 
production and editing have the capability to convert to and from many of the formats listed. 


CGM (Computer Graphics Metafile) (ISO 8632, 1987) is intended to be the standard for 
the interchange of 2D graphical information; powerful, complex and easily extensible. 


DXF (Data Interchange Format) is currently the most popular standard for the 
interchange of 2D and 3D CAD/CAM drawings. There is no support for images in the 
format. 


EPS (Encapsulated PostScript) is a subset of the PostScript standard which is designed 
for describing a graphic image embedded in a larger document. EPS graphics are limited ~ 
to a single page. 


GF3 (General Format 3) is a UK-developed scientific data format for the storage of 
oceanographic and atmospheric science data. Primarily an ASCII text based format. 


GIF (Graphics Interchange Format) was created by Compuserve, Inc. for the 
transmission of images on their network. It has become the de facto standard for the 
machine independent storage of low (colour) resolution, bitmap raster images. 


GKS (Graphical Kernel System) (ISO 7942, 1985 and 8805, 1988) was created by an 
international committee to be the graphics subroutine library standard. GKS routines can 
optionally create CGM files from their output. GKS was initially a 2D system but has 
been extended to 3D. 


PCX is a proprietary graphics bitmap format for the PC Paintbrush program, widely 
supported by DOS and Windows programs. 


PHIGS (Programmer’s Hierarchical Interactive Graphics Standard) (ISO 9582, 1989) like 
GKS, was created by a standards committee (ANSI) to be the graphics subroutine library 
standard. It is much more powerful that GKS as it supports 3D objects, complex 
geometrics and hierarchical groupings on graphics. 


IGES (Initial Graphics Exchange Specification) IGES is designed to be the standard for 
the exchange of 2D and 3D CAD/CAM data. IGES is not as widely used as DXF due 
to its complexity and may be supersede by PDES. 


PDES (Product Data Exchange using STEP) is an international standard being developed 
by ISO. PDES is an international project to create "a single international accepted data 
exchange standard" (Guptill, 1991). 


PICT is the graphics disk format corresponding to the Quickdraw graphics subroutine 
library. Quickdraw was created by Apple Computer, Inc., to describe 2D vector and 
bitmap graphics in their Macintosh computers. 


4-6 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


STEP is the acronym for the ISO project Standard for the Interchange of product Model 
Data. The goals of STEP mirror the goals of PDES, and they will probably become 
identical. STEP and PDES are described in the draft paper ISO DP 10303, 1988. 


SET (Systéme d’Echange et de Transfer) is an alternative standard to IGES developed 
by the French, offering a simplified structure. 


Postscript is a computer language used primarily in printers for completely describing 
the appearance of printed pages. Currently the most important graphics standard; 
PostScript helped create the field of desktop publishing. 


TIFF (Tag Image File Format) was created by the Aldus Corporation and Microsoft 
Corporation for the storage and transfer and grey-scale bitmap images. TIFF has by far 
the best colour support of any graphics format. 


WMF (Microsoft Windows Metafile) is a graphics format similar to Macintosh PICT. 


4.3.5 Spatial Data Conversion 

The following sections are derived from experience gained the conversion of spatial and non- 
spatial data at WCMC and from several reports on the difficulties involved, in particular 
Ingersoll (1994). 


The conversion of spatial data from its original medium to a digital one is often the most 
expensive operation in the establishment of a spatial database. With such high costs, it is 
important to get useful data into the system, that is to minimise distortion, errors and 
inconsistencies in the digitising process. Conversion of spatial data from a paper source is 
inherently fraught with problems. Paper is a poor medium for accurate data conversion. It 
has been shown to distort by up 15% in any direction depending upon the air temperature 
and humidity, correspondingly distorting the location of map features. A more stable medium 
is the plastic Mylar, which is almost unaffected by day-to-day changes in humidity and 
temperature. Unfortunately, it is often difficult and costly to obtain source information on 
mylar. 


During the last twenty years, many attempts to find a cost effective and efficient technique 
for the process of automating spatial data conversion have been sought. Despite these efforts, 
not a significant amount has changed in the way many organisation convert their spatial data 
to digital form. The currently available techniques can be grouped into the following 
divisions: 


Manual/Traditional 

Features from maps are digitised using a digitising tablet. A tablet contains an active matrix 
of wires that can detect the location of a cursor when it is passed above these wires. By 
tracing around map features their locations are translated into digital locations, usually in 
inches on the digitiser surface. The coordinates can then be transformed to real world 
coordinates using a specialised transformation package. The benefits of this scheme are that 
they process is relatively straightforward and robust. The involvement of a human operator 
brings geographic experience to subjective decisions that need to be made during the 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 47 


digitisation process. The software and hardware used to digitise the information is often the 
same that is used to subsequently edit and analyse the data. This reduces any costs involved 
with translation of the data to another system for analysis. Weaknesses of this scheme include 
the overall cost in man hours incurred for manually digitising and for any subsequent clean 
up of the data. Intense training of the digitising operator prior to the digitisation task being 
undertaken is essential to ensure accurate data conversion, but incurs further costs. Despite 
these weaknesses, the traditional method of data entry is probably still the most popular. 


Fully Automated 
Map source information is first scanned as a raster image and then translated into vector data 


where required. The processes of vector translation and feature recognition varies, but 
usually takes less time than the traditional method. Vectorisation of raster features is greatly 
enhanced if the colour separates for a map can be obtained. It is most effective and hence 
provides the greatest savings over the traditional method when digitising linear features, such ~ 
as contour lines. These features can be easily followed by a line tracing program with the 
minimal amount of supervision from a human operator. Other features are less easy to 
discern in a totally automated environment. This is made particularly difficult by the 
interruption of features by the overlay of text, other map features and the blend of colours. 
The continued development of artificial intelligence programmes and expert systems has led 
to improvements in capabilities of intelligent raster to vector conversion programmes, with 
functions such as pattern/feature recognition and the ability to learn’. Several GIS packages 
now include tools for automated the conversion of raster data to vector data. 


This fully automated technique has proved successful in a number of large data conversion 
projects, where the methodology for the data conversion and subsequent error checking were 
rigorously laid out in advance. For example, the production of Digital Chart of the World 
database. This database is a digital representation of the 1:1,000,000 scale Operational 
Navigation Charts (ONC). The project was sub-contracted to the Environmental Systems 
Research Institute (ESRI) by the Defense Mapping Agency. ESRI used a combination of 
raster scanning, vectorisation and strict quality controls to produce one of the de facto global 
GIS databases. 


Power-assisted/Partially Automated 

A raster backdrop is scanned and geo-referenced and is then used as a locator map to digitise 
features directly on the screen. Rule based systems can be used to ensure that entities are 
linked with "sensible" attribute information to speed up the data conversion process and to 
reduce the number of attribute errors. This processes strength relies on human intelligence 
to make intelligent decisions about the locations of features, but requires experienced and 
weil trained operators to correctly locate the data. 


4.4 Environmental Thesauri 


4.4.1 Overview 

The ISO Standard 2788-1986 (E) defines a thesaurus as "the vocabulary of a controlled 
indexing language formally organised so the a priori relationships between concepts (eg as 
broader and narrower) are made explicit". The advantages of a thesaurus are: 


4-8 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


@ ensures a consistency of spelling around the world 

@ provides cross-linking and referencing through a hierarchy of categories and a 
network of related terms 

@ provides standard lists in multiple languages (eg English, French and Spanish). 


While a thesaurus is not a flawless tool for the task of categorising meta-data, the advantages 
listed above outweigh the drawbacks. 


4.4.2 Thesaurus Functionality 


Terminology Relationships 

"Environmental information" is a broad concept and the information can be held in various 
different sources. The information entity may be, inter alia, a report or document, a dataset 
(collection of structured data holdings) or an institution. 


These sources can be described and referenced through a catalog or a metadatabase by 
assigning descriptor keywords to the sources. Thus, a report State of the Forests might be 
linked to several descriptor keywords - one of which is likely to be forest’. A person 
wishing to identify information sources relevant to forests could conduct a search on the 
keyword "forest" and thereby locate that report. 


Environmental information deals with complex scientific, technological and social problems 
which impact the environment in one way or another. The environmental domain extends 
across multiple scientific domains such as geography, chemistry, biology, sociology, 
meterology and consequently the terminology has become very extensive. This is in addition 
to the natural synonymy of languages - of which the English language is particularly prone. 


In addition to synonymy, a thesaurus can store a hierarchy of categories. For example, a 
geographic thesauri would enable a search on the keyword "Africa" to score a hit if it located 
an an information source with "Kenya". 


Catalog Keywording 

The same information source can frequently be described by the same keyword descriptor. 
For example, ambiguities can arise when describing "soils" rather than "dirt", "wood" rather 
than "forest" or "the Vatican" instead of "the Holy See". When keywords are entered into 
an environmental catalog or metadatabase, the compiler is confronted with the decision of 
which of the alternative terms to choose. An environmental thesaurus provides a reference 
from which terms can be selected and thereby minimise these ambiguities. 


Catalog Search and Retrieval 

A relaied issue arises when an enquirer wishes to search a catalog for an information source. 
If the descriptor keyword being searched for is stored as a synonym (eg "wood" is being 
searched for, "forest" is the word stored in the catalog) then the search will fail. A thesaurus 
that links the two synonyms can be used to enable the search to succeed. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 4-9 


4.4.3 Thesaurus Software 

There are many ready-to-use software tools to handle thesauri, a number of which are 
described and compared by Ritzler (1991). Straightforward database software packages, such 
as dBase IV and MICRO-CDS ISIS, can also be used to build thesauri - examples are 
described below. 


In Rybinski (1993) a software tool for building multilingual thesauri is presented. The 
software, known as MULTHES/ISIS has been designed as a configurable system assisting 
a user in creating concepts, linking them by means of a set of predefined relations, and 
controlling the validity of the thesauraus structure. The software has shown valuable features 
in building multilingual thesauri. The main restriction is is a lack of tools supporting the 
methodology of merging essential parts of existing thesauri into one. 


The software used in the Environment Macrothesaurus System MTM 4.0 (Rybinski 1994) - 
takes the software of MULTHES/ISIS as a starting point and is based on MICRO-CDS ISIS 
(which can itself be used as a basis for a thesaurus) - see UNESCO (1989). MTM 4.0 
provides tools which allow the user to work with a number of thesauri, viewing them 
simultaneously, and creating a thesaurus as a result of merging essential material from 
existing thesauri. MTM 4.0 allows polyhierarchy which means that a child object can have 
more than one parent object. 


The Federal Environment Agency of Germany (Umweltbundesamt) uses a software package 
called aDIS (adaptable Documentation and Information System) to manage its databases - see 
Batschi (1994). The thesaurus part of aDIS combines traditional approaches of thesaurus 
development and indexing with the advantages of full text inverted files. The software allows 
the analysis of the different texts stored during input activities. The text analysis function of 
aDIS allows the comparison of words of a document text with the list of terms in the 
database and to perform various thesaurus functions such as elaboration, reduction of terms 
to root words, identification of synonyms etc. 


Pollitt (1994) uses a novel approach in the use of existing thesauri and describes how a 
thesaurus can be used to both specify the subject of a query and present results when 
searching a bibliographic database using MenUSE (Menu-based User Search 

Engine) software. Searching power is exercised by the end-user through the selection and 
presentation of views of the contents of a database via a structured thesaurus and the 
identification of concepts of interest which are then used to produce filtered views. The 
techniques are generic and can be applied to any database which uses a classification scheme 
or thesaurus. 


The Catalog of Data Sources (CDS) project of the European Environment Agency (EEA) 
involves the collaboration of European countries, with much of the effort in producing the 
Catalog being devoted to the construction of an environmental thesaurus and its translation 
into several European languages. Several European countries have prototyped environmental 
thesauri, using different software approaches. Warsaw University is using MICRO-CDS ISIS 
and the National Resource Centre in Rome is using dBASE IV. The French EEA CDS 
collaborators are using Texto and the Dutch EEA CDS collaborators are using TinTerm. 


4-10 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


4.4.4 Environmental Thesauri Listing 

The European Community publishes a thesaurus guide, which is a survey of existing 
structured lists of terms developed in one or more of the official European Community 
languages. The number of thesauri specific to the environment is low. 


The highest-profile thesauri are those that have been compiled by INFOTERRA (UNEP, 
1990) and the tri-lingual thesaurus compiled by Istituto Technologie Biomediche (CNR) of 
Rome that will be used by the EEA CDS project (Pinborg, 1992). However, other 
environmental thesauri have also been developed or are under development; of particular note 
is the work being done by the German Federal Environmental Agency in Berlin (Batschi, 
1994). 


A conclusion of the International Society for Knowledge Organisation ISKO) Conference of 
1994 (Rybinski, 1994) was that these multiple environmental thesauri initiatives were not - 
desirable if they lead to an uncoordinated and confusing plethora of choices for the thesaurus 
user. Collaboration between these initiative was required so that at the minimum a common 
thesaurus structure could be agreed upon. 


The subject of environmental thesaurus standardisation was raised at the final discussion of 
the conference. Of particular concern was the decision as to which international body should 
have responsibility for defining the standard for a centralised environmental thesaurus. The 
logical way forward was for the International Standards Organisation (ISO) to define a 
thesaurus in English, from which translations into other languages could be made. 


A list of the six major environmental thesauri is presented below in alphabetic order: 


Name CAB International Thesaurus for Agriculture and Environment 

Description CAB International’s Thesaurus contains 56,000 terms and 300,000 
relationships. 

Name CIESIN 


Description The Consortium for International Earth Science Information Network 
(CIESIN) on-line catalog system provides a mechanism for term retrieval by 
providing look-up lists for the DIF fields Discipline, Parameter, Location and 
Keyword (Burley, 1994). However, although these lists of terms provide a 
controlled vocabulary, they have none of the hierarchical structure and 
relationships that a thesaurus would provide. 


Name EEA Trilingual Thesaurus for the Environment 

Description In 1991 a project was started by a working group of the CNR (Rome), the 
Centre for Information and Documentation on Environmental Research of 
TNO (The Netherlands), and the Department of the Environment of the 
United Kingdom, to build a multlinguail environmental thesaurus based on the 
Dutch Milieu-thesaurus, published in 1990. The resulting trilingual (Dutch, 
English, Italian) Thesaurus for the Environment (Felluga, 1991) contained 
about 3000 preferred, post-coordinated and non-preferred terms classified in 
30 groups, each group being presented in a hierarchical structure extended to 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 411 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


seven levels. A version of this thesaurus, recently enriched with the German 
equivalents, has been produced on CD-ROM by the Publications Office of the 
CNR. 


The updated version of the Dutch Milieu-thesaurus (1994) is at present the 

basic document for the development of a general thesaurus for the 

environment on the context of an initiative of the European Environment 

Agency (EEA). It is foreseen that a matrix classification scheme with a 

thematic and a functional (facetted) axis will be used for the classification of © 
the terms. The expected classification scheme will be in the form of a set of 

classes, subclasses and top terms defining a lexicon of about 1000 general 

terms. This classification scheme is going to be used for data entry and 

information retrieval in databases of environmental data, like the CDS, 

Catalogue of Data Sources of the EEA. 


INFOTERRA Thesaurus of Environmental Terms 

INFOterra is the International Environmental Information System of UNEP. 
Through a network of national focal points it directs clients with queries on 
environmental issues to the best known source of expertise for delivering a 
solution. To this end, it publishes regularly its Thesaurus of Environmental 
Terms in order that the focal points have a standard reference by which to 
describe and relate topics of interest. 


UNEP GRID has adopted the thesaurus for use with its metadatabase system, 
thus providing a standard set of subject themes and geographic areas for 
metadata description. For more information contact INFOTERRA (for 
Address List, Section 8.2). 


JICST Thesaurus 

In Takano (1987), two kinds of keywords assigned to Japan Information 
Center for Science and Technology (JICST) files, natural words and controlled 
vocabulary, were analysed and the result was used as a helpful tool for 
compiling the latest edition of the JICST Thesaurus of Science and 
Technology. The coappearance frequency of both natural and controlled terms 
provides promising data not only for supporting the Thesaurus revision, but 
also provides a useful tool for searching by natural words. A future 
vocabulary control sytem is required to meet versatile functions such as 
controlling index terms, multilingual and natural language searching 


A questionnaire survey of Japan Online Information System (JOIS) users 
revealed the need for enlargement of terms to be covered in the 1987 edition 
of the Japan Information Centre for Science and Technology (JICST) 
Thesaurus, and for descriptions of term history. Some of the following 
measures were taken: the addition of new terms by referring natural words 
stored in the JICST database; the improvement of term relations by using 
English translated Japanese keywords; the addition of some Chinese terms 
used; and the addition of priority data among synonyms and others. 


4-12 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name Umweltbundesamt Environmental Thesaurus 

Description The thesaurus of the Umweltbundesamt (German Federal Environmental 
Agency) is a polyhierarchical one and is designed for multilingual use. 
Geographic terms are included in a separate file of the thesaurus, because 
many problems in the environment are related to regional or local 
peculiarities. It is structured by broader terms, narrower and related terms. In 
order to limit the number of controlled terms (descriptors) in the thesaurus, 
synonyms and quasi-synonyms are used. A special way of forming a synonym 
is the description of a term with a combination of at least two existing 
descriptors. The thesaurus contains about 8100 index terms with an additional 
22000 nondescriptors (synonyms, quasisynonyms, combinations of terms, 
single terms (components of terms necessary for automatic indexing), stop 
words. 


The geographic thesaurus and the thesaurus of biological terms comprise more 
than 3600 descriptors and 2800 nondescriptors. The thesaurus and 
classification are currently bilingual (German - English). 


The environmental thesaurus and classification has not been intended as a 
comprehensive dictionary, but it should show the terms which are actually 
used in the different subject fields. Therefore, the thesaurus has incomplete 
hierarchies, which are kept incomplete intentionally. Extensions will be 
introduced when necessary. 


4.5 References 


Aronoff, S. 1989. Geographic Information Systems: A Management Perspective, WDL 
Publications. 


Batschi, W. 1994. Environmental Thesaurus and Classification of the Umweltbundesamt, 
Proceedings of the First European ISKO Conference, Bratislava, Indeks Verlag. 


Bolton, P. 1994. Pers. Comm. GIS-L_ Internet mailing list (GIS 
L@UBVM.CC.BUFFALO.EDU) 


CGIS-DIGEST, 1994. CGIS-DIGEST, Canadian Geomatics Interchange Standard - Edition 
1.2. Canadian General Standards Board. 


Chrisman, N.R. 1984. The Role of Quality Information in the Long-Term Functioning of a 
Geographic Information System. Cartographica 21(2):79-87. 


Dunn, R., Harrison, A.R., White, J.C., 1990. Positional Accuracy and Measurement Error 
in Digital Databases of Land Use: an empirical study, Jnt. J. of Geographic Info. Systems, 
4:385-398. 

EEA, 1993. Analysis and Suggestions for a metadata system and service for the EEA, 
European Environment Agency. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 4-13 


FGDC. 1993. FGDC Newsletter No. 1, Federal Geographic Data Committee. 
Goodchild, M.F. 1989. The Accuracy of Spatial Databases, Taylor and Francis, pp308. 


Guptill S. C. 1991. Spatial Data Exchange and Standardisation. In: Maguire D., Goodchild 
M. and Rhind D. (Eds), Geographical Information Systems, Volume 1, pp 515-530. 


Haralick, R.M. 1980. A spatial data structure for geographic information systems. Map data 
processing. Academic Press. 


Hunter, G.J., Beard, K. 1992. Understanding Error in Spatial databases. The Australian 
Surveyor. 37:108-119. 


Kamran, P., Chignell, M. 1993. Intelligent database tools & applications: hyperinformation © 
access, data quality, visualisation, automatic discovery, Wiley. New York, US. 


Ingersoll K. 1994. Solving the Data Conversion Puzzle: Find the Solution That Is Best for 
You, GIS World. August:34-38. Longmanns. 


NIST. 1992. Federal Information Processing Standard Publication 173 U.S. Department of 
Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). 


NMD 1981. Handbook on Characterization of Environmental Data, Nordic Council of 
Ministers Environmental Data Group. 


Pinborg, U. 1992. Catalogue of Data Sources (CDS) for the Environment: Analysis and 
Suggestions for a Meta-data System and Service. European Environment Agency (EEA). 


Ralphs, M. 1993. Data Quality issues and GIS: a discussion. Mapping Awareness & GIS in 
Europe. 7(7):39-41. 


Ritzler C. 1991. Comparative Study of PC-supported Thesaurus Software, Proceedings of 
International Conference on Knowledge Organization & Terminology, Bratislava. 


Rybinski, H., Muraszkiewicz, M., Budin, G., Galinski, C. 1994. The Environment 
Macrothesaurus System - MTM 4.0, Proceedings of the First European ISKO Conference, 
Bratislava, Indeks Verlag. 


Shapiro, L.G. 1980. Design of a spatial information system. In: Freeman, H., and Pieroni, 
G.G (Eds), Map data processing. Academic Press, New York, US. 


Takano, Fumio, Sato, Makoto. 1987. Joho Kanri (Journal of Information Processing and 
Management)29 (12). In Japanese language. pp.1035-1052. 


UNEP. 1990. INFOTERRA Thesaurus of Environmental Terms (3rd ed.), United Nations 
Environment Programme (UNEP), Nairobi, Kenya. 


414 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


UNESCO. 1989. Mini-Micro CDS/ISIS - Users Manual, PGI, United Nations Educational, 
Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO), Paris, France. 


Vonderohe, A.P., Chrisman, N.R. 1985. Tests to Establish the Quality of Digital 
Cartographic Data. Proceedings of AutoCarto 7, Amer. Soc. of Photogrammetry and Remote 
Sensing, pp. 552-559. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 4-15 


5 THEMATIC INFORMATION STANDARDS 
5.1 Introduction 


5.1.1 Overview 

This large section is concerned with standards relating to the management and exchange of 
biodiversity information. Many topics are discussed including descriptions of widely applied 
classification systems, minimum (core) data requirements, data definitions, database systems, 
and descriptions of the work of organisations developing and promoting the use of various 
standards. These issues are discussed in the context of natural and managed habitats 
(including terrestrial vegetation, agriculture, forestry, wetlands, coastal and marine habitats, 
and fisheries), protected areas, species, and threats to biodiversity. 


Clearly, a full treatment of thematic information standards would require an enormous 
number of classification systems, techniques, and database systems to be examined. This 
section provides only a brief tour of the subject, covering only selected international, 
regional, and national examples which exist. Subsequent editions of the Resource Inventory 
will develop the material over time. 


The standards which follow range from an internationally accepted transfer format for plant 
records, to myriad classification systems for habitats, each suited to specific national or 
regional circumstances. National classification systems abound in all thematic information 
groups, minimum datasets often having evolved to suit particular sets of ecosystems and the 
management objectives. Such de facto standards are often reflected in local database designs. 


The field of biodiversity information management is developing so rapidly that identification 
of on-going initiatives is itself an important contribution to the promotion of standards. 
Simply in the area of biodiversity terminology, considerable work is being undertaken by 
various organisations to produce standardise thesauri to facilitate data exchange (see 
Environmental Thesauri, Section 4.4). 


5.1.2 Geopolitical Definitions 

When exchanging information about a country or region, it is necessary to ensure that both 
those sending and receiving the information are using the same definition of that country or 
region. Clearly this can be done by providing a boundary overlay with map based 
information, but in many cases digital data is not required. Therefore, in exchanging 
information the following standards might be employed. 


Name UN Terminology Bulletin No.345 - Country Names (plus amendments) 

Description Lists all countries recognised by the United Nations (states members of the 
United Nations, members of specialised agencies or parties to the Statute of 
the International Court of Justice). The Bulletin is available from the Office 
of Conference Services, United Nations Secretariat (see Address List, Section 
8.2). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-1 


Name Codes for the Representation of Names of Countries (ISO 3166) 

Description Includes all countries recognised by the United Nations, but also gives 
separate recognition to geographically disjunct dependencies, or "other areas 
of geopolitical interest". The standard is available from the ISO 3166 
Maintenance Agency (see Address List, Section 8.2). 


At the European level, a more detailed standard has been devised for use within the member 
states of the European Union. Similar approaches may exist for other regions. 


Name Nomenclature des Unités Territoriales (NUTS) 

Description Divides the European Union into a nested (hierarchical) series of 
administrative subdivisions defined by Eurostat. There are four levels, the 12 
member states, 65 regions (such as the Lander of Germany, 172 provinces 
(such as the provinces of France), and 465 counties or departments (such as © 
the Départements of France). The standard is available in printed and 
computer readable formats from Eurostat - GISCO (see Address List, Section 
8.2). 


For the purposes of reporting on the distribution of plants, the ISO standard (see above) is 
often sufficient. However, countries vary hugely in size, and island floras are often quite 
significant. A special standard has therefore been defined for use with plant databases (see 
TDWG Published Standards, Section 5.8.5 for further details): 


Name World Geographical Scheme for Recording Plant Distributions 

Description Derived by the International Working Group on Taxonomic Databases for 
Plant Sciences (TDWG), which is an international working group set up in 
1985 to explore ideas for standardization and collaboration between major 
plant taxonomic database projects (Hollis, 1992). The standard provides four 
nested levels: continents, regions, botanical countries, and basic recording 
units. 


Note that in this standard, countries sensu stricto can appear at different 
levels, and thus in the case of large countries like the United States, many 
different units may occur. This is a disadvantage for any database system 
requiring output by country name. 


The most widely used scheme is the ISO standard used in the compilation of a many 
international statistical tables. Nevertheless, even where this standard is adopted, the 
geopolitical entities are often amended to suit the purpose of the analyses. For example, the 
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES) trade database uses the 
ISO classification in order to manage information on licensed trade in certain wildlife and 
wildlife products. 


The different standards may be related to each other in some cases. For instance, WCMC 
uses a hierarchical arrangement to in its protected areas database as follows: each country 
recognised by the UN consists of one or more units of the ISO standard; and each ISO unit 
comprises one or more basic recording units (as defined by TDWG above). This allows basic 


5-2 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


recording units to be used for detailed analysis tasks, but maintains the higher level 
categories for country-level reporting. In managing this type of data, there are two other 
issues to be aware of: 


@ changes in national boundaries over time can create difficulties in reporting by 
country or similar unit, as boundaries may change to exclude some species or 
features, and include others. 


© definition by named unit ignores the fact that some boundaries between units are 
under dispute. 


5.1.3 Habitat Classification Definitions 

The habitat classification systems and information standards offered in later sections do not 
comprise a definitive account; they merely represent examples of different approaches which 
have been applied. No value judgements are added by WCMC as to the validity of the 
systems described; a classification or standard is included solely for the purpose of making 
potential users aware of its existence. 


Some attempt has been made to further sub-divide terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems into 
natural ecosystems! and managed ecosystems”. However, in many applications land cover’ 
and land use* are not clearly distinguished: there is frequently a relationship between land 
use and land cover and one may often be inferred from the other. Furthermore, many areas 
of land are used for multiple purposes, complicating both surveys and mapping (Young, 
1993), and thus many classification schemes are bound to comprise natural and managed 
components. For instance, the section on terrestrial vegetation may cover land use elements 
and some aquatic ecosystems such as wetlands. 


As a brief summary, Table 5.1.1 has been compiled from selected classification schemes 
described later in this section. It shows which components, natural and managed, terrestrial 
or aquatic, are covered by the listed schemes. References to these schemes are supplied at 
the end of this section, and further bibliographic material may be discovered in the 
Bibliography, Section 7.3. Note that the listed schemes are broken down by the scale for 
which they are suited, ie global, continental, or national. 


' Note that the use of the term "natural" vegetation can be misleading. It is often difficult to distinguish 
natural from human induced vegetation, eg the distinction between natural and man-made grasslands is virtually 
impossible. Therefore, the word "natural" throughout this document must be treated with care and merely 
implies a distinction from intensive and extensive land use. For the purposes of this study "natural" includes 
potential vegetation or actual vegetation cover little altered by man and not used for production. 


? Ecosystems under production. 


3 Burley (1961) defines "land cover” as the vegetational and artificial constructions covering the land 
surface. 


* Clawson et al (1956) defines "land use" as man’s activities on land which are directly related to the land. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-3 


Table 5.1.1: Example Classification Schemes and Standards and their Components 


Example Schemes Terrestrial Ecosystems Aquatic Ecosystems 


Natural Managed Wetlands Managed 
(potential and (agriculture, (fisheries) 
forestry and 
other land use) 


Global 
UNESCO (1973) 


IUFRO (1992) 


IGBP-DIS (Townshend, 
1992) 

Inman and Nordstrom 
(1971) 


Davies (1980) Ae etree ara 


BokiitelD bw 1 ttl WN) cope) ed Stan) vy | tae Ya Da a 
Ee CM lh il cl a 


Ramsar Convention 
Bureau (1990) 


Cowardin et al (1979) 


Continental 


Neoatvanit ee ee RAE teat, 
Pace. area 29H) lit O) eeei|P ie» bolh oa val evel Sl 
Irae 5 8 Snes Sis ldo tN 
Fa oae a NL 
(CEC, 1993) 

ERT arenes [sen lec te ras im Mac bi| 
FESS cea eS ne cae ee |e | 
Ree eee Ge eC ee ees eee, 
PES ee |e ipa | al amt 
ENOAAS i983) of i | hte nto 
FE ei i owen |i ene baad 
(Rasa Sate he cee Ee 


National 


ITE (Great Britain) 
(Fuller et al (1994) 


AWB/PHPA Database 
(Frazier et al (1992) 


5.1.4 References 


Hollis, S. and R.K. Brummitt (1992). World Geographical Scheme for Recording Plant 
Distributions. Plant Taxonomy Database Standards No. 2 Version 1.0. Published for the 
International Working Group on Taxonomic Databases for Plant Sciences by the Hunt 
Institute for Botanical Documentation, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, USA. 


5.2 _ Terrestrial Vegetation 


5.2.1 Overview 

Schemes for classification of terrestrial vegetation have been devised at various scales 
principally for mapping but also for statistical amalyses (such as for forest 
inventories/assessments etc). Some are exclusive classifications intended for use at local or 
national scales, while others are applied at wider scales such as continental or global levels. 


Information on land cover and land use is required for a variety of management and scientific 
purposes. The agricultural, forestry, planning and environmental protection sectors rely 
heavily on land cover/use data for planning as does the scientific community in addressing 
issues such as global change modelling. From a biodiversity point of view, it is particularly 
important to be able to monitor land cover change, either change from one category to 
another (eg drainage of wetlands, deforestation, expansion of built-up area) or modification 
of condition of land cover (eg selective logging, intensification of cultivation, forest 
fragmentation etc). Information is required in various forms, at different scales, from the 
local to global and a variety of techniques are in current use to collect the necessary data. 


Methods for collecting information are very diverse and are purpose and user driven. At 
present, there are large disparities in the type of data collected for different kinds of use, eg 
for agricultural censuses, forest resource surveys, and inventories of conservation areas 
(Young, 1993). Methods of data collection include ground observation, census studies, aerial 
and satellite remote sensing. Classification systems employed to house these data are 
therefore also diverse, as each system is purpose defined. Data classified according to these 
different schemes are usually not compatible and at present there is no single, recognised and 
accepted classification which can be applied across the globe at all scales. 


As the global nature of environmental problems has become apparent, vegetation mapping 
on a global scale becomes increasingly important. Indeed, the need for continental/global 
vegetation reporting standards was emphasised at the Earth Summit in Rio in 1992. In 
January 1993 a workshop on vegetation classification was held in Charlottesville, Virginia, 
under the auspices of the IGBP, the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) 
Harmonization of Environmental Measurements (HEM) project, the Global Change and 
Terrestrial Ecosystems (GCTE) project of the IGBP and WCMC, to assess the demand for 
a global classification of vegetation which could serve the needs of a wide community of 
users (UNEP/GEMS, 1993) (a discussion paper prepared for the Charlottesville workshop 
by van Gils (1993) provides a useful summary of global vegetation classification systems). 
The workshop proposed that the best approach would be a multi-layer vegetation 
classification system; each thematic layer containing a hierarchy of levels which could be 
overlaid in different combinations to obtain the classification categories. The thematic layers 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-5 


could be considered in groups relating to "actual" vegetation (ie structural, compositional, 
phenological data); environmental conditions (ie climate, soils, topography); functional use 
(natural resource uses); and historical data (natural disturbance, human disturbance). 


Many different organisations currently have an interest in the harmonisation of land cover 
and land use information. The need for harmonisation across a broad spectrum of interests 
was considered at an Expert Meeting, convened by UNEP/FAO in Geneva in November 
1993 (Schomaker, 1994; UNEP/FAO, unpublished). The meeting recognised that 
collaborative efforts at this stage might eliminate many problems and might thus facilitate 
information exchange now and avoid differences of approach that could inhibit 
communication in the future. It launched two initiatives: 


1. FAO and UNEP, with the support of UNESCO and others, is launching an 
initiative called LUCLASS.NET - the long term objective of which is to develop 
land use/land cover concepts, definitions, and classifications which could 
eventually gain acceptance world wide. 


2. UNEP and FAO agreed jointly to initiate a programme to develop translation 
systems and a glossary of definitions for existing land use and land cover 
classifications rather than endorse the development of one single scheme. It is 
inappropriate to ’force’ one framework onto a wide range of users; and it is 
unlikely that they would agree to one single nomenclature due to the wide range 
of needs and uses. An alternative approach is to find a means of translating 
between nomenclatures to produce a baseline enabling data collected under one 
application to be converted to another. ITE effectively illustrated this approach 
with British land classification systems (Wyatt et al, 1994). The translation 
concept provides flexibility, enables comparison between countries and continents, 
facilitates global reporting and encourages use of standards. Following on from 
its experience with British classification systems, ITE together with WCMC has 
recently started a UNEP/FAO project to evolve from existing global schemes a 
General Global Nomenclature for Land Cover and Land Use using this translation 
approach. Subsequently, the IGBP-DIS is applying these principles in a land cover 
classification (Annex 3) which is being adopted in the Fast-track Land Cover 
Product which is being developed from a global 1 Km land cover dataset 
(Townshend, 1992). 


Some points relating to this include: 


® the world’s vegetation comprises gradients and mosaics at all scales and does not 
form discrete compartments with definite boundaries; there will always be 
compromise within every vegetation classification system, at all levels 


@ data sampling methods differ and the nature of data determines the applicability 
scale of the resulting classification system 


5-6 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


@ nomenclature differs between schemes; for instance the same words can be used 
to describe different types of vegetation and different words can be used for the 
same vegetation types. 


5.2.2 Minimum Data Requirements 

Assessments have been undertaken to develop core datasets or minimum data requirements 
for land cover monitoring. For example, the International Union of Forest Research 
Organisations (IUFRO) released a draft set of international guidelines for monitoring global 
forest resources in November 1992 (IUFRO, 1992). The purpose of the guidelines 


"is to promote standardised or compatible collection and reporting of selected data 
for forest monitoring through cooperation in such a way the results offer a common 
data base for research and management”. 


IUFRO identified three levels of monitoring: local, national and global. Based on current 
global issues, forest extent, biomass production for carbon storage, rates of change of forests, 
forest quality and health, were the primary concerns at all levels. Tables 5.2.1 and 5.2.2 
(taken from IUFRO, 1992) indicate data which are common to all levels of decision making 
for forest monitoring. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-7 


Table 5.2.1: Data Needed at Local, National, and International Levels for Forest 
Monitoring 


Level of Monitoring 


Factor Local Resource Studies National Forest Regional/Global 
Inventory Monitoring 


Importance (*** high; ** medium; * slight) 


ctiperoniy\ it | aati Le ve ical ein ah sais ll en ileal Daa 
eaeenupt  ibg ai an ag a 
PT load cima abaya] (Onda Dace Ghar nein | 
Lee rere ras ets 
ive? Ml sie Weg [eae ea = Wwe 
Other Bera Rat) As een eae eine ls | Seu aoe oa 
 Bistvenigyicate to Wpeemmegant Vo eenilli| AGE sane vir shonl inet dol appioatlie 
EEE laeal bap telenantcd. en Litem eiaeleme nn | 
aes err er ees oe | 
(ERE eed Witla a ecto enon dhe as ln Nga —_| 
| eit el a dc at toe ik 1 sear 


Table 5.2.2: Data for Land Cover, Forest, Biomass, 
and Environmental Quality Monitoring 


P| tana cover_[ Foret | siomass | Environmental Qualiy 
[Location Coordinass [+ [+ f+ t+ 
Ea scl cn ll nls ean wi el 
asp vce’ sebapiainy see liane Naat] steoe wit cian 
fet nies [age tebe |e eae | 
| Heme Okey ne acai fA seit str uf sec] ar suptioaD) 


5-8 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Area Classification 


Land Use Class 


Land Cover Class 
Vegetation Type 


Crown Closure 


Stand History 


Tree/Plant Ratings 
Species 

Height 

DBH/DRC 


> 
GQ 
oO 


Stem Ratings 


Log Size 


Timber Quality 


Crown Ratings 

Crown Diameter 
Crown Length 

Leaf Area 

Defoliation 
Bioindicators 

Damage Assessment 
Dendrochronology 
Understorey Vegetation 


Foliar Chemistry 


Soil Productivity Indicators 


5.2.3 Development of Classification Systems 

Some organisations are developing guiding principles to be used in constructing vegetation 
classification schemes. The US Federal Geographic Data Committee (Vegetation 
Subcommittee) has compiled draft criteria for this purpose. These draft principles are 
comparable to the criteria presented to the FAO/ECE meeting of experts on Global Forest 
Resources Assessment-Kotka II in 1993 (Bones, 1993): 


@ base system on current vegetative cover, not climax or potential 


@ classification should be universally applicable 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-9 


© optimise to the maximum extent possible compatibility with other regional or 
national land cover/land use systems 


@ classification should be hierarchically designed (ie aggregatable, disaggregatable) 
@ system should be organised from the general to the specific (top down) 


@ should be designed to take advantage of emerging technologies (ie digital satellite 
classification) 


@ all categories and life forms (ie grass, shrubs, trees) must be accurately defined 


© classification must be repeatable from place to place (spatial) and from time to 
time (temporal) 


® categories must be mutually exclusive and additive to 100% of area 


®@ sets minimum standards for percent cover (based on vegetation structure, not 
species) 


@ when possible, use standard (not scientific) terminology (ie make terms 
understandable, simple, and unbiased in meaning) 


@ should correspond to identified use and needs. 


Although addressing the problem of forest classification, these criteria are more widely 
applicable. In particular, the use of new technologies, especially remote sensing data, must 
be borne in mind in deciding which system to adopt. It must be assumed that any wide-scale 
or frequently repeated land cover survey will derive most of its information from this source 
and the classification system must therefore be compatible. 


New technologies also affect the way the data are stored and manipulated whereas all 
vegetation surveys were formerly directed towards the production of a map, it is likely that 
in future they will be used for input to a Geographic Information System (GIS) which may 
produce one or a series of maps. This gives much more flexibility in the types of 
classification systems and greatly facilitates the design of a hierarchical system. The different 
attributes of a vegetation unit can be aggregated or disaggregated to produce classifications 
suitable for a number of different purposes. In any such system, the attributes should be 
logically arranged in different thematic groups such as physiognomy, phenology, floristics, 
climate etc. These are discussed in the next section. 


5.2.4 Classification Systems and Standards 

It would be impossible to detail all existing vegetation classification schemes since most 
countries have developed their own such schemes and landuse maps, plus a great many 
continental and global schemes have also been developed. Most schemes focus on one or 
more of the following criteria (Adams, 1992): 


5-10 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


@ Physiognomic 
Based on features of height, growth form and coverage of vegetation, eg 
UNESCO (1973). Physiognomic criteria are used in remote sensing. The majority 
of systems are physiognomic in nature as it is relatively easy to separate dense 
primary forests, secondary forests, woodland, bush and scattered shrubs, savannas 
etc (FAO, 1989). In some schemes descriptions of structure, forest architecture 
and topography are used eg Laumonier (1980) 


©@ Bioclimatic 
Based on the climatic regime which prevails in any area ("climate space") and not 
based on the actual vegetation which is present, eg Holdridge (1967) 


@ Phenological 
Involves the leaf retaining characteristic of the forest canopy, whether the trees 
lose all their leaves at a time (deciduous species) or are lost gradually so that the 
tree is never in a leafless stage (evergreen) 


@ Filoristic 
Based on certain principal plant taxa which occur within the vegetation 


@ Functional 
Vegetation management such as production of fuel wood, wood biomass etc. 


Many schemes involve a combination of the above or include other parameters such as land- 
use, disturbance history, soil type or geology which affect vegetation cover, such as 
Whitmore’s classification of Melanesia (Whitmore, 1984). The Australians have developed 
comprehensive vegetation maps, showing both present (1980s) vegetation and natural (1780s 
at the time European settlement began) vegetation. These classifications are based on 
structure or growth form such as tall trees, low trees, tall shrubs, hummock grasses; foliage 
cover in percentage terms (eg >70%, <10%); and floristic type such as Nothofagus, 
Malaleuca (AUSLIG, undated). 


It is not always useful to restrict a scheme to one determining criterion; especially in a 
continental context or where more than one ecological region is being classified. For 
example, two vegetation classes may be physiognomically comparable (eg dense lowland 
evergreen rain forest of Sarawak and dense evergreen forest of Colombian Choco) but 
floristically very distinct. 


Vegetation classifications may indicate "potential" vegetation, predicted vegetation based on 
various parameters illustrating vegetation cover before modification by man, or may convey 
"actual" vegetation, which may or may not include land-use. FAO, for the Forest Resources 
Assessment 1990 - Tropical Countries, categorises and gathers "actual" forest cover 
information by ecoregion or ecofloristic zone and by country (FAO, 1993). The criteria 
applied in classifying ecofloristic zones are ecological: climatic, physiographic and edaphic 
(see Annex 6 for further description): 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-11 


The concept of wilderness valuation has gained some recognition in the classification and 
description of lands for conservation, recreation and heritage values, a wider application of 
this concept would appear possible by following the methods and definitions outlined for 
Australia by Lesslie and Taylor (1985) and Anon. (1993). 


Classification schemes have been developed at a number of different scales. These can be 
broadly grouped into global, continental, national and local systems. Scale will obviously 
determine applicability. For example, global schemes are too coarse (low resolution) and 
inappropriate for national level planning, and local level detail is unwieldy at continental and 
global levels. However, relationships between scale can be important. For instance, it may 
be necessary for data collected and categorised at the national level to be compared with 
other national data at the continental scale. An example would be to undertake a gap-analysis 
of European forest protection. The same will be true with continental and global scales. 


If global monitoring is to take place effectively and efficiently, then it is essential that 
reporting procedures, using accepted standards, are transparent between the different levels. 


Global Scale 

Global vegetation classifications include Vegetation of the Earth (Walter, 1973) where 
climate, soil and potential natural vegetation are used, Ecoregions of the Continents (Bailey, 
1989) and Carbon in Live Vegetation of Major World Ecosystems (Olson et al, 1983) where 
a global vegetation map of biomes has been produced to estimate total carbon mass in 
vegetation. The Holdridge Life Zone Classification (1967) based on bioclimatic zoning is 
applicable at the global level, and although developed in the late 1940s is cited today in 
Central America. The UNESCO scheme (UNESCO, 1973), predominantly physiognomic, 
is based around five fundamental vegetation formations derived from height and cover of 
vegetation: closed forest, woodland, scrub, dwarf scrub and related communities, herbaceous 
vegetation and many further subdivisions. 


Few schemes deal with "actual" vegetation cover at the global level mainly because of the 
technical problems and expense of gathering actual vegetation at this scale. The problem is 
heightened by many national and international organisations collecting data which is often 
incompatible with global modelling as their schemes were often originally developed for 
exclusive use. FAO undertook a Global Tropical Forest Assessment (see below) based on 
actual census material and satellite data (FAO, 1993). WCMC has recently compiled, from 
national maps, a global map of the tropical moist forests of the world (Collins et al, 1991; 
Sayer et al, 1992 and Harcourt and Sayer, in press). Data are derived from numerous 
sources (traditional survey maps, classified satellite imagery, vegetation maps, land cover/use 
maps and forest cover maps) at varying scales and data quality. The WCMC dataset is based 
on a broad forest classification, built on a combination of the classification criteria mentioned 
above. 


An alternative approach is to use satellites in mapping global land cover, which enables a 
single methodology of data collection and categorisation to be applied throughout. Several 
assessments, mostly using the NOAA series of AVHHR (Advanced Very High Resolution 
Radiometer) satellites, principally designed for meteorological monitoring, have recently 
started to address the task of mapping land cover of the world from space. The AVHRR is 


5-12 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


particularly useful as it is relatively inexpensive and offers daily global coverage. Its red and 
near-infra red channels have been used widely in attempting to monitor seasonal vegetation 
changes. AVHRR, because of its multi-temporal coverage, has the ability to distinguish 
different vegetation types which may not be discernable in a single image. However, the 
resolution of 1 Km makes it useful for only general classification schemes, ideally at super- 
national (1:2 million scale), continental (1:5 million) or at global scales (1:25 million). 
However, the data suffer from considerable atmospheric and geometric distortion and this, 
coupled with the poor calibration between the satellite platforms within the series, makes pre- 
processing of AVHRR data time consuming. 


Satellite data are being used relatively successfully under several programmes. The EC-Joint 
Research Centre Tropical Ecosystem Environment Observations by Satellite (TREES) project 
has been developed specifically to study tropical forest change at regional and global scales, 
using remote sensing techniques (Malingreau et al, 1993). The forest classification in TREES 
is fairly coarse and is limited to forest, non-forest, fragmented forest and seasonal forest. 
TREES is also making use of thermal AVHRR data to detect and map the incidence of fire - 
an important factor in deforestation in the tropical forest zone. The NASA LANDSAT 
Pathfinder Tropical Deforestation Project has as its goal the mapping of deforestation 
throughout the tropics in four points in time over the last 20 years, using high resolution 
satellite imagery (both LANDSAT Multi-Spectral Scanner and Thematic Mapper) (Lawrence, 
pers comm. 1992) (see Annex 1 for class descriptions under the NALC component of the 
Pathfinder Project). In April 1992 the International Geosphere Biosphere Programme’s Data 
and Information System (IGBP-DIS) initiated the 1 km Land Cover project. This has the goal 
of collecting, archiving and processing daily data from AVHRR imagery for all terrestrial 
surfaces and then deriving land cover data sets from this archive (Townshend, 1992). 


Continental Scale 

There are many different continental schemes which could be mentioned such as Sharma 
(1986a, 1986b), Hueck (1978), UNESCO (1981), Olson and Dinerstein (1994), Devillers et 
al (1993), CEC (1993), FAO (1994), White (1983), Whitmore (1984) and many others. 
Some, such as Whitmore (1984) and FAO (1994) are "actual" vegetation schemes whilst, 
others such as White’s Vegetation of Africa (White, 1983, 1993), specifically developed for 
the African continent, conveys potential vegetation. White’s map units are arranged by 
phytochoria, a classification of plant species according to their geographical distribution; both 
physiognomic and floristic characteristics are also used. UNESCO’s map of South America 
(UNESCO, 1981) is based on both floristic and climatic elements: each vegetation type is 
mapped according to the bioclimatic and ecological framework in which it has developed its 
physiognomy and its phenology. One of the objectives of the classification is to present real 
limits of vegetation formations and from them to deduce the relative extent of cultivated 
areas. Each main category within the legend, which is based on climate (eg "hyperhumid and 
very humid formations: P>2000 mm") includes a general land use category "mosaic pattern 
of formations altered by man and of crops". 2 
Other examples of "actual" land cover classifications include the Corine Land Cover dataset 
(CEC, 1993) and the FAO (1994) AFRICOVER Project: both datasets are derived from 
satellite imagery. The AFRICOVER Project is in its early stages but aims to produce a 
homogeneous land cover map and digital data base (including place names, roads, drainage) 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-13 


at a scale of 1:250,000, 1:200,000 and 1:1,000,000 for all the countries of the African 
continent, based on existing data, remote sensing and GIS techniques (FAO, 1994). The 
Project also aims to strengthen national and regional capacities in practical application of 
advanced geographic information technologies to land cover mapping, natural resources 
assessment and environmental modelling. Although the project is continental in nature, data 
will be derived from various sources including ground sampling work. The project will rely 
heavily on networking and national programmes’ participation. 


The CORINE Programme was set up to improve the availability and use of environmental 
data in the European Community. This includes bringing together existing information, 
developing methods for storing, handling and presenting data and encouraging exchange of 
information. An information system on the state of the environment-has now been created 
and nomenclatures and methodologies developed for carrying out the Programme (CEC, 
1991, 1992). Priority areas include biotopes of importance for nature conservation, air and ~ 
water quality and land cover. The land cover map, derived from satellite images in 
conjunction with ancillary data, adopts a nomenclature which distinguishes 44 land cover and 
land use classes, grouped in a 3 level hierarchy (see Annex 2) which can be arranged into 
further hierarchical subdivisions for national mapping purposes. The classes used in the 
European map comprise vegetated and un-vegetated land cover and various categories of land 
use. 


National Scale 

There are too many national and local systems to describe but it is worth noting a few as 
examples. Most countries throughout the world, and different management sectors within 
those countries have designed their own land cover, land use and vegetation cover 
maps/systems. These are used for land use planning, forest inventories, conservation planning 
etc. Data may be derived from satellites, conventional mapping, predictive climate mapping 
and may represent potential or actual vegetation cover and land use. 


A national example is the RePPProT (Regional Physical Planning Programme for 
Transmigration) which has undergone a thorough classification of land cover and land use 
in Indonesia at a scale of 1:250,000 (Government of Indonesia/ODNRI, 1990). The 
programme’s main objective was to identify land that could be developed for transmigration 
settlement. RePPProT compiled a series of maps covering land status, land use and land 
systems, including forest use categories overlaying forest cover to identify areas with 
potential for development. 


Another example is RADAMBRASIL project (Projeto RADAM 1973-5, Projeto RADAMBR 
ASIL 1975-1983), whereby vegetation cover and land use spatial data were gathered and 
categorised for Brasil. RADAMBRASIL is a good example of the detail of information that 
can be collected and classified at higher resolutions. RADAMBRASIL is based on side- 
looking airborne radar (SLAR), including air photographs in true and false colour and 
extensive flights and ground checks. 32 volumes of the survey exist, covering the whole of 
the Brazilian Amazon are available (Prance and Whitmore, 1987). 


The Canadian system of ecological land classification characterizes terrain on the basis of 
geology, soil, land form, climate, fauna and flora. The system is hierarchical, characterized 


5-14 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


on the basis of approximately 5400 ecodistricts, 177 ecoregions, 45 ecoprovinces and 15 
ecozones (see Wiken, 1986). The ecozone is under consideration by the "State of the 
Environment Report" as an all purpose unit for state of the environment reporting (Freedman 
et al, 1993). It is recognised that the system should be flexible and be capable for 
environmental reporting in smaller scale units for provincial purposes, as well as in larger- 
scale units for federal purposes. 


ITE in the UK has developed a sophisticated database called the Countryside Information 
System (CIS) which provides easy and flexible access to information about the rural ~ 
environment of the UK (Wyatt et al, 1994). A component of the CIS is the Land Use 
Classification Information and Documentation (LUCID) which is a database package designed 
to allow inter-comparison of land use and land cover nomenclatures from land classification 
systems in use in Britain. ITE have examined seventeen regional, national and international 
systems for surveying and recording the nature and extent of land use and land cover. 
Relationships between the categories of these systems have been examined and a common 
baseline classification prepared (Wyatt et al, 1994). 


5.2.5 Data Definitions and Models 

Data definitions and terminology are driven by each application. An example of a set of data 
definitions is given in Annex 3; these are the land cover categories defined within the IGBP- 
DIS Land Cover classification scheme. Many initiatives have developed their own definitions, 
eg FAO has developed iis own system for classifying lands, recognising "natural" and 
managed formations, including plantations; IUFRO has developed its own set of definitions 
for forests (IUFRO, 1992). There is a need to standardise land cover and land use 
definitions, and FAO and UNEP are currently developing standard definitions for land 
cover/use categorisation. 


5.2.6 References 


Adams, J. 1992. Towards an improved vegetation classification scheme for global mapping 
and monitoring. A background paper produced for the UNEP/HEM/WCMC/GCTE 
preparatory workshop Charlottesville, Virginia 24-26 January 1993. Unpublished. 


Anderson, J., Hardy, E., Roach, J., and Witmer, R. 1976. A Land Use Classification System 
for Use with Remote-Sensor Data. US Department of the Interior, US Geological Survey 
Professional Paper 964, Washington, DC, 28 pp. 


AUSLIG. (undated). Australia - Natural Vegetation. 1:5 million. Compiled by Botany 
Department, Australian National University, produced by Australian Surveying and Land 
Information Group, Department of Administrative Services. 


Bailey, R.G. 1989. Ecoregions of the Continents. USDA Forest Service. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-15 


Bones, J.T. 1993. Report for Consultancy on Forest Definitions and Classifications to be 
Employed for Global Forest Resources Assessment, 2000. In: Proceedings of FAO/ECE 
Meeting of Experts on Global Forest Resources Assessment - Kotka II, Finland, 3-7 May 1993 
Nyyssonen, A. (Ed.) The Finnish Forest Research Institute. Research Papers 469, Helsinki. 
Pp. 175-194. 


Brown, D., Lowe, C., and Pase, C. 1979. A Digitized Classification System for the Biotic 
Communities of North America, with Community (Series) and Association Examples for the 
Southwest. Journal of the Arizona-Nevada Academy of Science 14:1-16. 


CEC. 1991. Corine Biotopes Manual. In 4 volumes. Environment and quality of life series 
EUR 12587. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. 


CEC. 1992. Corine Land Cover - Technical Guide. Luxembourg: Commission of the ~ 
European Communities. 


CEC. 1993. Corine Land Cover - Guide Technique. Office des publications officielles des 
Communautés européennes. Luxembourg. 


Collins, N.M., Sayer, J.A. and Whitmore, T.C. (Eds). 1991. The Conservation Atlas of 
Tropical Forests -Asia and the Pacific. Macmillan Publishers Ltd., London. 


Cowardin, L, Carter, V., Golet, F. and LaRoe, E. 1979. Classification of Wetlands and 
Deepwater Habitats of the United States. US Department of Interior, US Fish and Wildlife 
Service, Re. No. FWS/OBS-79/31, Washington, DC, 103 pp. 


Devillers, P. and Devillers-Terschuren, J. 1993. A Classification of Palaearctic Habitats -a 
preliminary list of priority habitats in Council of Europe Member States. A report to the 
Council of Europe. T-PVS (94)1. 


EPA. 1993. North American Landscape Characterization (NALC) - Research Plan. Prepared 
by Remote and Air Monitoring Branch Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Las 
Vegas, Nevada. EPA/600/R-93/135. 


FAO/UNEP. 1981. Tropical Forest Resources Assessment Project. Forest Resources of 
Tropical Asia. Volume 3 of 3. Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO), Rome, Italy, Italy. 


FAO. 1988. An Interim Report on the State of the Forest Resources in the Developing 
Countries. Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations, Rome, Italy. 


FAO. 1989. Classification and Mapping of Vegetation Types in Tropical Asia. Food and 
Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations. 


FAO. 1993. Forest Resources Assessment 1990 - Tropical Countries. FAO Forestry Paper 
112. Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations, Rome, Italy. 


5-16 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


FAO. 1994. Africover Project - Land Cover Map and Data Base of Africa Based on Satellite 
Remote Sensing. Report on the Technical Consultation and Donor Consultation on the 
AFRICOVER Project and Annexes. ECA Headquarters Addis Ababa 4-11 July 1994. Food 
and Agriculture Organisation (FAO), Rome, Italy. 


Freedman, B., Staicer, C. and Shackell, N. 1993. Recommendations for a National 
Ecological Monitoring Program. Occasional Paper Series No. 2. Environment Canada. 


Gils, H.A.M.J. van, Huizing, H., Kannegieter, A. Zee, D. van der. 1991-3. The evolution 
of the ITC system of rural land use and land cover classification (LUCC). ITC Journal 1991- 
3. International Training Centre, Netherlands. 


Gils, H.A.M.J. van. 1993. Vegetation Classification: a review for harmonization of maps. 
Discussion paper prepared for the UNEP/HEM/WCMC/GCTE Preparatory Workshop on 
Vegetation Classification, held in Charlottesville, Virginia, USA, 24-26 January 1993. 
Unpublished. 


Government of Indonesia/ODNRI. 1990. The Land Resources of Indonesia - A National 
Overview Atlas. Natural Resource Institute (Formerly ODNRI), UK. 


Harcourt, C.S. and Sayer, J.A. (Eds). (in press). The Conservation Atlas of Tropical Forests 
-The Americas. Simon and Schuster, New York. 


Holdridge, L.R. 1967. Life Zone Ecology. Tropical Science Center, San Jose. 


Hueck, K. 1978. Los Bosques de Sudamerica - Ecologia, composicion e importancia 
economica. GTZ, Germany. 


IUCN. 1973. A Working System for Classification of World Vegetation Prepared by the IUCN 
Secretariat with the Guidance of the IUCN Commission on Ecology. Morges, Switzerland. 
20.p World Conservation Union (IUCN) Occasional Paper 5. 


IUFRO. 1992. JUFRO International Guidelines for Forest Monitoring 15 November 1992. 
Draft. International Union of Forestry Research Organisations, Subject Group S.4.02.00 
Forest Resource Inventory and Monitoring. Unpublished. 


Laumonier, Y. 1980. Contribution 4 1’étude écologique et structurale des foréts de sumatra. 
Thése de doctorat de spécialité soutenue 4 1’ Universite Pual Sabatier, Toulouse, 137 pp. 


Lawrence, W.T. 1992. The NASA Landsat Pathfinder Tropical Deforestation Project. Revista 
SELPER, June 1992. 


Lesslie, R.G., Taylor, S.G. 1985. The wilderness continuum concept and its implications for 
Australian wilderness preservation policy. Biological Conservation 32:309-33. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-17 


Malingreau, J.P., Achard, F., D’Souza, G., Stibig, H-J, D’Souza, J., Estreguil, C. and Eva, 
H. 1993. AVHRR for global tropical forest monitoring: The lessons of the TREES project. 
In: Proceedings of the 6th AVHRR Data Users Meeting, Eumetsa. EC-Joint Research Centre, 
Institute of Remote Sensing, Ispra, Italy. 


Nyyssonen, A. (Ed.) 1993. Proceedings of FAO/ECE Meeting of Experts on Global Forest 
Resources Assessment in cooperation with UNEP and with the support of FINNIDA (Kotka 
II) Kotka, Finland, 3-7 May 1993. The Finnish Forest Research Institute. Research Papers 
469. Helsinki. 


Olson, D.M. and Dinnerstein, E. 1994. Assessing the conservation potential and degree of 
threat among ecoregions of Latin America and the Caribbean: a proposed landscape ecology 
approach. LATEN Dissemination Note no. 10. World Bank, Washington, DC. 


Olson, J.S., Watts, J.A. and Allison, L.J. 1983. Carbon in Live Vegetation of Major World 
Ecosystems. Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge. 


Prance, G.T. and Whitmore, T.C. (Eds). 1987. Biogeography and Quaternary History in 
Tropical America. Calrendon Press, Oxford. 


Sayer, J.A., Harcourt, C.S. and Collins, N.M. (Eds). 1992. The Conservation Atlas of 
Tropical Forests - Africa. Macmillan Publishers Ltd., London. 


Schomaker, M. 1994. FAO and UNEP launch informal working group on land use and land 
cover classification. Science International no. 56, June 1994. Pp. 21-22. 


Sharma, M.K. 1986a. A Vegetation Map of Tropical Continental Asia on 1:5 million scale. 
Institute of International Map of Vegetation Toulouse Cedex, France. 


Sharma, M.K. 1986b. Ecofloristic Zone and Vegetation Maps of Tropical Continental Asia. 
Institut de la Carte Internationale de la Vegetation Universite Paul Sabatier. Toulouse Cedex, 
France. 


Townshend, J.R.G. (Ed.) 1992. Improved global data for land applications, IGBP report 
number 20. (IGBP secretariat, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Box 50005, S-10405, 
Stockholm, Sweden. 


UN-ECE/FAO. 1992. The Forest Resources of the Temperate Zones. Main Findings of the 
UN-ECE/FAO 1990 Forest Resource Assessment. ECE/TIM/60. UN, Geneva. 


UNEP/FAO. 1993. Report of the UNEP/FAO Expert Meeting on Harmonizing Land Cover 
and Land Use Classifications, 23-25 November 1993, Geneva. Global Environmental 
Monitoring System (GEMS)/United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), Nairobi, 
Kenya. Unpublished. 


5-18 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


UNEP/GEMS. 1993. Vegetation Classification - Report of the UNEP-HEM/WCMC/GCTE 
Preparatory Meeting Charlottesville, Virginia, USA, 24-26 January 1993. Compiled by 
Beatrice Murray. GEMS Report Series No. 19, United Nations Environment Programme 
(UNEP), Nairobi, Kenya. 


UNESCO. 1973. International Classification and Mapping of Vegetation. Ecology and 
Conservation 6, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation 
(UNESCO), Paris. 92 pp. 


UNESCO. 1981. Vegetation Map of South America: Explanatory notes. United Nations 
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO), Paris. Pp. 1-189. 


Walter, H. 1973. Vegetation of the Earth. Springer, New York: 237 pp. 
White, F. 1983. The Vegetation of Africa. UNESCO/AETFAT/UNSO. Paris: 356 pp. 


White, F. 1993. The AETFAT chorological classification of Africa: history, methods and 
applications. Bulletin du Jardin Botanique National de Belgique. 62:225-281. 


Whitmore, T.C. 1984. Vegetation of Malaysia - 1:5,000,000. Commonwealth Forestry 
Institute, Oxford University. A contribution to Global Environment Monitoring System, 
United Nations Environment Programme. Journal of Biogeography. 11:84 


Wiken, E. 1986. Terrestrial Ecozones of Canada. Ecological Land Classification Series No. 
19. Lands Directorate, Environment Canada, Ottawa. 


Wyatt, B.K., Greatorex-Davies, J.N., Hill, M.O., et al 1994. Countryside Survey 1990: 
Comparison of Land Cover Definitions. Countryside 1990 Series, Volume 3. Department of 
the Environment, London. 


Young, A. 1993. Land Use and Land Cover Classification: a Discussion Paper. Background 


paper to UNEP/FAO Expert Meeting on Land Cover and Land Use Classification 
Harmonization Geneva, 23-25 November 1993. Unpublished. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-19 


Annex 1: NALC Pathfinder Categorisation System 


The North American Landscape Characterisation (NALC) project (EPA, 1993) is a 
component of the NASA Landsat Pathfinder project. The purpose of the project is to produce 
land cover and land cover change data at 3.2-5.8 ha resolution across Central America, 
Mexico, Caribbean and Hawaii. The NALC classification system was developed to 
specifically support NALC project objectives (EPA, 1993) and to be compatible with the 
other major land cover classification systems. According to EPA (1993) the NALC 
classification system is compatible to Anderson et al (1976), Cowardin et al (1979) and - 
Brown et al (1979) systems. This example illustrates the type of vegetation classes that can 
be gathered using higher resolution satellites. 


1. Barren or Developed Land 1.1. Exposed Land 
1.2. Developed Land 
2. Woody 2.1. Forest 
2.2. Scrub/Shrub 
3.1, Herbaceous 


4. Arid 4.1. Arid Vegetation 
4.2. Riparian 


5.1 Snow /ee 


6. Water and Submerged Land . Ocean 
. Coastal 

.3. Near-shore 
. Inland 


. Cloud 

. Shadow 

. Missing 

. Indeterminable 


5-20 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Annex 2: CORINE Land Cover Nomenclature 


The following table illustrates the hierarchy within the nomenclature of the Corine land cover 


system and the relationships between the different levels (CEC, 1993). 


1. Artificial Surfaces 


2. Agricultural Areas 


3. Forest and Semi- 
natural Areas 


4. Wetlands 


5. Water Bodies 


1.1 Urban Fabric 


1.2.Industrial, Commercial and 
Transport Units 


1.3. Mine, Dump and Construction 
Sites 


1.4. Artificial, Non-agricultural 
Vegetated Areas 


2.1. Arable 


2.2. Permanent Crops 


2.3. Pastures 
2.4. Heterogeneous Agricultural 
Areas 


3.1. Forests 


3.2. Scrub and/or Herbaceous 
Vegetation Associations 


3.3. Open Spaces with little or no 
Vegetation 


4.1. Inland Wetlands 


4.2. Maritime Wetlands 


5.1. Inland Waters 


5.2. Marine Waters 


1.1.1. Continuous Urban Fabric 
1.1.2. Discontinuous Urban Fabric 
1.2.1. Industrial or Commercial Units 
1.2.2. Road and Rail Networks and 
Associated Land 

1.2.3. Port Areas 

1.2.4. Airports 

1.3.1. Mineral Extraction Sites 
1.3.2. Dump Sites 

1.3.3. Construction Sites 

1.4.1. Green Urban Areas 

1.4.2. Port and Leisure Facilities 


2.1.1. Non-irrigated Arable Land 
2.1.2. Permanently Irrigated Land 
2.1.3. Rice Fields 

2.2.1. Vineyards 

2.2.2. Fruit Trees and Berry Plantations 
2.2.3. Olive Groves 

2.3.1. Pastures 

2.4.1. Annual Crops associated with 
Permanent Crops 

2.4.2. Complex Cultivation Patterns 
2.4.3. Land Principally Occupied by 
Agriculture, with Significant Areas of 
Natural Vegetation 

2.4.4. Agro-forestry Areas 


Broad-leaved Forest 
Coniferous Forest 
Mixed Forest 
Natural Grasslands 
Moors and Heathland 
Sclerophyllous Vegetation 
Transitional Woodland-scrub 
Beaches, Dunes, Sands 

. Bare Rocks 
Sparsely Vegetated Areas 
Burn Areas 
Glaciers and Perpetual Snow 


Inland Marshes 
Peat Bogs 

Salt Marshes 
Salines 
Intertidal Flats 


Water Courses 
Water Bodies 
Coastal Lagoons 
Estuaries 

Sea and Ocean 


Annex 3: IGBP-DIS LCWG Global Land Cover Classification System 


1 NATURAL VEGETATION 


1.1 


1h74 


1.3 


1.4 


1.5 


1.6 


1.7 


1.8 


1.9 


Evergreen Needleleaf Trees and Shrubs. Lands dominated by woody vegetation 
with a percent cover >50% and height exceeding 2 metres. Almost all trees and 
shrubs remain green all year. Canopy is never without green foliage. 


Evergreen Broadleaf Trees and Shrubs. Lands dominated by woody vegetation with 
a percent cover >50% and height exceeding 2 metres. Trees and shrubs generally 
remain green year around. Canopy is never without green foliage. 


Deciduous Needleleaf Trees and Shrubs. Lands dominated by woody vegetation 
with a percent cover >50% and height exceeding 2 metres. Trees and shrubs shed ~ 
their leaves during the dry season, eg Siberian Larix. 


Deciduous Broadleaf Trees and Shrubs. Lands dominated by woody vegetation with 
a percent cover >50% and height exceeding 2 metres. Consists of broadleaf trees and 
shrubs with an annual cycle of leaf-on leaf-off periods. 


Mixed Trees and Shrubs. Lands dominated by woody vegetation with a percent 
cover >50% and height exceeding 2 metres. Consists of mixtures of either broadleaf 
or needleleaf trees and shrubs in which neither component exceeds 60% of landscape. 


Closed Shrublands. Lands with woody vegetation with a height <2 metres. The 
total percent shrub cover exceeds 30%. The shrub foliage can be either evergreen or 
deciduous. 


Open Shrublands. Lands with woody vegetation with a height <2 metres. The total 
percent shrub cover is between 10-30% The shrub foliage can be either evergreen or 
deciduous. 


Woody Savannas. Lands with herbaceous understorey, typically graminoids and with 
tree and shrub cover between 30-50%. The tree and shrub cover height exceeds 2 
metres. 


Savannas. Lands with herbaceous understorey typically graminoids, and with tree and 
shrub cover between 10-30%. The tree and shrub cover height exceeds 2 metres. 


Grasslands. Lands with herbaceous types of cover, typically graminoids. Tree and 
shrub cover is <10%. 


Permanent Wetlands. Lands with a permanent mosaic of water and herbaceous or 
woody vegetation that cover extensive areas (ie >500 Km’) cannot be consistently 
detected with 1 km AVHRR data. 


5-22 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


2 DEVELOPED LANDS 


2.1 


2.2 


2.3 


2.4 


Annual Broadleaf Crops. Lands covered with temporary broadleaf crops (eg cotton, 
soybeans, sugar beets) that are harvested at the completion of the growing season, 
then remain idle until replanted. 


Annual Grass Crops. Lands covered with temporary grass-type crops (eg rice, 
wheat, maize) that are harvested at the completion of the growing season, then remain 
idle until replanted. At least 60% of the cropland. At least 60% of the landscape must 
be covered with cropland. 


Mixed Annual Crops. Lands covered with temporary broadleaf or grass type crops 
that are harvested at the completion of the growing season, then remain idle until 
replanted. Neither the broadleaf or grass-type crops represent >60% of the cropland. 
At least 60% of the landscape must be covered with cropland. 


Urban and Built-up. Land covered by buildings and other man-made structures and 
activities. Note that this class will not be mapped from the AVHRR imagery but will 
be developed from ancillary so. 


3 MOSAIC LANDS 


3.1 


3.2 


Agriculture/Tree and Shrub Mosaics. Lands with a mosaic of annual crops and 
trees and shrub vegetation in which neither component comprises >60% of the 
landscape. Tree and shrub cover can be either needleleaf or deciduous types. 


Agriculture and Grassland Mosaics. Lands with a mosaic of annual crops and 
grassland or savanna cover in which neither component comprises >60% of the 
landscape. 


4 NON-VEGETATED LANDS 


4.1 


4.2 


4.3 


Snow and Ice. Lands under snow/ice cover for most of the year. 


Bare Soil and Rocks. Exposed soil, sand, or rocks with <10% vegetated cover 
during any time of the year. 


Water Bodies. Oceans, seas, lakes, reservoirs and rivers. Can either be fresh or salt 
water bodies. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-23 


Annex 4: ITC Land Use and Land Cover Classification System 


ITC, which offers training in land use and land cover mapping, has developed classification 
system that separates land cover from land use. The scheme allows: 


© consistent differentiation between land use and land cover 
®@ application at any scale (is adaptable to specific regional conditions) 
© application in interpreting satellite images and aerial photos. 


This system, developed from previous schemes (land use survey-1 prepared by the 
International Geographical Union and LUS-2) (Van Gils, 1991-3) has been applied in a large 
number of interpretation exercises using satellite images from various areas in and outside 
the tropics since 1981. The main classes (I-VII) (see Table) can usually be distinguished on 
satellite images recorded during the growing season. The second level of land cover classes 
can also often be recognised by satellite, however at 1:25,000-1:50,000 scales more detailed 
levels of cover and land use classification are necessary. There are also seven main land use 
classes which are related to the land cover classes. The ITC approach has been used from 
local (1:5,000) to regional (1:1,500,000) scales (van Gils, 1993). The LUCC is useful in that 
it demonstrates the conceptual difference and relationships between land cover and land use. 


Land Cover 


BUILDINGS AND ARTIFACTS 1,2,3,4,5 SETTLEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 
(A) Buildings (a) Residential 
(B) Roads (b) Industrial, quarrying, mining (above ground) 
(C) Canals/ditches (c) Transport and communications 
canals, dams, dykes (d) Recreational 
(D) Dikes/dams (e) Agricultural 
(E) Fences/hedgerows 
(F) Wells/boreholes AGRICULTURE 
(G) Terraces (a) Semi-permanent cultivation 
(b) Permanent rain-fed cultivation 
FIELDS/CROP PLANTATIONS (c) Irrigated cultivation 
(A) Fallow 
(B) Herbaceous crops GRAZING 
(C) Wetland rice (a) Intensive grazing 
(D) Shrub/vine crops (b) Ranching 
(c) Pastoralism 
OPEN NATURAL VEGETATION 3,4,5,6.7 
(A) Grass FORESTRY 
(B) Savanna (a) Timber 
(C) Scrub Subdivisions (b) Pulp-wood 
(c) Firewood, charcoal, pole wood and other 
FOREST 2c,3,4,5,6 domestic uses 
(A) Forest plantation (d) Other: eg bark, turpentine, tannin, cork 
(B) (Semi) natural forest 


WATER BODY, SNOW/ICE COVER 5,6,7,(1b),(1d) CONSERVATION 
(1c),(2),(3) (a) Nature reserve 
(b) Game reserve 
BURNED-OVER LAND (c) Watershed management 
(d) Dune stabilization 
BARREN LAND (e) Other 


HUNTING, FISHING AND GATHERING 
(a) Hunting 

(b) Fishing 

(c) Food gathering 

(d) Fibre gathering 

(e) Firewood collection 


Annex 5: White’s Vegetation Classification of Africa 


A vegetation classification of Africa was presented by F. White and adopted by UNESCO 
(White, 1983). It is based on natural (climax) vegetation and contains the following 
formations of natural extent: 


1. Forest. Continuous stand of trees at least 10 m tall, their crowns interlocking. 


la. 


1b. 


Ic. 


1d. 


le. 


Pd 


3a. 


3b. 


10. 


Rain Forest. No without any significant dry season and with trees usually more than 
30 m high. 


Dry Forest. With dry season of several weeks or months. 


Semi-evergreen Forest. Where some species are deciduous but understorey mostly 
evergreen. 


Deciduous Forest. Where trees lose their leaves simultaneously for months. 
Undifferentiated Forest. With very heterogeneous patterns. 


Woodland. An open stand of trees at least 8 m tall with a canopy cover of 40 % or 
more. The field layer is usually dominated by grasses. 


Bushiand. An open stand of bushes and climbers usually between 3 and 7 m tall with 
a canopy covber of 40 % or more. 


Thicket. A closed stand of bushes and climbers usually between 3 and 7 m tall. 
Shrubland. An open or closed stand of shrubs up to 2 m tall. 


Grassland. Land covered with grasses and other herbs, either without woody plants 
or the latter not covering more than 10 % of the ground. 


Wooded Grassland. Land covered with grasses and other herbs, with woody plants 
covering between 10 and 40 % of the ground. 


Desert. Arid landscapes with a sparse plant cover, except in depressions where water 
accumulates. The sandy, stony or rocky substrate contributes more to the appearance 
of the landscape than does the vegetation. 


Afroalpine Vegetation. Physiognomically mixed vegetation occurring on high 
mountains where night frosts are liable to occur throughout the year. 


Scrub Forest. Intermediate between forest and bushland or thicket. 


Transition Woodland. Intermediate between forest and woodland. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 §-25 


11. 


12. 


13. 


14. 


15. 


16. 


5-26 


Scrub Woodland. Stunted woodland less then 8 m tall or vegetation intermediate 
between woodland and bushland. 


Mangrove. Open or closed stands of trees or bushes occurring on shores between 
high- and low- water mark. Most mangrove species have pneumathores or are 
viviparous. 

Herbaceous fresh-water swamp and aquatic vegetation 

Halophytic Vegetation (saline and brackish swamp) 


Bamboo 


Anthropic Landscapes 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Annex 6: FAO Tropical Forest Resources Project 


FAO carries out the most comprehensive global assessment of tropical forest extent and 
forest management under the Tropical Forest Resources Assessment (TFRA) Project 
(FAO/UNEP, 1981, FAO, 1988, FAO, 1993). There is a parallel assessment which is 
undertaken for temperate regions (UN-ECE/FAO, 1992). FAO’s Assessment is presented in 
statistical form (FAO, 1993) but is essentially a mapping and statistical exercise. 


FAO’s technique of assessment is described here as an example of the different data - 
processing steps required in gathering forest cover and forest cover area change data into 
standardised formats. A useful summary of the Global Forest Resources Assessment, 
including recommendations for the methodology towards the Assessment 2000 is given in 
Nyyssonen (1993). 


Country data are maintained in FORIS (Forest Resources Information System), which is a 
computerised database to store/retrieve national/sub-national forest resource information. The 
statistical data are supplemented with multi-date high resolution satellite data which are 
maintained within the project’s Geographic Information System (GIS). 


The tabular data comprise forest resources, population and socioeconomic data at the 
subnational (province, state) level and the map data include vegetation types, ecofloristic 
zones and country and subnational boundaries. Demography and ecological parameters were 
included in the GIS as population pressure and environmental conditions (particularly the 
population carrying capacity of the area) drive deforestation. 


Forest cover, forest biomass and plantation statistics are presented in the FAO Assessment 
(FAO, 1993). FAO have defined natural and semi-natural forests as "ecological systems with 
a minimum of 10% crown cover of trees and/or bamboo, generally associated with wild flora 
and fauna and natural soil conditions and not subject to agricultural practices". This is an 
wide definition and includes many open vegetation formations which would not normally be 
regarded as forests. Plantations are defined as "forest stands established artificially by 
afforestation on land which previously did not carry forests; or forest stands established 
artificially by reforestation on land which carried forest within the previous 50 years or 
within living memory and involving the replacement of the previous crop by a new and 
essentially different crop" (FAO, 1993). Plantations are further distinguished according to 
function: industrial and non-industrial (see FAO, 1993 for definitions). 


The forest cover data for 1990 are ordered by "forest formation". These estimates of forest 


cover area and changes by forest formation are derived by integrating FORIS database with 
ecofloristic zone and vegetation maps, digitised at 1:5 million scale. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-27 


5.3. Agriculture 


5.3.1 Overview 

This section considers agriculture as it interrelates and impacts upon biodiversity. Discussion 
about classification systems is therefore restricted to those schemes which have a direct 
bearing on biodiversity aspects. As a general comment, the treatment of agriculture with 
biodiversity is at an early stage of development. Consequently, many areas of overlap vis-a- 
vis classification systems, minimum data sets, and database models are not immediately 
apparent. However, as countries consider implementing the CBD this situation is likely to 
change. 


Agricultural classification systems may include land classifications as well as consider social, 
economic, and production classifications of agriculture such as subsistence, commercial, 
grain, dairy, small fruit, mixed, agroforestry, organic, and hobby farming. Important 
distinctions should be made between "land" as opposed to soil since many people confuse soil 
classification (eg FAO Soil Map of the World) with the broader concept of land 
classification, incorporating soil, climate, relief, and hydrology (Beek and Bennema, 1974). 


Additionally, there is the difference between Jand classification and land use classification. 
Classifying land per se is something done in reconnaissance surveys of an area where there 
is not time or money to do a full soil survey, but using aerial photographs and field work it 
is possible to map out land units such as alluvial plains, flat terraces, moderately sloping, and 
hillsides. This is contrasted from land use which could be urban, forestry, agriculture in the 
broadest sense, or some of the land utilisation types suggested in the FAO Framework eg, 
rainfed agricultural cropping. 


Agricultural classification systems should be capable of measuring, monitoring land use 
patterns, and assess the level of risk to biodiversity within geographic areas as well as be 
used for extrapolating research results for use in other areas. Secondly, they should assist in 
the assessment of threats to biodiversity in general resulting from changes, or potential 
changes, in the land use practices and patterns of agricultural production. 


The measuring and monitoring role of the impact of agriculture on biodiversity is 
documented in various country level State of the Environment Reports (SEOR) produced over 
the last few years as response to the World Commission on Environment and Development’s 
1987 report. Many countries use a framework of zones for land classifications systems to 
produce their reports. Examples include the Canadian Ecozones (Wiken, 1986). 


The impact on biodiversity of agriculture activities can be influenced by: 
@ the expansion of the area of land under agricultural management 


© changes in the intensity of use of other inputs to agricultural production (eg 
increased fertiliser and pesticide usage) 


© changes in the agricultural systems employed that effect the number of plant and 
animal species it supports. 


5-28 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


To illustrate the third point above, consider the example of a rangeland grazing system. This 
area of land may equally support a system of prairie cereal production. From an agricultural 
production perspective, the production of cereals requires a higher level of control of 
non-crop organisms than does a rangeland grazing system. In addition, any system which 
provides continuous ground cover will be less prone to soil loss and degradation problems 
which would effect the composition of non-agricultural biodiversity. 


As a second illustration, consider the difference between a mono-cropped, single variety 
cereal field in the US, with a low, multi-cropped Malaysian farm. In the cereal field, the 
level of biodiversity is small. The use of a single biotype cultivar itself restricts biodiversity. 
Additionally, monoculture facilitates the utilisation of chemical pesticides, and may reduce 
yet further the level of biodiversity. In contrast, the multi-cropping system, where two or 
more crop species are grown simultaneously, actually promotes and takes advantage of 
biodiversity. Here the variation in crop biotype reduces the technical and economic effect of 
pest attack, while maximising crop biomass production. It may decrease the need for 
pesticides, improving sustainable levels of non-crop organisms to flourish. 


5.3.2 Classification Systems and Standards 

The aim of this section is to take a snapshot of current land use patterns in agricultural 
production and to expose the effect of agricultural land use upon the level of biodiversity 
within the area. In order to do this, it is necessary to conduct field surveys of the pattern of 
agricultural land use practices and the range of restrictions upon biodiversity that these 
impose. 


Measurement and Monitoring 
The following are examples of classification systems developed in the context of 
measurement and monitoring roles. 


Name FAO Soil Map of the World 

Description This study (see FAO, 1990) was initiated in an attempt to record the soil types 
of the world in one uniform publication. The main purpose of the study was 
that of soil mapping. As an aside to this work, a record of "vegetation" was 
made for each of the "soil associations" defined areas. This record is an 
"investigator assessment" of the general land use or cover vegetation both 
present, and where possible naturally occurring. This record is not well 
defined, and it is very much left to individual investigators to decide what 
information to include. For example, dataset entries could include Field 
Crops, Pasture, and Woodland. 


Name Global and National Soils and Terrain Digital Database (SOTER) 

Description The SOTER (FAO, 1993) objectives include the selection, standardisation, 
coding and storage of information on soils and "terrain". SOTER addresses 
terrain morphology groupings in which the soils are just one component. The 
emphasis on standardisation and coding forces the definition of classification 
systems for both "terrain" and "land cover". "Vegetation" and "Land Use" are 
stored in two separate files. Within each, the following is recorded: 


—E—— EEE 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-29 


5-30 


the SOTER geographic unit identification 
date of recording 

land use or vegetation as appropriate 

the proportion (%) of land use or vegetation 


SOTER adopted a hierarchical classification system for record 3) above. Thus, 
land use is divided into classes, subclasses and groups, each adding a 
character to the database field code. Examples for land use and vegetation are 
found below: 


@ Land Use 
Class A (Agriculture) 
Subclass AA (Annual Field Crops) 
Group AAS (Wet Rice- Cultivation) 


@ Vegetation 
Class 1 (Closed Forest) 
Subclass 1A (Mainly Evergreen) 
Group 1A5 (Mangrove Forest) 


The risk assessment role of SOTER aims to assess the possible threats to 
biodiversity from human activity in land-based production. To do this, it is 
necessary to adopt a method of assessment of potential changes in land use 
patterns. This requires information on the uses to which any piece of land may 
be put in the future. In hand with this is the need to assess the relative threat 
to which ecosystems may be put as a result of such changes. The requirement 
is then threefold: 


@ The need to assess the demand humans place on the land. This requires an 
estimate of demand for agricultural land, which would be expected to be 
highly correlated with population density, land prices and economic 
pressure to produce. 


e@ A prediction of the most suitable areas of land, into which the expansion 
of agricultural production is most likely to occur. 


@ To assess the relative fragility of the land itself to such changes. 
Information is needed about whether specific soils, within any threatened 
region of expansion are prone to erosion, water quality problems, flood, 
deforestation or possibly desertification, as a result of agricultural activity. 
These factors are generally correlated with the soil’s physical and chemical 
properties, climate and topography. 


Although the SOTER project has been tested on three continents it still falls 
far short of providing the completeness of coverage required for the present 
project. With reasonable resourcing it might be possible to establish links with 
the SOTER project in order to have maps completed for the key areas of 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


biodiversity research, because SOTER may be one of the best systems for this 
purpose. 


Land Suitability 

In searching for a globally applicable "Land Suitability Classification System", the aim is to 
provide a standardised measure of any given land’s suitability to agricultural production. 
From this information, agriculture’s demand for that piece of land can be assessed, as the 
demand for land in general rises, and predict the possible uses to which that land might be 
put, should it enter into production. The possibility of an assessment procedure would help 
to forecast the likely effect on biodiversity from changes in agricultural land use patterns and 
from agricultural land use expansion. Since cultivated agriculture encompasses a continuum, 
from extensive monoculture production to small-scale multi-cropping, then the assessment 
of land use patterns is of importance to the level of biodiversity observed. 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


US Department of Agriculture’s Land Capability Classification System 
An example of a regional land capability classification system is provided by 
USDA. Land evaluation, may be defined as the processes of estimating the 
potential of land for one or more alternative uses. Among the many national 
systems for land capability and suitability classification in use throughout the 
world, the USDA "Land Capability Classification" system (described in 
Klinngebiel and Montgommery, 1961), has seen widespread application 
worldwide. However, this approach which assesses lands suitability for 
agricultural production, is based on economic and technical environment more 
representative of developed countries, thus there is a need for a more flexible 
global system. 


International Framework for Evaluating Sustainable Land Management 
Beek and Bennema (1974) developed a methodology for the classification of 
"land evaluation" for Latin America. This work formed the basis of the FAO 
suitability classification system first published in "A Framework For Land 
Evaluation" (1976). However, this version of the system proved too complex, 
it has since been modified by other workers, such as Dent and Young (1981), 
and more recently revised as the "International Framework for Evaluating 
Sustainable Land Management” (FAO, 1993). The Dent and Young (1981) 
system is based upon an iterative process to assess the suitability of some 
piece of land for the production of a specified crop, by means of a specified 
system. The land is then ranked on a continuum, from suitable to not suitable, 
specifically for growing that crop. Given resources, this methodology can 
assess the suitability of areas of land for different land uses. The 
"amplification" of these land uses will depend upon the purpose of the study, 
the detail of information available and the research resources available. 


CORINE (Coordination of Information on the Environment) 

The Corine Soil Erosion Risk and Important Land Resources System (1992) 
is the European EU sponsored project formed part of a larger EU 
environmental initiative. The methodology employs the USLE (Universal Soil 
Loss Equation) along with soil surveys, climatic, topographic, agronomic and 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-31 


vegetative information to overlay maps using GIS techniques. This process 
was carried out at a scale of 1:1,000,000. The project aimed to assess the 
level of both potential and actual soil erosion risk. For these purposes, 
potential was defined as the "risk of erosion, irrespective of current land use 
or vegetation cover". The use of the term risk actually refers to the "risk of 
erosion under present vegetation and land use conditions". Thus, the risk from 
potential erosion is much greater than that of actual erosion, and is thus the 
risk from change in land use patterns toward erosion sub-optimal practices. 


5.3.3 Data Definitions and Models 

Definitions of land area and land use may vary considerably between countries. There have 
been many individual surveys of current land use in individual countries but there are very 
few if any reliable international systems with consistent data definitions. The FAO’s Agro- 
Ecological Zones are one of the best set of definitions presently available. The FAO’s land - 
area data typically excludes the area under major inland water bodies, national claims to the 
continental shelf, and maritime exclusive economic zones (EEZ). (For some countries, 
national land area may include overseas territories). Further, FAO’s world land area total 
excludes Antarctica. In general, cropland refers to arable land and land under temporary or 
permanent cultivation; permanent meadows and pasture includes land and pastures used for 
five years or more for natural or cultivated forage crops; forest and woodland refers to 
natural or planted stands of trees and includes uncultivated land, wetlands, barren or 
wasteland, parks, built-on and roads (UNEP, 1993). 


Land area and land-use data are revised periodically as new information becomes available 
and therefore, values may change significantly from year to year. Moreover, the definitions 
of land-use categories are sometimes adjusted and the data revised accordingly. 
Consequently, apparent changes in land use should be viewed wit h caution. 


The chosen classification schemes should lend themselves to modelling the impacts of 
changed agro-ecosystems on biodiversity, because they are too complex to monitor cost- 
effectively by any direct means. The models should be robust due to the paucity of the data 
for most areas and the need to accept data from different sources and land evaluation 
methodologies. Simulation of alternative scenarios will then be possible in terms that decision 
makers can understand. Outputs will be enhanced by linkage to geographic information 
systems, but some evidence indicates that these may not be as essential to the actual data 
processing as they will be to the display of results and alternatives for biodiversity impacts. 


5.3.4 References 
Beek, K.J. and Bennema, J. 1974. Land Evaluation for Agricultural Land Use Planning: An 
Ecological Methodology. Department of Soil Science and Geology, Agricultural University, 


Wageningen. 


Dent, D. and Young, A. 1981. Soil Survey and Land Evaluation. London. George, Allen and 
Unwin. 


5-32 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


FAO. 1993. International Framework for Evaluating Sustainable Land Management. World 
Soil Resources Report 73. FAO, Rome. 


FAO. 1993. Global and National Soils and Terrain Digital Databases. (SOTER). Procedures 
Manual. World Soil Resources Report 74. FAO, Rome. 


FAO/UNESCO. 1990. Soil Map of the World, Vol 1. UNESCO, Paris. 


Klingebiel, A.A. and Montgomery, P.H. 1961. Land Classification. Agricultural Handbook 
210. Washington DC: Department of Agriculture. 


UNEP. 1993. Guidelines for Country Studies on Biological Diversity. United Nations 
Environment Programme (UNEP), Nairobi, Kenya. 


De 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-33 


5.4 Forestry 


5.4.1 Overview 

Foresters, ecologists and land use planners assess forests for many reasons at many scales. 
Forest classifications and description systems can be identified for most countries, and as 
with other habitat types, there are a few continental or global standards. Such global schemes 
can often be subjective in application as they are based on loosely defined verbal descriptions 
rather than on a measured set of parameters (as is the case in forest inventory). These can 
rarely be used at the national scale as most lack clear utility or are too general. However, 
data requirements for management often share many common aspects and it is possible to 
identify similar elements in the various procedures and assessment protocols. The 
examination of these common concepts and methodologies is being pursued by the 
International Union of Forest Research Organisations (IUFRO) and FAO, both of which have 
published reports on these issues and include some suggested standards. 


Some forestry text books are widely available and provide a standard description of forestry 
practice, eg Lamprecht (1989) and Parcel (1993) for general aspects and Evans (1992) for 
plantations. Some general considerations in the integrated use and management of forestry 
information are provided by FAO (1986). A global overview of forest literature abstracts 
(1930s to present) on CD-ROM (a key word interactive data-base) has been produced and 
is maintained by CAB International. 


5.4.2 Classification Systems and Standards 

Many different parameters are used in classifying forests and forestry. For clarity, the 
following discussion is structured under the following major subject areas: forest ecology and 
land use systems; legal status and policy designation; inventory, resource assessment and 
monitoring; utilisation, and management practices; and environmental status and 
sustainability. 


Forest Ecology and Land Use Systems 

Several of the standard techniques in vegetation description include modified landscapes and 
land use. With remote sensing techniques and field assessment, land use can be relatively 
easily identified, (eg the landscape guided method advocated by UNEP, see Loth, 1990). 
FAO (1982a) has provided a system of classifying forest lands, and recognises "natural" and 
managed formations, including plantations. This scheme is not usually used outside FAO 
Statistics but does appear to be a recognised standard nonetheless. Touber et al (1989) have 
outlined several useful and clear schemes by which forested lands and associated forestry 
practices might be classified. 


There is not likely to be any widely acceptable measure of habitat "naturalness", and such 
measures should probably be avoided. In some cases the natural status of vegetation may be 
subject to debate. In forest vegetation the issue of what is "primary" and what is "secondary" 
(and what is merely "modified") has no satisfactory criteria for classification; different users 
have used different criteria, or used subjective judgement. A review of "secondary" forests 
is given by Brown and Lugo (1990) who consider such forests as those "formed as a 
consequence of human impact on forest lands" (excluding planting), and they focus on forests 
that re-grow after complete clearance. The classification of partially modified forests, (eg 


5-34 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


selective logging, grazing) will be better achieved through more detailed descriptions of the 
vegetation and its management history. A classification of ecosystem disturbance - 
"undisturbed", "partially disturbed" and "human dominated" - provided by Hannah et al 
(1994), considers any forest use to remove a forest from the category of "undisturbed". So, 
most managed (natural) forests would thus fall in the "partially disturbed" class, while 
plantations are "human dominated", as the primary vegetation has been removed. 


Forest trees can reach a very great age, which means that forests, much more than other 
vegetation types, reflect their history in their composition and structure. The age of a forest 
formation is generally believed to have implications for biotic values. In some circumstances 
the age of a natural stand may be estimated from various indicators or auxiliary sources of 
information. In temperate regions a debate on the definition of old-growth forests has had 
implications for conservation planning, (eg Hunter 1989, discusses the criteria and 
applications for such a definition). The development time required to achieve mature forest 
types creates difficulty in terms of classifying non-climax natural and semi-natural vegetation 
types, (ie primary and secondary). Any continuum of variation produces a problem for 
classifications which must produce arbitrary criteria to draw lines of classification. 
Classification, therefore, may be an inappropriate concept to apply to ongoing successional 
processes. The ecological basis for a more appropriate description of changing forest 
communities is a subject of some considerable debate (see Glenn-Lewin et al, 1992, for a 
comprehensive recent multi-author review). A consideration of definitions, terminology and 
description with regard te the nature of the tropical forest-savannah boundary, is provided 
in a review edited by Furley Proctor and Ratter (1992). Many different types of forest edge 
occur, and different descriptions and implied causal mechanism are appropriate at different 
scales. 


Natural disturbance and disturbance by man is also difficult to describe. Some forest 
formations are heavily influenced by rare, catastrophic events, (eg fires, droughts or 
cyclones), causing high mortality levels. The ecology of such "non-equilibrium" systems is 
distinct from environmentally stable systems; a significant link with biological diversity has 
been suggested. A provisional system of classification is implied by Jackson (1968) for 
Tasmania who notes alternate steady states for vegetation depending on fire-likelihood. Such 
designations are believed to have significant implications for conservation and management. 
As the occurrence of severe disturbances (fire, wind etc) has significant implications for 
management, many countries provide some measure of risk analysis that is sometimes 
quoted, or mapped as a classification within a given context. However, no widely recognised 
standards exist. 


e@ Plantations 
Plantation vegetation is generally very homogeneous and lends itself to simple 
classification depending on the terms required. Normally, plantations can be readily 
defined by a species and provenance (site of trees seed source origin), but issues of 
scale, product/objective, and harvesting can be relevant (see later). A description of 
structural characters includes single or mixed species, single or mixed age classes and 
native or exotic species. Date and density (saplings/ha) of original planting, are 
commonly quoted, also how many previous mature plantation crops (rotations) have 
been produced on the site. In some circumstances several minor cuttings are 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-35 


performed before the final crop is removed: this is thinning, and is normally planned 
in advance and checked with specific inventory procedures. Individual plantations are 
thus sometimes classed on their planned thinning needs. 


@ Agroforestry 
Agroforestry systems can be difficult to place in classical land cover schemes, 
however at a systems level (defined by the various land use components and their 
functional relationships), their evaluation and classification have been achieved by 
ICRAF (Nair, 1989, includes standard data fields for simple and detailed 
characterisation of systems). 


@ Soils 

Soil information is very important in forest land assessment, and while global 
standards do exist at a general descriptive level, (eg Bridges, 1978), there is 
confusion caused by the various nomenclature systems use. A review of this is 
provided by Richter and Babbar (1991) who also compare the various systems used 
in the moist tropics, (eg a table of soil taxonomic relations under FAO/UNESCO, 
Soil Taxonomy, Brazilian System, and ORSTOM) and indicate how consensus is 
being achieved. A high degree of standardisation on the physical and chemical 
description of tropical soils has recently been achieved in a text edited by Anderson 
and Ingram for UNESCOs Tropical Soil Biology and Fertility Programme (1989). 


e@ Hydrology 

The value of forest cover often arises from its hydrological significance. There is no 

clear definition of these attributes but a comprehensive review of the assessment and 

characterisation of such factors is provided by Bruijnzeel (1990) for UNESCO. 
Legal Status and Policy Designation 
Legislation determines the management of forest lands, and the legal designations, applicable 
to forest areas, will vary with context. Many different designations exist: eg Forest Park, 
National Forest Reserve, Regional Forest Reserve, World Heritage Site, National Park, 
Tribal Reserve, Village Reserve, Common Lands and Private Reserve. The legal obligations 
of management regimes will depend on a specific legislation which in turn depends on local 
conditions in terms of applicability, (eg no logging within 50m of a stream, or on slopes over 
30 degrees), or allowing specific uses, of specific areas, by specific people (as a traditional 
right or as a license holder), or even claiming state ownership of certain tree species on 
private land. Diversity of legislation and applicability severely reduces the use of general 
classification schemes outside the national context. For instance, a National Park in one 
country could have a very different protection status than one in another. Some countries’ 
National Parks have multiple use, other forest lands designated as national parks may be 
more strictly protected. Some "Forest Reserves" are designated for protection, others are 
under production. To overcome this problem, IUCN have developed standard categories for 
managed areas (I-VI) which can be applied to all managed area systems (see Protected Areas, 
Section 5.7). 


Forest policy should specify the designation of priorities for the different elements of a 
national forest estate. Terms such as "catchment forest", "nature reserve", "production 


5-36 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


forest" and "amenity area" imply similar (though not necessarily identical) management 
priorities. The legal basis of these designations and associated restrictions varies by country. 
Comparison at a national level will depend on objectives, but relevant studies include Poore 
et al, 1989, who considered sustainability at the policy and national statistics level, and also 
the FAO Forest Series which has many policy review studies. 


Inventory, Resource Assessment and Monitoring 

A number of initiatives have called for improved forest monitoring, stressing that this is 
essential for forest conservation and sustainable development. Recent studies of the status of 
temperate and boreal forests add a global urgency to what had recently been seen as a 
tropical problem alone. At the global level Agenda 21 and associated Forest Principles, the 
CBD and the Climate Change Convention, all call for different factors to be monitored. The 
Forest Principles encourage the preparation of national strategies for sustainable forestry; the 
UN Commission on Sustainable Development is inviting countries to report on progress 
including the use of forests for 1995 and countries have been asked to prepare and maintain 
national sustainable development strategies. 


There are many monitoring techniques and methods, for example remote sensing (space and 
airborne platforms) to detailed tree measurements. The need for objective information has 
led to a general agreement on principles: definitions and methodologies for forest inventory 
are documented in many sources and many texts define and explain the concepts of data 
collection and review processes (Husch, 1971; FAO, 1981; Schreuder et al, 1993; Philip, 
1994). The FAO Global Forest Resources Assessment, undertaken by FAO every ten years, 
is the authoritative global assessment of temperate and tropical forests. This assessment is 
described in more detail in FAO (1982b and 1993) and in Terrestrial Vegetation, Annex 6. 


Forestry management for production requires assessments of the state of forest resources and 
productivity in defined tracts of land. These are used to plan the management of the area, 
often before the commencement of a felling operation. In well managed forests, monitoring 
of felling operations, or post-harvesting surveys, is crucial as a safeguard against over 
exploitation and for checking that forestry practices are in line with planning. 


Methods of tree measurement, and the concept of estimated quantities, are well defined and 
comparable. Thus, data on quantities such as "stocking", "basal area", "merchantable 
volume" etc (see Forestry Terminology, Annex 1) can be used objectively to describe a 
defined tract of forest land at a given point in time. There is a need for agreed standards 
concerning the estimation of biomass for CO, sequestration modelling. It is, however, 
unlikely that standards will be agreed for many years as methods are still being refined and 
evaluated. Some of the main issues in integrating forest inventory data and related sources 
can be found in relevant IUFRO proceedings, (eg Wood and Turner, 1992). 


Inventories in mixed forest are often restricted to commercial species, or at least have low 
taxonomic accuracy for rarer and non-commercial species. This means that an inventory 
cannot be considered comparable with more classical phyto-sociological data. When using 
inventory data as a surrogate for a vegetation description, it is vital to know the population 
defined for measurement: usually a list of species and a minimum size (usually by diameter 
at a reference height) measured. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-37 


Forest areas (at various scales) can be described in terms of standing crop (generally this will 
be timber or a high value crop such as rattan) or yield (a measure of productivity of the 
current or planned management system). The techniques used in this context are varied and 
often highly sophisticated. Standing volume is considered in FAO (1980a) while yield (often 
a well defined classification system for plantations at national levels, though generally lacking 
objective comparison between countries due to differences in concept and evaluation) is 
discussed in FAO (1980b); both of these texts provide good overviews of general practice. 


In order to assess change (growth, recruitment, mortality productivity etc), the most rigorous 
standardisation of methodology is required for temporal monitoring of fixed sites. Several 
texts which advocate standards for detailed site and trees evaluation in mixed forest can be 
recommended: Manokaran et al (1990); Dallmeier (1992); and Alder and Synnott (1992). 
Adlard (1990) considers similar issues for plantations and low diversity systems, and presents 
many standard formats for data collection and summary. Few standards can be recognised 
for more extensive monitoring, but a text of recommendations has been compiled by IUFRO 
(Paivinen, 1994) which also provides a useful glossary of terms and bibliography. 


The term "land evaluation" is frequently used with respect to forest lands. In its broadest 
sense, land evaluation includes the process of data gathering (inventory and mapping), 
classification and identification of tracts of land, and interpretation of these data in terms of 
suitability for all individual tracts of land for a specified use. The term strictly implies an 
assessment of the land’s productivity (actual and potential) under current and alternate land 
use practices. Good practice would require that technical, legal, economic, social and 
environmental factors are all given due attention. No single defined characterisation has been 
agreed but some terminology and concepts have been suggested (FAO, 1984). Many systems 
of Land Evaluation have been developed in various countries. The Framework for land 
evaluation (FAO, 1979) is widely used and comprises guidelines for both rainfed and 
irrigated agriculture for forestry and extensive grazing. A more complete discussion of the 
various approaches and possible systematisation is given in Laban (1981). A useful summary 
of the basic concepts of land evaluation, including frequently used terms such as Land 
Utilization Types (LUTs), Land Use Requirements (LURs), Land Quality (LQ), and Land 
Mapping Units (LMUs) is given by Touber et al (1989). 


Utilisation and Management Practices 

Forest benefits and produce can be divided into several classes. There are non-extractive 
benefits, (eg catchment, tourism, conservation) and extractive values, (eg timber, gum, 
rattan, medicinal plants, meat). The classification of these functions and uses will depend on 
the objectives of the classifier though general principles will usually be shared: eg Kostov 
and Baev (1976) propose a classification scheme in which the main benefits are divided into 
(a) wood-producing function, and (b) non-wood-producing function, this being subdivided 
into environment-protecting and environment-forming functions. The environment-protecting 
functions include erosion control, water regulation etc, and .the environment-forming 
functions include recreation (health, hygiene, tourism, etc), and cultural/aesthetic functions 
(landscape improvement, historical education, etc). 


Extractive values are traditionally classed into timber (or wood) and non-timber (often called 
"minor" forest products. There can be difficulty placing some products in these systems, eg 


5-38 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


charcoal. In a specific context the non-timber products can be of considerable management 
significance; such products are rarely noted in any detail by traditionally trained, 
timber-oriented foresters. FAO (1982b) have provided a classification and definition of forest 
products which includes some 162 terms/phrases with their definitions arranged in a decimal 
classification (this is proposed to improve comparability of statistics, and places emphasis on 
timber). 


The economic value of a tract of forest land will often depend on the various significance of 
each forest benefit/product (which should in turn be reflected in policy and legal ~ 
designations). A standard assessment of each of these components does not readily exist. At 
a larger scale, the priorities and principles of a management system are normally adequate 
for a general description. At smaller scales, ie the size of concessions and felling operations, 
a more silviculturally detailed (ie quantified) description becomes practical (usually in 
conjunction with an adequate inventory). For timber extraction, standard figures are cubic 
meters of timber felled or of timber extracted, and stems/ha, and basal area (m?/ha) removed 
and basal area (m*/ha) stems/ha remaining. 


Local scale forestry practice, with respect to timber production, requires inclusion of many 
factors in order to facilitate adequate characterisation. These can be considered as the 
components of the management system itself, or as the physical results of the system, (eg 
aspects such as age structure). Relevant parameters are: 


@ Scale 
The scale of the management unit and size and shape of the felling unit define the 
scale of the operation and its impact. 


e@ Felling Cycle 
The period of time between one felling operation (of mature stems) and the next (if 
thinnings are removed then this is considered separately). In managed mixed age class 
forests, the word polycyclic is used for operations that extract timber leaving 
immature stems which will be removed in the next operation; monocyclic systems 
remove all, or almost all, merchantable timber in one go and do not plan to re-harvest 
until tress have grown from seed/seedling stage to commercial size 


@ Selectivity of Felling and Control of what is Removed 
For example, clear felling (common in plantations and in mangroves); selective felling 
based on size (cutting of stems > defined diameter size) and or species (Common in 
tropical mixed forest where only certain species have value). Pre-felling treatments 
are sometimes applied, eg cutting of climbers, clearing of impeding stems etc. 
Post-felling treatments may be undertaken to encourage regeneration, or the 
reclaiming of minor roads and skid trails 


®@ Method of Regeneration 
For example, the natural regeneration which occurs without any planned intervention, 
coppice (the re-growth of cut stems), planting and seeding. Planting within natural 
forest is called enrichment. In some circumstances plantations may regenerate 
naturally: if the species is exotic this situation can pose a significant threat to 


8 OOOO 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-39 


neighbouring ecosystems 


@ Form of Harvesting and Extraction 

Many terms are used in this area and a wide range of techniques are employed: heavy 
mechanised, light weight mechanised, manual on-site processing, (eg pitsaw), cable 
logging, animal assisted extraction, (eg elephants), permanent roads, temporary roads. 
No generally applicable classification of the range of combinations seems likely, but 
it could be suggested that protocols for the assessment of the environmental sensitivity 
of a site and the appropriateness of a given suite of methods could be developed (cf 
Pearce and Gage, 1977; Davis and Reisinger, 1990) 


@ Additional Management Interventions 
These can include a wide variety of specific tasks, eg fertilisation, pest control, 
removal of diseased stems, fire-break establishment and upkeep. 


In tropical silviculture, several systems have been used and are identified by simple labels, 
(eg Malayan Uniform System). The various procedures defined by these labels can be found 
in many texts on tropical silviculture, eg Lamprecht (1989) and Buschbacher (1990). Several 
older texts on silvicultural systems define many aspects of the terminologies and practices 
and are still widely cited, eg Troup (1928). (Matthews, (1989,) provides an updated version 
which includes more recent technologies). 


All these aspects of management apply to specific tracts in terms of a management history 
and planned future. Dates in these cases are usually quoted to the nearest year, and number 
and date of prior logging episodes is usually considered a minimum statement to define a 


forest map into different logging histories by "concession", "coupe" or "compartment". 


Environmental Status and Sustainability 

The assessment of health and forest decline has attracted some attention recently, but the 
various standards being used regionally are being increasingly questioned and some 
re-assessment is likely. A very general conceptual definition of terms is provided in FAO 
(1994), which looks at global forest decline and die-back. 


The classification and definition of environmental aspects of forest practice and the 
designation of sustainability has been addressed by several international fora to endeavour 
to find a consensus. One consensus on integrating conservation interests in forest 
management is represented by the IUCN General Assembly resolutions, (eg IUCN 1990), 
but few objective criteria can be recognised in these resolutions. Various general principles 
for assessing sustainability have been agreed in various contexts, (eg ITTO 1990, 1993a), but 
these also lack clear operational criteria. Technically, plantations have a clearer basis for 
evaluation than natural forests (See Brinig, 1984) and some principles have been defined by 
ITTO (1993b). Some of the procedural requirements, with particular regard to information 
are being identified, (eg IIED/WCMC, 1994). 


The concept of sustainable forest ecosystem management - as opposed to simply sustained 
yield of forest products - was a major theme in the Global Forest Principles announced 


5-40 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


following the UN Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED), Rio Summit in 
1992. This has meant the inclusion of issues such as maintenance of biodiversity, interaction 
with local communities and other socio-economic aspects have had to be incorporated into 
assessments of management effectiveness. As a result, a significant number of initiatives have 
been set up to examine issues of sustainable forest management in both temperate and 
tropical countries. Those working on temperate and boreal forests include The Helsinki 
Process - Ministerial Conference on the Protection of Forests in Europe, and World Wide 
Fund for Nature UK’s work on Forest Quality, which are both looking to develop criteria 
and indicators which could be used as measures of progress and for subsequent monitoring 
purposes. The Canada/Malaysia Intergovernmental Working Group on Global Forests and 
the German "Initiative Tropenwald" are carrying out similar work aimed at tropical forests. 
Many of the initiatives are particularly concerned with producing guidelines to assist in 
certifying that marketed timber, be it temperate or tropical, has come from a sustainably 
managed source. These include the Rainforest Alliance’s Smartwood Programme, the Soil - 
Association’s Responsible Forestry Programme and the German "Initiative Tropenwald". 
Whilst guidelines and criteria are relatively well-defined, few practical indicators have been 
verified. However, both the Centre for International Forestry Research (CIFOR) and WCMC 
are currently setting up case studies in order test potential indicators in the field. 


A general consensus on how sustainability is to be defined for the identification of certified 
production and products is being developed by the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) (FSC, 
1994). FSC is. seeking to take the lead in certification and international standardisation. It is 
intended that certification might be applied to products from sustainable plantations as well 
as natural forests.. The East-West Environment and Policy Institute (1980) also considered 
how forest lands could be classified in the context of sustainable management practices. Note 
that these principles and criteria contain many different aspects, (ie policy and legislation, 
ecology, assessment, silviculture, site characteristics, management control). 


A journal has recently been launched with the objective of following the progress of 
sustainability as a subject which requires technical and policy research (Journal of 
Sustainable Forestry, edited by GP Berlyn, 1993 et seq). 


5.4.3 Minimum Data Requirements 

Several organisations/initiatives have proposed minimum data requirements for forest 
monitoring. These mainly comprise information on what types of forest data should be 
gathered for sound forest monitoring and sustainable forest management. Notable examples 
include IUFROs International Guidelines for Forest Monitoring (QUFRO, 1992), 
TROPENBOS methodology (Touber et al, 1989) Inventory and Evaluation of Tropical Forest 
Land: Guidelines for a Common Methodology, and the International Institute for Environment 
and Development (IIED) and WCMCs Forest Resource Accounting (FRA) (IED/WCMC, 
1994). IUFRO proposes a list of data requirements for land cover, forest, biomass and 
environmental quality monitoring. The TROPENBOS programme, which is developing a 
systematic approach for sound land use planning aimed at using tropical forests and forest 
lands on a sustainable basis, has developed common methodologies advocated with respect 
to land inventory, survey procedures, land evaluation and report and map preparation (see 
Touber et al, 1989). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-41 


A management tool known as Forest Resource Accounting defines the strategic framework 
necessary to enable sustainable management to take place and provides a generic system 
designed to facilitate monitoring through the collation of forest management information. 
FRA integrates forest information from many sources to make available in forms useful for 
policy makers and planners (IIED/WCMC, 1994). It provides a system fo track changes in 
forests used for both production and protection - especially in their area, legal status, 
condition and management. FRA enables ITTO parties to report to ITTO on their progress 
towards sustainable use of tropical timber. ITTO have agreed to place their tropical forest 
management on a sustainable footing by the year 2000. FRA, after intensive pilot studies in 
Indonesia, Ecuador and Cameroon, which were undertaken to identify data-handling measures 
needed to record the distribution, condition and management status of tropical forests, 
proposes a set of typical categories for data entry for a national FRA system (see Annex 2 
in ITIED/WCMC, 1994). Briefly, three levels are relevant for reporting information on 
forests: site details, country statistics (compiled by the national Forest Authority from all 
information about sites within the country) and global statistics (compiled by ITTO from 
country statistics from all ITTO-member countries). Data requirements for reporting include: 
information on the legal status of forest area, vegetation type and extent, forest condition 
(impacts on forest and ecological indicators), management status (including management 
plans, quality of management implementation), social/cultural and economic information, and 
site biophysical factors (see IIED/WCMC, (1994), for more details on these data 
requirements). 


5.4.4 Data Definitions 

Forestry has a well developed technical notation used in mensuration and quantitative 
descriptions, which is largely international in application (UFRO, 1959). Effort has been 
given to defining a standard set of definitions for forestry vocabulary. Ford-Robertsons work 
(1971), and various translations, have set a standard in this field: this work provides 6807 
defined concepts, each identified by a Universal Reference Number (URN), contained in over 
5150 alphabetical main entries (key terms),and is supplemented by appendices presenting 30 
informative sets of drawings illustrating many terms in various fields, (eg hydrology, sawing, 
mensuration, road building). Thirty-one "families of connected terms" elucidating the 
relationships between terms, a list of abbreviations and symbols, and a list of deprecated 
terms and their preferred synonyms are also provided. 


Many translations of forest vocabulary can be found. Chinese terminology is provided in 
Anon (1981) which is basically a Chinese translation of the original edition by 
Ford-Robertson. Japanese terminology is considered in Matsui (1981): a quadrilingual 
cross-referenced dictionary of 2526 frequently used forestry and forest products terms in 
Japanese and equivalents in English, German and French, as well as Universal Reference 
Numbers (URNs). Sicard-Lussier (1982) provides a French terminology: terms are defined, 
translated into English with some notes and illustrations (synonyms for French and English 
terms are given). The specific terminology of fire in forestry is detailed in Lyon (1986) who 
lists 1500 terms in English with their Spanish, Italian, German and French counterparts (or 
translations) and a brief English definition. IUFRO (Schmid-Haas 1990) has recently agreed 
and compiled a comprehensive and detailed cross-referenced multilingual dictionary of forest 
terminology (English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Russian), but without significant 
definitions or explanations. 


5-42 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Four international systems relating to the management of forestry terminology and 
information classes have been identified: Ford-Robertson’s URNs (Ford-Robertson, 1971 and 
see above), a more recent adaptation of this system (Yerke, 1983); and the old and widely 
used Oxford Decimal System (CAB, 1954) which has been used as a bibliographic system 
of classification of the forest literature for many decades (endorsed by FAO and IUFRO). 
It appears that the updated version called the JUFRO Forest Decimal Classification will be 
the new standard (IUFRO, 1990), and this is therefore recommended. 


These systems provide a de facto classification of many aspects of forestry from products and 
purposes, to silviculture and types of management unit. Developments in this field are still 
being undertaken in the international forum, eg Caron (1991) includes several papers on 
forestry information and terminology covering scientific publishing, agroforestry 
classification, the IUFRO bibliographic database, communication systems in IUFRO, a 
terminological data bank, a world tree dictionary, a bamboo terminology/thesaurus, and 
forestry terminology in CAB International. [UFROs Standards and Definitions are presented 
in Annex 1 together with some terms employed in the FAO Forest Resources Assessment 
(1990). 


5.4.5 Database Models 

Forestry information can be recorded and presented on a statistical basis, in the form of 
tables, and on a spatial basis, in the form of maps. Because of the potential complexity of 
forestry data and the sheer volume of data that can be collected and analysed, databases 
(statistical and geographic) have been developed to house data in structured formats. 
Numerous databases have been developed for a wide range of uses; for storing species 
information, forest cover and forest use data. 


At the species level, the PROSPECT (Programmed Retrieval of Species by the Property and 
End-use Classification of their Timbers) database, developed by the Oxford Forestry Institute 
(OFI), is a database containing the wood properties of tropical timbers (Smith et al, 1994). 
The database is primarily concerned with improving the use of lesser known tropical timber 
species, the object of the database being to try market more secondary tropical species. 
PROSPECT is one of the largest and most comprehensive databases of wood properties and 
uses available; over 1000 different tropical species are currently loaded on the database. The 
database covers 90 properties and 160 uses; it contains information on size of tree, location 
of occurrence local trade and botanical names, and it uses two methods of end-use 
classifications (see Smith et al (1994) for more information on the PROSPECT database). 


The Forest Resources Information System (FORIS), developed by the FAO to maintain the 
information gathered during their Global Forest Resources Assessment, is a notable example 
of a system developed to hold data on forest extent. 


For land evaluation and forest monitoring, TROPENBOS recommends the commercial 
application, ILWIS (Integrated Land and Watershed Management Information System), 
developed by the International Institute for Aerospace Survey and Earth Sciences (ITC). 
ILWIS aims to provide users with state of the art data gathering, data input, data storage, 
data manipulation and analysis, and data output capabilities, linking and integrating 
conventional geographic information systems (GIS) procedures with image processing 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-43 


capabilities and a relational database (Touber ef al, 1989). Figure 1 illustrates the general 
data gathering and input procedures of ILWIS. 


5.4.6 References 


Adlard, P.G. 1990. Procedures for Monitoring Tree Growth and Site Change. Tropical 
Forestry Paper 23, Oxford Forestry Institute, Oxford. xiv + 184 pp. 


Alder, D., Synnott, T.J. 1992. Permanent Sample Plot Techniques for Mixed 
Tropical Forest. Tropical Forestry Papers, 25. Oxford Forestry Institute, Oxford. xi + 124 


Pp. 


Anderson, J.M., Ingram, J.S.1. (Eds). 1989. Tropical Soil Biology and Fertility: a Handbook 
of Methods. CAB International, Wallingford, Oxford. 171 pp. 


Anon. 1981. Yingwen Linye Keji Cidian (Terminology of Forest Science, Technology, 
Practice and Products). Science Publishing House, Peking. ix + 421 pp. 


Berlyn, G.P. (Ed.) 1993. Journal of Sustainable Forestry. Food Products Press, Binghamton, 
New York. 


Bridges, E.M. 1978. World Soils. Second Edition Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. 


Brown, S., Lugo, A.E. 1990. Tropical secondary forests. Journal of Tropical Ecology, 
6:1-32. 


Bruijnzeel, L.A. 1990. Hydrology of Moist Tropical Forests and Effects of Conversion. A 
State of Knowledge Review. UNESCO, Paris. 


Brinig, E.F. 1984. Designing ecologically stable plantations. In: Wiersum, K.M. (Ed) 
Strategies and Designs for Afforestation Reforestation and Tree Planting. Wageningen, 
PUDOC. Pp. 348-360. 


CAB. 1954. The Oxford System of Decimal Classification for Forestry. CAB (for 
International Union for Forestry Research Organisation (I(UFRO)), Farnham Royal, Bucks. 
115 pp. 


Caron, F. (Ed.) 1991. Presentations, Information and Poster Abstracts. Subject Group S6.03 
(Information Systems and Terminology) meetings, 7 and 10 August 1990, iv + 136 pp, XIX. 
International Union for Forestry Research Organisation (IUFRO) World Congress, Montreal, 
Canada. 


Dallmeier, F. (Ed.) 1992. Long-term Monitoring of Biological Diversity in Tropical Forest 
Areas: Methods for Establishment and Inventory of Permanent Plots. Man And Biosphere 
(MAB) Digest, 11, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation 
(UNESCO), Paris. 72 pp. 


5-44 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Davis, C.J., Reisinger, T.W. 1990. Evaluating terrain for harvesting equipment 
selection. Journal of Forest Engineering. 2(1):9-16. 


East-West Environment and Policy Institute. 1980. Assessing Tropical Forest Lands: Their 
Suitability for Sustainable Uses. East-West Environment and Policy Institute. Honolulu, 
Hawaii, USA. 69 pp. (review in Nature and Resources 17(2):34). 


Evans, J. 1992. Plantation Forestry in the Tropics. 2nd edn. Clarendon Press, Oxford (also 
available abroad in Longman Special Edition). 403 pp. 


FAO. 1976. A framework for land evaluation. FAO Soils Bulletin 32. Food and Agriculture 
Organisation (FAO), Rome, Italy. 


FAO. 1980a. Forest Volume Estimation and Yield Prediction. Volume 1. Forestry Paper 
22/1. Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO), Rome, Italy. 


FAO. 1980b. Forest Volume Estimation and Yield Prediction. Volume 2. Forestry Paper 
22/2. Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO), Rome, Italy. 


FAO. 1982a. Tropical Forest Resources. Forestry Paper 30, Food and Agriculture 
Organisation (FAO), Rome, Italy. xi + 106 pp. 


FAO. 1982b. Classification and Definition of Forest Products. Forestry Paper 32, FAO 
Rome 201 + 45 pp. 


FAO. 1984. Land Evaluation for Forestry. Forestry Paper 48, FAO, Rome, Italy. ix + 123 


FAO. 1986. Guidelines for Forestry Information Processing. Forestry Paper 74, FAO Rome, 
105 pp. with appendices. 


FAO. 1993. Forest Resources Assessment 1990 - Tropical Countries. FAO Forestry Paper 
112. Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations, Rome, Italy. 


Ford-Robertson, F.C. (Ed.) 1971. Terminology of Forest Science, Technology, Practice and 
Products. English-language version. The Multilingual Forestry Terminology Series No. 1. 
Society of American Foresters, Washington D.C. pp. xxii + 349. 


Furley, P.A., Proctor, J., Ratter, J.A. (Eds). 1992. Nature and Dynamics of Forest-Savanna 
Boundaries. Chapman & Hall, London. xxi + 616 pp. 


Glenn-Lewin,D.C., Peet, R.K., Veblen, T.T. (Eds). 1992. Plant Successsion: Theory and 
Prediction. Chapman & Hall, London. 351 pp. 


Hannah, L., Lohse, D., Hutchinson, C., et al 1994. A preliminary inventory of human 
disturbance of World ecosystems. Ambio, 4(5):246-250. 


. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-45 


Hunter, M.L., Jr. 1989. What Constitutes an Old-growth Stand? Journal of Forestry 87(8): 
33-35. 


° 


Husch, B. 1971. Planning a Forest Inventory. FAO Forestry and Forest Products 
Studies. 17. Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO), Rome, Italy. 


IIED/WCMC. 1994. Forest Resource Accounting. Stock Taking for Sustainable Forest 
Management. Final report of an activity for the ITTO "Forest Resource Accounting 
Monitoring Forest Condition and Management. Compiled by the WCMC and International 
Institute for Environment and Development (IIED). ITED Forestry and land Use Series 
No.1., ITED, London. 51 pp and annexes. 


ITTO. 1990. Guidelines for the Sustainable Management of Natural Tropical Forests. TTO 
Technical-Series. 5, 18 pp. 


ITTO. 1993a. Guidelines on the Conservation of Biological Diversity in Tropical Production 
Forests. ITTO Development Series (supplement to Guidelines for the Sustainable 
Management of Natural Tropical Forests). International Tropical Timber Organisation 
(ITTO), Yokohama. 


ITTO. 1993b. Guidelines for the Establishment and Sustainable Management of Planted 
Tropical Forests. International Tropical Timber Organisation (ITTO), Yokohama. 


IUCN. 1990. Resolutions of the 18th Session of the IUCN General Assembly (28 November 
- 5 December 1990). The World Conservation Union (IUCN) Gland, Switzerland. 


IUFRO. 1959. The Standardisation of Symbols in Forest Mensuration. University of Maine. 
32 pp. 


IUFRO. 1990. Forest Decimal Classification (Trilingual Short Version). \UFRO World series 
No.2. International Union for Forestry Research Organisation (T(UFRO), Vienna. 147 pp. 


IUFRO. 1992. IUFRO International Guidelines for Forest Monitoring 15 November 1992. 
Draft. International Union of Forestry Research Organisations, Subject Group S.4.02.00 
Forest Resource Inventory and Monitoring. Unpublished. 


Jackson, W.D. 1968. Fire, air, water and earth - an elemental ecology of Tasmania. 
Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia, 3:9-16. 


Kostov, P., Baev, A. 1976. Classification of the useful functions of forests. Gorskostopanska 
Auka 13(6):35-42. ‘ 


Laban, P. (Ed.) 1981. Proceedings of the Workshop on Land Evaluation for Forestry. ILRI 
Publication 28, Wageningen. 355 pp. 


5-46 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Lamprecht, H. 1989. Silviculture in the Tropics. German Agency for International 
Development (GTZ), Eschborn, FRG. 296 pp. (German language version was published in 
1986). 


Loth, P.E. 1990. Manual for the Landscape Guided Method for Vegetation Survey and 
Mapping. Global Environment Monitoring System Information Series, 9. United Nations 
Environment Programme (UNEP), Nairobi, Kenya. iv + 96 + xv pp. 


Lyon, B. (Ed.) 1986. Wildland Fire Management Terminology. FAO Forestry-Paper. 70, 
XXxxi + 257pp. 


Manokaran, N., Lafrankie, J.V., Kochummen, K.M. 1990. Methodology for the Fifty 
Hectare Research Plot at Pasoh Forest Reserve. Forest Research Institute Malaysia, Kuala 
Lumpur, Malaysia. 62 pp. 


Matthews, J.D. 1989. Silvicultural Systems. Clarendon Press, Oxford, xii + 284 pp. 
Matsui, M (Ed.) 1981. Pocket Dictionary of Forestry. Sobun, Tokyo. xii + 245 pp. 


Nair, P.K.R. (Ed.) 1989. Agroforestry Systems in the Tropics. International Centre for 
Research in Agroforestry (ICRAF) and Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, The 
Netherlands. x + 664 pp. 


Paivinen, R. IUFRO International Guidelines for Forest Monitoring. \UFRO World Series 
Vol.5. IUFRO and Hillebrand Nyomda KFT, Csengery, U.49, Hungary. 1001 pp. (English 
and Spanish). 


Parcel, L. 1993. Tropical Forest Handbook. Springer Verlag, Hamburg. Vol 1. xxxvii + 
810 pp. and Vol 2. xxxvii + 1738 pp. 


Pearce, A.J. Gage, M. 1977. Landscape zoning, erosion control, and forest management. 
What’s New in Forest Research 55, 4 pp. 


Philip, M.S. 1994. Measuring Trees and Forests (revised edition). CAB International, 
Wallingford, Oxford. xiv + 310 pp. 


Poore, D., Burgess, P., Palmer, J., Rietbergen, S., Synott, T. 1989. No Timber Without 
Trees. Sustainability in the Tropical Forest. Earthscan, London. xx + 252 pp. 


Richter, D.D., Babbar, L.I. 1991. Soil diversity in the tropics. Advances in Ecological 
Research 21:315-389. 


Schreuder, H.T., Gregoire, T.G., Wood, G.B. 1993. Sampling Methods for Multi-resource 
Forest Inventory. Wiley & Sons Inc., New York. xv + 446 pp. 


Schmid-Haas (Ed.) 1990. Vocabulary of Forest Management. [UFRO World series No.1. 
Birmensdorf, Austria. 316 pp. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-47 


Sicard-Lussier, T. 1982. Mecanisation forestiere/Mechanization in forestry I. Neologie en 
Marche, 32 196 pp. 


Smith, J.P., Plumptre, R.A., Brazier, J.D., Burclaff, V.T. and Dorey, C.E. 1994. 
"PROSPECT" for Improved Use of Tropical Timbers - A Guide to the Use of Lesser Known 
Timbers. Tropical Forestry Papers No. 28, Oxford Forestry Institute, Department of Plant 
Sciences, University of Oxford. Oxford, UK. 62 pp. 


Touber, L., Smaling, E.M.A., Andriesse, W., Hakkeling, R.T.A. 1989. Inventory 
and Evaluation of Tropical Forest Land: Guidelines for a Common Methodology. Tropenbos 
Technical Series 4. The Tropenbos Foundation, Ede. 168 pp. 


Troup, R.S. 1928. Silvicultural Systems. Clarendon Press, Oxford. xi + 199 pp. 


Wood and Turner (Eds). 1992. Integrating Forest Information Over Space and Time. 
IUFRO, Conference 13-17 January, 1992. Canberra, Australia. 


Yerke, T.B. 1983. An International Forestry Term Number for Multilingual Forestry 
Vocabulary Development and Use in Terminological Databanks. [Paper presented on 4 May 
1983 at the Joint Meeting of IUFRO working parties S6.03.02 (Terminology) and S6.03.03 
(Information Systems) held at the Accademia Italiana di Science Forestale, Florence, Italy.] 
Administrative Report of the Pacific-Southwest Forest and Range Experiment Station, USDA 
Forest Service. 10 pp. 


a On eee eee 
5-48 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Annex 1: Forest Terminology 


The International Union of Forest Research Organisations (IUFRO) promotes standardized 
or compatible collection and reporting of selected data for forest monitoring through 
cooperation in such a way that the results offer a common data base for research and 
management. IUFRO encourages use of the following definitions and standards in future 
monitoring efforts: 


Age. The total age of a tree in years 


Aspect. The direction a slope of land faces. Record to the nearest degree 


Crown Closure. Percentage of the ground covered by a vertical projection of the outermost 
perimeter of the natural spread of the foliage of plants. 


Crown Diameter. The span of the crown of a tree or shrub. measured as the diameter of the 
vertical projection of the outer-most perimeter of the crown in a certain direction. 


Crown Length. The vertical distance from the top of the leader to the base of the crown, 
measured to the lowest live branch-whorl with live branches, and continuous with the crown. 


Defoliation. The visual index of actual foliage compared to the normal, healthy tree growing 
in similar conditions. Measured as percentage of the "normal" foliage. 


Diameter at Breast Height. The outside bark diameter at 1.30 meters (4 ft 3") above the 
ground level. On slope, ground level is measured from the up hill side of the tree. 


Elevation. The altitude above mean sea level that the centre of the plot occurs recorded in 
metres. 2 


Forest. An ecological system with minimum 10 % crown coverage of land surface. 


Indicator. A characteristic of the environment that, when measured, quantifies the magnitude 
of stress, habitat characteristics, degree of exposure to the stressor, or degree of ecological 
response to the exposure. For instance, the existence of certain lichens have been used as 
bioindicators. 


Land Cover. That which overlays or currently covers the ground, especially vegetation, 
permanent snow and ice fields, water bodies, or structures. Barren land is also considered 
a "land cover" although technically it is lack of cover. The term land cover can be thought 
of as applying to the setting in which one or more land use (or actions) takes place. 


In the FAO Forest Resources Assessment (1990), the following standard terms were defined: 


Land Use. The predominant purpose for which an area is employed such as agricultural 
land, forest land, wetland, urban, transportation and utility corridors. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-49 


Location Coordinates. For global purposes, latitude-longitude or Universal Transverse 
Mercator (UTM) are recommended. If national coordination systems used, conversion 
formulae to the global standards must be presented. 


Log Size. Diameter (most often top diameter) and length of the merchantable portion of a 
tree. 


Monitoring. The periodic measurement or observation of selected physical, chemical, and 
biological parameters for establishing baselines and for detecting and quantifying changes 
over time. 


Permanent Plot. A plot that is established, monumented, and documented in such a manner 
sO one can remeasure the exact area or same objects at a later time and for which there is 


an intent and plan for remeasurement. 


Plant Species. The major subdivision of a genus or subgenus of a plant being described or 
measured. Determined from training, by use of key, or by a botanist. 


Plot. A known location on the earth’s surface having defined boundaries‘or point of origin. 


Slope. The slope in degrees or percentages (45 degrees = 100 %) within the plot or the 
defined land area. 


Stand History. The kind of disturbance (prior to plot establishment) on the sample location. 
Use past records or visually determine on the plot. 2. - The number of years when the most 
recent disturbance took place. 


Terrain Position. The elevation of the plot compared neighbouring area - higher, lower, or 
average refer to peak, depression or middle slope, respectively. 


Timber Quality. Quality class of the timber. 


Tree. Woody perennial having generally one main stem and capable of reaching at least 5 
meters at maturity. 


Tree Height. The total span of a tree from the ground level to the tip of the tree. 


5-50 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


5.5 Wetlands 


5.5.1 Overview 

Wetlands "occupy the transitional zone between permanently wet and generally dry 
environments" (Davis, 1994), or are "lands transitional between terrestrial and aquatic 
systems where the water table is usually at or near the surface or the land is covered by 
shallow water" (Cowardin et al, 1979). They are critical ecosystems, regulating and 
maintaining the hydrological condition of rivers, lakes and streams, as well as maintaining 
water quality by storing nutrients, reducing sediment loads and preventing erosion. Wetlands ~ 
are important for biodiversity, supporting concentrations of birds (especially waterfowl) by 
providing essential nesting, migratory and wintering areas; they are critical to fish and 
wildlife populations and provide important habitat for plants, mammals, reptiles, amphibian 
and invertebrate species. There is a vital link between many wetlands and the welfare of local 
communities. The relationship is often strongest in poorer countries where communities may 
rely directly on wetlands for transport and subsistence, including livestock herding, hunting, 
fishing and farming. The dependence is now less direct, but no less important, for 
communities in the more economically developed countries. 


The destruction and deterioration of wetlands is widespread: wetlands are among the world’s 
most threatened habitats as a result of drainage, land reclamation, pollution and over 
exploitation. This results in flooding, scarcity of wildlife, reduced fish and game products, 
the need for artificial water purification and flood-protection (Maltby, 1986; Finlayson and 
Moser, 1991).: There is now a growing awareness that many wetlands are more valuable in 
their natural or slightly modified state, than if drained, dyked or built upon. Wetland 
Conservation - A Review of Current Issues and Required Action (Dugan, 1990) is a useful 
summary outlining the importance of wetlands, looking at reasons for wetland loss and 
identifying ways and means to improve management. 


5.5.2 Development of Classification Systems 

Wetlands are frequently complex systems, making monitoring difficult. There may be 
considerable ecological variation within a single wetland area and many different types of 
wetland may be found in close proximity (Finlayson and Moser, 1991). Furthermore, 
different parts of wetland systems are often interlinked with one another and with other 
dryland or marine systems lying beyond the boundaries of the wetland (Dugan, 1990). 
However, five major wetland systems are now well recognised (Cowardin et al, 1979): 


marine (coastal wetlands including rocky shores and coral reefs) 

estuarine (including deltas, tidal marshes and mangrove swamps) 

lacustrine (wetlands associated with lakes) 

riverine (wetlands along rivers and streams) 

palustrine (marshes, swamps and bogs) 

man-made wetlands, (eg fish and shrimp ponds, farm ponds, irrigated agricultural 
land, salt pans, reservoirs, gravel pits, water treatment plants and canals). 


There is frequent disagreement as to which attributes define spatial distribution. For example, 
both the limit of tidal influence and the limit of ocean-derived salinity have been proposed 
for bounding the upstream end of the estuarine systems (Cowardin et al, 1979 from Caspers, 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-51 


1967). In practice, ecosystem boundaries are defined individually for specific applications. 


The diversity, complexity, and variation in purpose of wetland habitats, has meant that the 
classification of wetlands is difficult. Wetlands are dynamic and mapping the exact definition 
of their boundaries is extremely difficult. Classification schemes have attempted to tackle this 
complexity problem resulting in highly sophisticated systems. Schemes are either all 
encompassing, striving to classify all possible wetland types found throughout the world, or 
are more specific, compiled for one country or region only. Perhaps the best known overall 
schemes include the Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater Habitats of the United States 
(Cowardin et al, 1979), and the Ramsar classification (Ramsar Convention Bureau, 1990a) 
which was derived from Cowardin et al (1979). 


Wetland types are often based on criteria such as water depth, water permanence, water 
chemistry, life form of vegetation and dominant plant species. For example, the wetland - 
classification detailed in Dugan (1990), based on Scott (1989a) initially classifies wetlands 
into salt water, freshwater and man-made, then by wetland type (see five major groups 
above) and then by water permanence (eg perennial, temporary, tidal etc). Wetland classes 
are also often described amongst land cover/use classifications, eg the CORINE classification 
(CEC, 1991; CEC, 1993). Wetland types, such as mangroves and peat swamp forests, for 
example, may be relevant to more than one thematic classification, ie may be covered by 
both a wetland and forest classification. Relevant definitions for criteria and classes presented 
above are found in the cited references. 


Inventories 

One of the first steps to develop effective wetland conservation strategies is to identify 
important sites and to compile information on them. Regional and national priorities for 
conservation of wetlands can then be identified. Many inventories and assessments have been 
compiled at the national, regional and global levels. Noteworthy examples include the 
International Waterfowl and Wetlands Research Bureau (IWRB) and IUCN regional 
directories which comprise a series of national reports, each beginning with an introduction 
summarising the general situation, followed by site accounts of those wetlands which are 
known or thought to be of greatest importance from the point of view of nature conservation. 
The site descriptions include basic information on size and location, habitat types, principal 
vegetation, ownership, degree of protection, land use, fauna, threats, research, conservation 
and relevant literature (Scott, 1989a; Carp, 1980; Scott and Carbonell, 1986; Hughes and 
Hughes, 1992; Scott, 1993). These directories often include maps. 


In 1993, the Ramsar Convention Bureau compiled a series of regional directories, based on 
information stored in the Ramsar Database. The four directories (Jones, 1993a; 1993b; 
1993c; 1993d) were drafted on the basis of information submitted to the Ramsar Convention 
Bureau by the Contracting Parties of the Ramsar Convention and were prepared for the Fifth 
Meeting of the Conference of the Contracting Parties to the Ramsar Convention, Kushiro, 
Japan, June 1993 (Ramsar Convention Bureau, 1993). The standardisation for information 
gathering and database entries was facilitated by the use of the Information Sheet on Ramsar 
Sites (see Annex 1) and Classification System for Wetland Type specifically designed to guide 


5-52 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Contracting Parties (see The Ramsar Convention below). These directories cover all sites 
included in the Ramsar "List of Wetlands of International Importance" up to 1 March 1993. 
Each site description includes a reference to the Ramsar Criteria (as approved by Conference 
Recommendation 4.2 at Montreux in 1990) (Ramsar Convention Bureau, 1990b) under which 
the site qualifies for designation (see Annex 2 for description of Criteria). 


Numerous national inventories have also been compiled. The IUCN Wetlands Programme 
and other international and national collaborating organisations such as [WRB have sponsored 
a number of these. Inventories for Kenya (Crafter et al, 1992) and Brazil (Diegues ef al, 
1994) are examples. Other national examples include the inventories compiled under the 
Asian Wetland Bureau (AWB) programme, (eg A Directory of Philippine Wetlands by 
(Davies et al, 1990), The Indonesian Wetland Inventory (Silvius et al, 1987) and Directory 
of Indian Wetlands (WWF/India, 1993). All these contain descriptions of important wetlands; 
some classify wetlands according to "wetland type" (Scott, 1989; WWF/India, 1993) and also 
include criteria which justify the inclusion of each site, based on the Ramsar Criteria. 


Site and local level information is also extensive and often available in published form. 
Examples include A Preliminary Inventory of Coastal Wetlands of Cote d’Ivoire (Nicole et 
al, 1994), The Hadejia-Nguru Wetlands (Hollis et al, 1993), The IUCN Review of the 
Southern Okavango Integrated Water Development Project IUCN, 1993), and so on. 


Mapping 

Wetlands are transitional, seasonal and complex, with poorly defined and usually dynamic 
boundaries, making mapping very problematic. Furthermore, although, for example, the 
Ramsar Convention defines 6 m depth as the limit of coastal wetlands, it is rare to find such 
a depth contour specifically mapped. Consequently attempts to map a coastal wetland will 
encounter two difficulties: defining the ephemeral inland boundaries, and locating the 
(arbitrary) 6 m depth contour. The former difficulty, in particular, has forced a departure 
from normal cartographic practice, and it may be necessary to gather data over several years 
or seasons to be able to depict a wetland in its "proper" place. 


Detailed site-level, mapping is also difficult due to the complexity of natural habitat mosaics, 
and the consequently high levels of information required to satisfactorily represent these 
cartographically. This will vary with scale, and often wetland types have to be aggregated 
for the sake of clarity and integrity. At sufficiently high resolutions it may be possible to 
identify individual types but at lower resolutions (smaller scales) it will be necessary to 
merge types. 


A good example of this is the map of major wetlands in the United States (Dahl, 1991) based 
on the wetland classification described by Cowardin et al (1979). This is intended only to 
give an approximate distribution: due to limitations of scale, small isolated wetlands are not 
displayed whilst other large, deepwater habitats such as lakes, rivers and reservoirs (not 
normally considered "wetland"), closely associated with wetlands, are included. There has 
been no attempt to map the individual wetland types. Instead, wetlands are synthesised into 
major classes such as "predominantly wetland" or "typified by high density of small 
wetlands". 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-53 


Numerous national and regional maps are available. Some of these have been gathered 
together, digitised and presented in a series of regional map compilations in Wetlands in 
Danger (Dugan, 1993). These spatial data are maintained within WCMCs Geographic 
Information System (GIS). 


5.5.3 Example Classification Systems 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


The Ramsar Convention 

The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as 
Waterfowl Habitat, commonly referred to as the Ramsar Convention from its 
place of acceptance in Iran in 1971, is the intergovernmental treaty which 
provides the framework for international cooperation for the conservation and 
wise use of wetlands. The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural 
Organisation (UNESCO) serves as Depositary for the Convention. The 
Convention entered into force in 1975 and now has Contracting Parties from 
all over the world. A useful summary of the objectives, methods of working, 
activities and achievements of the Convention to date is presented in The 
Ramsar Convention Manual - A Guide to the Convention on Wetlands of 
International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat (Davis, 1994). 


The Ramsar Convention plays an important role in helping to prevent 
detrimental changes to wetland sites by providing a global framework, which 
promotes cooperative, intergovernmental action to enable conservation and 
sustainable management of wetland areas. 


Under the Convention (Article 1.1) wetlands are defined as "areas of marsh, 
fen, peatland or water, whether natural or artificial, permanent or temporary, 
with water that is static or flowing, fresh, brackish or salt, including areas of 
marine water the depth of which at low tide does not exceed six metres". An 
addendum provided in Article 2.1. states that wetlands "may incorporate 
riparian and coastal zones adjacent to the wetlands, and islands or bodies of 
marine water deeper than six metres at low tide lying within the wetlands". 
The coverage of the Convention therefore also includes rivers, shallow coastal 
waters and coastal formations such as coral reefs. 


On joining the Convention, each Party has to designate at least one site for 
inclusion in the "List of Wetlands of International Importance" (Article 2.4). 
To guide Contracting Parties, a set of Criteria have been established to 
identify wetlands of international importance (see Annex 2). To assist accurate 
and consistent recording of details of each wetland site, an approved 
"Information Sheet on Ramsar Wetlands" has been established (see Annex 1), 
and also an approved "Classification System for Wetland Types" (see Annex 
3). An hierarchical portrayal of the latter is given in Annex 4. 


Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater Habitats of the United States 
The Classification of Wetland and Deepwater Habitats of the United States 
(Cowardin et al, 1979) has been officially adopted by the US Fish and 


5-54 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Wildlife Service. To improve national consistency, other Federal and State 
agencies have been encouraged to use this system which provides a basis for 
information gathering for most scientific, educational and administrative 
purposes. The classification system was designed for use over a wide 
geographic area and for varied end uses. 


The structure of the Cowardin classification is hierarchical, moving from 
systems (wetlands and deep water habitats sharing similar hydrologic, 
geomorphologic, chemical or biological factors, ie the five major wetland 
groups mentioned above) and more specific subsystems higher up in the 
hierarchy down to classes, subclasses and dominance (species) types at the 
most detailed levels. An example through the hierarchy would be: 


System = Palustrine 

Class = Moss-lichen wetland 

Subclass = Moss 

Example dominance type = peat moss (Sphagnum fuscum) 


The system applies five system names, eight subsystem names, 11 class 
names, 28 subclass names and an unspecified number of dominance types. 
Note, however, that the specified dominance types are only examples and that 
the user can identify additional dominance types and determine where these 
fit into the classification hierarchy. As a whole, it is a complex system, but 
if used at one particular site application, for a specific purpose, is 
straightforward. 


Annex 6 contains the Cowardin hierarchy of wetlands and deepwater habitats, 
showing systems, subsystems, and classes. 


5.5.4 Minimum Data Requirements and Database Models 

Effective management of wetland information, based on agreed classifications and standard 
terms, is vital if competent monitoring of these sensitive systems is going to take place. This 
entails not only compiling more accurate and complete data but also improving access to it. 
Trends and changes in wetland type or degradation of wetlands can only be assessed if there 
are accurate historical records available to compare new data with. The most effective 
method of managing information is within a database. Several applications are now in place 
which have been specifically designed for wetlands. Some examples include: 


Name Ramsar Database 

Description The "List of Wetlands of International Importance" is maintained in the 
Ramsar Database which is managed by the International Waterfowl and 
Wetlands Research Bureau (IWRB) in Slimbridge, UK. Not only does this 
database enable IWRB to maintain the "List", but empowers IWRB to respond 
rapidly to reports of changes in ecological character at listed sites. The coding 
system which is employed for the Ramsar Database, representing Ramsar’s 
Classification of Wetland Type, is presented in Annex 5. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-55 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


The Ramsar Database holds the following information (Davis, 1994): 
site name i 

date of designation 

location 

coordinates, and 

total area 

wetland type (derived from the above mentioned Ramsar classification) 
physical and biological characteristics 

administrative area 

protected area status 

land tenure 

land use (both at the wetland and within its catchment) 

changes in ecological character, and 

physical, socio-economic, floral and faunal values 


AWB/PHPA Wetlands Database 

The Asian Wetland Bureau (AWB), under the Sumatra Wetland Project, in 
cooperation with the Directorate General of Forest Protection and Nature 
Conservation (PHPA) has developed the Wetland Database Management 
System which seeks to improve the conservation and sustainable management 
of the wetlands of Sumatra (Frazier et al, 1992). AWB is currently 
developing, improving and expanding the Wetland Database (WDB) and 
broadening the focus of the database to include information on important 
wetlands throughout Indonesia. WDB stores information on aspects which are 
most important for sustainable management, including: 


location of wetlands 

conservation status of these areas 
land ownership 

the values of wetlands 

habitat types 

animal and plant species 

existing and proposed land uses 

the impacts of activities in wetlands 


The Users Manual (Frazier et al, 1992) is a very useful document which 
explains the workings of the database and outlines in detail the structure of the 
WDB. This includes comprehensive descriptions of the structures and coding 
of the wetland habitats classification used in the database, but also other 
attribute data such as habitat condition codes, land- use and impact 
classifications and codes. 


CORINE Biotopes Database 

CORINE (Coordination of information on the environment), a project for 
gathering, coordinating and ensuring consistency of information on the state 
of the environment in the European Community, was established in 1985. One 


5-56 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


of the main priorities focuses on compiling an inventory of biotopes. A 
biotope is "an area of land or a water body which forms an ecological unit of 
Community significance for nature conservation, regardless of whether this 
area is formally protected by legislation." (CEC, 1991a). The CORINE 
Biotopes Project was therefore developed to make available an information 
system to allow nature protection policies to be developed and assessed under 
an objective framework. 


Data were extracted from existing national or regional dataholdings and new 
data were collected and entered into a database. Later data were entered into 
a geographic information system to facilitate mapping and spatial analyses and 
linking CORINE biotope data to other datasets such as topography, land cover 
etc. In order to achieve consistency in reporting the characteristics of sites in 
the biotopes, a standard format was designed: the standard site record contains 
the complete description of one geographical site, descriptive categories 
include: Site Identification; Site Location; Ecological Information; Species and 
Site description (CEC, 1991b). 


Over 100 wetland types are identified within the CORINE classification 
system (CEC, 1991a). These are organised under the following major groups: 
coastal and halophytic communities, non-marine waters, forests, bogs and 
marshes, inland rocks, screes and sands and agricultural land and artificial 
landscapes. 


5.5.5 References 


Carp, E. 1980. Directory of Wetlands of International Importance in the Western Palaearctic. 
Prepared for United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) and The World Conservation 
Union (IUCN). IUCN, Gland, Switzerland. 


CEC. 1991. Corine Biotopes Manual - Data specifications Part 2. Environment and quality 
of life series EUR 12587. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. 


CEC. 1991a. Corine Biotopes Manual - Methodology. Environment and quality of life series 
EUR 12587. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. 


CEC. 1993. Corine Land Cover - Guide Technique. Office des publications officielles des 
Communautés européenes. Luxembourg. 


Cowardin, L.M., Carter, V., Golet, F.C. and LaRoe, T. 1979. Classification of Wetlands 
and Deep Water Habitats of the United States. US Fish and Wildlife Service Pub. FWS/OBS- 
789/31. Washington, DC. 


Crafter, S.A., Njuguna, S.G. and Howard, G.W. (Eds). 1992. Wetlands of Kenya. 
Proceedings of the KWWG Seminar on Wetlands of Kenya. National Museums of Kenya, 
Nairobi, Kenya, 3-5 July 1991. viii + 183 pp. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-57 


Dahl, T.E. 1991. Wetland Resources of the United States - 1:3,168,000. National Wetlands 
Inventory, US Fish and Wildlife Service, St. Petersburg, Florida. 


Davis, T.J. (Ed.) 1994. The Ramsar Convention Manual - A Guide to the Convention on 
Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat. Ramsar Convention 
Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. 


Diegues, A.C.S. (Ed.) 1994. An Inventory of Brazilian Wetlands. \UCN, Gland, Switzerland. 
viii + 216 pp. + 56 maps. 


Dugan, P.J. (Ed.) 1990. Wetland Conservation: A Review of Current Issues and Required 
Action. The World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland. 


Dugan, P.J. (Ed.) 1993. Wetlands in Danger. Prepared by IUCN in collaboration with 
WCMC. The World Conservation Union (IUCN), in association with Mitchell Beazley, 
London, UK. 


Finlayson, M. and Moser, M. (Eds). 1991. Wetlands. International Waterfowl and Wetlands 
Research Bureau (IWRB). Published by Facts on File Ltd, Oxford, UK. 


Frazier, S.M. de Raedt, and Brady, A. 1992. Wetland Data Base Version 2.0. A Users 
Manual. With programming by N. Suyatno and J. Verhagen. PHPA/AWB Sumatra Wetland 
Project. Asian Wetland Bureau - Bogor, Indonesia. 


Hollis, G.E., Adams, W.M. and Aminu-Kano, M. (Eds). 1993. The Hadejia-Nguru Wetlands 
- Environment, Economy and Sustainable Development of a Sahelian Floodplain Wetlands. 
IUCN, Gland, Switzerland. 244 pp. 


Hughes, R.H. and Hughes, J.S. 1992. A Directory for African Wetlands. 1UCN, Gland, 
Switzerland and Cambridge, UK/United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), Nairobi, 
Kenya/WCMC, Cambridge, UK. 


IUCN. 1993. The IUCN Review of the Southern Okavango Integrated Water Development 
Project. The World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland. 543 pp. 


Jones, T.A. 1993a. A Directory of Wetlands of International Importance, Part One: Africa. 
Ramsar Convention Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. 


Jones, T.A. 1993b. A Directory of Wetlands of International Importance, Part Four: 
Neotropics & North America. Ramsar Convention Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. 


Jones, T.A. 1993c. A Directory of Wetlands of International Importance, Part Two: Asia & 
Oceania. Ramsar Convention Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. 


Jones, T.A. 1993d. A Directory of Wetlands of International Importance, Part 
Three: Europe. Ramsar Convention Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. 


5-58 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Maltby, E. 1986. Waterlogged Wealth. Earthscan. 200pp. 


Nicole, M. Egnankou Wadja, M. and Schmidt, M. (Eds). 1994. A Preliminary Inventory of 
Coastal Wetlands of Céte d'Ivoire. The World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, 
Switzerland. viii + 80 pp. 


Ramsar Convention Bureau. 1990a. REC C.4.7 (Rev.) Annex 2 B. Classification System for 
Wetlands Type. In: Proceedings of the Fourth Meeting of the Conference of Contracting 
Parties, Vol I Montreux, Switzerland, 27 June-4 July 1990. Ramsar Convention Bureau, 
Gland. Pp. 165-167. 


Ramsar Convention Bureau. 1990b. Convention on Wetlands of International Importance 
Especially as Waterfowl Habitat. Proceedings of the Fourth Meeting of the Conference of the 
Contracting Parties, Montreux, Switzerland 27 June to 4 July 1990. Ramsar Convention ~ 
Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. 


Ramsar Convention Bureau. 1993. Convention on Wetlands of International Importance 
Especially as Waterfowl Habitat. Proceedings of the Fifth Meeting of the Conference of the 
Contracting Parties, Kushiro, Japan 9-16 June 1993. 3 Volumes. Ramsar Convention 
Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. 


Scott, D.A. and Carbonell, M. 1986. A Directory of Neotropical Wetlands. The World 
Conservation Union (IUCN), Cambridge and the International Waterfowl and Wetlands 
Research Bureau (IWRB), Slimbridge, UK. 


Scott, D.A. (Ed.) 1989a. A Directory of Asian Wetlands. The World Conservation Union 
(IUCN), Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK xiv + 1181 pp., 33 maps. 


Scott, D.A. 1989b. Design of Wetland Data Sheet for Database on Ramsar Sites 
Mimeographed Report to the Ramsar Convention Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. 


Scott, D.A. (Ed.) 1993. A Directory of Wetlands in Oceania. International Waterfowl and 
Wetlands Research Bureau (IWRB), Slimbridge, UK and Asian Wetlands Bureau (AWB), 
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. xvii + 444 pp, 16 maps. 


Silvius, M.J., Djuharsa, E., Taufik, A.W., Steeman, A.P.J.M., Berczy, E.T. 1987. The 
Indonesian Wetland Inventory. A preliminary compilation of existing information on wetlands 
of Indonesia. PHPA. Asian Wetland Bureau/INTERWADER, EDWIN, Bogor, Indonesia. 


WWF-India. 1993. Directory of Indian Wetlands. WWF/India, New Delhi and Asian 
Wetlands Bureau (AWB), Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. xvi + 264 pp., 32 maps. 


EEE 


Resource Inventory -Document 4 5-59 


Annex 1: Information Sheet on Ramsar Sites 


The Ramsar Convention Bureau (1990) suggest the following data are collected on Ramsar 


sites: 


OMI DAAARWNE 


14. 
15. 
16. 


17. 
18. 


19. 


20. 


21. 


2D. 


23. 
24. 


Country 

Date (or update) of compilation 

Reference number (for completion by Database Manager) 

Name and address of compiler 

Name of wetland 

Date of Ramsar designation 

Geographical coordinates 

General location (nearest large town) 

Area (in hectares) 

Wetland type (see above) 

Altitude (average or maximum and minimum) 

Overview of site (thumb-nail sketch in two or three sentences) 

Physical features 

- geology and geomorphology 

- origins (natural or man-made) 

- hydrology (including seasonal water balance, inflow and outflow) 

- soil type and chemistry 

- water quality (physio-chemical characteristics) 

- depth, fluctuations and permanence 

- tidal variations 

- catchment area 

- downstream area (especially in the case of sites important in flood control) 

- climate 

Ecological features (main habitats and vegetation types) 

Land tenure (ownership of site and surrounding areas) 

Conservation measures taken 

- legal status 

- management category 

- Management practices 

Conservation measures proposed (but not yet implemented) 

Land use (human population, principal human activities and main forms of land 
use) 

Possible changes in land use and proposed development projects (major 
developments likely to have a serious long-term effect) 

Disturbances and threats (human activities at the site or catchment area which may 
have a detrimental effect on natural character) 

Hydrological and biophysical values, (eg recharge and discharge of groundwater, 
flood control, sediment trapping, prevention of coastal erosion) 

Social and cultural values, (eg fisheries production, forestry or historical 
associations, religious significance) 

Noteworthy fauna 

Noteworthy flora 


5-60 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


25. Scientific research and facilities 

26. Conservation education 

27. Recreation and tourism 

28. | Management authority 

29. Jurisdiction (territorial, eg state, region or municipality - and functional, eg Dept 
of Fisheries, Dept of Agriculture 

30. References (scientific) 

31. Reasons for inclusion (reference to criteria) 

32. | Outline map of site (to be appended) 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-61 


Annex 2: Criteria for Identifying Wetlands of International Importance 


Article 2.1 of the Ramsar Convention states that "Each Contracting Party shall designate 
suitable wetlands within its territory for inclusion in a "List of Wetlands of International 
Importance" which refers to "international significance in terms of ecology, botany, zoology, 
limnology or hydrology". The criteria below have been approved by the Conference of the 


Contracting Parties for identifying wetlands of international importance. 


Criteria 
A wetland is identified as being of international importance if it meets at leat one of the 


criteria set out below: 


1. Criteria for representative or unique wetlands 


A wetland should be considered internationally important if: 


(a) 


or (b) 


or (c) 


or (d) 


it is a particularly good representative example of a natural or near-natural 


wetland, characteristic of the appropriate biogeographical region; 


it is a particularly good representative example of a natural or near-natural 
wetland, common to more than one biogeographical region; 


it is a particularly good representative example of a wetland, which plays 
a substantial hydrological, biological or ecologic role in the natural 
functioning of a major river basin or coastal system, especially where it 
is located in a trans-border position; 


it is an example of a specific type of wetland, rare or unusual in the 
appropriate biogeographical region. : 


2. General criteria based on plants or animals 


A wetland should be considered internationally important if: 


(a) 


or (b) 


or (c) 


or (d) 


5-62 


it support an appreciable assemblage of rare, vulnerable or endangered 
species or subspecies of plant or animal, or an appreciable number of 
individuals of any one or more of these species; 


it is of special value for maintaining the genetic and ecological diversity 
of a region because of the quality and peculiarities of its flora and fauna; 


it is of special value as the habitat of plants or animals at a critical stage 
of their biological cycle; 


it is of special value for one or more endemic plant or animal species or 
communities. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


3. Specific Criteria Based on Waterfowl 


A wetland should be considered internationally important if: 


(a) 
or (b) 


or (Cc) 


it regularly supports 20,000 waterfowl; 


it regularly supports substantial numbers of individuals from particular 
groups of waterfowl, indicative of wetland value, productivity or diversity; 


where data on populations are available, it regularly supports 1% of the 
individuals in a population of one species or subspecies of waterfowl. 


Guidelines for Application of the Criteria 


To assist Contracting Parties in assessing the suitability of wetlands for inclusion in the List 
of Wetlands of International Importance, the Conference of the Contracting Parties has 
formulated the following guidelines for application of the Criteria: 


(a) 


or (b) 


A wetland could be considered of international importance under Criterion 
1 if, because of its outstanding role in natural, biological, ecological or 
hydrological system, it is of substantial value in supporting human 
communities dependent on the wetland. In this context, such support 
would include: 


- provision of food, fibre or fuel; 
- or maintenance of cultural value; 
- or support of food chains, water quality, flood control or climatic stability. 


The support, in all it aspects, should remain within the framework of 
sustainable use and habitat conservation, and should not change the ecological 
character of the wetland. 


A wetland could be considered of international importance under Criterion 
1, 2 or.3 if it conforms to additional guidelines developed at regional, (eg 
Scandinavian or West African) or national level. Elaboration of such 
regional or national guidelines may be especially appropriate: 


- where particular groups of animals (other than waterfowl) or plants are 
considered more suitable as a basis for evaluation; 


- or where waterfowl and other animals do not occur in large concentrations 
(particularly in northern latitudes); 


- or where collection of data is difficult (particularly in very large 
countries). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-63 


or (c) The "particular groups of waterfowl, indicative of wetland values, 
productivity or diversity" in Criterion 3(b) include any of the following: 


- loons or divers: Gaviidae; 

- grebes: Podicipedidae; 

- cormorants: Phalacrocoracidae; 

- pelicans: Pelecanidae; 

- herons, bitterns, storks, ibises and spoonbills: Ciconiiformes; swans, geese 
and ducks (wildfowl): Anatidae; 

- wetland related raptors: Accipitriformes and Falconiformes; cranes: 
Gruidae 

- shorebirds or waders: Charadrii; and 

- terns: ternidae. 


or (d) _ The specific criteria based on waterfowl numbers will apply to wetlands 
of varying size in different Contracting Parties. While it is impossible to 
give precise guidance on the size of an area in which these numbers may 
occur, wetlands identified as being of international importance under 
Criterion 3 should form an ecological unit, and may thus be made up of 
one big area or a group of smaller wetlands. Consideration may also be 
given to turnover of waterfowl at migration periods, so that a cumulative 
total is reached, if such data are available. 


5-64 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Annex 3: Classification System for Wetland Types 


The Ramsar Convention Bureau (1990) provides the following system for classification of 
wetlands: 


1 MARINE AND COASTAL WETLANDS 


1.1 


2 


Marine waters. Permanent shallow waters less than 6m deep at low tide; includes sea 
bays, straits. 


Subtidal aquatic beds. Includes kelp beds, sea-grasses, tropical marine meadows. 
Coral reefs. 

Rocky marine shores. Includes rocky offshore islands, sea cliffs. 

Sand, shingle or pebble beeches. Includes sand bars, spits, sandy islets. 


Estuarine waters. Permanent waters of estuaries and estuarine systems of 
deltas. 


Intertidal mud, sand or salt flats. 


Intertidal marshes. Includes saltmarshes, salt meadows, saltings, raised 
saltmarshes, tidal brackish and freshwater marshes. 


Intertidal forested wetlands. Includes mangrove swamps, nipa swamps, tidal 
freshwater swamp forests. 


Brackish to saline lagoons with one or more relatively narrow connections 
with the sea. 


Freshwater lagoons and marshes (coastal zone). Includes delta lagoon and 
marsh systems. 


2 INLAND WETLANDS 


2.1 


Dee 


2.3 


2.4 


2.5 


Permanent rivers and streams. Includes waterfalls. 
Seasonal and irregular rivers and streams. 
Inland deltas (permanent). 


Riverine floodplains. Includes river flats, flooded river basins, seasonally flooded 
grassland, savanna and palm savanna. 


Permanent freshwater lakes (over 8ha). Includes large oxbow lakes. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-65 


2.6 


2a 


2.8 


2.9 


2.10 


Zell 


Dal 


2.13 


2.14 


DES 


2.16 


Seasonal freshwater lakes (over 8ha), floodplain lakes. 
Permanent and seasonal, brackish, saline or alkaline lakes, flats and marshes. 


Permanent freshwater ponds (below 8ha), marshes and swamps on inorganic soils 
with emergent vegetation waterlogged for at least most of the growing season. 


Seasonal freshwater ponds and marshes on inorganic soil. Includes sloughs, 
potholes, seasonally flooded meadows, sedge marshes. 


Shrub swamps. Shrub-dominated freshwater marsh, shrub carr, alder thicket; on 
inorganic soils 


Freshwater swamp forest. Seasonally flooded forest, wooded swamps; on inorganic 
soils. 


Peatlands. Shrub or open bogs, fens. 
Forested peatlands. Peat swamp forest. 


Alpine and tundra wetlands. Includes alpine meadows, tundra pools, temporary 
waters from snowmelt. 


Freshwater springs, oases. 


Geothermal wetlands. 


3 MAN-MADE WETLANDS 


3.1 Water storage areas. Reservoirs, barrages, hydro-electric dams, 
impoundments (generally over 8ha). 

3.2 Ponds. Includes farm ponds, stock ponds, small tanks (generally below 8 ha). 

3.3. Aquaculture ponds. Fish ponds, shrimp ponds. 

3.4 Salt exploitation. Salt pans, salines. 

3.5 Excavations. Gravel pits, borrow pits, mining pools. 

3.6 Wastewater treatment. Sewage farms, settling ponds, oxidation basins. 

3.7 Irrigated land and irrigation channels. Rice fields, canals, ditches. 

3.8 Seasonally flooded arable land, farm land. 

5-66 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Annex 4: Coding System for Wetland Types 


The classification system provided in Annex 3 is portrayed in hierarchical form below. 


Type Level 1 


Marine 


Intertidal 


Marine 
& Estuarine 
Coastal 


Lacustrine 
Palustrine 


Riverine 


Lacustrine 


Inland 


Palustrine 


Geothermal 


Aquaculture 


Level 2 


Subtidal 


Rocky 


Subtidal 
Intertidal 
Permanent 
Seasonal 
Perennial 


Intermittent 


Seasonal 


Permanent 


Seasonal 


Permanent 


Seasonal 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Level 3 


Aquatic bed 
Reef 

Rocky 
Unconsol 


Unconsol 
Emergent 
Forested 


Emergent 
Emergent 


Permanent 


Emergent 


Shrub-dom 
Forested 


Emergent 


Level 4 


Shallow marine waters 
Marine aquatic beds 
Coral reefs 

marine shores 
Sand/shingle beeches 


Estuarine waters 
Intertidal mudflats 
Salt marshes 
Mangrove, tidal forest 


Brackish/saline lagoons 
Coastal fresh lagoons 


Permanent river/stream 
Inland deltas 
Intermittent river/stream 
Floodplain wetlands 


Permanent freshwater lakes 
Seasonal freshwater lakes 
Permanent/seasonal saline 
Lakes and marshes 


Permanent freshwater ponds and 


marshes 
Open peat bogs, fens 
Alpine/tundra wetlands 


Shrub-dominated swamps 
Freshwater swamp forest 
Peat swamp forest 
Freshwater springs, oases 
Seasonal freshwater marsh 


Geothermal wetlands - 


Fish, shrimp ponds 


5-67 


Farm ponds, small tanks 
Agriculture Irrigated land, rice fields 

Seasonally-flooded arable land 

Man-made 

Salt exploitation Salt pans, salines 
Urban/Industrial Reservoirs, barrages 

Gravel pits 

Sewage farms 


5-68 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Annex 5: Database Coding for Ramsar Wetland Type Classification 


Wetland Habitat Types 


Marine and Coastal 
Marine - shallow marine waters 
- marine beds 
- coral reefs 
- rocky shores 
- sand/shingle shores (including dune systems) 


MoOaAD,Y 


- estuarine waters 

- tidal mudflats (incl. intertidal flats & sandflats) 
- salt marshes 

- mangroves/tidal forest 


“ma 7 


Lacustrine/Palustrine - coastal brackish/saline lagoons 
- coastal fresh lagoons 


nS 


Inland 
Riverine - deltas 
- rivers/streams/creeks: permanent 
- rivers/streams/creeks: seasonal/intermittent 


Lacustrine - freshwater lakes: permanent 
- freshwater lakes: seasonal/intermittent 
- saline brackish lakes: permanent 
- saline brackish lakes: seasonal/intermittent 


Palustrine - saline/brackish marshes: permanent 
- saline/brackish marshes: seasonal/intermittent 
- freshwater marshes/pools: permanent 
- freshwater marshes/pools: seasonal/intermittent 
- peatlands (peat bogs, swamps, fens) 
- alpine wetlands 
- tundra wetlands 
- shrub-dominated wetlands 
- tree-dominated wetlands (incl. swamp forest) 
- freshwater springs (including oases) 


Geothermal - geothermal wetlands 


KEY: * Includes floodplains wetlands such as seasonally inundated grasslands 
(including natural wet meadows), shrublands, woodlands or forest. 


Source: Frazier (1994, Pers. Comm.) 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-69 


|_| Wetland Habitat Types 


Man-made 
Aquaculture 


- fish/shrimp ponds 


- farm ponds, small tanks 
- irrigated land (including rice fields) 
- seasonally flooded agricultural land 


Agriculture 


- salt pans, salines 


Salt exploitation 


Urban/Industrial 


- reservoirs/barrages/dams 
- gravel/brick/clay pits 

- sewage farms 

- canals 


No information 


KEY: # To include intensively managed or grazed pasture or wet meadow. 


ee 
5-70 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Annex 6: The Cowardin Hierarchy of Wetlands and Deepwater Habitats 


SYSTEM : SUBSYSTEM 
Subtidal 
Marine 
Intertidal 
Subtidal 
Estuarine 
Intertidal 
Tidal 


Lower Perennial 


Riverine 


Upper Perennial 


Intermittent 


CLASS 


Rock bottom 
Unconsolidated bottom 
Aquatic bed 

Reef 

Aquatic bed 

Reef 

Rocky shore 
Unconsolidated shore 


Rock bottom 
Unconsolidated bottom 
Aquatic bed 

Reef 


Aquatic bed 

Reef 

Stream bed 

Rocky shore 
Unconsolidated shore 
Emergent wetland 
Scrub-shrub wetland 
Forested wetland 


Rock bottom 
Unconsolidated bottom 
Aquatic bed 

Rocky shore 
Unconsolidated shore 
Emergent wetland 
Rock bottom 
Unconsolidated bottom 
Aquatic bed 

Rocky shore 
Unconsolidated shore 
Emergent wetland 


Rock bottom 
Unconsolidated bottom 
Aquatic bed 

Rocky shore 
Unconsolidated shore 


Streambed 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


5-71 


Rock bottom 
Limnetic Unconsolidated bottom 
Aquatic bed 


Lacustrine 


Rock bottom 
Unconsolidated bottom 
Aquatic bed 

Littoral Rocky shore z 
Unconsolidated shore 
Emergent wetland 


Rock bottom 
Unconsolidated bottom 
Aquatic bed 
Unconsolidated shore 


Palustrine Moss-lichen wetland 


Emergent wetland 
Scrub-shrub wetland 
Forested wetland 


KEY: Rock bottom = bedrock, rubble 


5-72 


Unconsolidated bottom = cobble-gravel, sand, mud, organic 

Aquatic bed = algal, rooted vascular, floating, aquatic moss 

Unconsolidated shore = cobble-gravel, sand, mud, organic, vegetated 

Streambed = bedrock, rubble, cobble-gravel, sand, mud, organic, vegetated 
Emergent wetland = persistent, nonpersistent 

Moss-lichen wetland = moss, lichen 

Rocky shore = bedrock, rubble 

Scrub-shrub wetland = needleleaved evergreen, broadleaved evergreen, needleleaved 
deciduous, broadleaved deciduous, dead 

Forested wetland = needleleaved evergreen, broadleaved evergreen, needleleaved 
deciduous, broadleaved deciduous, dead 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


5.6 Coastal and Marine Habitats 


5.6.1 Overview 

Most of the world’s biological diversity at higher taxa levels is marine. Of 33 known phyla, 
32 include marine taxa; 15 exclusively (Agardy, 1994). Studies of some marine 
environments, particularly bottom sediments, show extremely high levels of invertebrate 
species diversity, the majority comprising previously unknown species (WCMC, 1994). 
Recent taxonomic advances in marine biology have revealed that many broad-spectrum 
species are actually arrays of sibling species’ with narrower and slightly different ecological 
requirements (Knowlton and Jackson, 1994). This results in a three to five fold increase in 
species diversity in many marine fauna than previously recognised. These findings highlight 
the importance of reliable taxonomic classification and its implications for maintaining 
biodiversity in marine environments. 


The rationale for protecting marine biodiversity (as for other forms of biodiversity) can be 
approached from several directions: protection of fundamental biosphere services (Wilson, 
1988); the deep ecology ethos (Nations, 1988); and economic valuation of the environmental 
products and services (Pearce and Moran, 1994). Whichever approach is taken, standards in 
biodiversity information management are fundamental in combatting the manifold threats to 
marine environments. 


Reliable classification systems are at the heart of marine conservation, research and 
monitoring (Maragos, 1992). Data standards serve many purposes, but most importantly to 
allow researchers to draw accurate conclusions about the rate and magnitude of 
environmental change. This information is provided to policy-makers to plan and develop 
socio-economic policies and environmental legislation to protect marine and coastal 
environments. Compatibility of standards in databases and electronic format facilitates 
sharing, updating, interpretation and utilisation of data. For example, oil spill contingency 
planners in emergency situations require rapid access to data to contain the spill and protect 
vulnerable coastal and marine habitat and fauna. 


5.6.2 Classification Systems and Standards 

There are currently no widely accepted global marine habitat classification systems. 
Institutions that develop classification systems do so for a variety of reasons related to their 
areas of concern or jurisdiction, for example the protection of sea turtle breeding grounds, 
shorebird breeding or migration stopover sites; and specific geomorphological features such 
as coral reefs or limestone caves. The Commission on National Parks and Protected Areas 
(CNPPA) identified the need to develop an appropriate marine biogeographical classification 
scheme on global, regional and national levels as a basis for ensuring adequate representation 
of different marine ecosystems in a range of marine protected areas (Hayden et al, 1984). 


5Sibling species are species that are difficult or impossible to distinguish based on morphological characters (Knowlton and Jackson, 
1994). 


—— 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-73 


The ocean’s complex three dimensional nature requires some departure from the approaches 
used for most terrestrial systems. The ocean is often divided into: (i) coastal systems (neritic) 
(eg estuaries, coral reefs, mangroves); (ii) benthic (bottom associated) systems; and (iii) 
pelagic (open water) systems. The pelagic zone is separated into epipelagic, mesopelagic and 
bathypelagic divisions. Coastal classification is largely based on landforms and physical 
processes (Caddy and Bakun, 1994); marine realms have been treated both physically (eg 
water masses) and biotically (eg species assemblages), with no one method dominating 
(Hayden et al, 1984). 


Coasts are dynamic over a range of time scales, from short term fluctuations (over a few 
weeks or months) to long term changes over thousands of years. Similar processes 
characterize inter-related shore environments: thus sand dune ecosystems show seasonal 
changes in productivity, biomass and thus sand-trapping ability, but are also influenced by 
long-term successional changes in species composition. Dynamics, and the range of possible 
landform change, must be allowed for inshore management policies. Many coastal problems 
result from attempts to "fossilize" a particular shoreline configuration or habitat. Such 
management policies then face expensive remedial action to re-establish quasi-national 
patterns of landform change and ecosystem function. 


Since coasts are dynamic and neither purely terrestrial or purely oceanic, definitions will 
suffice for its classification. To delineate coastal zones, Clark (1992) discusses using the "25- 
year flood line", a coastal highway or a 5m topographic line. Classification of the pelagic 
zone must consider that oceans are contiguous and marine species have generally greater 
ranges than terrestrial species. The challenge is to design a classification system that 
facilitates the inclusion of three-dimensional data and covers all the "important" categories 
while remaining as simple as possible. 


Global Scale 

Although there is no one definitive global classification for coastal and marine systems, 
important global systems have been developed. Inman and Nordstrom (1971) developed a 
classification system based on tectonic setting. Briefly summarized it classifies coasts into 
collision coasts (active coasts), trailing edge coasts (passive coasts) or marginal coasts (back 
arc basins). In addition, Inman and Nordstrom (1971) identify three coastal morphological 
length scales, termed first-, second- and third order. First order have dimensions of 100km 
alongshore, 100km across and 10km in height from ocean floor to the continental summit. 
Second-order coasts have dimensions of 100, 10 and 1km, and at this level it is valuable to 
differentiate morphological features such as submarine canyons, estuaries and rocky cliffs. 
Third-order coasts have dimensions of 1, 0.1, and 0.01km at which level localised coastal 
processes such as wave and tide action, (eg beaches, inlets, tidal creeks) can be observed 
(Inman and Nordstrom, 1971). 


Coasts are also classified by means of wave processes (Davies, 1980). Low-latitude coasts 
are mainly influenced by swell waves and high-latitude coasts by protection from waves and 
ice. Davies divides coasts based on the categories: predominately storm wave environments; 
predominately protected sea environments; and predominately swell environments. 


5-74 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


In 1990, a group of agencies® developed a hierarchical classification and conservation criteria 
for ecosystems in the tropical insular Pacific region (Bailey er al, 1991). Their report 
includes an example of a complete biosphere ecosystem classification system, that can be 
viewed as a model for systems in other regions. Bailey et al (1991) also presents a critique 
of classification systems and a comparison with Global Marine Classification Systems for the 
tropical Pacific produced by Crawford and Grossman (1990) (Annex 1). The system has 
recently been revised by (Holthus, in press) and the major marine ecosystem divisions and 
sub-divisions are included in Annex 2. 


Finally, at the global level it is fundamentally important to establish a framework to which 
regional classification systems can be attached to the same level of differentiation of distinct 


types. 


National and Regional Scale 

The American classification system of wetlands and deepwater habitats describes ecological 
taxa for use by resource managers, to furnish mapping units with data and to provide 
uniformity of concepts and terms (Cowardin, 1979)’. The system is hierarchical, progressing 
from systems® to subsystems. The classification is generally based on classes, subclasses and 
dominance types. The five major systems identified are: marine; estuarine; riverine, 
lacustrine and palustrine. To more fully describe aquatic habitats, modifiers for water regime, 
water chemistry, and soils are used. 


A second example is found in the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) 
1993 report for the United States, that identifies three general types of information collected 
to construct the Environmental Sensitivity Mapping for Marine Systems: (i) habitats; (ii) 
subtidal biological resources; and (iii) human-use resources. In order to meet its primary 
objective of environmental protection, it classifies marine environments according to 
"sensitivity" indices of coastal habitats by ranking intertidal shoreline types, degree of 
exposure, shoreline slope and substrate type. 


The Biomar Programme is co-funded by the Commission of the European Communities. The 
Marine Nature Conservation Review (MNCR), working under the Joint Nature Conservation 
Committee (JINCC) has developed a structured classification of marine biotopes for the NE 
Atlantic (Connor et al, in press). The classification aims to include all marine and brackish 
water habitats that occur around the UK and Ireland, and will allow for the inclusion of 
biotopes from other NE Atlantic coastal areas. The system allows users to make objective 


These included six agencies: the East-West Centre, Environment and Policy Institute (EWC EAP); the 
South Pacific Regional Environment Programme (SPREP); The Nature Conservancy, Science and Pacific 
Divisions (TNC); the USAID Agency for International Development, South Pacific Regional Development 
Office (AID/RDO/SP); the USDI Fish and Wildlife Service (USDI FWS); and the World Wide Fund for Nature 
(WWF). 


7Also refer to section 5.5 Wetlands. 


8System refers to a complex of wetlands and deepwater habitats that share the influence of similar 
hydrologic, geomorphologic, chemical or biological factors. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-75 


inter-site comparisons of data. The classification will be used to develop marine elements of 
the European CORINE Classification. 


One final example is provided by the Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission (IOC), 
United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) and the World Meteorological Organisation 
(WMO). It is a long-term Global Monitoring System of Coastal and Nearshore Phenomenon 
Related to Climate Change. The system is the coastal component of the Global Ocean 
Observing System (GOOS); itself a part of Global Climate Observing System (GCOS). The 
table below identifies major fields in the geosphere, biosphere and socio-cultural arena, in 
which parameters need to be measured to assess changes in coastal zones. This system 
accommodates data capture from global to sampling levels, and provides a consistent 
terminology to distinguish between areas chosen for study (Pernetta, 1993): 


Category Description 
(i) Country Name of country owning waters. 
(ii) Location General geographic area (scale 100s km) 


(iii) | Monitoring Area Focal area for the programme (scale 10s km) including islands, 
major reefs. 

(iv) Site Subset of the monitoring area where studies made (scale 1 km) 

(v) Transect/Quadrat Number of the replicate survey. 


5.6.3 Data Definitions and Models 

Standards have yet to emerge for the collection of data on marine and coastal environments, 
particularly on a global scale. However, some guidelines are presented in Clark (1992) and 
Pernetta (1993). Moreover, the databases being used for coastal and marine habitats provide 
some practical examples of data collection requirements. 


At the regional level, Bailey et al (1991) contains an extensive list of data definitions used 
in the Tropical Insular Pacific Ecosystem classification that may be useful for other databases 
projects. UNESCO and the Centre for Oceanological Research and Development (1986) 
provides an example of a metadatabase (also referred to as a tertiary database) and a 
standardised data dictionary. The same document discusses database design, and recommends 
the importance of establishing a data dictionary as soon as the entries within the data become 
identified since future data security depends on it. 


ASFA, MINISIS, and SEAFIS are examples of marine bibliographic databases covering 
different regions. Examples of shallow marine biodiversity databases are given below: 


Name ReefBase 

Description A _ global, ecosystem-based database currently being developed at the 
International Center for Living Aquatic Resources Management (ICLARM), 
Manila, The Philippines. It will include data covering fisheries, management, 
species inventories, oceanography and geomorphology- at the level of 
individual reefs and will incorporate reef maps being produced at the World 
Conservation Monitoring Centre. First release: Early 1996. 


Name FishBase 


5-76 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


A global fisheries and taxonomic database, including distribution datasets and 
catch statistics, developed at ICLARM. Currently contains data for 12,000 
taxa. 


Coral Reef Fish Mapping Database 

A simple relational database being established under the auspices of the [UCN 
Coral Reef Fishes Specialist Group plotting the known distributions of over 
1500 taxa. 


CoralBase 

A global taxonomic database, giving distribution data for all scleractininan 
coral taxa, produced and maintained by the Australian Institute of Marine 
Science. 

Biodiversity Map Library 

An ARC/INFO application developed by the World Conservation Monitoring 
Centre. Currently handles global data relating to habitats, species, protected 
areas and other regions of conservation concern. 


SPREP Biodiversity Conservation Database 

A regional database currently in the early stages of development. It will 
include information on species, ecological and genetic diversity, gathered at 
a national level. 


The Guidelines for Developing Digital Environmental Sensitivity Index Atlases and Databases 
(NOAA, 1993) is a starting point from which spill response organisations can begin to reach 
a consensus on a consistent approach for developing environmental sensitivity maps. The 
guideline document provides a description of the database structure (field names, formats and 
description) for Environmental Sensitivity Index (ESI) database files. The ten coastal 
sensitivity rankings are described below: 


ESI = 1 
ESI = 2 
ESI = 3 
ESI = 
ESI = 
ESI = 6 
ESI = 7 
ESI = 8 
ESI = 9 
ESI = 10 


Exposed, impermeable vertical surfaces 

-Exposed, impermeable substrates, non-vertical 

semi-permeable substrate, low potential for oil penetration and burial; 
infauna present but not usually abundant 

Medium permeability, moderate potential for oil Penetration and 
burial; infauna present but not usually abundant 

Medium-to-high permeability, high potential for oil penetration and 
burial; infauna present but not usually abundant 

High permeability, high potential for oil penetration and burial 
Exposed, flat, permeable substrate; infauna usually abundant 
Sheltered impermeable substrate, hard; epibiota usually abundant 
Sheltered, flat, semi-permeable substrate, soft; infauna usually 
abundant 

Vegetated wetlands 


A second example of a marine database structure was developed by a project funded by 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-77 


UNESCO and the Centre for Oceanological Research and Development in the document 
Regional Workshop on Marine Science Micro-computer Database Development (UNESCO, 
1986). It presents examples of a primary "attribute" database relating to coral reef ecological 
characteristics in which measurements on a subset of standard variables are recorded using 
five fields. In most cases several such databases might be related to one master table which 
could contain all the results of a particular study or project. Of note, the primary databases 
could follow a number of formats. 


5.6.4 References 


Agardy, M.T. 1994. Advances in marine conservation: the role of marine protected areas, 
TREE 9(7):267-270. 


Bailey, R., et al 1991. An Ecosystem Classification and Criteria for Conservation in the 
Tropical Insular Pacific, The Nature Conservancy (TNC). Hawaii, USA 115pp. 


Caddy, J.F. and Bakun, A. 1994. A tentative classification of coastal marine ecosystems 
based on dominant processes of nutrient supply. 


Clark, J.A., Farrell, W.E. and Peltier, W.R. 1978. Global changes in postglacial sea level: 
a numerical calculation. Quaternary Research 9:265-287. 


Clark, J.R. 1992. Integrated Management of Coastal Zones, FAO Fisheries Technical Paper 
No. 327 Rome, Italy. 167pp. 


Commission of the European Communities, 1991. CORINE biotopes - the design, compilation 
and use of an inventory of sites of major importance for nature conservation in the European 
Community. Luxembourg. 


Connor, D.W., Hiscock, K., Foster-Smith, R.L. and Covey, R. (in press) A Classification 
system for benthic marine biotopes. In: Proceedings of the 28th European Marine Biology 
Symposium, Crete, September 1993. 


Cowardin, L.M. 1979. Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater Habitats of the United 
States. US Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Biological Services 
Program. FWS/OBS-79/31 Washington, D.C. 


Crawford and Grossman, 1990. Global and Marine Classification Systems. unpublished. 


Davies, J.L. 1980. Geographical Variation in Coastline Development. 2nd edn. Oliver and 
Boyd, Edinburgh. 


Devillers, P. and Devillers-Terschuren, J. 1993. A Classification of Palaearctic Habitats. 
Council of Europe, Strasbourg (Report T-PVS (94) 1). 


Earll, R. C. (Ed.). 1994. Marine Environmental Management: Review of Events in 1994 and 


5-78 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Future Trends, Glos., UK 90pp. 


GESAMP 1990. The State of the Marine Environment, Blackwell Scientific Publications, 
Oxford, UK. 


Hayden, B.P., Ray, G.C. and Dolan, R. 1984. Classification of Coastal and Marine 
Environments. Environmental Conservation 11(3):199-207. 


Hiscock, K (submitted). Conserving Biodiversity in Northeast Atlantic Marine Ecosystem. 
Journal of Marine Biological Association UK (Special volume on the Marine Biodiversity 
Conference of York University, August 1994.) 


Holthus, P. (in press). Marine Classification for the Tropical Island Pacific, The Nature 
Conservancy, Honolulu, USA. 


Inman, D.L. and Nordstrom, K.F. 1971. On the Tectonic and Morphologic Classification 
of Coasts. Journal of Geology 79:1-21. 


Klinowska, M. 1992. Marine Mammal Database Review. UNEP Regional Seas Reports and 
Studies No. 141. 


Knowlton, N. & Jackson, B.C. 1994. New Taxonomy and niche partitioning on coral reefs: 
jack of all trades or master of some? In: TREE Vol. 9, No. 1 January 1994 pp 7-9. 


Maragos, J.E. 1992. A Marine Ecosystem for the South Pacific Region. Pp. 253-299. In: 
UNEP Regional Seas, Coastal Resource and Systems of the Pacific Basin: Investigations and 
Steps Toward Protective Management. UNEP Regional Seas Reports and Studies No. 147. 


NOAA (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration). 1993. Guidelines for Developing 
Digital Environmental Sensitivity Index Atlases and Databases, Hazardous Materials 
Response and Assessment Division, Seattle, Washington 57pp. 


Nations, D. 1988. Deep Ecology meets the Third World. In: Wilson, E.O. 1988. 
Biodiversity, Academic Press, USA. 


Norse, E.A. 1993. Global Marine Biological Diversity: A strategy for Building Conservation 
into Decision Making, Island Press, Washington, D.C. 383pp. 


Nybakken, J.W. 1993. Marine Biology - An Ecological Approach. 3rd edn. Harper 


Pearce, D. & Moran, D., 1994. The Economic Value of Biodiversity. 'UCN - The World 
Conservation Union, College Publishers, New York. Conservation Union, London 166pp. 


Pernetta, J.C. (Comp.). 1993. Monitoring Coral Reefs for Global Change. A Marine 
Conservation and Development Report. The World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, 
Switzerland. vi + 102pp. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-79 


Price, A.R.G. and Humphrey, S.L. (Eds) 1993. Application of the Biosphere Reserve 
Concept to Coastal Marine Areas - Papers presented at the UNESCO/IUCN San Francisco 
Workshop of 14-20 August 1989. A Marine Conservation and Development Report. The 
World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland. viii + 114pp. 


Sheppard, C.R.C. 1994. Marine Biodiversity: Meaning and Measurement in Marine 
Environmental Management - Review of Events in 1993 UK and Future Trends 1994, 
Volume 1, Paper No. 7, pp 23-26. 


Stafford, S.G. 1993. Data, Data Everywhere but not a byte to read: Managing Monitoring 
Information. In: Environmental Monitoring Assessment 26:125-141. 


UNESCO. 1993. Coasts in Environment and Development Briefs, Banson Publication, 
London. 16pp. 


UNESCO. 1986. Regional Workshop on Marine Science Micro-Computor Database 
Development. UNESCO, Centre for Oceanological Research and Development. 


Wilson, E.O. 1988. Biodiversity. Academic Press, USA. 


World Conservation Monitoring Centre (Comp.) Groombridge, B. (Ed.)-1994. Biodiversity 
Data Sourcebook, World Conservation Press, Cambridge, UK 155pp. 


World Wildlife Fund, Centre for Marine Conservation, IUCN, UNEP and World Bank 1994. 
Global Marine Biological Diversity: A Strategy for Building Conservation into Decision 
Making. 


5-80 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


uoneuLoyut 
[nyasn a[qesapisuos 

nq ‘uOneAIesUOD 

0} [Nyasn aweyss UOnEdISse]O 
auLeUI 0) Jdepe 0) a[qissodun 
SI Wyss at dAatjaq 
URUISSOID 29 PlOJMeI_) 


aweu ATuNnUTWOS paeUTWOp 
@eISQNs Ul SULA} [BI10]003 
SuIpnjoul sjsod3ns ueulssolH 
pue plojmelD surajsAs 
JeUSUNUOD spreMO) poyeEWELIO 
Apiavay [2Aa] ssejd ap 

MO]2q Popua uado st Wash 


ayeUN]D pue ‘syuaLINS 
Ausousorskyd Ayderd02800z 
UO peseq BOLAWY YUON 

JO 9U0Z dHUSU 0} PaWT 


BIG 

Jeo pue ameraduia) uo 
siseydwia poutyap saoutaoid 
OOIg BULEU! 0) JUSTUOIIAUS 
TeoisAyd jo drysuonejar 

uO paseq UONESISISse[D 


swyeal [eLysalie) 
Zuruofpe jo suoisuayxa 
aue Saajays [eUaUUOD 
Palissejoun wyeal DUAN 


tog Jo yeurtue ‘jueyd 
“SULIOJ asl] JUEUTWIOp 
jo ome SIMIOUOX®) 
adAy souvuTm0g 


“m9 

‘QZIS JUSUNIPas ‘SULIOJ JJI] 
jueUTUIOp uO Ajro1yI9ads 
19)8913 sJaijIPOW JeVIQeH 


adue aimeiaduis) 
pue uonenoued 
1YS1] UO paseq sauozqng 


sarsads Aay jo swayed 
WUOUNINIDAI UI pa}da[jar 
pue swayed Juans 

pue pum 3urpeasid uodn 
Paseq (110) OE) SPOuTAOIG 


no 
yeu eye ajqqnu yoo1paq 
WLIO Osn][OUI [e109 

32 ‘sayBNsqns 10 ULIOJ 9JI] 
jueuTwop jo uonduosep 
ayeos Jang - ssejoqng 


vuney JO BOT ‘aJBNSqns 
jo a0ueuTWop uodn paseq 
sun O¢ (orpusg) 1e1qGeH 


SouOZ Sse 19}eM II13eIOd 
pue souoz dap ompueg 


onuepy waiseq 
onuepy waisay 
aloeg Wioyseq, 
aigloed 3SaAA-Opuy 
are asa) NVAOO 


TVOIdOUL 104 
2(7B10) 6) SUOIZay 


(Aadeut 

a0Wal WOIy 

ayqista) AydeisoisAyd 
juonisodwios 
HeNSQNs JO WO; 251] 
yueUTWOp UO paseq 
yeVIQeYy Jo soueesdde 
Jeroued :sseiD 


suoneioosse [ejseoo 
uodn peaseq syn Op 
SOOUTAOIg 


eunejul 
euneyida 
uojyyueld 
uojsanu 
u0}4ou 
SOPOW JIT 


WoYON Weyynos 
jeoidory, :suea0Q 


eJonI] suLNsNoe] 
oneuUN] sULsNoR] 
WIyMUUI}U! BUUaAU 
yetuuared soddn 
SULIZAL JeUUaIed 
JOMO] SULIZALL 

Tepp suueAu fepnqns 
auLeNjsa [epHssjut 
suuenjse yepaqns 
SULEOL [EPH Ut 
auLeU :waysAsqng 


*(0661) WeWIssoID pue PloyMEID Woy padepy :90In0g 


vas doap vas 
uado jjays [EueUnUOD 
SUOISIAIG, 214de130a5 


auLysnyed 

SULIOAU auLeMso 
auLysnoe] SULeU 
:,xajdu09, wash 


“uistuapus yesidangns 2 yeo1don 
‘uonoe oaeMm AAvoy ‘surejUNOU snoyidioaid ‘1eynsul Ja ‘saisods Koy 
pue suzoyed uonenas ‘uoneLeA [euOseas uodn paseq sun Z] SUOIZAy 


spuim ouaydsoune 

paejay pue syuauins 
aoepins uodn paseq 
SUN OT :stupeoy 


ormpusq 
adejed 


27811qeH 


odejadiyque peutsuew 
Bas [BUIZIEW UIZIEU 
[eseoo uea90 uedo : 


(jeo1yde13003) sowoig- 


ueas0 daap 
J1eys 
i(areydsorg) swyeay 


(pL61) s8ug 


(6L61) 
1 Ja UIpremod 


(p61) 
10 ja uapkeyy 


(S61) Aa 


(6L61) NOjatd 


SUIa}SAS UOBITJIsse[D oUIIeJA] [BQoTH =] xouuy 


Annex 2: Major Marine Ecosystem Divisions and Sub-divisions 


A.B. BENTHIC ECOSYSTEMS 
A.B.A. CONTINENTAL SHELF (NON-OCEANIC) ECOSYSTEMS 
1. Earthform - high Island 
(Geology modifiers: Continental; Volcanic; Limestone; Mixed Geology) 
1.1 Coast - Non-Coral Reef 
1.1.1 Area - Shore 
1.1.1.1 Coastline - Undifferentiated (scale: 10 km) 
1.1.1.1.1 Shoreline - Sediment 
(Sediment Type modifiers: Calcareous; Terrigenous 
1.1.1.1.1.1 Beach Boulder/Cobble : 
1.1.1.1.1.2 Beach Sand/Gravel 
1.1.1.1.3 Beachrock 
1.1.1.1.1.4 Boulder/Cobble Field 
1.1.1.1.1.5 Sand/Gravel Flats 
1 
1 
1 
1 


1.1.1.1.2 Shoreline Solid Substrate 
1.1.1.1.2.1 Cliff - High (ht > 10m) 
1.1.1.1.2.2 Cliff - Medium (ht 2-10m) 
1.1.1.1.2.3 Cliff - Low (ht <2m) 
1.1.1.1.2.4 Stack 
1.1.1.1.2.5 Talus 
1.1.1.1.2.6 Bench/Ramp Marine 
1.1.1.1.2.7 Notch/Cave - Marine 
1.1.1.1.3 Shoreline - Artificial 


1.1.1.1.3.1 Seawall/Revetment/Bulkhead 
1.1.1.1.3.2 Landfill/Causeway/Groin 
1.1.1.1.3.3 Fishpond/Fishtrap/Shipwreck : 
1.1.1.2 Coastline Cove (scale: 10 km) 
(as in 1.1.1.1 ) 
1.1.1.3 Coastline - Bay (scale: 10 km) 
(as in 1.1.1.1 ) 
(Salinity modifiers: Marine; Estuarine) 
1.1.1.4 Coastline - Coastal Lagoon/Lake/Pond (scale: 10 km) 
(as in 1.1.1.1) 
(Connectedness modifiers: 
Subtidal lagoon/Subtidal Connection; 
Subtidal Lagoon/Intertidal Connection; 
Intertidal lagoon/Intertidal Connection (Barachois)) 
(Salinity modifiers: Marine; Estuarine) 
1.1.1.5 Coastline - Peninsula (scale: 10 km) 
(as in 1.1.1.1) 
1.1.1.6 Coastline - Irregular/Discontinuous/Islets 
(as in 1.1.1.1) 


ee ee eee = i eee, eS ee 
5-82 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


1.1.2 Area - Nearshore Bottom 
(Steepness/slope Gradient modifiers:#...) 
1.1.2.1 High Islet - Ocean 
(as in 1.1.1.1) 
1.2 Coast - Fringing Reef 
1.2.1 Area - Shore 
(as in 1.1.1) 
1.2.2 Area Fringing Reef 
(Exposure modifiers: Windward; Leeward 
1.2.2.1 Reef Top 
(Reef Top Width modifier-:#...) 
1.2.2.1.1 Reef Top Surface Features 
1.2.2.1.1.1 Reef Pavement 
1.2.2.1.1.2 Sand/Rubble/Rockflats 
1.2.2.1.1.3 Mud/silt Flats 
1.2.2.1.1.4 Sand/Gravel Flats 
1.2.2.1.1.5 Boulder/Cobble Field 
1.2.2.1.1.6 Rubble/Boulder Tract 
1.2.2.1.1.7 Coral Bed/Microatolls 
1.2.2.1.1.8 Algal Bed 
1.2.2.1.1.9 Seagrass Bed 
1.2.2.1.1.10Algal Ridge 
1.2.2.1.1.11Surge Channel 
1.2.2.1.2 Reef Top Subtidal Features 
1.2.2.1.2.1 Hoa (inter-Islet Channel) 
1.2.2.1.2.2 Moat and Depression 
1.2.2.1.2.3 Reef Pool (depth <5m) 
1.2.2.1.2.4 Reef Hole (depth >5m) 
1.2.2.1.2.5 Incomplete Reef Top 
1.2.2.1.2.6 Dredge Pit/Quarry/Channel/Basin 
1.2.2.1.3 Reef Top Supratidal Features 
1.2.2.1.3.1 Storm Block 
1.2.2.1.3.2 Gravel/Boulder Ridge 
1.2.2.1.3.3 Beachrock 
1.2.2.1.3.4 Conglomerate/Reef Limestone Platform 
1.2.2.1.3.5 Aeolianite 
1.2.2.1.3.6 Coral/Algal Dam and Spillway 
1.2.2.1.3.7 Mangrove 
1.2.2.1.3.8 Fishpond/Fishtrap/Shipwreck 
1.2.2.1.4 Passes/Reef Top Openings 
(No. Passes modifier:#...) (Depth/Width modifier: #...) 
(Amount of Perimeter modifier:#...) 
(% of Reef Perimeter modifier: %...) 
1.2.2.1.4.1 Pass - Shallow (depth <10m; width <2km) 
1.2.2.1.4.2 Pass - Deep (depth >10m; width <2km) 
1.2.2.1.4.3 Reef Top Opening - Shallow (depth <10m; width 
>2km) 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-83 


1.2.2.1.4.4 Reef Top Opening - Deep (depth >10m; width 
>2km) 
1.2.2.1.4.5 Pass - False 
1.2.2.1.4.6 Channel - Fringing Reef 
1.2.2.1.4.7 Channel - Artificial 
1.2.2.2 Reef Islets 
(Reef Islet Size modifier:#...) 
(Linear Ocean Extent modifier:#...) 
(% of Reef Perimeter modifier: %...) 
(No. of Reef Islets modifier:#...) 
(Water Body modifiers: Barachois; Anchialine Pond) 
1.2.2.2.1 Shoreline - Sediment 
(Orientation modifiers: Outer/Ocean; Inner/Lagoon/Shore) 
(as in 1.1.1.1.1) 
1.2.2.2.2 Shoreline - Solid Substrate 
(Orientation modifiers: Outer/Ocean; Inner/Lagoon/Shore) 
(as in 1.1.1.1.2) 
1.2.2.2.3 Shoreline; Artificial 
(as in 1.1.1.1.3) 
1.2.2.3 Reef Slope - Outer 
(Steepness/Slope Gradient modifiers:#...) 
(Substrate modifiers: Calcareous; Terrigenous; Volcanic) 
1.2.2.3.1 Reef Slope Features (Non-Terrace) 
1.2.2.3.1.1 Spur and Groove 
1.2.2.3.1.2 Tunnel (Room and Pillar) 
1.2.2.3.1.3 Buttress and Valley 
1.2.2.3.1.4 Reef Edge Scarp 
1.2.2.3.1.5 Slope - Coral 
1.2.2.3.1.6 Slope - Coral/Sediment 
1.2.2.3.1.7 Slope - Solid Substrate 
1.2.2.3.1.8 Slope - Sand 
1.2.2.3.1.9 Slope - Sand/Rubble/Rock 
1.2.2.3.1.10Slope - Boulder/Block 
1.2.2.3.1.11Submarine cliff 
1.2.2.3.1.12Submarine Wall 
1.2.2.3.1.13Submarine Notch/Cave 
1.2.2.3.2 Reef Slope Terrace/Submarine Platform Features 
(Terrace/Submarine Platform Width modifier:#...) 
(Surface modifiers: with Furrows) 
1.2.2.3.1.1 Terrace/Submarine Platform - Coral 
1.2.2.3.1.2 Terrace/Submarine Platform - Coral/Sediment 
1.2.2.3.1.3 Terrace/Submarine Platform - Solid Substrate 
1.2.2.3.1.4 Terrace/Submarine Platform - Sand 
1.2.2.3.1.5 Terrace/Submarine Platform - Sand with Coral Mounds 
1.2.2.3.1.6 Terrace/Submarine Platform - Sand/Rubble/Rock 
1.2.2.3.1.7 Terrace/Submarine Platform - Boulder/Block 
1.2.3 Area Nearshore Bottom (as in 1.1.2) 


5-84 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


1.3 Coast - Barrier Reef 
1.3.1 Area - Shore 
(as in 1.1.1) 
1.3.2 Area - Lagoon Fringing Reef 
(as in 1.2.2) 
1.3.3 Area Lagoon 
(Lagoon Size modifier: #...) (Lagoon Depth modifier: #...) 
(Lagoon Area modifiers: Sub-Lagoon(s); Perched Lagoon) 
(No. of Patch Reefs/Pinnacles modifier: #...) 
1.3.3.1 Reef Top- Patch Reef/Pinnacle 
(as in 1.2.2.1) 
1.3.3.2 Reef Top- Reticulate Reef 
(as in 1.2.2.1) 
1.3.3.3 Reef Islets - Patch Reefs 
(as in 1.2.2.2) 
1.3.3.4 Reef Slope - Patch Reef/Pinnacle 
(as in 1.2.2.3) 
1.3.3.5 Reef Slope - Reticulate Reef Slope 
1.3.3.6 Lagoon Floor 
1.3.3.6.1 Lagoon Floor- Shallow Lagoon (< 10 m deep) 
.  1.3.3.6.2 Lagoon Floor Algal Mound 
1.3.3.6.3 Lagoon Floor Deep 
1.3.3.8 High Islet - Lagoon 
(asani leet sles 222 51-1223) 
1.3.4 Area - Barrier Reef 
(Exposure modifiers: Windward; Leeward) 
1.3.4.1 Reef Top 
(as in 1.2.2.1) 
1.3.4.2 Reef Islets 
(as in 1.2.2.2) 
1.3.4.3 Reef Slope - Outer 
(as in 1.2.2.3) 
1.3.4.4 Reef Slope Lagoon 
(as in 1.2.2.3) 
1.3.5 Area - Nearshore Bottom 
(as in 1.1.2) 
2. Earthform - Atoll/Table Reef/Low Island (height < 10m) 
(as in A.B.B.2.) 
3. Earthform Submerged 
3.1 Reef/Shoal - Nearshore 
3.2 Reef/Shoal/Bank - Mid-Shelf 
3.3 Reef/ShoalBank - Outer Reef 
3.4 Plain - Nearshore 
3.5 Plain - Offshore 
3.6 Canyon 
3.7 Continental Slope 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


5-85 


A.B.B. OCEANIC (NON-CONTINENTAL) ECOSYSTEMS 
1. Earthform - High Island 
(High Island modifier: Almost-Atoll) 
1.1 Coast Non-Coral Reef 
1.1.1 Area - Shore 
(as in A.B.A.1.1.1) 
1.1.2 Area - Nearshore Bottom 
(as in A.B.A.1.1.2) 
1.1.4 Area- Deep Bottom 
1.1.4.1 Bathyal (200-4000m) 
1.1.4.2. Abyssal (4000-7000m) 
1.1.4.3 Hadal (>7000m) 
1.2 Coast - Fringing Reef 
1.2.1 Area - Shore 
(as in A.B.A.1.1.1) 
1.2.2 Area Fringing Reef 
(as in A.B.A.1.2.2) 
1.2.3 Area- Nearshore Bottom 
(as in A.B.A.1.1.2) 
1.2.4 Area - Deep Bottom 
(as in A.B.B.1.1.4) 
1.3 Coast - Barrier Reef 
1.3.1 Area - Shore 
(as in A.B.A.1.1.1) 
1.3.2 Area - Lagoon Fringing Reef 
(as in A.B.A.1.2.2) 
1.3.3 Area - Lagoon 
(as in A.B.A.1.3.3) 
1.3.4 Area - Barrier Reef 
(as in A B.A.1.3.4) 
1.3.5 Area - Nearshore Bottom 
(as in A.B.A.1.1.2) 
1.3.6 Area - Deep Bottom 
(as in A B.B.1.1.4) 
2. Earthform - Atoll/Table Reef/Low Island (height <10 m) 
2.1 Atoll - Many Deep Passes/Open 
(Atoll Perimeter Length) modifier:#...) 
2.1.1 Area - Lagoon 
(as in A.B.A.1.3.3; excluding 1.3.3.7) 
2.1.2 Area - Perimeter Reef 
(Reef Islet Type modifier: Type 1; Type 2; Type 3; Type 4 
(as in A.B.A.1.3.4) 
2.1.3 Area - Nearshore Bottom 
(as in A.B.A.1.1.2; excluding 1.1.2.1) 
2.1.4 Area - Deep Bottom 
(as in A.B.B.1.1.4) 


a a a ee ee 
5-86 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


2.2 Atoll - Few/One Deep Pass(es) (pass depth > 5m) 
(as in A.B.B.2.1) 

2.3 Atoll - No Deep Pass 
(as in A.B.B.2.1) 

2.4 Atoll - Completely Land-ringed 
(as in A.B.B.2.1) 

2.5 Table Reef - Reef Islet with Water Body 
(as in A.B.B.2.1; excluding 2.1.1) 

2.6 Table Reef - Reef Islet without Water Body 
(as in A.B.B.2.1; excluding 2.1.1) 

2.7 Table Reef - no Reef Islet 
(as in A.B.B.2.1; excluding 2.1.1) 

3. Earthform.- Submerged 

3.1 Submerged Atoll-Reef (upper surface depth <20m) 
3.1.1 Near Surface (< 200m) 
3.1.2 Bathyal (200-4000m) 
3.1.3 Abyssal (4000-7000m) 
3.1.4 Hadal (>7000m) 

3.2 Submerged Table Reef (depth <20m) 
(as in 3.1) 

3.3 Shoal (depth <20m) 
(as in 3.1 ) 

3.4 Bank (depth 20-200m) 
(as in 3.1) 

3.6 Guyot (depth >200m) 

3.7 Ridge 

3.8 Plain - Abyssal 

3.9 Trench 

3.10 Fracture 

3.11 Volcano 

3.12 Geothermal Vent 


EEE 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-87 


: 


5.7 Protected Areas 


5.7.1 Overview 

There are many thousands of sites legally protected for the purposes of nature or landscape 
conservation. Of these, there are 9,832 protected areas? which meet international criteria, 
covering 926.3 million ha as listed in the 1993 United Nations List of National Parks and 
Protected Areas (IUCN, 1994a). In addition to legally established sites, there are many other 
"networks", both regional and national which exist and serve conservation interests. 
Examples include sacred groves of West Africa, indigenous reserves of Latin and South 
America, and a range of reserves and land use schemes not officially designated but subject 
to regulations. The discussion which follows on definitions, classification systems, standards, 
core datasets and database structures is, however, primarily in the context of legally notified 
protected areas. 


Themes within protected areas such as threats, representativeness, and management 
effectiveness are receiving considerable attention, and are leading to the development of 
criteria and models from which to assess these aspects across a range of protected areas. The 
continued development of such models and frameworks will increasingly be represented in 
national and international database structures. 


5.7.2 Classification Systems and Standards 

A widely accepted definition of protected area, as derived from that of the workshop on 
Categories held at the [Vth World Congress on National Parks and Protected Areas, is an 
area of land and/or sea especially dedicated to the protection and maintenance of biological 
diversity, and of natural and associated cultural resources, and managed through legal or 
other effective means (IUCN, 1994a). Other, similar definitions are provided within the 
framework of legal documents such as the CBD (1992). In the context of this Convention, 
protected area is defined as a geographically defined area which is designated or regulated 
and managed to achieve specific conservation objectives. 


Designations and Categories 


@ National 

At the national level, there are literally hundreds of protected area designations 
(currently more than 500 in WCMCs Protected Areas Database), the definitions of 
which correspond to legislative acts and regulations, based on mandgement objectives. 
Examples include national park, protective zone, game reserve, partial faunal reserve, 
marine park, landscape protected area, ecological reserve, forest reserve, and natural 
monument. Sites listed under these various designations are included in publications 
such as the 1993 United Nations List of National Parks and Protected Areas (IUCN, 
1994a). 


*Only protected areas over 1000 hectares (10 km?) are included with the exception of offshore or oceanic 
islands of at least 100 hectares (1 km’) where the whole island is protected (IUCN, 1994a). 


5-88 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


@ Regional 
Within the context of regional treaties and conventions, definitions for protected areas 
have also been provided. Examples include the following. 


The African Convention on the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources 
(The "African Convention"), passed 15 September 1968, emphasised the need to 
establish "conservation areas", and sets out provisions for strict nature reserve, 
national park, game reserve, and sanctuary. 


The Convention on Nature Protection and Wildlife Preservation in the Western 
Hemisphere (The "Western Hemisphere Convention"). This convention entered 
into force in 1940, and established definitions and provisions for national park, 
national reserve, nature monument, and strict wilderness preserve. 


The Convention on Conservation of Nature in the South Pacific ("Apia 
Convention"). Entered into force in June 1990, and definitions are provided for 
protected area, national park, and national reserve, the latter including strict 
nature reserve, managed nature reserve, wilderness reserve, fauna or flora 
reserve, game reserve, bird sanctuary, geological or forest reserve, archaeological 
reserve, and historical reserve. 


e@ International 
Preliminary, international categories were first published by IUCN in 1973, later 
followed by the following 10 category system: 
I Scientific Reserve/Strict Nature Reserve 
II National Park 
Ill Natural monument/Natural landmark 
IV Nature Conservation Reserve/Managed Nature Reserve/Wildlife Sanctuary 
Vv Protected Landscape 
VI Resource Reserve 
VII Natural Biotic Area/Anthropological Reserve 
VIII Multiple Use Management Area/Managed Resource Area 
IX Biosphere Reserve 
X World Heritage Site (natural) 


Following wide use (inciuding as a basis for national legislation) and subsequent review, a 
new system for categorising protected areas was subsequently developed and endorsed by the 
IUCN General Assembly in 1994, and is summarised below. This system, developed for 
classifying national designations according to management objective, illustrates the range of 
protected area types based on management objective, provides a basis for international 
comparison, allows assessment of the existing protected areas estate, and facilitates the 
establishment of a representative network of protected areas. Further, the categories system 
is intended to operate in the same way in all countries to enable the collection and handling 
of comparable data and to improve communications between countries. A full description of 
the management categories and their application is provided in Guidelines for Protected Area 
Management Categories (IUCN, 1994b). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-89 


Category I 


Category Ia 
Description 


Category Ib 


Description 


Category I 


Description 


Category Il 


Description 


Category IV 


Description 


Category V 


Description 


Strict Nature Reserve / Wilderness Area: protected area managed mainly 
for science or wilderness protection 


Strict Nature Reserve: protected area managed mainly for science 

Area of land and/or sea possessing some outstanding- or representative 
ecosystems, geological or physiological features and/or species, available 
primarily for scientific research and/or environmental monitoring. 


Wilderness Area: protected area managed mainly for wilderness 
protection 

Large area of unmodified or slightly modified land, and/or sea, retaining its 
natural character and influence, without permanent or significant habitation, 
which is protected and managed so as to preserve its natural condition. 


National Park: protected area managed mainly for ecosystem protection 
and recreation 

Natural area of land and/or sea, designated to (a) protect the ecological 
integrity of one or more ecosystems for present and future generations, (b) 
exclude exploitation or occupation inimical to the purposes of designation of 
the area and (c) provide a foundation for spiritual, scientific, educational, 
recreational and visitor opportunities, all of which must be environmentally 
and culturally compatible. 


Natural Monument: protected area managed mainly for conservation of 
specific natural features 

Area containing one, or more, specific natural or natural/cultural feature 
which is of outstanding or unique value because of its inherent rarity, 
representative or aesthetic qualities or cultural significance. 


Habitat/Species Management Area: protected area managed mainly for 
conservation through management intervention 

Area of land and/or sea subject to active intervention for management 
purposes so as to ensure the maintenance of habitats and/or to meet the 
requirements of specific species. 


Protected Landscape/Seascape: protected area managed mainly for 
landscape/seascape conservation and recreation 

Area of land, with coast and sea as appropriate, where the interaction of 
people and nature over time has produced an area of distinct character with 
significant aesthetic, ecological and/or cultural value, and often with high 
biological diversity. Safeguarding the integrity of this traditional interaction 
is vital to the protection, maintenance and evolution of such an area. 


5-90 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Category VI Managed Resource Protected Area: protected area managed mainly for 
the sustainable use of natural ecosystems 

Description Area containing predominantly unmodified natural systems, managed to ensure 
long term protection and maintenance of biological diversity, while providing 
at the same time a sustainable flow of natural products and services to meet 
community needs. 


It is important that categories are assigned on the basis of the primary management objective 
as contained in the legal definitions on which it was established; site management objectives 
are of supplementary value. Therefore, sites are assigned to an international system of 
categorisation based on management objective, irrespective of title. This means, for example, 
that two sites called "national park" from two different countries may be assigned a different 
IUCN category. Table 5.7.2, below provides a matrix showing management objectives and 
IUCN protected area management categories. 


“Table 5.7.2 Matrix of Management Objectives and 
IUCN Protected Area Management Categories 


Management Objective 


Scientific Research 


Wilderness Protection 


Preservation of Species and Genetic Diversity 


Maintenance of Environmental Services 
Protection of Specific Natural/Cultural Features 
Tourism and Recreation 
Education 
Sustainable Use of Resources from Natural Ecosystems 
Maintenance of Cultural/Traditional Attributes 
Primaty objective 
Secondary objective 


Potentially applicable objective 
Not applicable 


Assignment is not based on management effectiveness considerations, and categorisation of 
sites is meant to be reflective of the primary management objective, not prescriptive in its 
application. Categorisation is, therefore, reflective of what a site is intended to be, and not 
how it is run. 


In 1994, a technical workshop entitled Application of the 1994 Protected Area Categories in 


the Australian Context was held in New South Wales (NSW). The goals of this workshop 
were to become familiar with use of the IUCN categories, and to assess their value and 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-91 


applicability at the national level. Despite a number of issues raised with respect to the 
categories, overall conclusions from the workshop included: support for the application of 
the 1994 IUCN Guidelines at national, state and territorial levels; and that the Categories 
provided an objective means of communicating information on protected areas (Australian 
Nature Conservation Agency/NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service, 1994). 


Of note, however, the Commission on National Parks and Protected Areas (CNPPA) of 
IUCN, together with the World Conservation Monitoring Centre (WCMC), is working 
towards developing a separate system for monitoring management effectiveness, information 
on which will also be collected and recorded at the international level. Work is also being 
done to monitor threats to integrity. This is in recognition that categorisation, management 
effectiveness and threats to integrity need to be considered together in the full evaluation of 
protected areas. 


International Conventions and Programmes 

At the global level, two international conventions and one programme are of particular 
importance. These are The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially 
as Waterfowl Habitat (Ramsar Convention), the Convention Concerning the Protection of the 
World Cultural and Natural Heritage (World Heritage Convention), and the UNESCO Man 
and the Biosphere (MAB) Programme. Each of these conventions and programme sets out the 
provisions pertaining to the establishment of Ramsar wetlands, World Heritage sites, and 
biosphere reserves, respectively. Features of each are as outlined: 


@ World Heritage Site 

The Convention provides for the designation of areas of "outstanding universal value" 
as world heritage sites, the principal aim being to foster international cooperation in 
safeguarding these important areas. Sites, which must be nominated by the signatory 
nation responsible, are evaluated for their world heritage quality before being 
declared by the World Heritage Committee. A natural heritage property nominated 
for inclusion on the World Heritage List should meet one or more criteria and should 
also fulfil a number of conditions of integrity; these are outlined in operational 
guidelines for implementation of the convention. 


@ Biosphere Reserve 
A key component of the MAB programme is the establishment of a global network 
of biosphere reserves representative of the world’s major ecosystems. Biosphere 
reserves play three basic roles: conservation; logistic (eg training, research); and 
development, the latter to promote the goals of conservation and sustainable use of 
ecosystem resources. To meet these roles, biosphere reserves are typically comprised 
of a core area, buffer zone and transition area. 


@ Ramsar Wetland 
This Convention provides a framework for international cooperation for the 
conservation of wetland habitats. General obligations are placed on contracting parties 
related to the conservation of wetlands throughout their territories, with special 
obligations for those wetlands which have been designated to the List of Wetlands of 
International Importance. Each state party is obliged to list at least one site, wetlands 


5-92 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


being defined by the convention as areas of marsh, fen, peatland or water, whether 
natural or artificial, permanent or temporary, with water that is static or flowing, 
fresh, brackish or salt, including areas of marine water the depth of which at low tide 
does not exceed six metres (Ramsar, 1994). 


Forest Reserves 


Forests have been classified according to management function as outlined in Forest 
resources of Tropical Africa, Tropical America and Tropical Asia: regional synthesis 
and country briefs (FAO, 1981), Forest Resource Assessment 1990: Tropical countries 
(FAO, 1993) and in the WCMC report "Assessing the Conservation Status of the 
World’s Tropical Forest" (1992). De facto definitions are provided for conservation 
forest, production forest, and protection forest, and have been used to classify forest 
reserves for global analyses. Key terms are identified as follows: 


@ Forest Reserve 
Generally well-defined, surveyed, demarcated and legally constituted forest 
under the control of a forest department. All acts of felling, collection of forest 
produce, grazing and even trespassing are usually prohibited unless expressly 
permitted by law. 


Conservation Forests Areas 
Areas within the forestry sector designated for conservation by law or other 
regulations. 


Protection Forests Areas 

Areas within the forestry sector located on terrain that is too steep or rough, or 
subject to periods of permanent inundation, which makes forest management 
impractical due to physical non-productivity. 


Production Forests (forests for wood production) 

Forests having terrain and soil conditions suitable for the production of wood 
and other products on a sustainable basis. The distance to consumption or 
export centres is not taken into account, which means that economically 
inaccessible forests are included in this class. 


5.7.3 Minimum Data Requirements 

At an international level, information on protected areas is maintained by WCMC. Key data 
for legally designated sites includes: area protected; date of establishment; latitude and 
longitude; IUCN management category; altitudinal range; and basic biogeographic and habitat 
information. In addition, information is being coilected on budgets and staffing, threats, 
management effectiveness, and key management contacts. A complete listing of information 
maintained on sites by WCMC is summarised in the box below. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-93 


Site Information Maintained by WCMC 
Key data for nationally designated sites includes: 


site name 

designation 

area protected 

year of establishment 

IUCN Management Category 

latitude and longitude limits 

altitude 

level of administrative responsibility 

basic habitat information (only for certain habitat types) 
biogeographic information (after Udvardy) 

relationship to other nationally and internationally designated sites 
text description of key sites (held as WordPerfect documents) 


In addition, key data for internationally recognised sites includes: relevant convention 
or programme; year of recognition; and relationships to nationally and other 
internationally recognised sites. P 


Text descriptions of such sites includes information on geographic location, date and 


history of establishment, physical features, land tenure, climate, vegetation, fauna, 
cultural heritage, local human population, conservation value and management, 
visitors and visitor facilities, scientific research activities, staff, budget, management 
constraints, and key contact addresses. In addition, published and "grey" literature, 
including nomination forms are held for internationally-recognised sites. 


Surrounding this material is a range of supporting information, in particular that 
dealing with geographic information. In short, there are three basic classifications of 
countries and other geopolitical units, which work in a hierarchical way. These are: 


@ UN Recognised Countries 
The UN Terminology Bulletin No.345 - Country Names and its subsequent 
amendments list all of those countries recognised by the United Nations. 


ISO Recognised Geopolitical Units 

The international standard Codes for the Representation of Names of Countries 
(ISO 3166) and its subsequent amendments (produced by the International 
Organization for Standardization) includes all of the countries recognised by 
the United Nations, but also gives separate recognition to geographically 
disjunct dependencies, or "other areas of geopolitical interest". 


5-94 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Site Information Maintained by WCMC (Continued) 


@ Biological Reporting Units (BRUs) 
These have been adopted by the Taxonomic Databases Working Group. Units 
are based on ISO units, but break many of the larger units down further by 
either geographic or political boundaries. 


For each of these units the database can incorporate such basics as land area, sea area 
and population, and as the ISO classification is widely recognised and used, linkages 
can be created with a range of other datasets. Gross National Product (GNP) and 
Gross Domestic Product (GDP) are also included in datafiles where appropriate. 
Provision has been built for a further user-defined level in the geographic hierarchy 
below the BRU level. 


For each geographical level where it is relevant, the information held also includes the 
following: 


summary, of protected areas in each designation 
definition of each designation used 

basic information on relevant management agencies 
basic information on relevant legislation 

involvement in international conventions/programmes 
text description of protected area systems. 


The structure of the system has been designed to incorporate a programme of 
continued enhancement including facilities for maintaining and reporting data on: 


agencies 

budgets and staffing 

species protected area links/species inventories 
threats to the sites 

management effectiveness 

key contacts 

bibliography 

historic data 


Core protected area datasets are also outlined in the context of regional and national 
initiatives. The Mediterranean Action Plan (RAC/SPA, 1987), outlines "Area Data Sheet 
Headings", while the Indian Institute of Public Administration have produced several state 
directories of national parks and sanctuaries (Pande et al, 1991). In both cases, the format 
complements well the site description headings and information compiled by WCMC. Core 
data on Arctic protected areas is identified in CAFF (1994), including information on area, 
latitude and longitude, IUCN category, year established, physical geographical regions, 
ownership, management authority, main habitat types and special ecological functions (eg 
main living area of certain species, or wintering sites of seabirds). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-95 


A further example is the CORINE (Coordination of Information on the Environment) biotope 
project initiated in 1985. This experimental initiative is concerned with "gathering, 
coordinating and ensuring the consistency of information on the state of the environment and 
natural resources in the Community". A first stage of the project was to establish a 
Community network of sources of information and expertise on all aspects of nature 
conservation. Agreed procedures were then adopted to: allow sites of Community importance 
for nature conservation to be selected using criteria consistent in all Member States; for 
information on these sites to be recorded and exchanged in a common format; for the use of 
agreed data procedures to ensure that the information conforms to those standards; for the 
interrogation, analysis and dissemination of information from the database; and for the 
interrogation of these data within the overall CORINE geographic information system. 
Procedures, including selection criteria for sites and the use of standard nomenclatures 
developed for the project have been accepted as a basic standard by many international, 
national and regional organisations responsible for nature protection. 


A "site" or biotope is defined as "an area of land or a water body which forms an ecological 
unit of Community significance for nature conservation, regardless of whether this area is 
formally protected by legislation" (CEC, 1991). Criteria used to select "sites" were concerned 
with the following characteristics: the presence of threatened species of plants or animals; 
the presence of sensitive habitat types; the richness of a site for a taxonomic group of 
species, such as birds, mammals, dragonflies or orchids; and the richness of a site for a 
collection of habitat types (CEC, 1991). 


Within the CORINE database structure, 5,600 biotopes are described, in addition to 13,000 
areas classified under various types of protection. Site information collected, and which 
constitutes a standard site record includes site identification (eg coding, designated areas), 
site location (eg latitude/longitude), ecological information (eg habitat cover, human 
activities), species (eg mammals, fish, birds, plants), site description (eg character, quality, 
vulnerability, designation, ownership), and site boundaries. The field heading "Designated 
areas" allows for cross-referencing between the main biotopes database’ and the CORINE 
designated areas database, the latter being an inventory of all nationally and internationally 
designated zones (eg nature reserves, national parks, wetlands designated under the Ramsar 
Convention). 


Within Guidelines for Country Studies on Biological Diversity (UNEP, 1993a), 
recommendations are made for the types of data that protected area agencies should be 
collecting and managing. This includes information on the following: 

@ information in support of systems plans 

e relationships with the surrounding landscape 

@ basic site information (eg area, current management objectives) 

© biodiversity information (eg land use, inventories, status and trends in key species 


and genetic resources). Wherever possible, this information is to be supplied in 
map form. 


5-96 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


@ status and management of individual sites (eg existence of a current management 
plan), including information on threats, management effectiveness, and monitoring 
programmes. 


@ resources, including information on staffing, budgets. and training 
@ benefits - ecological, aesthetic, cultural and economic 

@ international Conventions and Programmes relating to sites 

@ bilateral agreements (eg twinning of sites, support and advice) 


@ transfrontier protected areas (eg including aspects of staff exchange, joint 
research, and monitoring). 


5.7.4 Database Structures 

WCMC’s Protected Areas Database maintains global datasets which have been used in 
support of protected area programmes in a number of countries. For example, the database 
has been installed in the US Parks Service, and subsets have been provided to national 
agencies to assist them in managing information on protected areas (eg Sri Lanka Forest 
Department). In addition, a virtual library of protected areas information is being developed, 
and information on a number of protected areas throughout the world is available through the 
World Wide Web Internet facility. 


At a regional level, the CORINE biotopes database is used to collect and manage site 
information in the European Union. Further, there are some protected areas software 
packages which are being distributed widely, the template of which is being used to manage 
country-level information. One example is the MacKinnon-Ali Software System (MASS). 
This relational database, designed for monitoring the conservation status of species, wildlife 
habitat and protected areas has been established in several Asian countries. 


Currently, however, there is no one protected areas database system which is being applied 
across all countries. This, in large part, is a result of national institutions defining datasets 
which meet their own management purposes and needs. Nevertheless, work is currently being 
undertaken to review common fields in database systems which would allow for comparison 
and easy exchange of information between national and international agencies. A notable 
example includes WCMC/Council of Europe discussions to develop one pan-European 
database, which would encompass: the development of a standard list of legal designations; 
the identification of standard information management practices; establishing a standard list 
of designated areas; developing a standard list of key species and habitats within designated 
areas; and coordinating future information management initiatives. This initiative would 
therefore seek to tie together endeavours such as CORINE and those of agencies such as 
WCMC, the Council of Europe, the Ramsar Convention Bureau, the World Heritage 
Convention and MAB Programme secretariats, UNEP, and a range of others in the region. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-97 


5.7. Protected Area Themes 

Some of the current key themes within protected areas include representativeness, integrity, 
management effectiveness and threats, all of which have implications for the management and 
analysis of protected areas information. 


Representativeness 

In the Bali Action Plan, produced by delegates to the 1982 World Parks Congress, a target 
was set for 10% of each terrestrial ecosystem to be under some form of protection to stem 
species depletion (Miller, 1984). This target was subsequently endorsed by UNEP and the - 
Bruntland Commission. Following on, the Caracas Action Plan outlined priorities for 
expansion of the network of terrestrial and marine protected areas worldwide based on the 
following criteria: (1) inclusion in protected areas of all biological species, ecosystems, 
communities and habitats, including varieties and genotypes of economic value; (2) ability 
to provide sustainability; (3) variety of geomorphological and geological formations and 
historically significant cultural landscapes; (4) degrees of endemism, irreplacability, natural 
rarity and the presence of threatened species, habitats or formations; (5) viability in relation 
to local social and economic factors as well as benefits provided to people; and (6) site 
selection so as to achieve maximum possible sustainable coverage of biological and 
geomorphological diversity (IUCN, 1993). One of the recommendations subsequently 
forwarded was that protected areas cover at least 10% of each biome by the year 2000. 


Examples of frameworks used to assess representativeness in the context of vegetation, 
ecosystems and habitats are provided below: 


Name A Classification of the Biogeographic Provinces of the World 

Description Prepared by Udvardy (1975) as a contribution to UNESCOs Man and the 
Biosphere Programme, this scheme divides the world into 8 realms, 
subdivided into 193 provinces, with each province being characterised by one 
of 14 biome types. This breakdown allows for a crude analysis of protected 
area coverage by both province and biome type at the regional/international 
level. For example, this scheme was used to analyze coverage and gaps in a 
review of protected areas in the Sahara-Gobian Region (Green and Drucker, 
1990). In addition, global vegetation classifications used for assessment 
purposes include Vegetation of the Earth (Walter, 1973), Ecoregions of the 
Continents (Bailey, 1989), and Carbon in Live Vegetation of Major World 
Ecosystems (Olson et al, 1983), which are described and cited in Terrestrial 
Vegetation, Section 5.2. 


Name Review of the Protected Areas System in the Afrotropical Realm; Review 
of the Protected Areas System in the Indo-Malayan Realm 

Description These reviews (MacKinnon and MacKinnon, 1986a, 1986b) assessed protected 
area coverages and gaps against biogeographic units; in the case of the 
Afrotropical review, this corresponded to the phytochoria of White (1983), 
while Udvardy was used as a basis of comparison in the Indo-Malayan review. 
Priorities for county action are outlined in accompanying documents such as 
the Action Strategy (IUCN, 1987) for the Afrotropical realm. 


5-98 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Integrity 


The IUCN Sahel Studies 

Within the context of IUCN’s Sahel Programme (IUCN, 1989), protected area 
coverage was assessed in relation to vegetation zones, phytochoria (areas with 
distinctive floras of shared origins), wetlands and fauna. In addition, the 
contribution of protected areas to development in the region was considered. 


Review of the Protected Areas System in Oceania 

Dahl (1986) rated each island for conservation status on the basis of ecosystem 
and species richness, endemism, threatened and endangered species, special 
features, natural vulnerability, natural conservation status, practicality of 
conservation action, reliability of data, and against a suite of indicators to do 
with human impacts. Protected area coverage is listed by biogeographic 
province, by amount of area protected, and by percentage of the island 
protected, as well as by country. The Action Strategy for Protected Areas in © 
the South Pacific Region (SPC, 1985), adopted at the Third South Pacific 
National Parks and Reserves Conference (1985) and accepted at the South 
Pacific Conference (1985), sets out objectives for protected area development 
in the region. 


Arctic Landscape Classification System 

Using this scheme, the most important habitats not satisfactorily covered in 
this ecosystem have been identified as marine areas, coasts, fjords and forests 
(CAFF, 1994). 


Physical Geographical Regions 
In the Nordic countries and Greenland, protected area coverage is analyzed 
with respect to physical geographic regions (CAFF, 1994). 


National Example: Natural Regions Framework (Canada) 

First adopted in Canada in 1971 for the systematic planning of national parks. 
The Canadian Parks Service divided Canada into 39 terrestrial natural regions 
and 9 marine regions (later expanded to 29) (Environment Canada, 1991). 
Parks Canada is committed to representing each natural region with a national 
park by the year 2000. As a second example, a systematic national ecosystem 
framework was developed by the Canada Committee on Ecological 
Classification. This framework divided the country into 15 major terrestrial 
ecozones and 5 major marine ecozones. These units are further subdivided 
into other units such as 177 ecoregions and 1,500 ecodistricts. The ecological 
units are based on biophysical and geographical characteristics. This 
framework is being used as the basis of developing a national strategy for a 
diverse range of protected areas. 


One of the standard measures of integrity is size. In applying the international protected area 
categories, one of the key criteria is that the size of the protected area should reflect the 
extent of land or water needed to accomplish the purposes of management. For example, for 
a Category II area, the boundaries should be drawn sufficiently widely that they contain one 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-99 


or more entire ecosystems which are not subject to material modification by human 
exploitation or occupation IUCN, 1994b). 


A second view is that the size of a protected area should be determined by key ecological 
processes and functions, which may be dependent upon abiotic features. Assessments of 
integrity may therefore be first based on landform features and not biological ones. 


In adopting a habitat or species view, work by Soulé (1986) has shown that size of protected 
areas depends on the key species under protection. Conservation areas need to be large 
enough to support minimum viable populations of key species, usually taken to be 500 
genetically effective individuals. Further, individual protected areas should be large enough 
to be effective as in situ conservation units, should encompass as wide a contiguous range 
of ecological communities as possible, and safeguards should be taken to ensure that they do 
not become completely isolated from other natural areas. 


Management Effectiveness 

One of the major protected area issues, as outlined in the Caracas Action Plan (IUCN, 1993) 
was how protected area management can be made more effective under current and expected 
economic conditions. Further, the Action Plan recommended the development of a system 
for monitoring management effectiveness and threats to protected areas, for application by 
management authorities. 


The ability to assess the effectiveness of management on a global scale is a crucial 
prerequisite in establishing a meaningful assessment of the health of the world’s protected 
areas, and subsequently, for their periodic review in order to set ongoing priorities and guide 
international investment. Foster (1991), in his paper on categories, management effectiveness 
and threats to protected areas, outlines the most relevant elements cApable of yielding 
sufficient information for the assessment of areas at the international level and of 
modification or elaboration to suit individual needs at system and site levels. Among the nine 
elements listed are included management objectives, the existence of management plans, 
personnel, finance, and information feedback. 


Although there is yet to be a systematic attempt to investigate and record management 
effectiveness in protected areas at the global or regional levels, there has been some useful 
work done towards developing methodologies for evaluating the effectiveness of management 
at site level over the past 10 years. Examples are found in Chapter 11 of Managing Protected 
Areas in the Tropics (MacKinnon et al, 1986), and in the work of William Deshler A 
Systematic Approach to Effective Management of Protected Areas, and Lesley Molloy 
Effective Management of Protected Areas. 


Further, national initiatives aimed at addressing management effectiveness includes work 
recently done in India. Entitled Management of National Parks and Sanctuaries in India: A 
Status Report, one of the aims of this study was to make recommendations at improving the 
management of protected areas in the country. Further, for the purposes of determining the 
state of management, various indicators were used, broadly falling under the headings of 
legal status and procedures, policy and planning, management practices, and management 
facilities (Kothari et al, 1989). Two essential prerequisites identified for the proper 


5-100 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


management of protected areas are research and monitoring. 


Threats 
An international system for monitoring threats to protected areas would likely include the 


following elements: 


@ development of a quantitative scientific method for classifying the type and 
intensity of threat 


@ development of a fully documented database of threatened protected areas 


@ publication and dissemination of the database as widely as possible to facilitate the 
alleviation of identified threats to such sites 


@ stimulation of corrective actions to reverse the effects of threat, and 


@ monitoring the impact of specific types of threat on national parks and protected 
areas. 


While such a framework is being developed by organisations such as IUCN and WCMC, 
criteria are being applied in a number of instances to identify sites under threat. For example, 
the List of World Heritage in Danger consists of World Heritage properties which meet a 
number of requirements. These include: the property being threatened by serious and specific 
danger; and major operations being necessary for the conservation of the property 
(UNESCO, 1972). Threats to World Heritage sites fall under four broad categories, namely: 
development issues; encroachment; management of natural resources; and management of 
human resources. Sites for inclusion on thelist usually come about as a result of a 
consultative decision between the World Heritage Committee and the relevant state party. 


The Nature Conservancy, in collaboration with Latin American and Caribbean partners has 
initiated an emergency effort to safeguard the most important and most imperiled natural 
areas in the hemisphere. Entitled Parks in Peril, the goal of this initiative is to protect 200 
key sites, covering more than 100 million acres by the year 2000. The focus of this campaign 
is to build long-term infrastructure within these protected areas, therein making protection 
real and lasting. Selection of sites was based on the following criteria: biological significance 
(eg size, ecological integrity, and proximity to contiguous wild-land areas); socio-economic 
and cultural value; endangerment (eg threats); and management feasibility/opportunity (TNC, 
1990). 


Until recently, CNPPA and WCMC collaborated on a project to maintain a prototype register 
of threatened protected areas. Threat categories, upon which sites were identified, included: 
inadequate management resources; human encroachment; poaching; mining/prospecting; 
livestock conflicts; acid deposition/pollution; and exotic species invasion. Six criteria were 
also developed to evaluate the "most threatened" sites throughout the world. These were: 
adequate documentation; conservation value; imminence (eg imminent or real prospect of 
threat); severity; practicability (eg how amenable to corrective action is the threat); and need 
for international support (CNPPA, 1984). Clearly, some of this preliminary work, as well 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-101 


as that by Machlis and Tichnell (1985) on sources, extent and effects of threats to protected 
areas; Foster (1991), in his work on categorising and assessing the weight of threats to 
protected areas; along with various State of the Parks reports prepared by a number of 
countries, provide a sound basis for the development of an international monitoring system. 


Further, UNEP (1993a) in Guidelines for Country Studies on Biological Diversity, defines 
threats to biodiversity in its Technical Annex. In addition, threats to biodiversity, including 
to protected areas is outlined in UNEPs Environmental Data Reports (1991; 1993b). 


5.7.6 References 


Australian Nature Conservation Agency/NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service. 1994. 
Application of the 1994 Protected Area Categories in the Australian Context. Report of 
Technical Workshop. NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service, Robertson, Australia. 107 


pp. 
Bailey, R.G. 1989. Ecoregions of the Continents. USDA Forest Service. 


CAFF. 1994. The state of protected areas in the Circumpolar Arctic. Conservation of Arctic 
Flora and Fauna (CAFF) Habitat Conservation Report No.1. Directorate for Nature 
Management, Trondheim, Norway. 163 pp. 


CEC. 1991. CORINE biotopes manual. Commission of the European Communities (CEC), 
Brussels, 1991. 4 volumes including data specifications and methodology. 


CNPPA. 1984. Threatened protected areas of the world. Commission on National Parks and 
protected Areas (CNPPA), of the World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland. 


Dahl, A.L. 1986. Review of the Protected Areas System in Oceania. World Conservation 
Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. 239 pp. 


Environment Canada. 1991. The State of Canada’s Environment - 199]. Minister of the 
Environment, Ottawa. 400pp. 


FAO. 1981. Forest resources of Tropical Africa, Tropical America and Tropical Asia: 
regional synthesis and country briefs. 4 volumes. FAO/UNEP Tropical Forest Resources 
Assessment Project. Food and Agriculture organisation of the United Nations (FAO), Rome, 
Italy. 


FAO. 1993. Forest resources assessment 1990: Tropical countries. FAO Forestry Paper 112. 
Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO), Rome, Italy. 59 pp. 


Foster, J. 1991. Workshop: An International Review System for Categorizing Protected 
Areas, their Management Effectiveness and Threats to them. IV World Congress on National 
Parks and Protected Areas, Caracas, Venezuela. 38 pp. 


5-102 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Green, M.J.B. and Drucker, G.R.F. 1990. Current status of protected areas and threatened 
mammal species in the Sahara-Gobian Region. World Conservation Monitoring Centre, 
Cambridge, UK. 50 pp. 


IUCN. 1987. Action Strategy for Protected Areas in the Afrotropical Realm. World 
Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. 56 pp. 


IUCN. 1989. The IUCN Sahel Studies 1989. TUCN Regional Office for Eastern Africa, 
Nairobi, Kenya. 152 pp. 


IUCN. 1993. Parks for Life: Report of the IVth World Congress on National Parks and 
Protected Areas. World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland. viii + 260 pp. 


IUCN. 1994a. 1993 United Nations List of National Parks and Protected Areas. Prepared by 
WCMC and CNPPA. World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland and 
Cambridge, UK. xlvi + 315 pp. 


IUCN. 1994b. Guidelines for Protected Area Management Categories. CNPPA with the 
assistance of WCMC. World Conservation Union (UCN), Gland, Switzerland and 
Cambridge, UK. x + 261 pp. 


Kothari, A., Pande, P., Singh, S., and Variava, D. 1989. Management of National Parks 
and Sanctuaries in India: A Status Report. Indian Institute of Public Administration, New 
Delhi, India. 298 pp. 


Machlis, G.E., and Tichnell, D.L. 1985. The State of the World’s Parks: An international 
assessment for resource management, policy and research. Westview Press Inc., Boulder, 
Colorado. 


MacKinnon, J., Child, K. and Thorsell, J. 1986. Managing Protected Areas in the Tropics. 
World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland. pp. 295. 


MacKinnon, J. and MacKinnon, K. 1986a. Review of the Protected Areas System in the 
Afrotropical Realm. World Conservation Union (IUCN), Conservation Monitoring Centre, 
Cambridge, UK. 259 pp. 


Olson, J.S., Watts, J.A., Allison, L.J. 1983. Carbon in Live Vegetation of the Major World 
Ecosystems. Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge. 


Pande, P., Kothari, A., and Singh, S. (Eds). 1991. Directory of National Parks and 
Sanctuaries in Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Indian Institute of Public Administration, New 
Delhi, India. 171 pp. 


RAC/SPA. 1987. Guidelines for the selection, establishment, management and notification 
of information on marine and coastal protected areas in the Mediterranean., Tunis. 28 pp. 
Activity Centre for Specially Protected Areas 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-103 


Ramsar. 1994. The Ramsar Convention Manual - A Guide to the Convention on Wetlands of 
International Importance especially as waterfowl habitat. Ramsar Convention Bureau, Gland, 
Switzerland. 207pp. 


Soulé, M.E. (Ed.). 1986. Viable populations for conservation. Cambridge University 
Press, Cambridge, UK. pp 189. 


SPC. 1985. Action strategy for protected areas in the South Pacific region. Prepared at and 
adopted by the Third South Pacific National Parks and Reserves Conference, July 1985. 


TNC. 1990. Parks in Peril: A Conservation Partnership for the Americas. The Nature 
Conservancy (TNC), Arlington, Virginia. 24 pp. 


Udvardy, M.D.F. 1975. A Classification of the Biogeographic Provinces of the World. TUCN 
Occasional Paper No. 18. World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland. 48 pp. 


UNEP. 1991. Environmental Data Report 1991-92. Blackwell Reference, UK 405pp. 


UNEP. 1993a Guidelines for Country Studies on Biological Diversity. United Nations 
Environment Programme, Nairobi, Kenya. 16 pp + Technical Annexes. 


UNESCO (1972). Convention concerning the protection of the world cultural and natural 
heritage. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO), Paris, 
France. 58 pp. . 


Walter, H. 1973. Vegetation of the Earth. Springer, New York. 237pp. 


WCMC. 1992. Assessing the conservation status of the world’s tropical forests. World 
Conservation Monitoring Centre (WCMC), Cambridge, UK. Parts I, II & III (maps). 


White, F. 1983. The Vegetation of Africa. UNESCO/AETFAT/UNSO. Paris. 356pp 


ee ee ee eer ee 
5-104 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


5.8 Species 


5.8.1 Overview 

Managing information on species is a complex issue, and as information needs and demands 
grow, the need to follow and develop standards in both information management and 
information transfer has become increasingly important. Standards may comprise formally 
recognised agreements, or systems that have become standard as a result of widespread use. 


Where a particular organism is concerned, data may be recorded at the taxon, population, 
genotype or specimen level, and on a wide range of topics such as age, form, lineage, 
distribution, habitat type and usage. In this review, standards in information management and 
exchange that have been officially endorsed are discussed. These standards are all relevant 
at the global level. In addition, other information management practices that have been 
widely used are listed, as these represent de facto standards. Many of these, particularly the 
use of standard published lists provide regional standards. 


This review on species information standards does not attempt to be comprehensive, but 
rather highlights some existing practices, as well as areas in which there is currently a focus 
to improve or set standards. Standards in nomenclature are discussed in detail, following 
which are reviews of published species lists and of organisations that are attempting to set 
standards. 


5.8.2 Nomenclatural Standards 


Taxonomic and Systematic Standards 

The need for a standard system to record names of living organisms has long been 
recognised. This is demonstrated by the key importance of current taxonomic and systematic 
practices, which provide universally accepted nomenclatural standards. The obligatory use 
of Latin for example, in naming living organisms (and in describing plants new to science), 
derives from the Latin of the Roman writers about plants, notably Pliny the Elder (A.D. 23- 
79) (Stearn, 1992). 


In the eighteenth century, Carl Linnaeus, the founder of modern animal and plant 
nomenclature, established the system whereby living organisms are given an official latinized 
scientific name, following a binomial naming system, a standard that is still adhered to today. 
Linnaeus’ authoritative tenth edition of Systema Naturae was published in 1758. This 
represents an important date, as January 1st of this year is considered the starting point of 
modern nomenclature. All Latin names given before this date are considered invalid. A 
comprehensive account of the development of the standard use of latin for plant and animal 
names, since Romian times, is given in Botanical Latin (Stearn, 1992) and Mammals - Their 
Latin Names Explained (Gotch, 1979). 


Codes of Species Nomenclature 

Building on the universally accepted binomial system of latinised scientific names, official 
Codes of Nomenclature have been drawn up, for different types of organism, to determine 
standard methods for naming taxa. These codes underpin the science of systematics. 
Although universally accepted, these codes to not have any legal status in national or 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-105 


international law. 


The Codes of Nomenclature attempt to avoid the many problems presented by common names 
in vernacular languages. These include the use of many languages, different alphabets, use 
of more than one name for an organism and use of the same name by many organisms. 


The formation and use of the scientific names are governed by separate codes: 


Plants and Fungi International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (ICBN) 
Animals International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN) 
Bacteria International Code of Nomenclature of Bacteriology (ICNB) 


The codes are similar in approach, with each code following a series of rules, some of which 
are supplemented by recommendations. However, the codes differ in detail. For example, 
the use of tautonyms, where the second term repeats the first, (ie Rattus rattus) is permissible 
under the zoological code, but illegitimate under the botanical and bacteriological codes. The 
zoological code regulates the names of taxa of only one category below the rank of species - 
the subspecies. Subspecies names therefore consist of three terms called trinomials, (eg 
Gorilla gorilla gorilla). The botanical code by contrast recognises different categories below 
species level, (eg subspecies or variety), and the word indicative of rank is included as part 
of the name, for example Picea engelmannii ssp. mexicana. 


The codes may only be modified following procedures determined by the International 
Botanical Congress, International Congress of Zoology, or International Committee on 
Systematic Bacteriology, respectively. For more information see Jeffrey (1989). 


A further botanical code, the International Code of Nomenclature for Cultivated Plants, 
governs the naming of plant cultivars. The Handbook on Orchid Nomenclature and 
Registration extends the Botanical and Cultivated Plant codes to cover problems especially 
affecting the naming of cultivated orchids. 


The Cultivated Code, like the Bacteriological, Zoological and Botanical Codes, does not have 
any legal status. However, a separate code, "Guidelines for Variety Denominations approved 
by the Council of the International Union for the Protection of New Varieties of Plants 
(UPOV)" forms the basis for nomenclature of cultivated varieties of those groups of plants 
in which plant breeders rights have been recognised. The responsibility for the 
implementation of these guidelines lies with the government of each of the member states of 
UPOV through the appropriate statutory body established for the purpose. The function of 
the variety denomination under the UPOV rules is to enable the plant in question to be 
catalogued without ambiguity with respect to business transactions involving reproductive 
material (Jeffrey, 1989). 


The crucial importance of standards in nomenclature is also shown by the concept of "type" 
specimens, that is, those specimens described for the official publication of a new name. 
Type specimens within a collection are therefore of prime importance (Jeffrey, 1989). 


5-106 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


The Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Flora and Fauna and 
Species Information Standards 


In 1977 the Special Working Session of the Conference of the Parties to Convention in 
International Trade in Endangered Species of Flora and Fauna (CITES) recognised the need 
for the standardisation of Appendices taxonomy. In order to facilitate the work of the 
Conference of the Parties and to keep the work continuing between meetings, the Conference 
established a number of committees, sub-committees and working groups. The Nomenclature 
Committee develops and maintains nomenclatural standard references for animals and plants, 
where necessary to the level of subspecies. They review the existing CITES Appendices with 
regard to the correct use of zoological and botanical nomenclature. Upon request from the 
CITES Secretariat, proposals to amend the Appendices are reviewed to ensure that correct 
names for species and other taxa in question are used. Further, the Committee ensures that 
changes in nomenclature recommended by a Party do not alter the scope of protection of the 
taxon concerned. They also make recommendations on nomenclature to the Conference of the 
Parties, other committees, working groups and the Secretariat. 


The CITES Convention recognised that the taxonomy used in the appendices of the 
Convention would be most useful to the Parties if it did not change more frequently than 
necessary, since each change may necessitate amendment of national implementing legislation. 


The format of the appendices is standardised to eliminate confusion, and the annotation used 
in one part has the same meaning when used in the sections of the appendices. The appendices 
are kept as brief and uncluttered as possible to aid in visual scanning of the lists, and to ease 
their computerisation for customs purposes. Complete checklists of animal species and plant 
genera are available to assist customs and other enforcement officials in detecting false or 
invalid taxa used by importers or exporters. 


The CITES Parties have agreed to the adoption of a standardised appendices’ taxonomy. That 
is, so far as possible, taxonomy based on rulings of the International Commission on 
Zoological Nomenclature and International Code for Botanical Nomenclature. 


The Nomenclature Committee are responsible for the compilation of a list of taxonomic 
bibliographic source materials for circulation to the Parties. The Parties have agreed to the 
removal of all taxonomic synonyms, sub-genera, and other parenthetical taxa from the 
appendices, and if the identity of a particular taxon is unclear, then it is clarified by footnote 
references. 


Approved standardised taxonomy and list of bibliographic source materials, of animal species 
and plant genera, are made available, to those Parties requesting such checklists, by the 
Secretariat. 


5.8.3 Standard Lists of Species Names 

Despite the existence of detailed nomenclatural codes for all living organism, no universally 
accepted, standard, comprehensive listings of names yet exist. However, there are published 
references, mostly concerning major taxa, which are widely accepted and may be considered 
de facto standards. Similarly databases exist, available on-line or on CD-ROM which 
similarly form a type of de facto standard. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-107 


Published Lists 
Widely accepted references, and databases listing accepted names for animals and bacteria 


include: 


Mammals Wilson and Reeder (1993) 

Birds Sibley and Monroe (1990 and 1993) 

Reptiles many 

Amphibians Frost (1985) supplemented by Duellman (1993) 

Molluscs Vaughan (1989) 

Insects World List of Insects 

Bacteria List of Valid Bacterial Names (Deutsche Sammlung von 
Mikroorganismen and Zelkulturen, Braunshweig) 


For the plant kingdom, regional Floras, such as Flora Europaea, Flora of Tropical East 
Africa, and Flora Mesoamericana may be considered as de facto regional standards. 


Electronic Lists 

Many specialist systematic databases have been developed for a range of different taxonomic 
groups including viruses, bacteria, protists, fungi, molluscs, arthropods, fish, plants, fossils 
etc. As a minimum, these databases provide a standard list of the species known to occur. 
Many give accepted scientific names, synonyms and common names. ‘Examples of such 
databases include: 


Name Arthropod Name Index (ANI) 
Publisher (CAB International) 


Name BIOSIS Bacterial Taxonomic Reference File (BIOSIS TRF) 
Publisher (BIOSIS Philadelphia) 


Name CITES Cactaceae Checklist 
Publisher Hunt, 1992 


Name Taxonomic Database for Fishes. 
Publisher Eschmeyer, W.N. (California Academy of Sciences) 


Name International Legume Database and Information Service (ILDIS) 
Publisher ILDIS Phase 1, Version 2.0, ILDIS Coordinating Centre 


Name Index Kewensis 
Publisher Oxford University Press 


For a more comprehensive review of electronic lists and databases relevant to biodiversity 
information management see Biodiversity Application Software, Section 3.2.7. Established 
taxonomic databases are also reviewed by Bisby (1994). 


5-108 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


5.8.4 


Organisations and Networks Setting Standards 


The rapid increase in global electronic communications is facilitating exchange of species 
data and encouraging species-related organisations to collaborate into information networks. 
The importance of standards in the implementation of such networks are discussed by Green 
and Croft (1994) who define four main types of standards or conventions: 


1. 


Information design standards and information models describe in conceptual terms the 
information needs of an enterprise. It is the framework in which all data and 
information are collected, stored and disseminated. 


Attribute standards define what information to collect. Some information, (eg 
who,when, where and how) is essential for every data set; other information, (eg soil 
pH) may be desirable but not essential. 


Quality control standards provide indicators of validity, accuracy, reliability or 
methodology for data fields and entries. 


Interchange standards specify how information should be laid out for distribution. The 
Standard Generalised Markup Language (SGML) provides an extremely powerful, and 
flexible standard for formatting information for processing of all kinds. SGML is 
emerging as a leading international standard for preparing both hypertext and 
multimedia material for publication. It is also extremely good for interchanging 
database records. The ISO standard ASN.1 tagged field format also provides a 
flexible protocol for defining and exchanging electronic information. 


Below is an alphabetic list of organisations and networks contributing to the setting of 
standards in species information management. 


Name 


BIN21 


Description Establishment of a Biodiversity Information Network (BIN21) has been the 


Name 


focus of two recent international workshops (Canhos et al, 1992 and 1994). 
The aim of BIN21 is to provide an important mechanism for linking 
information relevant to biodiversity and making it widely available by 
electronic and other means, without maintaining all the information on one 
site. The network would itself act as a major focus for information 
standardization, one of the seven priorities being to "encourage the 
standardization of methodology of information exchange in collaboration with 
existing initiatives". 


BioNET-INTERNATIONAL 


Description BioNET-INTERNATIONAL (BI) is a global, technical cooperation network 


(TCN) for biosystematics, with particular concern for arthropods, nematodes 
and microorganisms. The network was promulgated by CAB International 
(CABI) in 1991. This was in response to the perceived need for a world wide 
initiative, and a cost-effective and sustainable mechanism, for establishing and 
maintaining within developing sub-regions, the requisite biosystematic 
capabilities to support national programmes for sustainable agricultural 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-109 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


5-110 


development and the conservation and wise-use of the environment and 
biodiversity (Jones and Cook, 1993). 


The network aims to build on the existing strengths of national institutions and 
countries, so that they corporately can develop and sustain a comprehensive 
biosystematic capacity. 


CODATA 

The Committee for Data on Science and Technology (CODATA) of the- 
International Council of Scientific Unions (ICSU) has created a Commission 
on Standardised Terminology for Access to Biological Data (STABD). The 
aim of the commission is to focus attention on organisations responsible for 
setting standards for terms to describe biological entities. This was in 
recognition of the fact that the work of these organisations is generally little 
known. Information is being solicited for existing standards for biological 
terminology, with an indication of which sets of terms are available in 
electronic form. Each nomenclature committee and a description of its work 
is included in the Nomenclature subfile of the U.S. National Library of 
Medicine’s Directory of Biotechnology Information Resources. The 
Commission will attempt to provide wide access to this resource and to 
develop software that will facilitate direct data entry. A full list of 
participating organisations is given in Blaine (1992). 


International Organisation for Plant Information (IOPI) 

The problem of establishing a world plant list is being addressed by the 
International Organisation for Plant Information (OPI). IOPI is a collaborative 
organisation set up by botanists and computer scientists from around the 
world, with the aim of producing and making available a modern, unified, 
computerised inventory of the plant species of the world, their distribution and 
attributes. The objective of the first phase of this world-wide plant information 
system is to develop a global plant checklist of all vascular plants. Non- 
vascular plants will be added later. It is intended that the list will present a 
single preferred taxonomy, selected by an international panel of botanical 
specialists, and reviewed at intervals. Alternative names (synonyms) for a 
species will be given if currently used in a taxonomy different from the 
preferred one. The checklist database will be created by entering records from 
a succession of incoming datasets, such as those listed above. Currently, the 
project remains at planning level, with data definitions and standards listed as 
a priority. More information on progress with the checklist is available 
through listserv@life.anu.edu.au or via anonymous ftp at life.anu.edu.au 
(Wilson, 1994). 


International Union of Biological Sciences (TUBS) 

The IUBS recognised the importance of a standardised world list, passing a 
resolution to this effect at the 25th General Assembly, in recognition that 
"such lists are the crucial component of the communication system of 
biodiversity" (Speers, 1994). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


CODATA and the IUBS are currently funding a joint project "Species 2000". 
This project aims to bring together all the major working taxonomic databases 
(eg ILDIS, IOPI, DSM, BIOTA) into a loose confederation; the overall aim 
being to produce a master-list of all species that have currently been 
described. The initial ongoing phase of the project is the formation of the 
confederation, and agreement on the taxonomic criteria required of such 
databases (Duffield, 1994). 


Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) 

A special case in the setting of standards is shown in the politically unique 
example of the Antarctic. There has always been a strong element of 
collaboration between members of the international Antarctic scientific 
community, and standards for data management are currently being discussed 
by the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR). The joint SCAR- 
COMNAP (Committee of Management of National and Antarctic) ad hoc 
Planning Group on Antarctic Data Management are tasked with improving 
accessibility and comparability of Antarctic Scientific data. This arises out of 
an Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting Recommendation for SCAR to 
address data issues. As part of their long-term planning, the group will look 
at data standards. Details on fisheries standards are given in 5.3.6 


SCAR has sponsored two programmes within the biological sciences: the 
Biological Investigations of Terrestrial Antarctic Systems (BIOTAS) and the 
Biological Investigations of Marine Antarctic Systems and Stocks (BIOMASS). 
The BIOMASS Data Centre faced many problems in standardising, integrating 
and documenting the data supplied by individual researchers into coherent data 
sets. A major task of the data centre was to ensure standardisation of the data 
received from all those nations taking part in the survey, so that accurate use 
could then be made of the data (Thorley and Trathan, 1993). 


Taxonomic Databases for Plant Sciences (TDWG) 

The issue of standards for many issues other than nomenclature has been 
addressed as a serious issue by the Working Group on Taxonomic Databases 
for Plant Sciences (TDWG) of the IUBS (see above) commission on 
taxonomic databases. This has entailed both the development of standards in 
data exchange, world geography and names of taxa (details given below), 
through a series of international workshops, and the official endorsement of 
other standard works. 


TDWG also endorses other standards. As of July 1994, these covered the 
following subject areas: 


© Names and abbreviations for botanical authors (Brummitt and Powell, 
1992) 


@ Bibliographic citations (Bridson and Smith, 1991) 


Oe ae 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-111 


@ Abbreviations for titles of periodicals (Lawrence et al,1968) 
@ Taxonomic literature (Stafleu and Cowan, 1976+) 

@ Abbreviations for titles of books 

@ Herbarium Code Designations (Holmgren et al, 1990) 

® Phytogeographic units (Takhtajan, 1986) 

® Economic use descriptors (Cook and Hastings, 1994) 


@ Data exchange (the DELTA format for recording and exchanging 
descriptive data) (Dallwitz and Paine, 1986). 


The International Transfer Format (which TDWG endorses for data exchange) 
is discussed in detail below. 


5.8.5 TDWG Published Standards 


Name 
Description 


International Transfer Format for Botanic Garden Records (ITF) 

In 1987, an internationally agreed standard (Plant Taxonomic Database 
Standard No.1) was agreed on for the storing of plant names by botanic 
gardens, and for exchanging specimen data (Botanic Gardens Conservation 
Secretariat, 1987). The ITF consists of a set of definitions for the fields within 
each record. In the ITF, most codes are expanded into their full forms, 
thereby removing the need for international agreement on their values. Space 
is not a major constraint, as data will normally be exchanged on magnetic 
tape, diskettes or other removable media, not over telephone lines. 


The overriding considerations are to make the ITF as clear, simple and 
unambiguous as possible. Although designed as a standard for the transfer of 
data, the ITF by implication sets out the information that a botanic garden 
database should contain on each plant accession. For each accession, the ITF 
record contains the basic minimum data required for the purposes of 
conservation. This consists of: 


file identification data 
accession data 

plant name 
verification data 

sex 

source data 

place of origin 
conservation data. 


ee ee ee eee 


5-112 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


To ensure consistency, each field is constrained by rules. These rules are of 
two types: rules of syntax and rules of information. Under the syntax rules, 
all characters must be written using a limited set of ASCII characters, and 
must start from the left in a field, with spaces used to fill the field width. The 
rules of information state that each record must refer to an accession in a 
Botanic Garden. 


Since publication, further meetings have discussed updating and adding to the 
ITF. At a meeting held in November 1994 at Botanic Gardens Conservation 
International (BGCI), the importance of variable field length was recognised, 
and a further 30 fields were proposed, approximately doubling the size of the 
original ITF. This would make provision to manage information relating to 
botanic gardens, conservation and the genetic resource/seedbank community. 
The importance of enabling data from the botanical world to be easily linked 
to the genebank world, via a standard transfer format was endorsed at a 
workshop held at CATIE, Costa Rica in October, involving delegates from the 
botanical community of Central America, as well as plant breeding experts. 
Details of the additional fields are currently being discussed, including input 
from the International Plant Genetic Resource Institute (IPGRI), and 
ratification of the enhanced ITF will be sought at the Fourth International 
Botanic Gardens Conservation Congress to be held in Perth, Western Australia 
in November 1995. 


World Geographic Scheme for Recording Plant Distributions 

This standard (Plant Taxonomic Database Standard No.2) (Hollis and 
Brummitt, 1992) breaks the world into 622 units known as Basic Recording 
Units (BRU). At this level, all political boundaries are recognised. In addition, 
large countries are dealt with at the state or province level, and large offshore 
islands are dealt with separately. Politically based units are those recognised 
by the International Standards Organisation (ISO Standard 3166, 1988) which 
defines three letter country codes. The units in the ISO standard are 
"countries, dependencies and other areas of special interest for purposes of 
international exchange, without indicating expression of opinion whatsoever 
concerning the legal status of any country or territory or of its authorities or 
concerning the delimitation of its frontiers." The BRUs are arranged in a 
hierarchy, allowing information to be retrieved at different scales. 


At an open TDWG meeting held in September at UNESCO, presentations 
clearly demonstrated the rapid advancement that has occurred in the area of 
electronic access to biological information. The meeting recognised the vital 
importance of a coordinated programme for the development of taxonomic 
databases for all groups of organisms, such that, even though projects for 
individual groups will necessarily have different priorities and be at different 
stages of development, common standards and the facility for exchange of data 
would be ensured. Emphasis was given to the need to develop the authority 
files, data models, and data transfer standards necessary to ensure that the 
rapidly expanding knowledge bases remain easily accessible. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-113 


Although they have not been formally published yet, TDWG Subgroups are currently 
discussing development of standards for: 


® an accessions exchange format 


@ a simple system for use worldwide to categorize the habitat, soil type and landscape 
in which a plant occurs 


@ identification of a small set of universal descriptors that can be applied to the life- 
forms of plants 


@ Plant Occurrence and Status Scheme (POSS). 


5.8.6 Database Models 

As with the general adoption of a particular reference, the adoption of a particular database 
application by many organisations can result in a de facto format for data exchange. 
However, with so many systems currently in use, only two very widespread systems are 
examined below (for details of other systems see Biodiversity Application Software, Section 


3.2.7). 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


BG-BASE 

BG-BASE was originally developed to manage the living plant collection of 
the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University, but now installed at 53 centres 
around the world. These institutions comprise botanic gardens, arboreta, 
horticultural societies, museums, universities and conservation monitoring 
centres (O’Neal, 1994). The system tracks information to the specimen level, 
and, with its in-built taxonomic hierarchy, comprises a standard system for 
data management at the taxon, population or genotype level. Being designed 
around the ITF (see above), data maintained within ITF determined fields are 
easily transferable to other systems designed around this transfer format. 


Data for all fields may be simply transferred between any institution running 
BG-BASE. Thus, for example, the Royal Horticultural Society in England or 
National Botanic Garden in Harare may compare their living collection 
records with WCMCs version of BG-BASE, a global database on threatened 
plants of the world, to identify those plants within their living collections that 
are of conservation interest. 


International Species Information System (ISIS) 

The International Species Information System (ISIS) is an international 
membership organisation of zoos, aquariums, and related institutions, 
functioning as a computerised global network. 440 member institutions from 
51 countries on 6 continents use ISIS to pool and share data on more than 
175,000 living specimens and 450,000 of their ancestors, representing over 
4,000 species. The central ISIS database allows for access to standardized 
information. Additionally, ISIS develops PC software, which has now become 
the standard used by over 375 zoological institutions for in-house specimen 


ee 


5-114 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


records, veterinary records, and studbook and species management purposes 
(Swengel, 1993). 


5.8.7 Miscellaneous Standards 


Microbial Data Standards 

At the microbial level, highly detailed standards are given for recording descriptors of strain 
characteristics or features in The RKC Code - Coding Microbiological Data for Computers 
(McManus and Krichevsky, 1992), which also gives details of data structure. The code, 
originally developed in 1971 to facilitate computerised management, analysis, and exchange 
of data on bacterial strains, currently includes over 12,000 strain descriptors. The code has 
subsequently been expanded to include features specific to algae, protozoa and some fungi. 
In 1986, an expanded RKC Code was published under the sponsorship of the Committee on 
Data for Science and Technology (CODATA) of the International Council of Scientific 
Unions (ICSU) (Rogosa et al, 1986). The RKC Code is the standardised vocabulary used in 
the Microbial Information System (MICRO-IS), a computer program for storage, 
management, and analysis of data on microbial strains. This is available from the Microbial 
Strain Data Network (MSDN). As well as comprising a standard, the RKC Code itself 
depends on other existing standards, for example shape (Systematics Association Committee 
for Descriptive Terminology) and colour standards (Kelly and Judd, 1955). 


Plant Genetic Resource Standards 

A comprehensive guide to genetic resource documentation is given by Painting et al (1993). 
They state the need to use common standards in database development, particularly for 
descriptor lists, coding systems, software and basic system structure. Emphasis is given to 
the need to record data in an internally consistent standard format, to avoid use of 
abbreviations, and to record raw experimental data if it is likely to be subject to analysis in 
the future. This guidebook is a practical measure, aimed at genebank managers, and if widely 
adopted could again become a de facto standard. The guidebook only cites one international 
standard, the use of ISO codes for the representation of country names (International 
Standard Codes for the representation of names of countries, 3rd ed., 1988. ISO, 
International Organization for Standardization). 


A pragmatic approach to the development of standards in the management of genebank 
information is outlined by Peret (1989). A survey was made of European Allium and barley 
breeders, asking them to rate the value of the individual passport characterisation and 
evaluation descriptors. For both crops, breeders rated descriptors for resistance to diseases 
and stress as being most important, together with a few agronomic descriptors - this was 
despite the admitted problems of genotype x environment interactions for these descriptors. 
A list of selected sets of characters, varying for each species, recommended as a standard 
for registration in a central database was then drawn up. 


A standard can also represent a particular cultivar. For polygenic characters such as height 
or yield, a well-known standard cultivar is essential as a reference for measuring other 
cultivars against. For example, the Sunflower Working Group recommends the inbred line 
HA89 as a common standard for days to flowering and plant height. Each sunflower 
collection in Europe receives seed originating from the same source, so that the same 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-115 


genotype is used everywhere (Peret, 1989). 
5.8.8 References 


Bisby, F.A. 1994. Global Master Species Databases and Biodiversity. Biology International. 
29:33-40. 


Bisby, F.A. 1994. Plant Names in Botanical Databases. Plant Taxonomic Database Standards 
No.3. Pittsburgh: Hunt Institute for Botanical Documentation. 


Botanic Gardens Conservation Secretariat. 1987. The International Transfer Format for 
Botanic Garden Plant Records. Plant Taxonomic Database Standard No. 1. Pittsburgh: Hunt 
Institute for Botanical Documentation. 


Bridson, G.D.R., and Smith, E.R. 1991. Botanico-Periodicum-Huntianum/Supplementum 
Pittsburgh: Hunt Botanical Library. 1068pp. (Supplement to 1968 edition). 


Brummitt, R.K., and Powell, C.E. (Eds). 1992. Authors of Plant Names. Kew: Royal 
Botanic Gardens. 731p. (Names and abbreviations for botanical authors). 


Canhos, V., Lange, D., Kersop, B.E., Nandi, S., and Ross, E. (Eds). 1992. Needs and 
specifications for a Biodiversity Information Network. Proceedings of an International 
Workshop held at the Tropical Database, Campinas, Brazil, 26-31 July 1992. 


Canhos, D.A.L., V.Canhos and B.Kersop. (Eds.). 1994. Linking Mechanisms for Biodiversity 
Information. Proceedings of the International Workshop held at the Tropical Database, 
Campinas, Brazil, Sao Paulo, 23-25 February 1994. 


Cook, F.E.M. & Hastings, L.H. 1994. Economic Botany data collection standards. Royal 
Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK. 


Dallwitz, M.J. and Paine, T.A. 1986. User’s Guide to the DELTA System, pp. 3-6. 
Canberra: Commonwealth Science and Industry Research Organisation (CSIRO) Division of 
Entomology Report No. 13. 


Davidse, G., Sousa, S.M., and Chater, A.O. 1994. Flora Mesoamericana. Universidad 
Nactional Auténoma de México, Missouri Botanical Garden and Natural History Museum 
(London). 


Duffield, S.J. 1994. Notes on CODATA/IOPI and Species 2000. Unpublished (email). 
Eschmeyer, W.N. 1990. Catalog of the Genera of Recent Fishes. San Francisco: California 
Academy of Sciences. 697pp. 


Frost, D.R. 1985. Amphibian Species of the World: A Taxonomic and Geographical 
Reference. Allen Press Inc. and the Association of Systematics Collections, Lawrence, 
Kansas. I-V, 1-732. 


ee ee eee eee 
5-116 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Gotch, A.F. 1979. Mammals - Their Latin Names Explained. A Guide to Animal 
Classification. Blandford Press, Dorset, UK. 271pp. 


Green, D.G. and Croft, J.R. 1994. Proposal for Implementing a Biodiversity Information 
Network. Linking Mechanisms for Biodiversity Information. Proceedings of the International 
Workshop held at the Tropical Database, Campinas, Brazil, Sao Paulo, 23-25 February 1994. 


Holmgren, P.K., Holgren, N.H. & Barnet, L.C. 1990. Index Herbarium Pt. 1. 8th edn. 
Regnum Vegetable Vol.120. 


Hunt, D. 1992. CITES Cactaceae Checklist. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK. 190pp. 
Jeffrey, C. 1989. Biological Nomenclature. 3rd edn. Edward Arnold. 86pp. 


Jones, T. and Cook, M.A. 1993. Proceedings of the First BioNET-INTERNATIONAL 
Consultation, London, June 1993. 81pp. 


Kelly, K.L. and D.B. Judd. 1955. The ISCC-NBS method of designating colors and a 
dictionary of colour names. National Bureau of Standards Circular 553. US Government 
Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 


Lawrence, G.H.M.., et al, (Eds). 1968. Botanico-Periodicum-Huntianum. Pittsburgh: Hunt 
Botanical Library. 106pp. 


McManus, C. & Krichevsky M.I. 1992. Rogosa, Krichevsky, and Colwell’s RKC Code 
Coding Microbiological Data for Computers. 


O’Neal and Walter, K. 1994. Recent installations. BG-BASE News. 2(2):2 
Painting, K.A., Perry, M.C., Denning, R.A., and Ayad, W.G. 1993. Guidebook for genetic 
resources documentation. International Board for Plant Genetic Resources, Rome, Italy. 


296pp. 


Peret, P.M. 1989. The role of networks of dispersed collections. In The use of plant genetic 
resources. pp. 157-172. Cambridge University Press. 


Rogosa, M., M.I. Krichevsky and R.R.Colwell. 1986. Coding microbiological data for 
computers. Springer - Verlag, New York, 299pp. 


Sibley, C.G. and Monroe, B.L. 1993. A Supplement to Distribution and Taxonomy of Birds 
of the World. Yale University Press, New Haven, US. 


Stafleu, F.A. and R.S. Cowan. 1976+. Taxonomic Literature, 2nd Ed. Vols. 1-7. Utrecht: 
Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema. 


Stearn, W. 1992. Botanical Latin. 4th Edition. David & Charles. 546pp. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-117 


Swengel, F.B. (Ed.). 1993. Global Zoo Directory 1993. IUCN/SSC Captive Breeding 
Specialist Group in collaboration with International Zoo Yearbook, American Association of 
Zoological Park and Aquariums and International Species Information System. 225pp. 


Takhtajan, A. 1986. Floristic Regions of the World. University of California Press. 
Thorley, M. and P.N.Trathan. 1993. The history of the BIOMASS Data Centre and lessons 
learned during its lifetime. In: El-Sayed, S.Z. (Ed.), Southern Ocean Ecology - The 
BIOMASS Perspective. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. 


Vaughan, K.C. 1989. A Classification of the Living Mollusca. Abbott, R.T., and Boss, K.J. 
(Eds). American Malacologists, Inc., Fiorida. 


Wilson, D.E. and Reeder, D.M. (Eds). 1993. Mammal Species of the World: a taxonomic 
and geographic reference. 2nd edn. Smithsonian Institution Press. Washington and London. 


Wilson, K. 1994. International Organisation for Plant Information + Progress Report 
February 1994. Electronic bulletin board "biodiv-1". 


i ee 
5-118 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


5.9 Threats 


5.9.1 Overview 

This section attempts to outline in general terms the major known and potential proximate 
threats facing the world’s biodiversity, and where applicable detail the existing standards used 
in their quantification, and minimum data requirements for information managers. There are 
two basic approaches to examining or measuring threats to biodiversity. One is to assess the 
impact of individual threats - such as acid rain or ozone depletion - on biodiversity. In 
practice, however, biodiversity is usually threatened by a combination of many factors acting - 
in concert. The second approach is to assess the threatened status of a particular element of 
biodiversity, taking into account all the factors impinging on it. The two approaches are 
reviewed separately in the following sections. 


For convenience, biodiversity is sub-divided into three different levels: genes, species, and 
ecosystems (WCMC, 1992). 


5.9.2 Threats to Genetic Diversity 

All living organisms contain sequences of DNA called genes in which the blueprints for their 
construction and functioning are encoded. Many of these genes are polymorphic: that is 
different forms or alleles of the same gene exist. In most species, each individual member 
of the population will have a unique combination of these genes and alleles. The number of 
genes and their different alleles in a species represents its genetic diversity. Genetic diversity 
is extremely difficult to quantify and is thus not the common currency in which biodiversity 
is measured. 


The genetic diversity of the vast majority of species is currently threatened by the reductions 
occurring in their populations, brought about by a combination of factors (see Table 5.9.1). 
A few notable exceptions occur, since populations of some commensal species that are well- 
adapted to human-modified environments are increasing, as are those of some domesticated 
and agricultural species. Because the individuals comprising a species are for the most part 
genetically distinct and unique, a decrease in overall population size, ie the number of 
individuals, will tend to reduce the genetic diversity of that species. Smaller populations may 
also be more vulnerable to the effects of in-breeding, which tends to reduce average levels 
of heterozygosity in sexually-reproducing diploid organisms. This is a direct threat to 
biodiversity at the genetic level, but may also have indirect, long term consequences to 
biodiversity at the species/ecosystem level. The pool of genetic variation present within an 
inter-breeding population is acted upon by selection, leading to differential survival and 
eventual evolutionary change. Genetically impoverished species may be less able to adapt to 
future changes in the environment, and therefore more prone to eventual extinction (WCMC, 
1992). 


Threat Assessment 

There are no currently accepted standards for measuring the overall genetic diversity of a 
population of a species and assessing its threatened status. However, a number of combined 
demographic/genetic models have been applied to small populations of captive animals to 
determine the risk to the population of in-breeding and loss of heterozygosity. These measure 
effects in terms of the eventual survival of the population and the maintenance of its genetic 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-119 


diversity (Lacy, 1993). 


The different breeds of domestic animal are one manifestation of genetic diversity within 
species. An Animal Genetic Resources Programme launched in 1982 by FAO and UNEP has 
worked on developing methodologies for a global programme for animal genetic resources 
focusing on preserving the multitude of breeds of domesticated animals. Loftus and Scherf 
(1993) have assessed the threatened status of the known breeds of ass, buffalo, cattle, goat, 
horse, sheep and pig. 


5.9.3 Threats to Species Diversity 

The biological world is most easily visualized in terms of the species inhabiting it. The most 
commonly accepted definition of a species is that of Mayr (1969), according to whom 
"species are groups of interbreeding (or potentially interbreeding) natural populations that are 
reproductively isolated from other such groups". There are nonetheless many alternative 
views (WCMC, 1992). Species diversity is relatively well-known among certain groups, such 
as higher vertebrates and some plant families, but it is estimated that millions of other species 
have yet to be discovered and described by scientists (WCMC, 1992). The threats facing 
biodiversity at the species level are varied (Table 1) but can be documented in detail, and in 
some cases quantified, for particular well-studied species. 


Threat Assessment 

Various programmes have examined and assessed species threatened status at taxonomic and 
geographic levels. The first and most widely known is the Red Data Book programme 
introduced by Sir Peter Scott during the 1960s. Red Data Books, compiled by IUCN, 
developed a system of categorizing the severity of threats facing a species, which estimated 
the imminence of their extinction. Written accounts of the threats facing individual species 
were given, together with proposed conservation solutions. Red Data Books were initially 
compiled on a global basis, but the concept was also adopted at a regional, national or sub- 
national level. Examples of groups covered include plants (Lucas and Synge 1978), 
invertebrates (Wells et al, 1983), and the primates of Africa (Lee et al, 1988). As the 
volume of information available increased, the traditional Red Data Book approach was to 
a large extent replaced by a direct listing of globally threatened species, called the IUCN Red 
List. The most recent global listing for animal species, compiled by WCMC, is the 1994 
IUCN Red List (Groombridge, 1993). A global Red List for plants is also under preparation. 
WCMC maintains a continually-updated database of the world’s threatened animal and plant 
species, and can supply country lists of globally threatened species on request. 


In the late 1980s the Species Survival Commission of IUCN began preparing a series of 
shorter documents focused on particular animal groups, called Action Plans. These assess the 
conservation status of species and their habitats, and specify conservation priorities. In late 
1994 there were around 20 in print, primarily dealing with mammalian groups: the most 
recent covering dolphins, porpoises and whales (Reeves and Leatherwood, 1994). 


The threats to bird species are monitored by an organization called BirdLife International 
(formerly the International Council for Bird Preservation). One of their most recent 
publications (Collar et al, 1994) summarizes the conservation status of all 1,111 bird species 
assessed as globally threatened. 


5-120 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


IUCN Threatened Species Categories 

For almost 30 years IUCN have classified the severity of the threat of extinction faced by 
species using a system of threat categories which has become an accepted world-wide 
standard. Species (or in some cases subspecies or groups of species) are assigned a threat 
category based on a review of the factors affecting them and the extent of the effect that 
these are having throughout the species range. Key factors examined include changes in 
distribution and numbers, degree and type of threat, and population biology. IUCN 
threatened species categories are applied to species on a global scale, and should not be 
confused with national threat categories which may be assigned by countries preparing Red 
Lists or Red Data Books dealing with the status of species within their own borders. IUCN 
threatened species categories have been used in a wide range of publications and listings 
produced by IUCN, national governments, and NGOs. 


Editions of IUCN Red Data Books and the IUCN Red List published up until 1994 used the 
following threat categories: 


Extinct 

Endangered 

Vulnerable 

Rare 

Indeterminate 
Insufficiently Known 
Threatened 

Commercially Threatened 


In some cases intermediate threat categories such as Endangered/Vulnerable were given. This 
well-known system has recently been revised (Anon, 1994). The new system, accepted by 
the IUCN council in December 1994 consists of the following categories: 


Extinct 

Extinct in the Wild 

Critically Endangered 

Endangered 

Vulnerable 

Lower Risk (with subcategories Conservation Dependent, Near Threatened and Least 
Concern) 

Data Deficient 

Not Evaluated 


Full definitions of both the old and new IUCN threat categories are given in Annex 1 and 
Annex 2 respectively. 


US Endangered Species Categories 

Many governments have adopted the IUCN Red List categories for national listings of 
protected species. The US however has created its own system of threat categories, defined 
differently from those of IUCN, listing species (or particular populations) as either 
Endangered or Threatened under the Endangered Species Act of 1973. An Endangered 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-121 


species is defined as "any species which is in danger of extinction throughout all or a 
significant portion of its range", while a Threatened species is "any species which is likely 
to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant 
portion of its range (US Fish and Wildlife Service, 1988). 


5.9.4 Threats to Ecosystem Diversity 

The highest level at which biodiversity is usually considered is the ecosystem. The 
classification of the enormous range of variation in the natural environment is even more 
problematic than the classification of organisms. The world’s biomes and major ecosystems 
are in reality aggregates of a natural continuum of intergrading local ecosystems, habitats, 
and communities. Whilst genes and organisms are identifiable in the sense that they define 
themselves through replication or reproduction, ecosystems and habitats do not. Ecosystems 
are most often evaluated through measures of the diversity of their component species, but 
there is no consensus among scientific opinion of their precise definition (WCMC, 1992). 


Threat Assessment 

There are no globally accepted standards for categorizing threats to ecosystems, but Olson 
and Dinerstein (1994) have recently published a proposed scheme for assessing the 
conservation potential and degree of threat facing the major ecosystems of Latin America and 
the Caribbean. Conservation potential is defined as the probability of maintaining original, 
large-scale ecosystem dynamics over a long period of time. Four criteria are used to 
quantitatively determine conservation potential: 


presence of large blocks of habitat 
presence of intact watersheds 
design of protected area systems 
management of protected areas. 


Threats to ecosystems are defined as those factors undermining the prospects for the long- 
term conservation of biodiversity. A threat index is calculated based on a suite of negative 
factors: 


habitat loss 

degree of habitat fragmentation 
habitat conversion rates 

habitat degradation 

wildlife exploitation 

long-term development schemes 
human population density. 


Points are assigned for each factor according to a pre-arranged scheme, and the sum of the 
points used to create an index with a range of from 0-60. These threat factors are weighted 
differently according to the type of ecoregion under consideration. For example, for tropical 
broadleaf forests if > 90% of the original habitat has been lost 20 points are scored for the 
habitat loss factor; while a similar percentage loss of mangrove forests scores 35 points. The 
overall index reflects past patterns and current trends in habitat loss and modification, 
together with the probability of future changes in the absence of effective conservation action. 


i a 
5-122 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


The system is under still review but it or its successor may prove to be of wide conservation 
value. ; 


A number of other techniques have been used to identify areas of high conservation priority. 
Whilst not assessing threats to ecosystems per se, they could be applied to that end. Two 
recent initiatives are outlined below. 


Name Papua New Guinea Conservation Needs Assessment 

Description This assessment was funded jointly by WWF, TNC and WRI to determine 
national priorities for the conservation of biodiversity. The technique 
employed GIS analysis of areas at risk from human activities, using a national 
workshop of concerned experts as a focal point and catalyst to generate a 
wide, multi-disciplinary consensus of opinion (Beehler, 1993). 


Name Australian National Wilderness Inventory 

Description This study has attempted to assess wilderness quality, predict and monitor the 
impact of development, and plan for the conservation and protection of 
wilderness areas, again on a national scale. In this process four indicators are 
used to derive an index of overall wilderness quality, namely: 


‘remoteness from access 
remoteness from settlement 
apparent naturalness 
biophysical naturalness. 


Further details of the standards used in the inventory are given in Lesslie et 
al (1993). 


The main problem with the use of threat indices for ecosystems is that many of the indicators 
necessary for their calculation are virtually un-measurable, and must therefore be assessed 
subjectively. Conclusions drawn from the comparison of threat indices of different 
ecosystems should therefore be treated with caution. Nevertheless these assessments of threat 
are an advance on previous work because they explicitly state their assumptions. 


53.9.5 Individual Proximate Threats to Biodiversity 

The major current proximate external threats to biodiversity together with an estimation of 
the main levels of biodiversity that they affect are briefly outlined in Table 5.9.3 WCMC 
(1992) reviewed the threats facing selected groups of higher vertebrates, and found that most 
species were affected by some form of habitat loss or modification, excess exploitation was 
the second most frequent factor, and competition from or predation by introduced species was 
the third. 


Obviously there is considerable overlap between the type of threat and the level of 
biodiversity affected: for example threats to biodiversity at the species level may adversely 
influence the integrity of an entire ecosystem if the species affected plays a key role in 
ecological processes, whilst habitat fragmentation which adversely affects a whole ecosystem 
generally does so by affecting the survival of its component species. Some threats such as 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-123 


climate change can be considered as potentially affecting all elements of biodiversity on a 
regional or global scale. 


The effects of external threats can be exacerbated by "internal" factors - the intrinsic 
biological features of species or ecosystems. Species with a low reproductive rate, limited 
distribution, specialized niche, or those at high trophic levels within an ecosystem may be 
more susceptible to external pressures. Ecosystems in turn may be particularly vulnerable if 
they are isolated, or are relicts of formerly more widespread ecosystems. 


. 


i ee a 
5-124 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


szI-s p jueuMd0g - A10}UdAUT] 2d.INOSaYy 


S}UBUTUIEOD IIKO], :UOTNT[Og 
uonaldeg su0zQ :uOTINI[Og 

rey ply -uorn|]od 

APIXOIp UOgIeD dIJaYydsouNe JO S[aAa] PaseoIOUI 0} oNp SUTUIEA Jeqo]s :asueyo oyeuND 


YOO}SAAT] DYSAWOp 
JO SIoquinu a31e] Jo aouasaid ay) Aq poyeqiaoeXO o1e SOSeASIP [BINJeU SaSed SUIOS UI ‘asvasIq 


sjau SuTYsy Ul sjeWUTeW pue sojiyder oenbe jo ZuruMOIp ay} Ayrepnorsred 
‘SITAIOe ULUINY JO }][NsoI [eJUOPIOU! Ue se PolIMOU! AjTEWOU [eJUaplooe :aye} JoTIpPUT 


spurysi uo Ayje1oadsa ‘saisads snoussiput ajedwio9s-jno Jo ‘ym 9ZIplIqdy ‘uo Aaid 
Aew uewi Aq Ajjeyuaptooe Jo Ajayeroqijap JeysIe peonposur saisads sN0xe :sereds paonpo.nuUy] 


sotoads Jo SuUNsaAreY @AIVOaIas ‘satoeds jsad Jo uONeoIpela 
ajeloqijap pue uotnoasied ‘sasodind yeurlorpeur pue ‘opes) yueyd Jo yeulTue 9Al] ‘sopry 
‘IMJ ‘JOU BUIPNOU! SUOSEAI DDUDISISQNS JO [BIDIOUIWUOD JOJ UOTIEIO[Ax9-19AO :ayB) WIIG 


gouRqin}sIp ueUMY ‘asn aproised ‘uorn|jod 3a ‘A;SeI1put 
Jo ApelIp JoyjIe saroads [enprarpul Joy ,Ajyenb,, JeWqey JO UOTJeJO}[E :MOHVOIJIPOUT 7eIIGUTY 


“9]8 SIOJSESIP [eINjeU ‘UOTIEIIS ‘UOTSOJO 
‘sounder s1ydeiZo1pAy pure oly ul suotjerajye ‘A1)saI03 ‘JuauIdojaAep [eIO}sed ‘JUSUIIT}}0S 
pUe UONATINS opnjoUul sasned :(UOIJEUOUISEI JeIIQeYy 0} Peo] OSTe ABUT YOIYM) sso] JeIIQUH 


Teqolp 
/yeuoisay ecddic) te (JyeIS DIM Aq passasse se) YSIY = yx» SUINIPOUT = x ‘MOT = 4 oRdUI] 


papayyy AysiaAtporg JO [Aa] yeoI], [CUII}XY a7VUIKo1g 


AYSIOAIPOIG 0} SJLOIYL 21°6'S AGEL 


It is important to distinguish the proximate threats (Table 5.9.1) from their ultimate causes, 
which include a multitude of external socio-economic factors. Chief among these is 
undoubtedly the rapid increase in the world’s human population, but others include 
population movement, political instability, governmental financial policies, increasing 
individual needs etc. Environmental economists have proposed a model of "economic 
failure", ie the inability of existing markets to capture the "true" value of natural resources, 
as the root cause of threats to biodiversity (Pearce and Moran, 1994). 


One institution involved in research into the "fundamental forces" driving the decline of 
biodiversity is the Centre for Social and Economic Research on the Global Environment 
(CSERGE). A symposium was organized on this topic in July 1993 in Cambridge, UK 
(CSERGE, 1993). Within the remit of biodiversity information management these ultimate 
causes of the threats to biodiversity can be recognised, but due to limited resources cannot 
and should not be comprehensively addressed. UNEP (1993) also focuses attention on 
underlying human causes, whilst WCMC (1992) gives fuller discussion of the proximate 
threats to biodiversity. 


Assessment of Threats 

The threats facing the world’s biodiversity are so varied that no overall standards exist for 
their evaluation. In general, countries should seek to maximize their information gathering 
and analysis on each perceived or potential threat with a view to mitigating or combatting 
its effects. UNEP (1993) recommend that for each threat occurrence information on the 
following is necessary in order to determine the appropriate response: 


type of threat 

geographical coverage of country 

source of threat 

likely effect of impact 

severity on a low (1); medium (2); and high (3) scale 
imminence and duration 

reversibility 

feasibility of action to remove threat or mitigate its effects 
any appropriate international protocol to address threat 
international legal implications 

costs of remedial action. 


A principle which is widely used in monitoring threats to biodiversity is that of "indicator 
species", namely those that have been shown to be particularly susceptible to certain changes 
in the environment. For example, in the Antarctic, terrestrial cyanobacteria species may be 
useful indicators of UV-B levels caused by ozone depletion (Wyn-Williams, 1994), whilst 
aquatic invertebrates may be sensitive indicators of levels of acid rain. However, no standard 
indicator species exist - different species are used to monitor different threats in different 
parts of the world. 


Those proximate threats believed to have a high (or potentially high) impact on biodiversity 
at the ecosystem and global/regional level are discussed in more detail in the following 
sections. For the most part, no standards exist for monitoring these threats. However, the 


5-126 


general ways by which these proximate factors are suspected to threaten biodiversity are 
outlined, and some of the key source references and international organizations involved in 
assessing the extent of these threats are identified. 


5.9.5 Habitat Loss and Fragmentation 

Habitat loss is widely believed to be the most significant threat facing individual species 
(WCMC, 1992), ‘and also affects entire ecosystems. Assessments of the threats posed to 
biodiversity by habitat loss are hampered by the lack of a clear definition of what a habitat/ 
ecosystem actually is. It is therefore almost impossible to set precise geographical limits to 
a particular habitat. In practice most researchers define habitats according to their own 
individual research interests, often oriented towards the ecological requirements of individual 
species. There is thus usually no clear agreement on measuring existing areas of habitat. 


The problem is exacerbated by the difficulty of defining when a habitat has been "lost", ie 
how much of a habitat or ecosystem has to be changed before it is considered destroyed or 
converted (WCMC, 1992). Habitat loss is in fact an extreme manifestation of habitat 
modification, with which it intergrades imperceptibly along a continuum. 


The effects of habitat loss may be compounded if habitat fragmentation occurs, ie if the 
remaining habitat consists of dispersed patches separated by converted areas. Several studies 
have shown that certain species will be less able to tolerate habitat fragmentation than others, 
and the effect will operate independently of the species loss predicted by the species-area 
relationship. Effects are likely to be major, but are currently unpredictable (Simberloff, 
1992). Various techniques have been developed for measuring the extent of habitat 
fragmentation, although how this actually translates in terms of threat to biodiversity is not 
known. . 


Threat Assessment 

The vast majority of the work on assessing habitat loss has been in relation to tropical forest. 
FAO, who have carried out the most comprehensive analysis (1991, 1993) produced 
estimates of forest area and annual deforestation rates for over 85 tropical countries. Their 
work was largely based on the interpretation of satellite imagery. Forests were defined as: 


"ecological systems with a minimum of 10% crown cover of trees and/or bamboos, 
generally associated with wild flora and fauna and natural soil conditions and not 
subject to agricultural practices". 


Deforestation was defined as: 


"change of land use or depletion of crown cover to less than 10%". Forest 
degradation was not reflected in the estimates. 


The average annual rate of deforestation of the world’s tropical forests over the period 1981- 
1990 was estimated as 154,000 km’, or 0.8% expressed as a compound annual rate of 
deforestation (FAO, 1993). Degradation which does not cause actual deforestation usually 
involves one or more of the following factors: 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 §-127 


@ changes in species composition 
@ changes in canopy cover 
© changes in age-structure of particular species. 


IUCN have produced a series of Tropical Rain Forest Atlases which may act as benchmark 
standards from which future tropical forest loss may be evaluated, (eg Sayer et al, 1992). 
Other habitats for which changes have been assessed on a global or regional scale include 
temperate forests (UN, 1992), wetlands, (eg Dahl, 1990) and deserts (Middleton and 
Thomas, 1992). 


Several different indices to measure forest fragmentation have been developed in the past few 
years, two of which (the Perimeter Area Index) and the edge/core ratio (ECR) were used by 
FAO. Full definitions are given in FAO (1993). These indices could be applied to other 
habitats. 


In addition to these habitat-specific approaches, Hannah et al (1994) have attempted to assess 
human impact on ecosystems on a global scale. Ecosystems were classified as undisturbed, 
partially disturbed or human dominated. They found that natural habitat has been displaced 
by human disturbance over nearly 75% of the habitable surface of the planet. 


5.9.6 Global Climate Change 

Over the past few decades scientists have become aware that emissions resulting from human 
activities are substantially increasing the atmospheric concentrations of the greenhouse gases: 
carbon dioxide, methane, chlorofluoro-carbons (CFCs) and nitrous oxide. It is now believed 
that these increases will enhance the greenhouse effect, resulting on average in a warming 
of the Earth’s surface, and consequent changes in sea levels and global climate. 


Most experts agree that ecological systems will be dramatically changed by global warming, 
to an extent determined by the magnitude and speed of the climatic change. Among the 
projections are that the ranges of many species will alter latitudinally and altitudinally. For 
instance, species ranges may shift hundreds of kilometres northwards above the equator (and 
a similar distance southwards below it). These distributional changes will cause the break-up 
of existing ecosystems and - hopefully - their eventual reassembly. However, many species 
will face extinction, either because the climate will become unsuitable for them in all of their 
present range, or because they will be unable to migrate and "track" the changing climate 
due to limited mobility or the existence of dispersal barriers such as mountains, rivers, and 
man-made obstacles. Changes in interspecific competition may also have significant impacts. 
In the most pessimistic scenarios, the collapse of whole ecosystems such as coral reefs and 
mangrove thickets is predicted, while other ecosystems at risk include temperate and boreal 
forest, alpine ecosystems and wetlands (Markham et al, 1993). 


Threat Assessment s 

The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) was set up jointly by the World 
Meterological Organization (WMO) and UNEP in 1988. Its remit is to assess scientific 
information related to climate change, such as emissions of greenhouse gases, predict the 
likely environmental and socio-economic impacts of climate change, and formulate 
appropriate response strategies. In 1990, the IPCC predicted a rate of increase of global 


5-128 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


mean temperature during the next century of about 0.3°C per decade (greater than that seen 
over the past 10,000 years) and an average rise in mean sea level of about 6 cm per decade 
(Houghton et al,- 1990). Alterations in global rainfall patterns and ocean currents will 
probably be associated with these changes, but are clouded with uncertainty since they cannot 
be reliably predicted with contemporary climate models. 


Several major international conferences have been held to examine the likely consequences 
of global climate change, particularly with regard to environmental effects on biodiversity 
and low-lying coastal areas and countries, and published proceedings are available, (eg Peters 
and Lovejoy, 1992). A number of countries have conducted reviews of the predicted effects 
of climate change on national biodiversity, for example the United States (Smith and Tirpak, 
1989), Norway (Holten and Carey, 1992), and China (Hulme et al, 1992). Other reviews 
with a regional scope have been published, for example covering the South Pacific (Pernetta 
and Hughes, 1990), the Caribbean (UNEP, 1989). The predicted global effects of climate 
change on particular ecosystems has also been examined, eg Arctic terrestrial ecosystems 
(Oechel and Holten, 1993) and coral reefs (Wilkinson and Buddemeier, 1994). Recognition 
of the potential magnitude of the effects of global warming on biodiversity helped lead to the 
signing of the Climate Convention at the Earth Summit in 1992 in Rio de Janeiro. 


One concern is that the global system of protected areas may be unable to maintain current 
levels of biodiversity in the face of climate change. Leemans and Halpin estimate that up to 
33% of existing reserves may experience a change in Holdridge Life Zone, leading to loss 
of biodiversity (WCMC, 1992). WWF have recently thoroughly reviewed the likely impacts 
of global warming on biodiversity (Markham et al, 1993). 


5.9.7 Acid Rain 

Acid rain, caused chiefly by high emission levels of sulphur dioxide, is a particular threat 
to industrialized nations and their neighbours. It is a major environmental concern in central 
and northern Europe and North America. Acidic pollutants can have adverse impacts on 
biodiversity by altering genetic diversity, reducing reproductive potential, altering intrinsic 
rates of growth, and by impairing the structure and functioning of ecosystems (Barker and 
Tingey, 1992). Impacts are greatest where soils are relatively un-buffered. For example, 
more than 60% of Canada’s land area has, at best, only a moderate ability to neutralize 
acids. Increased acid concentrations can cause the leaching of nutrients from the soil, affect 
survival of aquatic organisms, and cause aluminium, cadmium, lead and other potentially 
toxic metals to be more soluble, allowing them to be "mobilized" into water. The end result 
is reduced levels of biodiversity: it is estimated that more than 55,000 lakes in eastern 
Canada have lost at least 20% of their potential species complement (Government of Canada, 
1991). 


Threat Assessment 

Relatively few studies have attempted to quantify the actual damage or degree of threat to 
biodiversity on a national or regional scale that acid rain represents. Some notable exceptions 
are Rimes (1992) and Farmer (1993), who conducted assessments of the risk to protected 
nature reserves in the UK, while Tickle ef al (in press) extend this type of assessment to 
examine the likely consequences of acid rain for European biodiversity as a whole. Tickle 
et al predict that 70% of European protected areas will be threatened by acid rain in the year 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-129 


2000. Of the 1300 species known to be affected by acid rain that they considered, 85% 
(including many species of international conservation concern) had suffered detrimentally. 
The 15% of species that had increased in range or abundance were mainly common taxa. 


A manual on the methodologies and criteria for mapping critical levels and loads of air-borne 
pollutants and determining geographical areas where they have been exceeded has been 
published by Umweltbundesamt (1993). The RAINS (Regional Acidification Information & 
Simulation) model developed by IIASA (Alcamo et al, 1990) is currently accepted as the 
standard for predicting the levels of acid rain in Europe. 


5.9.8 Ozone Depletion 

The phenomenon of ozone depletion is a relatively recent one. It was first recognised in the 
late 1970s with the appearance of an "ozone hole" over the Antarctic where lower than 
normal levels of stratospheric ozone were recorded. Over the past decade and a half in spite 
of yearly fluctuations there has been a definite trend of decreasing ozone concentrations. 
Ozone concentrations are measured in Dobson units (DU) and in 1991 the lowest recorded 
level over the Antarctic was 125 DU, representing less than 50% of the expected range of 
300-290 DU (Karentz, 1992). The decrease is believed to be caused by the release of man- 
made chloro-fluoro-hydrocarbons (CFCs) and other ozone-destroying chemicals into the 
atmosphere. Ozone depletion is most serious above Antarctica, but has been observed in 
other parts of the world. For example, up to 8% losses were recorded over Europe in 1992 
(Mayer, 1992). 


Ozone acts as a radiation filter or "natural sun-screen", which prevents much of the 
biologically-harmful ultraviolet light entering the atmosphere from reaching the Earth’s 
surface. A decrease in natural stratospheric ozone results in an imcrease in certain 
wavelengths received at ground level, particularly ultraviolet B. The adverse effects of UV-B 
on plant life - including damage to DNA and alterations in growth, metabolism and 
reproduction - have long been known (see Teramura et al, 1991). Phytoplankton are 
especially susceptible due to their small size but higher plants and other organisms are also 
affected. 


Threat Assessment 

No standards exist for the assessment of the threat to biodiversity caused by ozone depletion. 
UNEP (1991) recently reviewed the known environmental effects of ozone depletion. Many 
studies have examined the potential threat posed by increased levels of UV-B to particular 
species. For example, Krupa and Kickert (1989) conducted a review of the susceptibility of 
important agricultural and crop species to UV-B radiation, using biomass as an indicator of 
sensitivity. Caldwell et al (1982) compared the sensitivities of species in Arctic and alpine 
ecosystems, concluding that Arctic species were far more susceptible to damage by increased 
levels of UV-B. Rather less attention has been focused on natural communities. 


The impact of ozone depletion on ecosystems has been well-studied in Antarctica (see Weiler 
and Penhale, 1994). Smith et al (1991) estimated that ozone depletion in the Antarctic could 
cause a 6-12% decline in phytoplankton production in the Southern Ocean. Phytoplankton 
form the base of the Antarctic food web so a decline of this magnitude may have grave 
knock-on effects on populations of species at higher trophic levels: zooplankton, krill, fish, 


5-130 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


penguins, seals and whales. Wyn-Williams (1994) examined the influence of UV-B on 
Antarctic terrestrial ecosystems. He concluded that the ozone hole over Antarctica has existed 
for over 10 years without a biological catastrophe on land, and that it is possible that 
ecosystems will acclimatize to changes in UV-B levels. Nevertheless ozone depletion is 
expected to worsen over the next few decades, and the consequent effects of even small 
changes to ecosystems are difficult to predict. 


Research on ozone depletion and its biological effects in the Antarctic is largely coordinated 
by SCAR (the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research). The European Ozone Research ~ 
Coordinating Unit, located in Cambridge, UK, is also a key institution involved in assessing 
the magnitude of the ozone depletion problem and the threats it poses to biodiversity. 


5.9.9 Toxic Contaminants 

Industrial, agricultural and domestic pollution can take many forms - eg thermal, sonic, 
altered nutrient balances - but one of the most damaging is the release of toxic contaminants 
which can become concentrated in their progress through natural food webs. Toxic 
contaminants can be broadly categorized into those that enter the environment as incidental 
by-products of industrial manufacturing processes, and those, such as pesticides and 
fertilizers, that are applied intentionally. Thousands are known, but unfortunately their effects 
on biodiversity are for the most part unstudied. In the Great Lakes the International Joint 
Commission, a binational organization involving Canada and the United States has identified 
the 11 most damaging "critical pollutants" as TCDD, TCDF, Benzo(a)pyrene, DDT and its 
breakdown products including DDE, Dieldrin, HCB, Alkylated lead, Mirex, Mercury, PCBs 
and Toxaphene (Government of Canada, 1991). 


Threat Assessment 

Under contract to UNEP, IIASA (International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis) has 
prepared various documents detailing standards to be used in environmental reporting at the 
global, regional and national levels. Fedra (1994) proposes a methodology for linking the 
issues addressed in Agenda 21 of the Biodiversity Convention (including environmental 
problems such as land degradation and various forms of pollution) with indicators derived 
from basic environmental monitoring and statistics (eg measurements of pollution flows). 


To be useful, indicators must have a context and reference point, desirable and undesirable 
values or ranges, and defined thresholds. Concrete indicator values can then be interpreted 
and their status and trends evaluated. This inevitably introduces an element of subjectivity. 
In the case of certain pollutants such as DDT or CFCs, scales, ranges and thresholds may 
be obvious: zero emissions and concentrations are desirable although perhaps not achievable 
in practice. By contrast, for most environmental variables - such as nutrient levels in a lake - 
no objective natural evaluation scale is available: human perceptions and attitudes are the 
primary guidelines. Fedra (1994) compares existing State-of-the-Environment (SOE) 
approaches used by different countries, and discusses tools, methods, and reporting systems. 


IIASA has also designed, developed and implemented EARSS (the Environmental Assessment 
and Reporting System) covering the Asia-Pacific region (IIASA, 1994). EARSS is a set of 
interactive computer tools, functioning as a repository of environmental information at the 
indicator level, an interactive assessment tool, and reporting format. The system is intended 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-131 


for scientific and professional staff at the level of national governments, regional 
organizations and academic institutions that support State-of-the-Environment reporting. 


5.9.10 References 


Alcamo, J., Shaw, R. and Hordik, L. (Eds). The RAINS Model of Acidification: Science and 
Strategies in Europe. Kluwer, Dordrecht. 


Anon. 1994. Draft IUCN Red List Categories. Final Draft. 16 pp. Unpublished. 


Barker, J.R. and Tingey, D.T. 1992. Air Pollution Effects on Biodiversity. Van Nostran 
Rheinhold, New York, US. 


Beehler, B.M. (Ed.) 1993. Papua New Guinea Conservation Needs Assessment. Vol. 2. 
Biodiversity Support Program, Washington, D.C. and Department of Environment and 
Conservation, Boroko, Papua New Guinea. 433 pp. 


Caldwell, M.M., Robberecht, R., and Nowack, R.S. 1982. Differential photosynthetic 
inhibition by ultraviolet radiation in species from the arctic-alpine JO 12, Arctic and Alpine 
Research 14:195-202. 


CSERGE. 1993. The Fundamental Forces Driving the Decline of Biodiversity. Cambridge 
Symposium 1993. CSERGE, London. 14 pp. 


Collar, N.J., Crosby, M.J. and Stattersfield, A.J. 1994. Birds to Watch 2. BirdLife 
Conservation Series No. 4. BirdLife International, Cambridge, UK. 407 pp. 


Dahl, T.E. 1990. Wetlands Losses in the United States 1780s to 1980s. US Department of 
the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, DC. 


FAO. 1991. Second Interim Report on the State of Tropical Forests by Forest Resources 
Assessment 1990 Project. Tenth World Forestry Congress, September 1991, Paris, France. 


FAO. 1993. Forest Resources Assessment Project. Tropical countries. FAO Forestry Paper 
112. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy. 


Farmer, A.M. 1993. SSSIs at Risk from Soil Acidification in Britain. Joint Nature 
Conservation Committee Report No. 156. Joint Nature Conservation Committee (JNCC), 
Peterborough, UK. 2 


Fedra, K. 1994. State-of-the-Environment Reporting. Part I: A New Framework and 
Approach. Final draft, April 1994. United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)-GRID, 
Nairobi, Kenya. 54 pp. 


Government of Canada. 1991. The State of Canada’s Environment. Ministry of the 
Environment, Ottawa, Canada. 


5-132 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Groombridge, B. (Ed.) 1993. The 1994 IUCN Red List of Threatened Animals. The World 
Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. lvi + 286 pp. 


Hannah, L., Lohse, D., Hutchinson, C., Carr, J.L., and Lankerani, A. 1994. A preliminary 
inventory of human disturbance of world ecosystems. Ambio 23(4-5):246-250. 


Holten, J.I. and Carey, P.D. 1992. Responses of natural terrestrial ecosystems to climate 
change in Norway. NINA Forskningsrapport 29:1-59. 


Houghton, J.T., Jenkins, G.J. and Ephraums, J.J. (Eds). 1990. Climate change: the IPCC 
scientific assessment. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. 365 pp. 


Hulme, M. ef al. 1992. Climate Change due to the Greenhouse Effect and its Implications 
for China. World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF), Gland, Switzerland. 56 pp. 


IIASA. 1994. State-of-the-Environment Reporting. Part IV: A Demonstration Prototype. 
EARSS: the Environmental Assessment and Reporting System. Project Progress Report. Draft, 
June 1994. United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), Nairobi, Kenya. 54 pp. 


Karentz, D. 1992. Stratospheric Ozone Depletion and the Antarctic Marine Ecosystem. 
Greenpeace UK, London. 9 pp. 


Krupa, S.V. and Krickert, R.N. 1989. The Greenhouse effect: impacts of ultraviolet-B (UV- 
B) radiation, carbon dioxide (CO,) and ozone (O;) on vegetation. Environmental Pollution 
61:263-393. 


Lacy, R.C. 1993. VORTEX: A Computer Simulation Model for Population Viability 
Analysis. Wildlife Research 20:45-65. 


Lee, P.C., Thornback, J. and Bennett, E.L. 1988. Threatened Primates of Africa: The IUCN 
Red Data Book. The World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland, and 
Cambridge, UK. 


Lesslie, R., Taylor, D. and Maslen, M. 1993. National Wilderness Inventory. Handbook of 
Principles, Procedures and Usage. 


Loftus, R. and Scherf, B. (Eds.) 1993. World Watch List for Domestic Animal Diversity. 1st 
edn. Food and Agricultural Organization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy. 376 pp. 


Lucas, G. and Synge, H. 1978. The IUCN Plant Red Data Book. The World Conservation 
Union (IUCN), Morges, Switzerland. 540 pp. 


Markham, A., Dudley, N. and Stolton, S. 1993. Some Like it Hot - Climate Change, 


Biodiversity and Survival of Species. World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF)-International, 
Gland, Switzerland. 144 pp. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-133 


Mayer, S.J. 1992. The Requirement for Emergency Action to Reduce Pollution by Ozone- 
depleting Substances. Greenpeace UK, London. 


Middleton, N. and Thomas, D.S.G. 1992. UNEP World Atlas of Desertification. Edward 
Arnold, London, UK. 69 pp. 


Olsen, D.M. and Dinerstein, E. 1994. Assessing the Conservation Potential and Degree of 
Threat Among Ecoregions of Latin America and the Caribbean: A Proposed Landscape 
Ecology Approach. LATEN Dissemination Note # 10. World Bank, Washington DC., US. - 
44 pp. 


Pearce, D. and Moran, D. 1994. The Economic Value of Biodiversity. Earthscan, London, 
UK. 172 pp. 


Pernetta, J.C. and Hughes, P.J. 1990. Implications of the Expected Climate Changes in the 
South Pacific Region: an Overview. UNEP Regional Seas and Studies No. 128, United 
Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), Nairobi, Kenya. 279 pp. 


Peters, R.L. and Lovejoy, T.E. (Eds) 1992. Global Warming and Biological Diversity. Yale 
University Press, New Haven, US. 386 pp. 


Reeves, R.R. and Leatherwood, S. 1994. Dolphins, Porpoises and Whales: 1994-1998 Action 
Plan for the Conservation of Cetaceans. The World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, 
Switzerland. 92 pp. 


Rimes, C. 1992. Freshwater Acidification of SSIs in Great Britain. I. Overview. English 
Nature Science Series No. 1, English Nature, Peterborough, UK. 


Sayer, J.A., Harcourt, C.S. and Collins, N.M. (Eds) 1992. The Conservation Atlas of 
Tropical Forests. Africa. The World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland and 
Cambridge, UK. 288 pp. 


Simberloff, D. 1992. Do species-area curves predict extinction in fragmented forest? Pp 75- 
89. In: Whitmore, T.C. and Sayer, J.A. (Eds). Tropical Deforestation and Species 
Extinction. Chapman and Hall, London, UK. 153 pp. 


Smith, R.C., et al 1992. Ozone depletion: ultraviolet radiation and phytoplankton biology 
in Antarctic waters. Science 255:952-959. 


Teramura, A.H., Tevini, M., Bornman, J.F., Caldwell, M.M., Kulandaivelu, G. and Bjorn, 
L.O. 1991. Terrestrial Plants. Pp 25-32. In: Environmental Effects of Ozone depletion: 1991 
Update. United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), Nairobi, Kenya. 


Tickle, A., Fergusson, M. and Drucker, D. In press. Acid Rain and Nature Conservation in 


Europe. A preliminary study of protected areas at risk from acidification. WWF-International, 
Gland, Switzerland. 


5-134 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


UN. 1992. The Forest Resources of the Temperate Zones. Main findings of the UN-ECE/FAO 
1990 Forest Resource Assessment. United Nations-Economic Commission for Europe/ Food 
and Agriculture Organisation (UN-ECE/FAO), Geneva, Switzerland. 32 pp. 


UNEP. 1989. Implications of Climatic Changes in the Wider Caribbean Region. Preliminary 
Conclusions of the Task Team of Experts. CEP Technical Report No. 3. United Nations 
Environment Programme (UNEP) Caribbean Environment Programme, Kingston, Jamaica. 


22 pp. 


UNEP. 1991. Environmental Effects of Ozone Depletion: 1991 Update. United Nations 
Environment Programme (UNEP), Nairobi, Kenya. 


UNEP. 1993. Guidelines for Country Studies on Biological Diversity. United Nations 
Environment Programme (UNEP), Nairobi, Kenya. US Fish and Wildlife Service 1988. 
Endangered Species Act of 1973 as amended through the 100th Congress. US Fish and 
Wildlife Service, Washington, DC. 


WCMC. 1992. Global Biodiversity: Status of the Earth’s Living Resources. Chapman and 
Hall, London, UK. 585 pp. 


Wells, S.M., Pyle, R.M. and Collins, N.M. 1983. The IUCN Invertebrate Red Data Book. 
The World Conservation Union (IUCN), Gland, Switzerland. 


Wynn-Williams, D.D. 1994. Potential effects of ultraviolet radiation on Antarctic primary 
terrestrial colonizers: cyanobacteria, algae and cryptograms. Pp 243-257 in: Weiler,C.S., and 
Penhale, P.A. (Eds) 1994. Ultraviolet Radiation in Antarctica: Measurement and Biological 
Effects. Antarctic Research Series Vol. 62. American Geophysical Union, Washington, DC. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-135 


Annex 1: Original IUCN Threatened Species Categories 
The following categories and their definitions have been superseded by those in Annex 2. 


Extinct (Ex). Species not definitely located in the wild during the past 50 years (criterion as 
used by the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and 
Flora). Note: occasionally the category Ex? is assigned; this denotes that it is virtually certain 
that the taxon has recently become extinct. 


Endangered (EF). Taxa in danger of extinction and whose survival is unlikely if the causal 
factors continue operating. Included are taxa whose numbers have been reduced to a critical 
level or whose habitats have been so drastically reduced that they are deemed to be in 
immediate danger of extinction. Also included are taxa that may be extinct but have definitely 
been seen in the wild in the past 50 years. 


Vulnerable (V). Taxa believed likely to move into the "Endangered" category in the near 
future if the causal factors continue operating. Included are taxa of which most or all the 
populations are decreasing because of over-exploitation, extensive destruction of habitat or 
other environmental disturbance; taxa with populations that have been seriously depleted and 
whose ultimate security has not yet been assured; and taxa with populations that are still 
abundant but are under threat from severe adverse factors throughout their range. Note: in 
practice, "Endangered" and "Vulnerable" categories may include, temporarily, taxa whose 
populations are beginning to recover as a result of remedial action, but whose recovery is 
insufficient to justify their transfer to another category. 


Rare (R). Taxa with small world populations that are not at present "Endangered" or 
"Vulnerable", but are at risk. These taxa are usually localised within restricted geographical 
areas or habitats or are thinly scattered over a more extensive range. 


Indeterminate (I). Taxa known to be "Endangered", "Vulnerable" or "Rare" but where there 
is not enough information to say which of the three categories is appropriate. 


Insufficiently Known (K). Taxa that are suspected but not definitely known to belong to any 
of the above categories, because of lack of information. 


Threatened (T). Threatened is a general term to denote species which are "Endangered", 
"Vulnerable", "Rare", "Indeterminate", or "Insufficiently Known" and should not be 
confused with the use of the same term by the U.S. Office of Endangered Species. In this 
volume it is also used to identify taxa comprised of several sub-taxa which have differing 
status categories. 


Commercially Threatened (CT). Taxa not currently threatened with extinction, but most or 
all of whose populations are threatened as a sustainable commercial resource, or will become 
so, unless their exploitation is regulated. This category applies only to taxa whose 
populations are assumed to be relatively large. Note: in practice, this category has only been 
used for marine species of commercial importance that are being overfished in several parts 
of their ranges. 


5-136 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Annex 2: New IUCN Threatened Species Categories 


The following categories and their definitions were accepted by the IUCN Council in 
December 1994. Criteria for evaluation of the Critically Endangered, Endangered, and 
Vulnerable categories are provided immediately afterwards. 


THE CATEGORIES 


Extinct (EX). A taxon is Extinct when there is no reasonable doubt that its last individual 
has died. : 


Extinct in the Wild (EW). A taxon is Extinct in the Wild when it is known only to survive 
in cultivation, in captivity or as a naturalised population (or populations) well outside the past 
range. A taxon is presumed extinct in the wild when exhaustive surveys in known and/or 
expected habitat, at appropriate times (diurnal, seasonal, annual), throughout its historic 
range have failed to record an individual. Surveys should be over a time frame appropriate 
to the taxon’s life cycle and life form. 


Critically Endangered (CR). A taxon is Critically Endangered when it is facing an 
extremely high risk of extinction in the wild in the immediate future, as defined by any of 
the criteria (A to E) outlined later. 


Endangered (EN). A taxon is Endangered when it is not Critically Endangered but is facing 
a very high risk of extinction in the wild in the near future, as defined by any of the criteria 
(A to E) outlined later. 


Vulnerable (VU). A taxon is Vulnerable when it is not Critically Endangered but is facing 
a high risk of extinction in the wild in the medium-term future, as defined by any of the 
_criteria (A to E) outlined below. 


Lower Risk (LR). A taxon is Lower Risk when it has been evaluated, does not satisfy the 
criteria for any of the categories Critically Endangered, Endangered, or Vulnerable, and is 
not Data Deficient. Taxa included in the Lower Risk category can be separated into three 
subcategories: 


1. Conservation Dependant. Taxa which are the focus of a continuing taxon-specific or 
habitat-specific conservation programme targeted towards the taxon in question, the 
cessation of which would result in the taxon qualifying for one of the threatened 
categories above within a period of five years. 


2. Near Threatened. Taxa which do not qualify for Conservation Dependant, but which 
are close to qualifying for Vulnerable. 


3. Least Concern. Taxa which do not qualify for Conservation Dependant or Near 
Threatened. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-137 


Data Deficient (DD). A taxon is Data Deficient when there is inadequate information to 
make a direct, or indirect, assessment of its risk of extinction based on its distribution and/or 
population status. A taxon in this category may be well studied, and its biology well known, 
but appropriate data on abundance and/or distribution is lacking. DD is therefore not a 
category of threat or Lower Risk. Listing of taxa in this category indicates that more 
information is required. Listing a taxon as DD acknowledges the possibility that future 
research will show that threatened classification is appropriate. It is important to make 
positive use of whatever data are available. In many cases great care should be exercised in 
choosing between DD and threatened status. If the range of a taxon is suspected to be 
relatively circumscribed, if a considerable period of time has elapsed since the last record 
of the taxon, or if there are reasonable chances of unreported surveys in which the taxon has 
not been found, or that habitat loss has had an unfavourable impact, threatened status may 
well be justified. 


Not Evaluated (NE). A taxon is Not Evaluated when it has not yet assessed against the 
criteria. 


THE CRITERIA FOR HIGH RISK CATEGORIES 


Critically Endangered (CR) 
A taxon is Critically Endangered when it is facing an extremely high age of extinction in 
the wild in the immediate future, as defined by any of the following criteria (A to E): 


A Population reduction in the form of either of the following: 


1. An observed, estimated, inferred or suspected reduction of at least 80% over the last 
10 years or three generations, whichever is the longer, based on (and specifying) any 
of the following: 

a) direct observation 

b) an index of abundance appropriate for the taxon 

c) a decline in area of occupancy, extent of occurrence and/or quality of habitat. 

d) actual or potential levels of exploitation 

e) the effects of introduced taxa, hybridisation, pathogens, pollutants, competitors or 
parasites. 


2. A reduction of at least 80% projected or suspected to be met within the next ten years 
or three generations, whichever is the longer, based on (and specifying) any of (c), 
(d) or (e) above. 


B_ Extent of occurrence estimated to be less than 100km? or area of occupancy estimated to 
be less than 10km?, and estimates indicating any two of the following: 


1. Severely fragmented or known to exist at only a single location. 
2. Continuing decline, observed, inferred or projected, in any of the following: 


a) extent of occurrence 
b) area of occupancy 


5-138 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


c) area, extent and/or quality of habitat 
d) number of locations or subpopulations 
e) number of mature individuals. 


3. Extreme fluctuations in any of the following: 
a) extent of occurrence 
b) area of occupancy 
c) number of locations or subpopulations 
d) number of mature individuals. 


C Population estimated to number less than 250 mature individuals and either: 


1. An estimated continuing decline of at least 25% within 3 years or one generation, 
whichever is longer or 


2. A continuing decline, observed, projected, or inferred, in numbers of mature 
individuals and population structure in the form of either 
a) severely fragmented, (ie no subpopulation estimated to contain more than 50 
mature individuals 
b) all individuals are in a single sub-population. 


D Population estimated to number less than 50 mature individuals. 


E Quantitative analysis showing the probability of extinction in the wild is at least 50% 
within 5-10 years or 2-3 generations, whichever is longer. 


Endangered (EN) 

A taxon is Endangered when it is not Critically Endangered but is facing a very high risk 
of extinction in the wild in the near future, as defined by any of the following criteria (A to 
E): 


A Population reduction in the form of either of the following: 


1. An observed, estimated, inferred or suspected reduction of at least 50% over the last 
10 years or three generations, whichever is the longer, based on (and specifying) any 
of the following: 

a) direct observation 

b) an index of abundance appropriate for the taxon 

c) a decline in area of occupancy, extent of occurrence and/or quality of habitat 

d) actual or potential levels of exploitation 

e) the effects of introduced taxa, hybridisation, pathogens, pollutants, compelitars or 
parasites. 


2. A reduction of at least 50% projected or suspected to be met within the next ten years 


or three generations, whichever is the longer, based on (and specifying) any of (c), 
(d), or (e) above. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-139 


B_ Extent of occurrence estimated to be less than 5000km? or area of occupancy estimated 
to be less than 500km?, and estimates indicating any two of the following: 


1. Severely fragmented or known to exist at no more than five locations: 
2. Continuing decline, inferred, observed or projected, in any of the following: 
a) extent of occurrence 
b) area of occupancy 
c) area, extent and/or quality of habitat 
d) number of locations or subpopulations 
e) number of mature individuals. 


3. Extreme fluctuations in any of the following: 
a) extent of occurrence 
b) area of occupancy 
c) number of locations or subpopulations 
d) number of mature individuals 


C Population estimated to number less than 2500 mature individuals and either: 


1. An estimated continuing decline of at least 20% within 5 years or 2 generations, 
whichever is longer, or 


2. A continuing decline, observed, projected, or inferred, in numbers of mature 
individuals and population structure in the form of either 
a) severely fragmented, (ie subpopulation estimated to contain more than 250 mature 
individuals) 
b) all individuals are in a single subpopulation. 


D Population estimated to number less than 250 mature individuals. 


E Quantitative analysis showing the probability of extinction in the wild is at least 20% 
within 20 years or 5 generations, whichever is the longer. 


Vulnerable (VU) $ 

A taxon is Vulnerable when it is not Critically Endangered or Endangered but is facing a 
high risk of extinction in the wild in the medium-term future, as defined by any of the 
following criteria (A to E): 


A Population reduction in the form of either of the following: 


1. An observed, estimated, inferred or suspected reduction of at least 20% over the last 
10 years or three generations, whichever is the longer, based on (and specifying) any 
of the following: 

a) direct observation 

b) an index of abundance appropriate for the taxon 

c) a decline in area of occupancy, extent of occurrence and/or quality of habitat 
d) actual or potential levels of exploitation 


5-140 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


e) the effects of introduced taxa, hybridisation, pathogens, pollutants, competitors or 
parasites. 


A reduction of at least 20% projected or suspected to be met within the next ten years 
or three generations, whichever is the longer, based on (and specifying) any of (b), 
(c), or (d) above. 


B_ Extent of occurrence estimated to be less than 20,000km? or area of occupancy estimated 
to be less than 2000km?, and estimates indicating any two of the following: 


at 


Zs 


Severely fragmented or found known to exist at no more than ten locations. 


Continuing decline, inferred, observed or projected, in any of the following: 
a) extent of occurrence 

b) area of occupancy 

c) area, extent and/or quality of habitat 

d) number of locations or subpopulations 

e) number of mature individuals. 


Extreme fluctuations in any of the following: 
a) extent of occurrence 

b) area of occupancy 

c) number of locations or subpopulations 

d) number of mature individuals 


C Population estimated to number less than 10,000 mature individuals and either 


1. 


2. 


An estimated continuing decline of at least 10% within 10 years or 3 generations, 
whichever is the longer, or 


A continuing decline, observed, projected, or inferred, in numbers of mature 
individuals and population structure in the form of either 

a) severely fragmented, (ie no subpopulation estimated to contain more than 1000 
mature individuals) 

b) all individuals are in a single subpopulation. 


D Population very small or restricted in the form of either of the following: 


1. 


Population estimated to number less than 1000 mature individuals. 


2. Population is characterised by an acute restriction in its area of occupancy (typically 


less than 100km72) or in the number of locations (typically less than 5). Such a taxon 
would thus be prone to the effects of human activities (or scholastic events whose 
impact is increased by human activities) within a very short period of time in an 
unforeseeable future, and is thus capable of becoming Critically Endangered or even 
Extinct in a very short period. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 5-141 


ERM st citesllleas «Mego _ unsted ee inden beet reat i 
“as ee hg M + gthweiegy Matis slo Ry Kigmh a ie Ae sicaieenien > ae 


Shey Mee eye iets seorer sit spi il a senlipslaidaAcpienesten A 1§ 
Ree eee ee oan Se pribvadly wenesiaesa Jarret ro nang 
it i ce aT rt fon 0 Aiaode i ay, fay 


omatisiaes emacs Beth 1). MONE MS eat enh th ty Nathan asinine mal! é 
‘i pa ams ea sei pe sao ENCED bana - Tecan fel —_ od m : 


ae 2" is q i 


- nea ac see on te ‘Tala Rw cued Deus teal vtotvad ‘ ee 
boa ante at Wena > 
sedi idk owe poe jn bor book smile yin tS 
haan co. a atone mains i a 
AE AI G0 eee dint anetnetgt conga wu 
im Baal a a ie ee. ate ra) wrth Mibua wes ae. & 
.y a . wage wtdiaioagat Wy). Mobepe! ier asdaunn db 
latiiee wa sm cpemadnanes oceans! ate 


6 EDUCATION and TRAINING 
6.1 Introduction 


6.1.1 Overview 
Article 12 (Research & Training) and Article 13 (Public Education & Awareness) of the CBD 


recognise the vital importance of education and training by recommending the establishment 
of programmes for scientific and technical education and training in the identification, 
conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity, in particular for the specific needs of 
developing countries. Staff skilled in biodiversity information management are key to 
successful environmental resource management and biodiversity conservation. Yet "present 
efforts in education and training to strengthen awareness and understanding of biodiversity 
conservation are inadequate" (WWF er al, 1993). Expertise in biodiversity information 
management is often in short supply in developing countries. In addition, staff turnover is ~ 
also a serious problem. Staff that receive specialised computer training as part of a training 
programme become widely sought after, and often take positions with better paying private 
companies. In developing countries, few pathways or incentives lead to a career in 
biodiversity information management. 


Education and training in biodiversity information management is typically part of a larger 
curriculum on the environment. Several institutions offer graduate programmes in 
environmental resource management, biology or GIS within which biodiversity information 
Management is taught, but is not the focus of the course. Moreover, the information 
management component of some courses may not be explicitly identified in the associated 
prospectus. However, there are a few new programmes at established institutions which 
resulted from the CBD, as well as new funding sources such as the Global Environmental 
Facility (GEF), USAID’s Biodiversity Support Programme and the United Kingdom’s Darwin 
Initiative Grants. Suitable training is also available from a number of bilateral and 
multilateral organisations, including the United Nations agencies UNITAR, UNEP, UNDP 
and FAO. These agencies often have rosters of specialist consultants with experience in 
formal and on-site training. 


To address the need for information on education and training opportunities, a listing of 
institutions with relevant options is presented in Section 6.2. Many such institutions could 
be included, for instance all those associated with older disciplines such as biosystematics 
(taxonomy), zoology, botany, geographical information systems (GIS), remote sensing, 
physical sciences, geography, and conservation. However, for the purposes of this document 
only those institutions offering specific programmes, courses, or modules in information 
management aspects are included (ie the collection, organisation, analysis and presentation 
of biodiversity data). 


6.1.2 On-site Training 

On-site training in information management has been a widely identified need and 
fundamental component of institutional capacity building. There are several advantages to on- 
site training. Firstly, on-site training allows the instructor to observe the employees’ work 
environment and routines. It enables site-specific and relevant examples to be used to 
demonstrate new techniques and it has the added potential of diagnosing and solving 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 61 


unforeseen difficulties. Staff completing courses at training centres, may use unfamiliar 
equipment or applications, so that when they return to their workplace, routines learned 
during on-site training may not function identically. This may lead to frustration and a 
reliance on previous often inefficient work habits. Finally, on-site training may also be more 
cost-effective because of the reduced expenditure on staff travel and accommodation. 


There are several factors to consider when planning to train staff on-site. For instance, if the 
training includes a computer-based component, suitable software and hardware may have to 
be selected via a process of tender (see Selection of Hardware and Software, Section 3.1). 
Post-training support may also be critical to the long term success of an on-site training 
course, particularly when software manuals are available only in non-local languages. In 
remote areas, introductory to advanced level training may undertaken by means of Computer- 
Based Training (CBT) techniques, where students follow on-line tutorials to reinforce 
traditional training and gain new skills. 


On-site computer training is offered through three key sources: consulting firms; vendors; 
and multilateral/bilateral agencies. A wide range of on-site training is available from small 
to medium-sized consulting firms such as FTP International of Finland or the National 
Computer Training Centre (NCC) of the UK. 


6.1.3 Vendor Training 

Generally, there is no shortage of product-specific training from vendors of computing 
equipment. Many manufacturers are able to provide either direct training or provide details 
of where training can be obtained for their products. Considerations of vendor selection 
should include the geographic location of the company, their market reputation and longevity, 
and provision of after-sales training and support. Many vendors have established networks 
of dealers worldwide. 


Two of the largest software companies, Novell and Microsoft have introduced standards for 
the training that should be undertaken by network administrators and support personnel. 
These companies offer exams that provide a simple method to determine the effectiveness of 
the training course. They may also offer consultancy on training needs, whether for 
individual courses or on training, leading to internationally recognised qualifications such as 
the Certified NetWare Administrator (CNA) or Microsoft Certified Professional (MCP). 


Training in the computer-related aspects of biodiversity information management can be sub- 
divided into thirteen areas as illustrated in Table 6.1.2. 


6-2 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


1. Operating Systems DOS/Windows/UNIX/ | IBM/Microsoft/SUN/ 
Mac MacIntosh 


2. Database Software Microsoft Ltd 
3. Spreadsheet Software Microsoft Ltd. 


Training Applications Popular Products Vendor Training 


: 
eater piedietenpenl alee gue CS oll | 


8. Geographic Information Systems | ARC/INFO Environmental 
(GIS) Systems Research 
Incorporated (ESRI) 
9. Biodiversity Applications Linneaus II ETI 
Software 


10. Data Capture Tools 
11. Optical Scanner Carl Zeiss Ltd. 
12. Network Applications Novell/Microsoft 


13. Internet Internet, WWW, ftp, 
telnet, gopher, archie 


Table 6.1.2 


6.2 Education and Training Opportunities 


6.2.1 Approach 
Information was collected by surveying educational and training institutions and requesting 
details in four key areas: 


@ titles of degree courses, training programmes, short courses, workshops, 
syllabuses, duration, target group, degree accreditation and location 


@ references on biodiversity information management, education manuals, 
guides, studies, research papers, reports and books (hard-copy or electronic) 


© training needs assessments, questionnaires, models, methodologies, strategies 
or frameworks for institutions to follow, as well as any standards developed 
for training in biodiversity information management 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 6-3 


@ details about tools being used for biodiversity information management 
including software, hardware, interactive database programmes, low-tech 
options and communication technologies (including training networks). 


The information was requested by electronic mail and fax. Of the 147 requests sent out to 
institutions, there was a 31% response rate. Information on listings was also obtained from 
existing WCMC files and databases. Effort was made to gather information on a global basis. 
The institutional breakdown by region is as follows: South America (1); Australia (1); 
Caribbean (1); Asia (5); North America (6); Africa (10); and Europe (18). These figures are 
biased by existing WCMC institutional links, the promotional investment of educational 
institutions and time constraints. There is also substantial evidence that funding shortages 
restrict access to the very technology that allows communication about educational and 


training resources. 
WCMC would be pleased to receive additional information on education and training sources, 


and training support materials, as well as comments on those profiled in Section 8.2. A 
selection of reference sources for education and training in biodiversity information 
Management may be found in the Bibliography, Section 7.3. 


6.2.2 Summary of Results 
Table 6.1 provides a summary of the 42 training and education institutions. To avoid 
confusion, column titles are explained below: 


@ Name is the full name of the institution offering education or training 


e@ Formal Training implies that the institution awards recognised academic degrees 
upon successful completion 


e@ Short Courses are loosely defined as those lasting between one week and two 
months in duration 


© On-site summarises the capacity of an institution to provide customised training 
for clients at a location of their choosing. 


It should be noted that several institutions offer field courses in various locations throughout 
the world, and may have affiliations with universities in different countries. 


African Biodiversity Institute (ABI), Kenya 
Asian Institute of Technology (AIT), Thailand Ee 


Biodiversity Foundation for Africa (BFA), 
Zimbabwe 


Centre for Environmental Management and Planning 
(CEMP), United Kingdom 


6-4 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Center for International Forestry Research (CIFOR), 
Indonesia 


Clark University, United States 
College of Geographic Sciences (COGS), Canada 


Commonwealth Science Council (CSC), United 
Kingdom 


Conservation Data Centre, Mahidol University, 


B 


Consortium for International Earth Science 
Information Network (CIESIN), United States 


Council for Scientific and Industrial Research 
(CSIR), South Africa 


Duke University, The Centre for Tropical 
Conservation, United States 


Durrell Institute of Conservation and Ecology 
(DICE), United Kingdom 


Expert Centre for Taxonomic Identification (ETT), 
The Netherlands 


Food and Agriculture Organization of the United 
Nations (FAO), Italy 


Hull University, United Kingdom 


Indonesian MAB National Committee (LIPI) & the 
Indonesian Institute of Sciences, Indonesia 


International Centre for Research in Agroforestry 
(ICRAF), Kenya 
International Centre for Tropical Agriculture 
(CIAT), Columbia 
International Institute for Aerospace Survey and 
Earth Sciences (ITC), The Netherlands 
International School of Nairobi, (Medias France), 
Kenya 
Island Resources Foundation (IRF), US Virgin 
Islands 
Makerere University, Institute of Environment and 
Natural Resources (MUIENR), Uganda 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 65 


Microbial Strain Data Network (MSDN), United 
Kingdom 


National University of Hanoi, Department of (af 
Environmental Sciences, Vietnam 
Oxford Forestry Institute (OF), United Kingdom | © | © | 0 | 


Rijksherbarium/Hortus Botanicus (RHHB), The 
Netherlands 


Royal Botanic Gardens -Kew, United Kingdom | @ | @ |_| 
Smithsonian Institute (SI), Conservation and 

Research Centre, United States 

The Nature Conservancy (TNC), United States eee 
Tropical Biology Association (TBA), United 

Kingdom 

United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) & 

Global Environmental Facility (GEF), Kenya 

United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)/ 

INFOTERRA, Kenya 

United Nations Training Institute for Training and 

Research (UNITAR), Switzerland 


United States Environmental Training Institute 
(USETI), United States 


University of Adelaide, Australia 


University of Amsterdam, Research School of 
Biodiversity, The Netherlands 


University of Birmingham, School of Biological 
Sciences, United Kingdom 


University of London, Wye College, United 
Kingdom 
University of Nairobi, Kenya aces ery ery | 


Table 6.2 


6-6 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


6.2.3 List of Opportunities 
The education and training opportunities of each institution are described using the following 


template: 


Name 


Curricula 
Target 
Group 
Courses 


Educational 
Resources 


Notes 


Name 


Curricula 


Target 
Group 


Courses 


Educational 
Resources 


Notes 


The full name, acronym and location of each institution in the listing (in order 
to contact educational institutions for course and funding information, the 
address of each organisation may be found in Section 8.2 of this document). 


The type of degree, diploma or course(s) offered, and where possible includes 
course duration. 


The prerequisite academic, age and citizenship requirements. 


The names of degree and short courses. 


References to libraries, computer hardware, software and educational journals. 


Includes course language, language proficiency requirements, institutional 
affiliations and further details. A "+" symbol is used where additional 
course(s) are offered but which are not directly related to biodiversity 
information management. There is a list of key references on education and 
training as well as a partial list of funding organisations and sources at the end 
of the section, but candidates are best advised to obtain information by 
contacting educational institutions in the host country directly. 


African Biodiversity Institute (ABI) 
Kenya 


MSc!, PhD? Biodiversity 


Postgraduates, professionals, overseas students 


Degree course work covers general environmental subjects 
including environmental and natural resource protection and 
biodiversity, with emphasis on EIA in agricultural practices, 
biostatistics and research methodologies, computer studies + 
Short Training Courses?: EIA; biodiversity + 


School of Environmental Field Studies (SEFS) 
1 Any holder of a first class or upper second degree in Biology, 
Sociology, Botany, Zoology, Entomology, Biochemistry, 
Agriculture, Forestry, Environmental Sciences or Physical Sciences 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 6-7 


Name 
Curricula 
Target 


Group 


Courses 


Educational 
Resources 


Notes 


Name 


Curricula 


Target 
Group 


from a recognised university. 

2 Open to candidates who hold Masters Degree under Inter- 
University Programme for Environmental Risk Assessment 
(IPERA) and/or holders of Masters in environment or basic 
sciences from recognised universities. 


3 Short courses are conducted at ABI’s School of Environmental 
Field Studies (SEFS) in Jinja, Uganda. 

® Candidates for both programmes must have a good working 
knowledge of English, and be under 35 years of age. 


Asian Institute of Technology (AIT) 
Thailand 


Certificate, Diploma, MSc, PhD Interdisciplinary Natural 
Resources Development and Management Program + 


Open to graduates from Asian countries 


Degree Courses: Environmental Remote Sensing; 
Geoinformation Science. 

Previous short courses and workshops: GIS/Remote Sensing for 
Managing Biodiversity Conservation; Applied Remote Sensing. 
Certificate short courses: Natural Resources Information Management; 
Marine Applications of ERS-1 Data; GIS + 


Regional Computer Centre (ARC/Info, Regional Research and Development 
Centre; Asian Institute of Technology Library and Regional Documentation 
Centre; Language Centre (Pre-Master Bridging Program) 


@ Supported by several international governments and is a UNEP 
Centre for Excellence. 
@ Language of instruction is English. 


Biodiversity Foundation for Africa (BFA) 
Zimbabwe 


Short Courses (approx. 2-3 weeks in duration) Afrotropical 
Savannah Biodiversity + 


Technical Officers, Researchers (especially from museums and herbaria 
in southern and central Africa). 


a ee ee a Tn 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Courses 


Educational 
Resources 


Notes 


Name 


Curricula 


Target 
Group 


Courses 


Educational 
Resources 


Notes 


Field courses: Inventory and Monitoring of Afrotropical Savannah 
Biodiversity + 


Logistical support: portable computers and printers for field 
use; Relational Database Management systems (RDM) under 
development for specimen management based on the 
Association of Systematics Collections information model for 
biological collections. 


© Courses involve experimental training in methodology inventory of 
target groups (eg. vegetation, selected arthropods, soil microfauna, 
vertebrates). Emphasis placed on collation of digital information in 
the field. 

© These courses form part of the Biodiversity Foundation for 
Africa’s SAVSKILL Programme to monitor savannah 
biodiversity in south-central Africa, and to simultaneously 
develop institutional capacities through field training. 


Centre for Environmental Management and Planning (CEMP), 
Aberdeen University Research and Industrial Services (AURIS) 
United Kingdom 


Short courses and conferences: Environmental Management + 


Professionals, graduates from developing and developed countries. 


Environmental Information Services; Baseline studies and Environmental 
Monitoring; Pollution assessments; Resource and Land-use planning; 
Marine and Coastal planning; and Forestry + 

Previous courses: 14 annual two-week international seminars 

sponsored by WHO and UNDP on Environmental Assessment 

(EA) and Management; 8 two month intense courses on 
Environmental Assessment and Management; provided 

specialist training on EA in several countries. 


Comprehensive database, well equipped laboratories for 
analytical work, library 


e@ Affiliated with Aberdeen University’s Environmental Division. 

@ Courses and conferences also held in Portugal, Italy, Algeria, Brazil, 
Malta, Hungary, United States, Hong Kong, Iceland, Taiwan, Kuwait, 
Egypt and India. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 


Curricula 


Target 
Group 


Courses 


Educational 
Resources 


Notes 


Name 


Curricula 


Target 
Group 


Courses 


Center for International Forestry Research (CIFOR) 
Indonesia 


Short Courses: Tropical and Temperate Forestry + 
Workshops: Forestry 


CIFOR encourages interaction among trainees from different 
developing and developed countries. 


Course covers forestry principles, economics, planting and 
design of seed orchards, seed collecting and handling. Course 
involves field exercises. 

In conjunction with USAID, FAO and IUFRO’s Special 
Programme for Developing Countries, a series of workshops 
were held on Priorities for Policy Research for Forestry and 
Agroforestry: Bangkok (1992); Nairobi (1992); Costa Rica 
(1993). 


CIFOR’s library (CDS/ISIS V 2.3); MARC database 

Tree Growth Potential Information System (TROPIS) modelling 
and database; CIFOR’s Research Support and Information Unit; 
Quarterly newsletter CIFORN; LAN; electronic mail;2 Novell 
Servers each with CD-ROM servers; GIS; SUN10/51 
SparcStations. 


© Courses taught in conjunction with the ASEAN Forest Tree 
Seed Centre (AFTSC) 

e Affiliated with FAO and the International Union of Forestry Research 
Organizations. 


Clark University, Clark Labs for Cartographic Technology and 
Geographic Analysis 
United States 


MSc (1 & 2 year) programme in GIS and International Development +; Short 
courses (1 week) in GIS and Image Processing + 


Development and planning professionals! and overseas students 


MA courses: Remote Sensing; GIS; Applications of GIS in 
Development; Development Project Planning and Management; 

Geodesy; Cartography + 

Short course in GIS and Image Processing offered twice a year; customised 
training courses available. 


ini 


6-10 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Educational 
Resources GIS labs (ARC/Info and IDRISI); Centre for Environment, 


Technology and Development (CENTED); library 


Notes 1 BA or BSc degree or equivalent, TOEFL score 550 
2 Courses cover theoretical and practical aspects of GIS and 
Image Processing. Sessions consists of 25% lectures and 75% 
practical exercises. 


Name College of Geographic Sciences (COGS) 
Canada 


Curricula Diploma (2 years) Land Information Technology + 


Target 
Group Open to students and graduates from developing and developed 
countries. 


Courses Computer Applications for Planning Technologies; Computer 
Graphics I & II; Planning Context; Mapping and Projections; 
Remote Sensing and Air Photo Interpretation; Terrain Analysis; 
Statistical Methods for Planning Technologies; Computer 
Assisted Mapping; GIS; Environmental and Land Information 
Systems; Planning and Environmental Law; Site Planning: 
Environmental Design; Self-directed Studies in IT; Research 
Project. 


Educational 
Resources Software: DOS/Windows/Unix; WordPerfect 6.0b; dBase IV 
2.0;, FoxPRO 2.6; EXCEL 5.0; AutoCad 12; Corel Draw 
4.0/5.0; Aldus Pagemaker 4.0; SPSS 4.0; SPSS 6.0 for 
Windows; PC ARC/Info, ARC/VIEW. 
Information technology: Mosaic; Netscape; ftp; telnet; gopher and archie. 


Notes @ Prerequisites: Grade 12 (Canada) or equivalent with an 
overall of at least 60% and academic mathematics. 
@ Students having a poor capacity in English may be required 
to take an approved correspondence course during the 
summer between the two years. 


Name Commonwealth Science Council 
United Kingdom 


Curricula Diploma, training workshops and courses in Biodiversity 


Target 
Group Professionals and graduates from developing and developed countries. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 6-11 


Courses Examples of courses offered: International diploma course in 
herbarium techniques in collaboration with Royal Botanical 
Gardens, Kew, London; Regional training workshop on 
herbarium curation techniques Lucknow, India; Regional tissue 
culture training course, University West Indies Biotechnology 
Centre, Jamaica; International Course on _ under-utilised 
Tropical Plant Genetic Resources and their conservation and 
utilisation, University of Pertanian, Malaysia; Regional training 
course on fungal identification, Zimbabwe. 


Educational 

Resources _ Biodiversity flagship programme, various publications 

Notes © Courses taught in English. 

Name Conservation Data Centre, Mahidol University 
Thailand 


Curricula BSc, MSc, PhD (1, 2 & 3 years) Environmental and Resource 
Studies; Biology + 


Target 

Group Postgraduates, professionals 
Courses Ecology; Conservation Biology + 
Educational 


Resources Conservation database MacKinnon-Ali Software System 
(MASS) using FoxBase v.2.00 (BM AT) 


Notes @ Supported by World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) 

Name Consortium for International Earth Science Information Network 
(CIESIN) 
United States 


Curricula Short Courses: Data Information Resources, Access and Management + 


Target 

Group Educators, researchers, environmental policy-makers, policy analysts, 
government agencies, librarians. 

Courses Issue Oriented Information Retrieval; The Environment and 


Sustainable Development; Discovering Environmental Information 
on the Internet; Guided Tour of the Internet; Using the World 
Wide Web; Publishing Information on the World Wide Web + 


RS rmmememeeereersmmesme seers a re a a 


6-12 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Educational 
Resources 


Notes 


Name 


Curricula 


Target 
Group 


Courses 


Educational 
Resources 


Notes 


Name 


Curricula 


Target 
Group 


Courses 


Educational 
Resources 


Computer laboratories; Interactive analysis software; Classroom 
Earth educational bulletin board; CIESIN Human Dimensions 


Quarterly Journal. 


© Courses can be taught at CIESIN headquarters or at other locations 
where Internet classroom facilities are available. 
@ Course taught in English. 


Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) 
South Africa 


Short Courses: Information Technology Training + 


Business people, researchers, university students 


Introduction and effective use of the Internet; Use of the Net for 
personal communications; information retrieval; and information 
publishing + 


IBM PC environment (DOS, Windows); US census data; 
Internet (World Wide Web, NetNews) 
© Courses conducted in English. 


Duke University, Center for Tropical Conservation (CTC) 
United States 


MSc (6 months - 2 years) Environmental Management, 
International Professionals Training Program (IPTP); 
Specialised non-degree training in the School of Environment 


The programme is designed for developing country professionals with at least 
5 years experience in the areas of conservation, environmental policy and 
natural resource management. In exceptional circumstances, applicants with 
less experience may be accepted. Students must be citizens and residents of 


countries other than the United States. 


Forest Resource Management; Resource Ecology; Ecotoxicology; 
Environmental Chemistry;Natural Resource Management + 


Computer labs, library 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


6-13 


Notes e@ Part of the Latin American Outreach Project, funded by the 
Tinker Foundation. 

@ Two to three fellowships offered per year. Fellowship 
covers tuition, fees, transportation to and from the US, 
insurance and a monthly stipend. 

@ University participates in the FAO East African 
Biodiversity Project. 


Name The Durrell Institute of Conservation and Ecology (DICE) 
United Kingdom 


Curricula MSc Course (1 year) Conservation Biology + 


Target 
Group Environmental and social science graduates and conservation professionals 


from around the world. 


Courses Biodiversity information management aspects are integrated into most 
modules of the course: 
Animal and Plant Diversity; Biostatistics and Experimental Design; 
Restoration Ecology; Evolutionary Ecology; Conservation Genetics; 
Wildlife Health and Conservation; Conservation Law; Modelling and 
Management; Corporate Environmental Management; Scientific 
Environmental Resource Use; Tourism and Conservation; Communities 
and Conservation, Conflict and Change. 


Educational 

Resources GIS computer systems (PC and workstation-based ARC/Info, 
IDRISI, GRASS +); databases (ACCESS, FoxPro, custom 
software +). 


Notes @ The six month taught course is supplemented by weekly 
Information Technology Clinics. E-mail (INTERNET) 
access is provided for all students. Information systems and 
database design projects are also pursued by MPhil and 
PhD students. 


Name Expert centre for Taxonomic Identification (ETI), University of 
Amsterdam 
The Netherlands 

Curricula _ Short courses: Taxonomic Identification 


Group Scientists (taxonomists), environmental resource managers, postgraduates, 
students from both developing and developed countries. 


6-14 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Courses 


Educational 
Resources 


Notes 


Name 


Curricula 


Target 
Group 


Courses 


Educational 
Resources 


Notes 


Short training courses on the use of multimedia interactive 
computer tools for use in biodiversity documentation. 


Computer resources, databases, software and electronic 
publications on CD-ROM, eg. World Biodiversity Database on- 

line. 

Educational and scientific CD-ROMs with biodiversity information and 
species identification tools for in situ training, referencing and capacity 
building. 

Distribution of software shell Linneaus II for in situ multimedia database 
building. Electronic publishing of regional biodiversity data and species 
information systems. 

Inventory by questionnaire of taxonomic expertise worldwide. Setting up 
international networks of taxonomists; coordination of digitising 
biodiversity information; standardisation of data by distribution of standard 
biodiversity documentation software. 


e Affiliated with UNESCO and the University of Amsterdam 


Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) 
Italy 


Training courses in GJS/Remote Sensing, and Natural 
Resources Management + 


Graduates and professionals from developing and developed 
countries. 


GIS and Remote Sensing (data collection, interpretation, updating 
and information management). 
Specialised and customised course development + 


PC workstations; plotters; digital scanner; digitisation table; 
laptop computer; GPS_ systems; Africa Real Time 
Environmental Monitoring using Imaging Satellites 
(ARTEMIS); FAO Remote Sensing Centre. 


e Affiliated with the Africover Project and regional FAO centres in 
Africa, Asia, Pacific. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


6-15 


Name Hull University 
United Kingdom 


Curricula. MSc: Global Biodiversity Monitoring and Conservation + 
Short Courses: Aquatic Resources and the Environment + 


Target 
Group Postgraduates from developed and developing countries 
Courses Short Courses: 
Biodiversity and the Species Concept; 
Monitoring: Plants and Invertebrates; 
Global Ecosystems: Forests; 
Global Ecosystems: Grasslands, Deserts, Tundra and Mountains; 
Global Ecosystems: Island Systems and Oceans; 
Global Ecosystems: Tropical Coastal Zones; 
Temperate Coastal Zones; Economics and Biodiversity; Biodiversity and 
Protection + 
Educational 
Resources GIS lab; library; International Fisheries Institute 
Notes @ Affiliated with Ecosurveys Ltd, UK 
Name Indonesian MAB National Committee and the Indonesian Institute of 
Sciences (LIPI) 
Indonesia 


Curricula _Short course in Plant Taxonomy + 


Target 

Group The 1992 course was attended by twenty-two botanists from 
Indonesia, Papua New Guinea, Philippines, Thailand and 
Vietnam, including graduate students in taxonomy at Bogor 
Agricultural College. 


Courses Plant Taxonomy methods and approaches for the preparation of 
floras of biosphere reserves and other protected areas in South 
East Asia. Course included lectures, field visits and practical 
exercises in plant systematics; evolutionary biology; 
biodiversity sampling and analyses and botanical nomenclature. 


Educational 
Resources _ Library and computer facilities. 


el re tt es 


6-16 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Notes @ Technical support for the course from the University of 
Leiden and UNESCO. 
e Similar courses previously held in 1987, 1990 and 1992. 


Name International Centre for Research in Agroforestry (ICRAF) 
Kenya 


Curricula Short courses (2 -3 weeks) in Agroforestry 


Target 

Group Course participants should have a Diploma, BSc or MSc 
related to agroforestry, plus experience in research and 
development. : 

Courses Agroforestry research for development, multipurpose use of trees 
improvement and management, scientific writing, experimental 
design, information management, on-farm participatory research 
methods, characterisation and diagnosis. 

Information Management and Dissemination; 
Field Experimentation and Data Collection + 
Educational 


Resources ICRAF has a training materials production unit; library, 
publications, reviews, and conference proceedings. 


Notes @ Affiliated with African Network for Agroforestry Education 
(ANAFE) and Asia Pacific Agroforestry Network (APAN). 
© Courses have been taught in Ethiopia, South Africa, Mexico, 
Thailand, Benin, Kenya and Cameroon. 
© Courses taught in Spanish, French and English. 


Name International Centre for Tropical Agriculture Centro Internacional de 
Agricultura Tropical (CIAT) 
Columbia 


Curricula Advanced courses, seminars and workshops, degree oriented 
theses: Tropical Agriculture. 


Target 
Group Graduates, professionals from developing and developed countries. 
Courses Communication systems; Geographical Information Systems; 


Agro-ecology; Biotechnology + 
Areas of course specialisation: food crops; forage legume; grass genera; 
and soil biota. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 6-17 


Educational 

Resources CIAT genetic diversity activities utilise modern, well equipped 
facilities and infrastructure in five areas: Geographical 
Information Systems; Genetic Resources Unit; Biotechnology 
Research Unit; Virology Research Unit; and Commodity 


Programmes. 


Databases for genetic resources, catalogues, maps, botanic core collections 
and literature sources. 

International Exchange Programme of genetic resources and transfer of 
germplasm samples and data. 


Notes ® Courses taught in Spanish. 


Name International Institute for Aerospace Survey and Earth Sciences (ITC) 
The Netherlands 


Curricula) MSc (7 month and 1 year) in Environmental Systems Analysis 
and Monitoring |; Rural and Land Ecology Survey 7; Forestry 
for Rural Development *; Soil Survey and Applications of Soil 
Information *; Geoinformation Systems for Cadastral, Urban 
and Rural Applications *; Rural and Land Ecology Survey °; 
Forest Survey? + 


Target 
Group Postgraduates and professionals from developing and developed countries. 


1 Course designed for persons training or mid-career topping- 
up course in environmental sciences who also require 
training in remote sensing applications, GIS and decision 
support techniques for environmental monitoring and 
assessment. 

2 Primarily professionals with a background in the fields of 
agriculture, rangeland management, landscape ecology, 
environmental management and related fields. 

3 Course designed for foresters involved in community 

forestry projects and programmes; officers from related 

fields engaged in rural development; teachers and trainers 
in forestry for rural development. 

Course intended for soil scientists, agronomists and other 

professionals trained at the university level and engaged in 

soil survey work. 

Designed for professionals in senior technical or managerial 

positions in organisations dealing with land related data. 

Designed for mid-career professionals requiring training in 

survey of land cover and land use for rural development, 

environmental conservation and/or natural resource 


6-18 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


management. 

7 Designed for officers employed by forest agencies and staff 
from forestry training institutes wish to develop their 
knowledge and skills in forest survey. 


Training 
Resources GIS computer systems; PC-ARC/INFO; ARC/INFO-CAD; 


dBASE IV; Informix; Oracle; SPSS; ILWIS; Microstation, 
library, aerospace data, cartography resources 


Courses Bio-monitoring for Nature Conservation and Management, 
Monitoring Land and Water Pollution and Degradation. Each 
course consists of (i) Common Base Module (2 months) comprising 
environmental concepts, issues and policies; (ii) Core Module (3.5 
months) focusing on environmental monitoring and decision 
support techniques; and (iii) Applied Research Module (6.5 months) 
comprised of research and thesis preparation. 


Notes @ Proficiency in English is required (minimum requirement 
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) 500 or 
British Council test 6.0). 

@ Interpretation of aerial photographs and satellite images is 
an important part of the course curriculum. Candidates 
should therefore have good stereoscopic vision as well as 
normal colour vision. 


Name International School of Nairobi, Medias-France 
Kenya ! 


Curricula Short Courses: Africa and Global Change 


Target 

Group University teachers, researchers, engineers of graduate/post-graduate level 
in all disciplines of natural and social sciences. 

Courses Courses: Interactions between terrestrial ecosystems and climate; 
Coastal zones + 
Conferences: Training activities in Africa 

Educational 


Resources Field trips, laboratory demonstrations, micro-computers 
workstations, satellite imagery and ground-based measurement 
equipment. 


Notes 1 Courses held in various locations eg. Niger, Kenya. 


© Participants are expected to attend lectures, practicals and conferences. 
@ Courses are taught in English and French. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 6-19 


Name Island Resources Foundation (IRF) 
US Virgin Islands 


Curricula _ Short courses: Development and Environmental Planning 


Target 
Group Governments and private non-profit environmental 


organisations of small tropical islands. 
Courses GIS; Coastal Management + 


Educational 

Resources Several publications including: Montserrat Environmental 
Profile; Case Study: From Theory to Practice with Virgin 
Islands Coastal Management: A _ Retrospective View; 
Implementing GIS for Environmental Problem Solving. 


Notes @ Branch offices in Washington, D.C. and in St John’s, 
Antigua where IRF’s Eastern Caribbean Biodiversity 
Initiative is coordinated. 
Name Makerere University, Institute of Environment and Natural Resources 
(MUIENR) 
Uganda 


Curricula MSc, PhD Environmental Studies + 


Target 
Group Postgraduates, overseas students 
Courses Short courses: Environmental Data Management; GIS !. 
Annual Conservation Forum: Natural Resource Management. 
Previous short courses covered: IT Practices (DOS, Windows); Data 
Audit; Predictive Techniques for Biodiversity Assessment; Database/GIS 
Integration; Systems Analysis; and Custom Application Design. 
Educational 


Resources Remote Sensing/GIS (ARC/Info & dBASE) Laboratory of 
MUIENR; National Biodiversity Data Bank (NBDB) using 
Biodiversity Data Bank (BDB) v.1.0, MapInfo v.3.0; National 
Environmental Information Centre (NEIC); Checklists of East 
African mammals, birds, & flowering plants; Computer 
cataloguing of Makerere University Zoology Museum and 
Herbarium; Survey Guide and Reference Manual. 


Notes 1 Short courses were developed and taught by WCMC 
Project Coordinator on-site. 


6-20 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Curricula 
Target 
Group 


Courses 


Educational 
Resources 


Notes 


Name 


Curricula 


Target 
Group 


Courses 


Educational 
Resources 


Notes 


Microbial Strain Data Network (MSDN) 
United Kingdom 


Short Courses: Microcomputer use in microbiology + 


Professionals, post-graduates from a number of developing and 
developed countries. 


Training Course: The use of microcomputers in microbiology for 
data retrieval and information management’. 


Microbial Strain Database; Training manuals supplied for 
"Microis" - a database management system for microbiology; 
survey document of information needs relating to the 
development of Information Resource on Release of Organisms 
into the Environment (IRRO). 


1 Previous courses have been taught on-site in Senegal, Zambia and 
Tanzania. 

e@ Programme sponsored by UNEP and the National Council for 
Scientific Research, Zambia. 


National University of Hanoi, Department of Environmental Sciences 
Vietnam 


MSc (2 year programme) in Environmental Studies and Natural 
Resources Management + 

Graduates, professionals. 

Mathematical Modelling and Computer Applications in 
Environmental Science; Environmental Impact Assessment, Natural 
Resource and Environmental Management. 

Library, computer laboratory. 


© Current Areas of research in the department: Biodiversity; 
Environmental Monitoring; and Environmental Planning. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 6-21 


Name Otley College 
United Kingdom 

Curricula Diploma of Higher Education (1 & 2 year): Conservation and 
Biodiversity + 
Short courses: Conservation and Biodiversity + 

Target : 

Group Graduates, preferably from a related discipline and appropriate 
practical experience. Open to overseas applicants. 

Courses Diploma courses: IT and Data Management; Diversity of Life; 
Land Use and Administration, Ecology and Conservation; Wildlife 
Resource Assessment; Environmental Systems; Environmental 
Assessment. 
Short courses: Environmental Impact Assessment + 

Educational 

Resources Library 

Notes e Affiliated with the University of East Anglia. 

Name Oxford Forestry Institute (OFT), 
United Kingdom 

Curricula Short Courses & 1 year: Research Methods in Forestry and Agroforestry + 

Target 

Group Applications are invited from graduates in an agricultural or forest science, 
with at least three years of post-qualification experience and at least 
another ten years of remaining service to offer their departments after 
returning home. The course is primarily intended for people holding or 
destined for research appointments in forestry. In certain circumstances 
candidates with other backgrounds may be considered. 

Courses Computing Essentials; Statistical Methods; Basic Experimental 
Design and Analysis; Motive, Policy, Planning and Administration; 
Special Problems in Forest Research; Information Retrieval and 
Special Interests. 

Educational 

Resources The Oxford Forestry Institute has 35 full-time professional staff 
(University Lecturers, Research Officers and Research 
Assistants). The Institute functions within the University’s 
Department of Plant Sciences. The OFI is associated with CAB 
International, the Plant Sciences and OFI library has developed 
the world’s leading centre for forestry literature. 

6-22 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Notes 


Name 
Curricula 
Target 
Group 


Courses 


Educational 
Resources 


Notes 


Name 


Curricula 


The University of Reading’s Statistical Services Centre provides training 
programmes, courses and consulting services to clients worldwide. Staff 
have extensive experience of long-term work in developing countries, for 
example Mozambique - development of an inter-university link; Nepal - 
training programmes for an agricultural research centre; Papua New 
Guinea - three year posting to a university; Sri Lanka - a 15-year linking 
involving Colombo University and various research institutes; and 
Zimbabwe - staff exchange with the University. 


© Course members are encouraged to bring their own data 
sets and statistical, computing or forest research problems, 
to take advantage of the advice and assistance from course 
staff. 

© The course is taught in English and proof of proficiency may 
be required where English is not the candidates first language. 

© Courses taught in conjunction with Reading University. 


Rijksherbarium/Hortus Botanicus (RHHB) 
The Netherlands 


MSc (1 year) Theoretical aspects of Biosystematics + 


Postgraduates, professionals, overseas students 


Principles of Collection based on Biodiversity Studies’; Theoretical 
Aspects of Systematics? 


Computer network, including cladistics and GIS packages, 
databases, herbarium, laboratory facilities 


Designed for postgraduates/professionals of Malaysian countries 
2 Course consists of 15 discussion meetings, literature study, and computer 
demonstrations. 


Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (RBGKew) 
United Kingdom 


1) Botanical Diversity: Classification, Conservation and 
Management. MPhil course (2 years) in association with the 
Universities of Reading and Birmingham and the Natural 
History Museum; modules also taught with the Pure and 
Applied Plant and Fungal Taxonomy MSc course at the 
University of Reading, and the Conservation and Utilisation of 
Plant Genetic Resources MSc at the University of Birmingham. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 6-23 


2) Kew Diploma in Amenity Horticulture Management (3 years) 


3) Internship training programme in the Living Collections Department (three 
months). 


4) International Diploma short courses: (i) Botanic Gardens Management (8 
weeks); (ii) Plant Conservation Techniques (8 weeks, comprising a 5 week 
taught module followed by a 3 week project option); (iii) Herbarium 
Techniques (8 weeks followed by an option of an additional 4 weeks for a 
project); (iv) Botanic Garden Education (4 week course). 


1) Trainees from developing and developed countries, to 
provide the practical and theoretical skills required to 
inventory, conserve, utilise and manage botanical diversity in 


2) Candidates with a formal horticultural training to at least 
NVQ level two (or equivalent), and a minimum of 2 years 


3) Overseas students wanting unpaid short training placements 


4) (i) Tropical or subtropical garden or arboretum managers 
with a horticultural degree or diploma; (ii) trainees actively 
engaged in building local capacity and expertise in biodiversity 
conservation; (iii) students with genuine and practical interest 
in herbarium management, preferably employed by a 
recognised institute; (iv) staff, principally nationals from 
developing countries (although applicants from other countries 
are welcome), responsible for education in a botanic garden. 


1) Year 1 courses: the major plant groups; the principles and 
techniques of plant biosystematics; the practice of taxonomy 
through field and herbarium approaches to analyzing and 
presenting plant biodiversity data; fieldwork in the tropics. Year 2 
courses: data management; ecogeography; field work in the 
Mediterranean; conservation; ex situ, in situ and in vitro 
techniques; seed technology and genebank management; population 
genetics; plant breeding; plant evolution and diversity; conservation 


2) The course consists of 3 lecture block trimesters (each 3 months in 
duration), covering scientific aspects of botany, technical subjects and 
management studies; practical work experience through various placements 
in the Living Collections Department at Kew and Wakehurst Place; 


Target 
Group 
a way that permits sustainable development. 
work experience in a recognised horticultural institute. 
at Kew. 
Courses 
management and ecopolicy. 
6-24 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


tutorials; project work and supervisory management workshops. 
3) 80% practical work experience in the gardens and 20% study time. 


4) (i) Tropical plant studies; the management of living collections; 
horticultural techniques; the educational role of botanic gardens and visitor 
services; personnel management; (ii) Strategy planning for plant 
conservation; information gathering and management; the balance between 
ex situ and in situ methods; applied population biology for conservation; 
collection and cultivation techniques; seed banking and cryopreservation; 
micropropagation; management of small populations; habitat management 
and restoration; international sources of funding; (iii) Structured taught 
element in herbarium techniques and management. 


Educational 

Resources Unparalleled living plant, herbarium, library and other plant 
reference collections; computer network facilities and 
biodiversity databases; modern laboratories, and seed bank. 


Notes @ Off-site field work in Mediterranean 
© Degrees awarded in association with the Universities of Reading and 
Birmingham, and the Natural History Museum. 


Name Smithsonian Institute (SI), Conservation & Research Centre 
United States 


Curricula 2 and 4 week certificate courses in Biodiversity Conservation. 
Custom-tailored for specific needs of host institutions and 


agencies + 

Target 

Group Natural resources students, scientists, managers, officers from NGOs, 
universities, government agencies in developing countries 

Courses Biodiversity Survey and Monitoring Techniques: 


Intensive workshop to teach biodiversity survey and monitoring techniques 
covering habitat, vertebrate and socio-economic surveys, with emphasis on 
training of trainers’. 


Management and Analysis of Natural Resources Databases 

Database design, data entry, data management and analysis of biodiversity 
inventories and long-term monitoring data”. 

Previous courses: International Wildlife Conservation Training 

Courses (captive wildlife management, conservation education 

and computer applications) 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 6-25 


Educational 
Resources IBM PC compatible micro-computers. Survey equipment, 
manuals, publications, custom-written and commercial software 


Notes 1 Instruction in English, Spanish, French, German, Hindi, 
Arabic and use of local interpreters possible. 
2 Instruction in English, German and use of local interpreters 


possible. 


Name The Nature Conservancy (TNC) 
United States 


Curricula Short courses and workshops in Biodiversity Conservation + 


Target 

Group Professionals, graduate students from developing and developed 
countries. 

Courses Previous course: Natural Heritage Methodology’ 

Educational 


Resources Natural Heritage Program Methodology; Natural Heritage Data 
Centers; Newsletter: Biodiversity Network News; The 
Biological Conservation Data (BCD) System. 
Natural Heritage Network (NHN) has: Operational Standards; 
Definition Standards; Data Quality Standards; Nomenclature 
Standards; Design and Development Standards; Training 
Standards. 
Vegetation Classification System 


Notes 1 Intended for new staff or staff who will be establishing a 
new Heritage Program. 
@ The Conservancy also conducts frequent site visits to 
Heritage Programs, has central and regional support 
centers, and provides on-site training each time a BCD 
System is newly installed in a data center. 


Name Tropical Biology Association (TBA) 
United Kingdom 


Curricula Short Courses (1 month) in Tropical Biology 
Target 


Group Graduate Students from developed and developing countries of Africa and 
Europe. 


6-26 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Courses The Western Rift: Ecology of Forest and Savannah (offered 23 
June 1995 to 23 July 1995; 26 July to 25 August 1995) 
The Eastern Rift: Ecology of Lakes and Savannah (offered 1 September 1995 
to 1 October 1995) 


The Borneo Rainforest: An Ecological Introduction (offered 15 June 1995 to 
15 July 1995) 


Educational 


Resources Emphasis on field research in tropical biology in Uganda, 
Kenya and Borneo. 


Notes e 
e 


Located at the School of Biological Sciences, University of Bristol. 
Regional office established in Nairobi to coordinate TBA’s activities in ~ 
eastern and southern Africa. 

Swiss government supports East African student scholarships 

Affiliated with the National Museums of Kenya, the East African Natural 
History Society (EANHS) and supported by the Darwin Initiative. 

TBA has signed a formal Memorandum of Agreement with Makerere 
University, Kampala, Uganda. 


Name United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and the Global 


Environmental Facility (GEF)/ East African Biodiversity Project 


Kenya 


Curricula MSc, PhD, study tours Biodiversity + 


Target 

Group Successful undergraduates from East Africa. 

Courses Silviculture; Forest Biodiversity and People; Tortoise 
Conservation; Coastal Forest Mammals; Coastal Frog Fauna; 
Forest Planning; Plant Taxonomy; Piant Ecology 

Educational 


Resources Varies with individual academic institutions. 


Notes In 1993, 24 Fellowships were awarded for Postgraduate 
Studies, 12 overseas and 12 in East Africa. The project intends 
to send more people in 1994 but fewer in 1995. 


Name United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)/INFOTERRA 
Kenya 


Curricula MSc, PhD Biodiversity + 
Training workshops (1 week) Information Management 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 ‘6-27 


Target 


Group National focal points and NGO representatives in Southern 
Africa. 
Courses Previous training workshop for South African sub-regional 


INFOTERRA network (SASIN) held at Lilongwe, Malawi 
September 1994. 

Previous training course for English speaking NFP managers 
to examine the mandate, role and structure of INFOTERRA 
database, presentation and future strategies. Course held in 
Nairobi October 1994. 

Previous follow-up course on Micro CDS/ISIS. Course issues: 
exchange of experience on courses conducted by participants; 
installation of ISIS, especially networking; teaching on less 
used ISIS features; problem solving; teaching methodologies 
related to ISIS; networking with ISIS; PASCAL programming; 
selection and preparation of teaching and learning materials. 


Educational 
Resources Computer resources; publications; library access 


Notes ® Course to include regional service update, experience 
exchange and bibliographic database and cataloguing. 


Name United Nations Training Institute for Training and Research 


(UNITAR). 
Switzerland 


Curricula = Short courses: Environment and Development; GIS/Remote Sensing + 


Target 
Group Scientists, planning researchers, government staff from developing 
countries to operate and benefit from GIS-based technology 


Courses Previous GIS courses held in Uganda and Nepal. 


Educational 

Resources GIS/Remote Sensing software and hardware; PC workstations; 
plotters; digital scanner; digitisation table; laptop computer; 
GPS systems 


Notes © Affiliated with the Regional UNEP GRID Centres. 
© UNITAR is currently compiling a training directory for Africa 


te ee 
6-28 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name United States Environmental Training Institute (USET]) 
United States 


Curricula Courses: Customised Environmental Training + 


Target 


Group Professionals involved in environmental technology or management and 
currently employed in public or private sector of a developing country are 
eligible for USETI training courses. 

Courses Computer Applications to Environmental Management; Total 
Quality Environmental Management (TQEM); pollution prevention, 
regulation and development; risk assessment; and decision making. 

Educational 


Resources __ Library 


Notes © Regardless of sponsorship all applicants are subject to the 
same selection process. 
® Courses are conducted in English. 


Name University of Adelaide 
Australia 


Curricula Certificate Course (5 months) UNEP/University of Adelaide: 
Intensive International Postgraduate training course in 
Environmental Management + 


Target 

Group Only candidates officially nominated by their Governments, upon 
invitation from UNEP to submit nominations, are considered for this 
course. 

Courses The course is divided into three core modules: Identifying the 
nature and causes of environmental degradation; Sustainable 
management of natural resources; Monitoring the environment 
(includes: Environmental Information Systems, Remote Sensing, 

GIS and Environmental Indicators. 

Educational 


Resources Computer laboratory and library. 


Notes e@ Affiliated with the Asia and Pacific Offices of UNEP. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 6-29 


Name University of Amsterdam, Research School of Biodiversity 
The Netherlands 


Curricula MSc, PhD Biodiversity + 


Target 

Gane All courses are at the graduate level; the target group is primarily for PhD 
students. 

Courses Postgraduate courses: 
Taxonomic Data processing 2 days, Amsterdam 
Biodiversity Assessment 5 days, Amsterdam 
Biogeography of Marine Plants 15 seminars, Leiden 
Mediterranean Plants and 
Landscape 2 weeks, Leiden 
Tropical Flora and Vegetation 16 seminars 

Educational 


Resources The Expert centre for Taxonomic Identification (ETI) 
developed a software programme ffor biodiversity 
documentation. The software (Linneaus II), runs on simple 
Windows or MacIntosh computers, is fully interactive and 
multimedia. Linneaus II includes: (i) a multimedia database for 
taxonomic, ecological, geographic, molecular and other 
information (synonyms, references, pictures); (ii) a multi-entry 
identification programme; (iii) a geographical information 
system; and (iv) options to enter introductory and educational 
sections. Data entering and management is simple and user 
friendly. Dissemination and distribution of documentation is by 
CD ROM. Networks of experts worldwide cooperate to 
assemble the information. 


Notes The Netherlands Research School on Biodiversity has a 
formalised affiliation with the following research institutions: 
Institute for Systematics and Population Biology, University of 
Amsterdam; Rijksherbarium/Hortus Botanicus, University of 
Leaden; Research Group Herbarium, University of Utrecht; 
Central Bureau of Fungi Cultures, Netherlands Academy of 
Sciences, Baarn; National Natural History Museum, Leaden; 
Expert centre for Taxonomic Identification, Amsterdam. 


nn a 
6-30 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name University of Birmingham, School of Biological Sciences 
United Kingdom 


Curricula Short courses; MSc Biological Sciences 


Target 
Group Postgraduates, professionals, overseas students 


Courses Plant Diversity and Utilisation Training Programmes: Masters in 
Conservation; Genetics. 
Short Courses: Conservation; Genetics. 


Educational 
Resources Computer laboratory, library 
Notes e@ Affiliated with Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (UK) 
Name University of Botswana 
Botswana 


Curricula MSc (2 year) Environmental Planning + 


Target 

Group Students and professionals from developing and developed 
countries. 

Courses Research methodology and practical techniques of data collection 
and analysis; Theory and Practice of Environmental Planning; 
Spatial organisation of human activities and their environmental 
impact. 

Educational 


Resources The Department is located in a new building with well 
equipped laboratory facilities for soil analysis, remote sensing 
and planning. 

Modem and computer facilities are available. 


Notes @ Strong emphasis is given to practicals and fieldwork. 


@ Member of Southern African Development Community 
(SADC). 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


6-31 


Name University of Edinburgh, Institute of Ecology & Resource Management 
United Kingdom 


Curricula MSc (1 year) Ecology and Resource Management 


Target 

Group Graduates, professionals, overseas students 

Courses Resource Management; Ecological Economics; Plant Taxonomy & 
Biodiversity; Environmental Protection & Management; GIS; and 
Remote Sensing + 

Educational 


Resources GIS, computing, field courses and research labs 


Notes Courses are interconnected, allowing an 4 la carte approach. A 
course comprises 6 modules (25 weeks) and a substantive 
experimental training period involving a research project (25 
weeks). Shorter courses (12 weeks) are also available. 


Name University of London, Wye College 
United Kingdom 


Curricula Short Courses (two weeks): Environmental Assessment and 
Management in Agricultural Development + 


Target - 

Group Administrators and advisers in environmental agencies and 
agricultural ministries; senior professionals and consultants 
working on agricultural projects and in the natural resource 
sector; planners, economists agriculturalists, foresters, 
engineers and environmentalists in non-governmental 
organisations. 

Courses Experience in Assessment and Management; EIA; Lessons in 
Resource Management; Natural Resource Policy 

Educational 


Resources | Computer facilities, library 


Notes © Optional third week on the course will provide a practical 
introduction to Geographic Information Systems and the use 
of computers in environmental management and assessment. 


a a i 


6-32 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name University of Nairobi 
Kenya 


Curricula MSc Conservation Biology + 


Target 
Group Students from developing and developed countries. 
Courses Biology + 

Educational 


Resources Library, University of Nairobi Computer Science Institute 


Notes e Affiliated resources in Nairobi include African Network of 
Scientific and Technological Institutions (ANSTI) 
@ Language of instruction is English. 


6.3. Funding Sources 


The following organisations are listed as potential sources of funds for training in Awards for 
Postgraduate Studies at Commonwealth Universities, Association of Commonwealth 
Universities, London, UK. Addresses for these organisations are provided in Address List, 
Section 8.2. 


Asian Development Bank (ADB) 

British Council (BC) 

Carnegie Foundation 

Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) 
Commission of the European Community (CEC) 
Commonwealth Secretariat 

Danish Development Agency (DANIDA) 

Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir Technische Zusammenarbeit (GTZ) 
Finnish Development Agency 

Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO) 
The Ford Foundation 

Fulbright Scholarships 

Inter-American Development Bank 

International Federation of University Women 

International Tropical Timber Organisation (ITTO) 
Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development 
P.E.O. International Peace Scholarships Fund 

Rockefeller Brothers Foundation 

Swedish International Development Agency (SIDA) 

Swiss Development Agency 

United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) 

United States Agency for International Development (USAID) 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 6-33 


6.4 References 


WWF, WRI, TNC and USAID. 1993. African Biodiversity: Foundation for the Future. A 
Framework for Integrating Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Development. 


Biodiversity Support Programme. 149pp. 


a ee rE a Pe ae Sree 
6-34 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


7 INFORMATION SOURCES 
7.1 Electronic Data Sources 


7.1.1 CD-ROM and Diskette 

The distribution of information on CD-ROM has emerged as one of the major forms of 
information exchange in recent years, a trend that is set to continue. This is mainly due to 
the enormous storage space offered by a single CD-ROM disk - currently over 600 Mb - 
which is quite adequate to store comprehensive collections of journal abstracts, whole learned 
scientific journals, books, encyclopedias, and other information sources, which up until now 
have been distributed as on-line databases and printed text. 


CD-ROM has spawned a whole industry concerned with the collation of multimedia 
information sources (text, images, audio, video), and the development of software for 
searching and viewing the information efficiently. CD-ROM products are used in a wide 
variety of organisations, eg research institutions, universities, and schools, and are 
increasingly being used in the home. Thus the level and presentation of material varies 
according to the target market. 


As people’s expectation for information increases, CD-ROM has emerged as an excellent 
alternative to on-line access, video tapes, and the printed word. The user can browse and 
search the database while familiarising themselves with search techniques, without the 
pressure of mounting cost as occurs with on-line access. Indeed, in some circumstances CD- 
ROM is now replacing on-line usage completely. However, while on-line databases normally 
have frequent updating schedules, updated CD-ROMs may not be released frequently or at 
all, causing them to become obsolete over time. This may not matter in the case of a 
children’s encyclopedia, but could be harmful in the case of a distribution atlas of forest 
resources. 


CD-ROMs are normally acquired for a one-off charge. This may give the user outright 
purchase or may be a type of lease agreement. As such they offer more budgetary control 
and no additional costs are incurred for frequent use. Thus if used frequently, the initial high 
cost can be recouped. In some cases, favourable charge rates may be offered to developing 
country customers, and schemes also exist to supply developing country organisations with 
the CD-ROM (and necessary computer hardware to use it) under overseas aid programmes. 


Most CD-ROMs are released for IBM compatible personal computers (IBM-PCs). The 
minimum specification required to run the CD-ROM is usually a 486 processor with 4 Mb 
RAM, and of course, a CD-ROM drive conforming to the ISO 9660 standard (680 Mb 
capacity). The commonest operating systems for IBM-PCs are DOS and Windows. Those 
contemplating the purchase of a CD-ROM computer system are advised to consider hardware 
and software requirements carefully (see Selection of Hardware and Software, Section 3.1). 


Although many electronic information sources are now being shipped on CD-ROM, the huge 
capacity of this medium is rarely used (ie in excess of 600 Mb). In some cases, the 
information will fit onto a small number of diskettes which can be installed directly onto the 
hard disk of the user’s computer. Provided the requisite hard disk space can be afforded, this 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-1 


solution has the advantage that access to the information is very fast; CD-ROM drives are 
fantastic for storing huge amounts of data, but are currently much slower than hard disks. 


Product Listing 

The following is an alphabetic list of CD-ROM and diskette information products relevant 
to biodiversity information management. It is necessarily a snapshot of what is available in 
this rapidly developing market. It does not include "proposed" products such as UNESCOs 
World Heritage Site release anticipated in mid-1995. The template used to describe CD-ROM 


and diskette products should be self-explanatory. 


Name African Development Indicators 

Publisher World Bank 

Format Diskette 

Description Statistical data arranged in tables or matrices for 242 indicators of 
development in 52 African countries are presented. Indicators in 2 groups, 
economic and financial, social and environmental. 

Timespan 1980-90 

Name AgECONCD 

Publisher Publisher CAB International 

Format CD-ROM 

Description This products covers aspects of economics and policy related to agriculture, 
rural development, environment and forestry. 

Timespan 1973- 

Update Quarterly 

Name Agricola 

Publisher SilverPlatter 

Format CD-ROM 

Description The National Agricultural Library database concentrates on agricultural 
subjects but includes related material such as ecology. The references are 
drawn from journals, books, theses, patents, audiovisual materials and 
technical reports. The CD corresponds to the printed product, Bibliography 
of Agriculture. 

Timespan 1970- (various timespans available) 

Update Quarterly 

Name Agris 

Publisher SilverPlatter (Supplier) 

Format CD-ROM 

Description The FAO produces an on-line product by this name in addition to the CD- 
ROM and the printed product Agrindex. Centres in over 100 countries 
contribute to the product. The coverage is primarily agricultural but relevant 
aspects include economics, development, forestry, aquatic sciences and 
fisheries and natural resources. The principal sources ares books, journal 
articles and conference proceedings. Searchable in English, French, Spanish. 

7-2 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Timespan 
Update 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Timespan 
Update 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Timespan 
Update 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Cost 


1986- 
Quarterly 


AGRISEARCH 

SilverPlatter (Supplier) 

CD-ROM 

This CDROM product brings together five databases on research and 
development projects in agriculture, food and nutrition: 


CRIS produced by US Department of Agriculture describes projects within 
the Department and other agricultural, forestry and veterinary institutions. 


ICAR produced by the Canadian Agricultural Research Council, a 
bilingual database of Canadian research projects. 


AGREP produced by the Commission of the European Communities, the 
Agricultural Research project database contains records of European 
research in agriculture, fisheries, food science, and forestry. 


ARRIP the Australian Rural Research in Progress database covers recent 
Australian research in agriculture, horticulture, forestry, fisheries, food 
technology and soil science. 


SIS produced by the Special Program for African Agricultural Research, 
contains records for research in all areas of agriculture, with emphasis on 
the sustainable use and development of renewable natural resources. 

Up to 10 years 

Annual 


AGROSTAT-PC 

FAO (Supplier) 

Diskette 

Provides access to worldwide time series statistics on agricultural production 
and trade; land use and inputs; nutrition; forestry; and population. 
AGROSTAT-PC is designed to supplement FAO’s print publications and to 
provide faster dissemination of data for longer time periods. 

1961- 

Annual 


Animals - a multimedia experience 

Software Toolworks 

CD-ROM 

The data provided by San Diego Zoo concentrates on 3 themes, 
interrelationship of animals, impact of human beings on their environment, 
state of endangered species. The principal audience is the general public. 
$100 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-3 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Cost 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Timespan 
Update 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Timespan 
Update 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Antarctica - digital database 

British Antarctic Survey (see SCAR Secretariat) 

CD-ROM 

The database is a seamless digital map of Antarctica with the most up-to-date 
and complete coastline of the continent from which can maps can be 
generated, used as a topographic framework and provide a common base for 
spatial data. Requires PC ArcView, PC ARC/INFO, PC ArcCAD software. 
£100 


Aquatic Sciences and Fisheries Abstracts (ASFA) 

SilverPlatter 

CD-ROM 

This is another product of cooperation between UN agencies and national 
research centres and which corresponds to three printed products Aquatic 
Sciences and Fisheries Abstracts, Biological Sciences and Living Resources 
and Ocean Technology Policy, and Non-Living Resources. As the titles of the 
printed products imply the main subject areas covered are global developments 
in management of marine, freshwater and brackish water environments. The 
main sources are journal articles, books, conference proceedings and technical 
reports. 

1978- 

Quarterly 


Biological and Agricultural Index 

H.W. Wilson 

CD-ROM 

The CD-ROM corresponds to Biological and Agricultural Index, which 
comprehensively indexes over 200# key scientific journals. The main pertinent 
areas covered are: agriculture, biology, botany, ecology, entomology, fishery 
sciences, forestry, genetics and zoology. 

1983- 

Monthly 


Biological Abstracts/RRM on Compact Disc 

SilverPlatter (Supplier) 

CD_ROM 

The corresponding printed product is the pre-eminent source of literature on 
biological subjects, Biological Abstracts/RRM (Reports, Reviews, Meetings). 
As such its coverage includes agriculture, botany, ecology, environmental 
biology, forestry, genetics, systematic biology and zoology. The coverage is 
drawn from journals, books, papers from meetings and symposia and reports. 
Reviews of books can be used to determine the relevance of sources for 
purchase. 

1989- 

Quarterly 

Dependent on length of back file taken. 


—————————————————————————— 


7-4 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Timespan 
Update 
Cost 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Timespan 
Name 


Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Cost 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Cost 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


CABCD (CAB Abstracts) 

SilverPlatter (Supplier) 

CD-ROM 

In this form all the CAB Abstracts journals are included. The subject coverage 
is agriculture and forestry including economics. Separate CD services are 
produced on some topics eg TREES-CD, PlantGene-CD which cover much 
longer time periods. (See separate entries) 

1984- 

Annual 

(1993-1995) £5,500 


CIMMYT’s Maize Germplasm Database 

CIMMYT 

CD-ROM 

This product covers genetic information about more than 10,000 maize 
cultivars. The data is gathered from an impressive range of international 
agricultural organisations. 

1940-87 


Compact International Agricultural Research Library Basic Retrospective 
Set 1962-1986 

CGIAR 

CD-ROM 

This bibliographic and reference database corresponds to the publications of 
International Agricultural Research Centres full text, references, statistics and 
graphics. The main subject covered is forestry. Searchable in English, French 
or Spanish. 

$1950 


Directory of Country Environmental Studies 

World Resources Institute 

Diskette 

The diskette corresponds to the printed document of the same name but 
includes material from both the 1993 and the previous edition. The directory 
lists selected environmental and natural resource assessments, profiles and 
strategies for developing countries. These may relate to biodiversity, forestry 
and natural resources, land forms and use. Searchabie in English, French or 
Spanish. 

nominal charge 


Earth Summit 

IDRC 

CD-ROM 

All documentation relating to the United Nations Conference on Environment 
and Development conference is included. The documentation includes the texts 
of the conventions, Agenda 21, reports of NGOs, and documentation from the 
preparatory stages, such as the country reports. Searchable in English, French, 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Spanish. 


Timespan 1992 

Cost $495 

Name Endangered and Threatened Species 

Publisher Quanta Press 

Format CD-ROM 

Description This CD contains both text and images for all plants or animals listed in the 
Endangered Species Act. The coverage also includes wildlife recovery” 
programs, status reports, scientific names and major programs. 

Cost $50 

Name Families of Flowering Plants 

Publisher CSIRO, Australia 

Format CD-ROM 

Description The CD is aimed at those attempting to identify and classify flowering plants. 
It uses an interactive program, INTKEY. For every level there are 
morphological descriptions. The CD includes comprehensive information on 
plant distribution. 

Cost US $180 

Name Fish of the North-Eastern Atlantic and the Mediterranean 

Publisher UNESCO 

Format CD-ROM 

Description For approximately 1500 species of fish species name, habitat, distribution is 
given in full-text format with images where appropriate. 

Cost $200 

Name Fish & Fisheries Worldwide 

Publisher NISC 

Format CD-ROM 

Description This product depends on information provided by US Fish & Wildlife Service, 
JLB Smith Institute of Ichthyology, National Fisheries. The main aspects of 
interest are fish ecology, distribution, economic aspects. 

Cost $695 

Name Fishbase 

Publisher ICLARM 

Format CD-ROM 

Description This database includes information on all aspects of ichthyology and of fish 
as resources, eg nomenclature, distribution, ecology, reproduction, ecology, 
mortality. 

Update Annual 

Cost $95 

7-6 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Timespan 
Update 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Cost 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Timespan 
Cost 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Timespan 
Update 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


GEOBASE 

Elsevier Science 

CD-ROM 

This CDROM combines six printed sources on a family of disks. Three 
speciality subsets of the data are available on separate disks, two of which are 
relevant viz: Geography (human and physical geography including 
international development) and ECODISC, focusing on all ecological sciences. 
Material covered is drawn from journals, books and reports. 

1980- 

Quarterly 


HEMDisk 

UNEP-HEM 

Diskette 

The information on this diskette corresponds to three publications, ie Directory 
of Organisations and Institutes Active in Environmental Monitoring, A Survey 
of Environmental Monitoring and Information Management Programmes of 
International Organisations and A Survey of Organizations and Laboratories 
Manufacturing Supplying or Using Reference Materials for Environmental 
Measurement. The main access point in the printed publications is by 
institution name: in electronic format searching is greatly enhanced. 

nominal charge 


Index Kewensis on CD-Rom 

Oxford University Press 

CD-ROM 

The reference work is the most comprehensive registry of plant names, 
including family, genus and species. As the original publication and all 19 
supplements are on one CD-ROM searching is greatly enhanced. 

1893- 

£995 


Life Sciences Collection 

SilverPlatter (Supplier) 

CD-ROM 

The CD product corresponds to 20 different abstracts journals whose coverage 
includes entomology, ecology, agriculture. The product is promoted to those 
looking for an interdisciplinary approach to the life sciences. 

1982- 

Quarterly 


Multimedia Encyclopedia of Mammalian Biology 

McGraw-Hill 

CD-ROM 

This corresponds to the 1990 edition of Grzimeks Encyclopedia of Mammals. 
In addition, it includes video and audio sequences which were mainly provided 
by the BBC Natural History Unit. 


7-7 


Cost 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Timespan 
Cost 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Cost 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Timespan 
Update 


Name 
Publisher 


Format 
Description 


Cost 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


7-8 


£299 


Natural Resources Metabase 

NISC 

CD-ROM 

The database is compiled from more than 40 US and Canadian government 
databases. This compilation concentrates on the effects on natural resources 
(wetlands, Pacific islands, ecosystems, national parks, endangered species etc) 
of human actions and changes in natural phenomena primarily in the US, 
Canada and the Pacific. 

1989- 

$665 p.a 


Oceanographic & Marine Resources volume 2 

NISC 

CD-ROM 

The bibliographic references cover selected material from 1807 to 1959 and 
completely from 1960 to date. The relevant subject areas are marine 
resources, law and policy. 


$445 p.a. 


PlantGeneCD 

CAB International 

CD-ROM 

This joint CAB International and International Board for Plant Genetic 
Resources product covers the literature of plant breeding, genetic resources. 
The main sources are journal articles, books, reports and conference 
proceedings. 

1974- 

Quarterly 


PROSPECT (Programmed Retrieval of Species by the Property and End- 
use Classification of their Timbers) 

Oxford Forestry Institute 

Diskette 

Primarily it is a database of wood properties which has been developed to 
support the requirements of those involved in forest management, timber 
conversion and utilisation. At present it does not include information on the 
conservation status of the trees. Much of the data on over 1000 species is 
derived from the literature held in the Oxford Forestry Institute. 

£400 


SESAME 

CIRAD 

CD-ROM 

This bibliographic database covers French-language literature, although most 
have English titles added, on sub-tropical and tropical agriculture and rural 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Cost 
Name 


Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Cost 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Timespan 
Update 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Timespan 
Update 


Name 
Publisher 
Format 
Description 


Cost 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


development. Many of approximately 150,000 references are unique to the 
source. Indexing is by a thesaurus in both English and French. 
Up to FFr 2,500. Special rates apply outside Europe and North America. 


Smithsonian on Disc - Catalog of the Smithsonian Institution Libraries on 
CD-ROM 

GK Hall 

CD-ROM 

Some of the 16 libraries of the Smithsonian hold material very relevant to 
conservation of biological diversity. Although a US institution, its coverage 
extends far beyond national boundaries. 

c $1100 


TREECD 

CAB International 

CD-ROM 

This product, comprising one CD, corresponds to the abstracting service 
Forestry Abstracts since its inception in 1939 and includes all Forest Products 
Abstracts and Agroforestry Abstracts. In all over 300,000 abstracts are 
included. 

1939- 

Annual 


TROPAG AND RURAL 

SilverPlatter (Supplier) 

CD-ROM 

In printed form Abstracts on Tropical Agriculture and Abstracts on Rural 
Development in the Tropics cover the same ground. The subject area, as the 
name suggests, is literature about practical aspects of agriculture in tropical 
and subtropical regions and rural development including economic policy and 
planning, environment and natural resources. The product’s strength is its 
coverage of these subjects in France and Francophone developing countries. 
1975- 

Six-monthly 


Wildlife Review and Fisheries Review 

NISC 

CD-ROM 

As the name suggests, the printed products Wildlife Review and Fisheries 
Review, form the basis for this CD-ROM, which covers international literature 
on mammals, birds, amphibia and reptiles, habitats, management techniques, 
natural history, hunting and propagation. Good taxonomic and geographic 
indexing helps searching. No Abstracts. 

$695 p.a. 


7-9 


Name Wildlife Worldwide (National Information Services Corporation) 

Publisher NISC 

Format CD-ROM 

Description The product corresponds to ‘Wildlife Review’, the indexing service produced 
by US Department of the Interior, National Biological Survey and on-line 
sources eg Waterfowl and Wetlands. The product covers the literature on 
mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians. No abstracts of the literature are 
provided. 

Cost $695 p.a. 

Name World Resources Data Base diskette 

Publisher World Resources Institute 

Format Diskette 

Description This source gives a substantially expanded version of the data in part 4 of the 
printed volume of World Resources. One can browse or extract data with the 
aid of a number of mathematical or statistical functions from more than 500 
variables (eg forests and rangeland, biodiversity, landcover, agriculture, 
number, species density, protected areas, trade, habitats) for almost 200 
countries. 

Timespan __ Varying between 1 year and 40 years are included. 

Cost Nominal charge 

Name Zoological Record on Compact Disc 

Publisher SilverPlatter, Microinfo (Supplier) 

Format CD-ROM 

Description This product corresponds to the print one, Zoological Record, which 
concentrates on every major area of zoology with emphasis on animal biology. 
In addition to covering over 6000 international serials conference proceedings, 
books and reports are carefully screened for inclusion. 

Timespan 1978- 

Update Quarterly 

Cost 1994 annual subscription £2500 


7.1.2 On-line Services 


The capacity of computers to send and receive information over telecommunications paths 
has led to a revolution in on-line information access in recent years. The growth began in 
the early 1970s, and thus much of the scientific and bibliographic data available occurs from 
that time. Initially, abstracts of scientific journal articles were not available, records being 
carefully indexed according to thesauri and classification systems to aid retrieval. However, 
abstracts became commonly available from the early 1980s. 


The commercial on-line industry grew steadily through the 1970s and 1980s with substantial 
increases in the number and type of databases available, for example business databases, 
newspapers, shopping, plus a large number of database hosts (companies whose computers 
held a large number of databases for searching by the public). Now the industry is going 
through a period of change with the merger of several major competitors. For example, 
Dialog and Data-Star operate two separate host systems with different command languages, 


i nt ee 
7-10 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


but are now both owned by Knight-Ridder. 


On-line searching is often regarded as expensive, with typical costs ranging from £1.50 per 
minute upwards. The total cost of a search comprises three elements: the metered connect- 
time to the database; the cost of displaying or printing information (and associated royalties); 
the telecommunications costs in establishing a connection. Some services may be accessed 
"off-line", which effectively charges the user only for time taken to retrieve their precise 
information needs, rather than the cost of browsing also. 


Although most of the databases described in the first section are described as "commercial" 
this refers only to the service provider. Many databases have been developed by non-profit 
making organisations, for example CAB Abstracts by CAB International with substantial 
government backing. 


Further, many more organisations are now able to provide their own services over public 
networks such as the Internet, allowing efficient access to their data files. Indeed, there is 
huge interest in both receiving and providing information over the Internet at present, in both 
the commercial and non-profit domains (see Internet Communications, Section 3.3). 


To access commercial on-line databases some equipment is essential, and training is highly 
desirable, namely: 


@ a computer equipped with a communications package 


@ a modem and telephone account or a direct connection to the Internet via a 
suitable communications gateway 


@ an account with the service provider (host) and password. 


On-line searching gives access to a far wider range of literature than all but the largest 
libraries can afford to collect. Most services concentrate on standard literature, eg books, 
conference proceedings, and journal articles, and specifically exclude grey literature such as 
reports from small organisations, unpublished reports, and material which may be difficult 
to obtain. Nevertheless, published literature which is not readily available may sometimes 
be supplied by the service provider for an additional charge. 


On-line Services Listing 

The following is an alphabetic list of on-line database services relevant to biodiversity 
information management (major on-line services such as CompuServe and America On-line 
are not included since their main emphasis is not environmental information). No single 
service covers all aspects of the subject and thus there is significant overlap between them. 
Emerging disciplines such as economic valuation of biological resources, do not always sit 
comfortably in the coverage of scientific databases and are not adequately covered at present. 
The template used to describe on-line services should be self-explanatory. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-11 


Name Abstracts on Tropical Agriculture 

Provider ORBIT 

Type Bibliographic 

Description The material is drawn from journal articles, books, conference proceedings 
and theses covers tropical and sub-tropical agriculture and rural development. 
Aspects of particular interest include: aquaculture, forestry, agroforestry. 

Timespan 1975- 

Name Agricola 

Provider DIMDI, Data-Star/Dialog 

Type Bibliographic 

Description The content is bases on the acquisitions of the US National Library of 
Agriculture and its co-operating institutions. The documents include books, 
pamphlets, conference proceedings, reports, journal articles. Subject coverage: 
botany, entomology, conservation, forestry, natural history, wildlife and 
zoology. The database contains approximately 2.5m documents. 

Timespan 1979- 

Name AGRIS International 

Provider Data-Star/Dialog, DIMDI, ESA-IRS 

Type Bibliographic 

Description The printed version of this file is Agrindex produced by FAO. Coverage is 
primarily agricultural but relevant aspects include economics, development, 
forestry, aquatic sciences and fisheries, natural resources. Principal sources 
are books, journal articles and conference proceedings. The system, to which 
over 100 centres contribute, is co-ordinated by the FAO. 

Timespan 1975 to date 

Name Aquatic Sciences and Fisheries 

Provider Data-Star/Dialog, DIMDI 

Type Bibliographic 

Description This is another product from the FAO stable which corresponds to several 
printed products. Covers aquaculture, ecology, limnology and resource 
management as applied to aquatic environments and fisheries. Main sources 
are journal articles, books, conference proceedings and some technical reports. 

Timespan 1978 to date 

Name Base de Dados Tropical 

Provider Internet 

Description This is not a database but instead a host or server on which many Latin 
American directories (especially Brazilian), catalogues for microorganisms, 
full-text publications and discussion lists. 

Name Biological and Agricultural Index 

Provider BRS 

Type Bibliographic 

Description Corresponds to the printed service Biological & Agricultural Index. Covers a 

7-12 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Timespan 


Name 
Provider 


Type 


Description 


Timespan 


Name 
Provider 


Type 


Description 


Timespan 


Name 
Provider 


Type 
Description 


Timespan 


Name 
Provider 


Type 
Description 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


core of English-language serials on zoology, marine biology, microbiology, 
forestry, ecology and biology, botany. 
1983 to date 


BIOSIS Previews 

Data-Star/Dialog, DIMDI 

Bibliographic 

Contains bibliographic details of published journal articles, relevant books, 
conference proceedings on all aspects of the life sciences. These citations are 
from Biological Abstracts and BioResearch Index. Of particular relevance to 
conservation of biodiversity are reports of new species in the literature, 
habitats, conservation, resource management, nature study, aquatic & 
terrestrial wildlife management, forests and forestry. Abstracts are available 
for material from Biological Abstracts since 1976, and certain types of 
material. 

1969- 


CAB Abstracts 

Data Star/Dialog, CAN/OLE, DIMDI 

Bibliographic 

Bibliographic details of articles, proceedings and some books related to all 
aspects of agriculture, entomology, crops, dairy science and forestry. This 
database is based on the array of abstracts journals produced by CAB 
International. An unusual constituent is tourism, leisure and recreation. Other 
relevant parts include tropical oil seeds, arid lands, plant genetics, rural 
sociology and agricultural economics. Abstracts are not available for older 
material. 

1972- 


GEOBASE 

Data-Star/Dialog, ESA-IRS 

Bibliographic 

The database claims to cover the worldwide literature on geography, both 
physical and human, ecology and includes such as aspects as remote sensing. 
Main sources are journals, books, conference proceedings and in the last five 
years PhD theses. Small but highly relevant selection of material on nature 
conservation, species conservation, and restoration ecology. 

1980- 


ILDIS (International Legume Database and Information Service) 

At the time of writing, the on-line launch of ILDIS through BIDS is 
imminent. Access to users outside the UK is through the Internet. 

Data, properties, bibliographic 

Currently the database contains information for the legumes of Africa, the 
Americas including the Caribbean. The information includes classification and 
taxonomy, distribution, uses, habitats and bibliographic details. 


7-13 


Name 
Provider 


Type 
Description 


Name 
Provider 


Type 
Description 


Timespan 


Name 
Provider 


Type 
Description 


Name 
Provider 


Type 


Description 


Timespan 


Name 
Provider 


Type 
Description 


Timespan 


Name 
Provider 


Type 
Description 


Timespan 


7-14 


International Veterinary Information Centre (IVIC) 

GTI Veterinary Systems 

Veterinary 

Provides comprehensive information on veterinary care and animal husbandry 
including drug function, prices and availability; veterinary practice guidelines; 
bibliography; and training options. 


Life Sciences Collection 

Data-Star/ Dialog, STN International 

Bibliographic 

This file corresponds to a series of abstracting journals produced by 
Cambridge Scientific Abstracts. Particularly relevant to biological diversity are 
ecology, entomology, genetics and microbiology. The main source of 
references is journal articles with selective coverage of books and conferences. 
1978- 


MINE - Microbial Information Network Europe 

DIMDI, Deutsche Sammlung von Mikroorganismen und Zelikulturen GmbH 
Full text, reference 

Descriptions of strains and cultures of bacteria, fungi and yeasts held in the 
national culture collections of 11 European countries. 


Oceanic Abstracts 

Data-Star/ Dialog, STN, ESA-IRS 

Bibliographic 

Covers a wide range of topics related to marine sciences eg oceanography, 
marine biology. Besides drawing from the primary literature some limited 
circulation reports and legal aspects are covered. 

1964- 


Remote Sensing On-Line Retrieval Systems 

ORBIT, ESA-IRS 

Bibliographic 

Bibliographic references to articles, conference proceedings relating to remote 
sensing techniques and applications. 35mm slides are also included. 

1972 - 


SciSearch 

Data-Star/Dialog, DIMDI 

Bibliographic 

Corresponds to Science Citation Index which covers a wide very range of 
scientific subjects. Of relevance to conservation of biological diversity are 
aspects of life sciences, and agriculture. Abstracts have been included since 
1991. 

1974- 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name UBIB UNESCO Bibliography 

Provider ECHO 

Type Bibliographic 

Description The aspects pertinent to biological diversity are science, culture education 
documents including journal articles which have been published by Unesco. 
approximately 50,000 records, but no abstracts. 


Name Zoological Record On-line 
Provider Data-Star/Dialog 
Type Bibliographic 


Description Covers all aspects of zoology, with better coverage of lesser-known zoological 
journals than BIOSIS Previews although the time between appearance of the 
primary source and its addition to the database is measurably longer. The most 
relevant aspects are habitat, new species, ecology, zoogeography. Abstracts 
are not available but detailed hierarchical indexing. 

Timespan 1978- 


7.1.3 Network Based Special Interest Groups 

With the growth of computer networks, especially the Internet, it has been possible to link 
people together who share common scientific, social or political interests. These linkages, 
namely listservers and network news, utilise e-mail to facilitate the sending and receiving 
of messages. In addition there are archives of data and information which may be accessed 
from a variety of Internet resources including Gopher, WAIS, and World Wide Web (see 
Internet Communications, Section 3.3). 


Internet Listservers 

Listservers are discussion groups for e-mail users. With a simple method for subscribing and 
unsubscribing they have proved to be very popular. Listservers are described in more detail 
in Internet Communications, Section 3.3. This list has been derived from A Biologist’s Guide 
to Internet Resources (Smith, 1993), last-modified on 10 November 1993. 


KEY: A the listserver maintains some files for this mailing list 
G the mailing list has a gateway to a Usenet newsgroup 
K_ the listserver is Anastasios Kotsikonas’ program, which differs from 
the standard listserver of Eric Thomas 
M a "moderator" decides whether submissions will be released or not 


(a) Agriculture and Animal Husbandry 


ag-econ@ERS. bitnet Agricultural Economics and ERS Test List 
ag-exp-l@vm1 .nodak.edu Agricultural Expert Systems 
ageng-l@ibm.gwdg.de Agricultural Engineering and Intel. Control 
agric-I@UGA.cc.uga.edu Agriculture Discussion 

aqua-lI@vm. VOGUELPH.ca Aquaculture Discussion List 
camel-I@SAKFUO0. bitnet Discussion Forum on Camel Research 
dairy-L@UMDD.umd.edu Dairy Discussion List 
gardens@UKCC.uky.edu Gardens List 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-15 


hort-I@VTVM1.cc. vt.edu 
hortpgm@VTVM1.cc.vt.edu 


mgarden@WSUVM1.csc.wsu.edu 


newcrops@vm.cc.purdue.edu 
spud@WSUVM1.csc.wsu.edu 
rusag-lL\@UMDD.umd.edu 
vetcai-L@KSUVM.ksu.edu 
vetlib-I@VTVM2. bitnet 
vetmed-I@UGA.cc.uga.edu 


(b) Anthropology and Archaeology 


anct-ne@vm.byu.edu 
anthro-lI\@UBVM.cc. buffalo.edu 
arch-l\@TAMVM1.tamu.edu 
humevo@GWUVM.gwu.edu 


M 


indknow@UWAYM.u. washington.edu 


native-L\@TAMVM1.tamu.edu 


pacarc-lI@WSUVM1.csc.wsu.edu 


pan@GWUVM.gwu.edu 
(c) Biology 


bee-l@albany.edu 
bio-dost@ege.edu.tr 
bioesr-l[@UMCVMB. bitnet 
biomch-l@nic.surfnet.nl 
bnfnet-l[@FINHUTC. hut. fi 
cp@opus.hpl.hp.com 
entobr-I@BRUFMG. bitnet 
entomo-l@vm.UOGUELPH.ca 
ethology@FINHUTC. hut. fi 
herm@ege.edu.tr 
iapwild@vm1 .nodak.edu 
1-etho@UQAM. bitnet 
iopi@life.anu.edu.au 
iubs@life.anu.edu.au 
lactacid@SEARN.sunet.se 
micronet@vm.UOGUELPH.ca 
rmbl-l@umdd.umd.edu 
socinsct@albany.edu 
thphysio@FRMOP11.cnusc.fr 


(d) Biostatistics 


biomet-I@ALBNYDH2. bitnet 
bmdp-l@vm1.mcgill.ca 


<< 


Va Tech Horticulture Dept. Announcements 
Va Tech Horticulture Dept. Program 
Master Gardeners 

Discussion list for New Crops 

Potato Research 

Russian Agriculture 

Vet. Medicine Computer Assisted Instruction 
Veterinary Medicine Library issues and info. 
Veterinary Medicine (Peered) 


Ancient Near Eastern Studies 

General Anthropology Bulletin Board 
Archaeology List 

Human Evolutionary Research Discussion 
Indigenous Knowledge List 

Issues Pertaining to Aboriginal Peoples 
Pacific Rim Archaeology Interest List 
Physical Anthropology News List 


Discussion of Bee Biology 

Biologists in Turkey 

Biological applications of Electron Spin Res. 
Biomechanics and Movement Science 
Biological Nitrogen Fixation Forum 
Carnivorous Plants 

Entomology in Brazil (in Portuguese) 
Entomology Discussion List 

Ethology 

Medicinal and Aromatic Plants Discussion 
International Arctic Project Wildlife 
Ethologistes/Ethologists 

Int. Organization for Plant Information 
Int. Union of Biological Societies 

Lactic Acid Bacteria Forum 

Fungus and Root Interaction Discussion 
Rocky Mountain Biological Laboratory 
Social Insect Biology Research List 
Thermal Physiology 


Bureau of Biometrics at Albany 
BMDP Software Users 


7-16 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


edstat-1@jse.stat.ncsu.edu KG 
morphmet@CUNYVM.cuny.edu 
pstat-I@IRLEARN.ucd.ie 
qmlist@tbone. biol.scarolina.edu 
sas-I@UGA.cc.uga.edu 
saspac-I@UMSLVMA.umsl.edu 
spssx-I@UGA.cc.uga.edu 
stat-lI@vm1.mcgill.ca 


QAAa AA 


(e) Computational Biology 


complex@life.anu.edu.au M 

cybsys-lI@BINGVMB.cc. 
binghamton.edu 

dynsys@gibbs. oit.unc.edu GK 

ecosys-l@vm.gmd.de 

glosas-l@acadvm1. UOTTAWA.ca 

inns-l[@UMDD.umd.edu 

ndrg-I@W VNVM..wvnet.edu 

neural-n@ANDESCOL.uniandes edu.co 


(f) Conservation and Environmental Studies 


apaspan@GWUVM.gwu.edu 
aquifer@IBACSATA. bitnet 
aseh-lI@TTUVM1.bitnet 
bene@straylight.tamu.edu 
cites-l\@wemc. org.uk 


cmts-l@cornell.edu 


consbio@UWAVM..u.washington.edu 
conslink@SIVM.si.edu 
cturtle@NERVM.nerdc.ufl.edu 
envst-lL@BROWNVM.brown.edu 
icam-I@IRMFAOO01.bitnet 
itrdbfor@asuvm.inre.asu.edu 
laspau-I@HARVARDA. harvard.edu 
natura-lI\@UCHCECVM.bitnet 
nciw-I@YALEVM.cis.yale.edu 
sopren-l@secom.ufpa.br 


(g) Ecology 
biosph-I@UBVM.cc.buffalo.edu G 


biodiv-1@bdt.ftpt.ansp.br 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Journal of Statistics Education List 
Biological Morphometrics Mailing List 
Discussion of Stats and Programming 
Quantitative Morphology List 

SAS Discussion (Peered) 

SAS Public Access Consortium 
SPSSX Discussion (Peered) 

Statistical Consulting 


Complex systems 
Cybernetics and systems 


Ergodic Theory and Dynamical Systems 
List for ecosystem theory and modeling 
Global Systems Analysis and Simulation List 
International Neural Network Society 
Nonlinear Dynamics Research Group 
Artificial Neural Networks Discussion 


APA Scientific Grassroots Network 
Pollution and grondwater recharge 
American Soc. of Environmental Historians 


Convention on International Trade of 
Endangered Species 

Chemical Management and _ Tracking 
Systems 


Conservation Biology List 

Discussion on Biological Conservation 
Sea Turtle Biology and Conservation List 
Environmental Studies Discussion List 
Integrated Coastal Area Management 
Dendrochronology Forum 

Latin America Scholarship Program 
Ecology and Envir. Protection in Chile 
Nutrient Cycling Issues - Worldwide 
SOPREN discussion re: Amazonia (in 
Portuguese) 


Biosphere, ecology, Discussion List 
Biodiversity networks 


7-17 


bird_rba@ARIZVM1.ccit.arizona.edu 
birdband@ARIZVM1.ccit.arizona.edu 
birdchat@ARIZVM1.ccit.arizona.edu 
birdcntr@ARIZVM1.ccit.arizona.edu 
birdeast@ARIZVM1.ccit.arizona.edu 
birdwest@ARIZVM1.ccit.arizona.edu 
birdtrip@ARIZVM1.ccit.arizona.edu 
ecolog-I@UMDD.umd.edu G 
firenet@life.anu.edu.au 
ots-L@YALEVM.cis.yale.edu 
polpal-l\@vm. VOGUELPH.ca 
sinoecol|@MIAMIU.bitnet 
twsgis-l|@vm1.nodak.edu 


ae@JSUVM1.bitnet 
bpwsp-lI@ALBN YDH2. bitnet 
comdev@vm.ecs.rpi.edu 
devel-lI\@AUVM.american.edu G 
energy-I@TAUNIVM.tau.ac. il 
envbeh-I@POLY VM. bitnet 
hydrogen@URIACC.uri.edu 
intdev-I@URIACC.uri.edu 
meh20-I@TAUNIVM.tau.ac. il 
odp-I@TAMVM1.tamu.edu 
pacific@BRUFPB. bitnet 
recycle@UMAB. bitnet 
sfer-IL@UCF1VM.cc.ucf.edu 
techtr@ARIZVM1.ccit.arizona.edu 
water-L@@WSUVM 1.csc.wsu.edu 


(i) Geology and Geography (including GIS) 


acdgis-I@AWIIMC12.imc.univie.ac.at 
astra-ug@icnucevm.bitnet 
canspace@UNBVM1.bitnet 
climlist@OHSTVMA. acs. 
ohio-state.edu 
coastgis@IRLEARN.ucd.ie 
cpgis-I@UBVM..cc. buffalo.edu 
geoged@UKCC. bitnet 
geogfem@UKCC .bitnet 
geograph@SEARN . sunet.se G 
geology@PTEARN.fc.ul.pt 
geonet-I@IUBVM.ucs.indiana.edu M 


7-18 


National Birding Hotline Cooperative 
Bird Bander’s Forum 

National Birding Hotline (Chat Line) 
National Birding Hotline (Central) 
National Birding Hotline (East) 
National Birding Hotline (West) 
Special BIRDCHAT LOGO Project 
Ecological Society of America 
Discussion of fire in landscape ecology 
Organization for Tropical Studies 
Pollination and palynology list 
Sino-Ecologists Club Overseas Forum 
The Wildlife Society: GIS and Remote 
Sensing 


(h) Environmentalism and Technology Transfer 


Alternative Energy Discussion List 

Bureau of Public Water Supply Protection 
Communication & international development 
Technology Transfer in Int. Development 
Energy List 

Forum on Environment and Human Behavior 
Hydrogen as an alternative fuel 
International development 

Middle East water 

Ocean Drilling Program Open Discussion 
Forum on Pacific Ocean and Islands 
Recycling in Practice 

South Florida Environmental Reader 
Technology Transfer 

Water Quality Discussion List 


Geographic Information Systems 

ASTRA joint database project users group 
Canadian Space Geodesy Forum 
Climatology Distribution List 


Coastal GIS Distribution List 

Chinese Professionals GIS Use List 
Geography Education List 

Discussion list for Feminism in Geography 
Geography 

Geology Discussion List 

Geoscience Librarians & Information... 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


georef@UNALCOL. bitnet 
gis-|@UBVM.cc. buffalo.edu 
idrisi-I@toe.towson.edu 
imagrs-]@earn.cvut.cz 
kyugis-I@UKCC. bitnet 
maps-I@UGA.cc.uga.edu 
quake-1@vm.nodak.edu 
seism-I@BINGVMB.cc. 
binghamton.edu 
seismd-I@BINGVMB.cc. 
binghamton.edu 
stat-geo@UFRJ.bitnet 


tgis-I@UBVM.cc. buffalo.edu 
ucgia-l[@UBVM.cc. buffalo.edu 
uigis-I@UBVM.cc. buffalo.edu 
ukgeg@UKCC. bitnet 


G 


vigis-I@UWAVM.u. washington.edu 


(j) Marine Biology 


brine-I@UGA.cc.uga.edu 
crust-lI@SIVM.si.edu 
deepsea@uvvm. UVIC.ca 


diatom-|I@IUBVM..ucs. indiana.edu 


hypbar-I@TECHNION .technion.ac.il 


marine-l1@vm.UOGUELPH.ca 
marmam@uvvm.UVIC.ca 
medsea-I@AEARN.bitnet 


(k) Molecular Biology 


biotech@UMDD.umd.edu 
confocal@UBVM.cc. buffalo.edu 
cyan-tox@GREARN .csi.forth. gr 
dis-lI@IUBVM.ucs. indiana.edu 


ebcbbul@HDETUD1.tudelft.nl 


ebcbcat@HDETUD1.tudelft.nl 
embinfo@IBACSATA .bitnet 


emflds-I@UBVM.cc. buffalo.edu 
forumbio@scf.fundp.ac.be 
genetics@INDYCMS. iupui.edu 
Ipn-l[@BROWNVM.brown.edu 
nibnews@ccsun.unicamp.br 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


G 


Sistemas de Info. Geo-Ref. (GIS in Spanish) 
Geographic Information Systems 

Idrisi Discussion List 

Image Processing of Remotely Sensed data 
Kentucky Universities Geographic Info... 
Maps and Air Photo Systems Forum 
QUAKE-L Discussion List 

Seismological Data Distribution 


Seismological Discussion 


Forum of Quantitative Methods in Geo- 
sciences 

Temporal Topics on GIS List 

Univ Consort for Geo Info & Analysis List 
User Interfaces for Geographic Info. Sys. 
Kentucky Universities Geography Discussion 
Virtual Reality and GIS 


Brine Shrimp Discussion List 
Crustacean Biology 

Deep Sea and Vent News 

Research on the diatom algae 
HyperBaric & Diving Medicine List 
Marine Studies/Shipboard Education 
Marine Mammal E-Mail Discussion List 
Marine Biology of the Adriatic Sea List 


Biotechnology Discussion List 

Confocal Microscopy List 

The Cyanobacterial Toxins Discussion List 
Drosophila workers to receive DIS 
Newsletter 

Computers in Biotechnology, Rsch. and 
Edu. 

Catalogue of "Biotechnological" software 
EMBNet (European Molecular Biology 
Network) 

Electromagnetics in Med., Sci. & Com. 
Forum on molecular biology 

Clinical human genetics 

Laboratory Primate Newsletter List 
NIBNews (Biology and Medical Informatics) 


7-19 


rbmi@FRORS13.bitnet 


dl) Taxonomy and Systematics 


class-I@ccvm.sunysb.edu 
mollusca@ucmp1.berkeley.edu 
muse-I@HARVARDA.harvard.edu 
museum-I@UNMVMA.unm.edu 
roots-l@vm1.nodak.edu 
taxacom@HARVARDA.harvard.edu 


(m) Teaching and Research 


bibsoft@INDYCMS. iupui.edu 
biocis-I@SIVM.si.edu 
biopi-I@KSUVM.ksu.edu 
conslt-I@IUBVM.ucs.indiana.edu 
darwin-l@ukanaix.cc.ukans.edu 


grants-I\@JHUVM.hcf.jhu.edu 
hpsst-I@QUCDN .queensu.ca 
job-list@FRORS12. bitnet 
methods@vm.ecs.rpi.edu 
navigate@UBVM.cc.buffalo.edu 
newedu-l@vm.usc.edu 
nihggc-lI@UBVM.cc.buffalo.edu 
nsf-I@YALEVM.cis. yale.edu 
pcorps-l[@CMUVM. bitnet 
scifaq-I@Y ALEVM.cis.yale.edu 
scifraud@uacsc2.albany.edu 
vpiej-L@VTVM1.cc.vt.edu 
wisenet@UICVM..uic.edu 


Gi Gan tee 


Molecular Biology Research Group 


Classification and phylogeny estimation 
Mollusc evolution, taxonomy, natural history 
Muse Software Discussion List 

Museum discussion list 

Genealogy list 

Taxonomic and systematic collections list 


Discusssion of citation and bibliography 
Biology Curriculum Innovation Study 
Secondary Biology Teacher List 

Research and Practice in Mentoring 
History and Theory of the Historical 
Sciences 

NSF Grants & Contracts 

History and Philosophy of Science 

Job offers from EARN Institute members 
Research methodology 

Navigating The Internet Workshop List 
New Paradigms in Education List 

NIH Grants and Contracts Distribution List 
NSF Information List 

International Volunteers Discussion Group 
Science FAQ List 

Discussion of Fraud in Science 

Electronic journal discussions 

Women In Science and _ Engineering 
NETwork 


Newsgroups of Special Interest 

Although newsgoups are available via the Internet, their origins predate the latter by several 
years. The vast majority of news is supplied by the alternative Usenet, which remains very 
popular. Network news is discussed in more detail in Internet Communications, Section 3.3. 


The following list has been derived from the A Biologist’s Guide to Internet Resources 
(Smith, 1993). 


KEY: F - indicates an FAQ is available 
M - the newsgroup is moderated (edited) 
G_ - the newsgroup has a gateway to a parallel mailing list 


7-20 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


alt.agriculture.* 

alt. bbs.internet 
alt.cyb-sys 
alt.internet.access. wanted 
alt.internet.services 

alt. native 

alt.sci.* 

alt.earth_summit 

alt. sustainable. agriculture 


bionet.agroforestry 
bionet.announce 

bionet. biology .computational 
bionet. biology .n2-fixation 
bionet. biology tropical 
bionet.chlamydomonas 
bionet.cellbio 
bionet.drosophila 
bionet.general 

bionet. genome. * 
bionet.immunology 
bionet.info-theory 
bionet.jobs 
bionet.journals.contents 
bionet.journals. note 
bionet.metabolic-reg 
bionet.molbio.ageing 
bionet.molbio. bio-matrix 
bionet.molbio.embldatabank 
bionet.molbio.evolution 
bionet.molbio.gdb 
bionet.molbio. genbank 
bionet.molbio. gene-linkage 
bionet.molbio.genome-program 
bionet.molbio.methds-reagnts 
bionet.molbio. hiv 
bionet.molbio. proteins 
bionet.molbio.rapd 
bionet.molbio. yeast 
bionet.mycology 
bionet.neuroscience 
bionet.photosynthesis 
bionet.plants 
bionet.population-bio 
bionet.sci-resources 
bionet.software 
bionet.software. * 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


FGM 


ps! es! 
SPaeeaet2e® 


TE ee Sek ek 


[2 groups] 

Announcements of new Internet services 
Cybernetics and Systems 

Help getting full Internet access 
Announcements of new Internet resources 
Indigenous peoples 

[6 groups] 

Discussion of the Earth Summit 
Sustainable agriculture 


Agroforestry research 

Announcements 

Comp. and math. applications in biology 
Biological nitrogen fixation 

Tropical biology and ecology 
Chlamydomonas discussion 

Cell biology discussion 

Drosophila discussion 

General discussion 

[3 groups: Arabidopsis and chromosomes] 
Research in immunology 

Information theory applied to biology 

Job opportunities in biology 

Biological journal TOCs 

Publication issues in biology 

Metabolic regulation and thermodynamics 
Cellular and organismal ageing 

Computer searches of biological databases 
Info about the EMBL Nucleic acid database 
Evolution, especially molecular 

The GDB database 

The GenBank nucleic acid database 
Genetic linkage analysis. 

Human Genome Program issues 

Tips on lab techniques and materials 

The molecular biology of HIV 

Proteins and protein database searches 
Randomly Amplified Polymorphic DNA 
Yeast researchers’ discussion 
Mycological research discussion 
Research issues in the neurosciences 
Photosynthesis research 

Plant biology, inc. genetics and ecology 
Population biology, especially theory 
Information about funding agencies, etc 
Software for biology, esp. free/shareware 
[3 groups: acedb, gcg, and sources] 


7-21 


bionet.users.addresses G Help locating biologists who use e-mail 
bionet. virology G Research in virology 

bionet.women-in-bio G Discussion by and about women in biology 
bionet.xtallography G Protein crystallography 

bit. listserv. biosph-1 G Biosphere, ecology, Discussion List 

bit. listserv.devel-1 G Tech. Transfer in Internat. Development 
bit.listserv.ethology G Ethology List 

bit. listserv. geograph G Geography List 

bit. listserv. medforum MG _ Medical Students Discussion 

bit. listserv .uigis-1 G User Interface for GIS 

bit. listserv. vpiej-l G Electronic Publishing Discussion List 
bit.org.peace-corps G International Volunteers Discussion Group 
comp.infosystems. gis FG  Geograpical Information Systems 
comp.infosystems. gopher F The Internet gopher access tool 

comp. infosystems. wais F The Internet WAIS access tool 
comp.infosystems. www The Internet WWW access tool 

comp. soft-sys.sas G SAS Discussion 

comp. soft-sys.spss G SPSS Statistical Discussion 

comp.text.tex F TeX, LaTeX and related text format systems 
comp.theory.cell-automata G Cellular automata research 
comp.theory.dynamic-sys G Ergodic theory and dynamic systems 
comp.theory.self-org-sys G Topics related to self-organisation 
embnet.news.admin G EMBnet news helpline for administrators 
embnet. general G General discussion 

embnet.net-dev Network development discussion 
embnet.rpc Technical discussion of data transfers 
info. grass.programmer GM_ GRASS GIS programmer issues 

info. grass.user GM_ GRASS GIS user issues 

info. ietf GM Internet Engineering Task Force 
info.nsf.grants GM __ NSF grants announcements 

info. wisenet G Women in Science and Engineering Network 
news.announce.newusers FM __— FAQs for new users of Usenet 
news.answers FM All FAQ documents 

news. lists FM _ Statistics and data about Usenet 
SCi.answers GFM FAQs pertaining to science 
sci.anthropology ! Anthropology discussion 

sci.archaeology Archaeology discussion 

sci. bio F General biology discussion 
sci.bio.ecology G Ecological research (sponsored by ESA) 
sci.bio.technology G Any topic relating to biotechnology 


sci.environment 


Discussion of environmental issues 


a a 
7-22 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


sci.geo. * [3 newsgroups] 


sci.image. processing F Scientific image processing 
sci.nonlinear Nonlinear dynamical systems 
sci.research.careers Discussion of research careers in science 


sci. stat.consult G Statistical consulting 

SCi.stat.edu G Journal of Statistics Education List 
sci.stat.math Mathematical statistics 
sci.techniques.xtallography Crystallography techniques 

sci.* [60 other newsgroups] 


Special Usenet Hierarchies and Gated Mailing Lists 

This section has also been derived from A Biologist’s Guide to Internet Resources (Smith, 
1993). There has been a growing trend in the past few years to set up transparent "gateways" 
between mailing lists and newsgroups (ie Internet listservers and Usenet), and to create 
Usenet newsgroup hierarchies that are outside the main stream. Both being new concepts, 
the two trends often go together. 


None of the Usenet newsgroup hierarchies mentioned below are main-stream; that is they do 
not conform to all Usenet conventions, and consequently are carried by no more than 30-50% 
of Usenet sites. This is not necessarily a bad thing, since few or no readers at most sites are 
biologists, and e-mail subscriptions are available for many groups. If your site carries 
Usenet, but not these hierarchies, a simple request to your Usenet administrator might be all 
that’s needed to get them. 


bionet.* 


Each of these newsgroups has two gateways to mailing lists, to save on trans-Atlantic 
transmission costs. For an e-mail subscription to any bionet.* newsgroup, if you live 
in the Americas or the Pacific Rim, send e-mail to biosci-server@net.bio.net with the 
text ‘help’ (leave the Subject line blank; this is an automated server). If you live 
elsewhere, send e-mail to biosci@daresbury.ac.uk (a person will respond). Brief 
descriptions of some of these groups are given in the BIOSCI FAQ, posted in 
bionet.announce and available on net.bio.net in the directory /pub/BIOSCI/ or by 
e-mail from the BIOSCI staff at biosci@net.bio.net. 


bit. listserv. * 
As their names imply, the bit.listsery newsgroups started out as (and remain) 
automated mailing lists. Most of these mailing lists became so successful that 
gateways to Usenet were added by popular demand. 


comp.theory.* 


Send e-mail to Erik Fair, fair@apple.com, or see the list of mailing lists posted in 
news.answers for details about e-mail subscriptions. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-23 


embnet.* 


The European Molecular Biology Network (EMBnet) runs a group of Usenet 
newsgroups that are distributed in Europe. E-mail subscriptions are available from 
nethelp@embl-heidelberg.de, and these newsgroups can be read and searched via 
gopher and WAIS on nic.switch.ch. Send general e-mail queries to 
embnet@comp.bioz.unibas.ch. 


info.* 


These groups are mailing lists with gateways to Usenet at the University of Illinois. 
For e-mail subscription information, ask your local Usenet administrator to get these 
groups. 


Journal Tables of Contents 


Various Usenet newsgroups and mailing lists provide tables of contents (TOCs) for current 
issues of a few journals of interest to biologists. Tom Schneider distributes Unix AWK 
scripts for converting many of these TOCs into BibTeX-style bibliography records: these 
scripts are posted in the Usenet newsgroup bionet.journals.note. The journal TOCs available 


in bionet.journals.contents include: 


7-24 


Anatomy and Embryology 

Applied Microbiology and Biotechnology 
Applied and Environmental Microbiology 
Binary 

Biotechniques 

CABIOS 

Cell and Tissue Research 

Chromosoma 

Current Genetics 

EMBO Journal 

Environmental Physiology 

European Journal of Biochemistry 
European Journal of Physiology 
Experimental Brain Research 
Histochemistry 

Human Genetics 

IEEE Engineering in Medicine and Biology 
Immunogenetics 

Journal of Bacteriology 

Journal of Biological Chemistry 

The Journal of Membrane Biology 
Journal of Molecular Evolution 

Journal of Virology 

MGG - Molecular and General Genetics 
Mammalian Genome 

Microbial Releases 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Molecular Microbiology 

Molecular and Cellular Biology 

Nucleic Acids Research 

Photosynthetica 

Plant Cell Reports 

Planta 

Protein Science 

Roux’s Archives of Developmental Biology 
Theoretical and Applied Genetics 


The CONSLINK listserver mailing list keeps a large bibliography of conservation biology 
research papers on its archive for instructions on accessing listserver archives). 


The American Physiological Society offers TOCs for the following journals via gopher on 
gopher.uth.tmc.edu (port 3300): 


Advances in Physiology Education 

American Journal of Physiology (6 consolidated journals) 
Journal of Applied Physiology 

Journal of Neurophysiology 

News in Physiological Sciences 

Physiological Reviews 

The Physiologist 


Other publishers supporting Internet access to information about their publications include: 


Publisher Address Access 
Addison-Wesley world.std.com ftp 
O’Reilly & Associates gopher.ora.com gopher 
Kluwer Academic Publishers world.std.com ftp 


List of Archives 
Computer sites supporting some sort of public access to biodiversity-related information are 
listed here, together with means of access. As before, the list was derived from A Biologist’s 
Guide to Internet Resources (Smith, 1993): 
KEY: - e-mail file requests 
- email search requests 
- anonymous FTP 
- gopher server 
- gopher server plus WAIS index searches 
- public telnet access 
- public telnet access plus e-mail returns of search results 
- WAIS server plus WAIS index searches 


S| tl Soe (uch too Tes] (2 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-25 


Internet Node Name 


ftp.bio.indiana.edu (IN USA) 
ncbi.nlm.nih.gov (MD USA) 
ftp.embl-heidelberg.de (Germany) 
coli.polytechnique.fr (France) 
ftp.bchs.uh.edu (TX USA) 
helix.nih.gov (MD USA) 
ncifcrf.gov (MD USA) 
finsun.csc.fi (Finland) 
pdb.pdb.bnl.gov (NY USA) 
ftp.tigr.org 

golgi.harvard.edu (MA USA) 
megasun.bch.umontreal.ca 
nic.funet.fi (Finland) 
gopher.csc.fi (Finland) 
nic.switch.ch (Switzerland) 
rdp.life.uiuc.edu 

world.std.com 

sunsite.unc.edu (NC USA) 
gopher.ciesin.org 
locus.nalusda.go (USA) 
s27w007.pswfs.gov (USA) 
biomed.uio.no (Norway) 
biox.embnet.unibas.ch (HE) 
gopher.gdb.org (MD USA) 
weeds.mgh.harvard.edu (MA USA) 
mendel.agron.iastate.edu (IA USA) 


greengenes.cit.cornell.edu (NY USA) 


teosinte.agron.missouri.edu (USA) 
gopher.duke.edu (NC USA) 
picea.cfnr.colostate.edu (CO USA) 


poplarl.cfr.washington.edu (WA USA) 


esusda.gov (USA) 
infoserver.ciesin.org 

mobot.org (MO USA) 
life.anu.edu.au (Australia) 

igc.org (CA USA) 
gopher.yale.edu (CT USA) 
Iternet.edu (WA USA) 
spider.ento.csiro.au (Australia) 
gopher.uth.tmc.edu (port 3300) 
envirolink.hss.cmu.edu (DE USA) 
ecosys.drdr.virginia.edu (VA USA) 
sparc.ecology.uga.edu (GA USA) 
ngdcl.ngdc.noaa.gov (USA) 

huh. harvard.edu (MA USA) 


7-26 


Topic/Agency 


IUBIO Genbank, FlyBase 
NCBI 

EMBL Data Library 
EMBLuiet 

Genbank, PIR 

Genbank, PDB, PIR etc 
Biol. Information Theory 
Prosite, Rebase-Enzyme 
Protein Data Bank 

Inst. for Genomic Rsch. 


Molecular evolution 


EMBnet 

Ribosomal DB Project 
A major entry-point 
Many subjects 

Earth Sciences 

Nat. Agri. Library 
Forest Genetics 
Genome data 

Genome data 

GDB Genome Data Bank 
Arabidopsis, C. elegans 
Soy genome 

Triticeae genome 
Maize genome 
Chlamydomonas 


Populus genetics 

USDA Extension Service 
CIESIN Global Change 
Missouri Bot. Garden 
Bioinformatics 

EcoNet 

Ecol. Data Exchange 
LTERnet 

Entomology 

Physiology 

Environment 

Ecosystems 

Ecology, Coweeta LTER 
Paleoclimatology 
Harvard Univ. Herbaria 


Access 


3 


BraAQrZrZAAAAAAAAANMNME*S Qs" qaar*agam™ 
q) oa 


IG GGG) se") C2) ee 
a4 


oy 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


simsc.si.edu (DC USA) Smithsonian Inst. 
ucmp1.berkeley.edu (CA USA) Vertebrate museum 
bdt.ftpt.br (Brazil) Biodiversity 


coli.polytechnique.fr (France) 
fconvx.ncifcrf.gov (MD USA) 
cheops.anu.edu.au 


Molecular evolution 
Mathematical Biology 
Radiocarbon Abstracts 


bluehen.ags.udel.edu (DE USA) Entomology 
minerva.forestry.umn.edu (MN USA) Forestry 
ucsbuxa.ucsb.edu (CA USA) Biology 
evolution. genetics. washington.edu Evolution 
evolution.bchs.uh.edu (TX USA) Evolution 
wigeo.wu-wien.ac.at (Austria) Geography 
geogopher.ucdavis.edu (CA USA) Geology 


isdres.er.usgs.gov (VA USA) 
pippin.memst.edu 
cdiac.esd.ornl.gov 
saturn.soils.umn.edu (MN USA) 
kiawe.soest.hawaii.edu (HA USA) 
tycho.usno.navy.mil 
nssdca.gsfc.nasa. gov 
granta.uchicago.edu (IL USA) 
xyZ.lanl.gov (NM USA) 
mentor.lanl.gov (NM USA) 
info.mcs.anl.gov (IL USA) 
stis.nsf.gov (DC USA) 
rtfm.mit.edu (MA USA) 
jse.stat.ncsu.edu (NC USA) 
ftp.sas.com (NC USA) 
zaphod.ncsa.uiuc.edu (IN USA) 
lupulus.ssc.gov 

ksuvxa.kent.edu 
sun.soe.clarkson.edu 


US Geological Survey 
CERI Earthquake Center 
CDIAC 

Geology 

Generic Mapping Tools 
U.S. Naval Observatory 
NSSDC On-Line Service 
Physics Resources 
LANL Nonlinear Science 
LANL Physics 

Argonne National Lab. 
Nat. Science Foundation 
Usenet FAQ repository 
Journal of Stat. Educ. 
SAS-related information 
Supercomputing 

Young Scientists Net. 
Directory of lists 

LaTeX tools 


= 


BAArVQQATT Tk AXVA™ZAAX™AAABG*ABA™ 


Special Interest Organisational Networks 

These networks are based on an organisation or secretariat. They maintain a membership or 
loose grouping of interested users. The following list all are using or soon plan to use the 
Internet as their main mechanism for conducting dialog and disseminating information: 


Name Biodiversity Information Network (BIN 21) 

Description BIN21 supports the aims of the Convention on Biological Diversity that came 
into force on December 1993. It is developing a series of nodes on the 
Internet throughout the world which will promote and deliver data, software 
and information which is expected to support the execution of the Convention. 

Contact BIN21 Secretariat. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-27 


Name 
Description 


Name 


Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


BioNET-International 

Global Technical Cooperation Network for the biosystematics of anthropods, 
microorganisms and nematodes. It is particularly interested in establishing and 
maintaining biosystematic capabilities in the developing world. 


CIESIN 

CIESIN wishes to provide access to and enhance the use of information 
worldwide, advancing understanding of human interactions in the environment 
and serving the needs of science, and public and private decision making. It 
has done this by setting up an Information cooperative, which is bonded by 
a WWW server and a metadatabase (Catalog Server) available over the 
Internet. 


Earthwatch 

Earthwatch, the United Nations system-wide environment assessment activity, 
is an international, non-governmental organisation which supports important 
field research worldwide in the Earth, life and human sciences. It does this 
through the financial support of projects from a network of regional centres 
in California, Australia, Europe and Russia. 


European Centre for Nature Conservation 

ECNC’s aim is to further the cooperation in the development and exchange 
of information, expertise and research with regard to European nature 
conservation. It intends to be a clearing house for ideas and data though is not 
yet established on any network. 


Foundation For Ethnobiology (FEb) 

Rescue operation to record and evaluate the knowledge and appreciation of the 
environment that other cultures have accumulated over thousands of years of 
human existence. They are proposing the Internet as a repository for their 
outreach and data holdings. 


GreenNet 

Long established network, now accessible via Internet, that disseminates 
information concerning the environment, peace issues, human rights and 
development. It distributes a useful tri-monthly newsletter, GreenNet News. 


Microbial Strain Data Network (MSDN) 

Database of microbial research and culture collections. Subscription to the 
database is necessary. Supported by CEC, UNESCO, UNIDO, US EPA, US 
NIDR, US NSF, USDA and Environment Canada. 


Sustainable Development Network (UNDP SDN) — 

This provides gopher, ftp and mail services to facilitate and promote 
connectivity between users and suppliers of information of direct relevance to 
sustainable development and in particular with the purpose of supporting the 
preparation and implementation of Agenda 21. 


7-28 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Contact 


UNEP GRID 

Established in 1985, the Global Resource Information Database (GRID) is a 
component of Earthwatch, providing a network of cooperating environmental 
data centres. There are at present ten centres collecting, archiving and 
disseminating environmental information in digital format. Its mission is to 
bridge the gap between environmental research and environmental 
management. 


UNEPNET 

Network for the collection and dissemination of information on the 
environment produced in Latin America and the Caribbean. It consists of a 
primary node in Mexico and secondary nodes throughout the region. Access 
is currently via dial-up. 

UNEP (Mexico). 


7.1.4 Metadatabases 
The concept of a metadatabase is described fully in Metadatabase Development, Section 
2.3.4. Below is an alphabetic list of major metadatabases implementations at the current time: 


Name 
Description 


CIESIN 

CIESIN is a private, non-profit organisation established in 1989. Its mission 
is to provide access to and enhance the use of information worldwide, 
advancing understanding of human interactions in the environment and serving 
the needs of science and public and private decision making. 


The Consortium is developing simplified data query software which integrates 
many different data systems in the United States and other countries, making 
them accessible to a wide range of users through a single access point. 


To carry out its mission, CIESIN is building an organisational and technical 
infrastructure that will serve global environmental change research scientists 
and the broader community of policy analysts, resource managers, educators, 
and the general public. At its hub is the Information Cooperative: a distributed 
archive that allows user communities to catalog and share data and information 
electronically among major international data archives and resource centres. 


Participation in CIESIN’s Information Cooperative provides organisations with 
a mechanism for disseminating their data and information to a broad audience 
while retaining ownership and responsibility. Each participating organisation 
also acquires access to data, information, technologies, and expertise from 
CIESIN and from other organisations. 


The CIESIN Catalog Service allows search and retrieval of metadata 
concerning the environment. Data available through the system will consist 
primarily of CIESIN holdings and the holdings of CIESIN’s Information 
Cooperative partners and those that are referenced by the U.S. Global Change 
Master Directory. The Catalog Service is accessible via the Internet as well 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-29 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


as modem dial-in access and is based on a distributed network of servers. 


Metadata information stored in the databases of servers is currently in 
Directory Interchange Format (DIF) or full-text format. Thus far, DIF has 
been a focus of the CIESIN Catalog Service due to its wide acceptance as a 
metadata standard in the environmental community. Currently, servers have 
been implemented to provide access to directory-level metadata. 


Institutions or countries wishing the make their environmental metadata - 
accessible to the CIESIN community should contact the CIESIN Customer 
Service (see Address List, Section 8.2). 


EEA 

The establishment of the European Environment Agency (EEA) was agreed 
upon at a March 1990 meeting of the European Ministers’ Environment 
Council in Bruxelles. EEA was conceived as a smaller coordinating unit of a 
large decentralised network. 


The EEA’s main aim is to assist in harmonising data and to distribute to 
European Union institutions, Member States and the public, information about 
the environmental data which exist in Member States and which are relevant 
to the Union. The Agency will achieve this through close cooperation with the 
Member States and relevant international institutions, who actually collect and 
hold the data. 


To perform its tasks, the Agency must have at its direct disposal a limited 
nucleus of European environmental data and a wide knowledge of sources to 
other relevant environmental data in Member States and international 
organisations. It must also create tools and guidelines to assist the 
harmonisation. The Agency needs to know who holds data, about what and 
how the data are accessible. 


Collecting and distributing knowledge about relevant sources of environmental 
data and information is to be done through a Catalogue of Datasources (CDS), 
based on collaboration mainly between the Agency, the National Focal Points 
of the Member States and a limited number of international organisations. For 
the EEA-CDS system, a database is currently being built and served by the 
Agency Task Force staff. 


ELC 

The Environmental Law Centre (ELC), the legal arm of the IUCN Secretariat, 
monitors and maintains databases on legal trends and developments in the 
environmental field, including international agreements, binding instruments 
of international organisations, national legislation and legal literature. It also 
develops specific databases (eg; on species protection); contributes to the work 
of other organisations working in this field; supports activities of other IUCN 
components; and develops and carries out specific legal activities (eg; drafting 


ee ee ee ee ee eee 


7-30 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


international treaties). 


The Environmental Law Information System (ELIS) is developed, maintained 
and operated by the Law Centre staff and is geared to give information to 
people throughout the world. ELIS is composed of the following four main 
databases: 


national legislation (approx. 37,000 records) 
international treaties (approx. 800 records) 
supranational instruments (approx. 350 records) 

law and policy literature (approx. 39,000 documents). 


GENIE 

The Global Environmental Network Information Exchange (GENIE) is still 
under development and will be a vital part of the UK contribution to 
international science programmes including projects within the International 
Geosphere-Biosphere Programme (IGBP), the World Climate Research 
Programme (WCRP), and the Human Dimensions of Global Environmental 
Change Programme (HDGECP). 


GENIE is based on the design of a metadata retrieval and management system 
produced by the Midlands Regional Research Laboratory (MRRL), and is 
intended to be a fully-distributed system designed to allow those with 
knowledge of data holdings to make their knowledge available to other 
researchers. Although no single centre will hold all the information available 
in the system as a whole, GENIE will assist users to answer a variety of 
queries. 


The GENIE project will provide a user-sympathetic system for locating and 
accessing relevant information on Global Environmental Change. The software 
is designed to run on a range of hardware platforms in order to provide 
information on data availability, location, currency and quality, as well as 
offering links to other international data directories. The system will have a 
flexible and intuitive user interface that will allow both enquirers and data 
suppliers to interact using their own terminology. 


GLIS 

The Global Land Information System (GLIS) is an interactive computer 
system developed by the US Geological Survey (USGS) for scientists seeking 
information and access to data pertaining to the Earth’s land surface that can 
be used in continental and global scale Earth science and global change 
studies. GLIS can be characterised as a metadata system containing both 
descriptive information and query functions that allow scientists to assess the 
potential utility of data sets, determine their availability, and place on-line 
requests for related data products. Both textual and graphical user interfaces 
are provided, and scientists can access GLIS through either wide-area network 
or dial-up communications interfaces. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-31 


Name 
Description 


INFOTERRA 

The Stockholm Conference on the Human Environment, convened by the 
United Nations in 1972 to consider the condition of the environment, called 
for an international mechanism for the exchange of environmental information. 
The result was The International Referral System (IRS), later renamed The 
Global Environmental Information Exchange Network or INFOTERRA, which 
was established in 1975. The main direction given to INFOTERRA was to 
develop a mechanism to "facilitate the exchange of environmental information 
within and among nations". 


INFOTERRA began its operations in 1977 with a dozen partner countries. It 
was, from the start, designed as a decentralised information system operating 
through a worldwide network of national environmental institutions designated 
and supported by their governments as national focal points and coordinated 
by UNEP Headquarters in Nairobi. Today, this linking structure consists of 
165 national focal points, 11 regional service centres, and 34 special sectoral 
sources. In the early years INFOTERRA operated only as a referral system. 
However, following the recommendations of an independent assessment of the 
system done in 1981, INFOTERRA evolved and expanded its services to 
include substantive information and document delivery. 


The INFOTERRA national focal points are usually situated in the information 
and documentation sections of environment ministries, and national 
environmental protection agencies which are often also the focal points for 
national information networks. They act as the primary access points through 
which queries from users are channelled to INFOTERRA sources and through 
which users receive their replies. 


Each national focal point compiles a "Who’s Who" of environmental expertise 
in their country, and selects the best sources for inclusion in INFOTERRA’s 
main publication the International Directory of Sources. These are constantly 
monitored and updated. The International Directory of Sources exists in both 
printed form and as a database. For this reason the International Directory is 
often referred to as the INFOTERRA Database. It is a referral system which 
helps to access more than 7,000 sources of information on over 1,000 
environmental subjects. The sources are located in government ministries and 
documentation centres, research institutes, universities, non-governmental and 
international organisations, United Nations agencies and private consultancies. 
Regional service centres have been set up, within key national focal points, 
to act as centres for regional co-operation for the exchange of information and 
for the development of sub-networks to facilitate this exchange. 


In addition to the International Directory, INFOTERRA periodically publishes 
specialised directories and sourcebooks like the Thesaurus of Environmental 
Terms, Operations Manual, quarterly Bulletins, and the technical Exchange 
of Environmental Experiences Series. The Thesaurus, in particular, is set to 
become an increasingly important publication as the movement to exchange 


7-32 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


environmental information gathers momentum. Organisations, such as CIESIN 
and EEA, who are in the latter stages of implementing their own systems to 
catalog environmental data held by institutions, are finding that consistency in 
the use of terminology is perhaps the main obstacle to information exchange. 
CIESIN have their own short lists of recognised terminology that they 
inherited from NASA (the organisation that defined the Directory Interchange 
Format). But these are primarily of relevance to space science and for 
environmental metadata they are suggesting that the INFOTERRA Terms are 
used. 


The direction for INFOTERRA over the next decade has been further defined 
by the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development 
(UNCED) held in Rio de Janeiro in 1992. Chapter 40 of UNCED’s global 
plan of action, Agenda 21, addresses the importance of information for 
decision making. Part A of that chapter is mostly concerned with data 
collection, but Part B entitled Improving information availability specifically 
cites expansion of the INFOTERRA system to a world mandate. 


IPGRI 

Established in 1991, the International Plant Genetic Resources Institute 
(IPGRI) is an autonomous international scientific organisation operating under 
the aegis of the Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research 
(CGIAR). IPRGI’s mandate is to advance the conservation and use of plant 
genetic resources for the benefit of present and future generations. 


IPGRI intends to expand its information service to better meet the needs of the 
plant genetic resources community. Existing services and databases held by 
other institutions already cater to many of these needs. Wherever appropriate, 
IPGRI will refer users to such sources. 


IPGRI maintains a database on the known Directories of Germplasm 
Collections. These directories list the germplasm holdings of specific crops 
and food plants in institutes around the world. The information aids scientists 
in making contact with other workers involved in the same crop. 


UNEP GRID 

The UNEP/GRID Meta-Database (MDb) was designed both with GRID’s own 
data management needs in mind, as well as to offer those outside GRID with 
a window on their data holdings. Thus the structure of the MDb reflects 
mostly the GRID internal needs of data cataloguing/handling. At the 
uppermost level "Data Sets" are referenced; that is, a coherent collection of 
data on a certain theme and from a certain source and at a particular point in 
time. Some examples would be "World Boundary Databank", "NOAA Global 
Vegetation Index (GVI), First Generation" and "UNESCO (White’s) Africa 
Vegetation Map". At the next level down are found all the individual 
"members" of each data set, which are equivalent to data files. For example, 
WBDb-II is composed of various boundary types and regions of the world. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-33 


Name 
Description 


The members are further decomposed into three major types - that is, raster, 
vector and (raw) satellite data members. Thus, the metadata holdings are 
focused on the cataloguing of information on geo-referenced data. In the 
future, the number of these types may be expanded to include, for example, 
maps, Statistical/tabular data sets etc. 


While it is possible to access the GRID MDb via the standard computer 
networks (Internet; BITNet/EARN), it is not yet open for public access. Thus 
far, only a handful of internal users (from other GRID sets) and a limited 
number of external evaluators have been given access; requirements are ability 
to run Telnet and access to a 3270 terminal emulator. 


Users who wish to use the GRID MDb without having to connect via network 
have a diskette version being developed for use on IBM-style personal 
computers, with the same easily-used menu system to guide enquiries. This 
version runs on any PC with a hard disk, including portables, will not require 
licensed software. 


UNEP HEM 

The HEMDisk is a floppy disk that has been prepared is distributed by the 
United Nations Environment Programme, Office of Harmonization of 
Environmental Measurement (HEM), in Munich Germany. The HEM Office 
is part of the Global Environmental Monitoring System (GEMS) and a 
component of Earthwatch. The information on the disk is indexed as a "Folio 
Views Infobase". 


The information contained in HEMDisk is derived from three surveys 
conducted by HEM since its inception in 1989. The latest edition was 
published in April, 1992, often referred to as the "Green Book" for the colour 
of its covers. This directory identifies environmental monitoring agencies, 
particularly those with international scope, outlining their organisational 
objectives, the nature of the monitoring programmes, and providing a contact 
address. 


The UNEP HEM directories are global in scope and emphasise international 
programmes and organisations. Some national bodies are included, but 
primarily those which have strong international connections, or whose work 
is of international significance. In terms of subject matter, the term 
"environment" is used very broadly, although sectoral research - such as in 
geology, biology, chemistry - is excluded. These more specialised areas are 
well covered by existing meta-information systems which record current 
research and the published literature. The emphasis in the HEM directories is 
on the integration and application of science to the measurement and 
monitoring of the present state or change in the environment and related work 
on harmonisation. 


ee ee ee eee eee 


7-34 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


The directories were assembled mainly through the mechanism of a 
questionnaire, either sent directly to selected agencies, or made available more 
generally at conferences and meetings. In most cases, therefore, the 
information was supplied directly by officials of the organisation or 
programme. 


The HEMDisk files contain entries for 95 Programmes, 103 Environmental 
Monitoring Institutions and 54 Institutions dealing with Reference Materials. 
The information is enhanced with the addition of keywords, from the 
INFOTERRA Thesaurus of Environmental Terms to facilitate retrieval. 


The format adopted for the metadata parallels that of the "Directory 
Interchange Format" (DIF) of NASA. 


WFCC 

The World Federation for Culture Collections (WFCC) is a 200-member 
federation of the International Union of Microbiological Societies. 
Microbiologists in 55 countries working in research, education, and industry 
are encouraged to cooperate in the study of procedures for the isolation, 
culture, characterisation, conservation, and distribution of microorganisms. 
The aim is to establish an effective network of individuals and institutions 
possessing collections of microorganism cultures and cell lines and to facilitate 
communication between collection owners and users. 


The long-term goal of the Federation is to create a global network of 
information services charged with compiling and disseminating data on 
cultures; address practical questions such as the impact of postal regulations, 
quarantine rules, patent laws, and public health concerns on culture 
distribution. 


The WFCC pioneered the development of an international database on culture 
resources worldwide. The result is the World Data Center for Collections of 
Microorganisms (WDCM). This data resource is now maintained at RIKEN, 
Japan and has records of nearly 400 culture collections from 55 countries. The 
records contain data on the organisation, management, services and scientific 
interests of the collections. Each of these records is linked to a second record 
containing the list of species held. The WDC database forms an important 
information resource for all microbiological activity and also acts as a focus 
for data activities amongst WFCC members. 


Computerised Information Services operated by the Federation also include the 
Microbial Strain Data Network (World Data Center for Collections of 
Microorganisms) for communications purposes. Publications include the World 
Directory of Collections of Microorganisms and the Living Resources for 
Biotechnology. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-35 


Name WORLD DATA CENTRES 

Description World Data Centres were originally established to store information from 
ICSU’s 1957 International Geophysical Year. An ICSU-WDC Panel is 
responsible for coordinating the activities of the individual data centres. 
Currently, 27 WDCs are active collecting, archiving, and disseminating data 
which encompass most facets of the global environment. WDCs are generally 
co-located with national data centres and are funded by the respective nation. 
The USA (designated WDC-A) sponsors nine centres, while Russia (WDC-B) 
operates two and 16 other WDCs (WDC-C) are located in other nations, 
including China, Japan, Switzerland and the UK. 


Data are acquired from various sources and managed according to 
internationally recommended procedures. For example, the WDC for 
Greenhouse Gases (WDCGG) in Japan, collects its data from world-wide 
sources pertaining, in particular, to atmospheric concentrations of CO,, CH,, 
CFCs, and NO,. Generally information can be obtained from these centres for 
a small cost. 


Given the recent advancements in computer technology, the ICSU WDC Panel 
is developing a revised workplan for the Centres. In particular, emphasis is 
being placed on the improved electronic exchange of datasets. Some of the 
larger data sets are available on CD-ROM. 


7.2 Libraries 

The subject of biodiversity encompasses a wide range of disciplines and impinges on many 
aspects of life. Directories of libraries tend to have a bias towards libraries located in the 
western world with the exception of libraries which form part of universities. This point is 
highlighted when one looks at the entries under "wildlife conservation" in the World Guide 
to Special Libraries (Bartz, 1990) where the great majority of entries occur under Australia, 
Canada and the USA. 


Most wildlife conservation libraries were founded in the 1960s or later. It is interesting to 
note that of the wildlife conservation libraries mentioned, only those based on natural history 
societies (eg Sierra Club), game conservation, hunting and fishery organisations were 
founded prior to 1950. Libraries serving agriculturists also have a much longer history as 
have forestry libraries both of which are concentrated in UK, USA, Canada, Germany and 
Netherlands. 


When undertaking research one must not overlook national collections of relevant published 
material. However, it is assumed that researchers are familiar with their national resources. 
National libraries are often the depository for copies of works published in the country where 
such arrangements are in force. In addition to collecting all works published in that country 
some national libraries are charged with collecting all material published by a national 
wherever the work is published and/or attempting to acquire all material published about the 
country. Some types of organisations which may hold good collections are: 


a a 


7-36 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


@ international organisations 


© government departments eg forestry, agriculture, environment, natural resources, 
culture, overseas aid departments 


© universities or seats of higher learning eg those conducting courses on subjects 
which impinge positively or negatively on the conservation of biological diversity, 
eg forestry, agriculture, aquaculture, wildlife management, biological sciences, 
in addition to conservation. 


@ learned Societies, Research Institutes, local natural history societies, botanical or 
zoological societies 


@ cultural organisations, eg museums, botanic gardens 
@ non-governmental organisations. 


One emerging type of library, falling within the national resource category, is that of 
libraries attached to national parks. Examples include collections in Everglades National Park 
and Kakadu National Park. These libraries may hold material which pertains to one site but 
may have international significance in one aspect of conservation management eg tourism, 
indigenous peoples, exotic species. 


Libraries the world over are experiencing financial constraints. Thus whilst most libraries 
will try to help outside enquirers, if you would like to visit please remember to write or 
telephone to arrange a mutually convenient time. Financial pressures tend to focus activities 
such as collection-building to meet the needs of the primary user group, and foster 
networking and cooperation between libraries. In this context some libraries or parts of their 
collections are now referred to as “information centres", "resource centres" or 
"documentation centres" where the emphasis is placed more on the information delivery 
rather than simply organising and storing information. 


The following list identifies some main libraries which have substantial holdings at the 
supranational level. The following list is intended to give a starting point. 


Libraries of International Organisations 


Name BirdLife International (BLI) 

Description An extensive collection of publications and reports on birds with worldwide 
coverage. The Library’s first responsibility is to staff and research workers 
but visitors can be accommodated. 

Contact Ms S. Squire 


Name Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research (CGIAR) 

Description Many of the organisations under the this umbrella have libraries collecting and 
disseminating material on specialised aspects of food production and forestry. 
Some of these are: 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-37 


Contact 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 


Description 


Contact 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Contact 


Center for International Forestry Research (CIFOR) 

International Center or Tropical Agriculture (CIAT) 

International Maize and Wheat Improvement Center 

International Potato Center (IPC) 

International Plant Genetic Resources Institute (IPGRI) 
International Laboratory for Research on Animal Diseases (ILRAD) 
International Livestock Center for Africa (ILCA) 


For example, IPGRI has a small library, 90% of which relates to genetic 
resources of food plants and crops; CIFOR has a small library still in the 
early stages of development but intending to concentrate on forestry research 
with emphasis on forestry and agroforestry. 

Ms Yuni Soeripto. 


FAO David Lublin Memorial Library 

This is a very large library, holding over 1 million volumes and 7,000 serials, 
which supports the organisation’s remit of improving production in all areas 
of agriculture, forestry, and fisheries including conservation and management 
of plant and animal genetic resources. The library produces several specialist 
databases in conjunction with other organisations and current awareness 
products, eg FAO Documentation on Forestry. 


ICIMOD 

One of the main activities of this Centre has been to build up its library and 
so it has a good collection on the theme of mountain areas. The Centre has 
prepared a number of bibliographies on aspects of life in mountain areas. 


International Center for Living Aquatic Resources Management 
(ICLARM) 

The Ian R. Smith Memorial Library and Documentation Center concentrates 
on coastal area management, aquaculture and fisheries literature and 
databases. 

Ms Rosalinda Temprosa 


United Nations (UN) 

The UN Headquarters Library in Geneva is there to serve the delegations, 
Secretariat and other official groups of the UN. As such it has an extensive 
collection of publications by the UN and its specialised agencies. These 
collections include statistics, environmental policy, conservation. 


UN Economic Commission for Asia and the Pacific 

This Library has an excellent collection of monographs and serial titles on 
natural resources, agricultural development relating to Asia. Dissemination is 
by means of a 6-monthly publication. 

Chief Librarian 


ee ee eee 


7-38 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


Contact 


Name 
Description 


Contact 


Name 
Description 


Contact 
Name 


Description 


Contact 


UN Economic Commission for Latin America 

The library has a good collection of documents covering natural resources, 
agriculture and UN documents. 

Chief Librarian 


UNEP 

This collection has a broad remit to collect and make available material on 
environmental matters to the UNEP Secretariat and delegations. Many 
programmes incorporate and elements of biodiversity conservation eg 
terrestrial ecosystems, oceans and coastal areas, desertification. 

Mrs Mary Rigby 


World Conservation Union (IUCN) 

The main focus of this library’s holdings are: sustainable development, 
biological diversity, natural history, aquatic & terrestrial and ecology and 
ecosystems. 

Head Librarian 


World Resources Institute (WRI) 

A not-for-profit organisation with a substantial literature collection on 
biological diversity and related aspects whose resources may be consulted by 
appointment. 

Mr S Boltick 


Government Libraries 


Name 
Description 


Name 


Description 


Name 
Description 


Contact 


CSIRO Black Mountain Laboratory (Australia) 
This research institute has one of the best collections in Australia covering 
land use, agriculture, botany, entomology. 


Institut francais de Recherche Scientifique pour le Developpment en 
Cooperation (ORSTOM) 

This French government institute, whose remit is natural resource management 
and environmental protection, has major programmes in 45 developing 
countries. Specialist libraries are maintained as part of the institutes in many 
countries to support the research activities in natural resource utilisation, 
botany, zoology and ecology. 


International Development Research Centre (IDRC) 

This Canadian library places strong emphasis on disseminating information 
about the parent’s research on sustainable solutions to development problems. 
It has an extensive collection of books and reports dating from 1970, basic 
bibliographic information is available through BIBLIOL (see Online Services, 
Section 7.1.2) 

Cathi Corbett 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-39 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


National Library of Agriculture (NAL) 

The National Library of Agriculture in the USA is one of the world’s leading 
collections of agricultural literature and related subjects. These include 
biodiversity, wildlife management, microbiology, natural history, natural 
resources, conservation, forestry and zoology. 


Natural Resources Institute (NRI) 

The Natural Resources Institute in the UK has a large library specialising in 
tropical agriculture, contributing to a number of international databases of 
forestry, forest products, and aquaculture. 


Academic Libraries 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Asian Institute of Technology (AIT) 

The Institute maintains the Library and Regional Documentation Center which 
comprises five specialised information centers, including Environment, 
Resources and Development. The Institute has a very active GIS programme. 


Oxford Forestry Institute (OFT) 

Although the Institute has a small collection, the main collection resides in the 
Plant Sciences Department Library of the University of Oxford. This library 
has an extensive collection dealing with all aspects of plant sciences including 
forestry and is held in conjunction with CAB International. 


Pacific Information Service 

This service is based on the resources of the University of the South Pacific, 
Suva and covers a wide range of subjects including natural resources, plant 
resources. 


Libraries of Cultural Organisations 


Name 
Description 


Contact 


Name 
Description 


7-40 


National Museums of Kenya (NMK) 

This library acts as a regional centre for information East Africa, in 
particular, and Africa in general. It has a substantial collection, which is 
primarily to support the work of the Museum staff and East African Natural 
History Society but access is easily arranged for other researchers. 

Ms Asha Owano 


Natural History Museum (NHM) 

The Natural History Museum in the UK claims to have the world’s largest 
natural history library, comprising 4 sub-libraries. Botany, Entomology, 
General and Zoology, Palaeontology & Mineralogy. The resource is available 
to the Museum staff, research workers and the public for enquiries and visits 
by prior arrangement. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (RBGK) 

Description The library is based on collections acquired in the mid-19th century having as 
its core collection works on botany and especially taxonomy with collections 
on economic botany, medicinal plants and landscaping. The collection aims 
to cover all plants and fungi. Library is intended to serve staff of RBG but 
researchers may apply to use the Library. 

Contact Miss S M D FitzGerald 


Name Smithsonian Institution 

Description Among the 18 libraries forming the library resource of this great institution 
is the National Museum of Natural History, an institution with formidable 
resources in zoology, botany, geology, and natural sciences and libraries 
serving these specialities. 


7.3 Bibliography 

The terms "biological diversity" and "biodiversity" first made their appearance in scientific 
papers in the mid-1980s, and in book titles in 1988. Biodiversity, as opposed to "biological 
diversity" has become the more common of the terms since 1990 and in conventionally 
published literature. 


The term biodiversity is used to encompass a range of aspects and so many relevant 
publications may be found in the literature of the biological sciences and the related applied 
sciences, for example zoology, botany, genetics, natural history, forestry, agriculture, 
wildlife management, and conservation biology. For aspects such as attitudes to conservation, 
economics of biodiversity or project management one may also need to look at the social 
science literature. 


Perhaps more than most sciences, there is a substantial body of knowledge and experience 
to be found in the grey literature. For example, reports from consultancy groups, field 
workers, research workers undertaking a particular project, pressure groups, non- 
governmental organisations and reports to government departments. Most of this knowledge 
is never formally published and often is extremely difficult to trace and thus to obtain copies. 
Often the grey literature may be prepared for a very limited audience and it may never be 
intended to be publicly available: one may only identify this grey literature by talking to 
workers with similar interests and by contacting relevant organisations. Those wishing to 
identify are encouraged to seek help from national or international organisations listed in 
Address List, Section 8.2. 


The bibliography presented below not only lists those texts cited in the current series of 
documents, but also a wider selection of background reading. However, any such list is 
inevitably selective, and the basic objective was therefore to identify key recent publications 
which have a good international or regional coverage. 


The bibliography is divided up to reflect the contents of this Resource Inventory document, 
with another of additional sections for documents which were difficult to place elsewhere. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-41 


7.3.1 General 


Biodiversity Support Program 1993. African Biodiversity: Foundation for the Future; a 
Framework for Integrating Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Development. xxi + 


149pp. 


Brown, M. and Wyckoff-Baird, B. 1992. Designing Integrated Conservation and 
Development Projects. Biodiversity Support Program. xvi + 62pp. 


Fiedler, P.L., Jain, S.K. 1992. Conservation Biology: the Theory and Practice of Nature 
Conservation, Preservation and Management. Chapman & Hall, London. xxix + 507pp. 


IUCN, UNEP and WWF 1991. Caring for the Earth: a Strategy for Sustainable 
Development. IUCN Gland, Switzerland. iv + 228pp. 


Kattiger, A.F., McNeely, J.A., Lesser, W.H., Hill, Y.St., Senanayake, R. (Eds). 1994. 
Widening Perspectives on Biodiversity. International Academy of the Environment, Geneva. 
Xvi + 473pp. 


McNeely, J.A., Miller, K.R., Reid, W.V., Mittermeier, R.A., Werner, T.B. 1990. 
Conserving the World’s Biological Diversity. IUCN Gland, Switzerland. 193pp. 


National Research Council 1993. Committee on the Formation of the National Biological 
Survey, Commission on the Formation of the National Biological Survey. A Biological 
Survey for the Nation. National Academic Press, Washington, DC, USA. xv + 205pp. 


Norse, E.A. (Ed.). 1993. Global Marine Biological Diversity: a Strategy for Building 
Conservation into Decision Making. Island Press, Washington, DC, xxxii + 383pp. 


Peters, R.L. and Lovejoy, T.E. (Eds). 1992. Global Warming and Biological Diversity. 
Based on WWFs Conference on Consequences of the Greenhouse Effect for Biological 
Diversity held on 4-6 October 1988 in Washington, DC, Yale University Press, London. xxi 
+ 386pp. 


Reid, W.V. and Miller, K.R. 1989. Keeping Options Alive: the Scientific Basis for 
Conserving Biodiversity. WRI Washington, USA. vii + 120pp. 


Stuart, S.N., Adams, R.J. 1990. Biodiversity in Sub-Saharan Africa and its Islands: 
conservation, management, and sustainable use. IUCN Species Survival Commission 
Occasional Papers No. 6. 242pp. 


Tunstall, D.B. and Wansem, M. van der. 1992. 1993 Directory of Country Environmental 
Studies: an annotated bibliography of environmental and natural resources profiles and 
assessments. WRI Washington, USA. vi + 230pp. 


UNEP 1992. Convention on Biological Diversity. UNEP Nairobi, Kenya. 52pp. 


7-42 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Wells, S.M. (Ed.). 1988. Coral Reefs of the World. 3 vols. Vol 1: Atlantic and Eastern 
Pacific. Vol 2: Indian Ocean, Red Sea and Gulf. Volume 3: Central and Western Pacific. 
IUCN/UNEP Gland, Switzerland. 


Wilkinson, C.R. and Buddemeier, R.W. 1994. Global Climate Change and Coral Reefs: 
Implications for People and Reefs. Report of the UNEP-IOC-ASPEI-IUCN Global Task 
Team on the implications of climate change on coral reefs. [UCN Gland, Switzerland. x + 
124pp. 


Wilson, E.O. 1988. Biodiversity. National Academic Press, Washington DC, 


WCMC 1992. Global Biodiversity: Status of the Earth’s Living Resources. Chapman & Hall, 
London. xx + 585pp. 


WCMC (Comp.), and Groombridge, B. (Ed.), 1994. Biodiversity Data Sourcebook. World 
Conservation Press, Cambridge, UK. ii + 155pp. 


WRI, IUCN and UNEP 1992a. Global Biodiversity Strategy: Guidelines for Action to Save, 
Study, and Use the Earth’s Biotic Wealth Sustainably and Equitably. WRI Washington, USA. 
vi + 244pp (also available in Spanish). 


WRI, IUCN and UNEP 1992b. Global Biodiversity Strategy: a Policy-makers’ Guide. WRI 
New York, USA. vii + 35pp. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-43 


7.3.2 Economic Aspects 


Aylward, B.A., Echeverria, J., Fendt, L., Barbier, E.B. 1993. The Economic Value of 
Species Information and its Role in Biodiversity Conservation: Case Studies of Costa Rica’s 
National Biodiversity Institute and Pharmaceutical Prospecting. London Environmental 
Economics Centre, London, UK. vi + 76pp. 


Barbier, E.B., Burgess, J.C., Folke, C. 1994. Paradise Lost? The Ecological Economics of 
Biodiversity. Earthscan, London. 224pp. 


Brown, K., Pearce, D., Perrings, C., Swanson, T. 1993. Economics and the Conservation 
of Global Biological Diversity. GEF Working Paper No 2. vi + 75pp. 


Dixon, J.A., Sherman, P.B. 1990. Economics of Protected Areas: a New Look at Benefits 
and Costs. Island Press, Washington DC, USA. xvii +234pp. 


McNeely, J.A. 1988. Economics and Biological Diversity: Developing and Using Economic 
Incentives to Conserve Biological Resources. UCN Gland, Switzerland. 


Pearce, D., Moran, D. 1994. The Economic Value of Biodiversity. TUCN Gland, 
Switzerland. xii + 172pp. 


a eae 


7-44 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


7.3.3 Legal, Aid and Policy Issues 


Abramovitz, J.N. 1991. Investing in Biological Diversity: US Research and Conservation 
Efforts in Developing Countries. WRI Washington, USA. 94pp. 


deKlemm, C., Shine, C. 1993. Biological Diversity Conservation and the Law: legal 
mechanisms for conserving species and ecosystems. IUCN Environmental Policy and Law 
Paper No 29. xix + 292pp. 


Zaelke, D., Housman, R.F., Orbuch, P. 1994. Trade and the Environment: Law, Economics 
and Policy. Island Press Washington, USA. 270pp. 


7.3.4 Statistics 


GEMS-MARC 1993. Environmental Data Report 1993-1994. Blackwell, Oxford, UK. v + 
408pp. 


UNSTAT 1992. The Environment in Europe and North-America: Annotated Statistics 1992. 
United Nations, New York. xvii + 366pp. 


WRI 1994. World Resources 1994-95. Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK. xii + 400pp. 


7.3.5 Micro-organisms 


Hawksworth, D.L., Ritchie, J.M. 1993. Biodiversity and Biosystematic Priorities: 
Microorganisms and Invertebrates. CAB International, Wallingford, Oxford, England. 120pp. 


Hawskworth, D.L. (Ed.) 1991. The Biodiversity of Microorganisms and Invertebrates: its 
Role in Sustainable Agriculture. Proceedings of the First Workshop on the Ecological 
Foundations of Sustainable Agriculture (WEFSA 1) London, 26-27 July 1990. CAB 
International, Wallingford, Oxon, UK. xx + 302pp. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-45 


7.3.6 Information System Development 


Archer, H. Croswell, P.L. 1989. Public Access to Geographic Information Systems: An 
emerging legal issue. Photogrammetric Engineering and Remote Sensing. 55:1575-1581. 


Aronoff, S. 1989. Geographic Information Systems - A Management Perspective. WDL 
Publications, Ottawa, Canada. 


Ayers, L.F., Kottman C.A. 1994. A Call for GIS Certification. GIS World. December:48- 
52. GIS World Inc. 


Burley, C. 1994. CIESIN Metadata Entry Form Instructions. CIESIN. 


Chen, P.P. 1976. The Entity-Relationship Model - Toward a Unified View of Data, ACM ~ 
Trans. Database Systems. 1(1):9-36. 


Clark, G.L. 1981. Law, the State and the Spatial Integration of the United States. 
Environment and Planning. A13(10):1197-1232. 


Codd, E.F. 1970. A Relational Model of Data for Large Shared Data Banks. Comm. ACM. 
13(6):377-387. 


Codd, E.F. 1979. Extending the Database Relational Model to Capture More Meaning. ACM 
Trans. Database Systems. 4(4):397-434. 


Connell, J.L., Shatner L.B. 1989. Structured Rapid Prototyping: An evolutionary Approach 
to Software Development. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ. 


Cooley, G.P. 1992. Collections and Research Information System Master Plan. Mitre. 
Cooley G.P., Harrington, M.B., and Lawrence, L.M. 1993. Analysis and Recommendations 
for Scientific Computing and Collections Information Management of Free-Standing Museums 


of Natural History and Botanical Gardens. Vol.1. Mitre. 


Crain, I.K. 1992. User Requirements for the Harmonization of Environmental Measurement 
Information System (HEMIS). UNEP-HEM Munich, Germany. 86pp. 


Crain, I.K. (Ed.) 1994. An Introduction to HEM and the HEMDisk. UNEP-HEM Munich, 
Germany. 


Cutts, G. 1991. Structured Systems Analysis and Design Methodology. Blackwell Scientific 
Publications. 


Date, C.J. 1990. An Introduction to Database Systems. Fifth Edition, Vol. I, Addison-Wesley 
Publishing Co., Reading, Mass. 


7-46 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Date, C.J. 1983, An Introduction to Database Systems. Vol. 11, Addison-Wesley Publishing 
Co., Reading, Mass. 


DeMarco, T. 1979. Structured Analysis and System Specification. Prentice-Hall Software 
Series. P 


Edwards, P. 1983. Systems Analysis and Design. Mitchell McGraw Hill. 


Epstein, E.F. 1990. Access to Information: Legal Issues, Proceedings of the XIX Congress 
of the International Federation of Surveyors (FIG). Vol 3. Pp.92-99. 


Fidel, R. 1987. Database Design for Information Retrieval. John Wiley. 


Fitzgerald, G., Stokes, N., and Wood, J.R.G. 1985. Feature Analysis of Contemporary 
Information System Methodologies. Computer Journal. 28(3):223-230. 


Flaaten, P. 1989. Foundations of Business Systems. Dryden Press. 


Gane, C. 1990. Computer Aided Software Engineering: The Methodologies, the Products and 
the Future. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ. 


Gause, D.C and Weinberg, G.M. 1989. PELE Requirements: Quality Before Design. 
Dorset House Publishing Company. 


Howe, D.R. 1983. Data Analysis for Database Design. Arnold. 

-Jordan, E.* and Machesky, J. 1990. Systems Development. PWS-Kent. 

Kroenke, D.M. 1992. Database Processing. Maxmillan. 

Maddison, R.N., et al. 1983. Information System Design Methodologies. Wiley Heyden. : 


Malamud, C. 1989. INGRES: Tools for Building an Information Architecture, Van Nostrand 
Reinhold. 


McLean, I. 1989. Democracy and New Technology. Polity Press, Cambridge. 


Obermeyer, N.J., and Pinto, J.K. 1994. Managing Geographic Information Systems, The 
Guilford Press. 226pp. 


Olle, T.W., Sol, H.G., and Verrijn Stuart A.A. (Eds). 1982. Information Systems Design 
Methodologies - A Comparative Review, North Holland. 


Olle, T.W., Sol, H.G., and Tully, C.J. (Eds). 1983. Information Systems Design 
Methodologies - A Feature Analysis, North Holland. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-47 


Onsrud, H.J. 1989. Legal and Liability Issues in Publicly Accessible Land Information 
Systems, Proc. GIS/LIS, Vol.1, Pp.295-300. 


Oxborrow, E. 1989. Databases and Database Systems. Chartwell-Bratt. 


Pinborg, U. 1992. Catalogue of Data Sources (CDS) for the Environment: Analysis and 
Suggestions for a Meta-data System and Service. European Environment Agency. 


Powers, M.J. and Cheney, P.H. 1990. Structured Systems Development. Boyd and Fraser 
Publishing. 


Rhoads, A.F. 1990. A Modern, Computer-accessed Flora of Pennsylvania: A Tool for 
Resource Managers. In: Ecosystem Management. New York State Museum, New York, 
USA. 

Richardson, B.J. 1994. The Industrialisation of Scientific Information. In: Forey, P.L., 
Humphries, C.J., and Vane-Wright, R.I. (Eds), Systematics and Conservation Evaluation. 
Systematics Association Special 50:123-31. Clarendon Press, Oxford, UK. 

Robinson, H. 1981. Database Analysis and Design. Chartweil-Bratt. 

Rock-Evans, R. 1981. Data Analysis. IPC Business press. 


Smith, J.M., and Smith, D.C.P. 1977. Database Abstractions: Aggregation and 
Generalization, ACM Trans. Database Systems 2(2):105-133. 


Stein, B.A. 1994. Strengthening National Capacities for Biodiversity Information 
Management. The Nature Conservancy, USA. 


Townsend, J.T. 1992. Introduction to Databases. Que. 


Ullman, J.D. 1982. Principles of Database Systems. 2nd edn. Computer Science Press, 
Rockville, Maryland. 


UNEP 1990. INFOTERRA Thesaurus of Environmental Terms. 3rd edn. UNEP Nairobi, 
Kenya. 


UNEP 1992. The Grid Meta-Database (MDb) Entity-Attribute Definitions. UNEP-GRID 
database. UNEP-GRID Geneva,. 


UNEP 1993. Guidelines for Country Studies. UNEP Nairobi, Kenya. 

Verheijen, G.M.A., and van Bekkum, J. 1982. NIAM: An Information Analysis Method, 
In: Olle, T.W., et al (Eds), Information Systems Design Methodologies - A Comparative 
Review. North-Holland. 


Vinden R.J. 1982. Data Dictionaries for Database Administrators. TAB Books. 


7-48 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Van Dijkhuizen, H. 1994. World Bird Database: User Requirement Specification and System 
Design Specification. BirdLife International Cambridge, UK. 


WCMC 1993. Availability of Biodiversity Information in East Africa. WCMC Cambridge, 
UK. 


WDC 1991. Directory Interchange Format Manual (version 4.0). World Data Center, NASA, 
USA. 


Wiggins, L.L. and French, S.P. 1992. Geographic Information Systems: Assessing Your 
Needs and Choosing a System. Planning Advisory Service Report. American Planning 
Association, Chicago. 


WWF-India 1994. Indira Gandhi Conservation Monitoring Centre: A Profile. WWF-India, 
New Delhi. 


Yourdon, E. 1975. Techniques of Program Structure and Design. Prentice-Hall, Englewood 
Cliffs, NJ. 


Yourdon, E. Undated. The CASE Report. Nastec Corporation, Southfield, MI, USA. 


ee 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-49 


7.3.7 Tools for Managing Data 
ALICE 1990. ALICE: A Bio-Diversity Database System. ALICE Software Partnership. 
Anderberg, M.R. 1973. Cluster Analysis for Applications. Academic Press, New York, USA. 


Anderson, T. 1993. Databases: The view from Windows. Personal Computer World. 
16(5):336-380. 


Andrews, M., Brennan, A., Kurppa, L. (Eds). 1994. Polar and Cold Regions Library 
Resources: a directory. 3rd edn. Institute of Arctic and Alpine Research, University of 
Colorado, Boulder, Colorado. xi + 208pp. 


Antenucci, J.C., Brown, K., Croswell, P.L., Kevany, M. 1991. Geographic Information 
Systems: A Guide to the Technology. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, USA. 


Aronoff, S. 1989. Geographic Information Systems - A Management Perspective. WDL 
Publications, Ottawa, Canada. 


Barr, C.J. et al. 1993. Countryside Survey 1990: Main Report. UK Department of the 
Environment. 


Bartz, B., Lochar, R., Opitz, H. (Eds). 1990. World Guide to Special Libraries. Saur, 
London. 2 vols. 


Bentley, T. 1984. Making Computers Work. Macmillan. 


Blackith, R.E. and Reyment, R.A. 1971. Multivariate Morphometrics. Academic Press, New 
York, USA. 


Burroughs, P.A. 1989. Principles of Geographical Information Systems for Land Resources 
Assessment. Clarendon Press, Oxford, UK. 


Carr, J.R. 1990. CORSPOND: a portable FORTRAN-77 program for correspondence 
analysis, Computers and Geosciences. 16:289-307. 


Cohen, L. and Holiday, M. 1982. Statistics for Social Scientists - An Introductory Text with 
Computer Programmes in Basic. Harper and Row, London. 


Crain I.K. 1992. Technology for Global and Regional Environmental Decision Making, 
Informatik Fachberichte. Computer Science for Environmental Protection. 296:237-246. 


Davies, J.C. 1973. Statistics and Data Analysis in Geology with FORTRAN Programs. Wiley, 
New York, USA. 


Davies, R.G. 1971. Computer Programming in Quantitative Biology. Academic Press, New 
York, USA. 


7-50 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Van Diggelen F. 1994. GIS World. October:34-40. GIS World Inc. 


Van Dijkhuizen, H. 1994. World Bird Database: User Requirement Specification (Draft). 
BirdLife International Cambridge, UK. 


English Nature 1993. RECORDER Specification. English Nature, Peterborough, UK. 
Estrada, S. 1993. Connecting to the Internet - A Buyer’s Guide. O’ Reilly and Associates, Inc. 
Fairhead, H. 1992. The 386/486 PC: A Power User’s Guide, I/O Press. 


FAO 1986. Animal Genetic Resources Data Banks: Computer Systems Study for Regional 
Data Banks. FAO and UNEP. 


Fedra, K. 1994. State-of-the-Art Environmental Reporting Part IV: A Demonstration 
Prototype. Project Progress Report, IIASA. 


Filer, D. 1994. BRAHMS: A Pocket Introduction and Demonstration Guide. 


Fisher, R.C. et al. 1990. Agricultural Information Resource Centers: a world directory. 
International Association of Agricultural Librarians and Documentalists, Urbana, Ill. 641pp. 


Froese, R. 1993. Report of the Study Group on FishBase, |CLARM. 
Geoinfo Systems 1994. Buyers Guide. November/December. Pp.53-61 
Hawthorne, W.D. 1992. FROGGIE: User Manual (Part 1). 


Ingersoll, K. 1994. Solving the Data Conversion Puzzle. GIS World. August:35-38. GIS 
World Inc. 


Humphries, C.J., Vane-Wright, R.I., Williams, P.H. 1991. Biodiversity Reserves: Setting 
New Priorities for the Conservation of Wildlife. Parks 2, Pp. 34-38. 


Jackson, S. 1994. Wildlife Information Network Wildlife Database Proposal, Wildlife 
Information Network. 


Jambu, M. 1981. FORTRAN IV computer programs for rapid hierarchical classification of 
large data sets. Computers and Geosciences 6:297-310. 


Jones, C. 1986. The Computer Handbook. Macmillan. 


Kent, M. 1977. BRAYCURT and RECIPRO - two programs for ordination in ecology and 
biogeography. Computer Applications New Series. 4:589-647. 


Kent, M. and Coker, P. 1992. Vegetation Description and Analysis: A Practical Approach. 
Belhaven Press, London. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-51 


Krol, E. 1992. The Whole Internet - User’s Guide and Catalog. O’Reilly and Associates, Inc. 


Lee, J.D. and Lee, T.D. 1982. Statistical and Numerical Methods in Basic for Biologists. 
Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, USA. 


Ludwig, J.A. and Reynolds, J.F. 1988. Statistical Ecology - a Primer on Methods and 
Computing. Wiley, New York, USA. 


MacKinnon, J. 1992. The Logic of Mass, Asian Bureau for Conservation; 


MacKinnon, J. 1994. A Method for Evaluating and Classifying Habitat Importance for 
Biodiversity Conservation, WCMC/WCI Meeting on Identification of Habitat Criteria, 
Cambridge, UK. 11-12 October 1994. 


Maguire, D.J., Goodchild, M.F., Rhind, D.W. (Eds). 1988. Geographical Information 
Systems: Principles and Applications. 2 Volumes. Wiley, New York, USA. 


Mather, P.M. 1976. Computational Methods of Multivariate Analysis in Physical Geography. 
Wiley, Chichester. 


Mulder, D. (Comp.) 1994. Directory of European Aquatic Science Libraries and Information 
Centres. Instituto Espanol de Oceanographie, Madrid, Spain. 280pp. 


O’Neal, M. and Walter, K.S. 1989. The BG-BASE Users’s Manual: Designing a 
Computer-Software Application to Meet the Plant-Record Needs of the Arnold Arboretum, 
Arnoldia, 49(1):42-53. 


Orloci, L. 1978. Multivariate Analysis in Vegetation Research. 2nd edn. Junk, The Hague, 
Netherlands. 


PC Direct 1994. Product Reviews In: PC Direct. Pp.79-119, July. 


Reynolds, J. 1993. National Biodiversity Data Bank: Software Guide and User Manual, 
Makerere University Institute of Environment and Natural Resources. 


Schalk, P.H. 1992. Computer-aided Taxonomy, Binary 4, Pp. 124-126. 


Smith, U.R. 1993. A Biologist’s Guide to Internet Resources. Usenet sci.answers. 45pp. 
[Available via gopher, anonymous FTP and e-mail from many archives. For a free copy via 
e-mail, send the text send pub/usenet/sci.answers/biology/guide/* to the e-mail address mail- 
server@rtfm.mit.edu.] 


Software Decisions 1993. Software Decisions. Future Publishing Limited. 
Thomas, E. 1993. Revised LISTSERV System reference Library. 


Listserv@BITNIC.educom.edu, release 1.7c. [Retrievable from any listserver using the 
message "send listserv refcard".] 


7-52 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


TNC 1992. An Overview of the Biological and Conservation Data (BCD) System. The Nature 
Conservancy, USA. 


Trzyna, T.C. (Ed.) 1992. World Directory of Environmental Organisations. 4th edn. 
California Institute of Public Affairs, California, USA. 231pp. 


Williams, P.H., Humphries, C.J., Vane-Wright, R.I. In-press. Measuring Biodiversity: 
Taxonomic Relatedness for Conservation Priorities, Australian Systematic Biology. 


Wright, G. 1988. Mastering Computers, Macmillan. 
WWF-India 1994. Indira Gandhi Conservation Monitoring Centre: A Profile. WWF-India. 


UNEP 1993. A Survey of Geographic Information System and Image Processing Software. 
UNEP Nairobi, Kenya. 


i 
Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-53 


7.3.8 Data Management Standards 


Abel, D.J. 1983. Towards a Relational Database for Geographic Information Systems. 
Workshop on Databases in the Natural Sciences, CSIRO Division of Computing Research. 


Aronoff, S. 1989. Geographic Information Systems: A Management Perspective, WDL 
Publications. 


Batschi, W. 1994. Environmental Thesaurus and Classification of the Umweltbundesamt, 
Proceedings of the First European ISKO Conference, Bratislava, Indeks Verlag. 


Bolton, P. 1994. Pers. Comm. GIS-L_ Internet mailing list. [GISL@ 
UBVM.CC.BUFFALO.EDU.] 


Burley, C. 1994. CIESIN Metadata Entry Form Instructions. CIESIN. 


CGIS-DIGEST 1994. CGIS-DIGEST, Canadian Geomatics Interchange Standard - Edition 
1.2, Canadian General Standards Board. 


Chrisman, N.R. 1984. The Role of Quality Information in the Long-Term Functioning of a 
Geographic Information System. Cartographica 21(2):79-87. 


Dunn, R., Harrison, A.R., White, J.C. 1990. Positional Accuracy and Measurement Error 
in Digital Databases of Land Use: an empirical study, Int. J. of Geographic Info. Systems, 
4:385-398. 


EEA 1993. Analysis and Suggestions for a metadata system and service for the EEA, 
European Environment Agency. 


Felluga, B., Lucke, S. Palmera, P. 1991. From a System of Descriptors to a Thesaurus for 
the Environment. In: Negrini, G., Farnesi, T., Benediktsson, D. (Eds), Documentary 
Languages and Databases. Frankfurt/Main, Advances in Knowledge Organization. Pp. 73- 
84. 

FGDC 1993. FGDC Newsletter No. 1, Federal Geographic Data Committee, Spring 1993. 
Goodchild, M.F. 1989. The Accuracy of Spatial Databases. Taylor and Francis, 308pp. 


Guptill S.C. 1991. Spatial Data Exchange and Standardisation. In: Maguire D., Goodchild 
M. and Rhind D. (Eds), Geographical Information Systems, Volume 1, Pp 515-530, 


Haralick, R.M. 1980. A spatial data structure for geographic information systems. Map data 
processing. Academic Press. 


Hunter, G.J., Beard, K. 1992. Understanding Error in Spatial databases. The Australian 
Surveyor. 37:108-119. 


7-54 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Ingersoll K. 1994. Solving the Data Conversion Puzzle: Find the Solution That Is Best for 
You, GIS World. August:34-38. Longmanns. 


ISO 1985. International Standard 5964, Documentation - Guidelines for the establishment 
and development of multilingual thesauri. Transl. M.Trigari, Firenze, BDP, Biblioteca di 
Documentazione Pedagogica, 1990. 


ISO 1986. International Standard 2788, Documentation - Guidelines for the establishment 
and development of monolingual thesauri, 2nd edn. UDC. 


Kamran, P., Chignell, M. 1993. Intelligent database tools & applications: hyperinformation 
access, data quality, visualisation, automatic discovery. Wiley, New York, USA. 


NIST 1992 Federal Information Processing Standard Publication 173 U.S. Department of 
Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, USA. 


Nordic Council of Ministers. 1981. Handbook on Characterization of Environmental Data, 
Nordic Council of Ministers Environmental Data Group. 


Pinborg, U. 1992. Catalogue of Data Sources (CDS) for the Environment: Analysis and 
Suggestions for a Meta-data System and Service. European Environment Agency (EEA). 


Pollitt A.S., Ellis G.P., Smith M.P. 1994. Using the thesaurus to filter environmental 
databases, Proceedings of the First European ISKO Conference, Bratislava, Indeks Verlag. 


Ralphs, M. 1993. Data Quality issues and GIS: a discussion. Mapping Awareness & GIS in 
Europe. 7(7):39-41. 


Ritzler C. 1991. Comparative Study of PC-supported Thesaurus Software, Proceedings of 
International Conference on Knowledge Organization & Terminology, Bratislava, Czech 
Republic. 


Rybinski H., Muraszkiewicz M., Struk W. 1993. MULTHES-ISIS: A Flexible Software for 
Multilingual Thesaurus Building, Terminology and Knowledge Engineering Proceedings, 
Third International Congress ’93, Koeln, Indeks Verlag, Czech Republic. 


Rybinski H., Muraszkiewicz M., Budin G., Galinski C. 1994. The Environment 
Macrothesaurus System - MTM 4.0, Proceedings of the First European ISKO Conference, 
Bratislava, Indeks Verlag, Czech Republic. 


Shapiro, L.G. 1980. Design of a spatial information system. In: Freeman, H., and Pieroni, 
G.G (Eds), Map data processing, Academic Press, New York, UK. 


Stancikova, P., & Dahlberg, I. (Eds). 1994. Environmental Knowledge Organization and 
Information Management, Proceedings of the First European ISKO Conference. 
Frankfurt/Main. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-55 


Takano, Fumio, Sato, Makoto. 1987. Joho Kanri. Journal of Information Processing and 
Management. 29(12):1035-1052. 


UNEP 1990. INFOTERRA Thesaurus of Environmental Terms (3rd ed.) UNEP Nairobi, 
Kenya. 


UNEP 1992. The Grid Meta-Database (MDb) Entity-Attribute Definitions, UNEP-GRID 
Geneva, Switzerland. 


UNESCO 1989. Mini-Micro CDS/ISIS - Users Manual. PGI, UNESCO Paris, France. 


Vonderohe, A.P., Chrisman, N.R. 1985. Tests to Establish the Quality of Digital 
Cartographic Data. Proceedings of AutoCarto 7, Amer. Soc. of Photogrammetry and Remote 
Sensing, Pp 552-559. 


Weber, W. 1978. Three types of map data structures, their ANDSs and NOTs, and a 
possible OR. [Harvard papers on geographic information systems - description for the 
CODASYL standards. First International Advanced Study Symposium on Topological Data 
Structures for Geographic Information Systems. ] 


Wortman, K. 1992. The Spatial Data Transfer Standard (FIPS 173): A Management 
Perspective. 


i a dl 


7-56 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


7.3.9 Terrestrial Vegetation 


Adams, J. 1992. Towards an improved vegetation classification scheme for global mapping 
and monitoring. A background paper produced for the UNEP/HEM/WCMC/GCTE 
preparatory workshop Charlottesville, Virginia 24-26 January 1993. Unpublished. 


Anderson, J., Hardy, E., Roach, J., and Witmer, R. 1976. A Land Use Classification 
System for Use with Remote-Sensor Data. US Department of the Interior, US Geological 
Survey Professional Paper 964, Washington, DC, 28pp. 


AUSLIG Undated. Australia - Natural Vegetation. 1:5 million. Compiled by Botany 
Department, Australian National University, produced by Australian Surveying and Land 
Information Group, Department of Administrative Services. 


Bailey, R.G. 1989. Ecoregions of the Continents. USDA Forest Service. 


Belward, A. 1994. The IGBP-DIS Global 1 km Land Cover Data Set: A validation strategy 
proposal. Draft Strategy Document. Unpublished. 


Blasco, F. 1988. The International Vegetation Map. In: Kiichler, A.W. and Zonneveld, I.S. 
(Eds) Handbook of Vegetation Science 10: 443-46. Kluwer, Dordrecht. 


Bones, J.T. 1993. Report for Consultancy on Forest Definitions and Classifications to be 
Employed for Global Forest Resources Assessment, 2000. In: Proceedings of FAO/ECE 
Meeting of Experts on Global Forest Resources Assessment - Kotka II, Finland, 3-7 May 
1993 Nyyssonen, A. (Ed.) The Finnish Forest Research Institute. Research Papers 469. 
Helsinki. Pp. 175-194. 


Botanical Institute Royal Academy of Sciences 1990. Vegetation of the USSR. 1:4 million 
scale. Royal Academy of Sciences, Moscow. 


Brown, D., Lowe, C., and Pase, C. 1979. A Digitized Classification System for the Biotic 
Communities of North America, with Community (Series) and Association Examples for the 
Southwest. Journal of the Arizona-Nevada Academy of Science 14:1-16. 


Burley, T.M. 1961. Land use or land utilization? Professional Geographer 13(6):18-20. 


CEC 1991. CORINE Biotopes: the design, compilation and use of an inventory of sites of 
major importance for nature conservation in the European Community. Office for Official 
Publications of the European Communities. 4 vols + maps. 1991. Parts comprise: project 
report, methodology, data specification parts 1 and 2. 


CEC 1992. Corine Land Cover - technical guide. Luxembourg: Commission of the European 
Communities. 


CEC 1993. Corine Land Cover - Guide Technique. Office for Official Publications of the 
European Community. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-57 


Clawson, M. and Stewart, C.L. 1965. Land Use Information: An Initial Survey of US 
Statistics Including Possibilities for Greater Uniformity. John Hopkins Press, Baltimore, 
402pp. 


Collins, N.M., Sayer, J.A. and Whitmore, T.C. (Eds). 1991. The Conservation Atlas of 
Tropical Forests -Asia and the Pacific. Macmillan Publishers Ltd., London. 


Cowardin, L, Carter, V., Golet, F. and LaRoe, E. 1979. Classification of Wetlands and 
Deepwater Habitats of the United States. US Department of Interior, US Fish and Wildlife 
Service, Re. No. FWS/OBS-79/31, Washington, DC, 103pp. 


Crucible Group 1994. People, Plants, and Patents: the impact of intellectual property on 
biodiversity, conservation, trade, and rural society. International Development Research 
Centre, Ottawa. xxiii + 116pp. 


Davis, S.D., et al. 1986. Plants in Danger: what do we know? IUCN Gland, Switzerland. 
xlv + 461pp. 


Devillers, P. and Devillers-Terschuren, J. 1993. A Classification of Palaearctic Habitats -a 
preliminary list of priority habitats in Council of Europe Member States. A report to the 
Council of Europe. T-PVS (94)1. 


Ecoregions Working Group Canada Committee on Ecological Land Classification 1989. 
Ecoclimatic Regions of Canada - First Approximation. Ecological Land Classification Series, 
No. 23. Sustainable Development Branch, Canadian Wildlife Service Conservation and 
Protection, Environment Canada. Minister of Supply and Services Canada. 


EPA 1993. North American Landscape Characterization (NALC) - Research Plan. Prepared 
by Remote and Air Monitoring Branch Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Las 
Vegas, Nevada, USA. EPA/600/R-93/135. 


FAO/UNEP 1981. Tropical Forest Resources Assessment Project. Forest Resources of 
Tropical Asia. Volume 3/3. FAO Rome, Italy. 


FAO 1988. An Interim Report on the State of the Forest Resources in the Developing 
Countries. FAO Rome, Italy. 


FAO 1989. Classification and Mapping of Vegetation Types in Tropical Asia. FAO Rome, 
Italy. 


FAO 1993. Forest Resources Assessment 1990 - Tropical Countries. FAO Forestry Paper 
112. FAO Rome, Italy. 


FAO 1994. Africover Project - Land Cover Map and Data Base of Africa Based on Satellite 
Remote Sensing. Report on the Technical Consultation and Donor Consultation on the 
AFRICOVER Project and Annexes. ECA Headquarters Addis Ababa 4-11 July 1994. FAO 
Rome, Italy. 


7-58 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Fosberg, F.R. 1961. A classification of vegetation for general purposes. Tropical Ecology 
2:1-28. 


Freedman, B., Staicer, C. and Shackell, N. 1993. Recommendations for a National 
Ecological Monitoring Program. Occasional Paper Series No. 2. Environment Canada. 


Fuller, R.M., Groom, G.B. and Jones, A.R. 1994. The land cover map of Great Britain: An 
automated classification of Landsat Thematic Mapper data. Photogrammetric Engineering and 
Remote Sensing, 60(5):553-562. 


Gils, H.A.M.J. van, Huizing, H., Kannegieter, A. Zee, D. van der. 1991-3. The evolution 
of the ITC system of rural land use and land cover classification (LUCC). ITC Journal 1991- 
3. International Training Centre, Netherlands. 


Gils, H.A.M.J. van. 1993. Vegetation Classification: a review for harmonization of maps. 
Discussion paper prepared for the UNEP/HEM/WCMC/GCTE Preparatory Workshop on 
Vegetation Classification, held in Charlottesville, Virginia, USA, 24-26 January 1993. 
Unpublished. 


Government of Indonesia/ODNRI. 1990. The Land Resources of Indonesia - A National 
Overview Atlas. Natural Resource Institute (Formerly ODNRI), UK. 


Harcourt, C.S. and Sayer, J.A. (Eds). In-press. The Conservation Atlas of Tropical Forests - 
The Americas. Simon and Schuster, New York, USA. 


Holdridge, L.R. 1947. Determination of world formations from simple climatic data. Science 
105:367-368. 


Holdridge, L.R. 1967. Life Zone Ecology. Tropical Science Center, San Jose. 


Hueck, K. 1978. Los Bosques de Sudamerica - Ecologia, composicion e importancia 
economica. GTZ, Germany. 


IUCN 1973. A working system for classification of world vegetation prepared by the IUCN 
Secretariat with the guidance of the IUCN Commission on Ecology. IUCN Occasional Paper 
5. Morges, Switzerland. 20pp. 


IUFRO 1992. IUFRO International Guidelines for Forest Monitoring 15 November 1992. 
Draft. IUFRO Subject Group S.4.02.00 Forest Resource Inventory and Monitoring. 
Unpublished. 


James et al. Undated. Types of Natural Vegetation. The Times Atlas of the World-Plate 5 
World Vegetation. Times Books in collaboration with Bartholomew & son Ltd. 


Kichler, A.W. 1949. A physiognomic classification of vegetation. Ann. Ass. Am. Geog. 
XXXIX(3):201-210. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-59 


Kiichler, A.W. and Zonneveld 1988. Vegetation Mapping: Handbook of Vegetation Science 
10. Kluwer, Dordrecht, Netherlands. 685pp. 


Laumonier, Y. 1980. Contribution 4 1’étude écologique et structurale des foréts de sumatra. 
Thése de doctorat de spécialité soutenue 4 |’ Universite Pual Sabatier. Toulouse, France. 
137pp. 


Lavenu, F. 1987. Vegetation Map of Africa. Institut de la Carte Internationale de la 
Vegetation Universite Paul Sabatier. Prepared for the Department of Forest Resources, FAO 
Rome, Italy. 


Law, A.J. 1993. National Wilderness Inventory: Handbook of Principles, Procedures and 
Usage. Commonwealth Government Printer, Canberra, Australia. iv + 18pp. 


Lawrence, W.T. 1992. The NASA Landsat Pathfinder Tropical Deforestation Project. Revista 
SELPER, June 1992. 


Legris, P. and Blasco. 1972. Carte internationale du tapis végétal 4 1:1,000,000, Cambodge. 
Notice explicative. Inst. Fr. Pondichéry, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Hors série, no. 11, 


240pp. 


Lesslie, R.G., Taylor, S.G. 1985. The wilderness continuum concept and its implications for 
Australian wilderness preservation policy. Biological Conservation 32:309-33. 


Lowe, J.J., Power, K. and Gray, S.L. 1994. Canada’s Forest Inventory 1991. 


Malingreau, J.P., Cunha, R. da, Justice, C. 1992. Proceedings of the World Forest Watch 
Conference May 27-29, 1992, Sao Jose dos Campos Brazil. Commission of the European 
Communities-Joint Research Centre, Ispra, Italy. 


Malingreau, J.P., Achard, F., D’Souza, G., Stibig, H-J, D’Souza, J., Estreguil, C. and Eva, 
H. 1993. AVHRR for global tropical forest monitoring: The lessons of the TREES project. 
In: Proceedings of the 6th AVHRR Data Users Meeting, Eumetsa. EC-Joint Research Centre, 
Institute of Remote Sensing, Ispra, Italy. 


MSU 1986. Land-use of the World. 1:15 million scale. Moscow State University, Moscow. 


MSU 1993. World Map of Present-day Landscapes (Geosystems). 1:15 million scale. Moscow 
State University, Moscow. 


Mucina, L., Rodwell, J.S., Schaminée, J.H.J. and Dierschke, H. 1993. European Vegetation 
Survey: Current state of some national programmes. Journal of Vegetation Science 4: 429- 
438. Opulus Press Uppsala, Sweden. 


7-60 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Nyyssonen, A. (Ed.) 1993. Proceedings of FAO/ECE Meeting of Experts on Global Forest 
Resources Assessment in cooperation with UNEP and with the support of FINNIDA (Kotka 
II) Kotka, Finland, 3-7 May 1993. The Finnish Forest Research Institute. Research Papers 
469. Helsinki, Finland. 


Olson, D.M. and Dinnerstein, E. 1994. Assessing the conservation potential and degree of 
threat among ecoregions of Latin America and the Caribbean: a proposed landscape ecology 
approach. LATEN Dissemination Note no. 10. World Bank, Washington DC, USA. 


Olson, J.S., Watts, J.A. and Allison, L.J. 1983. Carbon in Live Vegetation of Major World 
Ecosystems. Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, USA. 


Prance, G.T. and Whitmore, T.C. (Eds). 1987. Biogeography and Quaternary History in 
Tropical America. Calrendon Press, Oxford, UK. 


Prentice, C.I., Cramer, W. Harrison, S.P., et al. 1992. A global biome model based on 
plant physiology and ominance, soil properties and climate. Journal of Biogeography 19:117- 
134. 


Projeto RADAM 1973-75. Levantamento de Recursos Naturais 8-32. Ministério de Minas 
e Energia, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. 


Projeto RADAM 1975-83. Levantamento de Recursos Naturais 8-32. Ministério de Minas 
e Energia, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. 


RBG 1990. World Plant Conservation Bibliography. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK. 
645pp. 


RePPProT 1990. National Overview of the Regional Physical Planning Programme for 
Transmigration. Natural Resources Institute, Chatham, UK. 


Sayer, J.A., Harcourt, C.S. and Collins, N.M. (Eds). 1992. The Conservation Atlas of 
Tropical Forests - Africa. Macmillan Publishers Ltd., London. 


Schomaker, M. 1994. FAO and UNEP launch informal working group on land use and land 
cover classification. Science International no. 56, June 1994. Pp. 21-22. 


Sharma, M.K. 1986. A Vegetation Map of Tropical Continental Asia on 1:5 million scale. 
Institute of International Map of Vegetation Toulouse Cedex, France. 


Sharma, M.K. 1986. Ecofloristic Zone and Vegetation Maps of Tropical Continental Asia. 
Institut de la Carte Internationale de la Vegetation Universite Paul Sabatier. Toulouse Cedex, 
France. 


Sharma, M.K. 1988. Ecofloristic Zone Map of Africa. Institut de la Carte Internationale de 
la Vegetation Universite Paul Sabatier. Toulouse Cedex, France. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-61 


Townshend, J.R.G. (Ed.) 1992. Improved global data for land applications. [GBP report 
number 20. Stockholm, Sweden. 


Udvardy, M.D.F. 1975. A Classification of the Biogeographical Provinces of the World. 
Prepared as a contribution to Unesco’s Man and the Biosphere Programme Project No. 8. 
IUCN Occasional Paper No. 18, 1'UCN Gland, Switzerland. 


UN-ECE/FAO 1992. The Forest Resources of the Temperate Zones. Main Findings of the 
UN-ECE/FAO 1990 Forest Resource Assessment. ECE/TIM/60. UN, Geneva, Switzerland. 


UNEP/FAO 1993. Report of the UNEP/FAO Expert Meeting on Harmonizing Land Cover 
and Land Use Classifications, 23-25 November 1993, Geneva, Switzerland. Unpublished. 
GEMS/UNEP Nairobi, Kenya. 


UNEP/GEMS 1993. Vegetation Classification - Report of the UNEP-HEM/WCMC/GCTE 
Preparatory Meeting Charlottesville, Virginia, USA, 24-26 January 1993. Compiled by 
Beatrice Murray. GEMS Report Series No. 19. UNEP Nairobi, Kenya. 


UNESCO 1973. International Classification and Mapping of Vegetation. Ecology and 
Conservation 6. UNESCO Paris, France. 92pp. 


UNESCO 1981. Vegetation map of South America: Explanatory notes. UNESCO Paris, 
France. Pp. 1-189. 


Walter, H. 1973. Vegetation of the Earth. Springer, New York, USA. 237pp. 


WCMC 1992. Tropical Managed Areas Assessment. Report to the Overseas Development 
Administration. Contribution towards the FAO Tropical Forest Resources Assessment Project 
1990. Unpublished. 


WCMC (Comp.) and Groombridge, B.G. (Ed.) 1994. Biodiversity Data Sourcebook. WCMC 
Biodiversity Series. World Conservation Press, Cambridge, UK. 155pp. 


White, F. 1983. The Vegetation of Africa. UNESCO/AETFAT/UNSO Paris, France. 356pp. 


White, F. 1993. The AETFAT chorological classification of Africa: history, methods and 
applications. Bulletin du Jardin botanique national de Belgique. 62:225-281. 


Whitmore, T.C. 1984. Vegetation of Malesia - 1:5,000,000. Commonwealth Forestry 
Institute, Oxford University. A contribution to Global Environment Monitoring System, 
UNEP. Journal of Biogeography. 11:84 


Wiken, E. 1986. Terrestrial Ecozones of Canada. Ecological Land Classification Series No. 
19. Lands Directorate, Environment Canada, Ottawa, Canada. 


7-62 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Wyatt, B.K., Greatorex-Davies, J.N., Hill, M.O., et al. 1994. Countryside Survey 1990: 
Comparison of Land Cover Definitions. Countryside 1990 Series, Vol. 3. Department of the 
Environment, London, UK. 


Yangambi - CCAS. 1956. CSA specialist meeting on phytogeography. Yangambi July 28- 
August 8. CCTA. 22: 1-40. 


Young, A. 1993. Land use and land cover classification: a discussion paper. Background 
paper to UNEP/FAO Expert Meeting on Land Cover and Land Use Classification 
Harmonization Geneva, 23-25 November 1993. Unpublished. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-63 


7.3.10 Agriculture 


Beek, K.J. and Bennema, J. 1974. Land Evaluation for Agricultural Land Use Planning: An 
Ecological Methodology. Department of Soil Science and Geology, Agricultural University, 
Wageningen, Netherlands. 


Bibby, J.S. 1969. Land Use Capability Classification. 
CEC 1992. CORINE Soil Erosion Risk and Important Land Resources in the Southern ~ 
Regions of the European Community. An Assessment to Evaluate and Map the Distribution 
of Land Quality and Soil erosion Risk. EU 13233 EN. Office for Official Publications of the 


European Communities. 


Dent, D. and Young, A. 1981. Soil Survey and Land Evaluation. London. George, Allen and — 
Unwin, London, Uk. 


FAO 1974. Soil Map of the World Revised Legend. World Soil Resources Report 60. FAO 
Rome, Italy. 


FAO 1977. Guidelines for the Description of Soils. FAO Rome, Italy. 
FAO 1989. FAO-ISRIC Soil Database. World Soil Resources Report 64. FAO Rome, Italy. 


FAO 1986. Guidelines for the Coding of Soil Data. Proposals for an International Soil Data 
Bank, reprint 1977. FAO Rome, Italy. 


FAO and UNESCO 1990. Soil Map of the World, Volume 1. UNESCO Paris, France. 


FAO 1993a. Global and National Soils and Terrain Digital Databases. (SOTER). Procedures 
Manual. World Soil Resources Report 74. FAO Rome, Italy. 


FAO 1993b. Agriculture: Towards 2010. Conference: Report of the Twenty-Seventh Session 
of FAO. 6th to 26th Nov 1993. FAO Rome, Italy. 


deGraaff, J. 1994. Soil Conservation and Sustainable Land Use. 


Klingebiel, A.A. and Montgomery, P.H. 1961. Land Classification. Agricultural Handbook 
210. US Department of Agriculture, Washington DC, USA. 


MAB 1986. Guidelines for Soil Survey and Land Evaluation in Ecological Research. MAB 
Technical Note 17. Prepared by UNESCO in co-operation with ISRIC. 


Makin, J. and Innes, R. 1986. Use of Vegetation Data in Agro-ecological Characterization 
for Agricultural Potential. In: Bunting, A.H. Agricultural Environments Characterization, 
Classification and Mapping. CAB International, UK. 


7-64 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Remmelzwaal 1990. Classification of Land Use and Land Use, First Approach. FAO Rome, 
Italy. Unpublished. 


Shiellds, J.A. and Coote, D.R. 1988. SOTER Procedures Manual for Small-Scale Map and 
Database Compilation. Working Paper and Preprint 88/2, ISRIC, Wagenningen, Netherlands. 


Shiellds, J.A. and Coote, D.R. 1989. SOTER Procedures Manual for Small-Scale Map and 
Database Compilation Including Proposed Procedures for Interpretation of Soil Degradation 
Status and Risk. Internal Report, ISRIC, Wagenningen, Netherlands. 


Smith, R.S. 1982. The Use of Land Classification in Resource Assessment and Rural 
Planning: A Report on Methods. 


Sombroek, W.G. 1984. Towards a Global Soil Resource Inventory at Scale 1:1M. Working 
Paper 84/4, ISRIC, Wageningen, Netherlands. 


Steila, D. 1976. The Geography of Soils: Formation, Distribution and Management. 
Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, USA. 


Swindale, L.D. (Ed.) 1978. Soil-Resource Data for Agricultural Development. Hawaii 
Agricultural Experiment Station, College of Tropical Agriculture. University of Hawaii, 
Hawaii, USA. 


Syers, J.K. and Rimmer, D.L. (Eds). 1994. Soil Science and Sustainable Land Management 
in the Tropics. CAB International, Wallingford, Oxon, UK. 


Toy, T.J. (Ed.) 1977. Erosion: Research Techniques, Erodibility and Sediment Delivery. Geo 
Abstracts Ltd, Norwich, UK. 


UNEP Undated. Guidelines for Country Studies on Biological Diversity. UNEP Nairobi, 
Kenya. 


UNESCO 1973. International Classification and Mapping of Vegetation. Ecology 
Conservation 6. UNESCO Paris, France. 


van den Berg, M. 1992. SWEAP, A Computer Program for Water Erosion Assessment 
Applied to SOTER. SOTER Report 7. ISSS-UNEP-ISRIC, Wageningen, Netherlands. 


van de Weg, R.F. (Ed.) 1987. Proceedings of the Second International Workshop on a 
Global soils and Terrain Digital Database. SOTER Report 2. ISSS, Wageningen, Netherlands. 


van Waveren, E.J. and Bos, A.B. 1988a. Guidelines for the Description and Coding of Soil 
Data. Technical Paper 14. ISRIC, Wageningen, Netherlands. 


van Waveren, E.J. and Bos, A.B. 1988b. ISRIC Soil Information System. Users Manual, 
Technical Manual. Technical Paper 15. ISRIC, Wageningen, Netherlands. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-65 


WRI and CIDE 1990. Toward an Environmental and Natural Resources Management 
Strategy for ANE Countries in the 1990s. Report to Asia and Near East Bureau, and USAID. 


re —-COn—n—a— errr _______ 


7-66 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


7.3.11 Forestry 


Alder, D., Synnott, T.J. 1992. Permanent Sample Plot Techniques for Mixed 
Tropical Forest. Tropical Forestry Papers 25. Oxford Forestry Institute, Oxford, UK. xi + 
124pp. 


Anderson, J.M., Ingram, J.S.I. (Eds). 1989. Tropical Soil Biology and Fertility: a handbook 
of methods. CAB International, Wallingford, Oxon. 171pp. 


Anon 1981. Yingwen Linye Keji Cidian (Terminology of Forest Science, technology, practice 
and products). Science Publishing House, Peking, China. ix + 421pp. 


Berlyn, G.P. (Ed.) 1993. Journal of Sustainable Forestry. Food Products Press, Binghamton, 
New York. 


Blockhus, J.M., Dillenbeck, M., Sayer, J.A., Wegge, P. (Eds) 1992. Conserving Biological 
Diversity in Managed Tropical Forests. Proceedings of a workshop held at the IUCN General 
Assembly 30 November - 1 December 1990. IUCN Gland, Switzerland. xi + 244pp. 


Bridges, E.M. 1978. World Soils. 2nd Edn. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. 


Brown, S., Lugo, A.E. 1990. Tropical secondary forests. Journal of Tropical Ecology, 
6:1-32. 


Bruijnzeel, L.A. 1990. Hydrology of moist tropical forests and effects of conversion. A state 
of knowledge review. UNESCO, Paris, France. 


Brinig, E.F. 1984. Designing ecologically stable plantations. In: Wiersum, K.M. (Ed) 
Strategies and Designs for Afforestation Reforestation and Tree Planting. Wageningen, 
Netherlands. PUDOC. Pp. 348-360. 


CABI. 1954. The Oxford System of Decimal Classification for Forestry. CABI (for IUFRO), 
Farnham Royal, Bucks. 115pp. 


Caron, F. (Ed.) 1991. Presentations, information and poster abstracts. Subject Group S6.03 
(Information Systems and Terminology) meetings, 7 and 10 August 1990, iv + 136pp, XIX. 
IUFRO World Congress, Montreal, Canada. 


Collins, N.M., Sayer, J.A., Whitmore, T.C. (Eds) 1991. The Conservation Atlas of Tropical 
Forests: Asia and the Pacific. Macmillan, London, UK. 256pp. 


Dallmeier, F. (Ed.) 1992. Long-term monitoring of biological diversity in tropical forest 
areas: methods for establishment and inventory of permanent plots. Man And Biosphere 
Digest, 11. UNESCO Paris, France. 72pp. 


Davis, C.J., Reisinger, T.W. 1990. Evaluating terrain for harvesting equipment 
selection. Journal of Forest Engineering. 2(1):9-16. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-67 


East-West Environment and Policy Institute 1980. Assessing tropical forest lands: their 
suitability for sustainable uses. East-West Environment and Policy Institute. Honolulu, 
Hawaii, USA. 69pp. (review in Nature and Resources 17(2):34). 


Evans, J. 1992. Plantation Forestry in the Tropics. 2nd edn. Clarendon Press, Oxford (also 
available abroad in Longman Special Edition). 403pp. 


FAO 1976. A framework for land evaluation. FAO Soils Bulletin 32. FAO Rome, Italy. 


FAO 1980a. Forest Volume Estimation and Yield Prediction. Volume 1. Forestry Paper 
22/1. FAO Rome, Italy. 


FAO 1980b. Forest Volume Estimation and Yield Prediction. Volume 2. Forestry Paper 
22/2. FAO Rome, Italy. 


FAO 1981. Manual of Forest Inventory. Forestry Paper 27. FAO Rome, Italy. viii + 200pp. 
FAO 1982a. Tropical Forest Resources. Forestry Paper 30. FAO Rome, Italy. xi + 106pp. 


FAO 1982p. Classification and definition of forest products. Forestry Paper 32. FAO Rome, 
Italy. 201 + 45pp. 


FAO 1984. Land Evaluation for Forestry. Forestry Paper 48. FAO Rome, Italy. ix + 123. 


FAO 1986. Guidelines for Forestry Information Processing. Forestry Paper 74. FAO Rome, 
Italy. 105pp ++ 


FAO 1991. Wood and wood products 1961-1989...2010. FAO Rome, Italy. 39pp. 


FAO 1993. Forest Resources Assessment 1990 - Tropical Countries. FAO Forestry Paper 
112. FAO Rome, Italy. 


FAO 1994. Decline and Dieback of Trees and Forests: a Global Overview. Forestry Paper 
120. FAO Rome, Italy. ix + 90pp. 


FAO Committee on Forest Development in the Tropics. 1985. Tropical Forestry Action Plan. 
FAO Rome, Italy. vii + 159pp. 


Ford-Robertson, F.C. (Ed.) 1971. Terminology of Forest Science, Technology, Practice and 
Products. English-language version. The Multilingual Forestry Terminology Series No. 1. 
Society of American Foresters, Washington DC, pp. xxii + 349. 


Forest Stewardship Council 1994. Principles and Criteria for Natural Forest Management. 
Typescript report, Oaxaca, Mexico. 


Furley, P.A., Proctor, J., Ratter, J.A. (Eds). 1992. Nature and Dynamics of Forest-Savanna 
Boundaries. Chapman & Hall, London. xxi + 616pp. 


7-68 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Glenn-Lewin, D.C., Peet, R.K., Veblen, T.T. (Eds). 1992. Plant Successsion: Theory and 
Prediction. Chapman & Hall, London. 351pp. 


Hannah, L., Lohse, D., Hutchinson, C., et al. 1994. A preliminary inventory of human 
disturbance of World ecosystems. Ambio, 4(5):246-250. 


Hunter, M.L., Jr. 1989. What constitutes an old-growth stand? Journal of Forestry 87(8): 
33-35. 


Husch, B. 1971. Planning a Forest Inventory. FAO Forestry and Forest Products 
Studies. 17. FAO Rome, Italy. 


IIED and WCMC 1994. Forest Resource Accounting. Stock Taking for Sustainable Forest 
Management. Final report of an activity for the ITTO "Forest Resource Accounting 
Monitoring Forest Condition and Management". Compiled by WCMC and ITED. IJED 
Forestry and land Use Series No.1. WED, London, UK. 51pp ++ 


ITTO 1990. Guidelines for the Sustainable Management of Natural Tropical Forests. JTTO 
Technical-Series 5. 18pp. 


ITTO 1993a. Guidelines on the Conservation of Biological Diversity in Tropical Production 
Forests. J7TO Development Series (suppplement to Guidelines for the Sustainable 
Management of Natural Tropical Forests). ITTO Yokohama, Japan. 


ITTO 1993b. Guidelines for the Establishment and Sustainable Management of Planted 
Tropical Forests. YTTO Yokohama, Japan. 


IUCN 1990. Resolutions of the 18th Session of the IUCN General Assembly (28 November 
- 5 December 1990). IUCN Gland, Switzerland. 


IUFRO 1959. The Standardisation of Symbols in Forest Mensuration. University of Maine, 
USA. 32pp. 


IUFRO 1990. Forest Decimal Classification (Trilingual Short Version). [UFRO World series 
No.2. YUFRO Vienna, Austria. 147pp. 


IUFRO 1992. IUFRO International Guidelines for Forest Monitoring 15 November 1992. 
Draft. IUFRO Subject Group S.4.02.00 Forest Resource Inventory and Monitoring. 
Unpublished. 


Jackson, W.D. 1968. Fire, air, water and earth - an elemental ecology of Tasmania. 
Proceedings of the Ecological Society of Australia, 3:9-16. 


Jensen, M.E. McNicoll, C.H., Prather, M. 1991. Application of ecological classification to 
environmental effects analysis. Journal of Environmental-Quality 20(1):24-30. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 71-69 


Kostov, P., Baev, A. 1976. Classification of the useful functions of forests. Gorskostopanska 
Auka 13(6):35-42. 


Laban, P. (Ed.) 1981. Proceedings of the Workshop on Land Evaluation for Forestry. ILRI 
Publication 28, Wageningen, Netherlands. 355pp. 


Lamprecht, H. 1989. Silviculture in the Tropics. German Agency for International 
Development (GTZ), Eschborn, FRG. 296pp. (German language version was published in 
1986). 


Loth, P.E. 1990. Manual for the Landscape Guided Method for Vegetation Survey and 
Mapping. GEMS Information Series 9. UNEP Nairobi, Kenya. iv + 96 + xv pp. 


Lyon, B. (Ed.) 1986. Wildland Fire Management Terminology. FAO Forestry-Paper 70. 
XXXxi + 257pp. 


Manokaran, N., Lafrankie, J.V., Kochummen, K.M. 1990. Methodology for the Fifty 
Hectare Research Plot at Pasoh Forest Reserve. Forest Research Institute Malaysia, Kuala 
Lumpur, Malaysia. 62pp. 


Matthews, J.D. 1989. Silvicultural Systems. Clarendon Press, Oxford, xii + 284pp. 
Matsui, M (Ed.) 1981. Pocket Dictionary of Forestry. Sobun, Tokyo. xii + 245pp. 

Nair, P.K.R. (Ed.) 1989. Agroforestry Systems in the Tropics. International Centre for 
Research in Agroforestry (ICRAF) and Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, The 
Netherlands. x + 664pp. 

Paivinen, R. IUFRO International Guidelines for Forest Monitoring. JUFRO World Series 
Vol.5. IUFRO and Hillebrand Nyomda KFT, Csengery, U.49, Hungary. 1001pp. (English 
and Spanish). 


Parcel, L. 1993. Tropical Forest Handbook. Springer Verlag, Hamburg. Vol 1. xxxvii + 
810pp. and Vol 2. xxxvii + 1738pp. 


Pearce, A.J. Gage, M. 1977. Landscape zoning, erosion control, and forest management. 
What’s New in Forest Research 55, 4pp. 


Philip, M.S. 1994. Measuring Trees and Forests (revised edition). CAB International, 
Wallingford, Oxford. xiv + 310pp. 


Poore, D., Burgess, P., Palmer, J., Rietbergen, S., Synott, T. 1989. No Timber Without 
Trees. Sustainability in the Tropical Forest. Earthscan, London. xx + 252pp. 


Richter, D.D., Babbar, L.I. 1991. Soil diversity in the tropics. Advances in Ecological 
Research 21:315-389. 


7-70 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Sayer, J.A., Harcourt, C.S., Collins, N.M. (Eds) 1992. The Conservation Atlas of Tropical 
Forests: Africa. Macmillan, London. viii + 288pp. 


Schreuder, H.T., Gregoire, T.G., Wood, G.B. 1993. Sampling Methods for Multiresource 
Forest Inventory. Wiley & Sons Inc., New York. xv + 446pp. 


Schmid-Haas (Ed.) 1990. Vocabulary of Forest Management. JUFRO World series No.1. 
Birmensdorf, Austria. 316pp. 


Sicard-Lussier, T. 1982. Mecanisation forestiere/Mechanization in forestry I. Neologie en 
Marche, 32 196pp. 


Smith, J.P., Plumptre, R.A., Brazier, J.D., Burclaff, V.T. and Dorey, C.E. 1994. 
*PROSPECT’ for Improved Use of Tropical Timbers - A Guide to the Use of Lesser Known ~ 
Timbers. Tropical Forestry Papers No. 28. Oxford Forestry Institue, Department of Plant 
Sciences, University of Oxford. Oxford, UK. 62pp. 


Solbrig, A.T., Emden, H.M. van, Oordt, P.G.W.J. van (Eds) 1992. Biodiversity and Global 
Change. JUBS Monograph No 8. UBS Paris, France. iv + 222pp. 


Adlard, P.G. 1990. Procedures for Monitoring Tree Growth and Site Change. Tropical 
Forestry Paper 23. Oxford Forestry Institute, Oxford. xiv + 184pp. 


Touber, L., Smaling, E.M.A., Andriesse, W., Hakkeling, R.T.A. 1989. Inventory 
and Evaluation of Tropical Forest Land: Guidelines for a Common Methodology. Tropenbos 
Technical Series 4. The Tropenbos Foundation, Ede. 168pp. 


Troup, R.S. 1928. Silvicultural Systems. Clarendon Press, Oxford. xi + 199pp. 
Valenzuela, C.R. 1988. ILWIS overview. ITC Journal 1988-1: 3-14. 


White, F. 1983. The Vegetation of Africa. A descriptive memoir to accompany the 
UNESCO/AETFAT/UNSO Vegetation Map of Africa. Natural Resources Research Paris, 
France. 20, 1-356 + maps. 


Whitmore, T.C., Sayer, J.A. (Eds) 1992. Tropical Deforestation and Species Extinction. 
Chapman & Hall, London. xix + 153pp. 


Wood and Turner (Eds). 1992. Integrating Forest Information over Space and Time. 
IUFRO, Conference 13-17 January, 1992. Canberra, Australia. 


Yerke, T.B. 1983. An International Forestry Term Number for multilingual forestry 
vocabulary development and use in terminological databanks. Administrative Report of the 
Pacific-Southwest Forest and Range Experiment Station. USDA Forest Service. 10pp. [Paper 
presented on 4 May 1983 at the Joint Meeting of IUFRO working parties S6.03.02 
(Terminology) and S6.03.03 (Information Systems) held at the Accademia Italiana di Science 
Forestale, Florence, Italy.] 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-71 


7.3.12 Wetlands 


Burgis, M.J. and Symoens, J.J. (Eds). 1987. African wetlands and shallow water bodies - 
Directory. Institut Francais de Recherche Scientifique pour le Développement en Coopération 
(ORSTOM). Collection of Published Documents no. 211. Paris, France. 


Carp, E. 1980. Directory of Wetlands of International Importance in the Western Palearctic. 
Prepared for UNEP and IUCN. IUCN Gland, Switzerland. 


Caspers, H. 1967. Estuaries: analysis of definitions and biological considerations. In: Lauff, 
G.H. (Ed.) Estuaries Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Publ. 83. Pp 6-8. 


CEC 1991. Corine Biotopes Manual - Data specifications part 2. Environment and quality 
of life series EUR 12587. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. 


CEC 1991a. Corine Biotopes Manual - Methodology. Environment and quality of life series 
EUR 12587. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities. 


CEC 1993. Corine Land Cover - Guide Technique. Office des publications officielles des 
Communautés européenes. Luxembourg. 


CoE 1992. Management of Mediterranean Wetlands: summary report of presentations, report 
and conclusions of meeting ‘held 13-18 November 1989 at Donana, Spain. Environmental 
Encounters (12). Council of Europe. S6pp. 


Cowain, L.M., Carter, V., Golet, F.C. and LaRoe, T. 1979. Classification of Wetlands and 
Deep Water Habitats of the United States. US Fish and Wildlife Service Pub. FWS/OBS- 
789/31. Washington DC, USA. 


Crafter, S.A., Njuguna, S.G. and Howard, G.W. (Eds). 1992. Wetlands of Kenya. 
Proceedings of the KWWG Seminar on Wetlands of Kenya. National Museums of Kenya, 
Nairobi, Kenya, 3-5 July 1991. viii + 183pp. 


Dahl, T.E. 1991. Wetland Resources of the United States - 1:3,168,000. National Wetlands 
Inventory. US Fish and Wildlife Service, St. Petersburg, Florida. 


Davies, J., Magsalay, P.M., Rigor, R. Mapalo, A., Gonzales, H. 1990. A Directory of 
Philippine Wetlands. AWBPFI/HF. Cebu, Philippines. 


Davis, T.J. (Ed.) 1994. The Ramsar Convention Manual - A Guide to the Convention on 
Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat. Ramsar Convention 
Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. 


Diegues, A.C.S. (Ed.) 1994. An Inventory of Brazilian Wetlands. UCN Gland, Switzerland. 
viii + 216pp. + 56 maps. 


7-72 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Dugan, P.J. (Ed.) 1990. Wetland Conservation: A Review of Current Issues and Required 
Action. IUCN Gland, Switzerland. 


Dugan, P.J. (Ed.) 1993. Wetlands in Danger. Prepared by IUCN in collaboration with 
WCMC. IUCN in association with Mitchell Beazley, London, UK. 


Finlayson, M. and Moser, M. (Eds). 1991. Wetlands. International Waterfowl and Wetlands 
Research Bureau (IWRB). Facts on File Ltd, Oxford, UK. 


Frazier, S.M. de Raedt, and Brady, A. 1992. Wetland Data Base Version 2.0. A Users 
Manual. With programming by N. Suyatno and J. Verhagen. PHPA/AWB Sumatra Wetland 
Project. Asian Wetland Bureau - Bogor, Indonesia. 


Groot, R.S.de 1992. Functions of Nature: evaluation of nature in environmental planning, 
management and decision making. Wolters-Noordhoff, xviii + 315pp. 


Hollis, G.E., Adams, W.M. and Aminu-Kano, M. (Eds). 1993. The Hadejia-Nguru Wetlands 
- Environment, Economy and Sustainable Development of a Sahelian Floodplain Wetlands. 
IUCN Gland, Swtizerland. 244pp. 


Hughes, R.H. and Hughes, J.S. 1992. A Directory for African Wetlands. 1\UCN Gland, 
Switzerland and Cambridge, UK/UNEP, Nairobi, Kenya/WCMC, Cambridge, UK. 


IUCN 1987. Directory of Wetlands of International Importance. IUCN Gland, Switzerland 
and Cambridge, UK. 460pp. 


IUCN 1993. The IUCN Review of the Southern Okavango Integrated Water Development 
Project. YUCN Gland, Switzerland. 543pp. 


IUCN-East European Programme 1993. The wetlands of central and eastern Europe. 
Environmental Research Series (IUCN) No 7. xi + 83pp. 


Jones, T. (Comp.) 1993. A Directory of Wetlands of International Importance. Ramsar 
Convention Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. 4 vols. Part 1: Africa. Part 2: Asia and Oceania. 
Part 3: Europe. Part 4: Neotropics and North America. 


Koester, V. 1989. The Ramsar Convention on the Conservation of Wetlands: a legal analysis 
of the adoption and implementation of the Convention in Denmark. IUCN Environmental 
Policy and Law Paper No 23. xii + 105pp. 

Maltby, E. 1986. Waterlogged Wealth. Earthscan. 200pp. 


Matthews, G.V.T. 1993. The Ramsar Convention on Wetlands: its history and development. 
Ramsar Convention Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. vi + 122pp. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-73 


National Wetlands Working Group 1988. Wetlands of Canada. Ecological Land Classification 
Series No. 24. Sustainable Development Branch, Environment Canada, Ottawa and 
Polyscience Publications, Inc., Quebec, Canada. 452pp. 


New Zealand Department of Conservation 1990. WERI - An Inventory of Wetlands of 
Ecological and Representative Importance. Science and Research Division, Department of 
Conservation. Wellington. 


Nicole, M. Egnankou Wadja, M. and Schmidt, M. (Eds). 1994. A Preliminary Inventory of 
Coastal Wetlands of Céte d’Ivoire. 'UCN Gland, Switzerland. viii + 80pp. 


Paijmans, K., Galloway, R.W., Faith, D.P. et al. 1985. Aspects of Australian Wetlands. 
CSIRO Division of Water and Land Resources, Australia. Technical paper no. 44. 


Ramsar Convention Bureau 1990. REC C.4.7 (Rev.) Annex 2 B. Classification System for 
Wetlands Type. In: Proceedings of the Fourth Meeting of the Conference of Contracting 
Parties, Vol I Montreux, Switzerland, 27 June-4 July 1990. Ramsar Convention Bureau, 
Gland, Switzerland. Pp. 165-167. 


Ramsar Convention Bureau 1990a. Convention on Wetlands of International Importance 
Especially as Waterfowl Habitat. Proceedings of the Fourth Meeting of the Conference of the 
Contracting Parties, Montreux, Switzerland 27 June to 4 July 1990. Ramsar Convention 
Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. 


Ramsar Convention Bureau 1993. Convention on Wetlands of International Importance 
Especially as Waterfowl Habitat. Proceedings of the Fifth Meeting of the Conference of the 
Contracting Parties, Kushiro, Japan 9-16 June 1993. 3 Volumes. Ramsar Convention 
Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. 


Scott, D.A. and Carbonell, M. 1986. A Directory of Neotropical Wetlands. \UCN Cambridge 
and IWRB, Slimbridge, UK. 


Scott, D.A. (Ed.) 1989. A Directory of Asian Wetlands. YUCN Gland, Switzerland and 
Cambridge, UK xiv + 1181pp., 33 maps. 


Scott, D.A. 1989a. Design of Wetland Data Sheet for Database on Ramsar Sites. 
Mimeographed Report to the Ramsar Convention Bureau, Gland, Switzerland. 


Scott, D.A. (Ed.) 1993. A Directory of Wetlands in Oceania. TWRB Slimbridge, UK and 
Asian Wetlands Bureau, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. xvii + 444pp, 16 maps. 


Silvius, M.J., Djuharsa, E., Taufik, A.W., Steeman, A.P.J.M., Berczy, E.T. 1987. The 
Indonesian Wetland Inventory. A preliminary compilation of existing information on wetlands 
of Indonesia. PHPA. Asian Wetland Bureau/INTERWADER, EDWIN, Bogor, Indonesia. 


WWF-India. 1993. Directory of Indian Wetlands. WWF-India, New Delhi and Asian 
Wetlands Bureau (AWB), Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. xvi + 264pp., 32 maps. 


7-14 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Zoltai, S.C, Pollett, F.C., Jeglum, J.K. and Adams, G.D. 1975. Developing a Wetland 
Classification for Canada. In: Bernier, B. and Winget, C.H. (Eds) Proceedings Fourth North 
American Forest Soils Conference. Laval University Press, Quebec, Canada. Pp. 497-511. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-75 


7.3.13 Coastal and Marine 


Agardy, M.T. 1994. Advances in Marine Conservation: the Role of Marine Protected Areas. 
TREE 9(7):267-270. 


Bailey, R., et al 1991. An Ecosystem Classification and Criteria for Conservation in the 
Tropical Insular Pacific. The Nature Conservancy, Hawaii, USA. 115pp. 


Caddy, J.F. and Bakun, A. 1994. A Tentative Classification of Coastal Marine Ecosystems © 
Based on Dominant Processes of Nutrient Supply. 


CEC 1991. CORINE biotopes - the design, compilation and use of an inventory of sites of 
major importance for nature conservation in the European Community. CEC Luxembourg. 


Clark, J.A., Farrell, W.E. and Peltier, W.R. 1978. Global changes in postglacial sea level: 
a numerical calculation. Quaternary Research 9:265-287. 


Clark, J.R. 1992. Integrated Management of Coastal Zones. FAO Fisheries Technical Paper 
No. 327. Rome, Italy. 167pp. 


Connor, D.W., Hiscock, K., Foster-Smith, R.L. and Covey, R. (in press) A Classification 
system for benthic marine biotopes. In: Proceedings of the 28th European Marine Biology 
Symposium, Crete, September 1993. 


Cowardin, L.M. 1979. Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater Habitats of the United 
States. US Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Biological Services 
Program. FWS/OBS-79/31 Washington, DC, 

Crawford and Grossman 1990. Global and Marine Classification Systems. Unpublished. 


Davies, J.L. 1980. Geographical Variation in Coastline Development. 2nd edn. Oliver and 
Boyd, Edinburgh. 


Devillers, P. and Devillers-Terschuren, J. 1993. A Classification of Palaearctic Habitats. 
Council of Europe, Strasbourg (Report T-PVS (94) 1). 


Earll, R. C. (Ed.). 1994. Marine Environmental Management: Review of Events in 1994 and 
Future Trends, Glos., UK 90pp. 


GESAMP 1990. The State of the Marine Environment, Blackwell Scientific Publications, 
Oxford, UK. 


Hayden, B.P., Ray, G.C. and Dolan, R. 1984. Classification of Coastal and Marine 
Environments. Environmental Conservation 11(3):199-207. 


7-76 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Hiscock, K. 1994. Conserving Biodiversity in Northeast Atlantic Marine Ecosystem. Journal 
of Marine Biological Association UK. [Paper submitted to the Special volume on the Marine 
Biodiversity Conference of York University, August 1994.] 


Holthus, P. In-press. Marine Classification for the Tropical Island Pacific, The Nature 
Conservancy, Honolulu, USA. 


Inman, D.L. and Nordstrom, K.F. 1971. On the Tectonic and Morphologic Classification 
of Coasts. Journal of Geology 79:1-21. 


Klinowska, M. 1992. Marine Mammal Database Review. UNEP Regional Seas Reports and 
Studies No. 141. 


Knowlton, N. & Jackson, B.C. 1994. New Taxonomy and niche partitioning on coral reefs: 
jack of all trades or master of some? In: TREE Vol. 9, No. 1 January 1994 pp 7-9. 


Nations, D. 1988. Deep Ecology meets the Third World. In: Wilson, E.O. 1988. 
Biodiversity, National Academic Press, Washington, USA. 


NOAA 1993. Guidelines for Developing Digital Environmental Sensitivity Index Atlases and 
Databases, Hazardous Materials Response and Assessment Division, Seattle, Washington 


S7pp. 


Norse, E.A. 1993. Global Marine Biological Diversity: A strategy for Building Conservation 
into Decision Making, Island Press, Washington, DC, 383pp. 


Nybakken, J.W. 1993. Marine Biology - An Ecological Approach. 3rd edn. Harper 


Pearce, D. & Moran, D. 1994. The Economic Value of Biodiversity. IUCN, College 
Publishers, New York, and London. 166pp. 


Pernetta, J.C. (Comp.). 1993. Monitoring Coral Reefs for Global Change. A Marine 
Conservation and Development Report. UCN Gland, Switzerland. vi + 102pp. 


Price, A.R.G. and Humphrey, S.L. (Eds) 1993. Application of the Biosphere Reserve 
Concept to Coastal Marine Areas - Papers presented at the UNESCO/IUCN San Francisco 
Workshop of 14-20 August 1989. A Marine Conservation and Development Report. YUCN 
Gland, Switzerland. viii + 114pp. 


Sheppard, C.R.C. 1994. Marine Biodiversity: Meaning and Measurement in Marine 
Environmental Management - Review of Events in 1993 UK and Future Trends 1994, 1(7) 
Pp 23-26. 


Stafford, S.G. 1993. Data, Data Everywhere but not a byte to read: Managing Monitoring 
Information. In: Environmental Monitoring Assessment 26:125-141. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-77 


UNESCO 1993. Coasts in Environment and Development Briefs, Banson Publication, 
London. 16pp. 


WCMC (Comp.), and Groombridge, B. (Ed.) 1994. Biodiversity Data Sourcebook. World 
Conservation Press, Cambridge, UK 155pp. 


Wells, S.M. (Ed.) 1988. Coral Reefs of the World. \UCN/UNEP, Gland, Switzerland. 3 
vols. Vol 1: Atlantic and Eastern Pacific. Vol 2: Indian Ocean, Red Sea and Gulf. Volume 
3: Central and Western Pacific. 


Wilkinson, C.R., Buddemeier, R.W. 1994. Global Climate Change and Coral Reefs: 
implications for people and reefs. Report of the UNEP-IOC-ASPEI-IUCN Global Task Team 
on the implications of climate change on coral reefs. IUCN Gland, Switzerland. x + 124pp. 
Wilson, E.O. 1988. Biodiversity. National Academic Press, Washington DC, USA. 


WWF-Centre for Marine Conservation, IUCN, UNEP and World Bank 1994. Global Marine 
Biological Diversity: A Strategy for Building Conservation into Decision Making. 


a a a a i 
7-78 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


7.3.14 Fisheries 


CCAMLR 1993. Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources, 
Basic Documents. CCAMLR, Hobart, Australia. 114pp. 


CCAMLR 1994. Report of the Thirteenth Meeting of the Commission. CCAMLR, Hobart, 
Australia. 


Gulland, J.A. 1983. Fish Stock Assessment: A Manual of Basic Methods. Wiley, New York. 
223pp. 


Hilborn, R., Walters, C.J. 1992. Quantitative Fisheries Stock Assessment, Choice, Dynamics 
and Uncertainty. Chapman and Hall, New York. 570pp. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-79 


T3215: Protected Areas 


Australian Nature Conservation Agency/NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service. 1994. 
Application of the 1994 Protected Area Categories in the Australian Context. Report of 
Technical Workshop. NSW National Parks and Wildlife Service, Robertson, Australia. 
107pp. 


Bailey, R.G. 1989. Ecoregions of the Continents. USDA Forest Service. 


CAFF 1994. The state of protected areas in the Circumpolar Arctic. Conservation of Arctic 
Flora and Fauna (CAFF) Habitat Conservation Report No.1. Directorate for Nature 
Management, Trondheim, Norway. 163pp. : 


CEC 1991. CORINE biotopes manual. Commission of the European Communities (CEC), 
Brussels, 1991. 4 volumes including data specifications and methodology. 


CNPPA 1984. Threatened protected areas of the world. CNPPA of IUCN Gland, 
Switzerland. 


CNPPA 1994. Parks for Life: action for protected areas in Europe. IUCN Gland, 
Switzerland. 150pp. 


Dahl, A.L. 1986. Review of the Protected Areas System in Oceania. IUCN Gland, 
Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. 239pp. 


Deshler, W.O. 1982. A Systematic Approach to Effective Management of Protected Areas. 
World National Parks Congress. Invited paper for workshop on Managing Protected Areas. 
Unpublished. 28pp. 


Dyer, M.I., di Castri F. & Hanson, A.J. 1988. Geosphere Biosphere Observatories. Their 
definition and Design for Studying Global Change. Biology International Special Issue 16, 
IUB, Paris. 


Eagles, P.F.J. 1988. Databases and Heritage Areas. Proceedings of a Conference and 
Workshop held at the Heritage Resources Centre, University of Waterloo, Canada. 113pp. 


ECN 1994. Environmental Change Network News. In: Newsletter of the Environmental 
Change Network (4). Institute of Terrestrial Ecology, UK. 


Environment Canada 1991. The State of Canada’s Environment - 1991. Minister of the 
Environment, Ottawa. 400pp. 


FAO 1981. Forest resources of Tropical Africa, Tropical America and Tropical Asia: regional 
Synthesis and country briefs. 4 volumes. FAO/UNEP Tropical Forest Resources Assessment 
Project. FAO Rome, Italy. 


7-80 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


FAO 1993. Forest resources assessment 1990: Tropical countries. FAO Forestry Paper 112. 
FAO Rome, Italy. 59pp. 


FNNPE Undated. Illustrative Explanations for the Classification of IUCN Land and Marine 
Reserves. Federation of Nature and National Parks of Europe. 


Foster, J. 1991. Workshop: An International Review System for Categorizing Protected 
Areas, their Management Effectiveness and Threats to them. IV World Congress on National 
Parks and Protected Areas, Caracas, Venezuela. 38pp. ; 


Fritz, J-S. 1991. A survey of Environmental Monitoring and Information Management 
Programmes of International Organisations. UNEP-HEM Munich, Germany. 


Green, M.J.B. and Drucker, G.R.F. 1990. Current Status of Protected Areas and Threatened 
Mammal Species in the Sahara-Gobian Region. WCMC Cambridge, UK. SOpp. 


Harrison, J. 1994. Monitoring of Natural World Heritage Sites. WCMC paper presented at 
the UNESCO World Heritage Centre April 1994. 10pp. 


IUCN 1987. Action Strategy for Protected Areas in the Afrotropical Realm. YUCN Gland, 
Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. 56pp. 


IUCN 1989. The IUCN Sahel Studies 1989. YUCN Regional Office for Eastern Africa, 
Nairobi, Kenya. 152pp. 


IUCN (Comps.) 1991\2. Protected Areas of the World: a review of National Systems. \UCN 
Gland, Switzerland, and Cambrige, UK. 4 vols. Vol 1: Indomalaya, Oceania, Australia and 
Antarctic. Vol 2: Palearctic. Vol 3: Afrotropical. Vol 4: Nearctic and Neotropical. 


IUCN 1993. Parks for Life: Report of the IVth World Congress on National Parks and 
Protected Areas. \UCN Gland, Switzerland. viii + 260pp. 


TUCN 1994. 1993 United Nations List of National Parks and Protected Areas. Prepared by 
WCMC and CNPPA. IUCN Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. xlvi + 315pp. 


IUCN 1994a. Guidelines for Protected Area Management Categories. CNPPA with the 
assistance of WCMC. IUCN Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. x + 261pp. 


Kelleher, G. & Kenchington, R. 1992. Guidelines for Establishing Marine Protected Areas. 
A Marine Conservation and Development Report. 1UCN Gland, Switzerland. vii + 79pp. 


Kothari, A., Pande, P., Singh, S., and Variava, D. 1989. Management of National Parks 
and Sanctuaries in India: A Status Report. Indian Institute of Public Administration, New 
Delhi, India. 298pp. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-81 


Machlis, G.E. and Tichnell, D.L. 1985. The State of the World’s Parks: An international 
assessment for resource management, policy, and research. Westview Press Inc., Boulder, 
Colorado, US. 131pp. 


MacKinnon, J., Child, K. and Thorsell, J. 1986. Managing Protected Areas in the Tropics. 
IUCN Gland, Switzerland. 295pp. 


MacKinnon, J. and MacKinnon, K. 1986. Review of the Protected Areas System in the 
Afrotropical Realm. IUCN Conservation Monitoring Centre, Cambridge, UK. 259pp. 


MacKinnon, J. and MacKinnon, K. 1986a. Review of the Protected Areas System in the Indo- 
Malayan Realm. IUCN Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge UK, UNEP Nairobi, Kenya. 
284pp. 


Machlis, G.E., Forester, D. 1993. Extended Gap Analysis: A Technique for Biodiversity 
Management of Protected Area Systems. In: Parks for Life - Report of the IVth World 
Congress on National Parks and Protected Areas. YUCN Gland, Switzerland. viii + 260pp. 


Miller, K.R. 1984. The Bali Action Plan: a framework for the future of protected areas. In: 
McNeely, J.A. and Miller, K.R. (Eds), National parks, conservation and development: the 
role of protected areas in sustaining society. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington DC, 
USA. Pp. 756-764. 


Molloy, L.F. 1982. Effective Management of Protected Areas. World National Parks 
Congress. Invited paper for workshop on Managing Protected Areas. Unpublished. 13pp. 


Olson, J.S., Watts, J.A., and Allison, L.J. 1983. Carbon in Live Vegetation of Major World 
Ecosystems. Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, USA. 


Pande, P., Kothari, A., and Singh, S. (Eds). 1991. Directory of National Parks and 
Sanctuaries in Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Indian Institute of Public Administration, New 
Delhi, India. 171pp. 


RAC/SPA 1987. Guidelines for the selection, establishment, management and notification of 
information on marine and coastal protected areas in the Mediterranean. Tunis. 28pp. 
Activity Centre for Specially Protected Areas. 


Ramsar 1994. The Ramsar Convention Manual - A Guide to the Convention on Wetlands of 
International Importance especially as waterfowl habitat. Ramsar Convention Bureau, Gland, 
Switzerland. 207pp. 


Reid, W.V., et al. 1993. Biodiversity Prospecting: using genetic resources for sustainable 
development. WRI Washington DC, USA. x + 341pp. 


Rubec, C.D.A., Turner, A.N. and Wiken, E.B. 1993. Integrated Modelling for Protected 
Areas and Biodiversity Management in Canada. Parks for Life - Report of the IVth World 
Congress on National Parks and Protected Areas. \UCN Gland, Switzerland. viii + 260pp. 


7-82 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Soulé, M.E. (Ed.). 1986. Viable populations for conservation. Cambridge University 
Press, Cambridge, UK. 189pp. 


SPC 1985. Action strategy for protected areas in the South Pacific region. Prepared at and 
adopted by the Third South Pacific National Parks and Reserves Conference, July 1985. 


TNC 1990. Parks in Peril: A Conservation Partnership for the Americas. The Nature 
Conservancy, Arlington, Virginia. 24pp. 


Udvardy, M.D.F. 1975. A Classification of the Biogeographic Provinces of the World. IUCN 
Occasional Paper No. 18. YUCN Gland, Switzerland. 48pp. 


UNEP 1991. Environmental Data Report 1991-92. Blackwell Reference, UK 405pp. 


UNEP 1993a Guidelines for Country Studies on Biological Diversity. UNEP Nairobi, Kenya. 
16pp + Technical Annexes. 


UNEP 1993b. Environmental Data Report 1993-94. Blackwell Reference, UK 405pp. 


UNESCO 1972. Convention concerning the protection of the world cultural and natural 
heritage. UNESCO Paris, France. 58pp. 


Walter, H. 1973. Vegetation of the Earth. Springer, New York. 237pp 

WCMC 1990. Biosphere reserves, compilation 5. 1'UCN Gland, Switzerland. 184pp. 
Woodley, S. Undated. Monitoring and Measuring Ecosystem Integrity in Canadian National 
Parks. In: Woodley, S., Kay, J., Francis, G. (Eds), Ecological Integrity and the Management 
of Ecosystems, Ottawa, Canada. Pp 155-175. 


Woodley, S. 1994. Ecological Integrity Monitoring in National Parks. Paper presented at 
Ecological Monitoring and National Parks Workshop, 1994, Waterloo, Canada. Pp 5-12. 


WCMC 1992. Global Biodiversity: Status of the Earth’s Living Resources. Chapman & Hall, 
London, UK. xx + 594pp. 


WCMC 1992. Assessing the conservation status of the world’s tropical forests. WCMC 
Cambridge, UK. Parts I, II & III (maps). 


White, F. 1983. The Vegetation of Africa. UNESCO/AETFAT/UNSO. Paris, France. 356pp. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-83 


7.3.16 Species 


Bisby, F.A. 1994. Global Master Species Databases and Biodiversity. Biology International. 
29:33-40. 


Bisby, F.A. 1994. Plant Names in Botanical Databases. Plant Taxonomic Database Standards 
No.3. Hunt Institute for Botanical Documentation, Pittsburgh, USA. 


Blaine, L. 1992. CODATA commission on standardized terminology for access to biological 
data. Pp. 37-45 In: Canhos, V., Lange, D., Kersop, B.E., Nandi, S., and Ross, E. (Eds), 
Needs and specifications for a Biodiversity Information Network. Nairobi, Kenya. 


Botanic Gardens Conservation Secretariat 1987. The International Transfer Format for 
Botanic Garden Plant Records. Plant Taxonomic Database Standard No. 1. Hunt Institute for — 
Botanical Documentation, Pittsburgh, USA. 


Bridson, G.D.R., and Smith, E.R. 1991. Botanico-Periodicum-Huntianum/Supplementum 
Hunt Botanical Library, Pittsburgh, USA. 1068pp. (Supplement to 1968 edition). 


Brummitt, R.K., and Powell, C.E. (Eds). 1992. Authors of Plant Names. Kew: Royal 
Botanic Gardens. 731pp. 


Canhos, V., Lange, D., Kersop, B.E., Nandi, S., and Ross, E. (Eds). 1992. Needs and 
specifications for a Biodiversity Information Network. Proceedings of an International 
Workshop held at the Tropical Database, Campinas, Brazil, 26-31 July 1992. 


Canhos, D.A.L., V.Canhos and B.Kersop. (Eds.). 1994. Linking Mechanisms for Biodiversity 
Information. Proceedings of the International Workshop held at the Tropical Database, 
Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil, 23-25 February 1994. 


Cook, F.E.M. & Hastings, L.H. 1994. Economic Botany data collection standards. Royal 
Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK. 


Dallwitz, M.J. and Paine, T.A. 1986. User’s Guide to the DELTA System. CSIRO Division 
of Entomology Report No. 13. CSIRO Canberra, Australia. Pp 3-6. 


Davidse, G., Sousa, S.M., and Chater, A.O. 1994. Flora Mesoamericana. Universidad 
Nactional Aut6noma de México, Missouri Botanical Garden, USA and Natural History 
Museum, UK. 


Duellman, W.E. 1993. Amphibian Species of the World: Additions and Corrections. Museum 
of Natural History Publication No. 21. University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas, USA. 
372pp. 


Duffield, S.J. 1994. Notes on CODATA/IOPI and Species 2000. Unpublished. 


7-84 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Eschmeyer, W.N. 1990. Catalog of the Genera of Recent Fishes. San Francisco: California 
Academy of Sciences. 697pp. 


Farr, E. and G.F.Russell. 1992. International Working Group on Taxonomic Databases for 
Plant Sciences. Pp. 173-181. In: Canhos, V., Lange, D., Kersop, B.E, Nandi, S., and Ross, 
E. (Eds), Needs and specifications for a Biodiversity Information Network. Nairobi, Kenya. 


Frost, D.R. 1985. Amphibian Species of the World: A Taxonomic and Geographical 
Reference. Allen Press Inc. and the Association of Systematics Collections, Lawrence, 
Kansas. I-V, 1-732. 


Gotch, A.F. 1979. Mammals - Their Latin Names Explained. A Guide to Animal 
Classification. Blandford Press, Dorset, UK. 271pp. 


Green, D.G. and Croft, J.R. 1994. Proposal for Implementing a Biodiversity Information 
Network. Linking Mechanisms for Biodiversity Information. Proceedings of the International 
Workshop held at the Tropical Database, Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil, 23-25 February 1994. 


Hollis, S. & Brummitt, R.K. 1992. World Geographic Scheme for Recording Plant 
Distributions. Plant Taxonomic Database Standards No.2. Hunt Institute for Botanical 
Documentation, Pittsburgh, USA. 


Holmgren, P.K., Holgren, N.H. & Barnet, L.C. 1990. Index Herbarium Pt. 1. 8th edn. 
Regnum Vegetable Voi.120. 


Hunt, D. 1992. CITES Cactaceae Checklist. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK. 190pp. 


International Code of Botanical Nomenclature 1979. Available from the International Bureau 
of Plant Taxonomy and Nomenclature. Tweede Trasitorium, Uithof, Utrecht, Netherlands. 


International Code of Zoological Nomenclature 1985. International Trust for Zoological 
Nomenclature, London, UK. 


ISO 1988. ISO Standard 3166, Codes for the representation of names of countries, 3rd edn 
ISO 3166 Maintenance Agency Secretariat, Berlin, Germany. 


Jeffrey, C. 1989. Biological Nomenclature. 3rd edn. Edward Arnold. 86pp. 


Jones, T. and Cook, M.A. 1993. Proceedings of the First BioNET-INTERNATIONAL 
Consultation, London, June 1993. 81pp. 


Kelly, K.L. and D.B. Judd. 1955. The ISCC-NBS method of designating colors and a 


dictionary of colour names. National Bureau of Standards Circular 553. US Government 
Printing Office, Washington DC, USA 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-85 


LaPage, S.P., Sneath, P.H.A., Lessel, E.F., et al. (Eds). 1975. International code of 
nomenclature of bacteria, 1976 revision. American Society for Microbiology, Washington 
DC, USA. 180pp. 


Lawrence, G.H.M., et al., (Eds). 1968. Botanico-Periodicum-Huntianum. Hunt Botanical 
Library, Pittsburgh, USA. 106pp. 


Linnaeus, C. 1753. Species Plantarum, Volumes 1 and 2. In: Stearn, W.T. 1957. Carl 
Linnaeus Species Plantarum. Royal Society, London, UK. 1200pp. 


Loftus, R., Scherf, B. (Eds) 1993. World Watch List for Domestic Animal Diversity. FAO, 
Rome. Italy. ix + 376pp. 


McManus, C. & Krichevsky M.I. 1992. Rogosa, Krichevsky, and Colwell’s RKC Code - 
Coding Microbiological Data for Computers. 


Nowak, R.M. 1991. Walker’s Mammals of the World. 5th edn. John Hopkins University 
Press, Baltimore, MD. 2 vols. 


O’Neal and Walter 1994. Recent installations. BG-BASE News. 2(2):2 


Painting, K.A., Perry, M.C., Denning, R.A., and Ayad, W.G. 1993. Guidebook for genetic 
resources documentation. IBPGR Rome, Italy. 296pp. 


Peret, P.M. 1989. The role of networks of dispersed collections. In: The use of plant genetic 
resources. Pp. 157-172. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. 


RBG 1990. World Plant Conservation Bibliography. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, UK. 
645pp. 


Rogosa, M., M.I. Krichevsky and R.R.Colwell. 1986. Coding microbiological data for 
computers. Springer - Verlag, New York, USA. 299pp. 


Schwartz, A. and Henderson, R.W. 1991. Amphibians and Reptiles of the West Indies: 
Descriptions, Distributions and Natural History. University of Florida Press, Gainesville, 
USA. 720pp. 


Schouten, K. 1992. Checklist of CITES Fauna and Flora: a reference to the species in the 
Appendices to the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna 
and Flora. CITES Secretariat, Lausanne, Switzerland. 238pp. 


Sibley, C.G. and Monroe, B.L. 1990. Distribution and Taxonomy of Birds of the World. 
Yale University Press, New Haven, USA. 


Sibley, C.G. and Monroe, B.L. 1993. A Supplement to Distribution and Taxonomy of Birds 
of the World. Yale University Press, New Haven, USA. 


7-86 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Stafleu, F.A. and R.S. Cowan. 1976+. Taxonomic Literature, 2nd Ed. Vols. 1-7. Utrecht: 
Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema, Utrecht, Netherlands. 


Stearn, W. 1992. Botanical Latin. 4th Edition. David & Charles. 546pp. 


Swengel, F.B. (Ed.). 1993. Global Zoo Directory 1993. IUCN/SSC Captive Breeding 
Specialist Group in collaboration with International Zoo Yearbook, American Association of 
Zoological Park and Aquariums and International Species Information System. 225pp. 


Systematics Association Committee for Descriptive Terminology 1960. 1 Preliminary list of 
words relevant to descriptive biological terminology. Taxon 99(8):245-257. 


Takhtajan, A. 1986. Floristic Regions of the World. University of California Press, USA. 


Thorley, M. and Trathan, P.N. 1993. The history of the BIOMASS Data Centre and lessons 
learned during its lifetime. In: El-Sayed, S.Z. (Ed.), Southern Ocean Ecology - The 
BIOMASS Perspective. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. 


Turrill, W.B, Milne-Redhead, E., Hubbard, C.E. and Polhill, R.M. (Eds.) 1952. Flora of 
Tropical East Africa. 


Tutin, T.G. et al 1993. Flora Europaea. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. 5 
Vols. 


Vaughan, K.C. 1989. A Classification of the Living Mollusca. Abbott, R.T., and Boss, K.J. 
(Eds). American Malacologists, Inc., Florida, USA. 


Wilson, D.E. and Reeder, D.M. (Eds). 1993. Mammal Species of the World: a Taxonomic 
and Geographic Reference. 2nd edn. Smithsonian Institution Press. Washington and London. 
xviii + 1026pp. 


Wilson, K. 1994. International Organisation for Plant Information. Progress Report February 
1994. Electronic bulletin board "biodiv-1". 


Wijnstekers, W. 1992. The Evolution of CITES: a reference to the Convention on 
International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora. 3rd edn. CITES 
Secretariat, Lausanne, Switzerland. vii + 392pp. 


WCMC (Comp.) 1993. 1994 IUCN Red List of Threatened Animals. YUCN Gland, 
Switzerland. lii + 286pp. 


a 
Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-87 


TEST. Threats 


Alcamo, J., Shaw, R. and Hordik, L. (Eds). The RAINS Model of Acidification: Science and 
Strategies in Europe. Kluwer, Dordrecht, Netherlands. 


Anon 1994. Draft IUCN Red List Categories. Final Draft. Unpublished. 16pp. 


Barker, J.R. and Tingey, D.T. 1992. Air Pollution Effects on Biodiversity. Van Nostran 
Reinhold, New York, US. ¢ 


Beehler, B.M. (ed.) 1993. Papua New Guinea Conservation Needs Assessment. Vol. 2. 
Biodiversity Support Program, Washington DC, USA, and Department of Environment and 
Conservation, Boroko, Papua New Guinea. 433pp. 


Caldwell, M.M., Robberecht, R., and Nowack, R.S. 1982. Differential photosynthetic 
inhibition by ultraviolet radiation in species from the arctic-alpine lifezone. Arctic and Alpine 
Research 14:195-202. 


CSERGE 1993. The Fundamental Forces Driving the Decline of Biodiversity. Cambridge 
Symposium 1993. CSERGE, London, UK. 14pp. 


Collar, N.J., Crosby, M.J. and Stattersfield, A.J. 1994. Birds to Watch 2. BirdLife 
Conservation Series No. 4. BirdLife, Cambridge, UK. 407pp. 


Dahl, T.E. 1990. Wetlands Losses in the United States 1780s to 1980s. US Department of 
the Interior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington DC, USA. 


Davis, S.D., et al. 1986. Plants in Danger: what do we know? IUCN Gland, Switzerland. 
xlv + 461pp. 


FAO 1991. Second Interim Report on the State of Tropical Forests by Forest Resources 
Assessment 1990 Project. Tenth World Forestry Congress, September 1991, Paris, France. 


FAO 1993. Forest Resources Assessment Project - Tropical countries. FAO Forestry Paper 
112. FAO Rome, Italy. 


Farmer, A.M. 1993. SSSIs at risk from soil acidification in Britain. Joint Nature 
Conservation Committee Report No. 156. JNCC Peterborough, UK. 


Fedra, K. 1994. State-of-the-Environment Reporting. Part I: A New Framework and 
Approach. Final draft, April 1994. UNEP-GRID Nairobi, Kenya. 54pp. 


Government of Canada 1991. The State of Canada’s Environment. Ministry of the 
Environment, Ottawa, Canada. 


Groombridge, B. (Ed.) 1993. The 1994 IUCN Red List of Threatened Animals. YUCN Gland, 
Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. lvi + 286pp. 


7-88 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Hannah, L., Lohse, D., Hutchinson, C., Carr, J.L., and Lankerani, A. 1994. A preliminary 
inventory of human disturbance of world ecosystems. Ambio 23(4-5):246-250. 


Holten, J.I. and Carey, P.D. 1992. Responses of Natural Terrestrial Ecosystems to Climate 
Change in Norway. NINA Forskningsrapport 29:1-59. : 


Houghton, J.T., Jenkins, G.J. and Ephraums, J.J. (Eds). 1990. Climate change: the IPCC 
scientific assessment. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK. 365pp. 


Hulme, M. et al. 1992. Climate Change due to the Greenhouse Effect and its implications 
for China. World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF), Gland, Switzerland. 56pp. 


IIASA 1994. State-of-the-Environment Reporting. Part IV: A Demonstration Prototype. 
EARSS: the Environmental Assessment and Reporting System. Project Progress Report. Draft, 
June 1994. UNEP Nairobi, Kenya. 54pp. 


Karentz, D. 1991. Ecological considerations of Antarctic ozone depletion. Antarctic Science 
3:3-11. 


Karentz, D. 1992. Stratospheric Ozone Depletion and the Antarctic Marine Ecosystem. 
Greenpeace UK, London, UK. 9pp. 


deKlemm, C. 1993. Guidelines for legislation in implement CITES. JUCN Environmental 
Policy and Law Paper No 26. 107pp. 


Krupa, S.V. and Krickert, R.N. 1989. The Greenhouse effect: impacts of ultraviolet-B (UV- 
B) radiation, carbon dioxide (CO,) and ozone (O;) on vegetation. Environmental Pollution 
61:263-393. 


Lacy, R.C. 1993. VORTEX: A Computer Simulation Model for Population Viability 
Analysis. Wildlife Research 20:45-65. 


Lee, P.C., Thornback, J. and Bennett, E.L. 1988. Threatened Primates of Africa: The IUCN 
Red Data Book. IUCN Gland, Switzerland, and Cambridge, UK. 


Lesslie, R., Taylor, D. and Maslen, M. 1993. National Wilderness Inventory. Handbook of 
Principles, Procedures and Usage. 


Loftus, R. and Scherf, B. (Eds) 1993. World Watch List for domestic animal diversity. 1st 
edn. FAO Rome, Italy. 376pp. 


Lucas, G. and Synge, H. 1978. The IUCN plant red data book. '\UCN Morges, Switzerland. 
540pp. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-89 


Magin, C.D., Johnson, T.H., Groombridge, B., Jenkins, M. and Smith, H. 1994. Species 
extinctions, endangerment and captive breeding. Pp. 3-31. In: Olney, P.J.S., Mace, G.M., 
and Feistner, A.T.C. (Eds), Creative Conservation: Interactive management of wild and 
captive animals. Chapman & Hall, London, UK. 517pp. 


Markham, A., Dudley, N. and Stolton, S. 1993. Some like it hot - climate change, 
biodiversity and survival of species. WWF Gland, Switzerland. 144pp. 


Mayer, S.J. 1992. The requirement for emergency action to reduce pollution by ozone- 
depleting substances. Greenpeace UK, London. 


Mayr, E. 1969. Principles of Systematic Zoology. McGraw-Hill, New York, USA. 


Middleton, N. and Thomas, D.S.G. 1992. UNEP World Atlas of Desertification. Edward 
Arnold, London, UK. 69pp. 


Oechel, W.C. and Holten, J.I. 1993. Global Change and Arctic Terrestrial Ecosystems: an 
international conference held on 21-26 August 1993 in Oppedal, Norway. Recommendations. 
Norwegian Institute for Nature Research, Trondheim, Norway. 53pp. 


Olsen, D.M. and Dinerstein, E. 1994. Assessing the Conservation Potential and Degree of 
Threat Among Ecoregions of Latin America and the Caribbean: A Proposed Landscape 
Ecology Approach. LATEN Dissemination Note # 10. World Bank, Washington DC,, US. 
44pp. 


Pearce, D. and Moran, D. 1994. The Economic Value of Biodiversity. Earthscan, London, 
UK. 172pp. 


Pernetta, J.C. and Hughes, P.J. 1990. Implications of the expected climate changes in the 
South Pacific region: an overview. UNEP Regional Seas and Studies No. 128. UNEP 
Nairobi, Kenya. 279pp. 


Peters, R.L. and Lovejoy, T.E. (Eds) 1992. Global warming and biological diversity. Yale 
University Press, New Haven, USA. 386pp. 


Reeve, R.R. and Leatherwood, S. 1994. Dolphins, Porpoises and Whales: 1994-1998 Action 
Plan for the Conservation of Cetaceans. 'UCN Gland, Switzerland. 92pp. 


Rimes, C. 1992. Freshwater acidification of SSIs in Great Britain. I. Overview. English 
Nature Science Series No. 1. English Nature, Peterborough, UK. 


Sayer, J.A., Harcourt, C.S. and Collins, N.M. (Eds) 1992. The Conservation Atlas of 
Tropical Forests. Africa. 'UCN Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. 288pp. 


Simberloff, D. 1992. Do species-area curves predict extinction in fragmented forest? Pp 75- 
89. In: Whitmore, T.C. and Sayer, J.A. (Eds). Tropical Deforestation and Species 
Extinction. Chapman and Hall, London, UK. 153pp. 


7-90 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Smith, J.B. and Tirpak, D. (Eds) 1989. The Potential Effects of Global Climate Change on 
the United States. Report to Congress. United States Environmental Protection Agency, 
Washington, DC,, USA. 413pp. 


Smith, R.C., et al. 1992. Ozone depletion: ultraviolet radiation and phytoplankton biology 
in Antarctic waters. Science 255:952-959. 


Teramura, A.H., Tevini, M., Bornman, J.F., Caldwell, M.M., Kulandaivelu, G. and Bjorn, 
L.O. 1991. Terrestrial Plants. Pp 25-32. In: Environmental Effects of Ozone depletion: 1991 
Update. UNEP Nairobi, Kenya. 


Tickle, A., Fergusson, M. and Drucker, D. In press. Acid Rain and Nature Conservation in 
Europe. A preliminary study of protected areas at risk from acidification. WWF-International, 
Gland, Switzerland. 


Umweltbundesamt 1993. Manual on methodologies and criteria for mapping critical 
levels/loads and geographical areas where they are exceeded. UBA Texte 25/93, 
Umweltbundesamt, Berlin, Germany. 


UN 1992. The Forest Resources of the Temperate Zones. Main findings of the UN-ECE/FAO 
1990 Forest Resource Assessment. UN-ECE/FAO Geneva, Switzerland. 32pp. 


UNEP 1989. Implications of Climatic Changes in the Wider Caribbean Region. Preliminary 
Conclusions of the Task Team of Experts. CEP Technical Report No. 3. UNEP Caribbean 
Environment Programme, Kingston, Jamaica. 22pp. 


UNEP 1991. Environmental Effects of Ozone Depletion: 1991 Update. UNEP Nairobi, 
Kenya. 


UNEP 1993. Guidelines for Country Studies on Biological Diversity. UNEP Nairobi, Kenya. 


US Fish and Wildlife Service 1988. Endangered Species Act of 1973 as amended through the 
100th Congress. US Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington DC, USA. 


WCMC 1992. Global Biodiversity: Status of the Earth’s Living Resources. Chapman and 
Hall, London, UK. 585pp. 


Weiler, C.S., and Penhale, P.A. (Eds) 1994. Ultraviolet Radiation in Antarctica: 
Measurement and Biological Effects. Antarctic Research Series Vol. 62. American 
Geophysical Union, Washington DC, USA. 


Wells, S.M., Pyle, R.M. and Collins, N.M. 1983. The IUCN Invertebrate Red Data Book. 
IUCN Gland, Switzerland. 


Wilkinson, C.R. and Buddemeier, R.W. 1994. Global Climate Change and Coral Reefs: 
Implications for People and Reefs. Report of the UNEP-IOC-ASPEI-IUCN Global Task Team 
on the implications of climate change on coral reefs. \UCN Gland, Switzerland. 124pp. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-91 


Wynn-Williams, D.D. 1994. Potential effects of ultraviolet radiation on Antarctic primary 
terrestrial colonizers: cyanobacteria, algae and cryptograms. Pp 243-257 In: Weiler,C.S., and 


Penhale, P.A. (Eds) 1994. Ultraviolet Radiation in Antarctica: Measurement and Biological 
Effects. Antarctic Research Series Vol. 62. American Geophysical Union, Washington DC, 
USA. 


nn 


7-92 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


7.3.18 Educational 


Canhos, V., Lange, D., Kirsop, B.E., Nandi, S., and Ross, E. 1992. Needs and 
Specifications for a Biodiversity Information Network. Proceedings of an International 
Workshop held at the Tropical Database, Campinas, Brazil July 1992. 


Crosby, M.J. 1994. Mapping the distributions of restricted-range birds to identify global 
conservation priorities. In: Miller, R.I. (Ed.) Mapping the Diversity of Nature. Chapman and 
Hall, London, UK. ; 


ETI 1994. Questionnaire - global inventory of taxonomic expertise. Expert Center for 
Taxonomic Identification, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands. 


Falloux, F. (Ed.) 1989. Land Information and Remote Sensing for Renewable Resource 
Management in Sub-Saharan Africa. Technical Number 108. World Bank, Washington DC, 
USA. 7Opp. 


Given, D. (Ed.) 1994. Techniques and Methods in Ethnobotany. Commonwealth Science, 
London, UK. 


Hull University and EcoSurveys Limited 1994. Global Biodiversity Monitoring and 
Conservation MSc Course Manual, Lincolnshire, UK 100pp. 


Island Resources Foundation 1994. Montserrat Environmental Profile. Unpublished. 


IUCN 1993. Parks for Life - Report of the IVth World Congress on National Parks and 
Protected Areas. {UCN Gland, Switzerland. 260pp. 


Kapoor-Vijay, P. and Usher, M.B. (Eds) 1993. Identification of key species for conservation 
and socio-economic development. Workshop Proceedings Commonwealth Science Council 
London, UK. 


Kapoor-Vijay, P., and White, J. (Eds) 1992. Conservation Biology: a training manual for 
biological diversity and genetic resources. Technical Publication 296 CSC(92) RNR-20, 
Commonwealth Science Council, London 248pp. 


Kenchington, R. and Looi, Ch’ng Kim (Eds) 1994. Staff Training Materials for the 
Management of Marine Protected Areas. Regional Coordinating Unit, East Asian Seas Action 
Plan. RCU/EAS Technical Report Series No. 4. UNEP Bangkok, Thailand 544pp. 


Microbial Strain Data Network 1994. Use of Computers in Microbiology. UNEP/MSDN 
Training Course publication, Cambridge, UK 228pp. 


Potter, L. and Potter, B. 1994. Comparing Experiences of the British and United States 


Virgin Islands in Implementing GIS for Environmental Problem Solving. Island Resources 
Foundation publication, Washington DC, USA. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-93 


Rennie, J.K, and Convis, C. 1989. Natural Resources Information in Southern Africa - 
Report of feasibility study on national natural resources databases in Botswana. Zambia and 
Zimbabwe September 7 - November 7, 1987. Volume 1: Mission Report. IUCN Gland, 
Switzerland, 120pp. 


Strachan, J.R. (Ed.) 1993a. Information Strategies for Caribbean Scientists. Report of a 
CSC/NIHERST Workshop held in Trinidad and Tabago, June 1992. CSC (92) INF-1, PR 
291, Commonwealth Science Council, UK 115pp. 


Strachan, J.R. (Ed.) 1993b. Information Strategies for Scientists in Southern Africa. Report 
of a CSC/BTC Workshop held in Botswana, CSC (93) INF-2, PR 301, Commonwealth 
Science Council, UK 159pp. 


Stiiewe, M., Wangchuk, T., Worah, S., Wikramanyake, E., and Rawat, G. (Eds) 1994. 
Manual for Conducting Protected Area Survey and Monitoring Courses in Bhutan. WWF- 
Bhutan Programme Technical Paper. 142pp. 


The Nature Conservancy. 1993. Vegetation Classification at the Nature Conservancy - 
Description, Standards and Status Report. Unpublished. 


Thiam, S. (Ed.) 1994. Evaluation report on the training workshop on: Geographic 
Information Systems and Database Methods Applied to Biodiversity Conservation (For three 
countries: Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda). UNEP-GEMS/PAC Publication Nairobi, Kenya. 


Towle, E., and Volk, R. 1994. Case Study: From Theory to Practice with Virgin Islands 
Coastal Management: A Retrospective View. Island Resources Foundation, Washington DC, 
USA. 


UNEP 1994a. ET Worldwide - A periodic compendium of opportunities in environmental 
training, No. 11. UNEP Education and Training Unit, Nairobi, Kenya. 


UNEP 1994b. Capacity Building by UNEP - A Compendium of Environmental Training 
Opportunities. 2nd Edition, Nairobi, Kenya. 


UNEP 1993. Earthwatch - Global Resource Information Database. Information Series, 
No.19. Nairobi, Kenya. 183pp. 


UNEP Undated. Guidelines for Country Studies on Biological Diversity. Nairobi, Kenya. 
WWF, WRI, TNC and USAID 1993. African Biodiversity: Foundation for the Future. A 


Framework for Integrating Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Development. 
Biodiversity Support Programme. 149pp. 


7-94 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


7.3.19 Information Sources 


Bartz, B., Lochar, R., Opitz, H. (Eds). 1990. World Guide to Special Libraries. Saur, 
London. 


Finlay, M. (Ed.) 1993. The CD-Rom Directory 94 with Multimedia CD’s. 11th edn. TPFL 
Publishing, London. xv + 1034pp. 


McAllister, D.E. 1992. A basic biodiversity reference library. Canadian Biodiversity 2(4):22- 
29% 


Marcaccio, K.Y. (Ed.) 1994. Gale Directory of Databases. Gale Research, London, UK. 2 
Vols. 


Microinfo 1994. CD-ROM Catalogue including CD-ROM Hardware. Microinfo, Alton, 
Hampshire, UK. 80pp. 


Painting, K.A., Perry, M.C., Denning R.A., and Ayad, W.G. 1993. Guidebook for Genetic 
Resources Documentation. IBPGR Rome, Italy. 


Silverplatter Undated. A directory of electronic information products. Silverplatter, London, 
UK. 73pp. 


Smith, U.R. 1993. A Biologist’s Guide to Internet Resources. Usenet sci.answers. 45 pages. 
[Available via gopher, anonymous FTP and e-mail from many archives. For a free copy via 
e-mail, send the text send pub/usenet/sci.answers/biology/guide/* to the e-mail address mail- 
server@rtfm.mit.edu.] 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-95 


7.4 Periodicals 

The 32nd edition of Ulrich’s International Periodicals Directory 1993-94 (Bowker, 1993) lists 
approximately 250 serial publications under the heading "conservation". This list selects key 
learned journals. Many organisations produce newsletters whose principal function is to 
disseminate information about the projects or the originating institution, for example the 
newsletters from the Specialist Groups of the IUCN Species Survival Commission. 


Name Ambio 

Code ISSN 0044-7447 

Publisher Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences 

Frequency 8 issues per year 

Cost $170 per year (1994), reduced rates for personal subscriptions 

Name Biological Conservation 

Code ISSN 0006-3207 

Publisher Elsevier Applied Science 

Frequency 12 issues per year 

Cost £600 per year (1995) 

Name Biodiversity and Conservation 

Code ISSN 0960-3115 

Publisher Chapman and Hall 

Frequency 8 or 10 per year 

Cost £190 per year (1994) strictly personal subscriptions are substantially cheaper. 

Name Biological Conservation Newsletter 

Publisher Smithsonian Institution 

Frequency Monthly 

Cost Free 

Name Biology International 

Code ISSN 0253-2069 

Publisher International Union of Biological Sciences 

Frequency Variable 

Cost Free to members of the Union, or $40.00 to individuals 

Name Conservation Biology 

Code ISSN 0888-8892 

Publisher Blackwell Scientific 

Frequency Quarterly 

Cost $200 for non-US institutions, personal subscriptions available to members of 
the Society for Conservation Biology 

Name Conservation Indonesia 

Code ISSN 0853-3768 

Publisher WWE Indonesia 

Frequency Quarterly 

7-96 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Cost 


Name 
Code 
Publisher 
Frequency 
Cost 


Name 
Code 
Publisher 
Frequency 


Name 
Publisher 
Frequency 
Cost 


Name 
Code 
Publisher 
Frequency 
Cost 


Name 
Code 
Publisher 
Frequency 


Name 
Code 
Publisher 
Frequency 
Cost 

Note 


Name 
Code 
Publisher 
Frequency 
Cost 


Notes 


$45 per annum 


Environmental Conservation 
ISSN 0376-8929 

Elsevier Science 

Quarterly 

$197 


Global Biodiversity 

ISSN 1195-3101 

Canadian Centre for Biodiversity at Canadian Museum of Nature 
Quarterly 


Journal of African Ecology 
Blackwell Scientific 
Quarterly 

£130 per year (1994) 


Journal of Tropical Ecology 

ISSN 0266-4674 

Cambridge University Press 

Quarterly 

£90 per year (1994). Personal subscriptions may be available 


Natural Resources 
ISSN 0028-0844 
Parthenon 
Quarterly 


Oryx 

ISSN 0030-6053 

Blackwell Scientific 

Quarterly 

£80 

Probably the oldest journal of conservation, being produced by the Flora and 
Fauna Preservation Society. 


Parks 

ISSN 0960-233X 

Commission on National Parks and Protected Areas (CNPPA) of IUCN 
Three issues annually (February, June, and October) 

(Subscription) £18 plus postage per volume; reduced rate of £12 plus postage 
per volume for 10 or more copies. 

Each volume consists of three issues. Each issue of Parks addresses a 
particular theme. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-97 


Name Tigerpaper 

Code ISSN 1014-2789 

Publisher FAO Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific 

Frequency Quarterly 

Cost $12 

Name Tropical Biodiversity 

Code ISSN 0854-1566 

Publisher Indonesian Foundation for the Advancement of Biological Sciences 

Frequency Quarterly 

Cost $200 per year 1994. Discounts available for institutions in developing 
countries and individuals. 

Name International Journal of Geographic Information Systems 

Code ISSN 0269-3798 

Publisher Taylor and Francis Ltd 

Frequency _ Bi-monthly 

Cost £77.60 ($134) to Individuals; Institutions £164 ($284) 

Notes Covers theory, research and development, and application of GIS, inclusive 
of associated soft and hardware. 

Name Geojournal 

Code ISSN 0343-2521 

Publisher Kluwer Academic Press 

Frequency 12 per year 

Cost Fl. 1656 

Notes International Journal of physical, biological, social and economic geography, 
and applications in environmental planning and technology. 

Name Cartographica 

Code ISSN 0317-7173 

Publisher University of Toronto Press 

Frequency Quarterly 

Cost Can $ 35. (institutions Can $ 60., students Can $ 25.) 

Name GeoInfo Systems 

Code 1051-9858 

Publisher Advanstar Communications, Incorporated 

Frequency 10 per year 

Cost US $ 59. (foreign US $ 117) 

Notes Application of GIS and related Spatial Information Technologies. 

Name GIS Europe 

Publisher Longmans Geoinformation (GIS World Incorporated) 

Frequency 10 per year 

Cost £12 

7-98 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name GIS World 

Code ISSN 0897-5507 

Publisher GIS World Incorporated 

Frequency 12 per year 

Cost US $ 72 

Notes Covers news, technical developments and events relating to the field of GIS. 


7.5 References 


Bartz, B., Lochar, R., Opitz, H. (Eds). 1990. World Guide to Special Libraries. Saur, 
London. 


Bowker, R.R. Ulrich’s International Periodicals Directory, 1993-94. 32nd edn. New 
Providence, NJ 07974. 1993. 5 vols. 


Smith, U.R. 1993. A Biologist’s Guide to Internet Resources. Usenet sci.answers. Available 
via gopher, anonymous FTP and e-mail from many archives. For a free copy via e-mail, 
send the text send pub/usenet/sci.answers/biology/guide/* to the e-mail address mail- 
server@rtfm.mit.edu. 45 pages. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 7-99 


‘ius - ba mening 


ity oe uate = Cee 
A edu fet gis; se i ig 
Preniy: Ceoutgriy os), ee 
a. see 


sae 


ae magi re 


8 REFERENCE MATERIALS 


8.1 Profiles of Key Organisations 

The profiles below were compiled from current sources at WCMC. Effort has been made to 
portray the organisations accurately, although some errors will inevitably have occurred. The 
potential list of institutions to profile was very large, and the list below therefore reflects a 
cross-section, rather than a complete list, of key organisations relevant to biodiversity 
information management. 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


BirdLife International (BLI) 

Birdlife International is an international charity founded in 1922. It is a 
federation of 360 member organisations in 100 countries. It is dedicated to 
saving the worlds’ birds and their habitats.It conducts research in the status 
and threats to birds throughout the world; works to protect endangered birds 
and promotes public awareness of their ecological important and lobbies policy 
makers on issues relating to bird conservation. BirdLife’s conservation 
programme targets priorities for world bird conservation and currently has 
over 60 key field and research projects in developing countries. BLI compiles 
the internationally renowned Bird Red Data Books. 


Birdlife International also publishes "World Birdwatch" newsletter four times 
a year; various technical publications and monographs, an annual report and 
a publications list. 


CAB International 

CAB International is an international intergovernmental organisation which 
provides research information, scientific and development services for 
agriculture, forestry and related disciplines throughout the world. It is owned 
by its 34 member governments. 


It has the worlds largest bibliographic database (CAB Abstracts) of relevant 
research and development publications. CABI’s resources and activities 
include: 


®@ customised database derivatives in the form of printed and electronic 
publications diagnostic identification services for harmful and 
beneficial organisms 


@ authoritative and up-to-date information on harmful and beneficial 
organisms 


@ field surveys of pests and natural enemies and advice on the 
assessment of economic and environmental impacts, and 


@ biological control programmes. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-1 


Name 
Description 


Name 


Description 


CABI has four constituent institutions namely, the International Institute of 
Entomology; International Mycology Institute; International Institute of 
Biological Control; and the International Institute of Parasitology. 


Conservation International (CI) 

Conservation International was founded in 1987. It acts as "a catalyst for 
conservation action" in Latin America, "Working with people and sovereign 
nations as partners within the context of local socio-political and economic 
realities." Main focus is on developing national conservation data centres, 
fellowships for conservation leaders, and creating and managing ecosystem 
reserves. CI is best known for carrying out "debt-for-nature" trades in Bolivia 
and Costa Rica, in which CI purchased part of the countries’ foreign debt at 
a discounted rate. In exchange for CI’s agreement to cancel the debt, the 
governments agreed to establish legal protection for conservation areas. 


Conservation International publishes TROPICUS Newsletter and monographs 
including The Debt for Nature Exchange. 


Consortium for International Earth Science Information Network 
(CIESIN) 

CIESIN is a private, non-profit organisation established in 1989. It’s mission 
is to provide access to and enhance the use of information worldwide, 
advancing understanding of human interactions in the environment and serving 
the needs of science and public and private decision making. 


CIESIN is developing simple data query software which integrates many 
different data systems in the United States and other countries, making them 
accessible to a wide range of users through a single access point. 


To carry out its mission, CIESIN is building an organisational and technical 
infrastructure that will serve global environmental change research scientists 
and the broader community of policy analysts, resource managers, educators, 
and the general public. At its hub is the Information Cooperative: a distributed 
archive that allows user communities to catalog and share data and information 
electronically among major international data archives and resource centres. 


Participation in CIESIN’s Information Cooperative provides organisations with 
a mechanism for disseminating their data and information to a broad audience 
while retaining ownership and responsibility. Each participating organisation 
also acquires access to data, information, technologies, and expertise from 
CIESIN and from other organisations. 


The CIESIN Catalog Service allows search and retrieval of metadata 
concerning the environment. Data available through the system will consist 
primarily of CIESIN holdings and the holdings of CIESIN’s Information 
Cooperative partners and those that are referenced by the U.S. Global Change 
Master Directory. The Catalog Service is accessible via the Internet as well 


eee 


8-2 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


as modem dial-in access and is based on a distributed network of servers. 


Metadata information stored in the databases of servers is currently in 
Directory Interchange Format (DIF) or full-text format. Thus far, DIF has 
been a focus of the CIESIN Catalog Service due to its wide acceptance as a 
metadata standard in the environmental community. 


Institutions or countries wishing the make their environmental metadata 
accessible to the CIESIN community should contact the CIESIN Customer 
Service (see Address List, Section 8.2). 


Consultative Group on the International Agricultural Research (CGIAR) 
The International Agricultural Research Centres (IARCs), supported by the 
Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research (CGIAR), have 
been active in the international coordination of activities concerned with plant 
resources, particularly gene banks. 


CGIAR was founded in 1971, and consists of a consortium of donor countries, 
foundations and development banks, jointly sponsored by the World Bank, the 
Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO) and the United Nations 
Development Programme (UNDP). The establishment of this international 
network was motivated by international concern over the problems of genetic 
erosion in cultivated species and the loss of related wild species of flora. 


At present there are 13 IARCs supported by the CGIAR. Most of these 
centres have specific responsibilities in crop varietal development and 
germplasm conservation. A few of these centres also serve as an international 
base for specific crops and actively collect on a worldwide basis. The 
collection efforts of the CGIAR network were initially focused on crop plants 
and were based on the economic importance of the crop, the quality of 
existing collections and the degree of threat to the crop. The most important 
of these IARCs is the International Board of Plant Genetic Resources (IBPGR) 
in Rome, Italy. 


Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) Secretariat 

Article 24 of the Convention on Biological Diversity states " At its first 
ordinary meeting, the Conference of the Parties shall designate the secretariat 
from amongst those existing competent international organisations which have 
signified their willingness to carry out the secretariat functions under this 
Convention." The first meeting of the Conference of the parties was held in 
November 1994 and no decision was taken. 


When the country and location for the secretariat are decided upon, the 
responsibilities will include: 


© to perform the functions assigned to it by any protocol 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-3 


Name 
Description 


@ to prepare reports on the execution of its functions under this 
convention and present them to the Conference of the Parties, and 


@ to coordinate with other relevant international bodies and, in particular 
to enter into such administrative and contractual arrangements as may 
be required for the effective discharge of its functions. 


Environmental Change Network (ECN) 

Founded in 1992, the Environmental Change Network is the United 
Kingdom’s multi-agency research programme coordinated by the Natural 
Environment Research Council (NERC). It is designed to collect, store, 
analyze and interpret long-term data based on a set of key variables which 
drive and respond to environmental change at a range of terrestrial and 
freshwater sites across the UK. 


ECN data will be used: 


® to identify and quantify natural and man-induced environmental factors 
® to distinguish short-term fluctuations from long-term trends 
® to predict future change 


ECN has approximately 50 terrestrial and freshwater sites throughout England, 
Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland. Sites range from upland to lowland, 
moorland to chalk grassland, and include both small and large lakes and 
rivers. ECN sites are owned and managed by more than 15 different 
organisations, including government departments, research councils and other 
statutory authorities. 


ECN uses standardised measurements and ECN methods of data collection are 
based on agreed protocols. Measurements relate to variables expected to be 
important in driving environmental change and to ecosystem variables likely 
to respond or be sensitive to such change. They include: 


® climate ® vertebrates 
® air quality ® invertebrates 
® water flow and quality ® site management 


® soil development and chemistry © managed and semi-natural vegetation. 


ECN is based at the Merlewood Research Station of the Institute of Terrestrial 
Ecology in the UK. The latter undertakes specialist ecological research in all 
aspects of the terrestrial environment and seeks to understand the ecology of 
species and of natural and human communities. Using advanced computer 
technology to interpret research findings, ITE scientists can advise on the 
ecology, management and protection of the environment. The work undertaken 
includes: monitoring ecological aspects of agriculture; improving productivity 
in forestry; controlling pests; managing and conserving wildlife; assessing the 
causes and effects of pollution; and rehabilitating degraded sites. There are 


8-4 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


three research stations in England (including Merlewood) and one in Scotland. 


Name Environmental Resources Information Network (ERIN) 

Description ERIN was established in July 1989 by the Australian Commonwealth 
Government. The organisations mission was to provide spatially related 
environmental information of sufficient extent, quality and availability to 
support decision making. 


Since its establishment, ERIN has built a strategic framework for an ~ 

environmental information system for the Australian continent and the marine 

environment of interest to the Australian government. Considerable work has 

been done on priority components within that framework, both within the 

ERIN Unit and by collaborating agencies, inter alia: 

@ topography at 1:250,000 scale (coastline, roads, rivers etc.) 

®@ soils and soil landscapes, geology and climate 

®@ point-based distributions of Australian "Rare or Threatened Plants" 

® point-based distributions of Australian "land cover" plant species 

@ biodiversity data sets including birds 

@ fortnightly (cloud minimised) continental coverage of satellite imagery 
(NOAA and AVHRR) from February 1991 (for environmental 


monitoring, particularly of land cover, fires and floods) 


® regional studies of priority areas, eg Cape York Peninsula, Murray- 
Darling Basin 


® studies of environmental regionalisation and assessments of protected 
area representativeness 


® integrated relational databases including: management information 
system; taxon authority files; specimen and site record databases; data 
dictionary and catalogue 


@ extensive work on data quality control and standards (eg site attribute 
standards) 


@ extensive work on issues of custodianship, intellectual property and 
data licensing 


@ modelling and analysis tools, eg species distribution modelling 
(BIOCLIM, GARP) 


‘Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-5 


Name 
Description 


@ an open systems computing infrastructure comprising networked UNIX 
workstations, Pcs and Macs 


@ a prototype network linked to nature conservation agencies in all 
Australian States and Territories 


@ full Internet access including comprehensive information services 
maintained on World Wide Web and gopher including: legislation; 
government policy and operational documents; scientific and technical 
papers; images; on-line database retrieval, mapping and modelling; 
WAIS text searching; animation; etc. 


European Environment Agency (EEA) 
The establishment of the EEA was agreed upon at a March 1990 meeting of - 
the European Ministers’ Environment Council in Brussels. EEA was 
conceived as a smaller coordinating unit of a large decentralised network. As 
well as EEA, the EU also established a European Environment Information 
and Observation Network (EEION) at the same time. Together, the Agency 
and the Network are to provide the European Union and its member states 
with objective and reliable information and assessments about the state of the 
environment in Europe. EEION is to be coordinated by the EEA and 
participants will come from three different backgrounds: 


1. a national focal point is to be set up in each member state 

2. various national information networks, and 

3. institutions will be given responsibilities for specific task and projects. 
These will be termed Centres of Excellence. 


In the first years of its operation emphasis will be placed on providing 
information which can be directly used in environmental policy 
implementation. Such areas include: 


air quality and atmospheric emissions 

water quality, pollutants and water resources 
the state of soil, flora, fauna and of biotopes 
land use and natural resources 

waste management 

noise emissions 

environmentally hazardous chemical substances 
coastal protection. 


Upon its implementation, EEION will coordinate and provide Member States 
with objective, reliable and comparable information at the European level to 
enable them to take the necessary measures to protect the environment as well 
as assess the results of measurements they have taken. 


ee eee 


8-6 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


EEA will be open to other non-EU Members. Already interest has been shown 
by EFTA, Eastern and Central European nations as well as by the OECD and 
ESA. ESA will be of particular importance as information provided by the 
ERS-1 satellite is crucial to assessing the state of the environment. Within the 
EU, JRC and EUROSTAT have also expressed an interest in co-operating 
close with EEA. JRC for example, will play an essential role in researching, 
developing and harmonising new environmental measurement methods and the 
standardisation of data. 


Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO) 

The Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO) was 
established in 1945 and has 160 member states. FAO carries a major 
programme for the agricultural community on behalf of governments and 
development agencies; collects, analyzes, disseminates information; advises ~ 
governments on policy planning; and provides opportunities for governments 
to meet and discuss food and agriculture problems. 


The major FAO units concerned with environmental and natural resource 
problems and issues are: the Interdepartmental Working Group on 
Environment and Sustainable Development; Forestry Department; Fisheries 
Department; Agriculture Department; and the regional commissions and 
technical committees. 


ICSU/CODATA 

CODATA is a scientific committee of the International Council of Scientific 
Unions (ICSU). It was implemented to address data quality and utilisation on 
an international level. In this respect, CODATA was given several general 
objectives: 


@ to improve data quality and accessibility, as well as the collection, 
management and analysis methodology 


© to facilitate international cooperation among those collecting, managing 
and using data, and 


® to promote an increased awareness in the scientific and technical 
community of the importance of these activities. 


In order to address and achieve these objectives, CODATA initiated several 
projects, including: 


coordinating multinational programmes 

establishing format standards to promote compatibility of databases 
developing guidelines for the presentation of data in the primary literature 
training and education programmes 

organising conferences and workshops 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-7 


Name 
Description 


Only recently has CODATA begun formally addressing environmental data in 
a comprehensive fashion. To date, it has been concerned with all types of 
quantitative data collected from a wide variety of monitoring sources and 
disciplines. The following is a list and brief description of current CODATA 
projects: 


@ Chemical Thermodynamic Tables - a standardised, computer based 
mechanism for the collaboration of thermodynamic data centres in five 
countries 


e@ Fundamental Physical Constants - a task group of physics and 
metrology experts is responsible for maintaining this database of 
fundamental constant which are generally accepted 


@ Biological Macromolecules - a project addressing the improved 
coordination of protein and DNA sequence data compiling institutions 


@ Working Group on Access to Data - a group charged by ICSU with 
examining and reporting on problems in freedom of access to scientific 
and technical data by the International Scientific Community. 


Indonesian Institute of Sciences (LIPI) 

Lembaga IImu Pengetahuan Indonesia (LIPI) (Indonesian Institute of Sciences) 
was founded in 1967. It is a government agency established to promote the 
development of science and technology, to serve as the national centre for 
regional and international scientific co-operation, to organise national research 
centres. There are 19 attached centres including: Centre for Research and 
Development in Biology, Centre for Research and Development in 
Oceanology, and the Centre for Analysis of Development in Science and 
Technology. 


LIPI is involved in joint conservation and biodiversity projects with the Center 
for International Forestry Research (CIFOR) of Malaysia, The Nature 
Conservancy, the Smithsonian Institute, MAB UNESCO, and ITC of The 
Netherlands. 


In 1989, the need to establish a National Biodiversity Database (NBD) to 
support development and conservation planning in Indonesia was identified. 
Development of the NBD concept advanced when The Nature Conservancy 
was asked to provide technical assistance in the development of a proposal an 
implementation plan for the NBD. LIPI hosted a National Biodiversity 
Workshop in Jakarta in 1991 which provided instrumental planning 
information the National Biodiversity Database (NBD). The NBD is held at 
the Scientific Information and Documentation Center of LIPI which is 
experienced in managing scientific data and has the necessary support and 
infrastructure. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


Name 


Description 


Name 
Description 


Instituto Nacional de Biodiversidad (INBio) 

On June 5, 1989, a Presidential Executive Decree established the INBio 
Planning Commission with representatives from different government 
agencies, institutions of higher education, and conservation NGOs. The INBio 
Association was legally registered on 26 October 1989 and is governed by an 
Assembly of Founders and a Board of Directors. INBio is a non-profit, private 
organisation for the public good. This legal structure enabled INBio to satisfy 
the critical need for an organisational flexibility specifically designed to handle 
the very rapidly expanding field of biodiversity management and to confront 
many of INBio’s tasks such as: the large and complex inventory process, 
publicising Costa Rican diversity, the promotion of non-destructive use of 
biodiversity by the commercial world, networking internationally with a 
multitude of other biodiversity management institutions, and the urgency of 
planning and fund-raising. 


INBio operates under the assumption that a tropical society will conserve a 
major portion of its wild biodiversity only if protected areas can generate 
enough intellectual and economic income for its own upkeep. INBio, based on 
a partnership of cooperative support and guidance with the Ministry of Natural 
Resources, Energy and Mines (MIRENEM), has agreed to carry out the 
processes of inventory, biodiversity prospecting and information management 
and dissemination of Costa Rica’s biodiversity. 


In keeping with the new Costa Rican conservation strategy, examples of 
current key programs are: 


© The National Biodiversity Inventory 

© Biodiversity Prospecting Program 

© Biodiversity Information Management Program 
© Biodiversity Information Dissemination Program. 


International Centre for Living Aquatic Resources Management 
(ICLARM) 

The International Centre for Living Aquatic Resources Management was 
founded in 1977. ICLARM conducts and fosters research and training in 
aquaculture, fisheries management, and coastal area management. The Centre 
works to resolve critical technical and socio-ecological constraints to increased 
production, improved resource management, and equitable distribution of 
benefits. 


ICLARM publishes Naga, The ICLARM Quarterly; bibliographies; educational 
materials; technical reports; and conference proceedings. 


International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis (IIASA) 

IIASA was founded in 1972 by the USA and USSR, as well as the 
participation of the governments of 14 other Eastern and Western nations. Its 
research efforts are primarily related to the development and use of scenarios 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-9 


Name 
Description 


and computer models. These activities include: environment; systems and 
decision sciences; technology, economy and society; and population. 


Each programme in turn, is responsible for a number of projects. The 
Environment Programme is currently involved in a number of projects 
including: 


Biosphere Dynamics (BIO) Project 
Transboundary Air Pollution (TAP) Project 
Water Resources (WAT) Project 
Environmental Monitoring (MON) Project 
Climate Change (CLI) 


Data and information management are an integral part of model and scenario 
development. Within the Environment Programme, TAP is in the process of 
developing a Database Information System. This database would not only 
serve practical needs as establishing cause-and-effect relationships in mapping 
critical loads for sulphur and nitrogen under EC Convention on Long Range 
Transboundary Air Pollution. 


IIASA is a member of such organisations as ICSU, SCOPE and IFIAS. It 
collaborates extensively with such programmes as IFIAS’s Human Dimensions 
of Global Change and ICSU’s International Geosphere-Biosphere Programme 
(IGBP). The Environment Programme actively contributes to and/or works 
with institutions such as UNEP/WMO Intergovernmental Panel on Climate 
Change (IPCC), WMO’s World Climate Programme (WCP) as well as many 
others (UNEP HEM, 1994). 


International Institute for Environment and Development (IIED) 

IIED was founded in 1971. It is a non-membership organisation, and is 
governed by an international board. It promotes the sound management and 
sustainable use of natural resources. Conducts policy research both 
independently and on behalf of donors, governments, and international aid 
agencies with particular emphasis on working at the local level with 
community groups in developing countries. 


Research is carried out by seven programmes in the Institute: 


® Drylands (focus on soil and water conservation and assessment studies 
in Africa) 


@ Forestry and Land Use (concentrating on the tropics) 


e@ Human settlements (covering housing and health, basic services, 
population and urban change, and human rights) 


8-10 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


@ Southern Networks (focus is on Africa, working building South-South 
links between NGOs at the sub-regional level 


e Economics (defining and applying concepts of sustainable 
development) 


e@ Sustainable Agriculture (training, advice, and research in developing 
countries). 


In 1988, an ITED office opened in Latin America. ITED cosponsors include 


- the London Environmental -Economics Centre at University College, 


University of London. 


International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 

ISO is a world-wide federation of national standards bodies from 90 countries. 
The scope of ISO covers standards in all fields except for electrical and 
electronic engineering which are the responsibility of the International 
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). The results of ISO technical work are 
published as International Standards; mid-1990 more than 7,500 standards had 
been published, and are listed in the ISO Catalogue. 


ISO’s technical work is carried out through Technical Committees (TCs). 
Currently, it has Tcs working in the following fields: air quality; water quality 
and soil quality. 


Many standards have been written for air pollution, including work-place air, 
ambient air and stationary source emissions. -In addition, technical reports 
have been compiled on the monitoring of ambient air quality. To promote and 
develop Certified Reference Materials ISO initiated the Committee on 
Reference Materials (REMCO). 


ISO is active in many fields related to the environment. It has developed 
International Standards for such environmentally related topics as: acoustics; 
air quality; building construction; chemistry; fertilisers; fire protection; 
mining, nuclear energy; pesticides; petroleum products; natural gas; soil and 
water quality. 


International Plant Genetic Resources Institute (IPGRI) 

Established in 1991, the International Plant Genetic Resources Institute 
(IPGRI) is an autonomous international scientific organisation operating under 
the aegis of the Consultative Group on International Agricultural Research 
(CGIAR). IPRGI’s mandate is to advance the conservation and use of plant 
genetic resources for the benefit of present and future generations. 


IPGRI intends to expand its information service to better meet the needs of the 
plant genetic resources community. Existing services and databases held by 
other institutions already cater to many of these needs. Wherever appropriate, 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-11 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


IPGRI will refer users to such sources. 


IPGRI maintains a database on the known Directories of Germplasm 
Collections. These directories list the germplasm holdings of specific crops 
and food plants in institutes around the world. The information aids scientists 
in making contact with other workers involved in the same crop. 


IUCN - The World Conservation Union 

The World Conservation Union was founded in 1948 at an international - 
conference at Fontainebleau, France, under the sponsorship of the Government 
of France, the Swiss League for the Protection of Nature, and the United 
Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO). 


IUCN’s mission is to provide knowledge and leadership for the sustainable use ~ 
of the planets natural resources. It provides leadership that can guide 
governments, aid agencies, nongovernmental organisations an local 
communities. It helps governments to develop international Conventions and 
national laws on conservation. IUCN initiative helped to create many well- 
known international measures like the Convention Concerning the Protection 
of The World Cultural and Natural Heritage, Convention on International 
Trade in Endangered Species, and the Convention on Wetlands of 
International Importance. 


There are 636 members representing 120 countries. The IUCN has two global 
information centres: the World Conservation Monitoring Centre and the 
Environmental Law Centre. See profiles on WCMC and ELC. 


The IUCN monitors the global environment and collects scientifically-based 
data about species and ecosystems. It investigates the causes of environmental 
change and degradation in different places, assesses the problems and 
determines options for solutions. Drawing on information and analysis, 
specialists consider how to reverse destructive trends and make development 
sustainable. The Union designs actions, provides advice and helps to carry 
both through to conclusion working with governments, aid agencies, NGOs 
and local groups and communities. 


The IUCN publishes authoritative reviews on conservation policy and the Red 
Data Books on the status and urgent conservation needs of flora and fauna. It 
also publishes directories, handbooks, guides, reports, and guideline 
documents on biodiversity conservation. 


IUCN Commission on National Parks and Protected Areas (CNPPA) 

The IUCN Commission on National Parks and Protected Areas (CNPPA) is 
the leading international scientific and technical body concerned with the 
selection, establishment and management of national parks and other protected 
areas. Its membership includes more than 500 protected areas professionals 
from about 120 countries. CNPPA is served by IUCN’s Protected Areas 


8-12 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Programme in order to promote the establishment of a world-wide network of 
effectively managed terrestrial and marine protected areas. 


IUCN Environmental Law Centre (ELC) 

The ELC, the "legal arm" of the IUCN Secretariat, monitors and maintains 
databases on legal trends and developments in the environmental field, 
including international agreements, binding instruments of international 
organisations, national legislation, and legal literature. It also develops specific 
databases (eg, on species protection); contributes to the work of other 
organisations working in the field; supports activities of other IUCN 
components (eg, organising an international symposium on legal aspects of 
wetlands protection); and develops and carries out specifically legal activities 
(eg, drafting international treaties). 


IUCN Species Survival Commission (SSC) 

The Species Survival Commission (SSC) is one of the six volunteer 
Commissions of IUCN - The World Conservation Union. It was founded in 
1949 to provide global leadership for plant and animal conservation efforts. 
Within IUCN, the mission of SSC is to conserve biological diversity by 
developing and executing programmes to study, save, restore and manage 
wisely species and their habitats. SSC volunteers (5000 in 169 countries) 
assess the status of biodiversity at the species level, determine the 
conservation status of individual species, identify the detrimental factors that 
may be operating, and devise strategies to mitigate these negative factors. 


Missouri Botanical Gardens (MOBOT) 

The Missouri Botanical Gardens operates an active research programme in 
tropical botany. Scientific research at the Garden focuses on the exploration 
of the tropics, which encompasses the earths least known, most diverse, and 
most rapidly vanishing ecosystems. Because of the speed with which 
irreversible changes are occurring in tropical regions, the Garden has made 
a long-term commitment to the study and conservation of these threatened 
habitats. 


MOBOT was founded in 1857 when Henry Shaw purchased a comprehensive 
herbarium collection of 62,000 specimens which became the basis for the 
present collection of 4.3 million specimen collection. There are 56 research 
botanists who work in the tropics worldwide. MOBOT is under contract with 
the National Cancer Institute to collect plants to screen for anti-cancer and 
anti-AIDS agents. 


The Garden also coordinates the Flora of North America, the Flora of China 
and the Flora of Mesoamericana projects. In conjunction with the Missouri 
Department of Conservation, the Garden sponsors the Flora of Missouri 
project. Images and data are now available for the Conspectus of the Vascular 
Plants of Madagascar project. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-13 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


National Museums of Kenya (NMK) 

The National Museums of Kenya was founded in 1911. The National 
Museums of Kenya are comprised of: National Museum of Nairobi; Fort Jesus 
Museum; Kisumu Museum; Kitale Museum; Lamu Museum and Meru 
Museum. They are involved in research, training, monitoring and education 
activities aimed at conserving Kenya’s biological resources. 


At the National Museum in Nairobi there are ten departments: Molecular 
Genetics; Herbarium; Phytochemistry; Palynology and Palaebotany; Plant 
Propagation and Conservation Unit; Zoology; Herpetology; Ornithology; 
Mammalogy; and Osteology. The Museum also has two programmes one in 
Wetlands and one in Marine Science. It has established the Kenya Resource 
Centre for Indigenous Knowledge (KENRIK) and is involved in the MPALA 
Research Centre; Elangata WUAS Ecosystem Management Programme; Zoo 
Atlanta’s African Biodiversity Conservation Programme. 


Collections record diversity in many taxa, while research projects on a wide 
range of biodiversity-related topics are run by various departments. Research 
findings are exchanged through publications, regular seminars, workshops and 
conferences with national and international scientists, resource managers and 
policy-makers. 


The Centre for Biodiversity has been initiated as a means by which the efforts 
of departments are directed to a specific common goal. In order to fulfil its 
national obligation to provide technical information to allow "protection, 
exploitation and management of the country’s indigenous biological 
resources", the Centre for Biodiversity mission includes a country-wide 
inventory; development of a standard sampling protocol; establishment of a 
Biodiversity database; documentation of traditional uses of biological diversity 
and development of biological training programmes. 


Royal Botanic Gardens Kew (RBGK) 

The Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew were established in as a royal garden in 
1721 and opened as a public body in 1850. The mission of the Royal Botanic 
Gardens is to ensure better management of the Earth’s environment by 
increasing knowledge and understanding of the plant kingdom. The Kew 
Herbarium is one of the world’s largest, and houses an encyclopedic collection 
of over six million specimens of vascular plants and fungi from every country 
in the world. The Jodrell Laboratory carries out fundamental research in plant 
biochemistry, physiology, anatomy, cytology, and molecular systematics. The 
library with its collection of over 750,000 books and journals is a resource for 
all Kew’s research work. the living collections are the world’s largest with 
79,600 accessions representing 35,900 species; one in ten of all vascular 
plants. In addition, Kew has the largest seed bank of wild plants containing 
over 4,000 species. 


8-14 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


Kew in involved in major biodiversity research programmes in many parts of 
the world including tropical and West Asia, Africa, South America, and the 
Pacific and Indian Oceanic Islands. Kew staff carry out systematic 
programmes in many major plant families, such as the grasses, legumes, 
palms, daisies, orchids and fungi. Kew also through its Herbarium services, 
makes about 10,000 identifications a year and provides specialist advice on 
taxonomy and nomenclature in difficult cases. 


The Nature Conservancy (TNC) 

The Nature Conservancy was founded in 1951, and presently has 588,000 
members. It is the leading private sector organisation working to preserve 
biological diversity in the United States by protecting lands and the life they 
harbour. TNC operates a system of over 1,000 nature sanctuaries, "the largest 
private system of nature sanctuaries in the world". 


The Latin American Programme works with national agencies and NGOs, as 
well as international organisations, to protect critical natural areas. This is 
done by strengthening like-minded organisations, assisting to found national 
conservation organisations, supporting development of national conservation 
data centres, and helping to design national parks. 


Publications include: The Nature Conservancy Magazine, bimonthly and 
International News. 


UNEP Global Resource Information Database (GRID) 

GRID was established as part of the Global Environment Monitoring System 
(GEMS) network afier the 1972 UN Stockholm Conference on the Human 
Environment. GRID aims to collect an disseminate the most advanced 
information available on the state of natural resources worldwide. In order to 
better collect, manage and disseminate datasets and other information, GRID 
has established a series of nodes. At the moment there are four nodes: 
Nairobi, Geneva, Bangkok, and Arendal, Norway. GRID Arendal was the 
first national node in 1989. The Arendal centre is responsible for a number 
of different tasks including collecting and collating data; assisting in the 
establishment of national GIS in developing countries, and exploring the 
possibilities of expanding into regional a node for the Nordic Countries and 
polar regions. Additional GRID nodes are to be established in such regions as 
West Africa, Latin America and the South Pacific. 


The information GRID holds consists of processes geo-referenced data sets 
drawn from various sources, including the GEMS network (UNEP HEM, 
1994). 


UNEP International Environmental Information System (INFOTERRA) 
INFOTERRA was established by UNEP in 1974 in order to identify and aid 
in the exchange sources of environmental information and expertise. It was 
established as a decentralised world-wide network of information storage and 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-15 


Name 


Description 


dissemination facilities. These are primarily independent National Focal 
Centres (NFCs) whose activities are coordinated by the INFOTERRA 
Programme Activity Centre. Currently, approximately 135 countries have 
designated NFCs within their borders. In addition, INFOTERRA has 
contracted 20 institutions, including the IUCN Environmental Law Centre 
(ELC), to act as special sectoral sources. These would respond to queries 
related to their areas of expertise. In order to facilitate regular demands for 
information Regional Service Centres have been established in Australia, 
India, Morocco and Chile. 


The type of data being managed by INFOTERRA is extremely broad, 
including scientific as well as literary data. Consequently, management 
procedures and quality considerations will vary from data set to set, and from 
storage centre to centre. Information, however, is made readily available 
through a variety of means. These include regular publications such as 
International Directory of Sources and the World Directory of Environmental 
Expertise. 


INFOTERRA co-operates extensively with other institutions in the area of 
information exchange. This is seen in its extensive network of NFCs and 
Regional Service Centres. It also co-operates with the UN Advisory 
Committee for the Coordination of Information Systems (ACCIS) (UNEP 
HEM, 1994). 


United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization 
(UNESCO) 

UNESCO was established in 1946 "for the purpose of advancing, through the 
educational, scientific and cultural relations of the peoples of the world, the 
objectives of international peace and the common welfare of mankind". 
UNESCO’s activities are funded through a regular budget provided by 
member states and also through other sources, particularly the UNDP. 
UNESCO is involved in International Intellectual Cooperation; Operational 
Assistance; and the Promotion of Peace. 


UNESCO’s Executive Board consists of 51 members. In accordance with its 
constitution, national commissions have been set up in most member states. 
UNESCO’s activities can be divided into three levels: international; regional 
and sub-regional; and national. At the international level UNESCO has over 
the years set up various forms of inter-governmental cooperation concerned 
with the environmental sciences and research on natural resources. 


Key programmes in biodiversity include: 


@ Man and the Biosphere Programme (MAB) 
The UNESCO Man and the Biosphere Programme (MAB) was launched 
in 1971 to provide the knowledge, skills, and human values to support 
harmonious relationships between people and their environment throughout 


8-16 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


the world. Biosphere reserves act a keystone of MAB by providing a 
global network of sites for cooperative research toward this goal. The 
programme is overseen by the MAB Secretariat, based at UNESCO. 


@ World Heritage Programme (WH) 

In order to apply the principles of the 1972 Convention Concerning the 
Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage, UNESCO set up 
a committee of 21 state parties to the Convention. This is the World 
Heritage Committee, which, acting on proposals from all the state parties, © 
is responsible for establishing the list of natural and cultural sites of 
exceptional and universal value. The Committee meets once a year to 
decide on nominations, financial and technical help to state parties for the 
preservation of sites. 


United Nations Statistical Division (UNSTAT) 

The United Nations Statistical Division UNSTAT (formerly the United 
Nations Statistical Office) concentrates on developing economic 
methodologies. Two current projects involve the development of indicators for 
sustainable development and environmental accounting. 


UNSTAT has developed The Framework for the Development of Environment 
Statistics (FDES) as a basis for developing and organising environmental 
statistics. The United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Western 
Asia, Statistical Division (UN ESCWA) and the State Ministry for 
Environment in Indonesia are testing and using the UNSTAT Framework. 


The United Nations also has developed the United Nations Statistical 
Information System (UNSIS). A major feature of the system is the specialised 
output facility for photo and xerographic typesetting via user definitions 
written in a unique publication definition language. Supporting on-line 
facilities include a register of all codes with their interpretation in English, 
French and Spanish; individual libraries of user definitions and an extensive 
collection of variable conversion factors. 


UNSTAT contributes to the United Nations Statistical Yearbook. 


World Bank Group 

The World Bank Group comprises the International Bank for Reconstruction 
and Development (IBRD), the International Development Association (IDA), 
the International Finance Corporation (IFC) and the Multilateral Investment 
Guarantee Agency (MIGA). IBRD is the main lending arm of the World 
Bank. IDA is the World Bank affiliate that lends on concessionary terms to 
the poorest countries. IFC finances private sector projects and advises 
businesses and governments on investment issues. MIGA promotes foreign 
direct investment through guarantees, policy advice, and promotional services. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-17 


IBRD, typically referred to as the World Bank, was established in 1945. Its 
objective is to help raise the standard of living in developing countries, and 
to finance investments that contribute to economic growth by channelling 
financial resources from developed countries. 


The World Bank operates under the authority of a Board of Governors. Each 
of the World Banks 167 member countries is represented by one governor. 
The Board of Governors delegates its authority to a smaller group of 
representatives, the Board of Executive Directors, who are responsible for 
decisions on policies affecting the Banks operations and approval of all loans. 


IDA has 144 member countries of which 58 are borrowers. It was established 
in 1960 to assist poorer developing countries by providing interest free loans. 
IDA’s assistance is therefore concentrated on countries whose annual per - 
capita gross national product is US$610 or less (in 1990 dollars). Although 
legally separate from the World Bank, IDA shares the World Banks staff and 
facilities. 


IFC was established in 1956 and has 147 member countries. Its function is to 
assist the economic development of less-developed countries by promoting 
economic growth in the private sector and helping mobilise domestic and 
foreign capital for this purpose. Membership of the IBRD is a prerequisite to 
become a member of IFC. 


MIGA was established in 1988 and has 86 member countries and its role is 
to promote private investments in developing countries. It provides guarantees 
on investments, protecting investors from non-commercial risks such as war 
or nationalisation. It also provides advisory services to governments helping 
them find ways of attracting private investment to their countries. 


Although not affiliated to the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund 
(IMF), is a complementary institution to the World Bank. The IMF acts as a 
monitor of the worlds currencies by helping maintain a system of payments 
between countries. It also lends money to those members who face deficits in 
their balance of payments. 


While the World Bank has traditionally financed a variety of capital 
infrastructure projects, the focus of its stated development strategy emphasises 
investments that directly affects the well-being of poor people in developing 
countries by making them active partners in the development process. In an 
effort to reduce poverty, the Banks investments projects include improving 
education, ensuring environmental sustainability, expanding economic 
opportunities for women, strengthening family-planning, health and nutrition 
services, and developing the private sector. 


In keeping with the World Bank’s policy to be open about its activities and to 
welcome and seek out opportunities to explain its work to the widest possible 


8-18 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Name 
Description 


audience, a new policy on disclosure of operational information was approved 
in 1993. As part of the new policy, the Public Information Center (PIC) has 
been established to make available to the public a range of operational 
documents that were previously restricted. The poney became effective on 
January 1, 1994 and is not retroactive. 


World Conservation Monitoring Centre (WCMC) 

WCMC is recognised as a centre of excellence in the handling and 
management of information on the conservation of biodiversity. The Centre 
has more than 12 years’ experience in this field, providing advice and 
information services not only to its three founder organisations, IUCN - The 
World Conservation Union, the World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) and the 
United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), but also to development aid 
agencies, UN agencies, international convention secretariats, government and 
non-governmental organisations, the media, commerce and industry. 


WCMC is a non-profit organisation, independent of government funding and 
public membership. Occupying a new, purpose-built, building in Cambridge, 
WCMC is a highly professional organisation with full project development and 
management capabilities. WCMC employs some 60 professional staff, with 
a wide range of international experience. 


Annually WCMC delivers upwards of 30 projects, as well as providing 
regular information services for a wide range of clients. WCMC’s project 
portfolio of over 100 projects, in execution or development, builds on the 
Centre’s resources and staff experience and is centred upon the main aims of 
the Centre, which are to provide: 


WCMC has experience in the development of information services required 
by the users of biodiversity data. For example, WCMC provides information 
services to: 


@ the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species Secretariat 
and several Contracting Parties including the EU 

@ IUCN and UNESCO on World Heritage 

@ IUCN’s expert networks on species and protected areas. 

@ UNEP and the Convention on Biological Diversity 


In addition, WCMC has been collaborating with British Petroleum Company 
plc to develop an advanced map-based information management system - the 
Biodiversity Map Library. This system aims to facilitate access to computer 
maps and the databases linked to them, providing non-expert users much of 
the power of a computer GIS, without requiring them to be familiar with GIS 
software and technology. This database offers an advanced take-off point for 
further projects in this area. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-19 


Name 
Description 


Name 
Description 


WCMC has been very active in supporting development of in-country 
information management, and is the hub of a network of organisations 
preparing guidelines and materials for capacity building. These activities build 
on an earlier collaboration between WCMC and UNEP on the development 
of Guidelines for Country Studies on Biological Diversity. They are to provide 
the support necessary for developing and implementing the national 
biodiversity strategies and action plans called for by the Convention on 
Biological Diversity. _WCMC activity in this area is likely to increase 
significantly over the next few years. : 


WCMC works to a three-year programme, reviewed annually by its 
international management board. The programme identifies the wide range of 
activities being undertaken by the Centre, most of them in collaboration with 
a wide range of national and international organisations. The programme also ~ 
charts the general direction in which the Centre is moving, while providing 
sufficient flexibility to encompass new services which fall within the Centre’s 
mission. WCMC actively seeks new opportunities. 


World Resources Institute (WRI) 

The World Resources Institute (WRI) was founded in 1982. It is a major 
policy research "created to help governments, international organisations, and 
private business address a fundamental question: how can societies meet basic 
human needs and nurture economic growth without undermining the natural 
resources and environmental integrity on which life, economic vitality, and 
international security depend?" 


Current areas of policy research include tropical forests; biological diversity; 
sustainable agriculture; energy; climate change; atmospheric pollution; 
economic incentives for sustainable development; and resource and 
environmental information. 


World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) International 

The World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) was founded in 1961. It was 
formerly known World Wildlife Fund, and is still know by that name in 
Australia, Canada and the USA. It is the largest private international nature 
conservation organisation in the world, with more than 4.7 million supporters 
and 28 national and associate organisations on all continents. WWF promotes 
public awareness of conservation problems and raises funds for the protection 
of threatened species and environments. WWF works through fieldwork, 
policy development and lobbying, education and training, public awareness 
campaigns and support for other organisations. Since its founding, WWF has 
channelled more than US $335 million into 10,500 projects in over 130 
countries. Grants support work undertaken by educators, scientists, other 
NGOs and government bodies. 


8-20 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 


WWF’s missions are protection of biodiversity; pollution control; and 
promoting sustainable use of natural resources. Priority is given to 
conservation of forests, woodland, wetlands and coasts. Following are some 
of WWF Internationals major activities: TRAFFIC, WWF’s international 
network of wildlife trade monitoring centres in 15 countries, works to prevent 
illegal exports and imports of wildlife. With IUCN and UNEP, WWE 
sponsored Caring for the Earth: A Strategy for Sustainable Living, the second 
World Conservation Strategy (IUCN et al, 1991). 


Ee ee. 
Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-21 


8.2. Address List 

The address list presented below contains details of a very wide range of organisations 
relevant to biodiversity information management. Specifically, every effort has been made 
to include all those organisations cited within Documents 1-4 of the current "Biodiversity 
Data Management" series. Nevertheless, it is inevitable that some organisations may have 
been overlooked. It is also likely that the address details of some organisations may be 
incorrect, due to the rapidly changing nature of the information. 


A full address consists of the following components: 
Address 


This comprises the name of the organisation, its acronym (where known), and full postal 
address. 


Type 

The type of organisation as follows: 
AC = Academic 

CO = Commercial 

GO = Governmental 

IG = Inter-governmental 

NG - = Non-governmental 

UN = United Nations 
Telephone 


The full international telephone number of the organisation. 


Fax 
The full international fax number of the organisation. 


Email 
The electronic mail (e-mail) address of the organisation (or key contact). 


8-22 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


€8b8 PhS TOT T+ 


LOLI 866 181 p+ 
6667 07 69 I €€+ 


xed 


€1L SSL IT €96+ ol 
(oye) 
9EZO HPS ZOT T+ ON 


ILIT OF6 181 b+ oo 
£8 10 07 69 I €£+ oo 


ON 


Nn 
NN 
(08) 
NN 


(o}e) 


9) | 


auoydajay, = ad Ay, 


OITANdAY AVAV NVIBAS ‘ snoseweq ‘(GyOSyV) spuey Aiq pue sou0Z puy Jo saipmg aip Joy anueD quy 
MN ‘AV6 ZIT peysdeys aang eMUEUG 17 ‘PT GVO WI suoneoddy 

VSN ‘€100Z DC UOHsUTYseM “I2aNS C LIL ‘(DOSY) UON!TeOD ues9O WaIPNog pue onARUY 
(SLY) waiskg Gray onEUY 

(dO.LY) Areg saneynsuoD Heal onaeuy 

(HISY) Sis!Zojojadiayy pue systZojoAtpo] Jo Aja100g weoueUury 

(ISNV) 2)uNsUT sprepuws jeuOHEN UBoLOUTy 

VSN ‘PZ00l AN OA MAN ‘IGL Ie ISAM Wed TeNUED “AlOIsIH [MEN JO Winssny UBOLEUTY 
(SIOV) UoHRAIesUOD JEUOnEUIAU] 10} sayTWWOD UROLEUTYy 

(WdZVV) suinuenby pure syieg [eo130]007 Jo UonEINOssy UBDLEWYy 

(AqOV) Jeuuonaug pue juawdojsaep uo UolsstuMM0D UOZEUTy 

WN ‘AVE GALL VOpucT ‘May ‘suapreD suo jeAoy ‘diysiouned areMyos s1TV 

HONVUS ‘TLE16-A Uossing a7 sama, “¢ XO Od ‘SAND 2M JO ad1Alag Ny 

(ZNVOWUY) puelesz MeN pue eljyensny jo flounoD JuowoseuRW] sUNOsoYy pue jAIMNOUsYy 
(QaAV) HounoD yoreasoy poo,s pue eimjnousy 

(Dday) enueD surauelg uswdojsacg JUMNUdy 

(ZNVOV) purjeaZ MON pur elfeNsny Jo PounoD feImMjnousy 

(AMY) Uonepanoy asp UeoLyy 

(MOULV) UeuOM 10J anueD Yyoueasoy pue Sumer uesLyy 

(OFALV) dnorp jueuuonaug yeuorszay eos], ueoLyy 

VANGM ‘ Iq0u1eN “pres XOM Od ‘(NANV) WOMEN WouTUONAUT SOON UEOLY 

(Q9ugTV) dnoip suyinsuoD pue yoreasoy PeUeUTUON AU UBLyy 

(QO0a¥) dnoipH uoyeuipio0D uoneAlasuoD yueyde|q ueoWyy 

AUIOALC ALGO ‘L8ET da 10 uelpiqy ‘(aav) xe” wourdojaasq ueoLyy 

(AVWOY) iewdojaaaq 103 suonesyddy yesojo1onayy JO anuaD uEOWyy 

(SLOVV) Setpmg Adojouyoay 10} anued uevonyy 

VANS ‘(IfV) amNsuT AsioAtporg ueoLyy 

(SdODV) Bg ap JO UONNTog uo aayrWIOD Aros!Apy 

(ATO) seNosey PHUSWTUOMAUY UO sayIUOD AlOsIApy 

(AG99V) Aisi2eatq Jeordojorg Jo uoNBAIasUOD UO sanTUWIOD AlostApy 

(ADO V) weuruonAUg ayy UT speorueyD Uo sayTuTUIOD ArostApy 

(OMVOY) suoNnsand Aiwaspng pue sanensrunupy uo sayTMMWOD AlostApy 

(SIOD VW) SwWaysks UOHeULIOJUT JO UONeUIPIOOD aIp 10j aayTUTWIOD AlosIApy 

VSN ‘8L9L LLO80 [N WouPATY “£92 XOg Od ‘SUOnEdTQng odejUEApY 

(SOHAYV) alae SurArosqO YUeY peoueapy 

(DOV) UoHEUIpI00D Uo sayTUWOD sanensUTUpy 

(VIV) JUeWUOITAU,| ep BfeUOnEWIAIU] sTWOpRoy 

WN ‘HAZ LON wWeysuMON ‘YEG BUE!IDg spjayysiH ‘SuIping UoMEN SERS] GWU ‘porunTy suiashg uey 
(OSV) eentuMU0D suIpues NVASV 

(AOSV) uourosAUY stp WO speoyjO 1OUIS NVASV 

(GOqy) JueawuotAug ap uo dnoin suedxq NVASV 

(SAZNV) (SITY Alseut03) floun0d> SNZNV 

(QvdOyV) sururery, pue quaurdojaasq oyloed 10} anueD AVGIV 


SSoIPpV 


P961S6 7 19+ SPLIS6 Z 19+ 
SLOT 18S ILI b+ L900 #85 TILT bh+ 


OLI 978 S771 bh+ SPE 978 S771 bet 


TBEOTSS TE bh+ ILIL@SS Té bh+ 
78h 17S 7 HST+ 060 1ZS 7 S7+ 
STZILSL E 09+ QLIZLSL € 09+ 


O6ES P7S 799 99+ £9ES p7S 799 99+ 


0969 86S 7S8+ 


SI 


ON 


ON 


VITVULSNY ‘Uon!TeoD Aisiaatporg 

MN “ULS LAS VOpucT ‘ayeH s,useNd g¢ ‘feuONeWIAW] {YD “(OASOAL) wleeI0ag yeorUYDay, ‘Teuonewiaiuy-LANolg 
AN ‘ATE T1IDU pearsdureyoury ‘eauq autg g ‘asnopy uemoy ‘pry ZunnduioD uoay pue suTysyJOg 
MN “AV LMS UOpUCT ‘a10H uo)ZuIsUay | ‘UoHepuNoy UONeAIasUOD OM 0/9 ‘(LOE) IsMAL woneAIasUOD eg 
MN * Meg “‘UMod UoLeAR[D ‘eg Jo AIsIoATUp ‘adIAIag JandwoD AlsieATUA Meg Sag 

AN “ATS EHF Ynquipy ‘Moy Iapeauy ‘uaprey suBog [eAoY amp 0/5 ‘uy aSVd-98 

AN “(AT IND AeLung proyppiny ‘suey ssorD ‘py ysopony 

(QOAZNY) Pound uopeasasuoD 7 jWaWUONAU puEfesZ MON puE UEIENsnyY 

(OSdV) dnoiy sisijersadg yueyg uelpeNnsny 

(ASd¥) Uonepuno,y souatog syloeg UelTENsnY 

(VONV) (SMdNV Apauuos) Aouasy uoneArasuoD amen UEleNsny 

(QVTY) Neng sourjsissy jUawdojaaaq feuOnEWa}U] UEITENsnY 

(Dav) founod juouuoNaug uelpeNnsny 

(VOHOY) PIV seasiaAQ 10 [ounoD uelfeNnsny 

(AVIV) Guessoy feMmousy feuoneMaUy Joy aNnuaD ueLENsny 

(QAWZNY) HounoD Adroug 2 sprout puefesz MaN 7 UEITENSnY 

(DALY) dnorp suroM Ios aoueIZ/eI~ENsNy 

(OITZNY) Puno uoneuosuy puey puryesz MON elfeEnsny 

(qOy) wouuonaug amp Joy anueD onuepy 

(IddS¥) suonmpsuy [eUaUTUOMAUY oyI9eq INOS aM Jo UONeIDOSsy 

(NVASV) suoneN UeIsy Iseq INOS Jo UONEIDOssy 

(OdUNY) seMUNOD Bulonporg Jaqqny feIMEN Jo uonEISOssy 

(OAWY) sauedwoD uoneojdxg pue Zumpy jo uonetsossy 

(VaaV) Ply [eusuUONAUY pue UOneO|dxg ‘yoreasoy 10} uoneldossy 

(LV@aOOyV) aury fesidory pue uesqques amp ut yoreasay eueUeg UT UOneIadoO; 10} UOneID0ssy 
VAN * 1Q0uleN ‘Od Spuepyed “(HTaVv) Aipueqsny puey Jay9g 10) uoNeIOOssy 

(OVdSV) PounoD oyloeg pure ueisy 


VISAVTVW ‘00165 induiny ejeny ‘eueg yequisy ‘eARTEW] Jo Ausi9Atu_) ‘soIpmig paoueapy Jo anuNsUT ‘(G@MY) NeaINg spuepeM URIsy 


ON GNVTVHL ‘10SO1 AoySueg ‘ABojouyoay Jo anansuy ueisy ‘s04jO weIdo1g eISY ISeq INOS-3pD 0/D ‘(dASW) UONSAOIg ;EUEUTUOMAU 10} AjaI90g UeISY 


ov 


ON 


ov 


Nn 


(OTOONY) weurdojeaog jeiny pue uLoyay UeIEIdY 10J UONITEOD OON UeISy 
GNVTIVHL ‘(LIV) A3ojouysay, Jo amqsuy ueisy 

(aT) weudojaaaq femny 10J aMMNQsSUT ULISyY 

(NUSSAV) WOMAN YoBasay dUsI9g JeIN0g saLaysiy uLISy 

(OSaV) dnorg ysifeisadg jueydayq ueisy 

(4ay) pun, juauidojaaoq ueisy 

SANIddITIHd ‘0087 BIMURW “682 XO Od “(AaV) ueg wourdojaaaq ueisy 
SNOW ONOH * Heyouem “peoy UeYxDOT 16 1-SLT ‘Supping joude qgy ‘UoneAIasUOD Joy neaINg UeISy 
(VOVUdYV) UoOHRIoossy uparD feIMnoudy JeuoIsay dyloeg 7 URISY 
(NdaddV) Women awuowaug sajdoag syroeg-eisy 

(Ady) woneiadoo| stw0U0sg oyIoRg BISY 

VSN ‘61SE-O£1ZO VW Uleld eoreures ‘AeMogiy CZ] ‘WMaloqiy plowly 

(OA TY) 20095 IouTUOMAU spueT Puy 

(VZIAVI) S9Uu0Z PUY uO Yoeasoy Jo aINNNsUT aunUOTIY 

(ODSATY) UONEZTURZIO [eIN[ND pue syQUaIDg ‘[euONeoNpY anzea] quy 
(ANNADY) suonestuediQ juowdojaaeq Nf 10j auTueIZ0Ig JIND quy 


OI? TET EID T+ 
vh78 756 E19 T+ 
€1IS L7S LI9 T+ 
OPEL OSL SIP I+ 
SIZIVE DELI PH+ 
8877P8 1991 b+ 
EET STE SIP T+ 
OI8E 179 ZO9 1+ 
80SEE8 16hl HH+ 

8881 SSz € 09+ 
TIZE 882 77 Th + 


PETS SLB PIS T+ 


LvE9 6E8 ILI bH+ 


91979 ETC Hh+ 


6081 €7Z 8 19+ 


00% LLZ E771 HH+ 


STO LBS SIZ 1+ 


L78L Th COT SS + 


6E8PL 6 L9T+ 


SI8I CET EID T+ 
OIZI €66 E19 T+ 
OOLP LZS LI9 T+ 
OOTS 172 SIP 1+ 
TEOOTE VELT Hh+ 
TPL7ps8 1991 byt 
I9OE SZE SIP I+ 
L68L 179 709 1+ 
ITIZE8 16b1 byt 

7U6T SST E O9+ 
OZE 88L TZ Ih + 


1198 SL8 PIS T+ 


9968 O£6 ILI PH+ 


88119 E771 PHt 


OZEZ 877 8 19+ 
OOO! Th 80h T+ 


908 E7S 008 T+ 


L78L Ch 76I SS + 


97719 6 £9T+ 


ON 


(09) 


(0}8) 


SI 
13) | 
13) | 
2) | 
(oye) 


o}e) 


[o}8) 


ON 


ON 


(4ANO) Uonesapa.y amen uerpeued 
VAVNVO ‘PDO VIM TINH ‘e8en0g npapeuamorg 007 (VIO) Aouady uouldojeaaq feuoneWayuy UeIpEuE) 
VAVNVO ‘Zf0 d7¥ ORIG BMOND ‘E07 BINS ‘Isa ‘JOaNg JesIoWOg CET “(YAD) UONEIDOssy ANsou0,{ UeIpEUeD 
(SUDD) Suisuag aowey 10j anus uEIpeuED 
VAVNVD ‘ZSO0 VIM OURUO BMENO ‘peoy [PanUOW ‘(ATO/NVO) WOHEULIOSUT JEeorUYySa], puw s1yHUSIOS Joy aTMNSUT EpEUED 
(AIO9) SABA PULTUT 10j anued epeued 
VSN ‘191Z0 VW UoMaN ‘J2aNg UOSKEg ZL] ] ‘UonLIOdIOD sade 
VSN ‘811b6 VO OostouBIy Ug ‘Yeq AEH UapjoH ‘seous!dg jo Auapeoy wmWosTED 
AN ‘ANG O1DU Zutpesy ‘equioosny ‘yreq squiossny ¢-¢ ‘asnoy 10}99, “PIT dwoDTeD 
(TAN) angnsuy, sacunosay PeIMEN ueeqqreD 
MN ‘VOL EVAN PIPYSHIOS ‘Nog yeq YUEqmopEs] / ‘(9d!AJag pue safes) ISD 
VSN ‘S706 VO BEd CTAW ‘UNOD uOyTUEH PZOT “TeuoneUIsO] saAlag LAND 
VSN ‘61LS8 ZV UOsony, ‘anuaAy Wed WON $P8 “(IAVD) VSN ‘evonEWaU] gVvo 
MN ‘Aas OTXO PIOJSUNTEAA ‘ATYSPIOJXO ‘proysurTeM “(IAVO) AN ‘Teuonewa] qyo 
VISAVTVW ‘O9L0$ nd] ereny ‘72811 XOd Od “(AVD) BIskefeW ‘TeuonewWaU] qyD 
(QVId) senTUNUOD Aros1Apy Ansnpuy ssouisng 
CANVTYAZLIMS ‘SIZI-HO ST BAguaD ‘wodoley,| op anoy ‘OT ‘anUaD spell POM “(ASOd) weudojeasq a]qeuTEIsng Joy flounoD ssouisng 
(qIq) suontsodxgq feuoneussjuy jo neaing 
VAVNV0) ‘IVZ XZH leanuop ‘207 aINg “Isa “IS BMUE|ED-Ig OTE ‘OUT suIaISg UONeULLOJUT diAung 
(914) dnoip Adojouysay ysnug 
(adS@) SIepeaig weg Jo Maisog ysnug 
YN ‘AS LAS UopuoT ‘peoy [JammolD ‘wnesnw Aoisip{ AMEN ‘Auwog jo Juounredeg ‘Aja190g usyqor'y ysnug 
(SD) AeAing Jeo1doj0eH ysnug 
AN ‘O10 ATA UOpucT ‘Aypessid‘asnoy uo)suIPINg *AeI90g JeoIdojoog ysnU 
MN ‘NdZ VIMS wopucT ‘suapreg suudg OT “(Da) NounoD ysnug 
3A ‘Na €7 [oodiaary yaang uMoIg ENT “WNasnyy Joodraary ‘“uaunredepAuRog *(Saq) Ai2190g Jes1dojoArg ys 
(SWW4) 20U9I9g JO JUAWZUBAPY 94) JO} UOHeIDOssy YsHug 
MN “1dz SpaV MqwoD ‘wueysuing ‘“(syq) “2ID0g Jeoldojouysery ysHug 
YN ‘LAO EAD e8puquey ‘peoy Aa[Zurpew ‘ssorD ystY ‘(Sva) AeAIng onoIWUY YsHUg 
(AIS) Spilg jo uoneAIBSUOD TeuoneWwisj0T oty Jo} puny wyag 
(daS) uoneisossy edeospuey ueipzerg 
(VWVl) Sa0INOsoyY [AIMEN s[QUMouloy pue jUSWIUOIIAUY OJ AMYQSUY Ueipizeg 
(NOH) UOneATasUOD BMeEN 10J UOHepuNo.; UelpIZeg 
(Io9@) Jeuonewisjuy uoneAIBSUOD suopley jeomERog 
VITVULSAV ‘0005 V'S aplejapy ‘sea, WON ‘uapiey omUBOg 0/D ‘uNUEQIoH ae1g PUE Sple[apy JO sUapIeH oUwOg 
VSN ‘6bZE - 99056 WO AaleA Snoog ‘AeA pueliog OOT ‘poreodioouy feuonewayuy pueyog 
(SHN@) M2!s0g AioistpH PmeEN Aequiog 
MN ‘fdO €4D eBpuqures ‘uowin ‘peoy espuqured Z¢E ‘(ITa) TeuoneUIsUT ayTpI 
(OHV) Aears0g jea1Zojo1pAH amp Jo soasdy oueydsorg 
VSN ‘66EI-E0I61 Vd BUdapenyd ans YW OOTZ ‘(SISOIA) SeoueIosoIg 
MN ‘AAL OU UNZuIdIE ‘ysnosoquiey ‘aso[D UIMUEC EZ ‘sIBMIJOS jeOIdO]OIg 
(DUG) BUID sprosay Jeordojorg 
TIZvud 
‘O1O-LR0EI dS seuldwes ‘jexenbey, anbieg ‘[OE] Oy]a0D ouNey] eny ‘Jeoidosy, ovoepuN “(TZNI) WURIAIDag 17 WOMIEN VOEULOSUT AISIOAIporg 
AMAVANIZ ‘OCLWA XO Od OAEMEING ‘euOUEY “[TFISARS - VAE ‘(VAE) EOL Joy UOnEpuNo, AIsIOAIpolg 


£9¢9 978 € 19+ SSSS STR E 19+ 
0788 €6L 80S T+ TOZL €6L 80S I+ 
€b7 L9 7 LS + 0S0 SL9 ET LS+ 


Op OS BEL 7Z Ih + LU ML CEL 7 Th + 


bS9 Lb 777 EP + oS9 Lb 77 Evt+ 
8S9L8b P77 bh+ E8PTLZ H7ZI H+ 
OZ 8S 19 L9 E+ 00 8S 19 L9 €€+ 
6S18 662 £0E T+ CESE 66L EOE T+ 


ELb7 LeL 91h T+ 


ON 
ON 
ON 
NN 

SI 


OV 


00 


OV 


ON 


DN 


OV 
ON 


NN 
OV 


DN 
ov 


09 
ON 


OO 


(DFD) wonesrunumu0D pue uopeonpy uo uolssrunu0D 
(LAD) sururery, 2 uoneoNpg uo uorssturu0ZD 
(JOD) A8ojooq uo uolsstummM05 
(QVOD) sM[NOUsy UO UoIssTUTIOD 
WNIOTA “6POI-€ Slesstug ‘007 107 B| 9p any (DAD) AtunurwoD ueadoing amp jo uoisstuu05 
(dD9DVO) vonniog feqo[H pue AnstwayD sueydsouny Jo uorssrumu0D 
(AD0AD) BTMN Uo, INO 10,5 uoIssTUTWIOD 
VAVNV0O ‘OWI SOP UMoj20UAIMET ‘OT XOG Od “(SNOD) sedua!9g sIYdeIZ0aH Jo a8arjop 
(SWZO) dnoiqng jewesueyy au0Z, [eIseOD 
VITVULSAV ‘Irle aunogiey- ‘1eang jadeyD 179 ‘suusemsug y8no[D 
VSN ‘OI9TO VW JaIsaq0M, “aang UIeW 066 ‘AyderZoaH Jo jooyss HenpeIy ANsIOATUA, WEI 
(DIG) spuejs] sogodeyey arp 10y uonepunoy ue sapeyD 
(SIddO) auerquiy fep setoualy A euouasuy op ouesuaureueg onUaD 
VIGWOTOD ‘€1L9 Hed ‘oasy opevedy LID ‘(LVIO) jeadory, eimmousy ap jeuorsewiauy onue> 
(ALLV9) ezueyesug A ugnesnsaauy ap yestdory, oormguorsy onuas 
(dD) UoReAIasuO; yueId Joy anuaD 
(NOOO) Se1pmg uoneArasuos 103 anuas 
CNVTHAZLIMS ‘10Z1-HD BAauan ‘sinbeg sap any ‘Z¢ ‘uosTAA siejed ‘ainny uoUTOD INQ 10y anuaD 
(QWD) BonRAlasuoD suLeW 10; anueD 
VSN ‘€€P07 OC UOIBuTYseM “ALN 192NS H IRI ‘Guaunsedag [eUsuUONAUa) YULG PLOMO/D ‘(YOAIO) YoIeasay ANsaI0g feuoneursjuy Joy anuad 
(ODNAND) (Bissny jo) uonersdood jeuauUONAUg eUOnEUIZIUT I0y aqued 
(YANO) yoreasay PEWeuTUONAUY [eqo[H 10j anuaD 
(MAO) Yoreasay pei 10y anued 
VIYLSNV ‘O8TI-V BuuaIA “EE asseNs-[epuau-108aIp ‘(NMZ) UOnIHOIg aIMEN pue [eUeWUOIAUY 103 anUaD 
(SHO) Apmg feusuUONAUY 10} anuaD 
MN “AUT ZAV weepiaqy ‘sau JeyoRP! Ig EZ ‘aNUaD ssauisng suNny ‘dwaD ‘(qWad) PIT suNy ‘suTuUEg pue jUWESeuepy [eJUeUTUOMAU 105 anuad 
(STAD) serpmg yes] [eUaWUOMAUY Joy aNUaD 
(GAO) uaurdojaasq [eUswUOIAU_ pue sMOUODq 103 anuaD 
(OAD) uoneArasqO yey 10y anued 
FONVas 
“ZEOPE JotTeduow ‘SEOs da pueuapuo~ [eA Np anuaay ‘(GVyUld) wWauladdojaaaq anbmuouoisy aysraysoy ue aeuoneWa}Uy] UOHeIad00D ep aquad 
(AOOWS9D) ueadoing asmoyearasqo oseuop ap enbiynuatsg anuad 
(JOD) eeuoneusayuy uoneredooD ap 32 epmyg..p ueIpEeuRD aqUaD 
(TAZVD) AMNsuy Yoreasay souoZ puy jenueD 
(GVO) uawdojaaaq pure jourMOIAUY J0J UOIssTUUIOD UB DOUTY [enUID 
VSN ‘9€00Z Od UOIBuIyseA ‘OOSHINS ‘MN ‘Jeans safesaq S7LT “(OWOD) UONeAIasuOD ouLeY] 10) 19]U9D 
AN ‘NLEVTV BAMIaM ‘peoy ajooIpoD ‘anuad ay] “(LSD) ISM [eALAINS 12D 
MN “dQT Tad eBpuqured ‘peoy AID Lp ‘enuep uepg ayy ‘pry ydeiZoneD 
VSN ‘uonepuno, aigawied 
VSN ‘ZZ108 OD pooma|suq “701 ang “gq Iq ssauIaAuT [9 ‘dUT sstaZ [12D 
(RAVNVO) simnsuy sacinosay jeimeN uvaqqued 
(999) uoneiodioD uoneAlasuoD uevaqquea 
(WOOD) UoneID0ssy uOneAIasUOD UBaqque| 
VAVNVO ‘7VIETH BMPNO ‘AAU MatAsUsENd OpLZ ‘UOHeIApas aJIIPILAA UBIPeUeD 
VAVNVO ‘cdl M6W OURUO aepxoy “Pal aepxey BLT LOZ 2/0s] ‘Aiejaioag ‘uonEIoossy sprepueig ueIpeueD 


PB/TS LZ Th 88 CE+ 


LEOE TPB TT L7+ 


£L6 ZO% ZO 19+ 
TIST LOL 7 TH+ 
LIVE LOL 7 Ih + 
OSL8 PEE TOT T+ 


T7797 LOL LIS T+ 


881 L88 707 T+ 


TSSLEGE OLE T+ 


6ZES THE OTS T+ 


96I1L 799 £0 19+ 
PLI9 6€8 ILI ph+ 


9S 7 Ih 88 FE+ 


SOIT 168 TT L7+ 


O8€ ZOZ ZO 19+ 


6€166L6 77 Th + 


E68 ELP ZOZ T+ 


OOLZ L6L LIS 1+ 


0998 6%P ZOZ 1+ 


C686E6E OLE T+ 
LOES ThE DIS T+ 
OPET 67S HID T+ 


TITL 799 £0 19+ 
6179 Lel ILI byt 


ON 
NN 
Nn 


ON 


WAVWNAG ‘8rpI-Ma Uedeyuados ‘7 speid ysEIsy ‘sMEJY USI, Jo Ans ‘fousdy Jouldojaasq YysTuEq 

AONVU ‘SL0L9-d xapaD Binogseng ‘edonen anuaD ‘adoing jo pounoD 

(AOD) edoing jo loun0D 

(WODNOD) SIaIsMA WoneATasMOD Jo [lounoD 

VORIAV HLNOS ‘S6E XO Od BUOIAald ‘sadtAlog UOEULOJUT JO WOISIAIG “(YISD) Yoreesay yeLNsNpUy pue o1;HUSIDG 10J [louNoD 
(ODD) J9eAeT eu0zO eM UO sayTUTWOD suneUIPIODD 

(VHSHOD) FIsy seq JO svag am uo Apog duneUIpI00D 

VITVULSNV ‘100L HeQOH “(OUD OLLOUV.LNYV) WewuonAug ues Warpnog pue mn.EUMY ap JOJ aNUED Youeasey aanBIedooD 
(TA09) dryssapesy] peuowUOMAUY Joy anueD eBpljo0D 

CNV TYAZLIMS ‘61Z1-HO BAauan ‘aulEjaeYD 9¢¢ do ‘souowauy sap UTWEYD ‘ST “(GAD) UBAIDEg AIsIoAIC [eOISojoIg WO UOHUaAUOD 
CNVTYAZLIMS ‘61Z1-HO BAouan ‘aulEjneyD OCP eEIsOd ase ‘(SALID) seadg porosuepug ui sper], [evoHEUIsU] Jo UONUAAUOD 
VSN ‘EEPOZ OC UOIBuTYSEM ‘ALN 192NS H BIBI “ESOS IT Wooy “xUeG PHOM 0/5 ‘(AVIND) Yaeasoy feIMNIUsy feUOHEWIAUT UO dnoiH eanEinsuoD 
(WadOD) seoWeUTY oy) JO saoINOsSel JUL] UO WNHIOSUOD 

VSN ‘OIL8p IW MeUIseg ‘IqUID AjISIOATUA “PeOY FJ OSZZ ‘(NISAIO) WOMEN UOHEULOJUT soua!og UE_ [eUOHEWMIAU] 10J WINHIOSUO 
(QdD) anuag yeuldojaacq 10} UONRAIOSUOD 

(WO) enue suUo}MOW UoneATEsUOD 

VSN ‘9€007 Od UOIBUTYsEA\ ‘ODOT INS “MN “IS WET STOT (1D) feuoneWajU] UOHEATesUOD 

GNVTIVHL ‘Alsroatay jopryeW - enue wed UOHeATEsUOD 

(VONSD) Senisioatup, UBoLeUTY [enUaD Jo UOHBIapayuo) 

VSN ‘10h06 VO BOMOW BUES ‘BANS WHA OP9T “(DAD) JWUID saunosoy Sunndu10D 

VSN ‘OOOL-88L11 AN BIpuRlsy ‘eze[q sayeioossy SuNNduiog | ‘(WD) saretsossy sJendu0D 

VSN ‘OZZEP HO snquinjog ‘pag anueD UO)suILLY 00S ‘pareiodioouy aaresndu0D 

(dD) eentuMUOD Ao!og pue Mey UonneduI0D 

MN ‘XHSATAS VopucT “Te [ed ‘asnoH YysnoroqueyW “JeUeaIOIg TfEomuouTUOD 

MN ‘XHS ATMS VopUCT “]TeW [ed ‘esnoH ysnosoque~ ‘suoNeoT|qng JlEalDeg INfEeMuoUTWOD 

VITVULSNY ‘ZS0€ AMAye aAyeg ‘apered TeAOY LOp ‘(OUISO) UOnestuEsIO Youeesoy [ELNSNpUT pue dyHUE!OS INEemuoUNUO) 
MA ‘XHS ATMS Uopucy ‘TEP [Ted ‘esnoH YsnorogreW] ‘Pound aouaiog myeanuourWoD “(OSD) PounoD asuelsg jEemuownU0D 
(Wd) Aouesy uonojo1g UeUTUONAUT IPfeaMuOWIOD 

(9aD) uoneIodi0D juourdojaasq IWFeEamuowUO|D 

(€dO) yueg Jueudojassq reemuourMI0D 

(Qad9d) sawMuNoD Burdojeasg Jo uonEdionieg amp UO sayTUNIOD 

(AVMOO) YuRasey J9eA\ UO sonTUNUIOD 

(VAD) sourwmelZo1g pue seldijog pry poo] uo sanrum0D 

(SOHD) seutiaeg UonealasqO yueY Uo sayTUWOD 

(WLVGOO) ABojouysey, pue soueI9g 10J Hed UO aanTUWOD 

(OD95) sues a~p pue adueyD aeuN|D uo sayrur0D 

(AICIO) WauruoMAUY ap UO suoNMNSsUT JWoUdojaAeq [EUOHEWIAVU] JO aayTWMIOD 

(dad) vonsa01g EUIWUOIAU JO} eaQTUTWIOD 

(AHO) WewuoNAUG UeUNP 2p UO ayTUMMOD 

(Sd) weurdojaaeq a[qeuTEsNg uO UOIssTUMMIOD 

(YNdD) saonosay WeusyH we] uo uolsstwUWI0D 

(1409) seeysty wo uorsstuMOD 

(dSAD) Suruuelg pue Adayeng [eusurUOMAUY UO UOIssTUTUIOD 

(Tao) Me] [eWeuTUOMAU UO UOIssTuOD 

(W1ddO) UoneNstuTUpy pue Mey ‘Adl[Og JWaWUOIAUY UO UOIssTUOD 


OL6L Fr6 808 1+ 


CESB 97% LID T+ 


I9E081 6 9 6E + 


006 8b7 POP I+ 


T8pSLp L771 bet 
Eel 6lp 6161 pe+ 


6CPITh 127 6b+ 


TT LOZ 7 pS7+ 


OLIE SSE COL I+ 
890P £89 609 I+ 


ITIL Ph6 808 I+ 


T€l@pl Z pSt+ 
0078 976 LI9 1+ 


10816 9 6€+ 


0006 8h7 FOP 1+ 


O8bSLb LZZI bh+ 
1806 06% 6161 bh+ 


T P28 177 6+ 


16L@ Leb 707 1+ 


00872 SSE EOL I+ 
PETO £89 609 T+ 


Nn 
NN 
Nn 
NN 
NN 
Nn 


OV 


ON 
ON 
Nn 


09 


OV 
OV 


oo 


SI 


ON 
NN 


NN 
oo 
Nn 
oo 


oo 
NN 
oo 
00 
NN 


(Ig) amuIsuy yuawdojaaeq swWou0Ig 

(SVMOOA) sag URDLYY 1S9/44 Jo UOISstUMIOD orwouosg 

(VMO@) BISY Weise” JOJ UOIssTUNOD sMOMODg 

(OVTOd) Ueaqquey op pure voLeUry UN] 10) UOIsstUNOD ormouosg 

(AAV) seq se, op pure eisy Joy uorsstuTMOZD ormouosy 

(WOM) BONY Joy WoIssruO; orMOUONg 

(VMOSH) BIsy Warsay Joy UOIsstENUIOD JeID0g 7 ormouosy 

VSN ‘P1807 GW epsampag “E0SZ ang ‘axId aTAXIOY OS96 ‘(WSa) eouOUTY JO Aatv0g eo1dojoog 

(OUVA) AO [euoIsay eoLyY Waseq 

VANGM * 1QOUleN ‘OTT0Z XOg Od ‘AaID0g asIPIAA UeOWyY Iseq 0/5 ‘(NAVA) OMIIN [EUSWUOMAUT woLY Ws}seq 
VSN ‘8>896 Heme] N[njouoH ‘peoy isam-iseq 22/1 “(ld Va) amunsuy Aolod pue waumuostaug ysay\-seq 

(STMVA) Ga1s0g appa, UeoUyy Iseq 

(HV) umueqiay uesuyy iseq 

VAN * 1q01eN “(SHNVA) Malcog Aroysipy peImeN vou seg 

VSN ‘POI6 Z7LZ7Z0 VW UMONAIEM ‘EOP XOg Og ‘aang WINqny INOW 039 ‘siauenbpeoy yemyueg 

(aa) edoing yremyueg 

ATVLI “prOO0-1 HeOseLy ‘aplfeD oapey eA ‘Kouady aoedg ueadoing ‘(Ogg) a0jJO suUBdoIg JouTTEY 

(OVASUA) anuaD siskeuy we sealnosey yuEq 

(9O0da) anu25 suoneiedg oyloeg dVOSA 

ATV.LI “yp000 Heosery ‘1aplfeD oapyey eA ‘uUsg ‘SyI-Vsa 

VSN. ‘86ILS CS sled Xnoig ‘anued weq SOUT 

VSN “6ZE0E VD BURNY ‘ODE INS ‘AME Projng 108z ‘oul SYCUA 

(MAT) B2suappem am Jo UOneAIasarg amp Joy MaIs0g yong 

MN ‘ddd ZLO Ainqiaqued ‘Ainqiajued 38 jUay Jo Alsiaatup ‘201g ‘(|OId) A8ojosq pue UoNeAIasUOD JO aMNsUy [JaUING 
YN ‘80LLZ ON weying 

“AISIOATUN AANC ‘T8E06 XOg Og ‘UONeAIasUOZ JeoIdory, Joy aNUAD PL “(DLD) uonearasuoD yeoidory, 10y anuay ey, ‘Asi9ATu_ 24Nq 
FONVA “6E0SL-4 sued ‘uNUenb-asuney aoejg Z ‘aeO}AIIG sauTUEIZ0Ig “(SANO) WAL e] ap UoneAIasqO UOIsTAIG 
(VdHdf) voneArasuoD amen pue uonsa}01g IsaI0g [eIoUED ae10}9aNIG 

VAVNVO ‘6HE OI BMeNC “ang ueqry 0Sz ‘O0S8 Xo Od ‘(ONaI) AreqrT anuag SOIAlag saseg wed JUaudojasaq 
(OV) senTuNWOD souRsIssy jUaWdo[sAaq 

ANVWUAD ‘66805 UION “08 SO Zp YoRRSOg ‘(IGWIG) UonEULOsU] pun UONEIUSUINYO sdYsIuIZIpayy Jony IMNsUy sayosynaq 
ANVWUAD “9€79-C Woqyssy ‘| 894 plofysreumurey-3eq “(ZL9) NoqueusuruesnZ ayostuYoa] Any yeyos|[esay ayosinaq 
VANAM * 140UleN “ZSS0€ Xog Og ‘anued aurUeI301g UONeoyNIasap-deuy ‘(STsad) Wajskg UoneULOsUT UOneoynIesag 
AN “ATE dIMS YopucT ‘wang weysiey Z ‘(qOd) weUUONAUY ap Jo usUnTedag 

(GO.LG) weaurdojaaagq 40J uoneredoo; jeomysay, jo juaunredaq 

(MISA) youeasay jeLNsnpuy pue s1yQUaIDg Jo quounredeq 

(WSAIC) suteJy [eI90g pue oTWOUOSY jeuOnEUIAIUT Jo jWauNTEdaq 

(VGINV) Wwourdojaasq feuoneusayuy Jo juaunedag 

(LVAQ) per pue sureyy udioi0,j jo uounredaq 

VSN ‘OSZ0Z Sd UoIduTyseA ‘Mg ‘anuaay aouapuadapuy pue i9aNs MPT ‘(YasN) ainy[Nousy jo juouredaq 

(Sd) waudojaaaq a[qeureysng pue uoeUIpi00D Aarjog 105 quounedeq 

VSN ‘9>SS-09077 WA Hoalag uoy ‘(WWd) Aouady Surddeyy asuayaq 

VSN ‘ObS80 [N YoIZOUL ‘Jang UOIIeYD 6 ‘OUT sadewy uoIsIsaq 

uoREZTURSIO aM[NUBY pue poo 0/> ‘Areiqr] [eLOWaW WIgny] plAeq 

(dOd) Asts0g JeordojopmmG ystueq 


91979 EZZI bet 
8188 OLE8 TE+ 


C9 S6 967 7 CE+ 


PET O86PE TSE+ 
SSIL LOL @ I+ 
OSZE99 ET TE + 


$816 199 T €Se+ 
OLOE LOE 606 1+ 


£€ET PLZ 9 19+ 
16LZ SET THE 6b + 


OS7Z 2697 877 6h + 


SOLE S6EST bh+ 
LPIEL 9E7Z Eb+ 
9S IZ EZ CUT EW+ 


PE6LOD E09T bh+ 


88119 EC7I Hh+ 
L18¢8 OLE8 TE+ 


£1 88 967 7 e+ 


007 186rE TSE+ 
SSLE LOL 7 To+ 
OPTED ET TE+ 


9979 OLO I ESE+ 
€S87 €6L 606 I+ 


HTT SET IPE 6b+ 


vETI LLP 707 1+ 


POTZE SOEST Ph+ 
TCSTL 9E7Z Eb+ 


L7E9NTI E09T b+ 


SI 


oo 
oo 


SI 


oo 


Nn 


NN 


NN 


(DDN) woneArssuo| [eiseo_ 103 vou ueedoing 

(ONTINA) suisury pag 10} uolUy uesdoing 

WNIDTAE “6POI-€ Slassmg ‘00Z 107 e] ap any *(Mq) Voy ueedoung 

WNIDTAG * eAnau-e[-uTeANOT “7 png Np x1oID soeIq ‘J0Ja-o1dy app ‘uTeANojaq anbijompED ais19ATUE, “YIOMJON YorBasay Isauo,y yeoidory, ueedoing 
(vSq) Aousdy aoedg ueadoing 

(4Sq) wonepuno,y sdueI0g uvedoing 

WN “LAO €89 asprquied ‘peoy Aajsurpew| ‘sor yay ‘Aeaing snare YsAU 0/9 “(MAOYOS) Wun SuneMIpi00D yaseasoy au0zO ueadoing 
SCANVTUSHLAN ‘00L9-1N UeduTusdeM Gy ‘“(OUAA) UonesUesIO Yoreasoy [EUOUUOMAUG Ueedomng 

(@aq) neaing yuouuoNAUW Ueedoing 

WNIDTAE “6r0I-A Sataxtug ‘107 ef ap any OZ ‘29504 Ase, WAT -IXO ‘(wag) Aouedsy wuouonaug uesdong 

(Dag) Arunun0D onmouocsg uesdoing 

(4qq) pun, juawdojaaeq ueedomng 

WNIDTAA ‘6P0I-a Slassmg “007 107 BI ap any ‘99D ‘“(LY.LSOUNA) 2WJO TeoNsHeS sentunUNUOD Uesdong 

SUNOMNAXNT ‘€L€Z da (OHO) UoNestuesiC IsoP SanrunuWOD Ueadoing 

GNVTYAZLIMS “TIZI-HO €Z BA209D ‘(NYAD) Yoeasoy JeafoNN 10J anued uesdomng 

SANVTUSHLAN ‘4 PO0S SINqIL ‘ZSE1 XO Od ‘Z URRfapuBIEM “(ONDA) UoONeAIasUOD aIMeN OJ anUeD uedoing 

(Ogg) wewdojaaaq pue uoNneAIasuOD 10J neaing uesdoing 

(TUAVA) sistuouosg sounosoy pue jeUsMMOIAUY JO UONEIDOssy Ueedoinq 

CNV Taal ‘2 WGN “eng JasuIe] tpNog ¢ ‘pry sadeW-eIgq 

WSN “VO spurlpey ‘(TUSH) OUT aMNsUT Youeasay sulayshg PEUOWUON AU 

(OVSA) BpeueD Jo uoyeloossy salpmg eueWUOMTAUg 

VITVULSNV ‘1097 LOV BHequeD “182 XO OdD “LSA ‘(NIIA) WoaeN voHeuUosU] soanosay jEUAWUONAUT 

ANVWUD ‘81 €P0-C Bizdiey ‘cy asseng sesouuag ‘(Z.4N) anueD yoressoy jeusWUOMAU 

(VIGWOTO) Nad) Tonepunoy uonsa}o1g |eUeWOMAUg 

VSN ‘09P07 OC UoduTYseEM ‘MS I2ENS W 10h ‘(Wda) Aouasy uoHs}0Ig |eUSWONAU 

(WWD) a2nTunu0D JusWodeuRPW jeUSWTUOMAUT 

ANVWUAD ‘00€S-C Wog ‘p1Z 2a[Ty Joneuapy “(SITA) Wass UoNeULOJUT MET [EUSWTUONAUg 

VSN “E€PO7 (O'd UoduTYysem “MAN ‘OANS H BIBI ‘AUR PHOM YL “Wounredaq ;eUsWMONAUY ‘(S[ANA) WaIshg UoOHeULIOsUT PeEUAWTUOMTAUA 
(AWId) Up wWowsseueW UOHeUWOsU] [eUSWUONAUT 

VSN ‘01007 Od UOIsuTYseA ‘MUS d 9T9T (ACA) puny esuajaq [RUoWUONAUg 

(9aq) enue wed jHUeUUONAUg 

MN ‘NL9 TTY] spues-19A0-aduBIH ‘euquind ‘peoy aouLepuIAA ‘UONneIG YyoIeIsay PoomapaWy “(NOA) WOMEN asueyD [eueMUONAUg 
VIMLSNV ‘19€Z-V BInquaxey ‘ishjeuy swiasXg parjddy 103 arynsuy jeuoneUIaU] oI Jo ouNWEIZOIg JUSWTUONAUA 

VIMLSNV ‘OOPI-V BUUaIA “OOE XO Og ‘aNUaD JeUOnEWAUT eUUSIA ‘UP UOHeUIpIO-o_D JuoUUOIIAU ‘(OGINM) euUWeIZ0OI1g jUOWUONAUg 
VANAM * 1QONeN *19PZL XOM Od “(IDTA) TeuonEuIaU] anueD UoserT JUaWMONAU 

(GO) Preog uoneuIpso0D yuouruoMAUg 

VAVNV)D ‘EHOVIN OUBUO EMENC ‘UoMTUOMAU stp Jo JWoUnIedaq ‘epeuRD JUeWMONAUq 

MN ‘VAT Idd Ynoroqiajeg ‘asnoy Je\sUTUNPION ‘omen Yystsuq 

(LAMA) ISL PIA paresduepug 

(ASA) WUN sersadg paresuepug 

(O10) suoneiadg snd07 103 anueg Aousdiewg 

MN ‘dVE €UN WIAION ‘JaaNg a4Nq PE ‘asnoy AouaToy ‘JoIAes|q 

(DNa) AouearasuoD sainjen esq 

(D9Da) dnoip uonearasuoD wiayshsooq 

(dVOSA) Wloed ap 2 BIsV JOJ UOISsIUMUIOD [eID0g pue dTWIOUOTg 


€OIZ 66S E16 1+ 


OSE6 S09 ZIZ 1+ 
OOLS €22 E0E 1+ 


96ES LE6 ILI bh+ 


EPLOS S98I br+ 


S99LZ Uh SEE+ 
STEOOE LOT+ 


002 1668 877 6+ 


8EZLSTZS OZ E+ 


SIST 66S €16 1+ 
P8H8EE CZLI Ph+ 
68L9 ZOL ZIZ 1+ 


LLSI OLE ILI bh+ 


ELE9TS SO8T b+ 


EPEEE Th SSE+ 
O99ISE L9T+ 


O81 1668 827 6h+ 


CLOT PO6I Ph+ 
69 9LZ @p SSE+ 


GETLSZS 0 IE+ 


Nn 


(0}8) 
NN 


oo 
DN 


oo 


ON 


(AV) Ue sUeYdsouny yeqo[D 

(SHNOD) Gatsog Aoisty feIMeN pure [eo1ZojompMU sreVPEIqIH 

(ASq) weurdojsaaq jeuonewsjuy 105 uonepuno, weuLeD 

(ZLD) waudojeaag feuoneusayuy 10} Aouedy ueulian 

(SMD) MaID0g 13 eB1025 

(4D) Hoja Isa104 peIaMaH 

(WOAD) UesueLEN pay ap Jo ounoD sauaysi.y Teauan 

YN ‘NTL PTW Jasoyoury ‘peoy sseoung OOE ‘anueg ssouisng Aemyseg ‘auQ AeMyTeg “JOO].] IS] ‘pr II sMstuar 
VSN “$1799 SH exausT] ‘peoy JOUIpIA S86 ‘Teuoneuiajuy uruueD 

MN “THL ZdS Aingsieg ‘peoy playysy ‘py suasfg Aremua3A LL 

VSN ‘ZZOOT AN MOXA MeN ‘JOOLT MLT ‘anueay pay, 998 ‘ITH 3D 

VSN “SZS08 OD suITIOD UOJ ‘OSz aINg ‘Iq yTeMpreOg a cc T ‘PHOM SID 

MN “Pd6 CHA YBINquIpY “wang Ney O¢ ‘PIT (SID) SWAWID 

4M “AVL 8M YopuCT ‘INH uapdures ‘asnozy yoeoD pio ay, “COUVW) enueD yoreasoy juouIssassy pue SuuoMOW Swed 
(VOIdOULOAN) ¥2Idonoan ugioeuny 

Agunod ewoy uy Assequig sawg Paya) ‘sdryssejoysg yy3uqmny 

(204) Teuoneuauy yueg ap Jo spuau.y 

VSN “€0007 Od UOBuTYseM ‘ag Y2aNS q 8IZ (AO) (VSN) queq amp jo spusiy 

MN ‘OLL IN YopucT ‘12aNg poomsapuy gz-97 (AOA) (HN) yueY amp jo spuany 

(SZa) Met0g je1dojo0Z unpyues.y 

(LVWVGNNZA) seary eordory, Jo jwawaseueyy amp 105 uonepuno.y 

(WW) weuuomAUg Jayeg eB 10J uonepuno.j 

(VUNLVNN) aMeN 103 uonepunoy 

4N “Ad9 TXO P10jxO ‘peoy Ainqueg ¢z ‘siaqureyD apereg WUON ‘(gaa) Adojorqoutpg 103 uonepuno.y 
(NUVH) Seunosay yermeN pue JUsWUOMAUY 10J UOnEpuNo.; 

VINV@TV * buen ‘uAy oyu ednry ‘(Yd MI) AMNSUT Youeasoy salTuseg pue S1S810J 

VNVAS.LOG ‘ 2uol0gey ‘euemsj}og Jo uoneIDossy Ansa0.4 

OOIXAW ‘00089 BexeO ‘Z0¢ Os[epIH eprusay ‘(DS-) ouNCD diyspremayg 1sa10. 

VSN ‘10PSO LA UOBuINg ans amg [Ep ‘“(STYOA) Waisks UoHeULIOJUT JaINOsay IS210,] 

ATWLI ‘00100-1 awoy ‘ejeseeD ap aunay, afjaq eA ‘juaunIedaq Ansaioy ‘(OVA) SuoneN parup amp jo uonesTuesIQ aiMnoudy pue poo. 
GNVINIA ‘09700-dS PUISIEH ‘OST enutwayrouuey ‘sureyyy UBIaI0,] Jo ANSTUIW “(VCINNIS) Aousdy qaudojasaqg Teuonewisjuy ysrout.y 
CNVINIA * P{UlsjaH ‘Aouasy juoudojaaaq ysruuty 

(ONVd) UonRAIasuOD amen 105 wOneIDOssy YstuUt.y 

(GOA) UoIstatq suoneiedg platy 

(VOD) AMEN Jo asuajaq amp 103 sdnos3 yo uonesapa.y 

(IGDDZa) puejory pue urewg aI Jo suapreD [ea130j00Z jo uonelapey 

(ZdNNA) adoing Jo syzeg euoneN pue amen jo uoneapay 

ANVWUAD ‘6LTES-C Wuog ‘OT] assensunuEsuoY ‘(N.Tq) UONAIasUOD aIMeEN Joy Aouady [eropa. 

: (XHWOOH) Bueotxay wstuolseArasuO| ugIoRapa.y 

MN “UVZLMS UOpuCT ‘aloyH uo)ZuIsuay | “(SddA) Aats0g uoneAresarg B10], pue eune.y 

YN “OX8 IGM PlopeA “ye_ ssauisng plopem “sosarD [MUIaID 97 ‘pT SID peosiey 

VINVATY * euely ‘euelly jo Aisiaatuy ‘soouatog jeIMeN JO ANoe] 

VNVHD ¢ 81909 ‘8791 Xog Od ‘BOLYY 10} 99150 [eUoIZey OVA 

SCNVTYAHLAN “CV 1601 Wepraisury ‘[9 apeysiuney ‘(LLq) Uoneoynuapy sWOUOXEL, Joy aque uedxq 
(NSAUNA) Woman soustog wpnox uvadoing 


SOLP £S6 EST Hh+ 
TOSZ ZE SE Sp+ 


OTE OPE EOS T+ 
7S $6 877 6+ 


6OPbL TEE TBI bh + 


97ZL OZS 79+ 
9@ZL OS 79+ 
LE8979P IT 16+ 
S100 666 772 Ih+ 
SLILLZ E771 b+ 
OS7 7697 877 6h + 
7000 666 77 Ih+ 


€pL8 17 €7I SS+ 


1080 €S7 ILI pR+ 
109 6bS EI 1+ 
18 ZO 7S @ pST+ 
0887 7908 69 6h + 
O€S6 OEZ 7 ZE+ 


96ES LEG ILI bh+ 


187 OZS 7 HST+ 


977 ES6 EST PH+ 
PUST TE SE Sh+ 


TLOE OPE EOS T+ 
OS EL $6 877 6b + 


LLLL €0 8b E€+ 
8882 TEE I8T byt 
THSTIS 79+ 
THSTIS 79+ 
ZESOTOp IT 16+ 


LS10 666 7 Ih + 
P68LLZ EZZI PH+ 


LL68 TP E71 SS+ 


vr 6b 7ZE TI OE + 


OOTS PSE ILI bh+ 
OPOE 809 ILI PH+ 


OPEL EST EIH T+ 
1867 7908 69 6h+ 

6859 O€7 7 TE+ 
6609 F6S S09 T+ 


LLST OLE ILI bh+ 


(OAL) UoneArasuo| ysa0,j fedIdory, Jo AMNHsuy 

MN ‘ddO 9ZHA VeMPorpr ‘ynoued‘ayeisg ysng “(ALI) uoNNS Yyoreasay YaInquipy ‘AZojooq eLNsaey, Jo anyNsUT 

oo AN ‘ALO ITV spues-19A0-a8uEIH ‘peoy aouLeputA, ‘(ALL]) UONEIg Yoleasay poomapiayy ‘ASojoog yensavay, Jo amMNsuy 
OV MUVWNAG ‘OSE Ad uaseyuedoD ‘OT apespjog JasQ ‘ueseyuado;D jo AisseaTup) ‘AydeZoay Jo anNsu] 
(Val) Blfensny jo siajsalo.J Jo MNSU] 

(AWWA) Adojooq pue ASojoydiow feumy Areuonnjoag jo amHsuy 


OV MN ‘AGE €ZS MAM sAraqy ‘sere Jo adaljoD AisiaATUE ‘salpmg yUeg Jo anNsuy 
ON VSN ‘€0bL6 AO q*esng ‘uosaIGO Jo AisJoATUA aMIaTYDIY JO [OOYDE ‘juaUTUONAUY aQeUTEIsNg B 10J AMNSUT 
ON ANVWUAD ‘SLIES-C wuog ‘2 assensuooy ‘(qNal) Aotod feueuTUOMAU Ueedoing 10J aTNSUT 

(AWS) vonesununoD jUSWUOIAUY JOJ AMNsSU] 
oD AONVYA ‘O8PSL Sued ‘anadeyey ony E17 ‘(WOLSUO) UoNeIedo0D ua yuauiddojaaaq 2 Inod anbiynuarsg ayoayooy ep steouely IMNSUT 


AONVUA ‘OOOPE JaN[adchuop ‘auossnorg ajsn3ny ony ‘EgT ‘anbruwog ap ImNsuy 
YN ‘DUZ GALL PuouTYorY “oysyred BT ‘saZojouyoay, orgoyuy 


NN (Ovd/aI) enue Atanoy omureigo1g juouruonAUg pue Ansnpuy 
ON (ddI) 99430 weMTMONAUY poe Ansnpuy 
OD VISHNOGNI ‘ eWexeL ‘OSZ XOM Od ‘OT ‘ON COINS yOVeH eIPUEL “If ‘(IdIT) SedUSI9g Jo aMNSUT UeIsoUOpUT atp pue say1UTOD [EUCNEN GVW Uelsouopuy 
079) VISANOGNI ‘ ewexeL ‘OSZ XOG Od ‘OT “ON COINS y0OVeH JeIpuay “If “(IdIT) (UENYodUIg NUT] edequIs]) saouaIg Jo aNNHSUT UeIsouOpuT 
DN VIGNI ‘€00 O1T 19d MON ‘aeISA IPOT G-ZLT “IPUI-JMMA “(COWODI) aMUED SuLOWUOW WonEAIesuOD IypueH eNpuy 
ON CANVTYAZLIMS ‘9611-HO Purely ‘gz Aewoaney ony “(OSS/NONI) UolssrunWOD [eating satsedg NONI 
ON AN “1dO €4D epuqured ‘peoy vopsununy 617 ‘IU seo1Aleg suoHedqng NONI 
ON ANVWUAD ‘I OOES-C Wog *p1Z e2[TVv JeneUepy “(OTg) aBueD MET [eUaUUONAU NONI 
ON CNV TaAZLIMS ‘961 1-HO purty “gz Aoweanew ap ony “(WddNO) Sey palonosg pue syreq [eUONEN UO UOIssIMOD NONI 


ANVWUAD ‘L8L01 C Ueg ‘9 assensugedding NIC ‘Aouedy soueuauEW 9OTE OSI 

(AGIUVIO!) suoisay Juaoelpy pue uvaqqueD ay Joy UOIssTUMMODGNS [eUOISaY DO] 

(SOOD-1) Waskgs BuTAIESqO UEIDO [eqoIH 10} senTUMUIOD DOI 

TIZVUA ‘OL-10ZZ1 sodwoD soq asog og ‘STS Xog Od ‘Yosvasay aoedg 103 ayrNsUy feUONEN-AdCNI 


OV MN ‘ 1M ‘ArsreaTay TNH 
ON AOPAUD “LSSOI-UD suempy “2a SIXIN ‘pz ‘(NdSH) AMEN JO uonsa01g ep 10y AaIo0g oTUaT|aH 
rs) | (qa) suedxq srwouosg jo dnoip 
ON MN ‘NdZ IN VopucT ‘seyftA AinquoueD ‘(qD) WN ‘advedueaH 


MN ‘HA9 IN UopucTy ‘aang uapusdsg £7 “J@NUAAID 
(VaWUED) Guomny weg ouuey Jooy Joueg 11H 


Core) VSN ‘Z0010 WW ISI9qUTY ‘E17 ON AU AsIeATUN 9 ‘swaIsdg TyEPNY-mPIOD 

(Daa) anueD BE YyoO-uNY [eqo|D 
Nn VANSM ‘ 1Q0u1eN ‘ZSSOE XOM Od ‘(ANID) esequieq uoneUMIOZUT aounosay TeEqoID 
oo ANVWUAD ‘P00E9-C YoRquayO ‘(DdD) anueD Adojoreun|D pue uoNEdioarg [eqo|D 
ON WNID 194 ‘OPOI- Slessnug ‘Og ewMIeL, np any “(qqO7TD) 1wewuoNAUA pooureg B Joy UOHESTUEZIO sIOVEISISIT [eqOID 
oo VSN ‘861LS GS Sled XNoIg ‘1}UED we sor ‘AeAINg JeDI1Z0JOAH S/N ‘(SITD) Warsks UoNEUOsUT pur TeqoIH 


WNIDTA ‘O9IT Slessug “pLT‘eqdwouy, np pg “uy sweaqoig jEUeWUOMAUA [eqo[D 

MN “AVL 8M YoOpuCT ‘[H wepdured 

‘asnoyH yoeoD PIO FLL ‘uopuoT] a3a]]0D s3ury “(OUVW) aus) Yeesoy JUSWIssessy pue suo) UO! “miayskg suo) UO] JUSWUOAUT [eqo[H 
Nn VANAM * IQOuleN ‘ZSSOE XOM Od ‘dANN ‘(SIWAD) Warshg SuLO}TUOW] JUoWTUOMAUA [eqo]H 
‘ (4aD) Arpoey wouruonaug jeqo[D 

CNV TYAZLIMS * BAdUaD ‘uOnEsTURTIO [eIdO[OIONIW PHOM ‘(SODD) Warskg SutArssqo aAeuN[D [eqQo1ID 

VITVULSNY ‘2097 LOW weysucyT ‘pgxog Od ‘(ALOD) swiasksooq yeMseuel, pue asueqD [eqoiD 


89 61 OLS I PE+ 


EvTLP9 EZ LS + 
100 IZ$ 7 pST+ 


60S¢7S I LL6+ 


8h 87 SZ 6L EE+ 


E8TE 918 7 E9+ 
O61 SOL P16 T+ 


BEST 68L 77 IP + 
PI¥99 €0S7 TE + 
OOE8 OEL SOZ T+ 


OLZ TEEL 77 Ih+ 


PLZ 79 § 7S + 


62 £0 leh I bE+ 


OSOSL9 EZ LS+ 


€1Eszs t LL6+ 


v0 07 SZ 6L E+ 


£1 p6 TE TOS+ 


£9TS LIB 7 E9+ 
0061 SOL PI6 1+ 


TTET68L 77 Th + 
€£E99 COST TE + 
0002 O€L SOZ T+ 


STZ B0€L 7 Iv+ 


6180 895 S 7+ 


697 9E 90S + 


(JOD) ABojoogq jo ssaisuo_ yeuoneussjuy 

VITVULSNV ‘109% LOV Buaqued ‘0077 XOd Od ‘sJ22y [B10 uo sanTUTUIOD feUONeWIAUT 
(IOI) edeurerq pue uoneswy] uo uoIsstuMMOD JeuOnEWa}U] 

(VudID) sdry am Jo uoNda}01g aIP JO} UOIssTUMMOD jeUOnEWIAUT 


SI NIVdS ‘10087-d PUPEW ‘L-LI BesI9A ap adiouug “(LYOOI) BUN], snuUEPY Jo UONeAIasUOD at Joy WOIssTUMIOD [eUOHEWIZIUT 
VSN ‘SZIZO WW Uoisog ‘snasnysessey] JO AISIDATUL) ‘aININSUISIOGIeH UeqI-) 0/D ‘(QDJ) UONeZTUeZIQ UeI90 pur [RIseOD [eUOnEWa}U] 
ON VIGWOTOD * HRD ‘oalay opeuedy ‘(LyID) amnousy jeoidory, jo anueD jeuoneUauy 


VANS * 1q0u1eN ‘LLO0E XO Og ‘WISI ‘anusAy suOneN patun “(VAI Ansaiojorsy ul yeasay 10J NUD feuoNeWAUT 
(Tdd1) sedeaspuey] paysajorg 10J anus feuonewayuy 

(ODI) weurdojaAaq eID 10} aNUD [eUOnEWID}U] 

TVdAN ‘ npueunpey ‘97zE xog ody ‘fouyeremes 08/p “(GOWIOI) Wweurdojaacq urEuNoW parerZaquy 103 anueD [euoneWIau] 
(GaADO]) Adojouysaiorg pue ZuuseuIsuq MeUeH 10} anusD jeuonEWsuT 

WN ‘ZLS PSTD Jasaono[H ‘1amog BuNIny ‘asnoy pjaiyueayH ‘(qDoO]) uoneonpy uoneasasuo| JoJ anued jeuoneUsuy 
(STVSVOD S2lpms puey piy-luleg pue puy 10y anuaD jeuonEWa}u] 

(AIVOI) Yvasey puke uOnEULIOJUT ONIEUY JO} aNnUD feuOnEWA}UT 


ON FONVUA ‘PLEEL-A eT NG y8inog a7] ‘ovjouysay “(qd TWO) wWeuruonaug eutdry Joy anueD jeuonewsayuy 
(VCUVOD seary Aid Wl ysueesay fEIMNOUTY Oy anuED [euOnEWIAN] 
ON VIVWALVND 


‘OLOTO BreEWAEND ‘p06 A 109 SPUIDYO ‘OT BUOZ ‘9-1 ATIBD &9 “(VAHUdID) UONeadooD pure jucuNsaauy peEIMfNoUsY Joy aNuaD [eUOHEUIAVUT 
SANIddITIHd ‘810 emueW ‘1697 XOg Od “(WAV TOD wWoursseuep sacnosey snenby SuIArT] Joy JoIUaD eUONeUIAU] 

[0}8) VSN ‘POSOl AN Yuoutry ‘peoy preys1O PIO ‘(WAI) OUT souTyoeW SsouIsng [euonEWaVU] 
MN ‘ACE TAD IPED ‘peoy MUON BI ‘(VAAI) UONeIDOssy Yoressay sag [eUOnEWAIU] 

(VAVI) Aousdy Adiauq soy jeuONneWa}U] 

(AZI) sioyeonpy 007 jo uoNnEIDossy JeuOneUIa}U] 

VSN ‘L8PSE BueQeTy asoojeosny, ‘eweQe[y Jo Alsi9AtUE) ‘AZopoIg Jo JuaUMIedaq ‘(T]IS) Adofouun] paddy pue peoneloayy, Jo UoNEIDOssy [eUOnRWIAIUT 
(LadVD sistuouoxey jue[g JO UOneIDOssY [eUONeUIS}UT 

(SHVI) S299USI9g [edIZo[OIpAH JO uoNeIDOssy [euOneWIaIUT 

VITVULSNV ‘000S “V'S *Plejapy ‘a0e"LIE], YON ‘usplen sug 0/9 “(OMVI) SUspreD oIuEOg Jo UONEIDOSsY [EUOHEWIAIU] 

(OSVI) UOIsstuMOD s9U2IDg SNOW feUOneWIAUT 

(DUVI) 190ue|D UO YyoIeasay 10} AOUasY [eUOHEWISIUT 


OV CNV TYAZLIMS ‘TEZI-HO 2A2ua3-saysuoD ‘paysuoD ap uTweYyD p ‘WauUONAUY am) Jo AWopeoy jeuOnEWIaUT 
(oye) SANVTYSHLAN ‘HV O€1Z doppyooy ‘Ege xog Od ‘edoing yderss2yuy 
(oye) VSN ‘Posse Tv aMAsUNH ‘ZC LT MI ‘uoneiodi0D ydeiasaquy 


(AdQ01) Alsr9Arq eotZojolg uo UuOQUaAUOD ap UO sayTUNWOD [EUOUMIAAOSIOUT 

(AdYDJ) weurdojaaaq pue 1q3n01g uo AuoINY [eUsUTWIAAOSII}UT 

(GSADI) weudojaaag e[qeutesng ATfes1Zojooq uo sayTUWOD JUOUTWIAAOSIO}UT 

(LIA) yorvasay peotdory, 10J uonepuno.j uedeweIa}Uy 

NO GNVTYAZLIMS ‘TIZI-HO 02 BA2UaD ‘ODE aTEISOg aseD ‘uoNEsTURTIC peOIZO[OIONIW PHOA\ BY,L “(DOdI) adueyD ayveun[D uo joueg [eusUUIIA03-IUT 
(AVOID) wawdojaasq pue yuauUOMAUY 10J UOIssTUNUOD ArejUaWEI|Ieg-JOIU] 

(OOWI) vonestuesIQ aaneINsUOD sUINURYY [EIUSWWAA0D-19}U] 

(VOID) amMnou3y uo uoneedooD Joy aINNsUT UB OWAWIY-19}UT 


ol OOIXAW ‘00610 A’ AD ootxay ‘jesuy ues ep [edaipag [OD ‘ZEZ SAQNN ‘(II]) AMNSU] UeIpuy ULOEWY-JaIUT 
ON VSN ‘LLSOZ OC UOIBUTYseEM “MN ‘anuaAy AOA MAN OOET (AAV) YUe_ wourdojassg uvoLaury-JaUy 

(QW) anuea Butddeyy soinosoy payeisaquy 
oo VOM VLSOO ‘ eIpeaH ‘osuTw0g oes COTE ‘(OIAND) (@MuNsuy Alssaatporg [euoneN) Pepisieapolg ap [EUOIEN O}UNSUT 


Ofve CEL TZ TH+ 


91 £695 OF TEE+ 


697 P6S COLI HhH+ 


9787 BBE ILI y+ 
LVTEL SET EP + 
OOPPLE ES TE+ 
$960 €€b 80 T+ 


9787 BBE ILI byt 


O€TZL BET EID T+ 


GEZIPT THB 16+ 
TEP6 B87P IT CE+ 


O9 ET tHLyT eet 


ber 76S COLI vh+ 


TZSTL 977 EP + 
brrpls es E+ 
OOPE TEP 80h T+ 


£919 9€7 EID T+ 


STOTT THB 16+ 
6ZE0 S7Sb I EE+ 


8h El Th Ly I ce+ 


ON 


NN 
NN 


ON 
ON 
ON 


Nn 


ON 


ON 
ON 


ON 


CANVTAAZLIMS ‘07 1IZI-HO BAetan ‘9¢ eTeIsog ese ‘(OSI) UONeZIprepuEis JO} UONEZTUBaIC [EUOHEWIDIO] 

(TODELNI) A8ojoog 103 uoNestuBsiC feuonEWayU] 

AONVUA ‘OOLSL-4d sued ‘Aousuojag aseg ‘ZL ‘OdsaUp) “JeUBIAIIEg DOI ‘(ACO]) WeaIshg odueyoxg BEC sIYdeIZOULIIO JeUOnEWIIIUT 
(DOD) uolsstunmo| siyde1Z0uRI909 [eUOnEUIAIU] 

(AWD) puny Areeuoy feuonewsyoy 

(NASW) 40A02N We UleNs JeIqoroI! feuoneUsyU] 

(OWT) vonestesiQ oumUeW feUOneWAU] 

(OGGWI) UoneOdI0D Juswdojaaeq AIsIOAIpOlg sUUBPY [eEUOHEWIAUT 

OOIXAW ‘09900 dd AID oarxayw ‘179-9 opeuedy ‘27 vogs!] “(LAWWIO) 20095 wousacrduy yoy, pue ozrey [EUOHEUIO}UT 

WN ‘ALE 60S voidwreppnos ‘uojdweiwpnos jo Aisiaatuy ‘3daq AZojorg ‘(SIG TI) 21A19g UOHEULIOJU] pu ssequeq oUMss] [eUOnEWIAU] 
(Dd‘TI) suRa0KaD Jo UONIA0Ig at 10J ondee] feuoneWI}U] 

(DaTD eenturmoD yourUOMAUg aye] euonEWIaO] 

VIMADIN * Uepea] “OZES ANd “(VILL amnousy yeodory, jo amnsuy euonewayny 

(ALI) Ansaro, jeatidory 103 qronsuy feuonewaygy 

(V.LID amnousy yeordory, 103 amnsuy peuoneweyuy 

AN ‘Ado HIOM wopucT “wang yslespug ¢ “(GyI) wowdojaasq pue wouruoMAUY Joy aMNsUy feuoHEWAIU] 

VWRILSNV ‘19€Z-V BInquexey] ‘(YSVII) sIséTeuy swaisXg parfddy 10} aynnsuy feuonEuIaU] 

SANVTYAHLAN ‘VV OOSL apeyosug “9 XOG Od ‘Sh6I PIBAaINOg OSE *(D.LI) S20ualDg yUeY pue Aeding adedsoay 103 ayNsU] FeUONeUIDUT 
VSN ‘SE0S6 VO seidny ‘eau eAexong OOST ‘swaIshg SuISeUT] PeuoneMa}U] 

(dVSID) SAIMORNURP] feoWMAYyoOIdy JO suOnEIDOssy jeUONneN Jo dnaiH yeuonewayuy 

(4LAI) vonelapey apely Inj jeuoneuaUy 

(VAI) Wewdojaaeq jeIMpNoUdTy 10J pun,y feuonEUIaUT 

(DSId) ewey jo uoneAIasUOD ayp JOJ UOHepuNO [eUOnEWII}U] 

CGNVTYAZLIMS ‘1071 HO BAauey ‘wos Tend L¢ ‘UsWOM ANsIOATUN Jo UOHEIEpe, [eUOnEWIAIU] 

MN ‘ uopuoyT ‘aang ysospuq ¢€ ‘GAM ‘(ASIVAALND 21AJag voneULIOJU] JUaWSsSassy BdINOsSoYy [LIMEN pus [EUSWUOIIAU eEUOHeWIOIU] 
AVMUON “bZET J9AeSAT ‘TOE XOM Od ‘(AAI) Neoing yeueWUOMAUA feUOHEUIaO] 

(O.LAI) anusD Asojouyse], juswUOIAU FeUOHeWa}UT 

(4a) Arpoey quauuon Aug jeuoneMayuy 

(al) NeaIng JusWUOIAU feuOneWa)O] 

(VI) 20URIsIssy JUDUUOITAU [eUOneWIs)0T 

(val) Aouedy Adiougq peuonewajuy 

MN ‘LAE PINH epissequny ‘Aqua; MON ‘spuepped “(ACI) YRVA UIYdjog feuonEMaUT 

VAVNVO ‘6HE DIM BMENO ‘00S8 XO_ Od ‘aNS UEqIy OSZ “(DUAI) anueD Yyoreasay jourdojaadq euoneusU] 

(Ad) Yue waudojaaaq euonewauy 

(Vq]) UoneID0ssy jueWdojaAoq seUuOneWIAu] 

VIGNI ‘FZEZOS Ysepeld BIYPUY ‘Od MeyouRed “(LYSTYOI) soidoxy, puy-Mweg emp 10y aTINsuy yoeasoy sdorD jeuoneusoyyy 
AONVUA ‘OTOSL-A sued ‘Aouarounuow ap preagtnog ‘T¢ “(MSOF suo oyHUArOg Jo JlouNoD JeuONeWIaU] 

(SOI) seag amp Jo uoneIO[dxg ap 103 flounoD jeuoneUaVUT 

VaVNVO 


‘ODI X6H 22qand ‘anaatjag ap auuy alg ‘peoy aoysayey] [IT IZ ‘aday[oD preuopoeyw ‘OOP Xog ‘ANsolojoisy ul Yyoreasay JOJ plounoD [euonEWaU] 


(SOWOOD)) Sails pue sjuauinuoyy J0J founoD feuoneweajuy 

(JATOD Saanentuy jeuswWUOAUY [e907] J0J plouNoD jeuoneUsa}UT 

AONVUA ‘8O0SL Sued ‘[UsoWON, op any ‘OE ‘UONeAIASUOD 2JIIPIIAA PUB awed Joy JloUNOD ;euoNEUI|UT 
(Jao eq [esuruoIAUg 103 ounoD feuoneUIaUT 


PSTPEE BL TE + 


7707 6LL 608 I+ 


LOIS TEE TBI bh + 


L69 068 ESPI Hh+ 
SSE 6L LB I b+ 
67 07 SZ SPT EEF 


ITIL €@7% Sb 18+ 


6SOTIE THS 16+ 


6OEOSLS 9 6E+ 


L6 Sb TEL 2 Tet 


S779 SLL 608 1+ 


ILTT OF6 181 H+ 


P79 068 ESP bH+ 
TST OL L8 I €b+ 


60 00 SZ Sh I €€+ 


OLIT €2Z Sb 18+ 


686Z1E TS 16+ 


69 69 TEL 7 Ib+ 


(o}@) 


OV 


ON 


ON 


OV 


ON 
ON 


SANVTUSHLAN “VV OOEE 1DAIpIO “LT snq@sog ‘sr9YstIqng sWMepeoy JaMNTY 

VIGNI ‘£00095 20;edueg ‘weremsayey ‘eueAeyg eAUEIY “UaUnIEdaq AQsaio,j eyRewey 
(GWfa) Uonepuno,y ouelg eueW sof 
MN ‘VAL 1dd Y8noroqineg ‘asnoy JaysuTUMION “(QONf) esnTUUIOD UOHvAIESUOD aTMeN IOS 

(QUAN enueD Yyoeasoy astPT A uEder 

(NVLVP) WOMAN UONSY Is210,7 jeotdory, ueder 
(QGOfN anusD wed ueacQ ueder 
NVdVI ‘OST OAXOL ‘ny-eAnqryg eyorseinyes L1-6 ‘SuIppinqemuys 10S “(NV.LVD) AqUaD jWauUUONAUA [eUoneWaju] ueder 
ATVLI ‘1910071 2Woy “A/OE TWsesI0/| BIA “(CHND) UNO - BoIpauorg a1Zojousay, onus] 

VSN ‘720800 IA StWOUL Ig ‘TT# ‘HPeIEZEN aIeISY 9679 ‘(4UI) UONepuNo, sacynosoy pues] 

(LLU) aAMNsuy Buruter], pue yoreasoy orure|sy 

(ODSASD FonestuesO yeIMND pue oyHua!og ‘TeuoneonpY srurE|sy 

(AAD) UoneATesuOD pue salpmg feouTUOMAU 10 UOneIEpe; TNO, Jeuoneusjuy 

MN “AVE 6ALL puouryory ‘may suaprey stuvjog feAoy “(OACL) SaduaIdg URI J0J sasequieq sMWOUOXeY uO dnoIH SUOM [eUOnEUITUT 
(QONGDAD eueyD [eqo[H 10j uowaseuRy HEC UO dnoiH Iuy10M [eEUONEUITUT 

(GTI) Uonepuno,y diysrapes] ssausapliAy [EUOneUIaIUT 

(OAD UolssronmoD suey”, [EUOneWIa}U] 

AN “XL TID Jasaono[H ‘edpuqunig ‘(AMI) NeaINg Yoreasoy spuepan pu [MONE feuonewiajuy 

VIALSNV “TET I-V euualA “g dam-quapns-sy1opuayxsag “(QYANI) suoHEstuesICQ Yyoreasoy ANsai0,] Jo UOTUL, Teuoneussju] 
WAVWNAG ‘0007-AC Beqsyuepay ‘62 feauesel “Ips ‘007 usdequadoy ‘(QZaNI) suaprey [es130j007 JO s10}IANIC JO UOTU/) [EUOneUINUT 
FONVA “OTOL sued ‘AousrounUOW ap pleAanog [¢ “IeLBOBIDIg SAI ‘(SANI) seouatog [esIZojorg Jo UorU/) [euOneWA}U] 
(NdND) AMEN Jo uoMsaH01g ap 10} UOTU) FEUOnEUIO IT 

MN “Ads LMS VopuCT ‘peoy [[amuorD ‘wNasnyy AroysIF] [eITMEN 0/D ‘Awouoxey [es1d0}00Z 10j ysny, eEuoneWIa}UT 

NVdVf ‘0ZZ BureyoyxoX ny-1YsIN 

‘TeIW-OVUTAY T-]- [JS “BUBYOYOA ooyloeg ‘anuad suonestuesigQ feuoneuau] “(OLLJ) vonestuesIQ JoquTy, [eotdory, Jeuoneus3}uy 
VSN ‘LIOOI AN W0OX MON ‘suoneN powuy ‘EOI 1-Z79q wooy “SNAIOSUOSIEIT [EJUSUIUIZAOS-UON ‘asnoysuuea|D elolg 9a1], Teuonewsjuy 
(DL) enueD epery feuonewauy 

(ASALI) Yoreasay Ansaio,j uo aa10,4 ysey, euOneWISUT 

(VNOSNI) SisifeimeN Jo Aais0g feuoneMa)uy 

VIGNI ‘SOOTZZ df !seueea ‘Aussoaruy npuly seeueg ‘Aueog Jo ‘Idaq 0/D ‘(ALSI) A8ojooq jeatdory, 10} Aa100g peuoneMaUT 
(DAS) s1eD paraduepug 10} Aats0g feuoneussuy 

(LTS) isl predosT] Moug peuonewayuy 

(VVVSD suoneorddy qoaorq-o18y Jo uonisinby atp 103 ao1arag feuOnEMIaIU] 

(VUSD Auomny somosay peqeag jeuoneuisuy 

“VANAM * 1qouleN ‘s0ueI{-seIpey ‘IqouleN JO jooyds jeEUoHeWa}UT 

(DAUD anuID Juemdojaasg yeiny feUonEUIsUT 

VSN. ‘€0L66 VO Aataqiog ‘Ava Aajoqeg Lpgt “(NUT) WOMAN soArY [euOnEWIAUT 

(SdI) Metsog jeasojoyeunig FeuonEUIaU] 

MN ‘SN6 HIOM UopucT ‘ang ppnf 911 ‘(TddI) andes] uonomo1g eu feUOneUIsUT 

Nad * PUNT *696S XO Od “dID-ASS ‘(dID) 19U2D oOg fEUOHEWIAIUT 

ATVLI “S100 MWoY ‘Zp esatyD aNag >I19q BIA “(TADdI) anagsuy ssonosay snauaDH Ie [eUOnEWIAUT 

(VOUIdI) UonRIDossy UoneAIasUOD [eJUsUTUOAUW AQsnpuy wWinajoneg feuOneWa}uT 

(dIGAD) anueD uonRHUSUINI0G yeg FeUOneUIAUT 

GNVTaaZLIMS 

“T6ZI-HO BABUAD ‘09 dd ‘1 eaneeduy,| op uray ‘sanbiuejog uipier ja alloyearasuod ‘([qO]) UONRULIOJUT JUeIG JO uonezTURsIO [EUOneUIA}UT 


S88IZEbb I CE+ 
O8@rh TEL O8SE+ 


€8Eb 8E7 HIB T+ 


68868 OPI PH+ 
6$S6 LLP ZOb T+ 
L189 S79 719 T+ 


TOPE 8ST HIT Pht 


OLO9 S87 81S T+ 
80S819 €6L1T bH+ 
PETOES Th 9S7+ 
OSOL H6E 606 T+ 

SSbb PTL E 19+ 


E8E8 ZOb 181 PH+ 


8019 16L OLE T+ 


TEST 986 SIZ 1+ 


18S7 0£6 ILI bh+ 
LPIT L8S STITT T+ 


80LETEbb I EE+ 
807%rP TEL 0 8SE+ 


L891 ETS TOE T+ 


7S00 Ph 008 T+ 


O8ZE 8E7 HIB T+ 


1998 9€6 907 I+ 
86898 O7bI Pht 
pSS6 LLP TOP T+ 
OOET S79 TID T+ 


LOEE 897 HIT bh+ 


0009 S87 8IS I+ 
666619 £6L1 bh+ 
SETOES Tb 997+ 
000S H6E 606 I+ 
88hb P7L E 19+ 


IvIZ 162 OLE T+ 


E89E 986 SIZ 1+ 


£0SS O£6 ILI bh+ 
PSLL 177 008 I+ 


oo 
079) 


Nn 
(oj) 


(SAN) JeUBAI9ag JUSUTUOITAU JeUOneN 

(OWAN) founod juoweseury JusmUONAUY FeuOneN 

(SIAN) 2nUeD UOneULOJU] JUSMUOMAUT (eUOnEN 

(ONON) YOnBAIZsUOD aIMeN UO dayTUNWOD JeuUOneN 

(GOMON) Weurdojaaoq pue uOHRAIasUOD ayI]PIIAA 1OJ UOIssTUMWOD FeuOneN 

AONVAA ‘OEZSL-A SOX9PID Sued “WIN.P eMI'gp “(SYND) Yoreasoy IjHUa!og J0J aNnuaD [euonEN 

GNVINIA ‘10100-dS PRISIEH (Oda) anuaD wed jeUeWUONAUA “UEUTUTOIAU amp pure sae JO Pleog euOneN 
(SWN) Aelo0g uognpny jeuoneN 

(VSVN) UoneNnsturupy eoedg pue sonneuolsy euoneN 

VSN ‘TLLOZ GW NequealH *€76 epoD ‘puejAIRW Jo ArsoATUy aI pue DASO/WSVN 

VSN ‘OLLOZ GW NequealyH ‘OOE AINg “9A 21H BO 109L ‘((OGM-VSWN) 191099 we PHOM VSVN_ 

(AGW) Yue waudojaaag peAEMINW 

VSN ‘LIPI-ZS7S8 ZV PepsNods “LI pl Xog Og ‘peoy [lemops 2 1078 “OUT E[AIOIOWY 

(QUVW) anueD yoeesoy JUouIssassy pue SuLO}UOW 

VSN ‘66Z0-99TE9 SW SINOT "IS “667 XO Od ‘(LOMOW) Uaprey jeotuEog Unossip 

VSN ‘10891 Wd 82]]09 ag ‘eau asudiajug 1g0E ‘OUT qeITNW 

VISSNY ‘6-H 600EOT MOOSOW] ‘TT LOAOURPYZON “[A ‘UONSAOIg [USWUOMAUT pure WoWOseURP SodNosey PAMEN Jo AQsTUIpy 
VIGNI ‘€OOOTT '419d MON ‘peoy IpoT ‘xaduoD o8_D ‘ueaegg uBleARAIeg ‘YOOIG g ‘SISalO.j pue JUsUTUOUIAU Jo ANSI 
(TAN) AovwsogeT yseasoy feuorsoy spueppiyy 

VSN * puelpay “(SW) UoneIodi0D yosors1W 

MN “DdZ PEND UONY “ye eBaUIO “E xog O q WOISIAI WOU-GO ‘PIT Ours 

VSN “LPET-80S89 AN WloourT “Jeans INE WION 107 ‘seseurors1W 

SSPSS NW stjodeauury ‘ejosauly JO Asiaatup) ‘ag JaNg UOTUA OOT ‘sqey prsydayg ZS] ‘JaUID SYIOAJAN UOHRIsyIOA pue JaNdUIODOIDIWy 
VSN ‘OS8hI AN YOA MON ‘UBT JOAOI[D TT] ‘JoMog 1yNdwos01IYy 

MN ‘ATI LS PleyyeUS ‘edpq JoIPeN ‘peoy wyoyumsom €9 ‘(NGSW) WOMaN wed UTES PEIqOIDIW 

MN ‘Xf0 €49D epuqueD ‘peoy vopsununy OE ‘(NGSW) WOMEN BEC UIVIg TeIqoINIW 

(OIGVNOO) Aisiaarporg jo as—) pue UONeAIAsUOD UO UOIssIUNUOD UBDIXa;y 

(YAW) AMNsuy saonosay oneueH Juelg ULooUTEOSay 

(OM) uedes Jo anuad sy1eq ouUEW 

MN ‘ANO LZOU HOIsBurseg ‘Aajssaao‘auey] sranbayD ‘ysnqAToH ‘(SOW) Aa190g uonRAIasUOD suey 

VSN ‘66€8-O81Z1 AN AOL ‘MaIA TEQOID ‘T ‘(WSN) UoHeIOdI0D osuydew 

AN ‘fdl TTS Ysnojg “wang yonyD L€-87 “(CHN) UoneIOdI0D osuydepy 

VONVON ‘2902 Xd Od eedurey ‘YANFINW “(CANAINW) seunosay feMeEN puw jwouMOMAUA Jo aMNNsUy ‘AISISATUP) BATOxRW 
VSN ‘ELLI6 WO Seu Ueg ‘NOD pUELIZAO 066 ‘UOnLIOdIOD sulasXg UET]aseW 

VITVULSNV ‘SETE IA UOpAoID ‘peoy s9ysn7] [¢-LE ‘PIT Ad suoneoUnUTOD WIN 

VSN ‘S6ZI-ZPIZ8 WW a8puquied ‘Aemyleg edpuquued Cc ‘uoneIOdI0D yuaudojaaeq smo] 

MN ‘AZpr PAD epuquiey ‘peoy uP! “Yd Bua!Iog edpuquieD LOE ‘UOnEULIOMIOAH suEWIsUOT 

VSN ‘S0S06 VO aUsHOL *pAlg aWommMEH OOSET ‘OUT Bd19T 

(AGDOVT) WoeuwuoMAU 2 JUeUIdojaAeq UO UOIssIMWOD UBaqqueD puke UReUY Une] 

(SACGVTO) SieJJV [el90g pue s1WOUOD Joy aNnueD BoOLeUTY UneT 

VSN ‘P9TOZ VA Sutpars ‘ezefd puog MO[TM SE9Sp ‘OUT UBdg-10Se] 

(TaaT) ANINsUy Yoeasoy Emig oxeT 

NACAAS ‘SO POI-S WIOYYooIg *COODS XO Od ‘“(SedUaIDgJo AWapeoy Yysipamg eAoy) UstWapeyxEsdeysuaja, est]suny 
MN ‘Aah ATMS UOpuoT aang uspuexO | ‘esnoH JeyxVWARH “(Y) PIT UONeULTOJUT Joppry IysNNy 

VSN ‘EOT6T Vd BUdlapeliyd ‘OLOT ANS ‘Ig Ye! CONT “areNbg asraUWOD aUO ‘(WSM) SU] UOHEULOsUT Joppry IysUy 


SOETOE 6L9 + 


096 POL S06 T+ 
9P99S S98I Ph+ 


€SESBL ELPI bh+ 


1996 $89 616 T+ 


€epSt6 L Ly+ 


LE68 8£6 ILI HH+ 


PCbI PLZ PST+ 


7860 €b7 Olb 1+ 


vI IT O€ 9b Spt 


OOGETE 6L9+ 


PI90 POL S06 T+ 
6L6L9Z S98T H+ 


EvSS8L ELOI byt 


PLLS $89 616 T+ 


oOsO8s L Le+ 


LLLP TPL EOL T+ 


£716 8£6 ILI bh+ 


L6LO Ev OTP T+ 


00 ZI OF OF Sp+ 


OV 


SI 


ON 


oo 


38 


09 


oo 


oo 


(SSTIO) 2U0Z UeITaYeS ay UT ONUOD IYSNOIG JO} sayTUWOD aeISI9IUT JUSUeULIOg 

(NOAddD) UoHeAIesuOD aIMeN 10} aQuaD JWeueULIEg 

(SALd) seisadg porasuepug 10j snip, sajdoag 

(OHVd) UonestaesiQ Wea} UeoWeUTy-uEg 

(SdO/ODa) WeeH pue ABojoog ueuMP 10y anuaD uesWoUTy-uEg 

Ifa * BANS ‘BOTT xXog Og ‘o1s1I9eq NOG ay) JO AIsIDATUL) ‘BdIAIIG UONeULIOJUT DIOeG 

VSN ‘IZEOS VI SauIOW saq ‘anuaay pueIy OOLE ‘puny sdrysrejoyog adeveg [eUONeWIAUT OAd 

VAVNVO ‘SWI &¥T O8RMUO INH puowysry “ang IOUT 189M OS ‘IDd 

AN ‘AY ZXO P10jXO “ang woyery ‘UoIstAIq Surystiqng ouoNse/q “(dNO) sserd AitsoATU, p10JxO 

MN ‘AYE TXO P1OJxO ‘peoy syxreq WNog ‘({4O) aAMNAsuy ANser0,j p10jxO 

MN ‘ZL ZXO P19jxO ‘peoy Ainqueg pLz ‘Wopsury paruy we}xO 

AN “Ils ATMS wopucT “wang e091, ~6 “(YCO) UOneNstUTUpy wWauldojeAaq seasiaAQ 

MN ‘Ad6 9d Yormsd] ‘AeNO “(NWA) WU wouaseuey; [euoUMMOIAUY ‘ad2[0D AeNO 

(AWSO) 1Seq SIPPHW atp JO Aa190g Jeo1ZojomprwE 

VSN ‘0€90-80LLZ ON Weying ‘(S.LO) serpmg feotdory, 103 uoHezTUesIE 

(SVO) Saag UBDHeUTY Jo UOHEsTULsIC 

(AVO) Aran uesnsy jo uoHestuesIQ 

(WWILdO) B21y uvaueLayIpayy] ay Jo UONeSNsaauy dWOUOXe]-O}AY oy) 10} UOHesTULTIQ 

(SLO) sa1pmg yestdor], 105 uonestues1O 

WNAID1Ad ‘(AOdO) weudojaaoq pue uoneisdooD smu0Uu0sq 10} UonesTUesIO 

VSN ‘LIOOI AN 0A MAN ‘suOneN party ‘Terauan Arwalsag amp Jo Vo1JJO ‘Bag aI JO MET aIp pur sITBIJy WeIDO JO 2913 
(NOSN) MeN JO uonRAIasUOD 10J AaI00g UeIsaMION 

AVON ‘SOOL-N Wtaypuory ‘7 enajseduny ‘(WNIN) Yoreasoy amen Joy ayNyNsuy UEIsaMION 
(ORIDVUON) Jaudojsagg fermpNouUsy feuoneUIaUT 10J aNUED ueIZaMION 

(OLVN) UonestuRsIQ Aver] onuepY YON 

(SZAN) Miats0g [eo1dojo0Z 4104 MON 

VSN ‘8SP0I AN XUOoIg *“PAlg WatpNog pue Ig ONT ‘SUEpIeH JeslURIOg YIOX MON 

VAVNVO ‘0L07Z VA UopwaH ‘AAU Yleq JeUNUNH COS ‘sedtAlag UONENsIseY SUIAU] ‘uN ‘OUT sUOHNIOS YOAEN 
(€dSN) SPllg JO UoNIa}0Ig BI 10} AjaIDd0g spuepoaN, 

MN ‘AL PAW ouMUeY] UreIpeYD ‘aay [ena “(MYN) AMBsUT ssonosay PMEN 

VSN ‘S000Z OC UOIdUIYseEM ‘MN ‘PAY YIOX MAN OSET ‘TouNOD ssuajaq sacunosay eITMEN 

AN ‘Ads LMS UOpucT ‘peoy [eMutorD “(WHN) wasn AoisiH [eITMEN 

MN ‘NAT ZMS UOpuIMs ‘onuaay Jeg YON ‘asnoH suejod “(OYAN) [!ounoD youeasoy jWauuoMAug eIMeN 
VSN ‘9€00Z OC WorduTyseA “ALN ISMOT OOPT “(HMN) UORBapag aJIIPIA [EUCDEN 

(RIAN) 2UwysUT sadInosoy Jaye [eUOHRN, 

VIGNI ‘LEO 00S PequepAH ‘1edeurjeg ‘Aouady suisusg ajowsy jeuOneN 

VORIAV HLNOS ‘1000 Boag “28 XOg Od “POLY WNog Jo pieog syed [eUONeN 

VSN ‘ObZ0Z OC UOIBUTYsEAM ‘ALN 122NS D Gh8I ‘“JOUAUT ap Jo juaunedaq ‘so1Aleg yeq [eUOnEN 

VSN ‘SEZOZ OC UOIBuIYysEM ‘MN “J2aNS UaAEYyayM OOEE “(VVON) YOReNstUTUpY oHeYdsouny pue ofues00 [euOnEN 
(NdNS) Mald0g uonsa}01g aNeN [eUOnEN, 

VANAM * 1q0u1eN ‘8690p XO Od “CHIN) BAuay Jo suinasnyy [euoneN 

(WNOOI) AMEN JO UONAIasUOD aIp JOJ aITMQSUT PeEUOHEN 

VSN ‘8IZIZ GW aHownleg ‘aang [Neg IS OOTE ‘SIEMOL URWIAA ‘9 O1INS ‘(DSIN) UONLIOdIOD sadlAlag UOHEULIOJUT [EUONEN 
VSN ‘9€007 OC UOIZUTYSeA “MAN 192NS ILI - SPIT ‘Aalo0g a1YdeZ0aH jeuCHEN 

WUVAWNA ‘000r AC apirisoy ‘66E feadioqsyuapery “(TYAN) AAs] youeasoy [eUaWUOIAUY [eUOHEN 


GPSOLE E7ZI PH+ 


999808 LPZL 6b+ 
ET7I8LL9 616 1+ 
6EEb BES ZT 78+ 

0909 0£9 ILI ph+ 


LOISZEE 181 bet 
78E0 ZSS TEL bh + 


TIS€LZ IL TE + 


69 10 666 27 I+ 


OLSb £79 TID T+ 


S7OTPS E6LI bh+ 


OOTTS69 7 9S + 


19079 E271 be+ 


$SS808 LP7L 6b + 
0008LL9 616 1+ 
OOP BES 7 78+ 

CEP PEs ILI byt 


ILT10¢6 181 bH+ 
ILIL @SS TEI bh+ 


OOSELZ IL TE+ 


OL 10 666 72 Th+ 


OS6E OLE TID T+ 


OOTIPS E6LT PH+ 


TS99TLO 7 9S + 


Nn 


ON 


NN 


2) | 


09 


ON 


(0}8) 


ON 


19) | 


(€@dODS) WeuruoNaug emp Jo sura|qorg UO sayTUWIOD o1yHUAIDg 

(HOODS) Yaeesoy ofuKsI9Q UO aanTUTWOD dHUEIDS 

(AVOS) YuEssoy onaEIUY UO sayTUTIOD SyHUEING 

MN ‘UAL ZA espuquied ‘peoy pleysuey] ‘amnsuy youeasay sejog NOIg ‘(YVOS) JUBIAIEg YIessoY ONAUMUY 10y soNTUNOD IyNUAIDS 
(ddOVS) Aissoarq Jeatdojorg wo aayrumu0D Alostapy oyQUaIDg 

(WWALOVS) oulssassy pue suUO}UOW sWajsAsoog JeELNsaLIa], 10} sayTUIWIOD AlosIApy 91QUAINS 
VIGNI ‘df wuy eayaq ‘peoy indfey co] ‘Adojoog pue souaI0g 

(GINS) UorstAIg juatUdoyeAsq UeqIy pue UOnETUES 

ANVWUAD ‘I euTUspEYy Z14 ‘aMNsuT NLS 

VSN ‘€1SLZ ON AreD ‘eau sndureD sys ‘oul amNsuy Sys 

VAYON HLNOS * [nog ‘ny weusuey ‘suoq sunsureg 9]-p¢] ‘UoNeIOdI0D YALWVS 
(SVSU) SeduaIDg Jo Auapeoy Ysipamg [eho 

MN ‘ opucT ‘Ae100g jemjnoqIOH [esoy 

MN ‘UVZ LMS UopuCT ‘(SHy) AaIs0g peorydedoay jekoy 

MN ‘AHS LMS UopucT ‘HED su2and Tp ‘(SAUY) Aatoog jeodojouojuy pesoy 

MN “AVE GALL Puouryory ‘Moy ‘(YORU) Mey ‘suapreD oruEjog [eAoy 

MN ‘ATS EHF YBINquIpY ‘Moy Wlopeauy eOz ‘ysInquipy ‘suaprey sUEIOg ;eAoY 

(Dae) suaprey oluRog jehoy 

VSN ‘POIO] AN HOA MON ‘seouaUry oIp Jo aNUaAY O6ZI “OSPE BING ‘puny sompoig 19]}9J9x00y 
SANVTYAHLAN ‘P1S6 XOd Od Yaploy ‘Va OOEZ ‘(AHH) snoUEjog smop/umMueqaysy{ny 
(AVNOOSA) Iyloed Om 7 eisy UI JONUOD UOHEdHIAsaq UO sanuaD Sule], pue Yyoreasoy 
(AWdOU) WewUOIAU sURPY oI JO UOHII0Ig ot 10} UOHESTUeZIC eUOIZOy 

(VSO) BOWYy Wotpnog 10J 9913 JeUOIay 

(ANS) koLaUTY INNOg J0J aDyJO JEUOIZ2y 

(WASLSOU) BISy Iseq MNOS Joy ABojouyoay, pue aUs!Idg 105 S043 [eUOIZaYy 

(dVOOU) sWuEIdoIg URDU [ENED 10J 2043 [EUoIsay 

(VdV¥) dled amp pue vIsy 10J soNJO JEUOIZAy 

(dVdNAu) Psy 105 sapionsag Jo jonUOD pue sunaxepy ‘uoNSNpolg ap UO YOMJaN [eUOIZay 
(NL) ISy ‘ueaqqueD 1p pue eoLaUTY UNE] 10J YLOMJaN Futures], EUW AU yeuoIsaYy 
CNV TYAZLIMS ‘9611-HO Purely “gz Aowoaney ony ‘neaing puepoy Jesuey 

CNV TYAZLIMS ‘961 1-H purlp ‘gz Aewoanew ony ‘(UVSWVu) heaNg uonuaAUOD IesuEY 
VITVULSNV ‘087 MSN 2OUIsIT ‘g9¢ XOg Od ‘anuED UOHEULOJUT sqIOsMTEY 
VITIVULSNV ‘S9Op UOpleg ‘onusAy opElOjOD CI ‘Ma1I90g uOneAIasUO_D IsaOJUTEY 

VSN ‘ZIOOI AN XOX MAN ‘JOO},] INg‘}2aNg 19x99e1q C9 ‘soURITTY IooyuTEY 

VSN ‘E16 VO - ‘Aempeoig 10€ ‘V SINg ‘YIOMEN UOHoY ysalosMIEY 

(410) UoHepuno.j 1opesqey 92q2Nd 

VSN ‘PIpSs NW sifodeoumyp, ang Wyld ETET “VETZ MING ‘ouy ssalg EUEND 

(AM Vd) NeaINng ast[PA Seay paroaorg 

(AdVd) UN Be seary paysaorg 

(SVLISUFAIG) Aissoarq feordojorg uo sururesdo1g 

3M ‘ONZ INS wopulmg ‘Ae SurWe},] 6] ‘esnoH] Jepuexary ‘py aeMYyos slog 

VGVNVO ‘SWZ SSW UO OWOIOL, “aay AIMsUNIg ¢Z7Z ‘eUOnEUIAUT aqo1g 

(Dvd) dno Arostapy weld 

(ODOdVd) [EuUonEUIAIU] sANneIOgEI[OD JuowdojaAeq pue SuruuElg 

ATIHO ‘6 OBenueg “6 BUIDO ‘OZ souNnvaL ‘(SddD) UOIssMMMMIOD a1JI9eq WNOg WoUEULIEg 


SEP6Lb OSTI bh+ 
TIB89T9 ST E+ 
LOSET6b BOL T+ 


8b £0 EZL 8 Ob+ 
OZOL9S ZE6I bh+ 
1698 €87 907 T+ 


COEP ETH TOE T+ 


STE SPE COST bh+ 
£OCE E88 SIb I+ 


ISS9 SE9 €0L I+ 


6S1S S66 181 bh+ 
£918 694 LI9 1+ 
£0 OS SL9 02 I€+ 


L81969 ST T€+ 
OL9SP98 80L 1+ 


OObL $86 80b I+ 
09 70 €ZL 8 9P+ 
79T99S ZEGI Pht 
7O88 E87 907 1+ 


PCHT 668 IOE I+ 


TLOE OVE COST bh+ 
OOOE £88 STh I+ 


OOET LSE ZOZ 1+ 
00S9 SE9 £0L T+ 


TTB $66 181 y+ 
66S7 694 LID T+ 
66 Ip SL9 07 TE + 


(e}0) 


oo 


(ojo) 
[e}8) 
(or3) 


(GAL) Youeig surasksooq pemsara L 

(AAL) weuruoaug up 303 ysny LL WOIstAg[ay, 

AN “UdO ZOU aorsduseg ‘peoy suryuey ‘pry siouer.y pue s0jAey, 

SANVTYAHLAN “VE 0097-IN YIP ‘26 WeNsrayxeUIA0YDg ‘“(ONL) S9OUd19g [EIUWUOIAU JO aMNSUT ONL 
VSN ‘10209 TI Worsueag ‘anuaay ueuLays ODT ‘UT yeisks 

CANVTYAZLIMS ‘Aouady yuourdojaaaq SSIMS 

(SVS) saouatog jeImEN jo Awapeoy SSIMG§ 

(40S) Mars0g Jes1ZojomnuE ysipams 

NACAMS ‘SZ SOL WoMyOOIS ‘19 UBeAsHEs J9aNG “(YqIS) Kouesy jueudojanaq feuOpEMIAIU] YsIPang 
(SLIG) Uoneiadoo| srmouosg pue eormyoay, [euonewajuy 103 Aouasy ysipams 

(GUYS) saMUNOD sudojaaaq WIM uoReIad00D qoleasoy Aouesy ysipams 

MN ‘ACT 7M UopucT ‘peoy arem3pq OTE ‘TeuonEUayuy TeATAIng 

VSN “LITS6 VO asor ues ‘0¢z auNg ‘anuaay ysedIOoW OEOH ‘oUT BuIddeyy sIZaENS 
NAHAS “PT €0I-S WloyysoIg ‘pg rad10}WIORF “([qS) sIMNSUT WOUTUOITAUT WOYYI0IS 

MN ‘dV8 91LM AesuayD ‘ieang uopucy ¢ ‘asnoy ssas “(SSdS) SU] saduaIDg [eID0g amp Joy adeyxDeg SONSHEIS 
VSN “60186 VA\ 2Meag “OOS aINS “Ny ‘anuaAY axepsaM OOLT “OUT YOsmPe| “WOIsTAIC 1ogieIg 
(AWDS) Iu suu0;TUOW uoneAlasuOD saisadg 

(VVIdD) WeuruonAUg UeTOzouY om 10J WOIssTuMOD yeIsadg 

VSN ‘8207 GW SIH a[dway ‘peoy dures oopp ‘our sania Tenedg 

(VAY) 2ouejaq JeuauuOMAUg pue yuauIdojaaapoog 105 uoneloossy ystuedg 

(Dav) uoneiadooD jeuoneuayuy 103 Aguady ystueds 

(Odvs) ArununnoD juaudojaaag ueouyy wempnos 

(OdS) worssrunuoD sy1oeq INOg 

(QUVVS) uoneIadooD JeuoIZey 10) uoNEIDOssy eISY iseq nog 

MN “LZI IMD eMalD ‘yeg ssauisng ama “ABA BNI ‘asnoy wmeq “prT BIOs 

VSN ‘67666 VO ORAON ‘UND MOIaATT 09 ‘syIOMJOoL, areMyog 

(€GAS) weweuuomAug,| ap Word a] snod auresorep aII90g 

(WNS) UonealasuoD feuauuOIAU Joy MaI90g 

(GOs) Adojorg uoneArasuoD 10J Aats0g 

(AGAS) WewrsuuoNAUg,| ep wo a] Inod asteouery aa190¢ 

(TAS) eo1sojorajdopide] eaedoing seais0g 

(HAS) eo1dojojadiazy vaedoing seja100g 

(PALS) amNsUy Yoreasay jeordory ueruoswpMUg 

VSN ‘09507 Dd UOduTYseM ‘MS PAU UOSIAIJAF OOOT ‘(IS) uonMNsUy UeTUOSIAIWIG 

VSN ‘TeAoy yuo ‘peoy yunouway OST “(OUD IS) enueD yoeasay pue UONnRAIASUOD “aIMNSUT URTUOSIpIUIS 
(IS) amMNsuy uETUOsiprUg 

4N “Hd pA YOpucT ‘yormstyD ‘adesseg mow AoWeg OF ‘A ‘PIT UOnEULIOJU] Jane[qIoAi¢ 
VSN ‘920 79020 WW PoomoN ‘acu a8pry Jaan OOT ‘SA ‘UT UOneULIOJUT Jaye[qIaayig 
SANVTYAHLAN “GO IZOI Weplaysury ‘oT | weNSYOooH Od “IN ‘A@ UoneULOJUT AONE[GIOATIS 
VSN “€000Z Od UO BuIYyseM ‘ag ‘anus erUeAlAsUUag OEE ‘qn{D BLIAIS 

HOTTA “OISHT BISSUNY “PSTIS XOg Od ‘MaI00g uoNda}01g apn, kag 

VSN “£6026 VO PIlof eT ‘etwroyTeD Jo AusraatuQ ‘AydesZoueasQ Jo uonmnsuy sdduog 

(ladS) amMgsuy yoseasay 1ejog yo0Ig¢ 

(WOLSUO) weurdojaaaq ut uoneIadoo;| 403 ainjNsuy YsIeasay s1NUAIOG 

(NVAS) WOMEN uary jwaaq oynUaIOg 


C@TL TSE LIT 1+ 


L686 S9 OPI ££+ 
TT LO ZS 7 pST+ 
STEE LBIE 68 6b + 
T6v977 7 HST+ 
0S60 ZOZ § 7S + 


vb6 O9L EOLI HH+ 


€€ ST 9S 90S+ 


T8LL 18h 80b 1+ 


EBIZIL 7 HST+ 


00L6 OFS 80S I+ 
€€ ST 9S 90S + 


L667 €S9 80S 1+ 
6EPIOPL 77 Ih + 


SIZE 9ET 9 19+ 
7H88 €6L 80S T+ 


6 ETZ/10P6 97Z EOE T+ 


TIS9 TSE LITT + 


PLZETS 7 HST+ 
88PS LEIE 68 6b+ 


ZO7PZD TZ HST+ 
Tp8b OZ § TS + 


v78 O9L COLI H+ 


Te v9 9 90S + 


0008 L78 008 T+ 


O6IZIL 7 HST+ 


0660S 80S I+ 
Te 9 9S 90S + 


STvT €S9 80S T+ 


SIZE 9ET9 19+ 
97SL €6L 80S T+ 


oD (VVON) Uonenstunupy sueqdsouny pue o1e200 jeUONEN S/N 
VSN ‘ZZS0Z OC UOITUIYseM ‘IEG Jo UaUNIEdag ‘gO9 WooY ‘Lees ‘(AVWN) AeYdsorg amp pue Ue; 10J onTUOD [eUCnEN S/N 


(0/3) VSN ‘68SS-SZSO8 OD SUITIOD HO’ ‘O07 aINS ‘aad 23pry YEO LOTT ‘P1AI9g AUP PUB YS SN 
oo (Vasn) amnousy jo jueuedaq sn 
73) VSN ‘5006-97819 TI usredureyD “006 XOd Od ‘AroyeI0ge] YoIeasay SuLIeUIsUy UOHSNNsUOD AuLY SN 

VAN * 0uIeN *Z6S0E XOd Od “(VANI/NNM) Busy UT seoInosey feIMEN 10; aINNnSU] ANN 

NN SONVAA ‘OOLSL-A sued ‘Aouaquoj ap aoxjd £ ‘oosaup ‘anued adeueH PHO ‘(HM) VNTWUWOD edeLIEH PHOM OOSANN 
Nn AONVYA ‘OOLSL-A sued ‘Aouajuo, ap aoe[d L ‘Oosaus) ‘saduaIdg [edISO]Ooq JO UOISIAIG ‘({ VW) BWUTEIZO1g aaydsoig a—P pue UEW OOSANN 
NN VANSM ‘Iqouren ‘Z7¢c0€ xog Og ‘dauy ‘anued AlAnoy eunueiso1g VAAALOANI ‘(WAYALOANI) Waiskg vonewUosu] PEWUSUTUONAUY [eUOnEWAU] daNN 
Nn ANVWUAD ‘P9258 Wloysstayyosi9qO 
“] Ossenspuey] Ja)poxsjosuy ‘dioqioynay ‘anuesd qoeessy ASD “(WAH dANM) wowanseay; jeueMUONAUY Jo UOHEZTUOULeH dyNN 

Nn VANAM ‘ g0NleN “Z7¢SO€ XOg Od “(GNID dHNNM) esequieq uonEMLosuT soInNosey [eqoID dHaNN 
Nn OOIXAW ‘OOOTT AC Oolxay ‘saXautA SeUIOT “]OD ‘So] ‘ON SeAaLITA SO] ap preAgtnog “(0o1xeW) dHNN 
Nn ATIHO ‘ Odenueg *Q-6L1 eMseD ‘eoWeUTY UNE J0y UOIsstUWIOD oTMOUODg NN 
Nn CGNVTIVHL ‘00201 4043ueg ‘anuaAy Wouwepfey ‘duIpfing suoneN paUy ‘oyloed ol pu eIsy JOJ UOIssTUMUIOD oTWIOUOTY NN 
09o MN ‘ANZ TOS vordureppnog ‘anued yoreasay qUOMIYD ‘peoy argue Z ‘pry saldojouyoay, oepAL 
VSN “60002 Od WoIsIIyseM “MAN “IS N OEP ‘eovedusaN/usredureD ysoroyurey Teodor], 

OV (QUWLL) WU Yoreesoy ou yeoidory, 
VSN ‘09607 Od UNsUIYsEM ‘MS PAU UOSIAJES OOIT “EZTE ANG ‘uoHMNSUT UEIUOSTPIUS O/D ‘UONEpUNO, Jsaz0,J [eoIdorL, 

ATVLI ‘00100 2woy ‘elfesweD Ip auay, e129 BIA ‘(dVAL-OVH) Ueld UonSY Isao feoidory, 

(SAAUL) saupares Aq uoneAissqo JUsWUONAUA WajsKsooq [esIdory, 

OV MN ‘ losug ‘Josug Jo AsraAtUE) ‘uonEIOOssy Adojorg [eoIdory, 
ON Vor VLSOO 
‘eqieluny ‘OLIL opevedy ‘soyeimen snsinoay ap opeldaquy ofauey ap eweiso1g ‘(qLLVO) aueD summery pue yoeasoy peumjnoudy yeoidory, 

VSN ‘0160Z GIN s8uudg s0aftg ‘eau Aey cog ‘jUaWdojaAeq feImjnoudsy yeoidory, 

oo VSN ‘Zp9E-8806 VO afeAAuung ‘aay Ale N SPO ‘Pry UoNesIARN 21qUTL, 
Nn ‘(€G.L) preog qouldojaacq pue opely 
ON “ (DIdAVUL) FUSuIUED Ul-BUNLF PUB BIO] JO sIsATEUY Splocay ape 
MN ‘Pr LIMS YOpuoT ‘aang UspusexO 17-97 ‘eSNOH I]PAae[D ‘UoHeIape.{ spelL JOQu], 

(oye) VANAM * 1Q0TeN ‘pL80h XO Od ‘saveIDossy pus Jopunyy, 
ON (NAL) UN Huelg peuneayy 
ON VSN ‘EPSZO VW PI9H SpOoM ‘967 XO Od “BANS YsINYD ET “anUIaD YoIasay 9[0H SPOOM LL 
r9) | VOM VISOO ‘OLTL BqeWUNL ‘(ALLYO) Uoneonpg pue Yyoueasey 10} aNuaD onuoucIsy jeodoly oy], 

NAGAMS “18 16L-S unfey ‘ad1Alag sazOy YSIPOMS LL 

(Su) Ma1oog jeAoy oq 

VAVNVO ‘SDZ UP CWOIOL, “JOO Pp “ISAAA “AY WOWTSY OF] ‘epeueD Jo AouBarasuoD amen eL 

VSN ‘60727 VA UOsUITY “Jeans WUAT “N SI8T (ONL) AouearasuoD amen 241, 

OV WVN LIA ‘ louey ‘soouatog pejuauuomAug jo JUoUNIedag ‘1ouRy Jo AsIoATUA FeUONEN aL, 
(oye) VSN ‘O9LTO VW 49REN ‘ACA Wed OUI pZ ‘2de[q AVMYIOD “ouy syOMMEW! OL 
CNV TYAZLIMS ‘T1ZI-HO BAauey ‘O0EZ XOM Od ‘OWM 9/9 “(SODD) Warskg SutarasqO seUN]D [eqoIp o4L 

ON VIGNI ‘€O00IT 'UI9d MeN ‘aes IPOT C¢ ‘UonEpuNoy ploy oy], 
CGNVINIA ‘T8€00-AS PUISISH “(A A €1 BouNTeA) LE Xog Og ‘somMmouodg jsaz0,{ Jo UoUNIedad ‘aMNsSU] Yoreasoy Isr] YSTUUT OL 

09 VITVULSNV ‘0797 UeAaqueand ‘g019 XOM CAWO ‘Aueduio0D J29A9]9 OL 


VSN ‘OT9T0 VIN JaIsaq10( “J2aNg UTEP OS6 ‘ANISIQATUN WEID ‘SQET WLID UL 
ON MN ‘Ade STW Jesayouep “12aNg YOO[PaW ‘Psy ‘founoD ysnug ayL 


OLIL 88€ ILI bh+ 


€TS9 LZ SID T+ 


TEBL L99 Tb T+ 


1097 L99 TEI bh + 


TOPS STS OT TE+ 


6€0p TSE COL 1+ 


STI €96 TIT T+ 


0080 €€L 77 Ih+ 


€Lb7 Lol OID T+ 
TESOP96 TBI Hh+ 


60LT E6SE € 18+ 


£O0L 88E ILI byt 


pero LI9 STh T+ 


PHTPEE T HST+ 
TOT L99 TET prt 


6609 SZS OT TE + 


900b ISE EOL I+ 


T8Sp €96 TIZ T+ 


1109 PEL 77 Th+ 


E89E 986 SIZ I+ 
O€TI P96 I81T Prt 


ILb9 OSE € 18+ 


(IWAN) *IMUNsUT JuaUITeMEYy 2yITPIIAA 

MN ‘ALO LAN Uopucy ‘umoy uapured ‘iaang adar]oD [eAoy ‘ada[joD Areuuaja, [eAoy ay], ‘YIOMJAN UOHEULOSUT astPTAA 
VSN “O9P0T AN HOA MAN ‘007 xUOIg ay] ‘Aja190g JeoIZO]OOZ AN ‘[EUOHeWIAIUT UOHEAIASUOD FPA 

(LAVA) STU, SpuepaAy PUL [MOJPTIA 

(fSaM) Ueder Jo AaID0g pulg PIA 

VSN ‘S706 VO ed OMAW *ZOT ang ‘eau [FON OPOT ‘(SIVA\) SUT SI@AINg UOHEULIOJUT Baly apIA, 

MN ‘Laz Iva Meg “ang sewer YET ‘(SOCM) Ala!D0g UoNeAIasUOD UTYdjoq pur aeyAA 

VSN ‘20007 OC UOIduTYseM ‘POE a1INS ‘aN “IS PUZ 006 ‘SSard UIsUODSI Jo AISISATUL) 

VAVNVO ‘PAS HEW Ouro], ‘aay preddeyg 1101-0871 ‘ssazd o1OIOY, Jo AIsI9ATUA) 

VAN * 10TeN ‘L6TOE XO Od ‘!qoueN Jo Ajts1oaTUy) 

MN ‘OLE GHA YBINquIpg ‘peoy sureW Isa“, 

‘sduipying s,3ury ‘juauniedeq suryoeay, pue yoeasay AuisioAtuy) ‘jUaWeseURW] oDINOSay pue ABo[oogq Jo aMNsUy ‘YsINquipg jo Aisi9ATUQ 
VNVAMSLO€ ‘euemsiog Jo Ais1oaTup) 

MN ‘ weysurunng ‘ureysurg Jo Atsroatup ‘saouatog feoIsojolg Jo ooysg ‘wreysuTNg Jo AIsIOATUN 

SGNVTYAHLAN “LO 0601 Weprasury “99/6 XOg Od ‘AllsIaAIporg Jo [OOYDS Yseasay ‘WeplaysuUTY Jo AIsIOATUL) 
VITVULSNV * @Prelepy ‘eprejapy jo Ajsraatuy) 

VSN ‘(ILASN) amnsuy suey pEUeWUONAUT sag pou 

*'(VdaSN) Aouasy vonda01g [eusuTUOMAUY saeIg patun 

VSN ‘pOb7 60777 VA UOIBUTTLY ‘OTOL ang ‘pueastnog WosTIM OOST “(AIVSN) weudojarsq [eUOnEWIAUT I0J Aouasy sag paun 
CNVTYAZLIAMS “(UVLINN) yoeasoy pue Sururesy Joy anyNsuy SurueL], suoneN pau 

VSN “LOOT AN OA MON ‘eze[q SUCHEN paluy) Z *ZS9I-Z OC ‘UoNsag sonsnEIg JoWTUOMAUY 291jO [eONsNNIG sUOHEN powuy 
CLV.LSNN) 29430 TesnsnHs suoneN pau 

VSN “LIOOI AN 0A MAN ‘kzZe[q SUODEN pouy) | “(NM) JeUBIAIDIg suONneN paul 

(OSNN) 294JO UeeYes suoneN paul 

CNVTYAZLIMS ‘OL T1Z1 HO BAouay ‘suoneN sap srefeg ‘Aremqi] suoneN parus) 

(UV.LINN) Yessy pue Sururery 103 aMNsUy suoneN parun 

(OAT) 29430 JUsuMONAU pue Ansnpuy suoneN patuy 

(OGINN) UoNestues1Q uauedojaaeq [eWMsnpuy suoneN pauy 

VANS * 190uleN ‘Z7SSOE XO Od ‘(dANN) Surured0Ig jUoWUON AUG suOHeN pauy, 

AONVUd ‘OOLSL-A sued ‘Aouawuoy ep aoeI[d £ “(OOSANM) UONestUesIO JeIMY[ND pue djNUaIdg ‘[euOnLoNpY suoneN payuy, 
(OVTOA/NN) Ueaqqued ap pure koaUy UNeT 10J UOIssTUNOD sIWIOUOAg suOneN poruy, 

(20g-NN) edoing 103 uorssrunw0D stwouosg suoneN pauy 

VSN ‘LIOOL AN YOX MAN ‘ezZe[ suOHEN patun | ‘(qQNM) sumureIZoIg quauIdojaacq suoneN pau, 

(NODdANN) ASSN WP Jo uoissru0D suoneN pauy, 

(AAOINN) puny suaippiyD suonen paruy 

(G.LSONN) Wweurdojaaaq 10j AZojouysay, pue voua!dg 10J anuaD suoneN paup 

(CAONN) weudojaasq yeuoisay 10J anueDd suonen paup 

(ddONN) uweiZ01g JUaWTUOMAUY UReqqueD suoneN paup 

(AGONN) pun,j yuowdojaaaq yendeD suonen pay 

(NN) suoneN pap 

VSN ‘bZP6I Vd IPA NIG “00S XO Od ‘PIT SAsTUN, 

YN ‘ACE 6M UOpuocTy ‘sma pueyys p ‘asnoy yeystUp) ‘pry IeISTUL) 

ANVWMAD ‘E61 bI-C Ulpeg ‘1 Beidyo1ewsig ‘(Aouedy jeyusuuoIAUY [e1ape.j) JWFesapuNq)aMuUy) 

VSN ‘ILLOZ GW Naqueay ‘esey ‘19jU9D we sdUAIDg adedg [eUONEN ‘AIO}DAIIG Jase OOSN 

NVdVIE ‘SOT OAWOL ‘nyoyeur ‘ouroyo-] tysequiys Z]-€] ‘Uoneodi0D ODVSN 


SEbb E8h ILI bh+ 


SEIZI8 EETT Pht 


cf LE ILS I E+ 


9€00 8£9 ZO7 T+ 


9T ET VEL 77 I+ 


9PLO 16L 7 Ih + 


70 00 666 77 Th + 
SEILLZ E77 HHt 


PETIT LLb ZOZ T+ 


LvLO 86€ LIZ T+ 


€€EE CZL ILI bet 
CLOBEE 166 98+ 
TOVZI8 EET H+ 


PrP9Th E8bI Hh+ 


87 90 ILS T pE+ 


€8S7 799 ZOZ 1+ 


10 68 O€L 7 Th+ 


TIIZ 162 22 TH+ 


10 00 666 7 Ip+ 
PIELLZ E771 H+ 
1p67Z ELb ZO T+ 
€8h0 9L9 ZOZ 1+ 


00L0 86€ LIZ I+ 


MN ‘AUP TAN vOpucT ‘yreg swWo8ey ‘uopuoT Jo Aya100g [e0130[007 


OD VWNIHO ‘Sueifiny ‘bump ‘peoy nog suifieg gE ‘a0NJO [eUONPY FuUOOW [eUoWUONAUA PUY ‘SuUO)UO; [EUAUMONAUY Jo UONNS anuay Sueur 


ov 


ON 


12) | 


09 


MN “HVS SZNL Proyysy, ‘uopuoTy jo Ausraatuy) ‘aBo[]0D 24M 

ANVWUAD ‘€€-0001 WHO ‘Ze NsuNsyussueM ‘sjmO pue arg JO spllg uo dnoiy Suro, PHO 
VSN ‘LE00Z OC UOITuTYseM “MN 1280S WZ OSZT “(SN-AMAA) PUNT OSIPTAA POM 

CNV TYAZLIMS ‘9611-HO PUrID “(TALA\) TeUOneWAUT aIMeN JOJ puny epi, PHO 

WN “AXT LND Aeung “Surwyepoy ‘auey jreysaneD “yreq apisham ‘asnoy] epued “(MA-HAM) AMEN Joy puny aplA\ PHOML 
(SWWO) Yonespa.y JeMIapuy) PHO 

NIVdS ‘02087 PUPEW ‘Zp BACH uEIdeD ‘(O.LA\) UOnEsTURTIO WSUNO], POM 

(VdSA\) sTeuuy Jo uoNeAIesalg 10} AyaI90g POM, 

VSN ‘90007 Dd woIduTYyseA “MAN 9NUaAY YJOX MON 6OLT ‘(TAM) AMNsuy soaunosey POM 

WN ‘WNE LXO UOSuN|peYyD ‘moy JadeyD g ‘UaWeroy IsazojuTEY POM 

(DGOM) 2NUaD We aB0zO POA, 

CNV TYAZLIMS ‘TIZI-HO 02 BAaUaD ‘ODEZ aTeISOg aSeD “(OWAA) UONesTURBIC [ed1TO}O102}29 PHOM 
(OdIA) vOnesTURsIO ANadorg [eNIDa{2UT PHOA 

CNV TYAZLIMS ‘TIZI-HO BAquan ‘eiddy “aay ‘0z ‘(OHA) YonezTUesIQ INTe2H PLOM 

VSN ‘IZZL6 YO puepiog ‘peoy uocued “M'S E£Op ‘IWUED ANsalo,J poA 

(DAM) TouNOD poo po“, 

(DAA) 2NUID JUoUTUOTAUA po 

(OCA) 22D wed PHOM 

(FASI-GOM) ONeONpY jewowuoNAug 10y Aa1d0g euoONeUayUT-aoYdsorg au) 1OJ [lOUNDD POM 
CNV TYAZLIMS “9611-HO Purp ‘gz Aewraaney any “(NONI) YOUN UONeAIasUOD POA, 

AN ‘WNE 1G) epuquied ‘peoy uopsununHY 617 “(COWOM) auED SuLOUOW WONBAIEsSUOD POA, 
VSN ‘€€P07 OC UOBUIYseEA ‘MN “199NS H BIBI “291JO vONNgUNsIG suoNes qn YUE™ POA 
VSN “€€P07 OC UoIBuTYseM ‘MN “1990S H BIST (Aaa) Wes PuOM 

VSN ‘LS GS BBJOA ‘anuaay UIAIEP] LTE ‘UONRAIISUOD Jae PUR [IOS JO UONRIDOsSsy POM 
(GOD9M) UOHIAEq aduRYD aeuUN[D uo dnoiH suryIOM 

VSN ‘0 VW 10yspoo,, ‘uonnjnsuy s1yde1Z0URI90 ajo} SpooMy, 

VSN ‘LEZL 07819 TI UdtedureyD ‘aati JaUaD aper], OOT ‘OUT Yueasay weIy[OM 

(AW.LA) Wun suuoUOU apery NPT 

(SAX) M2190g aJtIPTLAA 

(LLdM) [eUoneWaUT Is, UONRAIISAIg IFIP AA 


8.3. Acronyms & Abbreviations 

The acronyms presented below are those that are in international usage in the field of 
biodiversity information management; that is they may be international or national 
organisations, projects, programmes, systems, technological terms, and so on (see TYPE 
below). For example, the acronym "ECN" stands for "Environmental Change Network" in 
the UK. 


Acronym 
The acronym itself; either a recognised abbreviation of its full name (expansion), or a 
word formed from the initial letters of its full name. 


Expansion 
The fully expanded name or meaning of the acronym. 


Type 
The type of acronym as follows: 


I = Institution/agency/committee/association/sub-organisation/unit 
P = Programme/activity/project 

C = Convention/treaty/protocol 

T = Technological or scientific term 

CT = Commercial technology 

M = Miscellaneous 

Region 


Depending on the acronym type, this may refer to: 


@ the region in which an organisation, project or convention operates (not the location 
of the organisation itself) 
@ the geographic extent over which an acronym is used. 


Parent (where applicable) 
Depending on the acronym type, this may refer to: 


@ the administrator of a programme, project, or system 


@ the parent organisation of an institution or agency 
@ the vendor of commercial product. 


8-42 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


dV! roy 
4n 

JeuonEWa}u] 

BoUyy [eodory, 
Jeuonewiajuy 

yeuonewiajuy 

Jeuonewajuy 

Jeuonewiajuy 

JeuoneWauy 

uredg jo quauaA05 Jeuonewayuy 
PeuonewWauy 

Bipensny 

Vda vsn 
NVUSV Jeuopewiajuy 
adv BISy 
ueder 
TadS/SV4€/OWOM/TASa Jeuonewsajuy 
eOLyy 

eluozeury 

es 

NON! Jeuonewauy 
Biensny 

euoneuayuy 

Jeuonewiayuy 

BOL 

Jeuonemayuy 

BiIpensny 

BipeNsny 

Jeuonewiayuy 

EG Ce) epeue) /vSN 


BOLAUTY NOS 
Jeuonewayuy 

NN Teuonewiayuy 

OHZNV Teuonewioyuy 

Jeuonewajuy 

NN Jeuonewajuy 

Jeuonewayuy 

nn JeuoneWauy 

Jeuonewayuy 

Jeuoneusayuy 

JUOUMIIAOH 1]9RIS] Jeuonewa)uy 
WUOUTWIAAOD ueITENsNy/NWASV Jeuonewiayuy 
qualeg uoday 


of 


on en en 


ee! 


a 
ay 


ROLY 10J SYIOMIAN YRasay ANsaojoisy 

Tlouno| yoressoy poo.y pue PAMjNsUsy 

dnoip surylo,, wuloe 990uel,J/eI~eENsny 

ayesidory, anbuyy,p aoj.y e] ap apmq,| nod uoneisossy 

dnoin ystfetsads queydayy ueisy 

auUeIZ01g Yoeesay s}99jjq Onenby 

dnoiy suninsuod pue ysiessoy [eUOWUONAUW URDLyYy 

aouajoq [eUWUONAU pue jUoUIdo|aAgpoog 10} UONeIDOssy YysIuedg 
quauONAUg ay UO dnoH susdxq NVASV 

(uoneiadooD jeuonEeWiajuy 103 Aouedy ysruedg) euolseuajuy UoIoBIadoo;D ap ejouedsy elousdy 
dnoiy uoneuipiooD uoneAlssuoD Jueydaq ueLyy 

(DAZNY) founoD JWeuuoNAug UeleNnsny 

asequieq Waysks uonisodeq ploy 

aqusd suiuuelg juouldojeacg famMmousy 

pun, juourdojoaoq ueisy 

aupjayeg BurAresqQ Yue_ paoueapy 

asequied [elsiq sWUY 

saipmg Asojouysay, Joy anueD uEsuyy 

Ayal, uoneiadooD uemozeury 

spue] AIq pue souoz ply jo salpms atp 10j anus quiy 
ABayeng uonealasuoD wwWEUYy 

Sururely, pue quowrdojaaeq syloeg 10} anUID F{VAIV 

BouaWy jedidory, pue uvaqquesd stp ul Yoeesoy euEUEG UI UOneISdOO| Joy UOnEIDOSSY 
Bag oy JO UONNTOg Uo sayTUMMIOD AlosIApy 

quawidojaaaq 10j suoneaiddy yeaidsojo1ojay jo anus uRoLyy 
UOHLAISSUOD [EUONEWAIU] JOJ say TWWOD UBsUEUTy 

youeasay JeINjNOUsy jeuOnEWIa)UT JOJ anueD uElfeNsny 

Ply S¥aSI9AQ JO} [loUNOD uEITENsnYy 

saoinosay [eUaWUONAU UO sayTUTMOD AlosIApy 

qUaMTUOIIAU ap 10; anueD onuepy 

(vdI9 228) 

qUOUTUOMAUG pue JUaUIdO]sANq UO UOISssTMIOD UOZeUTY 
quawiaddojaaesq 2 nod anbruysay, 39 saoueI9g 

swiajskg UOHEULIOJUT JO UONLUIPIOOD sp 10j saNTUTWIOD ATOsIAPY 
JUWTUOMAUY ot Ul sfeoTWeYyD UO sayTUTUIOD AOsIApy 

AISIAAIG [eAZOpOIg Jo UONAIasUO_D UO seyTUWIOD AlosIApy 
UONLUIPIOOD UO sayTUTWOD sAneNsTUTUpy 

puryesz Man pure eipensny jo flounoD jeImjnousy 

suonsond Aimespng pue sanensiuupy uo soymW0D ArostApy 
uoneAIZsUOD JO} NeaIng ueIsSy 

suinuenby pue syieg [e0130,00Z Jo uoNeloossy UBOWOWIY 
saIpmg inogey] pue uoneladoo| 10} aMISUT URISY-OIyY 
aunueido1g uoneIadooD sTWIOUNDg UeITENSNY-NVASV 


uorsuedxy 


Adv 
SOadV 
adqdv 
SLOV 
LOV 
dvSOV 
SOV 
OVdOV 
LVddoov 
SdOOV 
avVWOV 
SIOV 
UYVIOV 
VOAOV 
UaOV 
aOV 
IdDV 
aHqoV 
LOOV 
SIDDV 
HOOV 
aad00V 
J0V 
ZNVOV 
OaVOV 
OmVv 
VdZVV 
STOIVV 
dOdVV 


mAu01y 


Avy 


Tusa 
Non! 


JeWsUTWAA0D-19)UT 


991JJO UawWUONAUT pue Ansnpul dqNN 


[euonewajuy 


euonewiajuy 
BIsy seq Nos 


JeuoneWaquy 
jeuoneusajuy 
Teuonewrajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Teuonewayuy 
Teuonewsajuy 
Teuoneura}uy 
[euopewaquy 
eensny 
jeuoneura}uy 
[euoneurajuy 
jeuoneura}uy 
RIsy 
[euoneWa}uy 
Teuoneussjuy 
Jeuonewajuy 


VSN/purleaz MaN/erensny 


quoUTIaA0D 
IS 
rdsd 


uOneIDOssy sIoIMORNUEY feoTWaYyS 


LVvdAd 


049 
Nn 


jeuonesajuy 
[euoneurayuy 
jeuoneurauy 
vsn 
Jeuonewiajuy 
[euoneulsjuy 
Biensny 
vsn 

vsn 
[euonewiajuy 
[euoneuwl3j07 
[euoneuwIajuy 
jeuonewaiuy 


Jeuonewaquy 
vsn 

RIsy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Blensny 


Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuoneuaquy 
JeuoneWaquy 


wm 


oe --e 


= 


L 


Sa a ee  - Or r 


tm lle et nt le 


sisidojojadiayzy pue SISIZO[OATP] JO Ajato0g uRsUauTY 

waiskg WonEULIOJUT saLaysi.y pue saouatog onenby 

aurueIZo1g UaWUOMAUY UOIZaIqng NYASV 

Qsq-Png np alsy,7 ap suoneN sep uoneioossy) suoneN ueisy Iseq Nog Jo uonEIDOssy 
(vals 22s) 

Quauraddojaagq ap anbneisy anbueg) yueg quauidopaaoq ueIsy 
edueyaiauy voReuLOsU] 103 apod prepueg ueoueuy 

sano) Supuns NVASV 

yaford [eqo|D wing pue yseig 0) saanewiaTy 

aytoed olf pure eisy Joy awayog saysmbay aumpnousy 

pueeoZ MON pur Bl[eENsNy Jo [louNOD juaWaseueP saINOsay pue feIMNOUsy 
Ply [euautuonAU pue uoneojdxy ‘yseasoy 10J UonEIOssy 
adeyoed SID 

dnorp sistjeisadg yueyg uelfensny 

uonepuno, sdua!0g oIyI9eg URITeENsnYy 

WOnRISOssY IparD [eIT|NoUsy [eUoIsay oyIoeg pue UeISy 

WOMION JWauTUOMAUY safdoag syloeg-eIsy 

uonestuesiQ AAnoNpolg uvIsy 

SjaIMmeN syuauajdnag sop uonelolaury 

[PAaT [B90] 1e salouasiawg 10} ssouparedaig pue ssouaremy 
uoneladoo; stulouosg sytoeg eISy 

founo) SNZNV 

founoD Asioug pur sperouyy puejesz, May] poe uelfensny 

founoD voneuosuy puey puryesz Man elpensny 

TounoD uonealasuoD pure jwouuoAU puresZz MeN pue uelfeENsny 
SIMNSU] Sprepuejig [eUOnEN URseWY 

sainunoD sutonpoig Jaqqny jeimeN Jo uoneIsossy 

quswidojaaag jeiny pue uLoJoy uereIsy 10J uoNITeOD OON utisy 
(SMdNV A}auuioy) Aouady uonearasuod aIMeN UeleNnsny 

AO\sIH [AMEN JO wasn] uesWeUTY 

adenzuey] ole DYV 

saruedwioD uoneiojdxg pue Summ] Jo uoneIsossy 

wonuaAuo,) spa InUEUY 

aumueIZ01g WoUssassy pue SULO}UOW] WNIIY 

sdUSI9g P| 39 aIMYND e] ‘UoHeoNpy,| inod aqery anbr7q e| ap uoneziuesiQ) 
uonezuesiQ Temmjn5 pue oIHusIdg ‘feuonvonpY andeay] quy 
anuap iauUOMAUg spur] puy 

quawuadxg sumayry ouaydsouny 

ABojouysay, Jo amnsuy ueisy 

juauidojaaaq yeiny 10; anNsuy UEIsy 

Neaing suesissy jaWdojsaaq feuOnEUZa}U] UeITENSNY 
WOUTUOIAUA,| IP afeUOneUIRU] aWapeoy 

sanfunumo) ueadoing ayy ut si9aforg ysieasay jeampnousy 
SuonestuediQ juauidojaaaq suoneN payuy 10j aumuerZorg JIND quiy 
YIOMIIN YSBasay VoUaIdg [eID0g saLIaYsIy URISY 


HISV 
SIXSV 
dasv 
NVdSV 
IdSV 
adsv 
OSV 
OSV 

asv 
dVSuv 
ZNVOWAV 
VaUuv 
OANI/OUV 
OSdv 
dSdV 
VOVUdV 
NauddVv 
Odv 

NdV 
TIdadV 
OddV 
SNZNV 
OFNZNV 
OITZNV 
OOAZNV 
ISNV 
OdaNV 
OTODNY 
VONV 
HNNWV 
TAV 
OFNV 
JWV 
dVWV 


wn 


oqndoy ystpeis0g ysezD 


JUUIUIOAOD 


svd 
JUSUTIZA0DH 


JUIUMWIDAOH TaeIS] 


qoa0 


woad 


JUSUTULIBAOD) 


JUSTUILIDAOD) 
JUSWILISAOD) 


OYUN 
dann 


JUSUTULISAOD) 


[eUSUTUIZAO0D-12)U] 


Jeuonewaju] 
uapams 
Teuonewajuy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
Bisy Jseq INog 
Jeuonewaju] 
feuonewiajuy 
JeuonEWajuy 
[euopewiajuy 
Jedonewajuy 
Tedonewiajuy 
wn 

an 
Auewey 
Jeuonewajuy 
4n 
feuoneuiajuy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewajuy 
onoIBNUy 
[euonEWa)Uy 


JeuopEWayuy 
euonewayuy 
Jeuonewiaquy 
[euonewajuy 


o1gloeg tNog 
Teuonewsajuy 
Jeuonewayuy 
JeuonEWayUy 

Bsy 


Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewauy 
Jeuonewaquy 

onoEuy 


Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewa}uy 


Meee Shoe eo ee seep ope ete oots 


Ce a ee) 


— 


uinesnyy qsnug 

WOWISAOW StuNeSO}UOIg 

Tedonewajoy ast[prg 

uoneiadoos smmou0sg pue jessy, jeEUOneUIAU] 10} Aouody YsIpPaMS 
YIOMJON suOHeITUNUNUOD sEUOnEWIAUT 

wiajshg uoneULIOJUT AISIDAIpOIg 

Adojorg yeoidory, 10} anued yeuoisoy ueisy jseoqNos 
S901 pur saisedg mnURUY sue JO UONesHsaauy [esIdojoIg 
fiddeyseey Sunsaauy ueisjog 

suonisodxg [euoneuiauy jo neaing 

yueesay Wesaq J0J aMNsUT Ula}snea1g 

auureld01g UOnRUeUND0q AydeiZorqig 

soyTUM0D Alos1apy Ansnpuy ssoutsng 

Aaaing [estsojoey ysnug 

JeuoneUIAU] UOHeAIOSUOD suspIey yesTUROg 

SPlig JO UONRAIZsUOD JEUOnEWIAUT ay) 10} puny wYaAg 
SBISIOAQ SDIAIOg GANNIOXY YSOUG 

Ajato0g jeo1dojooq ysnUug 

SONISISATU() URIZ|9g 

UOISTAIG JUaWUdoO]sA0q YsOUG 

quouldojaaoq aIqQeUTEsNg 10 [lOUNOD ssoutsng 

Againg sUBUY YsnUg 

YIOM)IN SuUOUOW UONN]|og Wy punoisyoeg 

uefd Uonoy AlsioAtporg 

Ayaid0g peasojoupAH amp Jo syoesdy ousydsoig 
uoneiadoo; juewdojaaeq 10} uoneNnsuTMpy ueIdjoq 
aoUaI9g JO JUSWIIDUBAPY Ip 10} UOHeIDOssy YsHUg 
BOY Joy siskteuy AysIOAIporg 

adv 2S 


(HN) Wa 
Wa 

ITd 

SLIG 
LANL 
SIa 
dOULOIa 
SSVWOI4 


NOWdVd 
dvd 
OHVa 
odvd 
SvVVa 
vvd 
aasv 


OIOeg YING sp Ul aNBN] JO UONBAIOSUOD af UO UOHUZAUOD UONnUIAUOD eidy 


Quaweddojaagq ap autesuyy onbueg) yueg juowdojeAeq Teonyy 
uonepuno, osTPIM Wes y 

neoing spuepoAy ueIsy 

anuad juaudojaaeq pue yoeesoy 2[qQeI9d9,A URISy 
ANaworpey vognjossy ystyy AlaA pooueapy 

wayskg earl, weuy 

dnoip juauuoAug jeuoIzey feoruyoay, UROL Wy 

USWOAA 1OJ aNUID Yovesey pue Sue], UEOWyy 

Ayeg eaneynsuoD Arall woeuy 

Ava Loy 

(SVS 29S) 

SUONTNSU] [EUSUTUOIAUA dIj1OeY INOS ap Jo uoNneIDOssy 
flounog oyloeg pure uvisy 

JUSWUOIIAY 9p UO s[eIoIJJO JoTUAagG NVASV 

UONITVOD UeI9O WatpNog pur snoIRUY 


na 
vad 
OHM 


Noni 
WAUWIIA0H 


dHNn 


WUOUTWI9A0D 
ng 


adoing jo jlounod 


Teuoneurayuy 
Teuonewijjuy 
Teuonewiauy 
Teuonewiajuy 
an 
jeuonewia}u; 
Teuonewiauy 
epeued 
Teuonewiauy 
epeues 
eouyy 

vsn 
[euonewiayuy 
[euoneaayuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Teuonewauy 
eoulaury penuag 
Jeuonewajuy 
Teuonewiayuy 
Teuoneusayuy 
euonewauy 


feuonewiaiuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewiaquy 


epeuea 
[euoneuiauy 
JeuoneWIaqu] 
ueaqqued 
[euonewauy 
[euonewa}uy 


[euonewajuy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
mn 
[euonewajuy 
wn 
4n 


mn 
Jeuonewaquy 
adoing 
Jeuonewajuy 
eIpuy 


pO eno OS oe eo oe ec 


Fl vey nee Bt ee a ee le 


we ee ee ee 


santunumwod ueadoing om Jo uolsstum0; 

saomnog wEq Jo Z0,HeD 

aUUeIZOIg Saseasiq] [eooyeIG JO [anUOD 

anuad jueudojsaaq 10} uoneAIasuOD 

uonelodiod yuouidojaaoq WfeemuourW0; 

yueg juowdojaaeq Wleemuourm0D 

Aiowsay ATUO pesy ysIq yedwo|D 

Suisusg souley J0y anuID ueIpeueD 

Jake] 207 eM uo sayTUTWIOD SuNeUIpI00D 

SISIVAA PURlUT JO} aNUeD epEuED 

aanenuy Ansai0. Arunurm0D saneoge]yjoD 

diysiapeay] fejuawuomaug Joy anuad edpijoop 

sueadQ ot) puke odueyD aeUN|D UO sayTUTWIOD 

uonelodiod uoneAlasuog ueaqques 

sjeag oNoeUY JO UONeAIasUOZ ay) 10} UONUaAUOD 

sadnosay SUIAIT sue, WNIIEIUY JO UOHAIasUOD ot) UO UOQUaATOD 
quourdojaAaq pure JUaUTUOITAUY JO} UOISsTUMMOD UeILIOUTY [ENnUID 
(saqieied sap uoneAIasUOZD ek] Inod uONEIDOssy) UOHLIDOssy UOeAIOSUOZ UveqqueD 
AysIOAIq [eusojorg UO UOnUaATOD 

AMNsuy YUessay souozZ puy enusdg 

(ajesidory, amjNIUsy us UOHeULIO. ap 39 BYyoIEyIay ep anuad) 
ezueuasuq A uonesysaauy ap [eoidory, oommouoizy onuep 
suussutsuq swash papry 1ayndwop 

auMUeIZOIg ZULIOJUOW] pue Yeesoy UONNTOg uesqqueg 
(JeuoneWajuy aed) aeyMAIaAg Joljoy pue ae 

ayqndey uesuyy jenueD 

YIOMION SuLOHUOW UOHRNdIDNe1g pue Ivy UEIpeuED 
(aunum0D ejosusy anbatjog) Adjog [eIMjNoUsy uowWOD 
WaIShg UONEULIOJUT SadINOsaY SULLY Pue [eISeOD 

AININSU] soanosay feIMEN uUBeqqueD 

sadinosay snouasipuy 10J uel g JUaWedeuRpy eal [eUNUTOD 
(uoneAIasSUOZ_ eB 2p UOHENTeA,q 39 UONsSayH op uel) 

ue[q Juaweseuepy pue quauissossy uoneAlasuoZ 

quaWeasy sprig AojeIsI elpensny-eulyD 

uonn[og [eqo[H pue AnsrmeyD sueydsouny jo uolsstumu0D 
feuonewisjuy {VO 

yomIaN ,Slas—) sseworg 

dnoip Adojouysey, ysoug 

slopaclg jeg jo Mad0g ysnug 

Wuy) Burpiosay (Teo13o0[o1g 10) sIseg 

anued spi0say [essojo1g 

ABopouysay, an9e1g Is9g 

anuag AIANnoy [euolday/uelg anig 

(auadAxQ ua anbidojoig apuewieg) puewag uashxC jeosojo1g 
Ayat0g Aloisipy PMEN Aequiog 


0): () 
sqao 
dado 
oqo 
odo 

{: (af) 
WOu-do 
Suoo 
TODO 
AIOO 
1409 
THOO 
0999 
999 
SV99 
WIWNVOO 
dv90 
voo 
dao 
TMdZVO 


aILVO 
aSVO 
TOdIavO 
qavo 

avo 
NOWdVO 
dvo 
STUNVO 
MVNVO 
auIddNVvO 


JRIUSUIUI9A0D)-J9}U] 


qwouN2eA0H 


da NN/Ynenqueg 
Ovi 


NON! 
NONI 


dao 
NONI 


YINVOD 

LOV 

MPT JO [OOYDS ‘AISIOATUL) 99eq 
NONI 


AlsraATUp) SOD ues - JvSN 


Noni 


Jeuonewiajuy 
[euoneWaquy 
Teuonewiaquy 
Teuonewiajuy 
Teuonew au] 


RoLaWy jenusD 
Jeuonewajuy 
feuoneussjuy 
[euonemaju] 

epeues 
Jeuonewiquy 
Jeuonewauy 
Jeuoneuiajuy 
Jeuonew au] 

soido1y, 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
Jeuonewaquy 


VSN /Teuonewiayuy 
edoing 

eulyD 

ueaqque) 
Teuoneuiaju] 
woneuy INOS 
wyjeamuounm0g 
Jeuonewajuy 
ueaqque) 
Teuonewiajuy 


Jeuonewiaquy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 

vsn 
Jeuonewiajuy 
Teuonewiajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
ueadoing jenued 
PyeMiayeny 
epeued 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewayuy 


— 


tet tt ttt tt et 


ma me at lat tt tt at lat ttt tt lat ttt pt tt lag at tt 


(OUI 22s) 

yoreasay Ansalo,] FeUOneWINU] 10} 19]09D 

YIOMION UOHEULOJUT VdUaIDg WEY PeuoHeUss}Uy 10} wNQIOSUOD 
sues0Q sop uonEojdxq,| Inod jeuonewajuy anued 
JUAWUOIAUY atp UO suonNNsuT JWeWdojaAoq eUOHeUIAIU] JO sayTUNIOD 
(Jeuoneusauy jusWeddojaagq 2] Inod suualpeueD souesy) 
Anuasy juourdojaaaq jeuoneWajuy ueIpeueD 

Woudo}saoq pu JWOWUONAUA JO} UOIssTUMWIOD Ale UOUTEIeg-19)U] 
aimynoudy yesidory, 10} anuad feuonewsjuy 

JeuoneUWajUy UOHeAIOsUOD 

WWOWUOMAUY URUINF] ay) UO ayTUIOD 

Waiskg UonEUOsU] WYdeId0aH epeueD 

qoleasoy jeinMjnoudy feuonewajuy uo dnoiy aaneNsuod 
Yovasoy [eUOUTUOMAUT [eqo]yH 103 anued 

yoreasoy platy 10y anued 

anny UOUNOD INO 104 UOISsMMUIOD 

soido1y, amp ut quawdojaaaq 3saJ0,J 10J ayTUITWIOD 

SOUMIeIZOIg PUL SdIDI]Og Ply Poo uo sayTUTWIOD 

suiulesy, pue UonvoONp_ uo uoIssTuUIOD 

QuaWauUOAUY,'] ap UONedjTUeLg eB] BP 39 SAIdMENS sop uoIsstuMU0D) 
suruueld pue AsajeNg jeEyUSUTUOIIAUY WO UOIssTuTWIOD 

Apmg [ewusuruomaug 103 193099) 

Yoleasoy Jean JOy anuaD uevedoing 

YIOMION Yovasay feoBojooq asoutyD 

yIOMN ouTUTEIZOIg [EUSWTUONAUG URAqqueD 

uonensuupy pue Mey ‘Aoijog juauTUOIIAUY UO UOIssTUNUOD 
ayuaiquiy jap seloualD A eviauesuy ap oueoWeueueg ONUED 
Anuasy wonsa}01g JUSUTUOIIAUY IWPeaMUOUTMIOD 

UOnda01g [RIUSWTUOIIAUY JO} sayTUTWIOD 

ame Z01g JUOWUOMAU UesqqUueD 

SaN[[AVG ZutAIasqO YUeY uo sayTUTWIOD 

wOnRAIasqO WEY 10}; anusd 

anbmuyoa 39 anbynualog syosoyooy eB] op feuOneN anuaD 
awUBIZ0Ig SULOTUOW W9}s{sooq 

qUsWUOAUY URUOZOUTY at) 10J UOISsTUTWIOD [eIDedg 

Salpnyg [ese] yeuoWUOMAUT J0J aNUED 

WOWIUUOIAU,] 2p HOI Np uolsstMMUOD) MET [EUOWUOITAU UO UOIssTUUIOD 
SOANOY WeoH [eWoWUOMAUY 10j anUeD 

quawdojaaag [ejuawUOIAUY pue o1WOUODq 10J anueD 

Aypoey jsanbay wyeq jeuUeWUOMAUW UBedoing fenUED 

S2IPNG UOHBAIIsUOD 10J aNnUeD 

ayeuoNneWaUy UoNeIZd00_D ke] ep 39 apm, p usIpeueD anueD 
aumelzo01g Yeasay JUSUTUOIIAUA 

(uoyeotununUOD be] op 39 UONeONpY,’T ep worssrumu0D) 
uoneorununuoD pue uoneonpy uo uoIssturWOD 


NVdSV 
ASOVdNOO 


Ova 


Noni 
VILIN/NSOI 
na 


Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewsju] 


feuonewsajuy 
[euonewajuy 
[euoneuiajuy 
wns |ag 
JeuoneWaquy 
feuonewaquy 
Teuonedajuy 
ueadoing 


vsn 
Jeuonewayuy 


purjeaZ MaN/elTeNnsny 


Aueuulay OON 


Ovi 
Noni 
NSOIl 


VVON 
Ovi 


NONI 


advi 
doa0 
JO0ANN 
Nn 


OXI 
BUODEWIaIUT 
Teuonewajuy 
Jeuonewisjuy 
Teuonewajuy 
[euoneuauy 
[euonewajuy 
[euonewisjuy 

vsn 
Teuonewajuy 

Ayea] 
Teuoneuwajuy 


epeura 
Jeuonewayuy 


vsn 
Jeuonewrayuy 
Jeuoneurajuy 
euonjeusajuy 
feuoneurajuy 
BoWeuty UNeT 
[euonewajuy 


[euonewajuy 
[euonewajuy 


[euonewiauy 
feuonewajuy 


A. Ay 


i 


a 


yoaforg WaMeseURP SodINOsy [EISEOD 

YIOMISN SuLOWUOW Joay [eI0D 

(Dud 98) 

wWuy 3mssed01g fenued 

(UoIssTUTOD dI1JlOeq INO JUaUEULIAg) ING Osloeg Jap aUeUEULIEg UOIsTWOD 
SaoInosay Iavay Jue[g uo uolssuU0; 

UOHRAIBSUOD BMEN JO} anued JueUsULIEg 

sanuno?d suldojeaaq Jo uonedionieg aq) UO JayTWMWIOD 

UONeAIISUOD JUL[_ JO} anus 

yoreasoy 1384, UO dayTUTUIOD 

QuewauUONAUY,T Ins suoneULOsU] Sap UONEUIpI00D) 

WUUONAUT By) UO VOHeULIOsUT JO UOHeUIpI00D 

SeOUAUYy aI JO SedINosal jue, UO WINnIOsSUOD 

aloe ISeq-IPNOG ayy Ul [ONUOD pue SULIOTUOW UONNog eULW UO sUTUEIZOIg poeUIp100D 
SIa}SIUTJY WOHRAIASUOD Jo plounoD 

AIsISAIpolg JO asf) puke UORAIasUOZD UO UOIssTUWIOD UeIIXa;y 

so1Aleg AyunuTu0D 

wash uoneUOsUy oULIEWy [eISeOD 

SaLIayst.y UO UOIssTUTMIOD 

AZojoovq Uo uolsstuTMI0D 

AZopouysay, pue aoua!0g 10} we UO sayTUTOD 

aIMeN Jo asusjaq ayy 103 sdnoid yo uonesapay 

BISY ISeq JO seag am UO Apog SuneuIpI00D 

19g BV eWaydsouny ueI90 sAIsuayaiduIO; 

aiM[Nousy uo uOIssTUUIOD 

aysIpawlorg adopouyoay, ons] 

(sag3gI01g Sally sap 39 xneUOHeN soe Sap UOISsTWWOD) 

svaly pajoaj}0lg pue syieg eUOHeN UO UOISsTUTIOD 

uonelapa,y amen uelpeued 

(uoQuaAuOD UUOg) sfewTuY pri, JO Saidadg Ar0jeI31P JO UONEAIZsUOD dP UO UOQUaAUOD 
(NONI JO anuaDd suLOUOW UONeAIasUOD ApIAULIOJ) DWOAM 29S 

(uoneonpy fewwaumuoItAU J0J 19;U9D ApaULI0J) UOMeAIOSUOD aULIEPY I0J 19}U9—D 
(uonelapas JayeMIapuy) P}JOA\) Sanbnenbeqng sayanoy sap ajrepuopy UoQeIapayuo; 
daUNWOD jusWEseULY [eUSUTUOIAUT 

aantuoD Adijog pue Mey] uonnedui0g 

adueyd aeun[d uo santanoy Anunog uo wayskg o8ueyoxg uoneULoyuy 

SUIeJJY [eI90g pue dWOUODY 10j anUuaD voWeUTY Une] 

(uonounxg ,p sagoeue] Sadeaneg s0],J ap 19 auUNe,] ap sadadsq sap [euOneUIaIUT SOAUTWIOD 2] 


INS UONUIAUOD) BIOL] pue eUNey PIA JO Satsadg posoSuepug ul apery, [euOneUWa}Uy UO UONUaAUOD 


uoneisdood pur JuaUNsaAuy [eIMNIUsY 10J anuad jeUOHeWIDIUT 
(souldty suoiz9y sap uonsajo1g ke] Inod afeuoneWajUy UOIsstUTWIOD) 
suolday auldpy jo uonda01g ap JOJ UOIssTUNMOD ;eUOneUIA}UT 

anued juowsAoiduy yay, pue zie] [eUOnEWA}UT 

(J2YeS a] suULP assazayogg ek] aNUOD WNT ap seIq-1O}U] 9IIWWOD) 

aUuoZ uel[ayes ap Ul joNUOD IYZNOIG 10} sayTWWOD aIeISIOUT JUaUEULIOg 


dWaO 
NWO 
Iqao 
NdoO 
SddO 
uddd 
NOddOd 
0dd0 
0d0 
uVMOO 


ANTYOO 
vadoo 
HSOVdNOO 
WOONOD 
OI@VNOO 
AYESWOO 
STavVWOD 
1400 

E (ej) 
VLVd0O 
vdoo 
Vasdoo 
sdadvoo 
OVOO 
UNO 


VddNO 
HNO 
SWO 
JWOD 
OW)O 

SVWO 
VWO 
dT0 
XAWITO 
Saqv10 


SH.LID 
vadddlo 


VvuadIo 
LAWWID 


SSTIO 


NN 
JUOUTILIGAOD 


Nn 


quoUTUIaA0D 
WUSUMI9A0H 
OOSANN/dAdOOS/SEaNI 


Nn 
AN way Jo ArssaaTupy, 
JUDUMIZAOD spueyaoN 


JWOWUWIIACD UeITEI] 


JUSUMUIDAOH ueITeNsny 


dann 


Quawidojaaaq [euoneuajuy ‘ydaq) yuauWaA0D 
JUOUMLIDAOH purleaz MON 

qaog0 

ng 

OOdI 


WWOUIUIAAODH Yyoualy 


NN 
advl 


dOM/OWM 
neaing wpyeemuourw0D 


Non! 


BOL yseq/eAuay 
Jeuonewiajuy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
Teuonewajuy 
Jeuoneulayuy 

puelesZ MON 
Teuonewaquy 
[euonewayuy 
Teuoneusajuy 
Jeuoneuajuy 
yreuusg 
vsn 
BISOUOpU] 
Jeuonewayuy 
JeuoneuwI3}U] 
Jeuogewiajuy 
Teuoneusajuy 
Teuonewiajuy 
BOLIOWY FenUSD 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonews}uy 
Jeuoneusaquy 
Jeuonewsjuy 
Jeuoneuajuy 
Teuonewajuy 
Jeuonemoyuy 


Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
yreuueq 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
ueadoing 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
soidory, 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
oovuoyy 
feuonewaquy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 


oe a 


i= 
iS) 


eB 


en ee ee On Bo a 


umueqiaH UPOLyy Iseq 

S\stwWOUOdg eINOsoYy pue [eUSWUOIAUY JO UOnEIDOssy Ueedoing 
Trey 9099/7 

drysuonejay-Anuq 

quauldojaaaq 10j uoneIedooD eoruysay, Jo juounIEdsg 

yoieasoy [eLsnpuy pue s1ynusIog Jo JuoUnIedeg 

qauidojaaoq JeuOneWIaU] 10} UOHepuno.] ueULIED 

SOUBMOTTY BdUaIsIsqns ApTeq 

quawidojaaog 2]qQeUIEIsNg pue UOneUIPIOOD Adljog 10J JUoUMIEdeq 
wayskg sunesedQ ¥sIq 

Aato0g [eorsojompmug ystueq 

Aouady suiddey; esuajoq 

UONRAIISUOD AMEN puke UOHIDOIg 3S910,j [BIBUEH 3e10)9ANIG 
Ayssaatq yessojorg uo ourmes3o1g 

JULIO. ssueyoIaU] BeQ 

sueypy [e1Oog pue swWOUCDY feuOneUIAU] Jo JUaUNIEdeg 

AZojooq pue uoHeAlasuo|D jo anNNsuy yjauNG 

uoneiedoo; [euoneUajUy 10} feIaUeD ae10)9211q 

NeIOJIAIG 3se10,J [BIBUEH 

oddnjpiag oyfy auoizeradod Iq afesouan suoizzaniq 

wajsXg uonRULOsU] WOnBOIHIESaq 

aloe Bp pure eISY Ul [ONUOD UOHRyNIasSaq UO sanUeD BuTUIEIY, pue YyoILesoy 
Awiouoxey, 105 adensuey] eandusseq 

adenduey] uondusseg neq 

adueyoxg weg onmeukg 

uoneladoo; yuouldojaaaq 103 yuounIedeq 

AEUeUIN} Ipry,] & 39 JWaWaddojaasq ne uoHeIedoo; ek] ap uonIaNG 
anuag AIAQOY eWWeIZ0Ig ‘]ONUOD UOnETHIESeq 

Wajshg juoWoseuRPy asequied 

asequied 


. (jeuonewauy yUaWeddojaagq 2] sed astoueq aduedy) Aouady jusudojaceq jeuonEWaUy YysTueq 


UOISIAIG BURISISSYW JUSUIdO|2A9q 

aaNIWWIOD souEIsIssy JUoWIdO|aAIq 

adoing jo flounod 

dnoi3qng juowosuepy 9u0Z yeIseOD 

SBISIDAQ BdIAIOG AISIZATUL) UeIPEURD 

Jesidory, 1anse10.j anbruysay, anued 

SaNISIOATU() UBOLIAUY ;eEnUID JO UOnBIOpayuoD 
quawdojaaaq 10j Adojouysay, pue sousI9g 10J anuID 
SaIPpMg IWOU0Ie-o190g ANUNOD 

yoaforg UaudojaAeq UkIdQ III9eq TNOG epeuED 
uagdoing ailojeAlasqQ ooeUOW ap anbynusiog anueD 
yoaforg SuUOTUOWY Wayskg aeUN|D 

uonesuesiQ yolvasay ANSNpuy pue sdUaI0g INfeaMUOUNOD 
quauidojaasq 2]qeUlEIsNg UO UOISsIUTIOD 


VdHdfda 
SV.LISUAAIC 
sd 

VSdId 

Efe) (at 

sida 

doa 

soda 
SISaa 
dVNOOSdG 
VLTdG 
Taq 

gaq 
snv-odqa 
vad 
OVd/Od 
swad 

ad 
VGINVd 


aod NN 


dann 
NON! 


SuO9 ‘OUI 


dann 


Non! 


na 
dann 


Nn 


OUAN 
Ova 
Nn 


na 
Nn 
NN 
NN 


ITd 


NONI 


ueadoing 


[euonewiajuy 
Teuonewiajuy 
feuonewiaquy 
[euonewiajuy 
euonewa)u] 
[euonewajuy 
vouyy ueleYyes-qns 
Jeuoneusauy 
feuonewiajuy 
Jeuonewauy 


feuonewaquy 
feuonewiayuy 
ueadoing iseq 
adoing 
Jeuonewayuy 
JeuoNeuajuy 
a | 
Jeuoneusayuy 
[euonewayuy 
Teuonewisjuy 
vsn 
Jeuonewiajuy 


Jeuonewayuy 


vsn 
[euonewiaquy 


[euoneUIa}UT 


feuoneWayUy 
Jeuoneuwsajuy 
voy 
Jeuoneusajuy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Pou seq 
eouyy seq 


voLyy iseq/eAuay 


7 


BR 


ee - O- -e o 


Saas ee sem eo 


adoing WI syURN{[og ITY JO UOIssTUsUeL], 
aduey-suo7] amp Jo uoneneag pue SuuojUOW Joy suUTeIZ0Ig aAneISdo0> 


QuowauUOIAUY TJ ep HOI a] INs UOHeULIOJUT,q aWgISKg) Waskg UONeULOJUT ME] [EUUTUOMAUA 


anuag AIAnoY aumueIZ01g suOnMNsUT pur Me] [eEJUOWUOIAUg 
[euoneusuy anue_ uosery JUoUTUONAUq 

QuaurauUOIIAU,] 2p HoIg Np anuad) anueg meq [euouTUOMAUg 
YIOMIIN BOMIUY-UNeT] Ul JWoUTMOMAUq 

IZ epuasy jo sepy su0ns1q 

ROLY UeleYyes-qng oJ YOMIAN WaysXg UONnEULOJU] [eUSUTUOMAUg 
wash UOneULOJUT PeWoWUOIAUg 

Wu) WowWsseuRW UOHeUOJU] [eEJUOUTUOMAUq 

Quaweuuomaug J Ing y9edwy,.q apmgq) youlssassy yoeduy PEMoWUONAUA 
auoZ dNsUOyoIq 

Wup) dunner] pue uoneonpy jeuewuo AUT 

awueZ01g UOHeINpY jeUsUTUONAUq 

suueIZ01g uesdoing yseq 

(NA MON) Arunun0D smmouosq uvadoing 

QuaweauUOITAUY, 7 ap Uagdoing neaing) neaing [eUeUTUOMAUY Ueedong 
Aouady yuouruonAuq uvedomng 

adoing yenqued 

IOMJON UOHRULIOJUT pupa JUoWdojaaeq pue JUoWUOMAUg 

ainisuy yuawdojaacq sW0U0Dq 

Quawiaddojaagq ap usgdoing spuo) pun. yuawidojaaoq ueedoing 

pun, ossugjaq jeuewuOMAUq 

anued wed [eueuUONAUq 

oney 2109/a3pq 

saeig UBL IsaA\ JO UOISSIUMUOD dWOUODT 

wyeay pue AZojoxq uewinyzy 10} enue ueoueury-ueg 

UONnRAIasSUOD 2IMeEN 10J anuUID ueadoing 

YOMN o3ueyD feUeWUONAUT 

suonesedg ysno07] 10} anuag Aoussiawy 

(saqiesed sa] 19 suey] onbugwy,7 Inod anbruou0sg uolsstumu0D) 
ugaqques amp pue eououry une] Joy uoIssTu0; BI el toler f 

dnoip uoneAiasuog wajsksooq 

(adoing,'J nod anbruouosg uotsstumu0D) adomng 10J uolsstuWO0D sWOU0Ig 
yIOMION UOnRULIOJU] pue He s[eoMeyD feUoUTUOIAUT 

pueog woneuIpiooD juawuOAUq 

seq J¥.J ot) pue eisy JO} UOISSTUMUIOD oIWIOUOTg 

(anbuyy,J 1nod anbrwouosg uolsstumu0d) eouyy 10J UOIssMUUIOD s1WOU0sg 
juaurdojaaaq pue uoneAlasuod 10J neaing ueadoing 

valy Pilg olwepugq 

A190 AIIPIIAA UeoLyy Iseq 

Qsq,7 ap anbuyy, J inod ayeuois9y uonedaiaq ao1jJO [euCIZey voUy Waseq 
ue[q “UOnDY [ejUsWUOIAUq 

Ayaio0g Aloisi [eIMEN voy seq 


daWa 
SITa 
OVdITA 
IOTA 
OTe 
NVT 

1@ VaV1E 
SIa 

SIa 
NWI 
VId 

Zsa 
Nga 
dad 

dad 

odd 

aaa 

vad 

ag 
NIMC 
Cate 

dda 
idgq 
oda 
wor 
SVMOOF 
$dO/O04 
ONOF 
NOd 
OTOd 


OVTO9 
90d 
HO 

NICO 
qd 
qdVog 
Vou 
qoaqa 
vad 

STAV4 

Ouva 
dvd 
SHNVH 


NN 


na 


JUOUIUISA0K) 


qdog0 


dVOS4 
UOUTUIZA0DH 


qUOUTUIaA0D 
VSVN 


VSH/OH0 
qual 
Rye}: (0) 


JUSWIUWISAOD) 


fzelg 
vunuadiy 


JeuoneWaquy 


Jeuonewiajuy 
Jeuonewiajuy 


Jeuonewiayuy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewauy 


Jeuonew au] 
feuonewayuy 
Jeuonemajuy 
vsn 
Jeuonewajuy 
uvodoing 
Jeuonewiajuy 
Jeuonewiaquy 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
epeurd 
edoing 
uedes 


vsn 
Jeuonewoyuy 
BIpensny 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
vsn 

vsn 

vsn 
adoing 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
ueoqque) 
ueder 

mn 


= yey a 


a me 


we tt ls 


i= 
pena i - Wren een men- Oho rn a i> ewe meme mn e-em -S 


SONSHYIG [EUSUTUOITAUY JO JUaWIdOTeAeq tp 10} YIOMOUTEI.T 
AuowNy Jusudojsaeq 3s0.7 

AITEN JO UOHBAIZSUOD ap 10} UOHepuNo, ueLIpZeIg 
uonepuno, saainosey jeIMeEN pue JUSWUOIIAUT 
suonseng pexsy Apuenbai.j 

(aimnousy ,J 39 UONRUeUNTY,7 Inod sarun suoneN sep UOHesIUesIO) 
WOHEZTUETIQ sM[NIUsy pue poo] 

YIOMION BoUdIDg No uvodoing 

adoing 190 ayaydsodory, ay) UI sJUoMMNSUOD 

2oelL wRAaY A][EUSUTMONAU JO UOHEUIOJsURI], pue WodsueI] UO JUoWIedxg ueedoing 
8uiZury pig 103 uot ueedoing 

spefoig PRUSWUOMAUA BysINg 

(auuegdoing uorup) uoru¢ uesdoing 

BOLUJY pue ojloed ot) 

‘RIsy ‘UvaqqUeD stp pue eoVOUTY UNE] 10} YOMJON SurMEIL FEWUOWUOMTAUA [EUOIsIy 
uonedyQuep] NwWouOXey, 10J anuad yedxq 

YIOMION YoIvasay 3so10,j yedidory, uesdoingy 

wWuy saisedg parasuepuq 

“OUT AIMHSU] YURasey sUIjsAG [EIUSUTUOITAUT 
aunmed01g soisedg parosuepuq 

uonepuno,y 20u210g ueadoing 

Areuonsiq wed VUEINS queq 

BISW UWI9}SOA\ JOJ UOISSIUMIOD [eI90g pue dTWOUOIg 

BISY WsjSAA\ JO} UOISSIUNWOD yeID0g pue sTWOUOIg 
aloe oy pure kISY 10} UOISSIUTUIOD JeID0g pue sTMONOIg 
BpeuRD JO UONeIDOssY SoIPMS ;RUSWUOMAUq 

Anuasy aoedg ueadoing 

anuas siskjeuy Hed soonosoy yey 

aumeiZ01g AIZA0d0y DIMOU 

waysXg WOHRAIESGO SedINosay WEA 

Wash UONEULIOJU] SIdINOsoY ;EUSWTUOMAUA 

YIOMIBN UOHRULOJU] soINosay [EUaWUOMAUY 

adeyoed aremyos SID 

Aotjog uonsa}01g JUOUTUOITAUT 

anuaD suoneiedo sled dVOSA 

Aouasy vonsajoig jeWauUO MAU 

Aauesdy uonsa01g [eUSWUONAUy 

waysXkg uonEULIOsJU] pue Req Wejskg duIAIEsSqO yUeW 
WU) BupeUIpI0OD yoeesay au0zZO uvsdoing 
soumviZo1g UOneAIEsqO Wey 

wajsXkg uoneuosuy pEUAWUOMAUA 

saomnosay JeIseoD jEUaWUOMAUg 

AnueatasuoD amen es|q 

amen ysisuq 

uel JUoWoseuRY [EUSWUOIIAUT 


sad 
vd 
NO@ 
Nuva 
Ovd 


Ovi 
NSAUNA 


OVULOUN 
ONIN 
Vaan 
na 


Vdd 
SIdsogd 
NOwod 

dOd 

SIANG 
qYOONA 

ONd 

Na 
dWa 


qual 
OHM 
qoa0 
(vsn) vda 
ddd! 


VSVN 


JUSUTUI9A0D 


OWM 
dad! 


oau/ova 


OOSHANN/dHI 


Ovd 
Ovda 
NONI 


Aueullay OON 


JUSUWIUISAOD) 


[EJUOUTUI9A0D-19)}UT 
Aueuuie OON 
JUSUMIBAOD URITEQSNy 


JUAUIUIIAODH uRITeENsny 


Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuoneuajuy 
euonewaquy 
feuonewsayuy 
Jeuonewiaquy 


Jeuonewajuy 
feuoneuiajuy 
Jeuoneuajuy 
feuoneuiajuy 
[euoneWaju] 
vsn 
Jeuoneuajuy 
[euonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuoneuajuy 
Aueuiay 
mn 

Oo1xa| 
[zag 
Jeuonewajuy 
O1xayy 
vsn 
Jeuonewiajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
jeuonewajuy 
[euonewajuy 
[euonewajuy 
Jeuonewojuy 
Jeuonewajuy 


Jeuonewajuy 
BIquIojo 
pueputy 


seououry 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuoneuwajuy 
Jeuonewayuy 
BIQUIO[OD 
Jeuonewaquy 
Oxo 
Jeuonewajuy 


en -e-e e e ee e Sn -ot  et-  e-y 


et tt 


(jeIpuopy JUaWeuUOIIAUY J Inod spuo,) AIpI9ey JUaUTUOITAU [eqo[H 
IONIAN AZojormapidg yeyuouuonaug [eqo[D 

suedxq ommouosg jo dnoip 

asequied sulajshsooq [eqo[D 

yaforg Suruuef ssequied [eqo1D 

JONpolg WMseuo0g ssoip 

swiajsXsooq JeLNseulay, pue adueyy [eqo[y 

aunuersolg yoessey adueys [eqoipH 

Aoyang Jasey] sueyD [eqo[H 

[SPO] Tone|NaND fersueH 

yafoig asequieq edueyd [eqo[D 

wajskg uoneuosuy pue ejeq adueyD [eqo|D 

Adayeng Alsiaalporg [eqop 

waysg 3UIAIasqQ aU0ZO [eqo[y Ye s*eydsouny [eqo|H 
yaem awaydsouny feqop 

ZuT]POW pue uonRaidsayuy ‘siskfeuy [eqo[D 

Teuoneusajuy qued otf JO spusu.y 

Aya100g yeasojoozZ unjyuel.j 

purjal] puke UIEILIG JB9ID JO SUaPIED [edIZ0][00Z Jo UONeIApsy 
staly [eoidory Jo uauaseueyy ou) 10} uoHEpuno,y sederyD 
PZaIMEN Og OvDepUN,] 

aumueiZolg a[doag pue saaly, ‘ISa10.7 

flounog diyspremaig 3s310.5 

aururerso1g asuodsay 1S910,] 

Bed YOMON pure [euewedxg jeuoneWIAU] Woy saUNsIy MOLY 
yalolg 0661 WawWssassy sadINosey 3S910J 

BuNUNOdIY sDINOsSaY 3S310,J 

Wa)skg UOHEULIOJUT UOHBAIaSUOD SpUrIP|IA pur IS2105 

0661 WeIsks UoneULIOJUT SadINOSoY 3S910,] 

| uoIsIAIg suoneIedy platy 
(xneuoneN 32 sjaimeN soeg sop suuegdoing uonel9p94) 

adoing jo syieg [euOneN pue omen Jo uonBIapey 

uonepuno, uueuneN Youpell.y 

juaWUONAU Jayeg & 10} UOnepuNo,; 

(euonEWIAUT JUaWaddojaaaq a Inod astepuepuy aousdy) 
Aouasy juawidojaasg [euonewayuy Yystuut.y 

yorvasoy [eoidory, 10} UoNepuNo UBdLIOUTeIA}UT 

aloe auf 2 eIsy 10J aNUID AZojouysay, JozI[NI9,J puke poo.y 
Ajaio0g uoneArasalg BIOL pue eune; 

uonepuno Waqq YUpel{ 

RIQUIO[OD Ul JUaWUOIAU at) Jo UONII}OIg 10} UOHepUNo., son OUTS2]ID 2SOf 
ArayjaoueyD fesope.y 

(eUBIXay EISTUOIDRAIASUOD UOIeIIpa,J) UONeIIpa; UONRAIBSUOD UedIKa, 
JaquieyD sWoU0sg je1epe,y 


da 
LANaa9D 
EEO) 

qgo 

ddd) 

dad 

LOD 

daoo 
aWo5 

W999 

dqo9 
siqo9 

sad 
SOEOD-MVD 
AVS 

WIv9 

1d04 

SZA 
1aD99ZA 
LYWVGNNA 
VaNLVNna 
dd1ld 


SIOMOA 
srdosd 
doi 


VCINNIA 
Ld 

OLds 

Sdii 

sai 

BIquiojo) NAA 
NVHOdd4 
XdWNOOd4 
Od 


AyisJaAtup) prearey 
dann 
WUOUTWIDA0H 
daNN/OHM 
dad! 


JUSUMLIZAOD felopey ULULIaD 
NSOVOWAM/OVA/ddNN/OOSANN 


dann 
SWd9/da NN 


SdIAIIgG Jaypee, ULULIOD/OWA 
OI /OOSANN 


NISAIO 

VdvI 

VVON sn 
OOI /OOSANN 


dann 


dad! 

Ovs 

ddyomM 

da 
OHA\/SWA9/ddNN 


TRIN 
dann 
dann 
dann 
dann 
dann 
dann 
dann 


JeuoneWayuy 
Jeuonewiayuy 
[euonewsajuy 
Jeuonues3)u] 
JeuonEWayu] 
[euonewayuy 
vsn 
[evoneusayuy 
[euopEWaqU] 
[euogeuIa}u] 
vsn 
feuonew3juy 
[euonewayuy 
euopEWaquy 
Teuonewaju] 
[euonewayuy 
[euoneWa}Uy 
Teuonew au] 
TeIEIQIO 
Jeuonew3ju] 
[euoneuiojuy 
vsn 
Jeuonewiayuy 


JeuonEuayuy 
yeEuOEUIAI] 


Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewaquy 
JeuoneWaquy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewauy 
JeuonEWa}uy 
JeuoneWwaqu] 

mn 

4n 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewauy 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewajuy 


[-Ol ot ooll oll -- -  - -  ] 


Ae Ay Ay Ae Ay Ae Ay Ay Ay A Ay ey en A 


Juauidojaacq yeuOnEWINU] J0J AMNSUy PIeATEYY 

JUoMansvay [EWWoWUOIIAUg JO UOHezZMOULE HY 

Aouady jusuidojaAaq ssimg 

suoneo0’] jueulssessy ainsodxg uewiny, 

asueyS [eqgoly jo suoisueunq uewny 

auUWeIZOIg BBuLYD [MUSMUOMAUA [eqo]H Jo sucisuauNG UeWIN}] 
Aa10g ISU 931005 

doRpIOVU] Jes, eorydersy 


(uonesedoos jeouysey, 103 Aouady ueuLied) soqreusururesnZ ayosTUYyoaL, INy YeYds|[IseH eyosInN[q 


wiaysXg SurAresqQ [eMsauay, [eqQ0o1D 


YIOMION SPUsIT Teqo[D SN 
anuag AIAnOY oWMEIZ0Ig ‘asequed UOHEULIOJUT DDINOSOY [eqo[D 


So[eIPUOW] SIdNOssay So] INs segUUOG op seg) asEqueq UOHeULIOJUT JOINOSoY [eqo|D 


anued wed yo-uny [eqo[p 

wayskg SuTuonisog [eqoip 

yeforg AdojoyeunfD uonendisarg eqoiD 

anued Asojoyeun|D wonedise1g feqo]y 

wajsXg 3ulAlasqQ ues90 [eqo|D 

Aato0g A1Osiy{ [LIMEN pue [edIsopoIpMWIO IeyeIQI 

AQAING TeUsWTUOMAUY snqruWGO feqo| 

uonediseig ul sadojosy YIOMIAN [eqO[H 

asdueyD ONeUN[D Joy SuLOWTUOW Jeo1skydoayH 

wiajskg SuTAIasgQ [2Ae] Bag [EQo[D 

wWiajsKg UOHEULIOSUT PueT [eQoID 

(anbiydei309H uoneULoyuT,q aUIgIshg) Wajshg NOneUOJUT [eTYdeId0a5H 
(ue Nap, 2] suep UONN|[og eB] ep a]eIpuc| apm) 
WWoUUOIIAUA OUR] Op Ul UOHN|[Og Jo UOnBSNsaAuy [eqo|D 
asEquEd Sag SuLIOUOW poyessaquy TeqoID 

Su} UOW payesdayuy [eqo|p 

slaimoejnuryy [eoWeYyI0ITy JO suOeIDOssy [eUOHEN JO dnoiyH jeuoneUIaVUT 
sisomjuAg puke uoneidajuy feqo[y 

UBUELIDNPay] Bp JO PlouNnoD saweysij eIsUueH 

quawmuadxg a9AD Jaye pue Adiougq peqo[H 

pun, ysniy, JuourUOMAU [eqo[D 

YIOMION SULIO}UOP] UOHeIpey PRUsWUOIAU [eqo[y 
qolvasay [eIUSWTUOIAU jeqo[y 

aduryoxg UONEULIO;UT YIOMIIN] JEWOWTUOITAU Jeqo[H 


ailH 

WaH 
SVLHATSH 
STVdH 
ddH 
dOd90H 
SMD 


aWdID 
SALIS WID 
WwId 
dvs 
SVID 
WosD 
XHMa9 
ALaS 
NOWYED 
wad 
IND 


Atyend Jae Jo weWssassy SWHD YALVA/SWAD 


anuag AIANY euUeIZ01g SWAD 

SuUO}TUOW punoisyoeg poyeisaUu] SWAD 

yaforg UOHRI0T JUaWSsassy aInsodxg ueWNH SWAD 

yeforg SULO}TUOP] UOHeUTUIRIUOD pooy SWAD 

yoaforg BuO UOW AIPEND Ay UeqIA Waskg SuOUOW JUsWUOIAU [eEqo|H 
QuawauuosAUg,] 9p mnuUNUOD soURTTIAAING ap jeIpuoyy aUIgIsAg) 

waysXkg suo UO JWOWUOITAUT [eqo[H 


OVd/SWNED 
Wal/SWE9D 
TVAH/SWAD 
poot/SWAD 
uIV/SWAD 


SWHD 


OWA 


VSN Atsisatuy) jesTuysay sexay 


11d 


Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
feuonewiajuy 
feuonewiajuy 

ureds 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewaquy 


Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewiaiuy 
Jeuonewaquy 


euonewsayuy 
feuonewiajuy 
feuonewiayuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuoneuayuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
[euoneuajuy 
Jeuonewsjuy 
Jeuoneusjuy 
euopewiajuy 
[euonewauy 
Jeuoneuaquy 
Jeuonewayuy 
[euonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Teuonewisjuy 
[euoneWa}uy 


Jeuonewajuy 
euonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
feuonewajuy 
Jeuoneuiaju] 
euonewajuy 
feuonewajuy 
[euonewrajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
euonewiajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
[euonewajuy 


we ee ee Oe ee 


_ 


ee ee en 


ee eee Ee Oe 


Quawaddojaagq ep aulvoueury-sajuy onbueg) yueg JuauIdojsAoq UeWeUNYy-J9}U] 
uonersossy juaudojaAoq jeuoneWa}uy 

(sanbyquaiog suoruy) sap [euoneUaju] flasuoD) suo) SyHUEIDg Jo PlouNOD jEUOneWAUT 
suey, JO UOnENSey sy) 10} UONUSAUO|D eUOnEWIAUT 

soidor], pUy-Mlag 10j aMNsuy youvasey sdoiD feuonewauy 

Ansa1ojoisy ul yoreasey JO} anued jeuoneWa}UT 

sadeospueT] paysajorg 10J anued jeuonewauy] 

AMEN JO UONRAIBSUOD 2p 10} aMNsUT FeEUOnEN 

(sais 12 SJUaUINUOPY Sap [eUONEWIAIU] [lasuoD) sayIg pue SJUaUINUOPY JOJ [loUNOD jEUOnEMIAUT 
(7661 - Paso[d MON) JUauIdojsAeq UeadO JOJ aNUAaD [eUOnEUIAVUT 

AZojouaeg JO aIME[IUaWION JO BpoOD yeuoneUIsU] 

SOANEHIU] [EIUSUTUOITAU [BIO] JOJ IOUNOD yeUOneWIAUT 

Juawiaseueyy soounosoy onenby BurAry Joy Jq}UaD jeUOneUIAUT 

(sauseUOW, Sap ag13qU] INeTeA Us asl Op [eUOHeUIAU] aNUID) 

quauidojaasg ureUNOPY payelsaj}U] 10J aNueD [eEUOnEUIAU] 

aseulelg pue woes] UO UOIssuMMOD [eUOneWa}U] 

UOHRAIISUOD ITPA PUL aWeD JO} PoUNOD jeUOneWIA\U] 

ABopouysajo1g pue SuUseuIsUq INeUeH Joy anuaD [euoneUa}O] 

yooforg Buloueut,y UoNeAIasUOD JeuOnEWIaUT 

quawidoyaaaq aiqeuteisng AjjestZojoog uo sayTUMWOD JUAUIMIAAOSISIUT 

stag am Jo uoneIo;dxg amp Joy louNOD jeuoneUIaUT 

WUSUIJUUOIIAUY,'] Ap HOI NQ [eUOHeUIAIU] flasuOD) Me] [eUaWUOAU JO lOUNOD [EUOneUIAIUT 
ABojoog Jo ssaiguo_ yeuoneusauy 

asueyD aeUN[D UO UOHUSAUOD [eUuOneWa}Uy 

Ausi9aiq [eIZ0[olg UO VOQUSATOD stp UO aayTUTWOD RIUSUTWIAAOSIAVUT 
aoaUNMOD jo JaquieyD yeuoneWIaUT 

AIMe[UAWON [eauROg Jo} spoD [euoneWaUy 

SaIpMg PUL] PUY-MWag pue PLY JO} 1aU9) FEUOHEWIAU] 

sealy Aiq Ul yRasay feIM[NOUdY Joy 19UaD jeUOHeWIAUT 

(uidpy yuawiouuoAUg,] Inod feuoneuay anueD) suauTUOMAUY auIdfy J0J 19jU9D [eUOnEWIAUT 
youeasay pue uoneULOsU] WMIEUY JO} aNnUaD [eUOneUIDU] 

Quawaddojaaag a] 32 UonONNsuosey ke] Inod afeuoNeUIa}U] enbueg) 

(queg po“) Jueudojaasq pue uonONNsUODeY 1OJ YUR_ [eUONeUIAIUT 

(Tad! 99s) 

aunueZo1g [eIso[Olg [euOneUIsU] 

YIOMION AISIAAIPOIg SNoUasIpUT 

SouTyoRP] sSouisng [euOneWa}UT 

saoinosay [eIMEN aqeMouey pue JUsUUOITAUA JO} BIMNSU] UeIIZeIg 

Bay pllg juenoduy 

UOISSTUMUOD adU9IDg WNUY [eUOHeWI|U] 

SISTUIOUOXE], JUL[g JO UONeIDOssY [EUOHeWITIUT 

saoualog [ed1sojo1pAY JO uonelsossy jeuOneWAVUT 

(anbrwojy a1310uq,] ap feuoyeusajuy aouady) Aouady Adiauq onuoyy jeuoneWa}uy 
; suapled suejog Jo UONEIDOssy [eUOnEWIAIU] 

wayskg BUTAIaSqO URI [QOH 10} saNTWWOD DOI 


adi 

val 
NSO 
MUI 
Lysol 
dvaol 
TWdol 
VNOOI 
SOWODI 
doo! 
NOI 
WTO! 
WAVTOI 


dOWIDI 
diol 
JMDOI 
tI (9)0) | 
diol 
dsdol 
SHO! 
THO! 
AOI 
oye}e) | 
fet: Foye) | 
ey) | 
Ndol 
STVSVOI 
vadvol 
adTVol 
UIVOI 


qual 
uodal 
dal 
Nal 


OWA 


vasn 
YVINO 


OOSANN 


dad! 
NSol 


audi 

NN 

Noni 
OOSANN/dHdNN 


04a M/CIVSN 


eye) | 
saouatog Jo Awapeoy uvissny 


(ef): (0) 
dann 
OUI 


[euonewiauy 
BIssny 

Bory BISOD 
Teuonewiajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
JeuonewWayuy 


Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
JeuoneWiajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
JeuoneWauy 
Jeuonewauy 
(euOneUIa}Uy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewayuy 
Tevonewau] 
Jeuonewiaquy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewauy 
Jeuonewiajuy 


Jeuonewauy 

BIssny 
Jeuonewauy 
Jeuonewauy] 
Jeuonewayuy 
euoneuajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewauy 


BOL Y YWON/SeY 21PPIN 
BOLWAUIY Nos /fenuad 


ee OO ol 


be 
eee Oe ee ee 


wiajshg feLaoY HEC aeUN|D 

uoneladood [eyueuONAU eEUOneWIAU] JOy aNUID 

BOY BSOD JO aMNsU] AISIOAIpOIg [eEUOHEN 

SuLIO}TUOW payessajuy] UO suTUTEIZOIg JO[Ig [EUONLUIAU] 
(ajeuoneWIa}U] UMUeW UOHesTUeZI10Q) UOHEZTURsIO BUMURP [eEUOnEWIA}UT 
puny Areouo, feuonewajuy 

UONESTURZIO SANE NsUOD sUMUeYW] [EUSUMUIDAOD-19)UT 
uoneiodio; jawidojaacg AIsIOAIpolg aUUEY [eEUOnEWIAUT 
wayskg UoneULOsUT JUSWEZEULW! PoysIaeA pue puke] poyelsojuy 
sueade]92 JO UOHITOIg ap JOy andea] PeEUOHeWIIUT 

daNIWUIOD JWoUUOIAUT oye] [eUOEUWITUT 

Sd1AIIG UOHBULIOJU] pue ssequeq sNse] eEuOnEWIAUT 

Ansoio,y yesidory Jo anynsuy Feuonewajuy 

amjnousy fesidory, 10J amysuy Feuoneussuy 

Quaweddojaagq np 32 JUsWouUOITAUY "J 9p [EUODEWIA}U] IMNSUT) 
quouidojoaeq pue yuoWUONAUY 10} aTMNSUT FEUOneWIA}UT 
aINjNouUsy uo uonelado-o_ 10J aMHsU] UedLEUTY-19}U] 
siskjeuy suiajsXg parddy 10y amnsuy jeuonEUIa}U] 

suTUeIZ0Ig [eOISO;OIpAP] FeuonewsUT 

WaIskg SAdIAIIg UEIDO [EQO[H poyel3a}U] 

aurey JO UONRAIASUO| aI) 10} UOHEpUNO. [eUOnEWIDUT 

wajsX{g uOneWOsU] pue He - sUTWeIZOIg BWeysdoig-aiaydsoayH feuonEeWaUT 
aunueido01g asysdorg-aiaydsoan feuonewiajuy 

qauidojaacq pure yysnoIq UO AWOIPNY [eUSUMIDAOTIDIUT 
(aInuno,j eB] ap FUaUNUOD Np ajeuoNeWajU] UOHeIZp?.J) UOHeIOpey opel], Inj EUONeWIIUT 
uoneiodios saoueul,y feuOneWIs}U] 

quawidojaacg jeIMpNoUsy 10} puny feEuOnEWI|}U] 

anuad Adojouysay, WouUOIAUG FeUOneWIA}U] 

201JO JuauTUOIAU_ pue AQsnpuy 

Ape JuouTUONAU PeuOneWIaUT 

aumuelso1g UOneONpY [eUoWUOIIAUW [eUOneWIAIU] 

QOIAIVG JUaWdoJaAeq pue JUOWUOIAUY JeEUOQrWIA}UT 

saNTUNUOD edUYyd9)-oNdI]q FeEuoneWIa}UT 

(AWS 2258) 

Neaing jeueWUOMAUA feuOneWIaUT 

A8ojooq pue AZojoydioy eunuy Areuonnjoagq jo ainjnsuy 
SOURISISSY JUSUTUOIIAUY [EUOHWIS}UT 

Aouasy Adiougq yeuonEWajUy 

anuep AIAnOY euMWeIZ01g JUOWUOIIAUq pue ANsnpuy 

waysXkg UOHeUIOJU] YoIvesay pue yUeWdo|aAeq [EUOneWIAUT 
aseyord SID 

(IdaO‘ AID 10) anueD youvasay juswdojaaeq JeuonEUAUT 
yueg juawdojaaoq orwe|sy 

yueg juowdojaseq uersuewy-19)u] 


SId-da5! 
dad! 
dadvod!l 


dann 
dann 


uUVvID9O 


daNN/OWM 


OO! 
ree) | 
OWI/OVA/OOSANN 


WOUIWIAAODH youl; 


dann 


epuedy) 

mn 
feuonewayuy 
euonewayuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
feuonewajuy 
Jeuonewayuy 


Jeuopewayuy 
[euoneusajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
[euonewajuy 
[euonewajuy 
Jeuonewayuy 
[euoneusajuy 
feuonewaquy 
[euoneulajuy 

ueaqque) 


Jeuoneusajuy 
feuonewajuy 

BIsy 
Jeuoneuajuy 
Jeuoneusajuy 


[euonewayuy 


[euonewajuy 
[euonewajuy 
Jeuoneuajuy 


[euonewaquy 
Jeuonewaquy 
[euonewajuy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewsayuy 
Jeuonewaquy 


[euonewaquy 
euonewaquy 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewajuy 


L 


od a er 


we A A 


| a ol ol 


a) 


uoneAlasuo| 3salo.j [eotdory, Jo aIMNsU] 

AZojoogq [eMIsaLey, Jo aMNsU] 

saoualog yueg pue Asaing aoedsosay 10) amNsuy [eUOneUI}UT 

anuad apely feuoneusajuy 

Auopny snosay peqeag yeuonrwajuy 

uonesues1Q splepuns euOneWaUy 

JsMuy, predoay] Moug feuoneUIsUT 

yefoig AZopoyeun[D soeyIng puey] aiJaeS feuoneUIa}UT 

uonestuesiQ aspayMOuy JO} AjaI90g feEuOneUIa}UT 

waysXkg Alojuaauy sarsedg yeuoneusajuy 

agdeyord SID 

uonesuesiQ [eIM[ND pue syjHUIOS ‘feEUOneINpY sTUEIsS] 

SID palosuepugq 10j Aja100g jeuoneUIaU] 

JaqUINN JOog prepurjs jeuonEUss}U] 

suoneaddy ysajorq-o18y Jo uonisinby ay 10J ad1AIag [eUOnEMIAVUT 
anyNsuy ZuTurery, pue yowasay oTUWIE|s] 

SUWeIZOIg STROWAYD Ixo] Afenuaog 10j Ja\sIZay PeuonLWIDU] 
sjeomayD xo] Ajenuajog uo Jo\stday [eUOnEWIS}U] 

anuad suiddey so1nosay poyeidaquy 

uonepuno,y saonosoy purysy 

waysXkg Areuonsiq saamnosay woneuOsU] 

anusd juaudojaaaq jeiny feuonewsjuy 

quauidojaaaq jeINY payeisayuy UO WOMAN UOHEULIOJUT 

nealing puepoA, ueisy 

Ayais0g jeasojoyewnig [euoneUIaUT 

andes] uonda}01g aeUUg [eUOneWIaU] 

uoneisossy uoneAIasUOD [eUsWUOMAU ANsnpuy Winsjoneg [eUOneUIA}UT 
(sanbngugdoAyg sadinossay sa] nod ;euonewayuy [lasuod) 

(UDd Al Ajsau0J) ainjysuy saomnosay sonouayH juelg ;euoneUaUT 

pun,j sajdoag snouadipuy 

Aayeg feoueyd uo ourureiZ01g jeuoneWajUy 

GeuN[D Np uonnjoag,T ins [euaMUaAnosqUy sadxq,q adnoip) 
adueyD aeun[D uo jaueg [eUSWWIZA0SI9}U] 

Joooo1g JaWIA}UT 

UOHLULIOJUT JUL[_ JO} UONHEZTULZIO [eUONeUWIAIU] 

adueyoxg uoneuojuy pue wed sYydeidZoues009 [euOneWaUT 

suolzay juadelpy pue uRaqquesD op 10} UOIssTMMWOIGNS eUOIZaYy DOI 
(JeuaWUI2ANOsIa\U] anbiydeiZoue7ZdQ UOIssIWWIOD) UOISsTUNUOD s1ydeIZOULIIO [EIUSWWIDAOSIOIU] 
(sajJaiMmeN sadmnossay sap ja JWOWAUUOMAUY,] ep UONENeA, ] Ins uoMeuLOyUT,q [eUONeWaUT 
SOIAIIG) JOIAIIG UONLULOFUT JUaUISsassy Saamnosay eINeN pue [ejusWUOIAUY JeUOneWIAIUT 
(alZojo0q,,q aJeuoneUsaU] UONeIDOssy) AZo[oxq 10} UONLIDOssy [eUONeUWIAIU] 
. asnojnoy, sanbijddy sasuaisg ap jeuoneN ImMNsu] 
sIsl[eIMeN Jo Ajais0g jeuOneWIaUT 

WaWIUUOAU,] INs UOHeULIOJUT,q [eUOHeUIa}UT aaIsXS) 

dANN Jo wajsXkg uonewojsuy peyuawuonAug feuoneUsajuy 


OALI 
EARL 
Ol 
OL 

VasI 
OSI 

ITs! 

dOSTSI 

OXSI 
SISI 
SISI 

OOSdSI 
OdsI 
NaSI 

VVVSI 
ILUl 
OVd/OLdal 
OLA 
OWI 

du 

saul 

oaul 


‘TddI 
VOdldI 


TdddI 
ddI 
SOdI 


OOdI 

dl 

IdOl 

ado! 
aamMvool 
rele) | 


ASIVYALNI 
TOOSILNI 
LV.LSNI 
VNOSNI 


vada. LOANI 


NWN 
Aueulli2y OON 


WUSUTILIZA0D 
qUSUTIaA0H 
qUOUTIBA0H 
WUOUTWIAA0H 


OVA/CaAI/dANN/Uonepuno,y 1a][aJa490y 


Jeuonewajuy 


ysn 
jeuonewa}uy 
jeuonewiayuy 
BISOUOpUy 
Jeuonewajuy 


Jeuonewaquy 
Teuonewayuy 


ueder 
feuonewaju] 
eAuoy 
Jeuonewajuy 
uvder 
Jeuonewauy 
ueder 
Jeuonewiaquy 
Jeuonewiayuy 
mn 
Jeuonewiajuy 
Teuonewajuy 
ueder 
Jeuonewiayuy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
POLY 

aulez, 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewayuy 


Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewoquy 


Jeuonewayuy 


Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuoneuiajuy 
Jeuoneuajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 


Be ee ee eee ee eerie toe rere iy 


— tt 


sjuawiesmnbey asp), puey 

UONRUIUNIOG pu UOHEULIOJUT UONEIIISsSe[D OS~) pur] 

yoreasay yeo1sojooq ULa}-3u07] $n. 

Ayyend puey 

sup Suiddey; puey 

(eIsouopu] UENYRAdUEg NUIT] edequis]) sooUaINg JO AMNsUT UEIsoUOpUT 
ANQsuy YaLesoy eMig, OAV] 


unt 
dont 
YaLT 
OT 
NWT 
IdIT 
TaaT 


Jaddew snewayL/rouueog yenseds-ninw aiaes LYSGNVIWL 
/SSW LVSANV1 


FIOMIIN Bay [POT 

WOWUOMAUY pue JWaUIdo[9A0q UO UOIssMUWOD URAqqUeD pus URDOWY Une] 
adeIQAO_ Baly [eI0T] 

uedes Jo anued syieg ue 

Neqjsnesapal A Inj I[esuENpany 

adpa|MOUYy snoussipuy 10J aNUED 2INosoy BAUIy 

uonjepuno, Janeuepy peuoy 

anuad yorvasoy astpiA, wader 

SMU], UOHRAIASAIg BJP AA Aesiog 

anusd wed uee90 ueder 

Anuady jaudojaacq seesiaAQ ssoueder 

sIg9}UNJOA WOHeIAdOOD seasI9AG Uedes 

aaNTMUWIOD UOHBAINsUOD BIMeN IWIOLS 

Anuesy uoneiadooD jeuonewajuy asouedes 

IPNOX pyoOA epeueD/apuop epeueD ossounose 

YIOMJIN UOHSY Jsau0y yeoidory, ueder 

quawsaldy sprig Aroje31, Blpensny-ueder 

slojeonpy 007 jo uONneID0ssy [eUuOneUIa\U] 

aIMeN & ap UONRAIOSUO_| | INod somreZ IMNsSU] 

AMEN pue uOHeAIesUOD JO aINNSU] a1eZ 

(assouner be] ap [eUOHeUIZIU] UONeIZPZ4) UONEIEpe,j INO [eUOHeWISIU] 
saplmuinyy SauoZ sa] 39 NeW, xNeasiC so] Ns soysaysay op sfeuOneUIa}UT] NeaINg) 
Neaing yauessoy spuepayy pue (MojIaeM [eUOnEWIOIUT 

asdueyS [eqolH 10j JuswaseueP] Be UO dnoIH BuIyIOM [eUOnEUIAUT 
(afeuoNEWIAU] agMUe[eg UOIssTMMUOD) UOIssTEMWOD SuTTEY [eEUONeUISIU] 
aIMeN JO UONIT}01g Op 10} UOTUA JeUOHeUIAIU] 

(salgnsalo.y saysayoey ap SIMNsU] Sep exfeuOHeUIa}U] UOT) 

suonestuediQ yoeasay Ansaioj Jo uous) JeuOneUISIU] 

(sanbiZojooZ suipier ap sinajdalIq sap ayeuoneWa}U]) 

UONEZIULZIO 007 POM /SUIPIeH [edI30[00Z Jo sJO}IaIIG JO UCTUA) JeEUOHeWIDIU] 
UOIUA) UONRAIASUOD PLOA\ a] - AMEN JO UONBAIASUOD at) 10} UOTUP) JeUOneUIDIU] 
saoualog jeo1Zojo1g Jo uoTUA) JEUOneWaUT 

(xneoidoly solg so ajeuOneWa}UT UONesTURSIO) UOneZTULZIO JEquIT] [edidory, [EUOHeWIa}UT 
Jlounog sequity jeoidory, euonewajuy 

quawaalsy JoquIy jesidory, jeuoneWajuy 

yoivasay Aijsal0.j UO 99104 Ysey, [PUONRWIAVUT 


NV1T 
aqD0VI1 
OVT 


JUSWIUI9AOL) vsn 
JUSUTUI3A0D vsn 
eAusy 
mn 
vsn 
[euonewajuy 

VudaLOANI 
na Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
BOL 
vkusy 
WIUTUIIAOH yn 
pruezue L, 
WUSUTUIIAOH epuesn 
BIqely eIpnes 
Noni [euonewajuy 
uedes Jo flounog aoualog ueder 
JUSUIUISAOH vsn 
[euopewauy 
[euonewiaquy 
UNINWN epuesy, 
yeuoneulayuy 
VSVN Jeuoneuajuy 
WUOUTUI9A0D vsn 
vsn 
epuesy) 
Teuoneuwiajuy 
wn 
Jeuonewauy 
vony 3so_ 
aul [euonewajuy 
dann [euonewajuy 
vouyy ‘do1y-qng/uesueuay pay] 
dvVW Jeuonewauy 
Teuonewajuy 
vsn 
[euonewauy 
SWdH9/daNN Jeuogeusajuy 
stag jeuolsay daNN [euonewiayu] 
OOSHNN Jeuogewaquy 


SpueLOMeN IL 


[euonewaiuy 


en l- ---  e  S n -Se e od 


waiskg weq uea20 WSVN 

uonensrunupy suaydsouny pue srue29Q jeuoneN 

vAUsy JO sumnasnyy [euOnEN 

(HNWa Apeuuoy) wnasnyy Aroysip] MEN, 

Aya10g o1ydeiZ0ay jeuoney 

(a[eUSWWIIANODH-UON UONesTUeZIO) UOHEsUesIO [eUAWWIIAOD-uON 
SONTUMUIO) [ed0-J [EUONEN, 

Jajsuely, Adojouyoay, [eUaUTUOIIAUY 10} YIOMION 

Aroyoa1iq Hed VUaI9g YUeY WWON 

POLY Uy JUaUIdoaAaq a[qeUTEISNS pue JWOUTUOITAU 10} FIONION 
yeuvjaI99g JUSWTUOIAUY [eUOneN 

Tounod yoiessoy JuswTUOMAUY feIMEN 

flounoD juewaseuep] juouTUOMAU ;eUOnEN 

anuad uoneULOyUy JUaWTUONAUY feuOneN 

aurure301g/ue[q uonsy [eUsWUONAUg JeUOneN 

quowidojaAoq pue UONRAIASUOD 2TIPIIAA 10} UOISstUUIOD euOneEN 
(uoneAIZSUO_ ep aeUOnEN a39eNS) AdaeNg uoneAIsuOD feuoneN 
uOneAIaSUOD AMEN Uo sayTUNWIOD yeuOneN 

waiskg wed aul VSVN 

Ply yaunyD ueisanion 

wun Aysiaatporg jeuoneN 

yueg wed Ajsioatporg feuonen 

uonezuesiQ Aealy snuepy ION 

yULO sueyosayuy A10}9a11q WSVN 

uonensturmpy aoedg pue sonneuoley jeuoneN 

Ayat90g uognpny jeuoneN 

uoneindog a1qeIA WnUTUTy 

sadinosay [RIMEN pue JUIUTUOIIAUY JO aIMNSUT AISIOATUE) AoIOyLy 
YIOMIAN Bed UlENS [eIqoIsIW 

Aioyeloge’] yoieasay [euoIZay spuelply 

valy pajoajo1g suey 

Saul pue ‘B1ouq ‘soonosoy feIMEN Jo Ans 

Anuady sajueIENy WoUNSIAuy] [eIIElNIN| 

dVW 10} 1uy, BuNeuIpr00D 

BoLyy [edidol]-qng pure ulseg URsUBLIONIPay] Oy) JOJ FIOMJON YOIeIsay PEUOIZIy 
aUWUeIZOIg YeIsay pue SuLIONUOW UONNIoOg ue[g UONY uRsULLINIpI 
yueg juawdojsaag perayepniny, 

uapied o1uej0g LinossI 

sdiyg wo uonnog Jo UoNUaAag at) 10 UONUAUOD 

anuad Yyoeasoy JUaUIssassy pue SULIO)TUOW] 

ueiq UOnoY uRsUeLIaI pay 

(araydsorg e] 12 awWWOP,] Inod sumei301g) suUUIZ0Ig aiaydsolg ap pue ue 
BasuappeA 2p JO UONRAIaSaIg 9p 10J Ajais0g yong 

sadAy, uonesi[ny puey 


SGON 
VVON 
NWN 
WHN 
SON 
ODN 
OAN 
LLAN 
ddsdn 
VdSdN 
SAN 
OUAN 
OWAN 
OIaN 
dVAN 
GOMON 
SON 
ONON 
SON 
VON 
NaN 
adqan 
OLVN 
dId VSVN 
VSVN 


WANaaIN 
VOIN 
nqgw 
SVIGAN 
10d daw 
aan 


Teuoneuayuy 
Jeuonewaquy 


Jeuonewayuy 

sourddiyd 

Jeuoneusayuy 

Jeuonewajuy 

Svo Teuonewayuy 
AMAM/NONI Teuonewayuy 
OWOM Teuonewauy 
Jeuonewa}uy 

Jeuoneusayuy 

vsn 


1Seq O1PPIN 
Q0uel.y 


Teuonewayuy 
Jeuonewauy 
SOUOILUD], pue sdUeI.] 
SOLOW, 7 V0UeI,J 
Jeuonewajuy 

mn 

Teuonewiayuy 
Jeuonewayuy 


quoUTaA0D 
JUOUTUaA0D 


WUOUWIUWIBAODH 


WaUMIZA0H «= Wop3ury pau, 
Jeuoneussuy 

dann Jeuoneusajuy 
ROLY 

vsn 

vsn 

Jeuonewajuy 

Teuonewiajuy 

spueyoman ou, 


AeMION 
Jeuonewiayuy 
mn 

vsn 


AeMION JO AIsIaATUL [UM[NOUIYy Kemion 


JUOUTUI9A0D) Jeuoneuws3juy 


ao 


oo eo 


a ome ete 


Pe ee Es 


Yoeasay suesdQ JejoOg [eUOneWIAIU] Jo suTUEIZOIg 

(sienqeH sep 39 suoneindog sep 7NIqGuIA e| ap UoNENTeAg) 
quaulssassy ApIQelA INIQeH] pue uonendog 

Hes Sa0,] JWEUSULIEg 

Jandwiog yeuosieg 

Neaing tPA pue sealy poyoao1g 

soummelfoig suonoy [euolsey 10J anuad AiAnoy Quoug 

XOpuy Bay Jo}oUNLIEg 

uonezTesiO WfeaH WeoNOUTY ued 

dnoiy Alosiapy quel 

Wu) we seay pasno1g 

[eEuOnEWINUT sAneIOgEI]OD yWowdojaAeq pue suTUUEl 

Pay pasa0ldg 

saipmg yesidory, 10} uonestuesIOQ 

[oueg spualy, 20070 

ISeq SIPPIW ep Jo Ajats0g yeo1dojopNUO 

Quawidojaaaq ut uonersdooZ 10J amNsU] YoIeesey I1yUSIOS) 
uoneigdood us yuauiaddojaagq 2] Inod anbiynuaisg ayosoqooy op sieouel.y JTWHSUT 
Bay URQUeLIONIpa ap JO UONeSNsoauy] SWOUOKE-o)AYg Bp 10} UOHEZTULZIO 
paiweQ 399fGO 

s}a10,J Saq JeuOnEN 21jO 

a1O Ansalo, yeuoneN youel,z 

Suippoquig 10 Buryury 199fGO 

amnsuy Ansaio.j p10jxO 

WOUMWIZAOD uedes 10} pun. UoneIEdo00|D sTWIOUODY S¥aSIOAGQ OU], 
(sanbruouosg juauaddojaagq ap 12 uoneIZd00D ap uoNEstUesIQ) 
quoutdojaaoqg pue uonesado-0F snmou0s” 10} uonEsTUesIQ 
uonensunUpy juauidojaAsq seasiaAQ 

uontuszosey Jaj9ReYD jeondO 

auMUeIZOIg Sealy [eISEOD pue ueIDO 

(suresLyy 711, T ep UonestueaIO) ATU ueoWyy Jo UOnEZTUeAIO 
(sulvoLigUTY seq Sep UoNesTUesIQ) SaIEIg UEOLOUTY JO UOHEZTUEZIO 
Ayaia0g Jeo130j00Z y1OX MON 

SMNsuy soonosay J93}eA, [EUODEN, 

UoneIapey SSP TEUOnEN 

(sjo30,A, UeA BuTuNayosog 30) 3uisTus10A espuejopany) 

Spllg JO UONII}01g BI) 10} AjaIN0g spueyoIEN 

ABaeNg usuidojaaaq a1qeulEIsng ;euOnEN 

(PUNQIOJUIDAIMJENT YSION) BNMEN JO UOHRAIZSUOD 2p 10} AjaI90g URIZAMION 
S]ROMWUYD xO, Ajfenusog 10j Joysiday [eUONEN 

(TANGO Ayau0y) anjgsuy saomnosey jeIMEN 

[lounog asuayaq seonosoy jeIMEN 

quauidojaaaq yeINjNoUsy jeUONeUIDIUT 10J Ja)UaD UeIZaMION 
(JeuoneUIa}UT JUsWIEddo]aA9q 2] INOd auUaIS9AION BdUE3V) 
Anuady jouldojaaaq [euONeEUa\U] ULIZOMION 


uOdId 


VAHd 
ddd 

Od 
aMvd 
OVU/dVd 
IVd 
OHVd 
Dvd 
ndvd 
OOdvd 
Vd 

SLO 
AKO) 
HWSO 


WOLSYO 
VWILdO 


OID VAUON 


dAVuON 


dann 


dann 


Noni 


dann 
dann 
adivsn 
dann 


dann 
JWIUIUIZAOD ueIs[Og 


140 


Nn 


Jeuonewajuy 
RIsy Iynog 
Jeuonewiajuy 
RIsy Iseq Nog 
[euoneWaquy 
mn 

uapams 

mn 

BISY ISOAA 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewauy 
JIND ueiqery 
Jeuonewajuy 
vonoury UneT 
adoing 
seinpuoy, 

risy 

wouyy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Teuoneuiajuy 
feuonewsajuy 
RoueWy penued 


[euonewayuy 
BOLIOWy IyNos 
[euoneuiaju] 
Bipensny 
[euonewrayuy 


[euoneuajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 


jeuonewiauy 
[euonewayuy 
epeura 
Jeuonewajuy 
[euonewayuy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
mn 
[euonewaquy 
[euonewiajuy 


[euonewajuy 
euonewaquy 


Ce ee 


L 


Ao ee a OO 


Au Aa 


Waussassy pur SULIOUOW sWaIsksodg [eLSaLIay, 10} aayTUWOD AlosIApy o1ynUSINS 
aumUeIZ01g JUWUOMAUT aAQeIadooD eIsy WWNOS 

AISIIAIG [eIZofolg uo sayTUTWIOD ATOsIApy d1yHUEIDS 

uoneiadoo; jeuoizay 10J uONeIDOSsy vIsy Iseq INOS 

Spllg JO UONIA0Ig ap 10} AaIN0g peAoY 

Splig JO UOnRAIaSalg By 10} Aja10dg jeAoy 

saoualog yo Awapeoy ysipamg jeAoy 

Ayais0g yeAoy au, 

RISY ISIA\ 10J 9d1JJO [RUOIZIY 

BISY ISeqY INOS 10J AZofouysay, puw aduUs!9g 10J 9d1JjO [EUOIZIy 

(ajensny onbuyy,] inod ayeuoi39y uonedsgi9q) BoLyW WaIpNog 10J 991jjO [EUOIZoy 
qWaWUONAUY sR] BM JO UOHIIOIg BP 10J UOHeZTULZIO [eUOIZIYy 

Aowsy AO peoy 

Uvaqque) ay) pue voLAWTY UNE] J0J 2o1JQ [eUOIZoy 

adoing 10j 291jO feuOIsay 

aUUBIZOIg UBILIDUTY [eNUID 10J 2d1JjO [eUOIZaYy 

aloe at) pue vIsy 10J so1JJQ [eUOIZey 

BOY IO} BJO [eUoIsoy 

aiNnsuy wayssoarunsy{ny 

uopuo’] Jo Ajai0g jeasojouojugq jeAoy 

ayloeg ap pur eisy 10} saplonseg Jo [ONUOD pue SuNayxIepy ‘UOHONpoOlY a) UO YOMION [PUCIZIY 
AINNsuU] sadInosay WaueyH weld ULILIUTEOSaW, 

SoUMUIWOD sTeUa}el 2DUAIIjOy 

quswuoMAUY pue AZ1ouq UO aseqeiEd [elajJoy 

JIOMJAN Jowdojaacq eqQeUTeIsNS 

wiajsXg juamadeuRp] asequieqd jeuonelsy 

AyaI90g UOHRAIOSUOD ISAIOJULEY 

Neaing uonusAuo| IJesuIEYy 

yainquipg JO uaprey stuejog jehoy 

May ‘SUaPIeH suRjog [BAOY 

oyloe Bp pue eisy 10J 291jO ;EUOIZOy 

(uoQueAUOD JesUTeY) 

WUQEH [MopeAM & se Aljeisedsq souRodwy] [euoneUIa\U] JO spuepaA, UO UONUdAUOD 
ALOWaW ssaddy WopurYy 

adeyoed SID 

uonepuno,y Jopelqey] 92q9n% 

siskfeuy Ager uoneindog 

saisadg pasosuepug 10) smi, sajdoog 

uonEdossy a9UaI0g d19eg 

SIIQUIT], NYT JO UONRIISse[D aS~-pugq pue Ayodoig ap Aq saisadg jo yeaamnay owweIs01g 
jesterddy yeiny A1ojedionieg 

juouTuOIIAUY,| Inod sau suoneN sap suuelZ01g 

ddNnN 92S 

auUUeIZOIg SddINOsaY [EIMEN pue uONNTjog 

auUeIZOIg J9OYS 2d] 1e[Od 


VWALOVS 
ddOvVs 
dadOvs 
OUVVS 

adSu 
adsu 
Svsu 

su 
VMOU 
VASLSOU 
vsou 
aWdOu 
WOU 
OVTOU 
qou 
dVO0u 
dvou 
vou 
LNaTa 
Tsaa 
dVdNaa 
ERIE 
OOWsa 
aaa 
unsaaa 
swaad 
Sou 


VSd 
LOddSOud 
vad 

aNNd 
anNd 
daNnd 

dSId 


[euoneuauy 

JWAWWIIAOH 1aeBIS] [euonEWauy 
Noni Jeuonewiauy 
Jeuonewiauy 

mn 

dann [euonewiayuy 


[euonewaiuy 
Jeuonewaquy 


uapams 
SpuepoIpoN oy], 
SpuepopeN oq, 


Jeuonewajuy] 

JUIUNLIIAODH Jeuonewiaquy 
Nn Jeuonewajuy 

vsn 

aouely 

Jeuonewayuy 

JeuonEWaquy 

Jeuonewiayuy 

IS Jeuoneusa}uy 
JEUSUMIDAOH-J9U]~—Ss«ISy }SEq-IPNOS 
JUOUTUIDA0DH Jeuoneuayuy 
Jeuonewayuy 

Oss Jeuonewaiuy 

nsol Jeuonewayuy 

ASOI jeuoneusauy 
Jeuonewiajuy 

Jeuonewayuy 

nso1 Teuonewiaiu] 
Jeuonewayuy 

qzeg 

dann Tevoneuiayuy 
JUIWUIIAODH puepezimMs 
uapams 


BoLyy Waipnog 


a — ee 


ee 


ARMION - UAIPTYD om aaeg 

anus Apmg juowepjas 

(saoedsq sap apredaanes ke] op UOISsIUUIOD) UOISsTUMMOD [BATAING sa1seds 
adenduey] Arend paimonns 

AMNsuU] yoVssoy Jejog NOS 

QuowauuoMAUg,'] ap usTe790 yeUOIS7Yy ouTUTeIZ0Ig) 

aUUeIZOIg JUSWMUOMAUA feUOIZOy Djldeg INOS 

aa] B] ap UOHBAIASGO,P alOVEqoIg BWa)sh¢ 

UOIssTUTMIOD dIZ1I9Bq WNOS 

asequeqd urea], pue [log 

(Ma190g feoIdojOIPMUO YsIpomg) Surus10,4 VYSsIZoJONWIO so1B19A¢ 
Quawuonaug 2 amen J0j Aatd0g spuepemeN oy.L) Nop Ue InmMEeN ZuTyNNS 
(uoneonpy ;HUSWUONAUA JOJ ANNHSUT) WneoNpA-naipyy SuIyNNS 

(ONVa 29S) 

(Adojouuny parddy pue jeonaroeyy, jo uoneIDossy feuOneWIaUT) 
avjeoddy ja seonaoay_], aeIZO;OUUN'] SITEUONEWISIU] SE}DID0S 
(jeuonewajuy yUaUIaddojaagq 2] Inod asiopgng yUONY) 

(JuIPOIAIF) [[euoHeWUT JO4 Uas[aAMs) HuopNy jusudojacsq [eUOHEWIA\UT YSIPEMs 
OjlOV UP pue BISY 1OJ aMNsUT [EONSHEIS 

WORNYASU] UeUOsIpUS 

(Sad 298) 

(MeT [eyUaWUOITAUA 10} AjaI00g Yyousl.j) JWoWoUUOIAUA,| BP WOIG 2] Inod asreouel.y 39190 
(Aa190g Jes1dojo1a)\dopide] ueadoing) eo1ojorsjdopiday] eovdoing sejais0g 
AMNsuy JWouUOIAU_ WOYyxI0IS 

vadojojadiayy vovdoing seja190¢$ 

(NS 22) 

YIOMION Hopy waaq oynuaog 

uoneonpy jo slaystuly ueIsy Iseq-yNOS 

uoneiadood juawdojaaeq ssimg 

uoneodi0d juauidojsaeq ssimg 

auUeIZOIg UONBAIESUOD saIsedg 

yoreasay ouvI9O UO sayTMWOD dIyHUAINS 

QuaweuUOMAUY,'T ep Sewe|qorg s2j Inod anbynualsg gyW0D) 

WUaUTUON AUT By) JO sWa]qoIg UO sayTUNWOD s1QUEIDS 

Xapu] UONRTD 2WuUaI0g 

ABojOIg UONHeAIasUOD JOy AyaI90g 

anbyoeuy syoayoay e| Inod anbynuasiog 9W0D) Yoreesey NUEUY UO aayTWUOD dHUSIOS 
qn[D BLS 

uoneisossy odeospuey uvlyizelg 

ONION VAUALOANI [ewolsas-qng ueouyy nog 

saouatog jeIneN jo Awapeoy ssimg 

sainunod sutdojaaaq WIM UoNeIadooD Yyolessay Aouad YysIpamg 

(SVS 29S) 

Quaweddojaagq 2 Inod ajensny anbuyy,] ap gunww0D) 

AunuWo0D Juaudojaaeq BoLyy Watpnog 


NONI 
Vuadsl/our 


HMM % NONI 
duyOM 
ONL 


Ayis19AtUp) OX 


Ova 


dann 


Nn 


suOnEpUNo.y [YaPU) 7 SBUIA\ PIAA 


[euoneuraquy 


Teuonewouy 
[euonewajuy 
[euogewojuy 
[euonewajuy 
feuonewiajuy 
[euoneuisjo] 
feuonewaquy 
feuonewajoy 
Jeuonewajuy 
[euonewajuy 


[euonewajuy 
[euonewayuy 
Jeuoneuisuy 


Jeuonewaiuy 
Jeuonewaiuy 
Teuonewaquy 
[evonewayuy 


Jeuonewaquy 
vsn 
[euonewayuy 
wan 


euonewauy 
[euonewayuy 
euonewauy 
Jeuonewajuy 


[euoneuaquy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewaquy 
jeuonewaquy 

voLauy INOS 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewaquy 


hc mt mt tt gl tt mt 


— 


wm ee A 


ee 
AO Be Se 


ee 


USSN Bf JO wolssrummM0y suoneN paul) 

aad 29S 

QuawauUOMAUA,T Inod satup suoneN sep auTueId01g) awUreIZ01g JUSWTUONAU suOnEN para, 
uvaqqued op pur eoeury UNE] 10j UOIssIUMMOD SUOUOD” suoneN paruy 
adoing 10} WOIssTUMWIOD sTWMOUODY suoneN patup 

Quawaddojaagq 2] Inod sap suoneN sap swures301g) aururel301g JuauIdojaAoq suoneN paul 
euueIZ01g [ONUOD sniq [eUuOnEWIAU] suOneN poyuy 

quaudojsaaq g[qQeUTeIsNS UO sayTUTWIOD sUOnEN pau 

qusuidojaaog euoisey 10} anusD suoneN pou 

SwuaWapag UEWINY JO} anuaD suoneN pou, 

auWeIZo1g JWOUTUOMAUY UBeqquesD suoneN poiup, 

quawaddojaagq Be 39 JUaWOUUOMAUY,T Ins sau suONeNY Sap 9dUaIgFUOD) 
quauldojaaog pue yWouTUOIAU UO BdUsIEJUOD sUOnEN pau 

pun, juauidojaaog [eided suonen pau 

SuOneN peur) 

JUSUTMOMAUT I) JOJ SMI], WOISTAZTAT, 

(NOVL 228) 

auUeIZOIg SSe0.j yesidory, 

(atyjaes Aq SuLojUOW sauMaWOS) santas Aq uoNneAIESgG JUaMTUOIIAUY WasAsooq [eotdory 
juowdojaaaq pue yoivasoy [eotdory, 

(a10],J B[ ap 12 oUNe,y Be] ap VdIOUTMIOD Np sansisoy sap asAyTeuy) 

adaUNWOD Ul BUN pue BIOL] JO SISA[eUY SplOday apely 

(OQWOM Jo WU) SuR[g pouaeayy, sem) DWM 99S 

aumelZo01g aaydsouny [eqo[H uea00 [estdory, 

auueIZ01g eUONeWIZIU] ADUBAIaSUOD aIMeN I] 

AnuealasuoD amen a], 

MUA) Yyoeasay suey] jesidory, 

1Sa10,J ISIOW] [edIdory, 

dnoip ao1nosay 3s210.j jedido1y, 

wiajshg uoneULIOsU] 3S210.j [edIdo1], 

(jes1do1y, Jonsa10,4 uondY,q Ue]q) Ue[q UOHIY s}saz0.j jedIdo1y, 

aseyoed SID 

Ulseg TIN a JO wonda}01g 

[ByusUTUOIIAUY pue JUaUdojaANg ‘UOnOWOIg ay) 10} aayTUWIOD UONEIedo0O| jeorUyDay, 
youelg swiajsksooq [euseuay, 

dnoip duryioM, saseqeieq oWouoxeL, 

pivog juauidojaaaq pue apely 

[od0}01g JONUOD uOIsstusUeI], 

aumurelsolg uoneAIasuOD jesidory, 

satgunod suidojaaeq 3uowy uoneiadoo| jea1sojouysay, 

aUWUeIZOIg JUSUUOIIAUA ULAy WINIpay] aplA\ Wash 

(png np anbuewy 7 inod ajeuoiz9y uonesg[9q) edUeWY INOS 10J ad1JJO [eUOIday 
UOISIAIG JUaWIdO}aANq UG pue UONERTUES 

aINNsu] Yoeasoy yesidory, weruosiprug 


WOOdaNN 
amid-daNnn 
dann 
OVTOAUNN 
qOaNN 
dann 
dOaqNnn 
dsonn 
qyoOnn 
SHONN 
daONN 


ATINOOOAL 
qa 
SACL 
aa 

dOL 

dOL 
OdoL 

da LNAS 
wns 

ans 
Mas 


Nn 


NSOI 

NSol 

NSO 

da NN/AMM/NONI 
OWAM/NSOI 


HMM/NONI/ddNN 


SZAN 
uoIsstMWOD pueppunig 


OWM 


ITd 


JUSUWIZAOD UeIs|Ig 
JUDUIIAAOD 1]9eIST 


WUaUMIaAODH 
WUSUIWIAA0H 
WUSWUIIAODH 


Nn 
NN 
NN 


Nn 
NN 
NN 
NN 
NN 
NN 
Nn 
NN 
Nn 


Jeuopeusajuy 
Jeuonewiauy 
Jeuonewauy 
[euonewaquy 
Jeuonewauy 
Jeuonewiauy 
Jeuonewauy 
Jeuoneusajuy 
Jeuoneuayuy 
Jeuoneuauy 
Jeuoneuayuy 


JeuonEWia}uy 
Jeuonewa}u] 
JeuonEWa}u] 


Teuoneus3juy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
uvder 

mn 


Jeuoneuaqu] 
[euoneusayuy 
Jeuoneusayuy 


Teuonewiajuy 
vsn 
vsn 

feuonewauy 

Jeuonewisjuy 

Jeuonewaquy 

Jeuonewajuy 


Jeuonewajuy 
[euoneuiayuy 
euonewajuy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
yeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewiaquy 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewauy 


founod pooy PHOAA 

siqjuaD IWeUTUONAUA PHOM 

ue] UOnoY JUSUTUONAUA PHOAA 

SAdUdING [EUOUTUONAU ap JO} HE [eNZIG PHO 

SUISTUBSIOOIOIJY JO SUONIETJOD 10} anuUI_D BEC PHO 

SaseH esnoyusay JO} anued wed POM 

anus) Bed PHOM 

(uUoNneAIISUOD Fe] Op afeIPUOP] aId9IeIS) ASNENG UONEAIOSUOD PHOM 
auUeIZOIg YUESSIY NEU PHOM 

auTMNeIZOg HEWN PHO 

(a1mMeN P| BP UOHRAIISUOD FB] AP enuyUOD soULIPIOAING op jeIPUoPy aNnueD) 
IMUeD ZuUOTUOW UORRAIOESUOD PHO 

smTeIZ0Ig SaIpMs Jordwy BeunlD pyoAy 

JeuoneUIU] UONeAIOSUOD 2TIPIAA 

Quoawreddojaagq 9] 39 JUOWAMUOMAU,] Inod syeipuoy; UoIsstuM0D) 
quouldojaaaq pue JUSUUOIAUA WO UOISSTUMOD PHO 

ourmeldolg wed EUNTD PHOM 

uoneonpY jeUSWUOIAUY 10} AaI90g jEUOHeWIAUT-saYdsorg otp 10} PouNDD pHOA 
auueIdolg suoned|ddy aeunyD puom 

ueder Jo AaID0g pig PA 

esequird Pulg PHOM 

(aaa 228) 

SIQAIIG UONBULIOJUT BOTY SPlA\ 

puejpuoiing ur s,eurumerZoids8uipiajdo Joo, SuisuTUAIOA OSUTeRI A, 

anuad suesjoA, 

(€dSN 298) 

JOIIIAY BSIOASUBI], [ESIATUL) 

AQAING edIZ0jOIH sag pau 

ainjjnoudsy jo yuounedaq sn 

(jeuonewayuy ywousddojaagq 2] Inod auresugUTY a0UedY) JUaWIdojaAoq feUOnEWAIUT 10} Aousdy Sf 
JO\BIO7T VINOsey EsIaATU-) 

sIaayUNJOA suOneN paiuy 

IYO [ROHSHRIS SUCHEN poituy) 

(auuatlgyeg ouepnog uold9y ke] Jed solu suoneN sep nealing) 

291JO UBI[oyeS-OuEpUNsS SUCHEN Psiluf) 

Wash UONEULOsUT JeONsHeIG suOneN pau 

juourdoyaaoq pue A1ocosay dWOUOIW UROL JO UONdY Jo sWUTEIdOIg SUCHEN pau 
yourasoy pue durmely Jo amMNsSUy suONeN pou 

UaWIOM 10} pun, juauIdojaAcg suoneN pauy 

uonesuesiQ juawedojaAeq [eLIsNpuy suoneN paiuy 

puny s,UaIpfiq) suoneN poiuy) 

pun s,UsIpfiy suoneN peas) 

PIS W19}S9A\ JOJ UOISSIUTWOD [BIN0g pue d1WOUOSg suoneN pauy) 
(amin Fe] 32 aouaINg eB] ‘UOWEONpY,’] nod sarup suoneN sep uoNnesuesiQ) 
uOHesURsIO [LIM[ND pue syNuUaINg ‘;eUOnEONpY suoNeN pauy 


Oe oO a ol 


ee oe eo) 


i 


i eo 


ol 


ddoM 
HaSI-GOM 
dVOM 
(Sam 


Tan 
ANN 
LV.ISNN 


osNn 
SISNA 
q@uavvann 
UVLINA 
WasINN 
OdINa 
daOINn 
VHANA 
VMOSANN 


OOSsaNN 


OWA 


ISN, WONRATISATg ITPA Aasso¢ 
WAUWIUI9AOH spuejepanN 

NSOI 

Nn 


NN 
NN 


OOSHNN 
OWM 


Jeuonewaquy 


Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewayuy 
Jeuonewayuy 


Jeuonewajuy 


euonewajuy 
[euonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewiajuy 
[euonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewaquy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
euonewajuy 
feuonewajuy 
Teuonewajuy 
Jeuonewajuy 
feuoneusayuy 


_ 


mm ee ee ee ee 


Spue[JoaN-2eD vOZ 
(SZ 928) 

99M OPI PHOM 

aUMUBIZOIg YEA JOEIA POM 

(aimen be] Inod jerpuoy] spuo,z) 

(epeueD pure elfensny “ySf Ul) puny IPI PHOA\ /AMEN Joy puny api PHO 
(AWSUNOL Np aeIpuoW] UONesTULZIO) UONesTUeZIO WSUINO], POM 

Qiu BuOUOW aperL IPI SEM) DWOM 22S 

sjeunuy JO uoNda01g 10J AaId0g POM 

Aya190§ 2FTIPIA 

(saomnossay sap [eIpucyy INSUT) BIMNsUT sedInosay POA 

JeuONeWIAIUT IsMIY, UONBAIOSAIg 2JI/PITMA 

w1a9U0D PHO 

anuad wed e0ZO POM 

(aeIpuopy anbizojoinay UoNestuesIQ) UOQeZTURZICO [eIIBOLIOINIA POA 
aINNsuy WawWadeuepy BIPIA 

uonezuesiQ Auadoig jenjsa][ajU] POM 

uonepuno, pli /Uonepuno, diysiapeay] ssowsapyiy euOneUIaIUT 

(g1Ueg e| ap aeIpuoJ] UONESTURZICO) UOHEZIULZIO IP[LOH POM 
UOnUSAUOD IRA POM 

uonoajaq aueYyD aWeU|D uo dnoiy suIyIOM 

aUMUeIZOIg POOY POA 

SUONIA[OD sM[ND 10J uONeIapey POM 


LAN-VOZ 
HDZ 
MMM 
MMA 


NOOdTaOM 
OdOM 
OWA 
IWA 
OdIM 
aTIM 
OHA 
OHM 
d099M 
di 
00dM 


8.4 Glossary 
8.4.1 Biodiversity Terms 


Accession. A sample of a crop variety collected at a specific location and time; may be of 
any size. 


Alien species. A species occurring in an area outside of its historically known natural range 
as a result of intentional or accidental dispersal by human activities. (Also known as an ~ 
exotic or introduced species). 


Artificial insemination. A breeding technique, commonly used in domestic animals, in 
which semen is introduced into the female reproductive tract by artificial means. 


Assemblage. See "Community." 


Biochemical analysis. The analysis of proteins or DNA using various techniques, including 
electrophoretic testing and restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis. These 
techniques are useful methods for assessing plant diversity and have also been used to 
identify many strains of micro-organisms. 


Biodiversity. See "Biological diversity". 


Biodiversity Information System (BIS). The computerised storage and manipulation of 
biodiversity data. See EIS. 


Biogeography. A branch of geography that deals with the geographical distribution of 
animals and plants. 


Biological diversity. Means the variability among living organisms from all sources 
including, inter alia, terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological 
complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, between species and 
of ecosystems. 


Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD). The amount of dissolved oxygen consumed by 
microorganisms as they decompose organic material in polluted water. Measurement of the 
rate of oxygen take-up is used as a standard test to detect the polluting capacity of effluent; 
the greater the BOD value (g) (and hence the greater the presence of oxygen - consuming 
microorganisms) the greater the volume of pollutant present. 


Biological resources. Includes genetic resources, organisms or parts thereof, populations, 
or any other biotic component of ecosystems with actual or potential use or value for 
humanity. 


Biologically unique species. A species that is the only representative of an entire genus or 
family. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-65 


Biome. A major portion of the living environment of a particular region (such as a fir forest 
or grassland), characterised by its distinctive vegetation and maintained by local climatic 
conditions. 


Bioregion (bioregional planning). A territory defined by a combination of biological, social, 
and geographic criteria, rather than geopolitical considerations; generally, a system of 
related, interconnected ecosystems. 


Biosphere reserves. Established under UNESCO’s Man in the Biosphere (MAB) Program, 
biosphere reserves are a series of protected areas linked through a global network, intended 
to demonstrate the relationship between conservation and development. 


Biota. The living organisms of a region. 


Biotechnology. Techniques that use living organisms or substances from organisms to make 
or modify a product. The most recent advances in biotechnology involve the use of 
recombinant DNA techniques and other sophisticated tools to harness and manipulate genetic 
materials. 


Biotic. Pertaining to any aspect of life, especially to characteristics of entire populations or 
ecosystems. 


Breed. A group of animals or plants related by descent from common ancestors and visibly 
similar in most characteristics. Taxonomically, a species can have numerous breeds. 


Breeding line. Genetic lines of particular significance to plant or animal breeders that 
provide the basis for modern varieties. 


Buffer zone. The region near the border of a protected area; a transition zone between areas 
managed for different objectives. 


Buffer zones. Areas on the edge of protected areas that have land use controls and allow 
only activities compatible with protection of the core area, such as research, environmental 
education, recreation, and tourism. 


Captive breeding. The propagation or preservation of animals outside their natural habitat, 
involving control by humans of the animals chosen to constitute a population and of mating 
choices within that population. 


Carrying Capacity. The maximum number of people, or individuals of a particular species, 
that a given part of the environment can maintain indefinitely. 


Centres of diversity. The regions where most of the major crop species were originally 
domesticated and developed. These regions may coincide with centres of origin. 


8-66 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Chromatography. A chemical analysis technique whereby an extract of compounds is 
separated by allowing it to migrate over or through an adsorbent (such as clay or paper) so 
that the compounds are distinguished as separate layers. 


Climax community. The end of a successional sequence; a community that has reached 
stability under a particular set of environmental conditions. 


Clonal propagation. The multiplication of an organism by asexual means such that all 
progeny are genetically identical. In plants, it is commonly achieved through use of cuttings 
or in vitro culture. For animals, embryo splitting is a method of clonal propagation. 


Co-management. The sharing of authority, responsibility, and benefits between government 
and local communities in the management of natural resources. 


Common property resource management. The management of a specific resource (such as 
a forest or pasture) by a well-defined group of resource users with the authority to regulate 
its use by members and outsiders. 


Community. An integrated group of species inhabiting a given area; the organisms within 
a community influence one another’s distribution, abundance, and evolution. (A Human 
Community is a social group of any size whose members reside in a specific locality.) 


Community. A group of ecologically related populations of various species of organisms 
occurring in a particular place and time. 


Comparative advantage. Relative superiority with which a region or state may produce a 
good or service. 


Complementarity. The concept of achieving conservation efficiently by ensuring that a set 
of areas is assembled with due regard to the additional species that each brings into the 
network. This is the basis of a critical faunas analysis. 


Conservation. The management of human use of the biosphere so that it may yield the 
greatest sustainable benefit to current generations while maintaining its potential to meet the 
needs and aspirations of future generations: Thus conservation is positive, embracing 
preservation, maintenance, sustainable utilisation, restoration, and enhancement of the natural 
environment. 


Conservation of biodiversity. The management of human interactions with genes, species, 
and ecosystems so as to provide the maximum benefit to the present generation while 
maintaining their potential to meet the needs and aspirations of future generations; 
encompasses elements of saving, studying, and using biodiversity. 


Country of origin of genetic resources. Means the country which possesses those genetic 
resources in in-situ conditions. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-67 


Country providing genetic resources. Means the country supplying genetic resources 
collected from in-situ sources, including populations of both wild and domesticated species, 
or taken from ex-situ sources, which may or may not have originated in that country. 


Critical faunas analysis. Is a methodology to identify the minimum set of areas which would 
contain at least one viable population of every species in a given animal or plant group. 


Critical habitat. A technical classification of areas in the United States that refers to habitats 
essential for the conservation of endangered or threatened species. The term may be used to © 
designate portions of habitat areas, the entire area, or even areas outside the current range 
of the species. 


Cryogenic storage. The preservation of seeds, semen, embryos, or micro-organisms at 
extremely low temperatures, below -130°C . At these temperatures, water is absent, 
molecular kinetic energy is low, diffusion is virtually nil, and storage potential is expected 
to be extremely long. 


Cryopreservation. See "Cryogenic storage". 

Cultivar. A cultivated variety (genetic strain) of a domesticated crop plant. 

Cultivar. International term denoting certain cultivated plants that are clearly distinguishable 
from others by one or more characteristics and that when reproduced retain their distinguish- 
ing characteristics. In the United States, "variety" is considered to be synonymous with culti- 


var (derived from "cultivated variety”). 


Cultural diversity. Variety or multiformity of human social structures, belief systems, and 
strategies for adapting to situations in different parts of the world. 


Cutting. Plant piece (stem, leaf, or root) removed from a parent plant that is capable of 
developing into a new plant. 


Cycad. Any of an order of gymnosperms of the family cycadaceae. Cycads are tropical 
plants that resemble palms but reproduce by means of spermatozoids. 


DNA. Deoxyribonucleic acid. The nucleic acid in chromosomes that codes for genetic 
information. 


Domesticated or cultivated species. Means species in which the evolutionary process has 
been influenced by humans to meet their needs. 


Domestication. The adaptation of an animal or plant to life in intimate association with and 
to the advantage of man. 


Ecology. A branch of science concerned with the interrelationship of organisms and their 
environment. 


8-68 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Ecosystem. A dynamic complex of plant, animal, fungal, and microorganism communities 
and their associated non-living environment interacting as an ecological unit. 


Ecosystem diversity. The variety of ecosystems that occurs within a larger landscape, 
ranging from biome (the largest ecological unit) to microhabitat. 


Ecotourism. Travel undertaken to witness sites or regions of unique natural or ecologic 
quality, or the provision of services to facilitate such travel. 


Electrophoresis. Application of an electric field to a mixture of charged particles in a 
solution for the purpose of separating (eg mixture of proteins) as they migrate through a 
porous supporting medium of filter paper, cellulose acetate, or gel. 


Embryo transfer. An animal breeding technique in which viable and healthy embryos are 
artificially transferred to recipient animals for normal gestation and delivery. 


Endangered species. A technical definition used for classification in the United States 
referring to a species that is in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of 
its range. The International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources 
(IUCN) definition, used outside the United States, defines species as endangered if the factors 
causing their vulnerability or decline continue to operate. 


Endemic. Restricted to a specified region or locality. 


Endemic Bird Area (EBA). Is a term used by BirdLife International to describe areas with 
two or more restricted-range bird species entirely confined to them. 


Endemism. The occurrence of a species in a particular locality or region. 


Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).A method of analysis which attempts to predict 
the likely repercussions of a proposed major development (usually industrial) upon the social 
and physical environment of the surrounding area. 


Environmental Information System (EIS). The computerised storage and manipulation of 
environmental data. This data may include a large proportion of geographical (spatial) 
information along with data specific to the description of plants, animals and their habitats. 
EIS are frequently derivatives of GIS. 


Equilibrium theory. A theory of island biogeography maintaining that greater numbers of 
species are found on larger islands because the populations on smaller islands are more 
vulnerable to extinction. This theory can also be applied to terrestrial analogues such as 
forest patches in agricultural or suburban areas or nature reserves where it has become 
known as "insular ecology." 


Exotic species. An organism that exists in the free state in an area but is not native to that 


area. Also refers to animals from outside the country in which they are held in captive or 
free-ranging populations. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-69 


Ex-situ. Pertaining to study or maintenance of an organism or groups of organisms away 
from the place where they naturally occur. Commonly associated with collections of plants 
and animals in storage facilities, botanic gardens or zoos 


Ex-situ conservation. The conservation of components of biological diversity outside their 
natural habitats. 


Extant. Species are those whose members are living at the present time. 


Extinct. As defined by the IUCN, extinct taxa are species or other taxa that are no longer 
known to exist in the wild after repeated search of their type of locality and other locations 
where they were known or likely to have occurred. 


Extinction. Disappearance of a taxonomic group of organisms from existence in all regions. 
Fauna. Organisms of the animal kingdom. 


Feral. A domesticated species that has adapted to existence in the wild state but remains 
distinct from other wild species. Examples are the wild horses and burros of the West and 
the wild goats and pigs of Hawaii. 


Flora. Organisms of the plant kingdom 


Forest Resource Accounting (FRA). Methodologies for forest resource accounting, aimed 
at encouraging improved forest information management systems for conservation and 
sustainable utilisation. 


Gamete. The sperm or unfertilised egg of animals that transmit the parental genetic 
information to offspring. In plants, functionally equivalent structures are found in pollen and 
ovules. 


Gene. A chemical unit of hereditary information that can be passed from one generation to 
another. 


Gene bank. A facility established for the ex situ conservation of individuals (seeds), tissues, 
or reproductive cells of plants or animals. 


General Circulation Model (GCM). Global-scale computer model that simulates physical 
and chemical processes in the atmosphere, both at the present time and in the future under 
conditions of elevated concentrations of radiatively active gases (enhanced greenhouse effect). 
In some instances integrated with comparable processes occurring at the surface and within 
oceans and at the land surface. 


Genetic diversity. The variety of genes within a particular species, variety, or breed. 


8-70 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Genetic drift. A cumulative process involving the chance loss of some genes and the 
disproportion ate replication of others over successive generations in a small population, so 
that the frequencies of genes in the population is altered. The process can lead to a 
population that differs genetically and in appearance from the original population. 


Genetic material. Means any material of plant, animal, microbial or other origin containing 
functional units of heredity. 


Gene-pool. The collection of genes in an interbreeding population. 
Genetic resources. Means genetic material of actual or potential value. 


Genotype. The genetic constitution of an organism as distinguished from its physical 
appearance. 


Genus. A category of biological classification ranking between the family and the species, 
comprising structurally or phylogenetically related species or an isolated species exhibiting 
unusual differentiation. 


Germplasm. The genetic material, especially its specific molecular and chemical 
constitution, that compromises the inherited qualities of an organism. 


Grassroots (organisations or movements). People or society at a local level, rather than at 
the centre of major political activity. 


Grow-out (growing-out). The process of growing a plant for the purpose of producing fresh 
viable seed to evaluate its varietal characteristics. 


Habitat. Is the environment in which an animal or plant lives, generally defined in terms of 
vegetation and physical features. 


Hotspot. Is an area on earth with an unusual concentration of species, many of which are 
often endemic to the area. 


Hybrid. An offspring of a cross between two genetically unlike individuals. 


Hybridisation. Crossing of individuals from genetically different strains, populations, or 
species. 


Important Bird Area (IBA). Sites of importance to birds, identified by Birdlife International 
and International Waterfowl and Wetlands Research Bureau. The sites are identified for four 
groups of birds: regularly occurring migratory species which concentrate at and are 
dependent on particular sites either when breeding, or migration, or during the winter; 
globally threatened species (ie species at risk of total extinction); species and sub-species 
threatened throughout all or parts of their range but not globally; species that have relatively 
small total world ranges with important populations in specific areas. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-71 


In-situ. Maintenance or study of organisms within an organism’s native environment. 


In situ conservation. The conservation of biodiversity within the evolutionary dynamic 
ecosystems of the original habitat or natural environment. 


Inbreeding. Mating of close relatives resulting in increased genetic uniformity in the 
offspring. 


Indicator species. A species whose status provides information on the overall condition of 
the ecosystem and of other species in that ecosystem. 


Indigenous peoples. People whose ancestors inhabited a place or country when persons from 
another culture or ethnic background arrived on the scene and dominated them through 
conquest, settlement, or other means and who today live more in conformity with their own 
social, economic, and cultural customs and traditions than with those of the country of which 
they now form a part. (also: "native peoples" or "tribal peoples") 


Intellectual Property Rights (IPR). Rights enabling an inventor to exclude imitators from 
the market for a certain period of time. 


Interspecies. Between different species. 


Intrinsic value. The value of creatures and plants independent of human recognition and 
estimation of their worth. 


Introduced species. See "Alien species". 
Inventory. On-site collection of data on natural resources and their properties. 


In vitro. (Literally "in glass"). The growing of cells, tissues, or organs in plastic vessels 
under sterile conditions on an artificially prepared medium. 


Island biogeography. The study of the relationship between island area and species number. 
This idea has also been applied to isolated areas of habitat in continental areas which are 
effectively islands for many species. The extent to which habitat fragmentation may lead to 
extinction of species can be predicted from the relationship between number of species and 
island area. 


Isoenzyme (Isozyne). The protein product of an individual gene and one of a group of such 
products with differing chemical structures but similar enzymatic function. 


Keystone species. A species whose loss from an ecosystem would cause a greater than 
average change in other species populations or ecosystem processes. 


Landrace. Primitive or antique variety usually associated with traditional agriculture. Often 


highly adapted to local conditions. 


a a a ee ee eee 
8-72 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Land Mapping Unit (LMU). The smallest are of land that can be delineated on a map of 
a particular scale. Used in land evaluation as the basis of spatial variation. 


Land Quality (LQ). A complex attribute of land, which acts in a manner distinct from the 
actions of other land qualities in its influence on the suitability of land for a specified kind 
of use. 


Land Use Requirements (LUR). The requirements are related to growth and yield of crops 
and trees, animal husbandry, land management and conservation. The expression of the 
conditions for successful implementation are described for each LUT, eg growth 
requirements of certain tree species. 


Land Utilisation Type (LUT). Described in terms of necessary inputs and expected results, 
based on a number of key attributes obtained from land use data; produce, capital input, 
labour input, farm size, land tenure, technical know-how, level of mechanism etc. LUTs 
relate to the physical social and economic conditions of the area and according to the 
development of objectives; description of the key attributes, reflecting biological, socio- 
economic and technical aspects of the production environment and which are relevant to the 
productive capacity of a LMU. 


Living collections. A management system involving the use of off-site methods such as 
zoological parks, botanic gardens, arboretums, and captive breeding programs to protect and 
maintain biological diversity in plants, animals, and microorganisms. 


Marine Protected Area (MPA). An area of sea (or coast) especially dedicated to the 
protection and maintenance of biological diversity, and of natural and associated cultural 
resources, and managed through legal or other effective means. 


Megadiversity countries. Are the small number of countries, located largely in the tropics, 
which account for a high percentage of the world’s biodiversity by virtue of containing very 
large numbers of species. 

Micro-organisms. In practice, a diverse classification of all those organisms not classed as 
plants or animals, usually minute microscopic or submicroscopic and found in nearly all 
environments. Examples are bacteria, cyanobacteria (blue-green algae), mycoplasma, 
protozoa, fungi (including yeasts), and viruses. 

Minimum Viable Population (MVP). The smallest isolated population having a good chance 
of surviving for a given number of years despite the foreseeable effects of demographic, 
environmental, and genetic events and natural catastrophes. 

Minor breed. A livestock breed not generally found in commercial production. 


Modelling. The use of mathematical and computer based simulations as a planning technique. 


Morphology. A branch of biology that deals with form and structure of organisms. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-73 


Multiple use. An on-site management strategy that encourages an optimum mix of several 
uses on a parcel of land or water or by creating a mosaic of land or water parcels, each with 
a designated use within a larger geographic area. 


Mycorrhizal fungi. A fungus living in a mutualistic association with plants and facilitating 
nutrient and water uptake. 


National income accounts. System of record by which the vigour of a nation’s economy is 
measured, (results are often listed as Gross National Product, or Gross Domestic Product). 


Native. A plant or animal indigenous to a particular locality. 


Native species. Plants, animals, fungi, and microorganisms that occur naturally in a given 
area or region. 


Nitrogen fixation. A process whereby nitrogen fixing bacteria living in mutualistic 
associations with plants convert atmospheric nitrogen to nitrogen compounds that plants can 
utilise directly. 


Non-Governmental Organisation (NGO). A nonprofit group or association organised 
outside of institutionalised political structures to realise particular social objectives (such as 
environmental protection) or serve particular constituencies (such as indigenous peoples). 
NGO activities range from research, information distribution, training, local organisation, 
and community service to legal advocacy, lobbying for legislative change, and civil 
disobedience. NGOs range in size from small groups within a particular community to huge 
membership groups with a national or international scope. 


Off-site. Propagation and preservation of plant, animal, and micro-organism species outside 
their natural habitat. 


On-site. Preservation of species in their natural environment. 


Open-pollinated. Plants that are pollinated by physical or biological agents (e-g-, wind, 
insects) and without human intervention or control 


Orthodox seeds. Seeds that are able to withstand the reductions in moisture and temperature 
necessary for long-term storage and remain viable. 


Parataxonomists. Field-trained biodiversity collection and inventory specialists recruited 
from local areas. 


Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA). Also known as Rapid Rural Appraisal, PRA is a 
relatively new and different approach for conducting action-oriented research in developing 
countries. PRAs are used to help involve villagers and local officials leaders in all stages of 
development work, from the identification of needs and decision making to the assessment 
of completed projects. The term can be used to describe any new methodology which makes 
use of a multidisciplinary team. 


8-74 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Patent. A government grant of temporary monopoly rights on innovative processes or 
products. 


Pathogen. A disease-causing microorganism, bacterium or virus. 


Phenotype. The observable appearance of an organism, as determined by environmental and 
genetic influences (in contrast to genotype). 


Phytochemical. Chemicals found naturally in plants. 
Phylogenetic. Pertaining to the evolutionary history of a particular group of organisms. 


Phylum. In taxonomy, a high-level category just beneath the kingdom and above the class; 
a group of related, similar classes. 


Population. A group of individuals with common ancestry that are much more likely to 
breed with one another than with individuals from another such group. 


Population and Habitat Viability Assessment (PHVA). The theoretical modelling of 
minimum areas, habitat types and population sizes, to sustain any one or more species. 
Population size will be determined by the carrying capacity of the habitat. 


Population Viability Analysis (PVA). The theoretical determination of the minimum viable 
(in terms of genetic make-up) breeding population for any one species to survive in a given 
range. 

Predator. An animal that obtains its food primarily by killing and consuming other animals. 
Primary (or natural) forest. A forest largely undisturbed by human activities. 

Primary productivity. The transformation of chemical or solar energy to biomass. Most 
primary production occurs through photosynthesis, whereby green plants convert solar 
energy, carbon dioxide, and water to glucose and eventually to plant tissue. In addition, some 
bacteria in the deep sea can convert chemical energy to biomass through chemosynthesis. 
Protected Area (PA). An area of land and/or sea especially dedicated to the protection and 
maintenance of biological diversity, and of natural and associated cultural resources, and 
managed through legal or other effective means. 


Provinciality effect. Increased diversity of species because of geographical isolation. 


Recalcitrant seeds. Seeds that cannot survive the reductions in moisture content or lowering 
of temperature necessary for long-term storage. 


Recombinant DNA technology. Techniques involving modifications of an organism by 
incorporation of DNA fragments from other organisms using molecular biology techniques. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-75 


Rehabilitation. The recovery of specific ecosystem services in a degraded ecosystem or 
habitat. 


Restoration. The return of an ecosystem or habitat to its original community structure, 
natural complement of species, and natural functions. 


Riparian. Related to, living, or located on the bank of a natural watercourse, usually a river, 
sometimes a lake or tidewater. 


Seedbank. A facility designed for the ex situ conservation of individual plant varieties 
through seed preservation and storage. 


Selection. Natural selection is the differential contribution of offspring to the next generation 
by various genetic types belonging to the same populations. Artificial selection is the 
intentional manipulation by man of the fitness of individuals in a population to produce a 
desired evolutionary response. 


Serological testing. Immunologic testing of blood serum for the presence of infectious 
foreign disease agents. 


Somaclonal variations. Structural, physiological, or biochemical changes in a tissue, organ, 
or plant that arise during the process of in vitro culture. 


Species. A group of organisms capable of interbreeding freely with each other but not with 
members of other species. 


Species diversity. The number and variety of species found in a given area in a region. 
Species richness. Is the number of species within a specified region or locality. 


Spectroscopy. Any of several methods of chemical analysis that identify or classify 
compounds based on examination of their spectral properties. 


Stochastic. Models, processes, or procedures that are based on elements of chance or 
probability. 


Subspecies. A distinct form or race of a species. 


Succession. The more or less predictable changes in the composition of communities 
following a natural or human disturbance. 


Sustainable development. Development that meets the needs and aspirations of the 
current generation without compromising the ability to meet those of future generations. 


Sustainable use. The use of components of biological diversity in a way and at a rate that 
does not lead to the long-term decline of biological diversity, thereby maintaining its 
potential to meet the needs and aspirations of present and future generations. 


8-76 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Systematics. The study of the historical evolutionary and genetic relationships among 
organisms and of their phenotypic similarities and differences. 


Taxon (pl. taxa). The named classification unit (eg Homo sapiens, Hominidae, or 
Mammalia) to which individuals, or sets of species, are assigned. Higher taxa are those 
above the species level. 


Taxonomy. Is the classification of animals and plants based upon natural relationships. 


Threatened species. A U.S. technical classification referring to a species that is likely to 
become endangered within the foreseeable future, throughout all or a significant portion 
of its range. These species are defined as vulnerable taxa outside the United States by the 
IUCN. 


Tissue culture. A technique in which portions of a plant or animal are grown on an 
artificial culture medium in an organised (eg as plantlets) or unorganised (eg as callus) 
state. 


Trophic level. Position in the food chain, determined by the number of energy-transfer 
steps to that level. 


Variety. See "Cultivar". 


Wild relative. Plant species that are taxonomically related to crop species and serve as 
potential sources for genes in breeding of new varieties of those crops. 


Wild species. Organisms captive or living in the wild that have not been subject to 
breeding to alter them from their native state. 


Wildlife. Living, nondomesticated animals. 

8.4.2 Information Management Terms 

Application. A software application is a program that performs the functions for a user. 
Applications can be general-purpose (eg a word processor) or custom-built for a user’s 


specific requirements. 


American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII). A standard character 
set that assigns a numeric code to each letter, number, and selected control characters. 


Attribute. Characteristics that describe an entity (eg "IUCN Category" is one attribute 
that describes the entity "Protected Area"). 


Benchmark. A numerical value that gives a measure of the performance of a computer 
product in a specific test. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-77 


Best Practice Technology (BPT). The compromise whereby industrial premises are 
allowed to emit higher than normally acceptable pollution levels due to exceptional 
circumstances. these circumstances include the use of equipment which in itself is not 
life-expired, they are using in effect the best practicable means available to them. 


Bulletin board. Also known as a newsgroup, is an "area" on a WAN where text 
messages can be posted by an author, so that they are available to be read by anyone 
accessing the bulletin board. 


CD-ROM (Compact Disc-Read Only Memory). A relatively new technology that uses 
laser-read discs with their high data compression to store very large amounts of data. 
Data can only be read from the disk, it cannot be altered or re-written. 


Central Processing Unit (CPU). The microchip that is the "computer within the 
computer", it logically coordinates the operations of all the other components of the 
computer. 


Client-server. A computer architecture that is a hybrid of the traditional stand-alone and 
network options with computing tasks shared between the server and the user’s 
workstations. 


Computer Aided Design (CAD). Software used for designing in general. It facilitates 
geometrical drawing 
on the computer. 


Computer Aided Software Engineering (CASE). Software used for designing and 
developing information systems and databases. 


Data. Facts that result from measurements or observations 
Database. A logically structured and consistent set of data that can be used for analysis. 


Database Management System (DBMS). Application software that stores, maintains, 
locates and retrieves data for a database. 


Data Definition (or Description) Language (DDL). A programming language used to 
describe the structure and content of data files and the relationship between them (often 
referred to as schemas). A data description language is included as one component of 
many database management systems. 


Data dictionary. A repository of information about the definition, structure, and use of 
data. This information is used for analysis, planning, control, and general documentation 
throughout the life of a system. 


Data flow model. A representational tool that shows how information moves in an 
organisation or process. Special symbols represent different types of data flow. 


8-78 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Data model. A representational tool consisting of language and diagramming standards 
representing the structure and inter-relationships between a group of data entities. 


Dataset. A collection of data and accompanying documentation which relate to a specific 
theme. (Usually consisting of one or more computer readable files on the same system). 


Datastore. A logically related collection of data with no assumption on how and where 
the data is kept. 


DBF format. The data file format originally used by the dBASE product and now the 
most common PC DBMS format. 


Digitiser. A machine for converting analog information into digital form, so that it can be 
processed by a digital computer. For example, the digitising of feature outlines from a 
paper map into coordinates digitally stored in a GIS system. 


Directory Interchange Format (DIF). A data structure originally defined by NASA used 
to exchange directory - level information about data sets among information systems. 


Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE). A mechanism of "live link" which enables items of 
information in separate application programs to be inter-connected. 


Electronic mail (e-mail). A computer network resource that allows messages and data to 
be sent and received by individuals or groups of individuals. 


Entity. A thing of interest whose attributes (properties) are being measured or recorded. 


Entity-Relationship diagram (E-R). An information modelling tool that breaks an 
information system up into a series of entities that have relationships to each other. 


Field. In the context of databases, a field is a vertical column in a database table. 


Flat-file. A matrix of columns (fields) of data, where each row represents one record. 
Equivalent to the term "Table" or "Relation" in a relational database. 


Flat-file database. The simplest type of database that allows the user to work with only 
one table of data ("flat-file") at a time. 


Geographic Information System (GIS). An information system that stores and 
manipulates data which is referenced to locations on the earth’s surface, such as digital 


maps and sample locations. 


Georeferenced data. Data which is connected to a specific location on the Earth’s 
surface. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-79 


Global Positioning System (GPS). A data capture tool allowing mobile receivers to 
determine their position anywhere on the earths surface in latitude and longitude 
coordinates to an accuracy of fractions of a second of arc (1 second of arc latitude is 
approximately 30 metres). 


Graphical User Interface (GUI). Computer software that is controlled by the user by the 
selection of options and symbols from a pictorial presentation on the computer screen 
(Microsoft’s Windows is the most frequently seen example). The contrasting approach is 
a "command line" interface. 


Hard-copy. Data or information that has been printed out from a computer onto paper. 


Hardware. The physical components of a computer system such as the computers, disk 
drives and the screen. 


Hyperlink. Hyperlinks are connections that have been programmed into a "hypertext" 
document. A reader browsing a hypertext document can select a hyperlink symbol to be 
presented with additional text on the subject of interest. 

IBM compatible. Describes equipment, ranging from personal computers to large 
mainframes, that can run operating or applications software written for equivalent IBM 


computers without alteration. 


Index. A direct access method to data in a database. An index has a key value and a 
pointer to the row of the table that contains data with the key. 


Information. The product of the analysis and interpretation of the relationships among 
data, usually with the intent to aid the communication of understanding. 


Information system. A structured set of processes, people and equipment for converting 
data into information. 


Interface. The way that users communicate with a computer system. 

Internet. The most widely used international communications computer network. 
Listserver. An Internet facility similar in concept to a bulletin board. The main difference 
is that each time a message is posted by an author to a listserver, it is posted out by 
electronic mail to all the subscribers of that listserver. 


Local Area Network (LAN). A computer network operating within a site or institution. 


Logical database. The (conceptual) structure and design of a database as seen by a 
developer who is designing an application. 


Mainframe. A multi-user computer designed to meet the needs of a large organisation; a 
mainframe has a greater capacity than that of a minicomputer or a microcomputer. 


8-80 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Menu. A list of options graphically presented for selection to the software application 
user. 


Metadata. Information regarding the location, source, content, or other specifics in 
relation to the actual data (in general data which describes data). 


Metadatabase. A database that has been designed and implemented to hold and manage 
specific metadata. 


Modem. A piece of equipment used to link digital devices such as computers to an analog 
telephone line. The term is a contraction of modulator-demodulator. 


Multimedia system. A computer system that provides information to the user in formats 
additional to basic text and static pictures - typically this means the ability to intermix 
sound and moving pictures with the text. 


Multitasking. A computing environment that allows several software packages to be run 
concurrently. 


Network. A collection of computers that can communicate with each other. 


Normalisation. In the context of databases, the process of organising data into a structure 
of one or more tables, where each column has a specific unambiguous meaning. 
Normalisation is necessary to achieve the optimum structure for a relational database. 


Object Linking and Embedding (OLE). A feature to transfer and share information 
between different software applications. For example, whilst within a word-processing 
document, a spreadsheet table can be directly worked upon using OLE. 


Object Oriented (OO). A way of looking at processing problems and their solutions in 
terms of "objects". An object has a recognisable identity which includes information on 
its "behaviour" and function. In contrast with conventional software where program and 
data are separated, the object includes both the data and the procedures and functions that 
operate on it. Objects cooperate by sending messages to one another. 


On-line database. An information retrieval service that can be accessed from computers 
dialling up over public networks. 


Operating system. Controls access to all the resources of the computer and supervises 
the running of other programs. Examples of operating systems are MS-DOS, Windows 
and Unix. 


Optical Character Recognition (OCR). Technique for rapid capture of text into a 
computer. First the text is scanned, then the image of each character in the text is 
analysed and converted into the computer code. Characters that cannot be matched may 
be displayed on a screen for an operator to enter manually. Modern OCR readers are 
capable of reading documents containing a mixture of fonts in differing sizes and styles. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-81 


Personal Computer (PC). Otherwise known as a microcomputer, is a single-user 
computer with a central processing unit based on a microprocessor chip. 


Physical database. The actual physical structure of databases as implemented for a 
particular hardware or software configuration and database system. 


Pixel. Abbreviation for picture element, meaning the smallest, discrete elements that are 
used to create an image on a visual display unit. 


Process. To perform operations on data. 


Process model. A representational tool consisting of language and diagramming standards 
representing the ordering and inter-relationships between a group of related processes. 


Prototyping. A system development methodology which quickly develops a partial or 
preliminary version to determine its feasibility and user evaluation. Prototypes can then be 
refined into delivered applications. 


Public domain. Intellectual property available to people without paying a fee. Most 
computer software developed at universities is in the public domain. 


Query. A request to a database to select and extract data. 


Random Access Memory (RAM). Dynamic memory provided by the computer’s RAM 
microchips, sometimes known as central memory or core. 


Raster graphics. Definition of an image to be produced on a computer screen is stored 
on a "pixel-by-pixel" basis. 


Record. A collection of data about a specific case or subject. In the context of databases 
a record is a horizontal row in a database table. 


Relational Database Management System (RDBMS). A database management system 
based on a relational database. 


Relational database. A database in which the information is stored in tables. The 
information in a series of tables can be linked through common columns or "keys". 


Relationship. Describes how two entities are related to one another (eg "species" may be 
related to "genera" by a "belongs to" relationship). 


Server. Any program or computer that provides a service to other programs or users. A 
network server, for example, provides dedicated hardware and software for the purpose 
of giving terminals or computers access to a network. 


Software. The programs that are run on a computer system.Includes custom programs as 
well as commercial, such as Microsoft Windows, Word Perfect and Novell Netware. 


a a ee 
8-82 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


Spatial data. Data which contains reference to a location (which may be a specific 
location on the Earth’s surface, or relative to an arbitrary point). 


Spreadsheet. A software program that allows users to establish relationships between 
rows and columns of data in a tabular format. 


Structured design. A methodology for the design of information systems that breaks the 
program down into a series of modules with carefully specified interfaces between the 
modules. 


Structured Query Language (SQL). ANSI standard data ial language used in 
most relational database systems. 


Table. An object in a relational database system composed of rows and columns. 


Vector graphics. Definition of an object’s image to be produced on a computer screen is 
stored by defining its geometry as a series of connected points - to be contrasted with 
raster graphics. 


Wide Area Information Server (WAIS). A system designed for retrieving information 
from networks. It is a searching facility dependent on matching requests with a specific 
request. 


Wide Area Network (WAN). A computer network where the constituent systems may be 
widely dispersed geographically and links are formed by the use of telephones, radio, 
satellite, etc. 


Workstation. Powerful desktop computer equipped with a high-resolution display and 
designed for technical applications. Groups of these workstations are normally linked to a 
shared computer which holds common information. 


World Wide Web (WWW). Based on a technology known as hypertext, another method 
for retrieving information from networks which is fast, powerful and intuitive. 


Universal Resource Locator (URL). Address describing the location of information 
sources on the Internet global communications network. 


xBASE. DBMS software products that are derivatives of the dBASE package. 


Resource Inventory - Document 4 8-83 


8.5 References 


IUCN, UNEP and WWF. 1991. Caring for the Earth: a Strategy for Sustainable 
Development. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland. iv + 228pp. 


UNEP HEM. 1994. A Survey of Environmental Monitoring and Information Management 
Programmes of International Organizations. UNEP Environmental Assessment 
Programme, Harmonization of Environmental Measurement (HEM). Neuherberg, 
Germany. 


8-84 Resource Inventory - Document 4 


IUCN 


World Conservation Union 


ae yy a . 
AL 
UNEP WWF 


se 


~ WORLD CONSERVATION 
MONITORING CENTRE 


_ World Conservation Monitoring Centre 
219 Huntingdon Road 
Cambridge CB3 ODL 

United Kingdom 


_ Telephone +44 223 277314 
; Fax +44 223 277136 


The World Conservation Monionaae Centre is a joint-venture between the 
partners who developed the World’Conservation Strategy and its successor Caring; 
the Earth: TUCN-The World Conservation Union, UNEP- United Nations Envi 
Programme, and WWF-World Wide Fund for Nature, :